T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range-Power Command, T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Auto Command - 84477609A-Linked PDF

7)6:-')Ý1%29%0
8888
%YXS'SQQERH8VEGXSVW
8888
6ERKI'SQQERH4S[IV'SQQERH8VEGXSVW

4VMRXß2Sß%
SERVICE MANUAL
T7.170 AutoCommand , T7.170 Power Command , T7.170 Range Command ,

T7.210 AutoCommand , T7.210 Power Command , T7.210 Range Command
84477609A 27/09/2011
EN
Contents
INTRODUCTION
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.10.A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve . . . A.10.B
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.10.C
SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.12.A

HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.14.A
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.20.A
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.30.A
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.50.A
FAULT CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.50.A
ENGINE AND PTO IN ................................................................... B

ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.10.A
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.20.A
AIR INTAKE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.30.A
EXHAUST SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.40.A
EXHAUST SYSTEM Emissions control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.40.B
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.50.A
TRANSMISSION, DRIVE AND PTO OUT ........................................ C

TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.20.D
TRANSMISSION Powershift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.20.E
TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.20.G
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.30.D

REAR PTO Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.40.B
REAR PTO Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.40.C
FRONT PTO Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.42.C
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING................................................. D

FRONT AXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.10.A
REAR AXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.12.A
84477609A 27/09/2011
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.14.C
STEERING Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.20.C
STEERING Autoguidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.20.E
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.30.C
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.30.E

PARKING BRAKE Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.32.B
PARKING BRAKE Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.32.D
BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.34.C
SUSPENSION Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.40.C
WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.50.C
FRAME AND CAB ........................................................................ E

FRAME Primary frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.10.B
SHIELD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.20.A
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.32.A
USER PLATFORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.34.A
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.40.D
HITCH AND WORKING TOOL ....................................................... H

HITCH Front hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H.10.B
HITCH Rear hitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H.10.C
HITCH Electronic draft control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H.10.D
84477609A 27/09/2011
84477609A 27/09/2011
INTRODUCTION
84477609A 27/09/2011
1
Contents
INTRODUCTION
Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Foreword Ecology and the Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Basic instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Conversion factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Consumables Lubrications and Coolants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
84477609A 27/09/2011
2
INTRODUCTION
Foreword
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
All repair and maintenance works listed in this manual must be carried out only by staff belonging to the NEW HOL-
LAND Service network, strictly complying with the instructions given and using, whenever required, the special tools.
Anyone who carries out the above operations without complying with the prescriptions shall be responsible for the
subsequent damages.
The manufacturer and all the organizations of its distribution chain, including - without limitation - national, regional or
local dealers, reject any responsibility for damages due to the anomalous behavior of parts and/or components not
approved by the manufacturer himself, including those used for the servicing or repair of the product manufactured
or marketed by the Manufacturer. In any case, no warranty is given or attributed on the product manufactured or
marketed by the Manufacturer in case of damages due to an anomalous behavior of parts and/or components not
approved by the Manufacturer.
No reproduction, though partial of text and illustrations allowed.
84477609A 27/09/2011
3
INTRODUCTION
Foreword
Technical Information
This manual has been produced by a new technical information system. This new system is designed to deliver
technical information electronically through Web delivery, DVD and in paper manuals. A coding system called ICE
has been developed to link the technical information to other Product Support functions e.g. Warranty.
Technical information is written to support the maintenance and service of the functions or systems on a customers
machine. When a customer has a concern on his machine it is usually because a function or system on his machine
is not working at all, is not working efficiently, or is not responding correctly to his commands. When you refer to the
technical information in this manual to resolve that customers concern, you will find all the information classified using
the new ICE coding, according to the functions or systems on that machine. Once you have located the technical
information for that function or system then you will find all the mechanical, electrical or hydraulic devices, compo-
nents, assemblies and sub assemblies for that function or system. You will also find all the types of information that
have been written for that function or system, the technical data (specifications), the functional data (how it works),
the diagnostic data (fault codes and troubleshooting) and the service data (remove, install adjust, etc.).
By integrating this new ICE coding into technical information , you will be able to search and retrieve just the right
piece of technical information you need to resolve that customers concern on his machine. This is made possible by
attaching 3 categories to each piece of technical information during the authoring process.
The first category is the Location, the second category is the Information Type and the third category is the Product:
• LOCATION - is the component or function on the machine, that the piece of technical information is going to
describe e.g. Fuel tank.
• INFORMATION TYPE - is the piece of technical information that has been written for a particular component or
function on the machine e.g. Capacity would be a type of Technical Data that would describe the amount of fuel
held by the Fuel tank.
• PRODUCT - is the model that the piece of technical information is written for.
Every piece of technical information will have those 3 categories attached to it. You will be able to use any combination
of those categories to find the right piece of technical information you need to resolve that customers concern on his
machine.
That information could be:

• the description of how to remove the cylinder head
• a table of specifications for a hydraulic pump
• a fault code
• a troubleshooting table
• a special tool
84477609A 27/09/2011
4
INTRODUCTION
How to Use this Manual

This manual is divided into Sections. Each Section is then divided into Chapters. Contents pages are included at the
beginning of the manual, then inside every Section and inside every Chapter. An alphabetical Index is included at the
end of a Chapter. Page number references are included for every piece of technical information listed in the Chapter
Contents or Chapter Index.
Each Chapter is divided into four Information types:

• Technical Data (specifications) for all the mechanical, electrical or hydraulic devices, components and, assem-
blies.
• Functional Data (how it works) for all the mechanical, electrical or hydraulic devices, components and assem-
blies.
• Diagnostic Data (fault codes, electrical and hydraulic troubleshooting) for all the mechanical, electrical or hy-
draulic devices, components and assemblies.
• Service data (remove disassembly, assemble, install) for all the mechanical, electrical or hydraulic devices,
components and assemblies.
Sections
Sections are grouped according to the main functions or a systems on the machine. Each Section is identified by
a letter A, B, C etc. The amount of Sections included in the manual will depend on the type and function of the
machine that the manual is written for. Each Section has a Contents page listed in alphabetic/numeric order. This
table illustrates which Sections could be included in a manual for a particular product.
SECTION
A - Hydraulic – Pneumatic – Electrical – Electronic Systems
B - Engine and PTO In
C - Transmission, Drive and PTO Out
D - Axles, Brakes and Steering
E - Frame and Cab
F - Frame Positioning
G - Tool Positioning
H - Hitch and Working Tool
J - Excavating and Landscaping
K - Crop Processing
L - Field Processing
PRODUCT
Tractors X X X X X X X X
Vehicles with working arms: backhoes, X X X X X X X X X
excavators, skid steers, .....
Combines, forage harvesters, balers, .... X X X X X X X X X X
Seeding, planting, floating, spraying X X X X X X X X X
equipment, ....
Mounted equipment and tools, ..... X X X X
84477609A 27/09/2011
5
INTRODUCTION
Section Contents
SECTION LETTER DESCRIPTION
HYDRAULIC – A This Section covers the main systems that interact with most of
PNEUMATIC – the functions of the product. It includes the central parts of the
ELECTRICAL – hydraulic, electrical, electronic, pneumatic, lighting and grease
ELECTRONIC lubrication systems. The components that are dedicated to a
SYSTEMS specific function are listed in the Chapter where all the technical
information for that function is included.
ENGINE AND PTO IN B This Section covers all the functions related to the production
of power to move the machine and to drive various devices.
In the case of a pulled-type machine, this Section covers the
power take-off function where power is provided from the towing
machine.
TRANSMISSION, C This Section covers all the functions related to the transmission
DRIVE AND PTO OUT of power from the engine to the axles and to internal or external
devices. This Section also covers the power take-off function
where power is provided to the pull-type machine and additional
Process Drive functions.
AXLES, BRAKES AND D This Section covers all the functions related to moving the
STEERING machine, including tracks, wheels, steering and braking. It covers
all the axles; both driven axles and non-driven axles, including
any axle suspension.
FRAME AND CAB E This Section covers all the main functions and systems related to
the structure and the body of the machine, including the frame,
the shields, the operators cab and the platform. The functions
related to the positioning of the machine frame are included in
Section F, Frame Positioning.
FRAME POSITIONING F This Section covers all the main functions and systems related to
positioning of the machine frame or to positioning the attachment
on the supporting machine frame.
TOOL POSITIONING G This Section covers all the functions related to the final and/or
automatic positioning of the tool once the tool is positioned using
the Working Arm or the machine frame.
HITCH AND H This Section covers all the functions related to the articulated
WORKING TOOL or single arms mounted on the front or rear of the machine. A
working arm can have various tools and quick couplers mounted
on to it. The tools and quick couplers are included in Section J,
Excavating and Landscaping.
EXCAVATING AND J This Section covers all the functions related to the specific tools
LANSCAPING that mount on the front, rear or beside the machine. The tools
described here can be mounted with the positioning systems
(lifting, side shift, swing) listed in Section G Tool Positioning. This
Section covers all the quick coupling systems, located between
the tool and the positioning system. The tools used for field
preparation, soil preparation and treatment, planting and seeding
are included.
CROP PROCESSING K This Section covers all the functions related to crop processing.
Examples of crop processing include threshing, baling,
windrowing, cutting and conditioning.
FIELD PROCESSING L This Section covers all the field processing functions of the
machine. Examples of field process include seeding, fertilizer
application, seedbed preparation and chemical application.
84477609A 27/09/2011
6
INTRODUCTION
This manual contains the following Sections:

INTRODUCTION
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS A
POWER PRODUCTION B
POWER TRAIN C
TRAVELLING D
BODY AND STRUCTURE E
HITCH AND WORKING TOOL H
Chapters
Each Chapter is identified by a letter and number combination e.g. Engine B.10.A The first letter is identical to the
Section letter i.e. Chapter B.10 is inside Section B, Engine and PTO In.
CONTENTS
The Chapter Contents lists all the technical data (specifications), functional data (how it works), service data (remove,
install adjust, etc..) and diagnostic data (fault codes and troubleshooting) that have been written in that Chapter for
that function or system on the machine.
Contents
ENGINE AND PTO IN
ENGINE _ 10.A
TECHNICAL DATA
ENGINE - General specification (B.10.A)
FUNCTIONAL DATA
ENGINE - Dynamic description (B.10.A)
SERVICE
ENGINE - Remove (B.10.A)
DIAGNOSTIC
ENGINE - Troubleshooting (B.10.A)
INDEX
The Chapter Index lists in alphabetical order all the types of information (called Information Units) that have been
written in that Chapter for that function or system on the machine.
Index
ENGINE AND PTO IN - B
ENGINE
ENGINE - Dynamic description (B.10.A)
ENGINE - General specification (B.10.A)
ENGINE - Remove (B.10.A)
ENGINE - Troubleshooting (B.10.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
7
INTRODUCTION
Information Units and Information Search

Each chapter is composed of information units. Each information unit has the ICE code shown in parentheses which
indicates the function and the type of information written in that information unit. Each information unit has a page ref-
erence within that Chapter. The information units provide a quick and easy way to find just the right piece of technical
information you are looking for.
Example information unit Stack valve - Sectional View (A.10.A.18)

Information Unit ICE code A 10.A 18
ICE code classification Hydraulic – Primary hydraulic power Stack valve
Pneumatic –
Electrical –
Electronic Systems
CRIL03J033E01A 1
Navigate to the correct information unit you are searching for by identifying the function and information type
from the ICE code.
• (1) Function and (2) Information type.
• (A) corresponds to the sections of the repair manual.
(B) corresponds to the chapters of the repair manual.
(C) corresponds to the type of information listed in the chapter contents, Technical Data, Functional Data, Diag-
nostic or Service.
(A) and (B) are also shown in the page numbering on the page footer.
THE REST OF THE CODING IS NOT LISTED IN ALPHANUMERIC ORDER IN THIS MANUAL.
• You will find a table of contents at the beginning and end of each section and chapter.
You will find an alphabetical index at the end of each chapter.
• By referring to (A), (B) and (C) of the coding, you can follow the contents or index (page numbers) and quickly
find the information you are looking for.
Page Header and Footer

The page header will contain the following references:
• Section and Chapter description
The page footer will contain the following references:

• Publication number for that Manual, Section or Chapter.
• Version reference for that publication.
• Publication date
• Section, chapter and page reference e.g. A.10.A / 9
84477609A 27/09/2011
8
INTRODUCTION
Foreword Ecology and the Environment

Soil, air, and water are vital factors of agriculture and life in general. When legislation does not yet rule the treatment
of some of the substances which are required by advanced technology, common sense should govern the use and
disposal of products of a chemical and petrochemical nature.
NOTICE: The following are recommendations which may be of assistance:
• Become acquainted with and ensure that you understand the relative legislation applicable to your country.
• Where no legislation exists, obtain information from suppliers of oils, filters, batteries, fuels, antifreeze, cleaning
agents, etc., with regard to their effect on man and nature and how to safely store, use and dispose of these
substances.
• Agricultural consultants will, in many cases, be able to help you as well.
HELPFUL HINTS
• Avoid filling tanks using cans or inappropriate pressurized fuel delivery systems which may cause considerable
spillage.
• In general, avoid skin contact with all fuels, oils, acids, solvents, etc. Most of them contain substances which
may be harmful to your health.
• Modern oils contain additives. Do not burn contaminated fuels and or waste oils in ordinary heating systems.
• Avoid spillage when draining off used engine coolant mixtures, engine, gearbox and hydraulic oils, brake fluids,
etc. Do not mix drained brake fluids or fuels with lubricants. Store them safely until they can be disposed of in
a proper way to comply with local legislation and available resources.
• Modern coolant mixtures, i.e. antifreeze and other additives, should be replaced every two years. They should
not be allowed to get into the soil but should be collected and disposed of properly.
• Do not open the air-conditioning system yourself. It contains gases which should not be released into the at-
mosphere. Your NEW HOLLAND AGRICULTURE dealer or air conditioning specialist has a special extractor
for this purpose and will have to recharge the system properly.
• Repair any leaks or defects in the engine cooling or hydraulic system immediately.
• Do not increase the pressure in a pressurized circuit as this may lead to a component failure.
• Protect hoses during welding as penetrating weld splatter may burn a hole or weaken them, allowing the loss of
oils, coolant, etc.
84477609A 27/09/2011
9
INTRODUCTION
Safety rules
PRECAUTIONARY STATEMENTS
Personal Safety
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential personal injury hazards. Obey all
safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death.
Throughout this manual , you will find the signal words DANGER, WARNING, and CAUTION followed by special
instructions. These precautions are intended for the personal safety of you and those working with you.
Read and understand all the safety messages in this manual before you operate or service the machine.
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION, used with the safety alert symbol, indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could
result in minor or moderate injury.
FAILURE TO FOLLOW DANGER, WARNING, AND CAUTION MESSAGES COULD RESULT

IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.
NOTICE: Install new decals if the old decals are destroyed, lost painted over or cannot be read. When parts are
replaced that have decals make sure you install a new decal with each new part.
MACHINE SAFETY
NOTICE: Notice indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in machine or property damage.
Throughout this manual you will find the signal word Notice followed by special instructions to prevent machine or
property damage. The word Notice is used to address practices not related to personal safety.
INFORMATION
NOTE: Note indicates additional information which clarifies steps, procedures, or other information in this manual.
Throughout this manual you will find the word Note followed by additional information about a step, procedure, or
other information in the manual. The word Note is not intended to address personal safety or property damage.
ACCIDENT PREVENTION
WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A
84477609A 27/09/2011
10
INTRODUCTION
Most accidents or injuries that occur in workshops are the result of non compliance to simple and fundamental safety
principles. For this reason, IN MOST CASES THESE ACCIDENTS CAN BE AVOIDED by applying the fundamental
safety principles, acting with the necessary caution and care.
Accidents may occur with all types of machine, regardless of how well the machine in question was designed and
built.
SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR FLUID POWER SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS - HY-

DRAULICS (EUROPEAN STANDARD EN982)
• Flexible hose assemblies must not be constructed from hoses which have been previously used as part of a
hose assembly.
• Do not weld hydraulic pipes: when flexible hoses or piping are damaged, replace them immediately.
• It is forbidden to modify a hydraulic accumulator by machining, welding or any other way.
• Before removing hydraulic accumulators for servicing, the liquid pressure in the accumulators must be reduced
to zero.
• Pressure check on hydraulic accumulators must be carried out by a method recommended by the accumulator
manufacturer.
• Take care not to exceed the maximum allowed pressure of the accumulator. After any check or adjustment,
check for leakages or gas in the hoses or pipes.
SAFETY RULES
General guidelines
• Carefully follow specified repair and maintenance procedures.
• When appropriate, use P.P.E (Personal Protective Equipment)
• Do not wear rings, wristwatches, jewellery, unbuttoned or loose articles of clothing such as: ties, torn clothing,
scarves, open jackets or shirts with open zips that may remain entangled in moving parts. It is advised to wear
approved safety clothing, e.g.: non-slip footwear, gloves, safety goggles, helmets, etc.
• Do not carry out repair operations with someone sitting in the driver's seat, unless the person is a trained tech-
nician who is assisting with the operation in question.
• Do not operate the machine or use any of the implements from different positions, other than the driver's seat.
• Do not carry out operations on the machine with the engine running, unless specifically indicated.
• Bring all hydraulic cylinders to the home positions (down, retracted, etc.) before engine shut down.
• Stop the engine and check that the hydraulic circuits are pressure-free before removing caps, covers, valves,
etc.
• All repair and maintenance operations must be carried out using extreme care and attention.
• Service steps and platforms used in the workshop or elsewhere should be built according to the applicable
standards and legislation.
• Disconnect the power take off (p.t.o). and label the controls to indicate that the machine is being serviced. Any
parts that are to be raises must be locked in position.
• Brakes are inoperative when manually released for repair or maintenance purposes. Use blocks or similar de-
vices to secure the machine in these conditions.
• Only use specified towing points for towing the machine. Connect parts carefully. Make sure that all pins and/or
locks are secured in position before applying traction. Never remain near the towing bars, cables or chains that
are operating under load.
• When loading or unloading the machine from the trailer (or other means of transport), select a flat area capable
of sustaining the trailer or truck wheels. Firmly secure the machine to the truck or trailer and lock the wheels in
the position used by the carrier.
• Electric heaters, battery-chargers and similar equipment must only be powered by auxiliary power supplies with
efficient ground insulation to avoid electrical shock hazards.
• Always use suitable hoisting or lifting devices when raising or moving heavy parts.
84477609A 27/09/2011
11
INTRODUCTION
• Keep bystanders away.

• Never use gasoline, diesel oil or other inflammable liquids as cleaning agents. Use non-inflammable, non toxic
commercially available solvents.
• Wear safety goggles with side guards when cleaning parts with compressed air.
• Do not run the engine in enclosed spaces without suitable ventilation or exhaust extraction.
• Never use open flames for lighting when working on the machine or checking for leaks.
• All movements must be carried out carefully when working under, on or near the machine. Wear personal pro-
tective equipment (P.P.E.): helmets, goggles and special footwear.
• When carrying out checks with the engine running, request the assistance of an operator in the driver's seat.
The operator must maintain visual contact with the service technician at all times.
• If operating outside the workshop, position the machine on a flat surface and lock in position. If working on a
slope, lock the machine in position. Move to a flat area as soon as is safely possible.
• Damaged or bent chains or cables are unreliable. Do not use them for lifting or towing. Always use suitable
protective gloves when handling chains or cables.
• Chains should always be safely secured. Make sure that the hitch-up point is capable of sustaining the load in
question. Keep the area near the hitch-up point, chains or cables free of all bystanders.
• Maintenance and repair operations must be carried out in a CLEAN and DRY area. Clean up any water or oil
spillage immediately.
• Do not create piles of oil or grease-soaked rags as they represent a serious fire hazard. Always store rags in a
closed metal container.
• Before engaging the machine, make sure that there are no persons within the machine or implement range of
action.
• Empty your pockets of all objects that may fall accidentally unobserved into the machine inner compartments.
• When metal parts are sticking out, use protective goggles or goggles with side guards, helmets, special footwear
and gloves.
• When welding, use protective safety devices: tinted safety goggles, helmets, special overalls, gloves and
footwear. All persons present in the area where welding is taking place must wear tinted goggles. NEVER
LOOK DIRECTLY AT THE WELDING ARC WITHOUT SUITABLE EYE PROTECTION.
• Always disconnect battery ground terminal when welding.
• Metal cables tend to fray with repeated use. Always use suitable protective devices (gloves, goggles, etc.) when
handling cables.
84477609A 27/09/2011
12
INTRODUCTION
Machine start-up.
• Never run the engine in confined spaces that are not equipped with adequate ventilation for exhaust gas ex-
traction.
• Never place the head, body, limbs, feet, hands or fingers near rotating and moving parts.
Hydraulic systems and fuel injection systems

• A liquid leaking from a tiny hole may be almost invisible but, at the same time, be powerful enough to penetrate
the skin. Therefore, NEVER USE HANDS TO CHECK FOR LEAKS but use a piece of cardboard or paper for
this purpose. If any liquid penetrates skin tissue, call for medical aid immediately. Failure to treat this condition
with correct medical procedure may result in serious infection or death.
• In order to check the pressure in the system use suitable instruments.
Wheels and Tires

• Make sure that the tires are correctly inflated at the pressure specified by the manufacturer. Periodically check
the rims and tires for damage.
• Stand away from (at the side of) the tire when checking inflation pressure.
• Do not use parts of recovered wheels as incorrect welding brazing or heating may weaken and eventually cause
damage to the wheel.
• Never cut or weld a rim mounted with an inflated tire.
• Deflate the tire before removing any objects that may be jammed in the tire tread.
• Never inflate tires using inflammable gases, as this may result in explosions and injury to bystanders.
Removal and Re-fitting

• Lift and handle all heavy parts using suitable hoisting equipment. Make sure that parts are sustained by appro-
priate hooks and slings. Use the hoisting eyebolts for lifting operations. Extra care should be taken if persons
are present near the load to be lifted.
• Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing - safety
goggles, gloves and shoes.
• Avoid twisting chains or metal cables. Always wear safety gloves when handling cables or chains.
84477609A 27/09/2011
13
INTRODUCTION
Torque
Minimum hardware tightening torques (in N m or lb in /lb ft) for normal assembly applica-
tions unless otherwise stated
NOTICE: Shown below is the suggested initial torque tightening sequences for general applications, tighten in se-
quence from item 1 through to the last item of the hardware.
The minimum hardware tightening torque on drawings, in specifications etc. have priority.
The applicable CNH Standard is ENS7001.
df5019-1 1
Metric hardware
Class 8.8 in N m (lb in or lb ft) Class 10.9 in N m (lb in or lb ft)
Nominal Plated nut Lock nut Hardened nut Plated nut Lock nut Hardened nut
Size
M3 1.3 N·m 0.7 N·m 1.2 N·m 1.8 N·m 0.9 N·m 1.6 N·m
(11.5 lb in) (6.2 lb in) (10.6 lb in) (15.9 lb in) (8.0 lb in) (14.2 lb in)
M4 2.9 N·m 1.6 N·m 2.6 N·m 4.2 N·m 2.3 N·m 3.7 N·m
M5 5.9 N·m 3.2 N·m 5.3 N·m 8.5 N·m 4.6 N·m 7.6 N·m
M6 10.1 N·m 5.5 N·m 9.1 N·m 14.5 N·m 7.9 N·m 13 N·m
(89.4 lb in) (48.7 lb in) (80.5 lb in) (10.7 lb ft) (69.9 lb in) (9.6 lb ft)
M8 24.5 N·m 13.5 N·m 22 N·m 35.1 N·m 19.3 N·m 31.5 N·m
(18.1 lb ft) (10.0 lb ft) (16.2 lb ft) (25.9 lb ft) (14.2 lb ft) (23.2 lb ft)
M10 48.7 N·m 26.8 N·m 43.8 N·m 69.5 N·m 38.2 N·m 62.5 N·m
M12 85 N·m 46.7 N·m 76.5 N·m 121 N·m 66.5 N·m 108.9 N·m
M14 135 N·m 74.2 N·m 121.5 N·m 193 N·m 106.1 N·m 173.7 N·m
M16 210 N·m 115.5 N·m 189 N·m 301 N·m 165.5 N·m 270.9 N·m
(154.9 lb ft) (85.2 lb ft) (139.4 lb ft) (222 lb ft) (122.1 lb ft) (199.8 lb ft)
M18 299 N·m 164.4 N·m 269.1 N·m 414 N·m 227.7 N·m 372.6 N·m
M20 425 N·m 233.72 N·m 382.5 N·m 587 N·m 322.8 N·m 528.3 N·m
M22 579 N·m 318.4 N·m 521.1 N·m 801 N·m 440.5 N·m 720.9 N·m
(427 lb ft) (234.8 lb ft) (384.3 lb ft) (590.8 lb ft) (324.9 lb ft) (531.7 lb ft)
M24 735 N·m 404.2 N·m 661.5 N·m 1016 N·m 558.8 N·m 914.4 N·m
M27 1073 N·m 590.1 N·m 967.5 N·m 1486 N·m 817.3 N·m 1337 N·m
(791.4 lb ft) (435.2 lb ft) (713.6 lb ft) (1096 lb ft) (602.8 lb ft) (986.1 lb ft)
M30 1461 N·m 803.5 N·m 1315 N·m 2020 N·m 1111 N·m 1818 N·m
84477609A 27/09/2011
14
INTRODUCTION
ZEIL06CS0136F0A 2
ZEIL06CS0135F0A 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
15
INTRODUCTION
Basic instructions
SHIMMING
For each adjustment operation, select adjusting shims and measure individually using a micrometer, then add up
the recorded values. Do not rely on measuring the entire shimming set, which may be incorrect, or the rated value
indicated on each shim.
ROTATING SHAFT SEALS

For correct rotating shaft seal installation, proceed as follows:
• before assembly, allow the seal to soak in the oil it will be sealing for at least thirty minutes
• thoroughly clean the shaft and check that the working surface on the shaft is not damaged
• position the sealing lip facing the fluid; with hydrodynamic lips, take into consideration the shaft rotation direction
and position the grooves so that they will deviate the fluid towards the inner side of the seal
• coat the sealing lip with a thin layer of lubricant (use oil rather than grease) and fill the gap between the sealing
lip and the dust lip on double lip seals with grease
• insert the seal in its seat and press down using a flat punch, do not tap the seal with a hammer or mallet
• whilst inserting the seal, check that it is perpendicular to the seat; once settled, make sure that it makes contact
with the thrust element, if required
• to prevent damaging the seal lip on the shaft, position a protective guard during installation operations
O-RING SEALS
Lubricate the O-RING seals before inserting them in the seats, this will prevent them from overturning and twisting,
which would jeopardize sealing efficiency.
SEALING COMPOUNDS
Only use the sealants which are recommended in this manual! Before applying the sealing compound, prepare
the surfaces as follows:
• remove any incrustations using a metal brush;
• thoroughly de-grease the surfaces using one of the following cleaning agents: trichlorethylene, petrol or a water
and soda solution.
COTTER PINS
When fitting split cotter pins, ensure that the pin notch is positioned in the direction of the force required to stress the
pin. Spiral cotter pins do not require special positioning.
84477609A 27/09/2011
16
INTRODUCTION
PROTECTING THE ELECTRONIC/ ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS DURING CHARGING OR WELD-

ING
WARNING
Battery acid causes burns. Batteries contain sulfuric acid.
Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing. Antidote (external): Flush with water. Antidote (eyes): flush
with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention immediately. Antidote (internal): Drink large
quantities of water or milk. Do not induce vomiting. Seek medical attention immediately.
W0111A
To avoid damage to the electronic/electrical systems, always observe the following:

1. Never make or break any of the charging circuit connections, including the battery connections, when the engine
is running.
2. Never short any of the charging components to ground.
3. Always disconnect the ground cable from the battery before arc welding on the unit.
• Position the welder ground clamp as close to the welding area as possible.
• If welding in close proximity to a computer module, then the module should be removed from the unit.
• Never allow welding cables to lay on, near or across any electrical wiring or electronic component while
welding is in progress.
4. Always disconnect the negative cable from the battery when charging the battery in the unit with a battery
charger.
NOTICE: If welding must be performed on the unit, the battery ground cable must be disconnected from the battery.
The electronic monitoring system and charging system will be damaged if this is not done.
SPARE PARTS
Only use "CNH Original Parts" or " NEW HOLLAND AGRICULTURE Parts".
Only genuine spare parts guarantee the same quality, duration and safety as original parts, as they are the
same parts that are assembled during standard production. Only "CNH Original Parts" or " NEW HOLLAND
AGRICULTURE Parts" can offer this guarantee. When ordering spare parts, always provide the following information:
• Machine model (commercial name) and serial number
• part number of the ordered part, which can be found in the "Spare Parts Catalogue", used for order processing
TOOLS
The tools that NEW HOLLAND AGRICULTURE suggests and illustrate in this manual have been:
• specifically researched and designed for use with NEW HOLLAND AGRICULTURE machines
• essential for reliable repair operations
• accurately built and rigorously tested so as to offer efficient and long-lasting operation
By using these tools, Repair Personnel will benefit from:

• operating in optimal technical conditions
• obtaining the best results
• saving time and effort
• working in safe conditions
NOTE: Wear limit values indicated for certain parts should be considered to be recommended, but not binding. The
terms "front", "rear", "right-hand" and "left-hand" (when referred to different parts) are determined from the rear, facing
in the direction of travel of the machine during operation.
84477609A 27/09/2011
17
INTRODUCTION
Conversion factors
Length
1 mm = 0.0393 in 1 in = 25.4 mm
1 km = 0.621 miles 1 miles = 1.609 km
1m = 3.281 ft 1 ft = 0.3048 m
Area
1 ha = 2.471 ac 1 ac = 0.404 US fl oz
1 m² = 10.76 ft² 1 ft² = 0.0923 m²
Volume
1 litre = 0.26 US gal 1 US gal = 3.78 litre
1 litre = 0.0.28 Bu 1 Bu 35.23 litre
1 litre = 1.057 US quart 1 US quart = 0.9464 litre
1 cm³ (cc) = 0.061 in³ 1 in³ = 16.38 cm³ (cc)
1 m³ = 35.31 ft³ 1 ft³ = 0.028 m³
1 ml = 0.033 US fl oz 1 US fl oz = 29.57 ml
Mass
1 kg = 2.204 lb 1 lb = 0.4536 kg
Torque
1 N·m = 0.7376 lb ft 1 lb ft = 1.3558 N·m
Power
1 kW = 1.358 Hp 1 Hp = 0.746 kW
Pressure
1 bar = 100 kPa
1 bar = 14.505 psi 1 psi = 0.06894 bar
Temperature
1 °C = ((1.8 x ° C) + 32) °F 1 °F = (0.56 x (° F - 32)) °C
Flow
1 l/min = 0.2642 US gpm 1 US gpm = 3.7853 l/min
Speed
1 km/h = 0.62 mph 1 mph = 1.6 km/h
84477609A 27/09/2011
18
INTRODUCTION
Consumables Lubrications and Coolants

Lubrications
The correct engine oil viscosity grade is dependent upon ambient temperature. Refer to the chart when selecting oil
for your tractor engine.
SS09J076 1
NOTE: In areas where prolonged periods of extreme temperatures are encountered, local lubricant practices are
acceptable; such as the use of SAE 5W-30 in extreme low temperatures or SAE 50 in extreme high temperatures.
The NEW HOLLAND AMBRA MULTI BIO oil is available from your authorised dealer.
Biodegradable Transmission and Hydraulic Oil

WARNING
Burn hazard!
Be very careful to avoid contact with hot fluids. If fluid is extremely hot, allow it to cool to a moderately
warm temperature before proceeding.
W0362A
A biodegradable oil has been approved for use in the transmission, 4WD front axle and hubs, and the hydraulic system
of your tractor. Although the oil is 90 % biodegradable, it is important to follow safe handling and disposal practices.
Biodegradable oil should not be used in conjunction with other oils. Use the following procedure to replace standard
oil with biodegradable lubricant.
1. Operate the tractor until the oil that is being changed reaches a temperature greater than 60 °C (140 °F).
2. Stop the engine and immediately drain the oil.
3. Replace all transmission and hydraulic filters.
4. Add the biodegradable oil to the correct level and run the tractor to circulate the oil.
5. Check for oil leaks and recheck the oil level.
Sulphur in Fuel
The engine oil and filter change period are shown in the Lubrication and Maintenance in the operators manual. How-
ever, locally available fuel may have a high sulphur content, in which case the engine oil and filter change period
should be adjusted as follows:
84477609A 27/09/2011
19
INTRODUCTION
Sulphur Content Oil Change Period

Below 0.5 % Normal
From 0.5 - 1.0 % Half the normal
Above 1.0 % One quarter normal
NOTE: The use of fuel with a sulphur content above 1.3 % is not recommended.
Coolants
WARNING
Hazardous chemicals!
Chemical agent may be harmful.
-Avoid contact with eyes, and prolonged/repeated skin contact.
-Wear protective goggles when handling.
-Eye contact: Flush with water for 15 minutes. Seek immediate medical assistance.
-Wash skin with soap and water after handling.
-Keep out of reach of children.
W0370A
To reduce the amount of deposits and corrosion, the water used in the cooling system must comply with the following
values.
Total Hardness Chloride Sulphate

300 parts per million 100 parts per million 100 parts per million
Using Plain water

If you reside in a country where antifreeze is not available, use clean water premixed with 5 % chemical inhibitor. The
inhibitor is available from your authorised dealer.
Lubrications and Coolant Specifications

NH INTERNATIONAL
RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND APPLICATIONS
SPECIFICATION SPECIFICATION
ENGINE OIL
NEW HOLLAND AMBRA MASTERGOLD™ HSP ENGINE OIL
SAE 15W-40 NH 330 H API CI-4
NEW HOLLAND AMBRA MASTERGOLD™ HSP ENGINE OIL NH 324 H ACEA E7
SAE 10W-30
TRANSMISSION, REAR AXLE AND HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM OIL
NEW HOLLAND AMBRA MULTI G™ HYDRAULIC
TRANSMISSION OIL
API GL4
FRONT AXLE (Axle and Hubs)
NH 410 B (SAE 10W-30)
(ISO VG32/46)
TRANSMISSION OIL
FRONT P.T.O GEARBOX OIL
TRANSMISSION OIL
ENGINE RADIATOR COOLANT
NEW HOLLAND AMBRA AGRIFLU
NH 900 A Ethylene Glycol
(mixed with 50% of water)
BRAKE OIL
NEW HOLLAND AMBRA BRAKE LHM NH 610 A ISO 7308
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR OIL PAG-E13
Low Viscosity Oil SP10 n/a ISO100 Viscosity
GREASE FITTINGS AND BEARINGS
NEW HOLLAND AMBRA GR-9 MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE NH 710 A NLGI 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
20
INTRODUCTION
Regarding filling quantity - see Capacities ()
84477609A 27/09/2011
21
INTRODUCTION
Capacities
UNIT T7.170 RC/PC T7.185 RC/PC T7.200 RC/PC T7.210 RC/PC
FUEL TANK 270 l (71.3 US gal)
AUXILIARY FUEL TANK 70 l (18.5 US gal)
DEF/ AdBlue TANK 51 l (13.5 US gal)
COOLING SYSTEM 26 l (6.9 US gal)
ENGINE (including filter) 15 l (3.96 US gal)
TRANSMISSION / REAR AXLE / HYDRAULICS
Range Command 75 l (19.8 US gal) 78 l (20.6 US gal)
Power Command 75 l (19.8 US gal) 78 l (20.6 US gal)
4WD FRONT AXLE - DIFFERENTIAL 9 l (2.38 US gal)
4WD FRONT HUBS
1.25 l (0.33 US gal)
(Class 3 Axle - less brakes)
4WD FRONT HUBS
3.0 l (0.79 US gal)
(Class 3 Axle - with brakes)
4WD FRONT HUBS
3.6 l (0.95 US gal)
4WD FRONT HUBS
4.0 l (1.06 US gal)
FRONT P.T.O. 0.5 l (0.13 US gal)
UNIT T7.170 AC T7.185 AC T7.200 AC T7.210 AC

FUEL TANK 270 l (71.3 US gal)
AUXILIARY FUEL TANK 70 l (18.5 US gal)
DEF/ AdBlue TANK 51 l (13.5 US gal)
COOLING SYSTEM 26 l (6.9 US gal)
ENGINE (including filter) 15 l (3.96 US gal)
TRANSMISSION / REAR AXLE / HYDRAULICS 65 l (17.2 US gal) 68 l (18.0 US gal)
4WD FRONT AXLE - DIFFERENTIAL 9 l (2.38 US gal)
4WD FRONT HUBS
1.25 l (0.33 US gal)
4WD FRONT HUBS
3.0 l (0.79 US gal)
4WD FRONT HUBS
3.6 l (0.95 US gal)
4WD FRONT HUBS
4.0 l (1.06 US gal)
FRONT P.T.O. 0.5 l (0.13 US gal)
84477609A 27/09/2011
22
SERVICE MANUAL
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS

84477609A 27/09/2011
A
Contents
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL,

ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.10.A

T7.170 AutoCommand , T7.170 Power Command , T7.170 Range Command , T7.185 AutoCommand , T7.185 Power Command
, T7.185 Range Command , T7.200 AutoCommand , T7.200 Power Command , T7.200 Range Command , T7.210 AutoCommand ,
T7.210 Power Command , T7.210 Range Command
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve . . . . . A.10.B
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.10.C

SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.12.A

HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.14.A

PNEUMATIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.20.A

ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.30.A

ELECTRONIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.50.A

FAULT CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.50.A

84477609A 27/09/2011
A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - 10.A

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 1
Contents
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC

SYSTEMS - A
TECHNICAL DATA
Power beyond
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Hydraulic pump
Variable displacement pump - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Charge pump
General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
FUNCTIONAL DATA
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T7.170 Range Command, T7.170 Power Command, T7.185 Range Command, T7.185 Power Command, T7.200 Range
Command, T7.200 Power Command, T7.210 Range Command, T7.210 Power Command
Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand
Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Power beyond
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Hydraulic pump
Variable displacement pump - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Compensator
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
SERVICE
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Test Using DATAR Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Hydraulic pump
Variable displacement pump - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Variable displacement pump - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Compensator
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Filter
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 2
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Power beyond - Torque
BAIL10CVT060FAB 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 3
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - General specification

Variable displacement pump
Type Variable Displacement Closed Centre
Load Sensing Piston Pump
Rotation Clockwise
Pump speed @ engine speed 2400 RPM maximum rated 3000 RPM
speed (Theoretical)
Pump speed @ engine speed 2200 RPM 2750 RPM
Output @ engine speed 2200 RPM (Standard flow) 125 l/min (33.0 US gpm)
Output @ engine speed 2200 RPM(High flow) 140 l/min (37.0 US gpm)
Piston Pump displacement (Standard flow) 56 cm³/rev
Piston Pump displacement (High flow) 63 cm³/rev
Low Standby Pressure 26 bar (377.0 psi) ± 1 bar (14.5 psi)
Low Standby Pressure (with Italian trailer brakes) 36 bar (522.0 psi)
High Standby Pressure 210 bar (3045.00 psi) ± 5 bar (72.5 psi)
Maximum system pressure 245 bar (3552.5 psi)± 5 bar (72.5 psi)
Cooler By Pass valve 5.8 bar (84.1 psi).
Charge Pump
Type Internal rotor gear pump
Charge Pump displacement 74 cm³/rev Standard flow
82 cm³/rev High flow
Output @ engine speed 2200 RPM Standard flow 200 l/min (52.8 US gpm)
Output @ engine speed 2200 RPM Hi flow 225 l/min (59.4 US gpm)
Charge pressure filter dump valve :
Crack open 10 bar (145.0 psi)
Fully open 15 bar (217.5 psi)
Charge pressure 2 - 4 bar (29.0 - 58.0 psi)
Charge pressure switch closes 1 bar (14.5 psi)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 4
Charge pump - General specification

Charge Pump
Type Internal rotor gear pump
Charge Pump displacement 74 cm³/rev Standard flow
82 cm³/rev High flow
Output @ engine speed 2200 RPM Standard flow 250 l/min (66 US gpm)
Output @ engine speed 2200 RPM Hi flow 250 l/min (66 US gpm)
Charge pressure filter dump valve :
Crack open 10 bar (145.0 psi)
Fully open 15 bar (217.5 psi)
Charge pressure 2 - 4 bar (29.0 - 58.0 psi)
Charge pressure switch closes 1 bar (14.5 psi)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 5
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Static description

T7.170 Range Command, T7.170 Power Command, T7.185 Range Command, T7.185 Power Command, T7.200 Range Command, T7.200 Power
Command, T7.210 Range Command, T7.210 Power Command
The hydraulic systems can be separated into the following circuits :-
High Pressure Circuit

Hydraulic Lift Assembly.
Remote Control Valves.
Trailer Brake (Where Fitted)

Suspended Front Axle.
Front Lift (Where fitted).
Steering Circuit
Steering Motor and Cylinders
Low Pressure Circuit

Independent Power Take Off (PTO).
Differential Lock
Front Wheel Drive engagement
Transmission clutch and synchroniser engagement
Creeper engagement (Where fitted)
Front PTO (Where fitted)
50 kph engagement (Where fitted)
Lubrication Circuit
PTO Clutch Plates
Transmission Clutch Plates.
Transmission Shaft Pressure Lube

Pump Drive Gear Bearing.
Hydraulic Lift Cross Shaft
Options/Configurations
Hydraulic Pump/ HPL/ Remote Valve Options
Less Hydraulic Trailer Brakes With Hydraulic Trailer Brakes Hydraulic Trailer Brake Italy
Variable Displacement Pump.
EDC
Mechanical Remote 2 Non Configurable
Valves 2 Configurable
1 Non Configurable + 2 Configurable
2 Non Configurable + 2 Configurable
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 6
Electro-Hydraulic 2, 3, or 4 Electro hydraulically operated valves
Remote Valves
Transmission 18 X 6 40KM/H SEMIPOWERSHIFT
18 X 6 35KM/H SEMIPOWERSHIFT
18 X 6 40KM/H FULLPOWERSHIFT
Table 1
The high pressure circuit is of the `Closed Centre Load Sensing' design on all tractor model options fed by a Variable
Displacement Pump.
Figure 1 shows the variable displacement pump and filter assembly.
BAIL07APH323ASA 1
Closed centre remote valves .
There are two types of remote valves available for the closed centre system. Standard fitting are the mechanical
remote valves operated via a cable from within the cab and optional are electro hydraulically operated valves, (1)
Figure 2, which are operated by electrical switches and have their own in built processor to control oil flow via a
solenoid valve.
BAIL10CVT038AAB 2
The hydraulic lift Electronic Draft Control valve (EDC valve) is a stack type proportional solenoid operated valve (1)
mounted with the remote control valves at the rear of the tractor. (Refer to HITCH Electronic draft control - Static
description (H.10.D))
Tractors installed with the electronic draft control hydraulic lift assembly use a unique operator control panel.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 7
BAIL10CCM010AAB 3
BSE2884A 4
(1). Draft sensitivity control knob (2). Drop rate control knob
(3). Height limit control knob (4). Slip limit control knob
BRL6436B 5
(1). Wheel slip control knob (2). EHR Function control knob
(3).Front hitch height limit control knob (4). Drop rate control knob
(5). Draft sensitivity control knob (6). Rear hitch height limit control knob
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 8
BAIL07APH331ASA 6
(1). Stop adjuster thumbwheel (2). Position control lever

(3). Draft loading wheel (4). Raise/lower switch
BRK5798B 7
The raise and lowering functions of the electronic draft control lift system can also be operated from the rear fender
switches (1) and (2)
BSE3774A 8
Mechanical remote control valves (1) are also available with electronic draft control. (2). Mechanical remotes are also
available with a combination configurable and non configurable valve slices . See Table 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 9
BSF3967A_430 9
Located below the Electronic Draft Control valve (Where fitted), is the Hydraulic Power Tapping port (Power Beyond)
block.This includes a priority valve and also a low pressure regulating valve (1). This block also has a flange plate
which allows the addition of a trailer brake valve.
BSE3845A 10
1. Power Beyond Ports 2. Pressure Relief Valve
NOTE: Semi Powershift transmission tractors have two shift buttons plus an extra range button on the reverse side
of the handle.
CLOSED CENTRE LOAD SENSING HIGH PRESSURE HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT

The principal of operation of the closed centre load sensing high pressure hydraulic circuit with variable flow piston
pump is to supply oil flow on demand. It also enables simultaneous operation of the trailer brakes, hydraulic lift,
remote control valve assemblies and front axle suspension where fitted. The load sensing variable flow piston pump
offers significant benefits in reducing the engine power loss that occurs in open centre systems where a high volume
of oil, often far in excess of demand, is continuously pumped round the hydraulic circuit even when they are not being
operated.
A fixed displacement pump (Charge Pump) serves as an initial displacement pump for the variable displacement pump
. The variable displacement pump first of all supplies oil to the trailer brake valve (where fitted), the remote valves
and electronic draft control valve and a pilot oil supply with lower priority. The highest load pressure is indicated to
the flow and compensating valve on the pump via the load sensing line. The flow and compensator valve controls
the pump pressure in such a way that it always exceeds the highest load pressure by a pre-set difference. A priority
valve for low pressure circuit demand is located in the bottom subplate of the remote valve stack. Tractors fitted with
Electro-hydraulic remote valves also have high pressure oil supplied from the variable displacement pump to the top
plate of the remote valve stack. The oil passes through the top plate via a small filter and a pressure limiting valve (
20 - 22 Bar). The oil is then directed to the pilot oil supply of the electro-hydraulic control valve.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 10
BAIL07APH330GSA 11
1. High Pressure Feed to Electro-Hydraulic Valve Pilot 2. Electro-Hydraulic Remote Valves

Line
3. Electronic Draft Control Valve 4. Trailer Brake Valve (Where Fitted)
5. Low Pressure Feed 6. Load Sensing Line
7. Lubrication Manifold 8. Low Pressure Feed to 50 km/h 19th Gear Clutch
Manifold
9. Variable Displacement Pump 10. Flow and Pressure Compensator Valve
11. High Pressure Feed to Electro-Hydraulic Remote 12. Return line from Hydraulic Lift Cylinder
Valves
13. Feed to trailer brake Coupler
The main filter (1) and the charge filter (2) Figure 12 are installed on tractors with variable displacement pump (CCLS
system).
1. Main Intake (Suction) Filter

2. Charge Filter
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 11
BAIS06CCM055AVA 12
Two valves are located within the filter assembly cap. These are (1) the 0.8 bar (11.600 psi) supplementary lube
valve and the 3 bar (43.500 psi) charge pressure bypass valve (2).
BRJ5174B 13
High Pressure Hydraulic System, Variable Displacement Pump (CCLS) - Electrical Switches
1. Low Charge Pressure Warning Switch
2. Intake Filter restriction (vacuum) Switch
3. Low Oil Temperature Switch
BAIL07APH325ASA 14
Mid-Mount Remote Valves.
Optional additional remote valves are mounted under the cab. Connected into the high pressure oil line supplied from
the hydraulic pump after the trailer brake valve and operated via a joystick control in the cab. (Refer to Mid-mount
remote control valve - Static description (A.10.C))
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 12
BAIL06CCM088ASA 15
Suspended front axle control valve (where fitted)

The suspension control valve is located on the right hand side of the tractor. High pressure oil is fed from the power
beyond port on the sub plate of the remote valve stack and with the use of processor controlled PWM valves controls
the flow of oil to the suspension cylinder (Refer to SUSPENSION Hydraulic - Static description (D.40.C))
BAIL10CVT051AAB 16
Front Axle Suspension Cylinder
BSE3769A 17
Steering Motor
There are two types of steering motors fitted depending on whether the tractor is with or less Supersteer. The with
Supersteer models are of a Dynamic load sensing type with a variable displacement, depending on the speed the
steering wheel is rotated. The less Supersteer models use a fixed displacement motor. Also fitted as an option on
some models is a Fast Steer valve (1) which is coupled to the steering motor (2) .
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 13
BAIL07APH352ASA 18
Steering Cylinders.
Receives high pressure oil directly from the steering motor.
BSE2868B 19
Load Sensing Shuttle Valve.
Located in each remote valve slice, the Electronic Draft Control valve and between the trailer brake valve, front sus-
pension valve and mid-mounted valves, where fitted, is the load sensing shuttle valve (2) Figure 20. This allows the
function with the highest pressure demand to send sensing pressure to the load sensing valve, Figure 21, on the
variable displacement pump.
BSB0388A_436 20
1. Load Sensing Line

2. Pressure Compensator Valve
3. Flow Compensating Valve
4. Valve Body
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 14
BAIL07APH326ASA 21
Operation of the closed centre high pressure hydraulic circuit is as follows:-

The components in the high pressure hydraulic circuit are connected by their load sensing lines to the hydraulic load
sensing valve which controls the output of the hydraulic pump.
When the trailer brakes, remote control valves, hydraulic lift or front axle suspension (where fitted) are operating, the
load sensing valve on variable flow piston pump, compares the pressure in the component load sense line with the
output pressure of the hydraulic pump.
If pump output pressure is less than the combined pressure of the load sense line and spring force of the flow con-
trol valve, then pump output continues to increase. When circuit demand is satisfied pump pressure overcomes the
combined pressure of the load sense line and flow compensating valve spring. This moves the spool in the flow com-
pensating valve to the right, allowing control pressure oil to be directed to the variable flow swash plate servo piston,
which de-strokes the pump to adjust output to circuit demand.
High Pressure oil is fed to a subplate at the bottom of the remote valve stack where it is directed to the Trailer Brake
valve which has priority for safety reasons. The oil is then redirected to the Electronic Draft Control Valve and the
Electro-Hydraulic Remote Valves. Within the subplate is a pressure compensating valve which diverts the oil to the
low pressure system at a pressure of 18 bar (261.00 psi).
High Pressure oil is also fed to the top of the Remote Valve stack through an end plate which incorporates a pressure
limiting valve and this supplies oil at 20 - 22 bar to the pilot line galleries in the Electro-Hydraulic Remote Valves.
Surplus oil from the charge pump to the variable displacement pump is fed past the 0.8 bar valve and boosts the
pressure in the lubrication circuit.
The trailer brake valve is located on the sub plate of the remote valve stack. The valve diverts oil pressure to the
trailer brakes whenever the brake pedals are depressed.
The trailer brake has absolute priority over other services in the circuit.
BAIL07APH327ASA 22
The remote valves are available as two, three or four valves per tractor.
The valves can be double-acting with float and kick out.
Double acting convertible to single-acting with float.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 15
Double acting convertible to single-acting.
BSE3664A_442 23
BAIL07APH328ASA 24
When the oil is cold and pressure differential across the oil cooler is higher than 6 bar ( 87 lbf/in2) the cooler by-pass
valve (1) located in the transmission top cover will operate to ensure that adequate flow to the lubrication circuit is
maintained. This feature of diverting oil from the cooler assists in aiding a rapid warm up of oil in cold weather con-
ditions.
The steering pump / steering return oil is directed through the oil cooler at the front of the tractor and is limited to a
maximum pressure of 5.59 bar (81.06 psi)) by the lubrication relief valve located in the transmission top cover.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 16
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Static description

The hydraulic systems can be separated into the following circuits :-
High Pressure Circuit

Hydraulic Lift Assembly.
Remote Control Valves.
Trailer Brake (Where Fitted)

Suspended Front Axle.
Front Lift (Where fitted).
Steering Circuit
Steering Motor and Cylinders
Low Pressure Circuit

Independent Power Take Off (PTO).
Differential Lock
Front Wheel Drive engagement
Transmission clutch and synchroniser engagement
Creeper engagement (Where fitted)
Front PTO (Where fitted)
50 kph engagement (Where fitted)
Hydrostatic Unit
Lubrication Circuit
PTO Clutch Plates
Transmission Clutch Plates.
Transmission Shaft Pressure Lube

Pump Drive Gear Bearing.
Hydraulic Lift Cross Shaft
Hydraulic Pump/ HPL/ Remote Valve Options
Less Hydraulic Trailer Brakes With Hydraulic Trailer Brakes Hydraulic Trailer Brake Italy
Variable Displacement Pump.
Electronic Draft Control valve (EDC valve)
Mechanical Remote 1 Non Configurable + 2 Configurable
Valves 2 Non Configurable + 2 Configurable
Electro-Hydraulic 3, 4 or 5 Electro hydraulically operated valves
Remote Valves
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 17
Transmission Hydraulic CVT
Table 1
BAIL10CVT067GAB 1
Main hydraulic components
1.Hydraulic lift cylinder 2.Hydraulic remote valves

3.Electronic draft control valve 4.Distribution manifold
5.High pressure feed pipe 6.Hydrostat control valve
7.Gear pump 8.Main suction filter
9.Variable displacement pump 10.Trailer brake valve
The high pressure circuit is of the `Closed Centre Load Sensing' design on all tractor model options fed by a Variable
Displacement Pump.
Figure 2 shows the variable displacement pump (1) and suction filter assembly (2).
When the oil is cold and pressure differential across the oil cooler is higher than 5 °C (41.0 °F) the cooler by-pass
valve located in the charge pump will operate to ensure that adequate flow to the lubrication circuit is maintained. This
feature of diverting oil from the cooler assists in aiding a rapid warm up of oil in cold weather conditions.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 18
BAIL10CVT037AAB 2
The gear pump (1) Figure 3 supplies low pressure and lubrication oil.
BAIL10CVT066AAB 3
Located on the right hand side of the rear axle housing is a resounding filter assembly.
BAIL10CVT039AAB 4
The priority valve (1) located on the top of the main pump diverts high pressure oil to the steering, the trailer brake
valve (where fitted) (2) and high pressure circuit. (Refer to Priority valve - Dynamic description (A.14.A))
BAIL10CVT041AAB 5
Closed centre remote valves .
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 19
There are two types of remote valves available for the closed centre system. Mechanical remote valves operated
via a cable from within the cab or electro hydraulically operated valves, (1) Figure 6, which are operated by electrical
switches and have their own in built processor to control oil flow via a solenoid valve.
BAIL10CVT038AAB 6
Mechanical remote control valves (1) are also available with electronic draft control. (2). Mechanical remotes are also
available with a combination configurable and non configurable valve slices . See Table 1
BRE1744B 7
The hydraulic lift Electronic Draft Control valve (EDC valve) is a stack type proportional solenoid operated valve (1)
mounted with the remote control valves at the rear of the tractor. (Refer to HITCH Electronic draft control - Static
description (H.10.D)
BAIL10CCM010AAB 8
Tractors installed with the electronic draft control hydraulic lift assembly use a unique operator control panel.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 20
BRL6436B 9
(1). Wheel slip control knob (2). EHR Function control knob
(3).Front hitch height limit control knob (4). Drop rate control knob
(5). Draft sensitivity control knob (6). Rear hitch height limit control knob
BAIL07APH331ASA 10
(1). Stop adjuster thumbwheel (2). Position control lever

(3). Draft loading wheel (4). Raise/lower switch
BRE1481B 11
switch (1)
switch (1)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 21
BRK5798B 12
switches (1) and (2)
BSF3967A_430 13
Located below the Electronic Draft Control valve (Where fitted), is the Hydraulic Power Tapping port (Power Beyond)
block. This includes a priority valve and also a low pressure regulating valve (1).
BSE3845A 14
1. Power Beyond Ports 2. Pressure Relief Valve
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 22
BAIL10CVT065AAB 15
Power beyond slice with ISO standard couplers
BAIL10CVT061AAB 16
Power beyond hydraulic return port (1)
The Power beyond hydraulic return port is used to reduce back pressure in the remote hydraulic return line and create
more efficient motor operation. The motor return circuit is also used where a return circuit with low back pressure is
desired for improved implement operation
BAIL10CVT051AAB 17
Suspension valve (1) Refer to SUSPENSION Hydraulic - Static description (D.40.C)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 23
BAIL10CVT063FAB 18
Front hydraulic power lift
CLOSED CENTRE LOAD SENSING HIGH PRESSURE HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT

The principal of operation of the closed centre load sensing high pressure hydraulic circuit with variable flow piston
pump is to supply oil flow on demand. It also enables simultaneous operation of the trailer brakes, hydraulic lift,
remote control valve assemblies and front axle suspension where fitted. The load sensing variable flow piston pump
offers significant benefits in reducing the engine power loss that occurs in open centre systems where a high volume
of oil, often far in excess of demand, is continuously pumped round the hydraulic circuit even when they are not being
operated.
A fixed displacement pump (Charge Pump) serves as an initial displacement pump for the variable displacement pump
. The variable displacement pump first of all supplies oil to the trailer brake valve (where fitted), the remote valves
and electronic draft control valve and a pilot oil supply with lower priority. The highest load pressure is indicated to
the flow and compensating valve on the pump via the load sensing line. The flow and compensator valve controls
the pump pressure in such a way that it always exceeds the highest load pressure by a pre-set difference. A priority
valve for low pressure circuit demand is located in the bottom subplate of the remote valve stack. Tractors fitted with
Electro-hydraulic remote valves also have high pressure oil supplied from the variable displacement pump to the top
plate of the remote valve stack. The oil passes through the top plate via a small filter and a pressure limiting valve (
20 - 22 Bar). The oil is then directed to the pilot oil supply of the electro-hydraulic control valve.
The main filter (1) and the charge filter (2) Figure 19 are installed on tractors with variable displacement pump (CCLS
system).
1. Main Intake (Suction) filter

2. Charge filter
3. Hydrostat filter
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 24
BAIL10CVT050AAB 19
Two valves are located within the filter assembly cap. These are (1) the 0.8 bar (11.600 psi) supplementary lube
valve and the 3 bar (43.500 psi) charge pressure bypass valve (2).
BRJ5174B 20
High Pressure Hydraulic System, Variable Displacement Pump (CCLS) - Electrical Switches
1. Low Charge Pressure Warning Switch
2. Intake Filter restriction (vacuum) Switch
3. Low Oil Temperature Switch
BAIL10CVT058AAB 21
Mid-Mount Remote Valves.
Optional additional remote valves are mounted under the cab. Connected into the high pressure oil line supplied from
the hydraulic pump after the trailer brake valve and operated via a joystick control in the cab. (Refer to Mid-mount
remote control valve - Static description (A.10.C))
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 25
BAIL06CCM088ASA 22
Suspended front axle control valve (where fitted)

The suspension control valve is located on the right hand side of the tractor. High pressure oil is fed from the power
beyond port on the sub plate of the remote valve stack and with the use of processor controlled PWM valves controls
the flow of oil to the suspension cylinder (Refer to SUSPENSION Hydraulic - Static description (D.40.C))
BAIL10CVT051AAB 23
Front Axle Suspension Cylinder
BSE3769A 24
Steering Motor
There are two types of steering motors fitted depending on whether the tractor is with or less Supersteer. The with
Supersteer models are of a Dynamic load sensing type with a variable displacement, depending on the speed the
steering wheel is rotated. The less Supersteer models use a fixed displacement motor. Also fitted as an option on
some models is a Fast Steer valve (1) which is coupled to the steering motor (2) .
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 26
BAIL07APH352ASA 25
Steering Cylinders.
Receives high pressure oil directly from the steering motor.
BSE2868B 26
Load Sensing Shuttle Valve.
Located in each remote valve slice, the Electronic Draft Control valve and between the trailer brake valve, front sus-
pension valve and mid-mounted valves, where fitted, is the load sensing shuttle valve (2) Figure 27. This allows the
function with the highest pressure demand to send sensing pressure to the load sensing valve, Figure 28, on the
variable displacement pump.
BSB0388A_436 27
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 27
BAIL10CVT056AAB 28
Operation of the closed centre high pressure hydraulic circuit is as follows:-

The components in the high pressure hydraulic circuit are connected by their load sensing lines to the hydraulic load
sensing valve which controls the output of the hydraulic pump.
When the trailer brakes, remote control valves, hydraulic lift or front axle suspension (where fitted) are operating, the
load sensing valve on variable flow piston pump, compares the pressure in the component load sense line with the
output pressure of the hydraulic pump.
If pump output pressure is less than the combined pressure of the load sense line and spring force of the flow con-
trol valve, then pump output continues to increase. When circuit demand is satisfied pump pressure overcomes the
combined pressure of the load sense line and flow compensating valve spring. This moves the spool in the flow com-
pensating valve to the right, allowing control pressure oil to be directed to the variable flow swash plate servo piston,
which de-strokes the pump to adjust output to circuit demand.
High Pressure oil is fed to a subplate at the bottom of the remote valve stack where it is directed to the Trailer Brake
valve which has priority for safety reasons. The oil is then redirected to the Electronic Draft Control Valve and the
Electro-Hydraulic Remote Valves. Within the subplate is a pressure compensating valve which diverts the oil to the
low pressure system at a pressure of 18 bar (261.00 psi).
High Pressure oil is also fed to the top of the Remote Valve stack through an end plate which incorporates a pressure
limiting valve and this supplies oil at 20 - 22 bar to the pilot line galleries in the Electro-Hydraulic Remote Valves.
Surplus oil from the charge pump to the variable displacement pump is fed past the 0.8 bar valve and boosts the
pressure in the lubrication circuit.
The trailer brake valve (1) is under the cab and is mounted on the priority valve at the top of the main pump unit. The
trailer brake valve allows pressure oil to flow to the trailer brake system, when both of the tractor's brake pedals are
depressed.
The trailer brake has absolute priority over other services in the circuit.
BAIL10CVT062AAB 29
The remote valves are available as two, three or four valves per tractor.
The valves can be double-acting with float and kick out.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 28
Double acting convertible to single-acting with float.
Double acting convertible to single-acting.
BSE3664A_442 30
Lubrication oil is supplied by the gear pump and is distributed via the distribution manifold (1) Figure 31 .
BAIL10CVT040AAB 31
The hydrostatic unit is located in the flywheel housing of the transmission.To maintain the temperature in the hydro-
static unit at a constant level, a certain amount of oil from the closed circuit is steadily replaced with oil from the feed
line. The flushing valve flushes out a fixed amount of oil from the low pressure side of the circuit and channels it
directly to tank.
SS10E132 32
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 29
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 30
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schema

1. Mid mount remote valves 2. Front brake valve

3. CVT control manifold 4. Filter Manifold
5. Variable displacement closed centre load sensing 6. Priority valve
pump (refer to Hydraulic pump Variable displacement
pump - Dynamic description (A.10.A) )
7. Trailer brake valve 8. Italian trailer brake valve manifold
9. Electro-hydraulic remote valve (Refer to PRIMARY 10. Electro-hydraulic remote valve
HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic
remote valve - Hydraulic schema (A.10.C) )
11. Electro-hydraulic remote valve 12. Electro-hydraulic remote valve
13. Diverter valve for hydraulic top link and right hand 14. Electronic draft control valve
adjustable link
15. Bottom plate with priority valve 16. Resounding Filter (Damper)
17. Gear pump 18. Filter assembly
19.Low pressure distribution Manifold 20. Suspension valve (Refer to Control valve -
Hydraulic schema (D.40.C) )
21.Brake lubrication 22. Lubrication
23. Hydrostatic valve 24. Autoguidance valve (Refer to STEERING
Autoguidance - Hydraulic schema (D.20.E) )
25. Fast steer valve (Refer to STEERING Autoguidance 26. Brake master cylinder
- Hydraulic schema (D.20.E) )
27.Cooler
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 31
(1)(2)(3) indicate connection locations for item (24) (When fitted)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 32
BAIL10CVT161ASC 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 33
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 34
Power beyond - Exploded view
BAIL10CVT059FAB 1
1. Pressure feed coupler 2. Power beyond manifold

3. Seals 4. Seal
5. Compression spring 6. Shuttle valve
7. Seal 8. Seal
9. Return coupler 10. Load sensing coupler
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 35
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Dynamic description

The operating principal of a variable flow piston pump is to provide oil flow on demand and minimise the engine power
absorbed in driving the hydraulic pump when the hydraulic circuits do not require maximum pump flow. The variable
flow piston pump in hydraulic systems therefore has distinct power loss advantages over fixed displacement gear type
pumps, which continually provide oil flow and absorb engine power even when the hydraulic circuits do not require
the total pump output.
bsd2188A 1
1.Stroke Control Piston 2.Rod

3.Swash Plate Return Spring 4.Driveshaft
5.Swash Plate 6.Slipper (Quantity 9)
7.Piston and Barrel (Quantity 9 ) 8.Inlet Port
9.Shaft Pre-Load Spring 10.Outlet Port
The major components of the variable flow piston pump with closed centre load sensing are :-
• A nine element pumping head.
• A plate mechanism (swash plate) to adjust piston stroke and corresponding pump output.
• A load sensing valve which monitors the requirements of the hydraulic circuits and signals the pump to increase
or decrease hydraulic oil flow accordingly.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 36
BSD2023A 2
The nine element pumping head is cylindrical in shape and has nine barrels, into each of which, is installed a
piston (7). On the end of each piston is pressed a slipper (6) which always remains in contact with the face of
the swash plate (5) located at the front of the pumping head.
The drive shaft (4), which is driven by the pump drive gear, rotates the pumping head. As the pumping head
rotates, the pistons move in and out of their barrels, following the contour of the swash plate. For every revolution
of the drive shaft each piston completes one pumping cycle.
The swash plate, which does not rotate but pivots about the front of the pumping head, is the control mechanism
that limits the stroke of each piston and works in conjunction with the pressure and flow compensating valves
in the load sensing line.
As the pumping head rotates each barrel passes over the inlet (8) and then the outlet ports (10) of the pump.
During the inlet cycle for each piston and barrel, oil is pumped into the barrel pushing the piston forward so that
it always remains in contact with the swash plate. The stroke of each piston and volume of oil charged into its
barrel is therefore dependent on the angle of the swash plate.
After a piston and barrel has completed the inlet stroke, further rotation of the head aligns the barrel with the
outlet port. (10) Oil within the barrel is then forcibly ejected by the piston through the exhaust port to the hydraulic
circuits.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 37
Compensator - Exploded view
BSE3586A_454 1
Flow and Pressure Compensating Valves
1 Plug 2 Seal
3 Disc 4 Spring
5 Spring 6 Seat
7 Housing 8 Screw
9 Spool 10 Snap-ring
11 Plug 12 Plug
13 Seal 14 Seal
15 Damper Screw 16 Nozzle
17 Seat 18 Spring
19 Spring 20 Disc
21 Seal 22 Plug
23 Nut 24 Screw
25 Locknut
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 38
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Test Using DATAR

Equipment
WARNING
Escaping fluid!
Hydraulic fluid or diesel fuel leaking under
pressure can penetrate the skin and cause
infection or other injury. To prevent personal
injury: Relieve all pressure before discon-
necting fluid lines or performing work on the
hydraulic system. Before applying pressure,
make sure all connections are tight and all
components are in good condition. Never use
your hand to check for suspected leaks under
pressure. Use a piece of cardboard or wood
for this purpose. If injured by leaking fluid, see
your doctor immediately.
Failure to comply could result in death or seri-
ous injury.
W0178A
DANGER
Crushing hazard!
Before servicing or repairing machines
equipped with front suspension, always do
the following: Place the keyswitch in the OFF
position. Place the suspension ON/OFF switch
in the OFF position. Fully lower the axle to the
bottom mechanical stop.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious
injury.
D0038A
To determine if the hydraulic system and the various

hydraulic components are working correctly several tests
are required. These can be separated into pressure tests
and flow tests. These tests should be carried out using the
DATAR oscilloscope diagnostics kit connected to the EST.
NOTICE: Before carrying out any pressure or flow testing
operate the tractor until the oil in the rear axle is at normal
operating temperature. 65 °C ( 145 °F).
Steering Priority Valve Test

1. The following test checks the operation of the steer-
ing prioty valve and high pressure circuits.
2. Remove the cab floor mat.
BAIL07APH389AVA 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 39
3. Remove the cab floor inspection panel.
BTB0445 2
4. Using special tool 380000573, connect into the steer-

ing load sense line.
Connect a DATAR pressure transducer to the
DATARScope interface channel (B).
BAIL10CVT613AVA 3
5. Install the a DATARScope pressure transducer

to the 3 bar lubrication line and connect to the
DATARScope interface channel (C).
BAIL10CVT614AVA 4
6. Connect the DATAR flow meter to the rear EHRs.

NOTE: Use two different spool valves to reduce the back
pressure within the flow meter.
BAIL10CVT607AVA 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 40
7. Connect the flow meter pressure port to the

DATARScope interface channel (D) and flow meter
flow port to the DATARScope interface channel (A).
BAIL10CVT608AVB 6
8. Using DATAR, create a test range for these channels.

• Collection time = 5 ms/div
• Channel A = Flow from the EHRs
Setting = 300 LPM
• Channel B = Steering signal line.
Setting = 300 bar
Transducer setting = 600 bar
• Channel C = Lubrication line.
Setting = 10 bar
• Channel D = Pressure from the EHRs.
Setting = 300 bar
9. Start the engine and run until normal operating tem-
perature is reached.
10. Set the EHR flow control to 100%.
11. Put remote 1 into the extend position and remote 2
into the float position.
BAIL10CVT611AVA 7
12. Using the DATAR flow meter apply 60 bar of pres-

sure onto the hydraulic system.
13. Start the recording on DATAR.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 41
14. Turn the steering wheel quickly in the following order

with a 2-3 second delay between each movement.
• 1/2 turn to the right.
• 1/2 turn to the left.
• Full left-hand lock and hold to the left.
• Return the steering wheel to the centre.
• Full right-hand lock and hold to the right.
• Return the steering wheel to the centre.
15. Release the pressure from the flow meter and return
the EHRs to the neutral position.
switch off the engine and capture the results.
16. The results below show the relationship between the
steering signal line (red) and the EHR flow (blue) and
pressure (brown). When the steering wheel is moved
sharply the steering demands hydraulic oil from the
pump (1). Due to the load on the hydraulic oil pump
from the EHRs the oil supply is taken very briefly
from the EHRs (2) and supplied as a priority to the
steering. When the steering wheel is turned slowly,
the hydraulic oil pump can cope with supplying both
systems and therefore pressure and supply from the
EHRs is not affected.
Within the graphic the steering system signal line (3)
is showing that the steering is taking the hydraulic
oil supply as priority from the EHRs (4) for a longer
period of time and then recovering due to the steering
wheel being moved a full turn.
This is a good example of a steering priority valve
which is working correctly.
The lubrication pressure line (green) is showing a re-
sponse with the steering indicating that it is maintain-
ing the lubrication pressure circuit during the opera-
tion of this test.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 42
BAIL11CVT640FVA 8
Low Pressure Circuit and Accumulator Pressure Test

17. Using special tool 380000573 (1), connect into the
low pressure line behind the valve stack.
Connect a DATAR pressure transducer to the spe-
cial tool and connect to the DATARScope interface
channel (A).
BAIL11CVT641AVA 9
18. Remove the cab floor mat.
BAIL07APH389AVA 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 43
19. Remove the cab floor inspection panel.
BTB0445 11
20. Install a test port into the 3 bar lubrication line and
connect a DATARScope pressure transducer to the
DATARScope interface channel (C).
BAIL10CVT614AVA 12
21. Disconnect the hydrostat electrical connector and

remove the hydrostat gear pump pressure switch
transducer.
BAIL10CVT615AVA 13
22. Install a test port into the gear pump filter pressure
line and connect to a DATARScope pressure trans-
ducer.
Connect to the DATARScope interface channel (B).
BAIL10CVT610AVA 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 44
23. Using DATAR, create a test range for these channels.

• Collection time = 5 ms/div
• Channel A = Low pressure line.
Setting = 40 bar
• Channel B = Filter pressure.
Setting = 40 bar
• Channel C = Lubrication line.
Setting = 10 bar
BAIL10CVT608AVA 15
24. Start the recording on DATAR. Start the engine and

run at idle. After a few seconds raise the engine
RPM to maximum. Then after 3-4 seconds, return
the engine RPM back to idle. Run for a further 3-4
seconds and then switch off the engine and capture
the results.
25. The low pressure (1) at idle should be 24 bar
26. The lube pressure (3) at idle should be 3 bar
27. The low pressure, gear pump filter pressure, and
lube pressure all rise (4) when the engine speed is
raised to maximum RPM. This shows the circuit pres-
sure control valves balancing the pressure between
the low pressure and lubrication pressure circuits.
The difference in these pressures will vary depend-
ing on the load on the systems from other services,
such as steering.
28. The result below shows a smooth decay on the low
pressure line (blue line in this example) until the pres-
sure in the low pressure line equalizes with the pres-
sure in the accumulator, then there will be a sudden
drop. The point at which the pressure drops (5) is an
indication of the accumulator pressure.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 45
BAIL11CVT639FVA 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 46
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Overhaul

This procedure describes the overhaul of the Load Sensed Variable Displacement pump assembly when removed
from the tractor. The following items however can be serviced with the pump installed on the tractor.
Blocked filter dump valve
Pressure and flow compensating valves
Steering flow control valve (Priority valve)
Steering pump assembly
1. Remove the pump. (Refer to Hydraulic pump Vari-

able displacement pump - Remove (A.10.A))
BAIL08CVT075ASA 1
2. Remove pressure and flow compensating valves as-

sembly. Refer to Compensator - Overhaul (A.10.A)
BSD2023A 2
3. Undo the 4 retaining bolts (1) and remove the end

plate. Remove circlip from opposite end of pump.
BAIL08101ASA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 47
4. Remove the charge pump components from main

pump assembly.
(1) Rotor housing
(2) Rotor
(3) Rotor shaft
(4) End plate
BAIL08CVT102ASA 4
5. When replacing the input shaft seal, make sure the

pump housings mounting flange is clean. Use circlip
pliers to remove the input shaft seal retaining ring.
1b0o2004061061 5
6. With the retaining ring removed, use a punch or sim-

ilar tool, and carefully pierce the top of the lip seal.
Using the punch, pry the seal from its bore.
70-421-485 6
7. Examine valve plate (1). Check to see if it is scored,

nicked, warped or damaged by cavitation. Look for
score marks or damage around the bearing surface
area. Check the inlet and discharge port area for
signs of contamination. This contamination may
show as grooves starting in the feathering notch,
BSD2025A 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 48
8. Remove bearing cone (1) and splined connector.
70-421-491 8
9. Remove preload spacer from driveshaft. Remove

pumping head and piston from housing. Using a suit-
able marker identify each piston and slipper to their
corresponding barrel in the pumping head.
TIA35167 9
10. Separate pumping head and slipper assembly and

inspect for damage. Where damage is identified the
pumping element must be replaced.
Pumping head and slipper assembly
(1) Pistons and slippers
(2) Cone
(3) Washer
(4) Pumping head
(5) Pins (quantity 3)
TIA35168 10
11. If necessary disassemble pumping head spring as-

sembly by compressing the retaining ring against the
spring.
Pumping head spring assembly
(1) Washer
(2) Retaining ring
(3) Spring
(4) Pumping head
NOTICE: Due to high spring pressure take care when re-
moving retaining ring.
BAIL07APH347ASA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 49
12. Remove swash plate (1) assembly.

Inspect components for wear and replace if damaged
or worn.
70-421-461 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 50
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Remove
Prior operation:
Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A)
1. WARNING
Heavy objects!
Lift and handle all heavy components us-
ing lifting equipment with adequate ca-
pacity. Always support units or parts with
suitable slings or hooks. Make sure the
work area is clear of all bystanders.
Failure to comply could result in death or
serious injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Crushing hazard!
The wheels on this vehicle are very heavy. BTB0281A 1
Always use a wheel remover or chain
hoists to remove and install the wheels.
Use an assistant as required.
serious injury.
W0149A
Raise the rear of the tractor and place two suitable

axle stands (1) under the final drive cases.
NOTE: If required, detach the lift rods from the lower links.
2. Using a wheel removal tool, remove the rear right-
hand wheel.
BAIL10CVT507AVA 2
NOTE: To replace the main hydraulic oil filter, the hydrostat filter must be removed first to gain access to the main
hydraulic oil filter guard retaining bolts.
3. Using a suitable filter removal tool, remove the hy-
drostat oil filter.
BAIL10CVT626AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 51
4. Remove the main hydraulic oil filter housing guard.
BAIL10CVT627AVA 4
5. Release the air bleed valve (1) and wait a few mo-
ments for the oil to drain back to the reservoir.
Remove the main hydraulic oil filter housing drain
plug (2) and drain the oil into a suitable container.
BAIL10CVT628AVA 5
6. Disconnect the main filter fittings and remove the hy-

draulic oil filter
BAIL08CVT263AVA 6
7. Using a suitable filter removal tool, remove the

charge filter.
BAIL10CVT630AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 52
8. Disconnect the remote valve load sensing line (1),

steering load sensing pipe (2), high pressure supply
pipe (3) , brake pipe, (4)and trailer brake pipe (5).
BAIL10CVT071AAB 8
9. Using a suitable hoist and sling (1) support the pump.
BAIL08CVT074ASA 9
10. Undo and remove the pump retaining nut and bolt (1)
and remove the pump from the rear axle housing.
BAIL08CVT075ASA 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 53
Compensator - Overhaul
1. Disconnect load sense line connection and remove
pressure and flow compensating valve assembly.
Remove the tamper proof caps, carefully unscrew
each adjuster and remove the component parts.
Refer to Compensator - Exploded view (A.10.A)
To ensure correct reassembly keep the component
parts for each valve separate.
NOTICE: Due to extreme spring pressure within valves DO
NOT remove rear plugs until the adjusters have been re-
moved.
BSD2023A 1
2. Reassembly of the valves follows the removal proce-

dure in reverse. On reassembly observe the follow-
ing :-
Wash all components in a suitable solvent.
Examine all components for wear or damage. If the
spools are damaged it is necessary to replace the
complete valve assembly.
Lubricate all parts with clean hydraulic oil.
To aid reassembly of pressure and flow compensat-
ing valves, the spools should be inserted into the rear
of the housing.
Tighten all plugs and locknuts to the correct torque
as detailed in Specifications.
TIA35166 2
3. When installing valve on pump ensure all 'O' ring

seals are correctly installed.
Pressure test the pump and adjust the pressure and
flow compensating valves to the correct specification
as detailed PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYS-
TEM - Pressure test (A.10.A).
TIA35007 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 54
NOTE: If the damper screw (1) is removed for any reason it

should be reinstalled in alignment with the three ports and
should be fixed into position using a suitable threadlock and
seal.product. Failure to adjust this screw correctly could
reduce the efficiency of the system.
BSF4760A 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 55
Filter - Replace
WARNING
Heavy objects!
Lift and handle all heavy components using lift-
ing equipment with adequate capacity. Always
support units or parts with suitable slings or
hooks. Make sure the work area is clear of all
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
Handle all parts carefully. Do not place your
hands or fingers between parts. Use Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) as indicated in this
manual, including protective goggles, gloves,
and safety footwear.
ous injury.
W0208A
NOTE: To replace the main hydraulic oil filter, the hydrostat filter must be removed first to gain access to the main
hydraulic oil filter guard retaining bolts.
1. Make sure that the vehicle is parked on a level sur-
face.
2. Chock the front wheels using suitable wheel stops.
3. Raise the rear of the vehicle and place suitable axle
stands under the rear of the vehicle.
WARNING
Crushing hazard!
The wheels on this vehicle are very heavy. Al-
ways use a wheel remover or chain hoists to re-
move and install the wheels. Use an assistant
as required.
ous injury.
W0149A
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 56
Remove the right-hand rear wheel.
BAIL10CVT507AVA 1
Hydrostat Filter Replace

4. Using a suitable filter removal tool, remove the hy-
drostat oil filter.
BAIL10CVT626AVA 2
5. Before installing a new hydrostat filter, clean the inlet

channel and the face of the filter mounting.
6. Lubricate the new hydrostat filter rubber seal with
clean hydraulic oil. Install the filter onto the filter
mounting until both mating surfaces touch, then
tighten a further 3/4 of a turn. Do not over tighten.
Main Hydraulic Oil Filter Replace

7. Remove the main hydraulic oil filter housing guard.
BAIL10CVT627AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 57
8. Release the air bleed valve (1) and wait a few mo-
ments for the oil to drain back to the reservoir.
Remove the main hydraulic oil filter housing drain
plug (2) and drain the oil into a suitable container.
BAIL10CVT628AVA 4
9. Remove the main hydraulic oil filter housing base

plate and remove the oil filter cartridge.
BAIL10CVT629AVA 5
10. Clean the main hydraulic oil filter housing base plate
and install a new filter housing base plate seal.
BAIL10CVT631AVA 6
11. Install a new filter cartridge into the main hydraulic oil
filter housing. Install the housing base plate making
sure that the plate locks into place and the arrows
the aligned.
BAIL10CVT629AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 58
12. Install the main hydraulic oil filter housing drain plug
(2) and tighten to 4 N·m (3.0 lb ft).
Tighten the air bleed valve (1).
BAIL10CVT628AVA 8
13. Install the main hydraulic oil filter housing guard.
BAIL10CVT627AVA 9
14. Before installing a new hydrostat filter, clean the inlet

15. Lubricate the new hydrostat filter rubber seal with
clean hydraulic oil. Install the filter onto the filter
mounting until both mating surfaces touch, then
BAIL10CVT626AVA 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 59
Charge Filter Replace

16. Using a suitable filter removal tool, remove the
charge filter.
BAIL10CVT630AVA 11
17. Before installing a new charge filter, clean the inlet

18. Lubricate the new charge filter rubber seal with clean
hydraulic oil. Install the charge filter onto the fil-
ter mounting until both mating surfaces touch, then
BAIL10CVT630AVA 12
WARNING
Crushing hazard!
as required.
ous injury.
W0149A
19. Install the right-hand rear wheel and tighten the

wheel nuts to the specified torque, for further infor-
mation refer to Rear wheel - Torque (D.50.C).
BAIL10CVT507AVA 13
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 60
20. Raise the rear of the tractor and remove the axle
stands.
NOTE: If applicable, attach the lift rods to the lower links.
21. Remove the front wheels chocks.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 61
Index

SYSTEMS - A

Charge pump - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Compensator - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Compensator - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Filter - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T7.170 Range Command, T7.170 Power Command, T7.185 Range Command, T7.185 Power Command, T7.200 Range Command,
T7.200 Power Command, T7.210 Range Command, T7.210 Power Command
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Test Using DATAR Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Power beyond - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Power beyond - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.A / 62
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical

remote valve - 10.B

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 1
Contents

SYSTEMS - A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote

valve - 10.B
TECHNICAL DATA
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve

Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve

Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
SERVICE
Remote control valve

Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
DIAGNOSTIC
Remote control valve

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 2
Closed center mechanical remote valve

remote valve - Torque
BVE0601A 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 3

remote valve - Static description
Hydraulic remote control valves are available to operate external hydraulic cylinders, motors etc. All models have two
valves as standard, installed at the rear of the tractor adjacent to the top link.
BSE3074C 1
The levers and their respective valves are colour coded for identification.
I Green
II Blue
III Brown
IV Black
BSE3074E 2
Each valve is controlled by a separate lever providing four operating positions.
Raise (R) - Pull a lever toward you to extend the cylinder to which it is connected.
Neutral (N) - Push the lever forward to select neutral and de-activate the connected cylinder.
Lower (L) - Push the lever forward, past neutral, to retract the cylinder.
Float (F) - Push the lever fully forward, beyond the `lower' position, to select `float'. This will permit the cylinder to
extend or retract freely, allowing equipment such as scraper blades to `float' or follow the ground contour.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 4
BRL6492B 3
On tractors with four valves, the first and second valves may be controlled by levers or by a 4-way joystick control
mounted to the right of the operator's seat.
BRE1533B 4
Additional Oil Supply For Remote Hydraulic Services

For implements or attachments requiring continuous or high oil flows from the tractor hydraulic system, provision is
made to connect directly into the main hydraulic circuit at the rear of the tractor.
1. Pressure Line (P) - M22 x 1.5/15.5 (ISO 6149)

2. Low Pressure Relief Valve ( 30 Bar )
3. Return Oil Line (R) - M27 x 2/19 (ISO 6149)
BSE3074B 5
The remote valves are a stack type design clamped together with the hydraulic lift Electronic Draft Control valve (1)
on the Closed Centre Load Sensing hydraulic systems.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 5
BSE3074D 6
BVE0602A 7
Remote Control Valve and Electronic Draft Control Valve Interconnecting Galleries
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 6
Pump Pressure Return To reservoir
Load Sensing
1 Return to Reservoir 2 Load sensing Gallery

3 Parallel Supply Gallery 4 End Cover
5 Remote Control Valve IV 6 Remote Control Valve III
7 Remote Control Valve II 8 Remote Control Valve I
9 Electronic Draft Control Valve 10 From Hydraulic Oil Pump
11 Return to Reservoir 12 Load Sense Line
All valve sections have a common parallel inlet and return to reservoir gallery.
The load sensing gallery passes through the centre of the valve stack and signals the pump to increase or decrease
output according to the demand.
The parallel gallery and load sensing system enables two or more valves to be operated simultaneously without loss
of efficiency.
Ò' ring seals (1) and load sense check valves (2) between each valve section ensure the highest circuit load sense
pressure is transmitted to control the output of the hydraulic oil pump.
BSB0388A 8
The principal hydraulic components within each remote control valve section are:-
Flow Control Adjuster

The flow control adjuster is manually operated and adjusts oil flow through the remote valve. Turning the adjuster
changes the size of the restriction in the path of oil flowing through the flow control spool.
Flow Control Spool

The flow control spool senses pressure differential across the restriction set by the flow control adjuster and regulates
flow through the remote valve. Because each flow control spool individually senses the pressure differential in the
remote valve being operated, two or more circuits working at different pressures can be controlled simultaneously.
Load Hold Check Valve

The load hold check valve prevents a back-flow of pressure from the remote valve circuit when the main control spool
is operated and the hydraulic oil pump system pressure is less than the back-pressure in the circuit.
This is explained by the following example:-
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 7
When a cylinder is holding a heavy load and the main control spool is moved from the neutral to the raise position, the
hydraulic system pressure may be less than the back pressure in the remote control valve circuit. When this occurs
the back pressure would cause oil in the circuit to flow backwards and the load to momentarily drop before hydraulic
system pressure has risen to hold and then raise the load further. The load hold check valve prevents this situation
from occurring.
Main Control Spool

The main control spool is spring centered to a neutral position and when moved directs oil flow to the raise or lower
ports of the remote control valve.
Lock Valve
The lock valve is located in the raise port of the remote control valve and is closed whenever the main control spool
is in neutral. The lock valve prevents leak-down of an implement should there be any leakage across the lands of the
main control spool when in the neutral position. The lock valve is automatically opened whenever the main control
spool is moved from the neutral position.
Spool Centring and Detent Mechanism

The spool centring and detent mechanism spring loads the main control spool to the neutral position. When the main
control spool is moved to the Raise, Lower or Float positions the spool centring and detent mechanism holds the main
control spool in position using ball bearings which engage in grooves within a detent cage.
A factory set detent regulating valve in the spool centring and detent mechanism automatically releases the balls and
returns the main control spool to neutral whenever the operating pressure exceeds the preset value.
BAIL06CCM165FSA 9
Remote Control Valve Components
1 Flow Control Adjuster 2 Flow Control Spool

3 Load Hold Check Valve 4 Main Control Spool
5 Lock Valve 6 Spool Centring and Detent Mechanism
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 8

remote valve - Dynamic description
OIL FLOW IN NEUTRAL (Refer to Figure 1)

When the remote control valves are in neutral, the main control spool is held in the central position by the centring
spring.
Oil flow from the parallel gallery (A) to the raise and lower ports is blocked by the lands of the main control spool.
Gallery (C) and load sensing gallery (D) are vented to the reservoir through galley (G).
The galleries to the raise and lower ports are blocked by the lands on the main control spool.
The pin (9) on the lock valve (8) is positioned in the waisted section of the main control spool (10) allowing the lock
valve (8) to be spring loaded into the closed position preventing an extended cylinder retracting under load, should
there be a slight leakage in the main control spool.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 9
Single Remote Control Valve Operation - Neutral
1. Flow Control Spool 2. Metering Land

3. Flow Control Adjuster 4. Manually Adjusted Flow Control Restriction
5. Spool Centring and Detent Mechanism 6. Lower (Cylinder Retract) Port
7. Raise (Cylinder Extend) Port 8. Lock Valve
9. Pin 10. Main Control Spool
11. Load Hold Check Valve
Trapped Oil Return To Reservoir
Pump Pressure
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 10
BRJ5260B 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 11
OIL FLOW IN RAISING (CYLINDER EXTEND) Refer to Figure 2

When the remote control valve lever is moved to the raise position, the main control spool (10) moves to the right and
the spring loaded detent balls (5) engage with the left hand groove in the detent mechanism.
Moving the main control spool (10) to the raise position causes the pin (9) on the lock valve (8) to ride up the ramp of
the main control spool and hold the lock valve in the open position.
Gallery (B) is now open to gallery (C) and gallery (E) is open to gallery (F) .
The flow from gallery (C) is blocked by the load hold check valve (11) until the pressure in the gallery is sufficient to
lift load hold check valve (11) off its seat against the back pressure in the lift port gallery (E) .
Oil can flow from :-
Gallery (C) past the load hold check valve (11) into Gallery (E) .
Across the flat on the main control spool (10) to Gallery (F) .
Through the lock valve (8).
Out through the raise port (7) of the remote control valve.
Exhaust oil from the extending cylinder returns through the lowering port (6) and gallery (H), around the land on the
main control spool (10) and back to the reservoir via the common gallery (G) .
If the load hold check valve (11) was not installed the situation could occur where pump pressure is insufficient to
support the load in the raise port (7) when the remote control valve is moved from neutral to the raise position. Under
this situation the load would momentarily drop until pump pressure was sufficient to support the load.
The rate of flow through the remote control valve is adjusted by the manual flow control adjuster (3), which manually
changes the size of restriction (4).
To maintain set flow through the remotes under all conditions with varying pump inlet pressure in parallel gallery (A)
the flow control spool senses the differential pressure across the manually adjusted flow control restriction (4) between
galleries (A) and ` (B) .
The differential pressure sensed on each end of the spool causes the spool to move to a new state of equilibrium and
continually regulates the flow across the spool metering lands (2) to maintain a constant flow through the manually
adjusted flow control restriction (4) irrespective of the pressure in other hydraulic circuits.
The pressure in gallery (C) is also transmitted down the load sensing gallery (D) to the flow compensating valve of
the variable flow piston pump where pump output is regulated according to the circuit demand.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 13
OIL FLOW IN RAISING (CYLINDER EXTEND)

Pump Pressure Return To Reservoir
Remote Valve Operating

Pressure
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 14
BRJ5259B 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 15
OIL FLOW IN LOWERING (CYLINDER RETRACT) Refer to Figure 3

When the remote control valve lever is moved to the lower position the main control spool (10) moves to the left and
the spring loaded detent balls (5) engage with the middle groove in the detent mechanism.
In a similar manner as for the raise cycle of the remote control valve the position of the spool causes the pin (9) on
the lock valve (8) to hold the lock valve in the open position.
Gallery (B) is now open to gallery (C) and gallery (E) is open to gallery (H) .
Oil from the parallel gallery (A) flows past the flow control spool (1) and the restrictor (2) into gallery (C) and the load
sensing gallery (D) .
The load hold check valve (11) remains closed until pump system pressure is sufficient to overcome the back pressure
in gallery ` (E). When the load hold check valve (11) lifts off the seat oil flows into gallery (H) , round the main control
spool (10) to gallery (G) and out through the lowering port (6) of the remote control valve coupling.
Exhaust oil from the retracting cylinder returns to the reservoir gallery (G) though the raise port (7) and the lock valve
(8).
Pump output and system pressure will continually react to the maximum demand of the tractor high pressure hydraulic
circuits as sensed through the load sensing lines.
Flow through the remote control valve is controlled in exactly the same manner as described above in the Òil Flow
In Raising' section by sensing differential pressure across the manually adjusted flow control restriction (4).
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 17
Single Remote Control Valve Operation - Lowering (Cylinder Retract)

Remote Valve Operating

Pressure
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 18
BRJ5261B 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 19
OIL FLOW IN FLOAT (Refer to Figure 4)

The float position allows the free flow of oil from both the raise and lower ports of the remote control valve permitting
the cylinder to extend or retract freely. This feature is particularly useful to allow equipment such as scraper blades
to `float' or follow the ground contour.
When the remote control valve lever is pushed fully forward to the float position the main control spool (10) is moved
fully to the left and the spring loaded detent balls engage with the right hand groove in the detent mechanism (5).
Oil flow from the gallery (B) to the raise and lower ports is blocked by the lands of the spool.
The position of the main control spool (10) causes the pin (9) on the lock valve (8) to hold the lock valve in the open
position.
The raise and lower ports of the remote control valve are open to the reservoir gallery (G) allowing a free flow of oil
from one port of the cylinder to the other.
Should a void occur in the circuit oil will be drawn by suction from one side of the cylinder to the other.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 20
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 21
Single Remote Control Valve Operation - Float

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 22
BRJ5262B 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 23
OPERATION OF DETENT PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE (Refer to Figure 5)

Under normal operating conditions excessive pressures in the remote control valve circuits are protected by the de-
tent pressure regulating valve which returns the main control spool (1) to neutral when the operating pressure of the
cylinder exceeds the factory preset value.
If the remote control valve lever is physically held by the operator to prevent the main control spool (1) returning
to neutral the maximum operating pressure is restricted to a maximum of 210 bar (3045.00 psi) by the pressure
compensating valve in the closed centre load sensing (CCLS) hydraulic pump.
Operation of the detent regulating valve is as follows :-
When the main control spool (1) is moved to the raise or lower position the detent balls (5) of the spool centering and
detent mechanism (4) are held in detents by the tapered face of the spring loaded plunger (3).
In the raise or lower condition the operating pressure of the remote control valve circuit is also sensed in the centre
drilling of the main control spool through the small radial drillings (2). As pressure increases a force is applied to the
small ball (7) in the end of the main control spool (1) which pushes the detent regulating valve piston (6) and spring
loaded plunger (3) to the left. The detent balls in the centring mechanism are no longer held in the detent by the
tapered face of the spring loaded plunger (3) and the centring spring moves the main control spool to neutral.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 24
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 25
Operation of Detent Pressure Regulating Valve
1. Main Control Spool 2. Radial Drillings

3.. Spring Loaded Plunger 4. Spool Centring and Detent Mechanism
5. Detent Balls 6. Detent Regulating Valve Piston
7. Ball
Remote Valve Pressure Return To Reservoir

@ . 210 bar (3045.00 psi)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 26
BRJ5263B 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 27
OPERATION OF TWO OR MORE CONTROL VALVES SIMULTANEOUSLY (Refer to Figure 6)

Because the stack type remote valves have a common parallel input gallery and individual flow control valves it is
possible to operate two or more remotes simultaneously without loss of efficiency.
This is achieved by the flow control spools which regulate flow through each remote valve irrespective of pump system
pressure.
If these valves were not fitted and two remotes were operating simultaneously at different pressures all oil would
attempt to flow to the light load circuit.
The following details the process of operating a single remote valve and then operating an additional remote valve at
the same time.
When a single service is operated the pressure in the parallel gallery is at pump pressure.
The pressure in the load sense line to the hydraulic pump is equal to the operating pressure of the working remote
valve.
Required flow through the remote valve is set by turning the manual flow control knob. This action adjusts the size of
restriction (3).
The pressure differential across the restriction (3) is sensed on each end of the flow control valve spool and causes
the spool to move to a position of equilibrium which adjusts the flow across the spool metering lands (4).
The adjustment of flow across the metering land (4) produces a constant flow across the manually adjusted flow
control restriction (3) and through the remote valve.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 28
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 29
Single Remote Valve Operating
Pump Pressure Return to Reservoir
Remote Valve Operating Trapped Oil

Pressure
A. Remote Valve in Operation B. Remote Valves in Neutral

1. Parallel Gallery (Interconnecting Remote Valves 3. Manually Adjusted Flow Control Restriction
Sections) 4. Spool Metering Lands
2. Load Sense Line (Interconnecting Remote 5. Flow Control Spool
Valves Sections) 6. Load Sense Line Check Valve
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 30
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
BAIL07APH403JSA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 31
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 32
Two Remote Valves Operating (Refer to Figure 7)

It is essential that the flow of oil through two or more remote valves operating simultaneously at different pressure is
individually controlled otherwise oil will always flow to the circuit operating at the lowest pressure.
When operating two or more hydraulic services the operating pressure in the parallel gallery is at the highest operating
pressure of the hydraulic system as sensed through the load sense line.
Check valves in the load sense line between each valve section ensure only the highest pressure is directed to the
pump flow pressure compensating valve.
In the same manner as for single remote valve operation the differential pressure across the manually adjusted flow
control restriction (3) is sensed by the flow compensating spool.
Because each remote valve is operating at a different pressures the flow control valve spools will move to different
positions to achieve a state of equilibrium.
The flow across the metering land (4) of the lower pressure operating remote valve will be different to the flow across
the metering land of the higher operating pressure remote valve.
The metering land on each flow control spool now maintains the required constant flow through the manually adjusted
flow control restriction in each remote valve irrespective of the higher pump system pressure required to operate other
hydraulic circuits.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 33
Two Remote Valves Operating
Pump Pressure Lower Pressure Remote

Valve Operation
High Pressure Remote Return To Reservoir
Valve Operation
A. Remote Valve Operating At High Pressure B. Remote Valve Operating At Lower Pressure
1. Parallel Gallery (Interconnecting Remote Valves 3. Manually Adjusted Flow Control Restriction
Sections) 4. Spool Metering Lands
2. Load Sense Line (Interconnecting Remote 5. Flow Control Spool
Valves Sections) 6. Load Sense Line Check Valve
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 34
BAIL07APH404JSA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 35
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 36
Remote control valve - Disassemble

1. Remove the remote control valve quick release cou-
pling manifolds (1).
The couplers are serviced as an assembly and
should not be disassembled.
BVE0474A 1
2. Remove the remote control valve control cable re-

taining bracket.
BVE0483A 2
3. Remove the remote control valve end cover retaining

nuts.
Remove the remote control valve end cover.
BVE0484A 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 37
4. Remove the remote control valve slices from the re-

mote control valve base manifold.
BVE0485A 4
BVE0480A_414 5
Mechanical Remote Control Valve Components
1 Flow Control Adjuster 2 Flow Control Spool

3 Load Holding Check Valve 4 Main Control Spool
5 Lock Valve 6 Spool Centering and Detent Mechanism
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 38
5. Disassemble the remote control valve slice using the

following instructions and illustrations.
Remove the O-ring (1) and the check valve (2).
Remove the flow control adjuster knob (1) and un-
screw the flow control adjuster from the remote con-
trol valve body.
BSB0388A_415 6
6. Prior to removing the control valve spool ensure the

flats (1) on the end of the spool are in the vertical
position as shown.
Remove the remote control valve main control spool.
CAUTION
Do not rotate the main control spool or use force once
inserted into the bore, otherwise damage to the main
control spool and the lock valve pin will occur.
B004
BSB0394A 7
7. Remove the lock valve from the raise port as follows:-

Using a small screwdriver, open the two slots (1) on
the keeper (2) and turn the keeper through 90 °.
Remove the spring seat (3) from the remote control
valve housing. Remove the lock valve.
BSB0385A 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 39
BSB0386A 9
Lock Valve
1 Plunger 2 Lock Valve

3 Ball 4 Spring
5 Washer 6 Spring
7 Spring Seat 8 Keeper
8.
WARNING
A large spring is positioned beneath the plug, take ex-
treme care when removing plugs.
B041
BSB0393A 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 40
BSB0396B 11
Flow Control Spool and Load Hold Check Valve (Early type with ball)
1 Flow Control Spool 2 Spring

3 Spring Guide 4 Plug and Ò' Ring
5 Plastic Cap 6 Retainer
7 Plug 8 Backup Ring
9 Ò' Ring 10 Spring
11 Load Hold Check Valve Ball
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 41
BAIL06CCM211FSA 12
Flow Control Spool and Load Hold Check Valve (Later Type with cone)
1 Flow Control Spool 2 Retainer

3 Spring 4 Spring Guide
5 Plug and 'O' Ring 6 Plastic Cap
7 Retainer 8 Plug
9 Back-up Ring 10 'O' Ring
11 Spring 12 Check Valve Cone
Lift Check Valve Removal

9. Remove the plastic cap (6) and the snap ring (7)
Figure 10, taking care not to scratch the bore.
10. Locate and clamp the extractor tool 380002720 onto
the retainer (1) by tightening the nut on the tool (2).
BAIL06CCM222ASA 13
11. Pull out the tool and retainer.

12. Remove the check valve and spring.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 42
BSB0498A 14
Main Control Spool
1 End Cap 2 Ò' Ring

3 Shims 4 Spool Centring Mechanism
5 Main Control Spool 6 Ò' Ring
7 Ò' Ring 8 Spacer
9 Back-Up Ring 10 Detent Release Orifice
11 Ball 12 Plunger
13 Spring 14 Spring Seat
13. Remove the main control spool (5) by removing the
spool centring mechanism (4).
NOTE: It is not recommended that the spool centering
mechanism (4) is disassembled.
14. Housed within the centre of the remote control valve
main control spool (5) is the detent release orifice
(10). This is factory preset and servicing should
be restricted to washing in an approved degreas-
ing agent without removing the orifice from within the
spool.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 43
Remote control valve - Assemble
BSB0498A 1
Control Valve Spool
1 End Cap 2 Ò' Ring

3 Shims 4 Spool Centring Mechanism
5 Spool 6 Ò' Ring
7 Ò' Ring 8 Spacer
9 Back-Up Ring 10 Detent Release Orifice
11 Ball 12 Plunger
13 Spring 14 Spring Seat
1. Prior to inserting the control valve spool into the
housing, ensure the flats (1) on the end of the spool
are in the vertical position as shown, then install the
load holding check valve, as described below.. Do
Not rotate the spool after installing the load holding
valve otherwise damage to spool and load holding
valve plunger will occur.
WARNING
Do not rotate the main control spool or use force once
inserted into the bore, otherwise damage to the main
control spool and the lock valve pin will occur.
B004
BSB0508A 2
2. Install the control valve spool. Retain by screwing on

the spool centering mechanism.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 44
BSB0386A 3
Load Check Valve
1 Plunger 2 Load Holding Valve

3 Ball 4 Spring
5 Washer 6 Spring
7 Spring Seat 8 Keeper
3. Load check valve installation
Dimensions:
L = Plunger Length
Z = Depth to the Plunger
Y = Depth to the Pilot Ball
B = Pilot Ball diameter ( 4 mm (0.16 in)
X = Gap between the Plunger and the Pilot Ball
NOTE: When the control valve is in the neutral position
there must be a gap (X) 0.2 - 0.3 mm (0.008 - 0.012 in)
between the plunger and the pilot ball.
BAIL06CCM194ASA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 45
Calculating Gap (X)

4. Install the shortest plunger (No rings , 15.07 mm
(0.59 in) in position with the control valve in neutral.
BAIL06CCM195ASA 5
5. Measure dimension `Z` from the top of the plunger

to the top face of the remote valve body (e.g. 36.43
mm (1.43 in) ).
6. Remove the plunger.
7. Install the load check valve and the pilot ball. Ensure
that both are fully seated.
8. Measure dimension `Y` from the top of the ball to the
top face of the valve body (e.g. 36.43 mm (1.43 in).
BAIL06CCM196ASA 6
Load Check Valve Installation

9. Ensure that the control spool is in neutral.
10. Install the determined plunger using long nosed pli-
ers.
11. Install the lock valve, pilot ball, pilot spring, washer
and the spring (Refer to Figure 3).
12. Use a screwdriver to bend both retainer lugs (1) (fig-
ure 6) upwards, and locate the retainer to the bore.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 46
13. Fit the spring seat into the retainer, straighten the
lugs and turn the assembly counterclockwise 90 ° to
secure in the remote valve body.
BAIL06CCM197ASA 7
Flow Control Valve Installation

14. Install the flow control spool valve (1), together with
the spring (2), guide (3) and retaining plug (4).
Tighten the retaining plug to a torque of 67 Nm (49.42
lbft)
BAIL06CCM198ASA 8
Flow Control Regulator Installation

15. Assemble the flow control regulator (1) with Ò` rings
(7), (8), and (9).
BAIL06CCM199ASA 9
16. Screw the flow control regulator into the valve body.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 47
17. Using a screwdriver, turn the restrictor clockwise as

far as it will go, and then turn back 60 °(minimum flow
position).
BAIL06CCM200ASA 10
18. Install the clamp, rotary knob (2), washer and the nut
to the restrictor stem. Ensure that the rotary knob lug
is located to the left of the stop pin (1).
19. Tighten the nut to a torque of 3 Nm (2.213 lbft) with-
out rotating the restrictor.
20. Install the cap with the groove facing the knob lug.
21. Check the minimum and maximum flow available
from the remote valve using a flow meter.
If the rotary knob has been installed as described
above the minimum flow should be approximately 10
l/min (2.64 US gpm) and the maximum flow should
be approximately 80 l/min (21.13 US gpm).
Lift Check Valve Installation

22. Check the bore for any rough edges and smooth if
necessary.
23. Install the check valve (1) into the remote valve body.
BAIL06CCM201ASA 11
24. Fit the back up ring (6) and the 'O' ring (7) in the
groove in the retainer (3) and locate the spring (2)
onto the inner spigot of the retainer.
25. Locate the snap ring (4), retainer and spring assem-
bly onto the installation tool 380002720 (5). Install
the assembly into the remote valve bore and push
until the tool handle contacts the remote valve body.
26. The snap ring must be located in the groove. Ensure
that the retainer is located up against the snap ring.
Install a new plastic cap.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 48
Load Sense Check Valve Installation

27. Install new 'O' Ring seal and back up ring.
NOTE: Clearance 'X' should be approximately 0.5 mm
(0.020 in) from the flange face of the valve segment to the
top edge of the inserted check valve.
BAIL06CCM139ASA 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 49
Remote control valve - Troubleshooting

Problem Possible Cause Correction
One remote control valve Cable broken Replace the cable
does not operate
Main control spool stuck Loosen and retighten the remote control
valve stack tie-rod retaining nuts to the
specified torque value and sequence
Spool centring and detent mechanism Examine the spool centring and detent
faulty mechanism
Lock valve faulty Examine the lock valve
Load sensing check valve stuck Examine the load sensing check valve
Remote control valve faulty Repair or replace the remote control valve
All remote control valves Pressure relief valve / pressure compen- Adjust the pressure relief valve / pressure
do not operate sating valve pressure set too low compensating valve to 205 bar.
Pressure relief valve / pressure compen- Repair or replace the pressure relief valve
sating valve faulty / pressure compensating valve
Flow compensating valve pressure set too Adjust flow compensating valve to 23 bar.
low (low pressure standby)
Flow compensating valve faulty Repair or replace the flow compensating
valve
Actuator being operated Load hold check valve faulty Examine the load hold check valve
drops before raising
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 50
Index

SYSTEMS - A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote

valve - 10.B
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve - Dynamic description . . . . . 9
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve - Static description . . . . . . . 4
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Remote control valve - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Remote control valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Remote control valve - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 51
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.B / 52
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote

valve - 10.C

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.C / 1
Contents

SYSTEMS - A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve -

10.C
TECHNICAL DATA
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve

Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA

Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Mid-mount remote control valve
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
SERVICE

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Mid-mount remote control valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Stack valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.C / 2
Electro-hydraulic remote valve

valve - Torque
BAIL10CCM002FAB 1
BAIL10CCM016AAB 2
• Tighten the nuts in the order shown (Figure 2) to 28 N·m (20.7 lb ft)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.C / 3

valve - Hydraulic schema
BAIL10CCM001CAB 1
1. Top plate 2. Remote valve

3. Remote valve 4. Remote valve
5. Remote valve 6. Electronic draft control valve
7. Bottom plate with priority valve
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.C / 4

valve - Sectional view
BAIL10CVT021FAB 1
1. Solenoid 2. Load holding check valve

3. Control valve spool 4. Flow control spool
5. Micro processor unit 6. Control spool operating coil
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.C / 5
Mid-mount remote control valve - Static description
BRK5812B 1
1. High Pressure Supply Hose 2. Pilot Return Line

3. Loader Hose Pressure Port 4. Return Hose
5. Loader Hose Return Port 6. Load Sensing Hose
7. Pilot Line Pressure Hose
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.C / 6
BAIL10CVT068FAB 2
1. Load Sensing Hose 2. High Pressure Supply Hose

3. Pilot Return Line 4. Return Hose to main suction filter
5. Pilot Line Pressure Hose
BAIL10CVT169AAB 3
Main pressure feed pipe connection (2)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.C / 7
BAIL10CVT070AAB 4
Pilot line pressure hose connection (5) and Pilot return line connection (3).
Tractors equipped with the Mid Mount Valve option are fitted with an armrest mounted joystick, a mid mount valve
assembly, plumbing and loader mounting brackets ready for attaching the loader arms.
The Mid Mount Valve assembly is located underneath the cab on the right hand side. The base version has a two
spool valve for raising and lowering the boom and tipping and curling the bucket when used with a loader. Three and
four valve options are also available.
The valves are operated by means of a joystick control mounted on the right hand armrest of the seat.
For front hitch operation a three button electronic joystick is used to control the mid mount valves.
BRL6116B 5
The valves can also be operated by the remote levers also mounted on the armrest.
BRL6126B 6
On tractors equipped with both mid and rear mounted valves, the joystick can be used to control either valve pack. A
selector switch on the armrest console allows the operator to switch joystick control between the rear and mid-mount
remote valves. At key-on, the joystick indicator lamps will not illuminate and the joystick remains disabled. To activate
the joystick, momentarily depress the button Figure 7 . The mid-mount valve indicator lamp (1) will illuminate to
confirm activation. .
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.C / 8
BRL6106D 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.C / 9
Mid-mount remote control valve - Exploded view
BAIL06CCM125FSA 1
Mid Mount Valve Components
1. Spool Control Unit 2. Valve slice

3. Plug 4. Spool Valve
5. Load Sensing Valve 6. Check Valve
7. End Cap 8. Connection port
9. 'O' Ring 10. Nut
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.C / 10

valve - Remove
1. WARNING
Escaping fluid!
Hydraulic fluid or diesel fuel leaking un-
der pressure can penetrate the skin and
cause infection or other injury. To prevent
personal injury: Relieve all pressure be-
fore disconnecting fluid lines or perform-
ing work on the hydraulic system. Be-
fore applying pressure, make sure all con-
nections are tight and all components are
in good condition. Never use your hand
to check for suspected leaks under pres-
sure. Use a piece of cardboard or wood BAIL10CCM019AAB 1
for this purpose. If injured by leaking
fluid, see your doctor immediately.
serious injury.
W0178A
Remove the pneumatic brake bracket assembly (1)

(where fitted).
2. Disconnect the remote valve harness connectors (1)
from the solenoids.
BAIL10CCM018AAB 2
3. Disconnect the high pressure pilot line feed pipe (1).
BAIL10CCM017AAB 3
NOTE: Drain any excess fluid into a suitable receptacle
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.C / 11
4. Loosen and remove the retaining nuts from the top

of the valve assembly
BAIL10CCM016AAB 4
5. WARNING
Heavy object!
ALWAYS use a hoist or get assistance to
lift the component.
serious injury.
W0086A
Remove the top plate from the assembly
BAIL10CCM015AAB 5
6. Remove the valve slices (1) .
BAIL10CCM014AAB 6
7. Disconnect the EDC solenoid harness connector (1)

and remove the EDC valve if necessary.
BAIL10CCM013AAB 7
8. Disconnect pipes and remove the sub plate if re-

quired.
NOTE: Drain any excess fluid into a suitable receptacle
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.C / 12

valve - Install
1. Place the sub plate on the housing and insert the tie
rods (1) and tighten to 30 N·m (22.1 lb ft). Fit the
shuttle valve (2) and new seals (3).
BAIL10CCM004AAB 1
2. Insert the pipe connector (1) and tighten to 77 N·m

(56.8 lb ft).
BAIL10CCM005AAB 2
3. Connect the pipe (1) to connector and tighten.
BAIL10CCM006AAB 3
4. Insert the load sensing pipe connector (1) and tighten

to 28 N·m (20.7 lb ft) .
BAIL10CCM007AAB 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.C / 13
5. Connect the load sensing pipe (1) and tighten.
BAIL10CCM008AAB 5
6. Connect the fittings and pipes for pressure (1) and

suspended axle supply (2).
BAIL10CCM009AAB 6
7. Slide the electronic draft control valve slice (1) over

the tie rods. Ensure the seals are in position.
BAIL10CCM010AAB 7
8. Connect the hydraulic lift supply pipes (1) and (2).
BAIL10CCM012AAB 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.C / 14
9. Connect the EDC solenoid harness connectors (1).
BAIL10CCM013AAB 9
10. Slide the first remote valve slice (1) over the tie rod
and on top of the EDC valve.
BAIL10CCM014AAB 10
11. Place the remaining valve slices over the tie rods
ensuring the seals are correctly positioned.
BAIL10CCM015AAB 11
12. Place the end plate on top of the remote valve slices
and locate the retaining nuts on the tie rods. Tighten
the nuts in the order shown to 28 N·m (20.7 lb ft).
BAIL10CCM016AAB 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.C / 15
13. Connect the pipe for the high pressure pilot line feed
(1).
BAIL10CCM017AAB 13
14. Connect the remote valve harness connectors (1) to

the solenoids.
BAIL10CCM018AAB 14
15. Refit the pneumatic brake bracket assembly (1)

(where fitted).
BAIL10CCM019AAB 15
16. Calibrate the remote valves. Refer to Control mod-

ule Universal controller - H1 - Calibration proce-
dures (A.50.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.C / 16
Mid-mount remote control valve - Remove

1. WARNING
Heavy object!
lift the component.
serious injury.
W0086A
Disconnect the negative cable from the battery and

insulate. Refer to Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A)
2. Disconnect the mid mount valve pilot return hose (1),
return hose (2)and supply hose (3) .
BAIL06CCM061ASA 1
3. Disconnect the pilot line pressure hose (1) and the

load sensing hose (2)
NOTE: Drain all hoses into a suitable receptacle
BAIL06CCM062ASA 2
4. Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) .
BAIL06CCM063ASA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.C / 17
5. Undo the mid mount valve stack retaining bolts. (1) .

Remove valve stack from support.
BAIL06CCM064ASA 4
Next operation:
Mid-mount remote control valve - Disassemble (A.10.C)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.C / 18
Mid-mount remote control valve - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Mid-mount remote control valve - Remove (A.10.C)
BAIL06CCM092FSA 1
1. Inlet Manifold 2. Electronic Remote Valves

3. Tie Rod Nuts 4. End Plate
5. Tie Rod
1. Loosen and remove the tie rod nuts (3) from the end
plate (4) .
2. Remove the end plate .
3. Remove the remote valve slices (2) taking care not to
dislodge the load sensing valves and 'O' rings seated
in the valve face.
4. Unscrew the tie rod bolts from inlet manifold
5. Refer to Mid-mount remote control valve - Ex-
ploded view (A.10.C) to view valve components
and Mid-mount remote control valve - Assemble
(A.10.C) for reassembly.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.C / 19
Mid-mount remote control valve - Assemble
BAIL06CCM092FSA 1
1.Inlet Manifold 2.Electronic Remote Valves

3.Tie Rod Nuts 4.End Plate
5.Tie Rod
1. Insert the tie rods into the inlet manifold and screw in
by hand as far as they will go.
BAIL06CCM128ASA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.C / 20
2. Push a shim onto the tie rods if any adhesive shims

have been used previously.
BAIL06CCM129ASA 3
3. Insert load sensing shuttle valve along with the 'O'

ring and support ring as shown in Figure 4 in port 'Y'.
Figure 5
NOTE: Clearance X should be approximately 0.5 mm from
the flange face of the valve segment to the top edge of the
inserted shuttle valve.
BAIL06CCM139ASA 4
4. Insert new 'O' Rings (3) into the pressure and return
ports and also the load sense 'O Ring and support
ring (4).
BAIL06CCM131ASA 5
5. Insert new 'O' Rings (5) into pilot line oil holes
BAIL06CCM132ASA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.C / 21
6. Place the first valve slice onto the tie rods and insert
new 'O' rings (6) into the relevant ports.
BAILCCM133ASA 7
7. If the flange face has corrugations that have been

smoothed with a dressing stone, one spacer (7) must
be threaded onto each tie rod. Insert the load sense
valve (8) and support ring as shown.
NOTE: Clearance X should be approximately 0.5 mm from
the flange face of the valve segment to the top edge of the
inserted shuttle valve.
BAIL06CCM134ASA 8
8. Insert the 'O' rings (9) into the control oil holes.
BAIL06CCM135ASA 9
9. Push the last slice (10) onto the tie rods and insert
the 'O' rings.
BAIL06CCM136ASA 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.C / 22
10. Fit the end plate (12).
BAIL06CCM138ASA 11
11. Push the end plate onto the tie rods and screw on
the nuts (13) by hand
BAIL06CCM140ASA 12
12. Place the now assembled valve stack onto a level

surface to correctly align the sections.
13. Tighten the nuts in the specified order and to the
correct torque. See figure 13
BAIL06CCM141ASA 13
Next operation:
Mid-mount remote control valve - Install (A.10.C)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.C / 23
Mid-mount remote control valve - Install

Prior operation:
Mid-mount remote control valve - Remove (A.10.C) Mid-mount remote control valve - Disassemble (A.10.C)
1. WARNING
Heavy object!
lift the component.
serious injury.
W0086A
Place the remote valve assembly onto the support.

2. Tighten retaining bolts (1) to 24 Nm 18 Foot pounds.
BAIL06CCM064ASA 1
3. Connect the harness connectors (1) to the remote

valve solenoids.
BAIL06CCM063ASA 2
4. Reconnect hoses as shown in Mid-mount remote

control valve - Static description (A.10.C) .
5. If a new valve slice has been replaced or added it
will be necessary to reprogram the number of the
valves within the valve assembly. See Control mod-
ule Universal controller - H1 - Calibration proce-
dures (A.50.A)..
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.C / 24
Stack valve - Remove

1. WARNING
Heavy object!
lift the component.
serious injury.
W0086A
Remove the pneumatic trailer brake bracket assem-

bly (1) (where fitted)
BAIL10CCM019AAB 1
2. Disconnect the remote valve harness connections

(1).
BAIL10CCM018AAB 2
3. Disconnect the pilot feed hose (1) .
BAIL10CCM017AAB 3
4. Disconnect the EDC harness connections.
SS09F042 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.C / 25
5. Disconnect the remaining pipes. Undo the retaining

bolts . Using suitable lifting equipment support re-
mote valve assembly, remove the three base secur-
ing bolts and lift valve stack from tractor.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.C / 26
Stack valve - Install

1. WARNING
Heavy object!
lift the component.
serious injury.
W0086A
Using a hoist position the stack valve assembly on

the rear axle.
2. Reinstall and tighten the bolts to 33 N·m (24.3 lb ft)
3. Reconnect the pipes to bottom slice and to the EDC
valve. Reconnect the EDC harness connectors.
SS09F042 1
4. Reconnect the pilot feed hose (1).
BAIL10CCM017AAB 2
5. Reconnect the remote valve harness connections

(1).
BAIL10CCM018AAB 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.C / 27
6. Install the pneumatic trailer brake bracket assembly

(1) (where fitted)
BAIL10CCM019AAB 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.C / 28
Index

SYSTEMS - A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve -

10.C
Mid-mount remote control valve - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Mid-mount remote control valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Mid-mount remote control valve - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Mid-mount remote control valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Mid-mount remote control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Mid-mount remote control valve - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Stack valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Stack valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.C / 29
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.10.C / 30
SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - 12.A

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.12.A / 1
Contents

SYSTEMS - A
TECHNICAL DATA
Hydraulic pump
SERVICE
Hydraulic pump
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.12.A / 2
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER
SYSTEM
Hydraulic pump - General specification

Pump Type Gear Pump
Function Hydrostat flushing and lubrication
Displacement 25 cm³/rev
Maximum pump flow 65 l/min
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.12.A / 3
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER
SYSTEM
Hydraulic pump - Overhaul
BSD2033A 1
Steering Pump Exploded View
1.Bearing Block 2.Seal

3.Plastic back up seal 4.Seal
5.Pump Housing 6.Seal
7.End Plate 8.Retaining Bolts
9.Drive Gears 10.Bearing Block
11.Seal 12.Plastic back up seal
13.End Plate
NOTICE: When servicing the pump gears, particular attention must be paid to the following points:
1. • The width of each gear set must be within 0.0002
in. ( 0.005 mm) of each other to ensure satisfactory
pump efficiency.
• Journals must be within 0.0005 in. ( 0.013 mm) of
each other.
• Gear faces must be flat. This feature may be
checked by blueing a bearing face and rotating
against the gear. This check will also reveal any
sharp edges on the teeth.
Install new seals and Ò' rings. When installing seals
in the bearing block ensure that the plastic back-up
seal (1) is correctly positioned in the rubber seal (2).
TIA35012 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.12.A / 4
Index

SYSTEMS - A

Hydraulic pump - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Hydraulic pump - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.12.A / 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.12.A / 6
HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM - 14.A

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.14.A / 1
Contents

SYSTEMS - A
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Priority valve
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Priority valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.14.A / 2
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM
Priority valve - Exploded view
BAIL08CVT086FSA 1
1. Seal 2. Spring
3. Steering priority spool 4. Manifold body
5. Seal 6. Plug
7. Plug 8. Seal
9. Seal 10. Trailer brake priority valve Spool
11. Spring 12. Seal
13. Cap 14. Cap
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.14.A / 3
Priority valve - Hydraulic schema
BAIL08CVT139FSA 1
1. Steering system line 2. Steering priority valve

3. Load sense line to steering 4. Trailer brake return to tank
5. Trailer brake pressure 6. Trailer brake load sensing line
7. Pressure to Remote valves 8. Load sensing line
9. Load sensing 10. High pressure from pump
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.14.A / 4
Priority valve - Dynamic description
BAIL08CVT114FSA 1
No demand
Pump oil from the variable piston pump enters at Php and is delivered at, a¹ the steering supply; a² the trailer brake
supply; and a³ the high pressure supply. Ports connect to the various tractor systems at PSteer, (steering); Ptbv,
(trailer brake valve); and Php, (high pressure) circuits via galleries b, c, and d. Each system will transmit its pump
requirements through the load sense lines LSsteer, (steering); LStbv (trailer brake valve); LSsus, (suspension); and
LShp, high pressure lift and auxiliary remote valves. Sense line oil is fed to the pump compensating valves via LSp.
A further gallery included is the trailer brake valve to tank TTBV for returning trailer brake oil.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.14.A / 5
BAIL08CVT115FSA 2
Position 1
Pump oil passes a¹ to b then past the steering priority valve (1) then onto the steering orbital valve via PSteer. At the
orbital valve the oil is capped and the pressure builds back through the circuit. Oil flows into the centre of the valve
and out at each end via 2 restrictors. With the LSSteer port being open to tank at the orbital valve, less pressure
can build on the spring side but can do so on the opposing side moving the valve (1) towards the spring causing a
restriction. The reduced LS pressure is also seen at the pump flow compensating valve and adds pressure to the low
pressure standby ‘LPS’ The pressure is now seen at gallery a² passes into the trailer brake priority valve (2) and acts
on the end of the valve against the spring.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.14.A / 6
BAIL08CVT116FSA 3
Position 2
The valve moves to position 2. A restricted delivery is now being made to the trailer brake valve at 'f'.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.14.A / 7
BAIL08CVT117FSA 4
Position 3
As pressure continues to rise against the spring the valve continues to move to position 3, with full delivery to the
trailer brake valve at 'f'.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.14.A / 8
BAIL08CVT118FSA 5
Position 4
As pressure continues to rise against the spring, the valve now moves to position 4, full delivery to the trailer brake
valve at 'f', and a restricted delivery to the high pressure circuits at 'g'.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.14.A / 9
BAIL08CVT119FSA 6
Position 5
As all the circuits are satisfied and the pump meets the demands of tractor systems, pressure continues to rise against
the spring, the valve continues to move to position 5, with full delivery to the trailer brake valve and the high pressure
circuits. During steering, the LSSteer route to tank is stopped and pressure feed from the pump gallery of the orbital
valve builds on the spring side of the valve (1) and also to the flow compensating valve. The priority valve moves with
the spring allowing flow to the orbital valve and additional oil is provided by stroking the pump.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.14.A / 10
Priority valve - Remove

Prior operation:
1. Remove trailer brake coupler pipe (5)

2. Disconnect the load sensing inlet pipe (1) and load
sensing outlet pipe directly beneath (not shown).
3. Remove steering switch connectors. Disconnect
steering pressure pipe from connector (2) and pipe
to pressure compensator valve (4)
4. Disconnect high pressure feed to remote valves (3).
BAIL08CVT071ASA 1
5. Disconnect trailer brake return to tank pipe (2) and

remove brake pipes (1) from pilot head.
BAIL08CVT072ASA 2
6. Undo the hexagon headed screws (1) and (2) and

remove the assembly from the rear axle housing.
BAIL08CVT073ASA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.14.A / 11
Priority valve - Install

1. Place the priority valve assembly on the hydraulic
pump housing. Install the hexagon headed screws
and tighten to 50 Nm (36.9 lb ft) .
BAIL08CVT073ASA 1
2. Connect the brake pipes (1) to the pilot head and

reconnect the trailer brake return pipe (2).
BAIL08CVT072ASA 2
3. Connect load sensing pipe (1).

4. Connect the steering pressure pipe (2) and the pipe
to the pressure compensating valve. (4).
5. Connect the high pressure feed pipe (3) and the
trailer brake coupler pipe (5).
BAIL08CVT071ASA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.14.A / 12
Priority valve - Disassemble
BAIL08CVT086FSA 1
1. Seal 2. Spring
3. Steering priority spool 4. Manifold body
5. Seal 6. Plug
7. Plug 8. Seal
9. Seal 10. Trailer brake priority valve Spool
11. Spring 12. Seal
13. Cap 14. Cap
1. Remove steering spool retaining nut (14).

2. Remove trailer brake priority spool retaining nut.
(13).
WARNING
The capscrew is under spring pressure. Hold the spring compressed while removing the capscrew.
SM204A
3. Withdraw the spools from the housing and inspect for

damage.
4. If the spools or bores are damaged replace the valve
assembly.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.14.A / 13
Index

SYSTEMS - A

Priority valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Priority valve - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Priority valve - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Priority valve - Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Priority valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Priority valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.14.A / 14
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM - 20.A

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.20.A / 1
Contents

SYSTEMS - A
SERVICE
Relief valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Air reservoir
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Air compressor
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Air regulator
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.20.A / 2
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
Relief valve - Remove

WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A

face.
3. Raise the rear of the vehicle and place a suitable axle
WARNING
Crushing hazard!
as required.
ous injury.
W0149A
BAIL10CVT507AVA 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.20.A / 3
4. Release the trailer brake system pressure from the

trailer brake air tank.
BAIS06CCM607AVA 2
5. Remove the trailer brake shield.
BAIL10CVT375AVA 3
6. Disconnect the electrical connector (1).

Disconnect the pressure feed tube from the air com-
pressor (2) and the outlet hose to the air tank (3).
BAIL10CVT376AVA 4
7. Remove the relief valve.
BAIL10CVT377AVA 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.20.A / 4
Relief valve - Install

WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
1. Install the relief valve.
BAIL10CVT377AVA 1
2. Connect the electrical connector (1).

Connect the pressure feed tube from the air com-
pressor (2) and the outlet hose to the air tank (3).
BAIL10CVT376AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.20.A / 5
3. Install the trailer brake shield.
BAIL10CVT375AVA 3
WARNING
Crushing hazard!
as required.
ous injury.
W0149A

BAIL10CVT507AVA 4

stands (1).
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.20.A / 6
Air reservoir - Remove

WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A

face.
2. Chock the front wheels using suitable wheels stops.
WARNING
Crushing hazard!
as required.
ous injury.
W0149A
BAIL10CVT507AVA 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.20.A / 7

BAIS06CCM607AVA 2
BAIL10CVT375AVA 3
6. Disconnect air tank outlet pipe (1) and the air tank
supply pipe (2) from the air tank.
BAIL10CVT380AVA 4
7. Loosen the air tank retaining (1) nut and remove the
air tank (2).
BAIL10CVT381AVA 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.20.A / 8
Air reservoir - Install

WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
1. Install the air tank (2) and tighten the retaining nut
(1).
BAIL10CVT381AVA 1
2. Connect the air tank outlet pipe (1) and the air tank
supply pipe (2) to the air tank.
BAIL10CVT380AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.20.A / 9
BAIL10CVT375AVA 3
WARNING
Crushing hazard!
as required.
ous injury.
W0149A

BAIL10CVT507AVA 4

stands (1).
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.20.A / 10
Air compressor - Remove

WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
.
BAIS06CCM607AVA 1
2. Rotate the locking pins (1) counterclockwise and re-

move the engine side shield (2).
BAIL11CCM282AVA 2
3. Loosen the air compressor drive belt tensioner (1),

detension and remove the air compressor drive belt
(2).
BAIL07APH240AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.20.A / 11
4. Disconnect the air cleaner to air compressor supply

pipe and the air compressor outlet pipe.
BAIL11CCM278AVA 4
Vehicles with suspended front axle

5. Depressurise the front suspension system, by rotat-
ing the knurled knob on the lowering solenoid coun-
terclockwise, and allow the vehicle to lower com-
pletely onto the axle stops.
Rotate the knob clockwise to close the valve.
NOTE: It may be necessary to remove the right-hand rear
wheel to gain access to the front suspension valve.
BAIL11CCM242AVA 5
All Vehicles
6. Disconnect the front suspension accumulator pipe (if
fitted) and the compressor oil supply pipe.
BAIL11CCM279AVA 6
7. Disconnect the oil outlet pipe.
BAIL11CCM280AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.20.A / 12
8. Remove the air compressor.
BAIL11CCM281AVA 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.20.A / 13
Air compressor - Install

WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Install the air compressor.

Tighten to 20-25 Nm ( 15-18 lb ft).
BAIL11CCM281AVA 1
2. Connect the oil outlet pipe.

Tighten the oil outlet pipe to 42-62 Nm ( 31-46 lb ft).
BAIL11CCM280AVA 2
3. Connect the oil supply pipe and the front suspension

accumulator pipe (if fitted).
Tighten the oil supply pipe to 13-17 Nm ( 10-13 lb ft).
BAIL11CCM279AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.20.A / 14
4. Connect the air cleaner to air compressor supply pipe

and the air compressor outlet pipe.
Tighten the air compressor outlet pipe to 42-62 Nm (
31-46 lb ft).
BAIL11CCM278AVA 4
5. Install the air compressor drive belt (2). Tension the

air compressor drive belt and tighten the air compres-
sor drive belt tensioner (1).
BAIL07APH240AVA 5
6. Install the left hand side shield (1) and rotate the lock-
ing pins (2) clockwise.
BAIL11CCM282AVB 6
Vehicles with front suspension

7. Calibrate the front suspension, for further information
refer to Control valve - Calibrate (D.40.C)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.20.A / 15
Air regulator - Remove

WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A

face.
WARNING
Crushing hazard!
as required.
ous injury.
W0149A
BAIL10CVT507AVA 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.20.A / 16

BAIS06CCM607AVA 2
BAIL10CVT375AVA 3
6. Disconnect the outlet pipe (1) and inlet pipe (2).
BAIL10CVT378AVA 4
7. Remove the air pressure regulator valve.
BAIL10CVT379AVA 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.20.A / 17
Air regulator - Install

WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
1. Install the air pressure regulator valve.
BAIL10CVT379AVA 1
2. Connect the outlet pipe (1) and inlet pipe (2).
BAIL10CVT378AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.20.A / 18
BAIL10CVT375AVA 3
WARNING
Crushing hazard!
as required.
ous injury.
W0149A
4. Install the rear wheel and tighten the wheel nuts to

the specified torque, for further information refer to
Rear wheel - Torque (D.50.C).
BAIL10CVT507AVA 4

stands (1).
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.20.A / 19
Index

SYSTEMS - A

Air compressor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Air compressor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Air regulator - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Air regulator - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Air reservoir - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Air reservoir - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Relief valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Relief valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.20.A / 20
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - 30.A

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 1
Contents

SYSTEMS - A
TECHNICAL DATA
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Fuse and relay box
General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210
Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200
Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without
Sidewinder
Alternator
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Battery
FUNCTIONAL DATA
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Static description PROTECTING THE ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS DURING BATTERY
CHARGING OR WELDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Fuse and relay box
Sidewinder
Alternator
Battery
Connector
Component Diagram 00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 2
Component diagram 01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Sidewinder
Component diagram 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Sidewinder

Sidewinder

Sidewinder
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 3




Sidewinder

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 4








Wiring harness
Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Electrical schema index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 5
Electrical schema index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
Sidewinder
Electrical schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456

Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
Electrical schematic frame 01 POWER DISTRIBUTION (MAXI Fuses 1 - 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
Electrical schematic frame 02 POWER DISTRIBUTION (Fuses 1 - 14) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
Electrical schematic frame 03 POWER DISTRIBUTION (Fuses 15 - 21) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484

Sidewinder


Sidewinder
Electrical schematic frame 07 POWER DISTRIBUTION (Fuses 55 - 60 / 91 - 92) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500


Sidewinder

Electrical schematic frame 09 POWER DISTRIBUTION (Power Earthing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506

Electrical schematic frame 10 START/CHARGING (with Battery Isolator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
Electrical schematic frame 11 START/CHARGING (less Battery Isolator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
Electrical schematic frame 12 ENGINE- CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
Electrical schematic frame 13 ENGINE- CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
Electrical schematic frame 14 SCR-CONTROLLER (DeNOx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
Electrical schematic frame 15 CONTROL UNIT (Transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
Electrical schematic frame 16 CONTROL UNIT (Transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
Electrical schematic frame 17 CONTROL UNIT (Electr. Draft Control) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
Electrical schematic frame 18 CONTROL UNIT (5V Sensor Supply, Seat, Reverse Alarm) . . . . . . . . . 554
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 6
Electrical schematic frame 19 CONTROL UNIT (Rear PTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
Electrical schematic frame 20 CONTROL UNIT (Susp.F-AXLE, EHR Fender Switches, Link Levelling) 570
Electrical schematic frame 21 CONTROL UNIT (Front-Hitch & Front-PTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
Electrical schematic frame 22 FAST STEERING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
Electrical schematic frame 23 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
Electrical schematic frame 24 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
Electrical schematic frame 25 ARMREST CONTROL UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
Electrical schematic frame 26 ARMREST CONTROL UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
Electrical schematic frame 27 AUTO GUIDANCE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
Electrical schematic frame 28 POWER SUPPLY EL. HYDR. REMOTES (Rear & Midmount) . . . . . . . 618
Electrical schematic frame 29 HEATING - AIR CONDITION (Automatic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624
Electrical schematic frame 30 HEATING - AIR CONDITION (Manual) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628
Electrical schematic frame 31 MIRRORS (El. Adjustable & Heated) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632
Electrical schematic frame 32 WINDSCREENS HEATING (Front & Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636
Electrical schematic frame 33 WASHERS & WIPERS (Front & Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638
Electrical schematic frame 34 POWER SOCKETS (Cigar Lighter, Sockets Cab & Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . 640
Electrical schematic frame 35 FLASH LIGHT & HAZARD WARNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644
Electrical schematic frame 36 LIGHTING (Side & Console Lamps) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648
Electrical schematic frame 37 FENDER LIGHT (Stop-, Tail-, Flash-, Work Lamps) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652
Electrical schematic frame 38 LIGHTING (Headlamps Hood & Grabrail, Worklamps Hood, Horn) . . . 656
Electrical schematic frame 39 LIGHTING (Headlamps - Roof) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660
Electrical schematic frame 40 WORKLIGHT CONTROL UNIT (Work- & Beacon Lamps) . . . . . . . . . . . 664
Electrical schematic frame 41 AUXILIARY WORKLIGHT (Roof) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670
Electrical schematic frame 42 7-PIN SOCKET (Rear Trailer ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
Electrical schematic frame 43 INTERIOR LIGHT (Interior & Console Lamp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680
Electrical schematic frame 44 RADIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 682
Electrical schematic frame 45 COLOUR TOUCHSCREEN MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 684
Electrical schematic frame 46 ELECTRONIC PARK BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688
Electrical schematic frame 47 TRAILER BRAKES (Hydraulic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694
Electrical schematic frame 48 LOADER READY (Interface) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698
Electrical schematic frame 49 ISO-BUS SYSTEM (Controller, Front & Rear Socket) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
Electrical schematic frame 50 DIAGNOSTIC SOCKETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
Electrical schematic frame 51 CAN STRUCTURE (CAN BUS 1 & CAN BUS NOx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
Electrical schematic frame 52 CAN STRUCTURE (EHR CAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714
Electrical schematic frame 55 CAN STRUCTURE (ISO BUS CAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726
Electrical schematic frame 56 CONTROL UNIT (Switch Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730
Sidewinder
SERVICE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 7
Alternator
Preliminary test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 733
Electrical test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 735
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 742
Battery
Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 744
Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 746
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
DIAGNOSTIC
Battery
Testing Flat or discharged battery suspected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 748
Testing Visual check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 748
Testing Specific Gravity - State of charge test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
Testing Open Circuit Voltage Test - State of Charge Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
Testing Heavy Load Discharge Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
Testing Charging Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 8
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - General specification

Description All Models
Alternator ISKRA 12 V *120/150 A (optional 150/200 A)
Battery Minimum maintenance 12 V 176 Ah (1300 cca)
Starting motor Positive engagement, solenoid operated

ISKRA 12 V 4.2 kW - geared reduction
Cold starting aid Optional inlet manifold grid heater ( 80 A) and fuel heater
* 120 A Standard on tractors with Semi power / Full power shift transmission.
150 A Standard on tractors with CVT transmission.
Bulb rating and type

- headlights 60/55 W - H4
- parking lights (front) 5W-R5W
- parking lights (rear) 5 W - P 21/5 W
- work lights (hi-mount rear, on C-pillar and grabrail) 12 V 55 W - H3
- turn indicators (front) 21 W - PY 21 W
- turn indicators (rear) 21 W - R 21 W or PY 21 W
- stop lights 21 W - P 21/5 W
- licence plate lights 5W-R5W
- rotating beacon 55 W - H1
- interior / step light 12 V R 10 W
- HID Xenon work lights rear roof, HID DIS 12 V 35 W
front grabrails,
- work lights hood H3 12 V 60 W
- roof front work lights 12.8 V 50 W - 885
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 9
Fuse and relay box - General specification

T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.170 Power
Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
Description of the relays

Relay Function
K-001 / K-002 Wiper Module Front / Rear
K-003 Ignition Relay
K-004 Lights Relay
K-005 Starter Motor On
K-006 Blower motor
K-007 Dipped Beam Headlamps
K-008 Stop Lamps Relay
K-009 Main Beam Headlamps
K-010 Hydraulic Trailer Brake
K-011 Electronic Park Brake (EPL) Relay
K-012 Pneumatic Trailer Brake
K-014 Follow Me Home Relay
K-015 Front Worklamps Hood
K-016 Rear Worklamps C Pillar Relay
K-017 Power Supply ECU, UCM, PTO rear, ADIC
K-018 EL.Battery Isolator
K-019 Air Condition Clutch Relay
K-020 El.Hydraulic Remote Lock Relay
K-021 Timer Relay Battery Isolator
K-022 Heated Mirror Timer Relay
K-044 Front Screen Heating Relay
K-045 Rear Screen Heating Relay
Fuses
No. Amps Circuit
F-001 10 Interior and step lighting and relay mirror heating
F-002 25 Cigar lighter and power socket, cab (potential 30)
F-003 10 Coupling of the A/C compressor
F-004 10 Screw terminal red (potential 30)
F-005 30 Blower motor
F-006 10 Station memory and Worklight Controller
F-007 20 Switch - Main headlights and hazard light switch
F-008 20 Starter switch
F-009 25 Front loader power
F-010 30 Rear power socket (potential 15)
F-011 15 Front windscreen wiper
F-012 10 Rear windscreen wiper / switch, windscreen washing system, front/rear
F-013 15 Relay, brake lights
F-014 15 Headlight switch and flasher
F-015 20 Brake light switch and pedal lock
F-016 15 Trailer brake, Electronic Park Brake (EPL) Relay
F-017 25 Power socket, cab (potential 15)
F-018 15 Air blower motor relay and driver's seat / Armrest adjust
F-019 15 Heated mirrors
F-020 10 Radar sensor, normal signal socket / keypad
F-021 15 Water sensor for the fuel filter, brake fluid level switch
F-022 15 Side marker lights right
F-023 15 Side marker lights left / licence plate lights
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 10
No. Amps Circuit

F-024 10 Illumination - Lighting , cigar lighter, ADIC, Virtual Terminal, heated mirror switch,
EHR-lock switch
F-025 15 Dipped beam headlights relay, Follow Me Home
F-026 15 Main beam headlights
F-027 30 Front worklamp (Hood)
F-028 20 Worklight Controller, Roof rear worklamps
F-029 30 Worklight Controller, Roof front worklamps + grabrail
F-030 15 Worklamp (C-pillar)
F-031 15 Rotating beacon (via Worklight Controller)
F-032 15 Flasher Electronic Control Unit (ECU)
F-033 25 Diagnostics Plug - CAN BUS 1
F-034 10 ADIC and hand brake switch
F-035 10 Potential 30 for electronics
F-036 15 4 Worklamps front roof relay
F-037 15 4 Worklamps rear roof relay
F-038 15 6 Worklamps front roof relay
F-039 Not used
F-040 10 Radio memory
F-041 Not used
F-042 Not used
F-043 10 Engine Control module (ECM) (potential 15)
F-044 25 Front-mounted equipment socket (B+)
F-045 25 Power supply - 8 A socket (potential 15) C-pillar left
F-046 30 Engine Control module (ECM) B+ supply
F-047 Not used
F-048 5 Power supply SCR System
F-049 Not used
F-050 15 Reversible fan
F-051 25 Electronic Park Brake (EPL) Controller
F-052 10 ADIC supply
F-053 15 Transmission control supply (potential 15)
F-054 10 Power supply PTO rear
F-055 10 Supply Ignition Fast Steer, A/C pressure switch, Auto Guidance, Rear Hitch
Switch, EHR External Switch Fender
F-056 15 Power Supply, PTO front, Armrest Unit, El.Hydraulic Remotes
F-057 Not used
F-058 Not Used
F-059 Not Used
F-060 10 Timer relay battery isolator - battery isolator control switch
F-061 5 Power supply Universal Controller (UCM)
F-062 Not Used
F-065 7,5 Power supply Universal Controller (UCM)
F-091 10 Less Battery Isolator
F-092 10 with Battery Isolator
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 11
Maxi Fuses
No. Amps Fused components
MF1 80 Supply to F-009, F-010, F-011, F-012, F-013, F-014, F-015, F-016, F-017, F-018,
F-019, F-020, F-021, F-045, F-048, F-050
MF2 30 Supply to F-006, F-007, F-008, F-036, F-037, F-038
MF3 80 Supply to F-029, F-030, F-046, F-047, F-091, K-005,
MF4 80 Supply to F-027, F-028
MF5 80 Supply to F-025, F-026, F-031, F-032, F-051
MF7 30 Supply heated windscreen front
MF8 20 Supply heated screen rear
Diode
Diode Function
V-001 Follow Me Home Diode
V-004 Dipped Beam Headlamps Diode
V-005 Brake Light Diode
V-006 Brake Light Diode
V-007 El. Battery Isolator Diode
V-010 Not Used
SS11C112 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 12
Relays outside of the relay box

K-023 Grid Heater Relay
K-024 Fuel Heater Relay
K-030 Supply (Potential 15) Relay
K-040 ISO Relay 1 Rear
K-041 ISO Relay 2 Rear
K-042 ISO Relay 1 Front
K-043 ISO Relay 2 Front
K-046 Reversible Fan Relay
K-050 Auto Guidance Relay Crank Isolate
K-051 Auto Guidance Relay Solenoid B
K-052 Auto Guidance Relay Solenoid A
K-055 Relay 1 (Front Loader)
K-060 Reverse Alarm/Light Relay
SS09J053 2 SS09E031 3
SS10G218 4 SS09J054 5
Fuses for the electrical supply

Fuse No. Amps Fuse-protected power supply
PF1 250 Power Fuse, Main power supply B+ ( 250 A)
PF2 30 Power Fuse, Power Supply UCM, PTO rear, ADIC
PF9 30 Power Fuse, Power Supply SCR System
F100 10 Supply Memory
F101 10 Reserve
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 13
SS11C122 6
Main current fuses for the ISO BUS power supply (if installed)
PF4 30 Power Fuse, ISO BUS Rear
PF6 30 Power Fuse, ISO BUS Front
SS11C123 7
Fuse and relay box - General specification

T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power
Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Description of the relays

Relay Function
K-001 / K-002 Wiper Module Front / Rear
K-003 Ignition Relay
K-004 Lights Relay
K-005 Starter Motor On
K-006 Blower motor
K-007 Dipped Beam Headlamps
K-008 Stop Lamps Relay
K-009 Main Beam Headlamps
K-010 Hydraulic Trailer Brake Supply
K-011 Pneumatic Trailer Brake Supply
K-012 Stoplamps Switch Feed and Pneumatic Brake Supply
K-015 Front Worklamps Hood
K-016 Rear Worklamps C Pillar Relay
K-017 Power Supply F-036, F-037, F-038, F-039
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 14
Relay Function
K-018 EL.Battery Isolator
K-019 Air Condition Clutch Relay
K-020 El.Hydraulic Remote Lock Relay
SS11C114 1
Fuses
No. Amps Circuit
F-001 10 Interior and step lighting and relay mirror heating
F-002 25 Cigar lighter and power socket, cab (potential 30)
F-003 10 Coupling of the A/C compressor
F-004 10 Screw terminal red (potential 30)
F-005 30 Blower motor
F-006 10 Station memory and Worklight Controller
F-007 20 Switch - Main headlights and hazard light switch
F-008 20 Starter switch
F-009 25 Front loader power
F-010 30 Rear power socket (potential 15)
F-011 15 Front windscreen wiper
F-012 10 Rear windscreen wiper / switch, windscreen washing system, front/rear
F-013 15 Relay, brake lights
F-014 15 Headlight switch and flasher Unit
F-015 20 Brake light switch and pedal latch switch
F-016 15 Trailer brake Relay, Relay option less Electronic Park Brake (EPL)
F-017 25 Power socket, cab (potential 15)
F-018 15 Air blower motor relay and driver’s seat
F-019 15 Heated mirrors
F-020 10 Radar sensor, normal signal socket, keypad
F-021 15 Water sensor for the fuel filter, brake fluid level switch
F-022 15 Side marker lights right
F-023 15 Side marker lights left, licence plate lights
F-024 10 Illumination - Lighting , cigar lighter, ADIC Interior Bar Lamp, heated mirror switch
F-025 15 Dipped beam headlights relay, Follow Me Home
F-026 15 Main beam headlights
F-027 15 Front worklamp (Hood)
F-028 15 Worklight Controller, Roof rear worklamps
F-029 30 Worklight Controller, Roof front worklamps + grabrail
F-030 15 Rear Worklamp (C-pillar)
F-031 15 Rotating beacon (via Worklight Controller)
F-032 30 Flasher Electronic Control Unit (ECU)
F-033 25 Diagnostics Plug - CAN BUS 1
F-034 10 ADIC and hand brake switch
F-035 10 Potential 30 for electronics
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 15
No. Amps Circuit

F-036 10 ADIC supply (potential 15)
F-037 15 Transmission controller supply (potential 15), foot throttle, shuttle lever, ISO BUS
Interface Controller CN1 (TECU)
F-038 10 Rear PTO , display of gears, switch panel, CCU
F-039 10 Supply Ignition CCU, ACU, Armrest, Fast Steer, A/C pressure switch, Auto
Guidance, Rear Hitch Switch, EHR External Switch Fender
F-040 10 Radio memory
F-041 15 Supply ACU, front hitch, front PTO, Front ISO BUS
F-042 10 Supply ACU, Front suspension, Front hitch height enable Switch
F-043 10 Starter Switch (potential 15)
F-044 25 Power supply reserve
F-045 25 Power supply - 8 A socket (potential 15) C-pillar left
F-046 30 Engine Control module (ECM) B+ supply
F-047 Not used
F-048 5 Power supply SCR System
F-049 Not used
F-050 Not used
F-051 25 Electronic Park Brake (EPL) Controller
F-052 15 Power supply (potential 30) Interface Roof
F-055 Not used
F-056 Not used
F-057 Not used
F-058 Not Used
F-059 Not Used
F-060 10 Time relay battery isolator, Battery isolator control switch
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 16
Maxi Fuses
No. Amps Fused components
MF1 80 Supply to K-003
MF3 80 Supply to F-029, F-030, F-033, F-034, F-035, F-046, K-005
MF4 80 Supply to F-027, F-028, Rear Power Socket Implement
MF5 80 Supply to F-025, F-026, F-031, F-032, F-051
SS11C113 2
Relays outside of the relay box

K-014 Follow Me Home Relay
K-021 Timer Relay Battery Isolator
K-022 Heated Mirror Timer Relay
K-023 Grid Heater Relay
K-024 Fuel Heater Relay
K-030 SCR Supply (Potential 15) Relay
K-040 ISO BUS Relay 1 (Rear)
K-041 ISO BUS Relay 2 (Rear)
K-042 ISO BUS Relay 1 (Front)
K-043 ISO BUS Relay 2 (Front)
K-050 Auto Guidance Relay Crank Isolate
K-051 Auto Guidance Relay Solenoid B
K-052 Auto Guidance Relay Solenoid A
K-060 Reverse Alarm/Light Relay
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 17
SS11C150 3 SS09J053 4
SS09E031 5 SS11C124 6
SS10G218 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 18
Fuses for the electrical supply

PF1 250 Power Fuse, Main power supply B+ ( 250 A)
PF2 30 Power Fuse, Power Supply CCU, ACU, PTO rear, ADIC
PF9 30 Power Fuse, Power Supply SCR System
F100 10 Supply Memory
F101 10 Reserve
SS11C122 8
Main current fuses for the ISO BUS power supply (if installed)
SS11C123 9
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 19
Alternator - General specification

Polarity Negative Ground
Nominal Voltage 14.0 V
Maximum Speed Permanent / Intermittent 15000 RPM / 18000 RPM
Nominal Output 120 A / 150 A / 200 A
Regulator Controlled Voltage 14.1 V +/- 0.15
Rotor Field Winding Resistance
120 A / 150 A 2.7 Ω +/- 0.27 @ 23 °C (73.4 °F) ± 5 °C (41.0 °F)
200 A 2.9 Ω +/- 0.10 @ 23 °C (73.4 °F) ± 5 °C (41.0 °F)
Alternator - Torque
Value
Pulley Retaining Nut 80 Nm (59.0 lb ft)
Terminal Nut - B+ 12 Nm (8.9 lb ft)
Terminal Nut - D+ 3.5 Nm (2.6 lb ft)
Mounting Bolts 25 Nm (18.4 lb ft)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 20
Battery - General specification

Temperature Efficiency of a Fully Charged Battery
25.0 °C ( 77.0 °F) 100 %
-4.5 °C ( 23.9 °F) 82 %
-24.0 °C ( -11.2 °F) 64 %
-27.5 °C ( -17.5 °F) 58 %
-31.0 °C ( -23.8 °F) 50 %
-34.5 °C ( -30.1 °F) 40 %
-37.5 °C ( -35.5 °F) 33 %
176 Ah ( 1300 cca)

Slow Charge Programs 46 hours at 5 A
23 hours at 10 A
Fast charge Program (emergencies only) 13 hours at 18 A
Use the following table to determine the state of charge

State of Charge Corrected Specific Gravity Corrected Specific Gravity Average Battery Voltage
@ 15 °C (59.0 °F) @ 25 °C (77.0 °F)
100 % 1.295 1.287 12.76
75 % 1.253 1.246 12.52
50 % 1.217 1.210 12.30
25 % 1.177 1.170 12.06
Discharged 1.137 1.130 11.84
Specific Gravity Fast charge up to :

1.150 SG or less 60 minutes
1.151 - 1.175 SG 45 minutes
1.176 - 1.200 SG 30 minutes
1.201 - 1.225 SG 15 minutes
(Slow charge only)
Description Battery Specification

Capacity (Ampere hour at 20 hour rate) 176
Cold Cranking Ampere Rating 1300
Voltage 12
Cells 6
Ground Terminal Negative
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 21
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Static description PROTECTING

THE ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS DURING BATTERY
CHARGING OR WELDING
Precautions
To avoid damage to the electronic/electrical systems, always observe the following:
1. Never make or break any of the charging circuit connections, including the battery connections, when the engine
is running.
2. Never short any of the charging components to earth.
3. Do not use a slave battery of higher than 12 V nominal voltage.
4. Always observe correct polarity when installing the batteries or using a slave battery to jump start the engine.
Follow the instructions in the operator's manual when jump starting the tractor. Connect positive to positive and
negative to negative.
5. Always disconnect the earth cable from the batteries before carrying out arc welding on the tractor or on any
implement attached to the tractor.
6. Position the welder earth cable clamp as close to the welding area as possible.
7. If welding is to be carried out in close proximity to a computer module, then the module should be removed from
the tractor. It is recommended that this procedure be carried out by an authorised dealer.
8. Never allow welding cables to lay on, near or across any electrical wiring or electronic component while welding
is in progress.
9. Always disconnect the negative cable from the batteries when charging the batteries in the tractor with a battery
charger.
WARNING
Battery acid causes burns. Batteries contain sulfuric acid.
Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing. Antidote (external): Flush with water. Antidote (eyes): flush
with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention immediately. Antidote (internal): Drink large
quantities of water or milk. Do not induce vomiting. Seek medical attention immediately.
W0111A
NOTICE: Failure to disconnect the two earth cable connections at the battery prior to charging the batteries or welding
on the tractor or attached implement will result in damage to the electronic and electrical systems.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 22
Fuse and relay box - Static description

Fuses and Relays

NOTICE: Do not replace a blown fuse with another of a different rating.
The fuse box and relay box is located behind a panel at the right-hand side.
To check or change fuses or relays, remove the two screws securing the panel to the console.
In addition to the main fuses there are additional 'Maxi' fuses which are provided to protect the main fuses and elec-
trical circuit.
There is provision for 70 fuses although they may not all be fitted, depending on the specification of the tractor. The
fuses are numbered and colour coded.
Refer to Fuse and relay box - General specification (A.30.A) for fuse positions and descriptions and for relay func-
tions.
SS11C112 1
The flasher relay unit (1), is located behind the right hand trim on the top of the fuse and relay box.
SS10G216 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 23
Grid Heater relay (1), located to the rear of the left hand side of the engine.
BSE3115A 3
Grid Heater Fuse ( 125 A) (1), located on the right hand side of the engine near the starter motor.
BRI4561B 4
In addition to the fuses in the internal fuse box, there are also extra fuses located on the starter motor. A 250 A
'MEGA' fuse (1) which protects the main electrical system and one 30 A fuse (2) which protect the power supply to
the universal controller (UCM) and ICU and one 30 A fuse (9) which protect the power supply to the SCR system.
SS11C116 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 24
Fuse and relay box - Static description

Fuses and Relays

NOTICE: Do not replace a blown fuse with another of a different rating.
The fuse box is located behind a panel on the top of the right-hand control console.
To check or change fuses , remove the two screws securing the panel to the console.
In addition to the main fuses there are additional 'Maxi' fuses which are provided to protect the main fuses and elec-
trical circuit.
SS11C113 1
There is provision for 60 fuses although they may not all be fitted, depending on the specification of the tractor. The
fuses are numbered and colour coded.
Refer to Fuse and relay box - General specification (A.30.A) for fuse positions and descriptions.
More relays are located behind the front of the right hand control console.
Refer to Fuse and relay box - General specification (A.30.A) for relay functions.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 25
SS11C114 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 26
The flasher relay unit (1), is located behind the right hand trim under the transmission control levers, along with the
Follow Me Home (2) and Heated Mirrors (3), relays.
SS11C115 3
Grid Heater relay (1), located to the rear of the left hand side of the engine.
BSE3115A 4
Grid Heater Fuse ( 125 A) (1), located on the right hand side of the engine near the starter motor.
BRI4561B 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 27
In addition to the fuses in the internal fuse box, there are also extra fuses located on the starter motor. A 250 A 'MEGA'
fuse (1) which protects the main electrical system and one 30 A fuse (2) which protect the power supply to the central
controller (CCU) and ADIC and one 30 A fuse (9) which protect the power supply to the SCR system.
SS11C116 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 28
Alternator - Static description

ISKRA alternators are fitted to all models. They incorporate internal cooling fans and integral regulators. The alterna-
tor is mounted at the front on the right hand side of the engine and is driven from a crankshaft pulley via a `poly vee'
drive belt.
BSE2983A 1
Alternator Operation
Refer to Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 START/CHARGING (with Battery Isolator) (A.30.A) for
charging circuit schematic.
When the key start switch is turned on a small current flows from the battery through the rotor field wiring. The circuit
is made via the charge indicator warning lamp, alternator terminal `D+' the rotor field winding, the alternator regulator
and ground.
At this stage the warning light is illuminated and the rotor partially magnetised.
When the engine is started and the partially magnetised rotor revolves within the stator windings a 3-phase alternating
current is generated. A constant portion of the generated current is converted to direct current by the three field diodes
incorporated in the rectifier pack.
This direct current is fed back to supplement the current flowing through the rotor field winding.
This action results in an ever increasing magnetic influence of the rotor along with an associated rapid rise in gener-
ated output current and voltage.
During the rise in generated output voltage (reflected at the `D+' terminal) the brilliance of the warning lamp is re-
duced and when the voltage at the `D+' terminal equates to that at the battery side of the warning light the lamp is
extinguished.
The voltage continues to rise until the predetermined regulated voltage level is reached.
In the event of drive belt breakage the voltage will not build up within the alternator and so the charge indicator light
will remain on to indicate failure.
SS09G224 2
Alternator
1 Output Connection (B+ Terminal) 2 Warning Lamp (D+ terminal)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 29
Battery - Static description

All models use a single “low maintenance - hybrid" battery with negative ground of six cell construction and is located
on the right hand side of the tractor behind the cab steps.
NOTE: "Low maintenance" means that under normal charging conditions the battery may lose a small amount of
water from the electrolyte. Conditions that may cause water loss include prolonged charging above 14.4 volts where
gassing occurs as it approaches full charge. This can be caused by a faulty charging system or boost/recovery charg-
ing equipment.
The battery has four major functions:
• To provide a source of current for starting, lighting and instrumentation.

• To help control the voltage in the electrical system.
• To furnish current when the electrical demands exceed the alternator output.
• To support quiescent loads from radio and micro processor memory.
The battery is constructed in such a manner that each cell contains positive and negative plates placed alternatively
next to each other. Each positive plate is separated from a negative plate by a non-conducting porous envelope
separator. If any of the positive plates should make contact with negative plates within a cell, the cell will short circuit
and suffer irreparable damage. All of the positive plates are welded to a bus-bar, forming a positive terminal and all
of the negative plates are welded to a similar bus-bar forming a negative terminal.
Each positive plate is composed of a lead grid with lead peroxide pasted into the grid openings. The negative plates
are composed of a lead grid with spongy lead pasted into the grid openings.
The plates are submerged in a liquid electrolyte solution of diluted sulphuric acid.
Battery Identification
Two manufacturers of batteries (FAAM and EXIDE), are used in production and it is important before servicing the
battery that the manufacturer is identified to ensure the correct testing and charging procedures are followed.
The batteries can be identified by their unique part number, which is stamped into the casing or by the positioning of
the manufacturers date code.
SS10G207 1
FAAM Battery Identification
• 0G CW22 (x yyy) Date Code

• 0G - Production plant
• x - Year
• yyy - Day progressive number
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 30
SS10G208 2
EXIDE Battery Identification
• 0G CW22 (xy - zzzz) Date Code

• x - Year
• y- Month (B-Jan, C-Feb, D-Mar, E-Apr, F-May, G-Jun, H-Jul, J-Aug, K-Sep, L-Oct, M-Nov, A-Dec)
• zzzz - Production plant
Part number identification

Manufacturer Part Number
FAAM 87303729
EXIDE 82027430
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 31
Connector - Component Diagram 00

X001 Clutch Switch
T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Auto Command

T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range / Power Command - With Sidewinder
POS. COLOR WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE

1 WH 1001 STARTER SOLENOID FEED
2 YE 7425 DRIVE SIGNAL
3 RD 7660 TRANS CLUTCH DISCONNECT
4 WH 1000 SAFETY START SWITCH SUPPLY
T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range / Power Command - Without Sidewinder

1 WH 7430 CLUTCH POSITION SIGNAL
2 YE 7420 TCM TO CLUTCH POSITION SWITCH
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness - Identification (A.30.A).
SS08K077 1 SS08F146 2
STEERING CONSOLE
X002 Clutch Potentiometer

1 GN 7525 TRANS SENSOR SUPPLY 5v
2 YE 7430 CLUTCH POSITION SIGNAL
3 BK/WH 60 SENSOR GROUND
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 32
SS08K078 3 SS08F163 4
STEERING CONSOLE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 33
X003 Starter Switch

1 BR 150 BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
2 WH 137 RADIO FEED
3 WH 71 IGNITION SWITCHED FEEDS (UNFUSED)
4 GN 1010 IGNITION RELAY (COIL)
SS08K079 5 SS08F160 6
STEERING CONSOLE
X004 Main Light Switch

2 RD 1024 RIGHT & LEFT HAND SIDELAMP FEED
3 BL 1027 HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
4 BL 1030 HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
5 GN 3000 FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY (TERMINAL 49)
6 VT 376 HORN FEED
7 GN 3001 LEFT HAND FLASHER CIRCUIT
8 GN 3002 RIGHT HAND FLASHER CIRCUIT
SS08K080 7 SS08F161 8
BEHIND STEERING CONSOLE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 34
X005 Analog Digital Instrumenten Cluster Unit CN1


1 GN 3017 EPB SYSTEM FAILURE WARNING LIGHT
4 GY 3016 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SIGNAL
5 GN 3005 LEFT HAND TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP
6 GN 3004 RIGHT HAND TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP
8 TN 7640 DIAGNOSTIC PLUG RS232 IN
9 WH 7650 DIAGNOSTIC PLUG RS232 OUT
11 GY 1005 AIR CLEANER WARNING LAMP
12 BR 7130 HYD FILTER WNG LP
14 YE 1052 GET U HOME LIGHTS RELAY
15 RD 1012 ILLUMINATION
19 GN 2014 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENDER (+5 VOLT)
22 GN 2095 INSTRUMENT SIGNAL GROUND
23 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
24 YE 160 BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
25 BR 1006 ALTERNATOR WARNING LAMP
26 VT 9031 ADIC MEMORY B+

1 GN 3017 EPB SYSTEM FAILURE WARNING LIGHT
7 WH 9027 CAL/ SEL INPUT ADIC
24 YE 160 BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 35
SS08N077 9 BRI4416B-01 10
BEHIND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 36

11 VT 3062 IMPLEMENT SOCKET SWITCH
14 VT 2330 PTO SPEED ISO11876 SKT.PIN#3
15 VT 2320 TRUE GROUND SPEED ISO 11786 SKT.PIN#1
16 VT 2300 THEORETICAL GROUND SPEED ISO 11786 SKT.PIN#2
17 VT 2310 IN/OUT OF WORK-HPL MODE ISO11786 SKT.PIN#4
SS08N078 11 BRI4416B-01 12
X007 Hazard Switch Harness

1 VT 1021 HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY (BATTERY)
2 GN 1020 HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY
3 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K085 13 SS07K215 14
STEERING CONSOLE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 37
X008 Keypad

1 GN 1050 ACCESSORY FEED
2 GN 5420 CAN L
3 YE 5400 CAN H
4 BK 61 CASE GROUND
SS08N081 15 SS08F193 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 38


2 RD 7160 HYD LOW CHARGE WARNING
6 TN 8020 TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE
7 RD 3014 HANDBRAKE WARNING LAMP SIGNAL
11 VT 3052 DOME LAMP TO DOOR SWITCH
12 WH 3500 POWER STEERING PRESSURE SIGNAL
13 LG 1034 TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP (TERM C3)
14 GN 29 MAIN FUEL SENDER SIGNAL
17 RD 7996 BRAKE PEDALS UNLATCHED SIGNAL
18 BL 1026 HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LAMP
19 GN 2200 SERVICE MODE INITIATE
21 BL 7155 VANE PUMP PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
22 PK 3120 STEERING SENSOR SIGNAL
25 GN 5420 CAN L
26 YE 5400 CAN H

1 RD 5190 HPL INTERLOCK / LIFT-O-MATIC
8 OR 1056
10 BL 1055
18 BL 1026 HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LAMP
19 GN 2200 SERVICE MODE INITIATE
25 GN 5420 CAN L
26 YE 5400 CAN H
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 39
SS08N080 17 BRI4416B-01 18
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 40
Connector - Component diagram 01

X011 Front and Rear Wiper Switch

1 TN 1038 WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED-REAR
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
3 LG 587 WINDSHIELD WIPER INTERMITTENT DELAY
5 RD 58 WIPER MOTOR-LOW
6 WH 56 WIPER MOTOR-HIGH
7 GN 1121 RR WINDSHIELD WASH
8 GN 1119 RR WINDSHIELD WIPER
9 LG 97 WINDSHIELD WASHER FEED
10 BL 63 WIPER MOTOR-PARK FEED
SS08K089 1 BRI4410B 2
STEERING CONSOLE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 41
X012 Shuttle Lever


2 GY 7250 TRANSMISSION FORWARD SIGNAL
3 GY 7260 TRANSMISSION REVERSE SIGNAL
4 WH 7295 DRIVE DISABLE SIGNAL
5 BL 7000 TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
7 YE 7425 DRIVE SIGNAL
8 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
9 OR 3036 EPB SHUTTLE PARK SWITCH INPUT
10 BL 3039 EPB SHUTTLE PARK SWITCH OUTPUT
11 TN 7730 NOT IN PARKLOCK

4 WH 7430 CLUTCH POSITION SIGNAL
8 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
9 OR 3036 EPB SHUTTLE PARK SWITCH INPUT
10 BL 3039 EPB SHUTTLE PARK SWITCH OUTPUT
SS08K090 3 BRI4411B 4
STEERING CONSOLE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 42
X013 Stop Lamp Switch Left Hand

1 GN 10 IGNITION SUPPLY
3 GN 840 R & L STOPLAMP SIGNAL
4 RD 820 STOPLAMP SWITCH LH
SS08K091 5 SS08F146 6
X014 Stop Lamp Switch Right Hand

3 GN 840 R & L STOPLAMP SIGNAL
4 RD 830 STOPLAMP SWITCH RH
SS08K092 7 SS08F146 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 43
X015 Foot Throttle Electronic

2 GN 6402 ECU TO THROTTLE POT. VAR
4 RD 6355 +5V LOW POWER REFERENCE
6 GN 6404 THROTTLE POT. TO LOW IDLE SWITCH
SS08K093 9 SS08F242 10
BASE STEERING CONSOLE
X016 Brake Pedals Latched Switch

2 RD 7996 BRAKE PEDALS UNLATCHED SIGNAL
SS08K094 11 SS08H117 12
STEERING CONSOLE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 44

X020 Main Connector T2 Transmission to Cabine
T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand

2 RD / BR 1013 RIGHT HAND LAMPS
3 RD / BK 1014 LEFT HAND LAMPS
4 GN / RD 810 STOPLAMPS
5 TN / GN 349 TRAILER TURN LAMPS RH
6 TN / YE 350 TRAILER TURN LAMPS LH
7 YE 7412
10 RD / PK 7981 / 7985 TRANS REVERSE RANGE
11 WH 2055 PTO SYNCHRO GROUND SPEED ENGAGED
13 BL 7231 / - NOT USED
15 PK 7407 / - NOT USED
16 OR 3240 RAISE SOLENOID PWR
17 VT 9051 / - NOT USED
18 OR 3260 LOWER SOLENOID PWR
19 WH 7408 / 8045 TRANS REV SOL RET
21 BR 8000 / - NOT USED
22 BR 8000 TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID
23 OR 3280 SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID UPPER
27 BL 8060 TRAILER BRAKE SUPPLY
29 TN 3285 SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID LOWER
30 GY 5515 EHR +12V IGN.
31 RD 5500 EHR CAN HIGH
32 BL 5510 EHR CAN LOW
33 WH 4055 LINK LEVEL TOP LINK EXTEND SOLENOID
34 WH 4056 LINK LEVEL TOP LINK RETRACT SOLENOID
35 WH 4057 LINK LEVEL RIGHT LINK RAISE SOLENOID
36 WH 4058 LINK LEVEL RIGHT LINK LOWER SOLENOID
38 WH 4054 LINK LEVEL DUMP SOLENOID
39 RD / BL 5830 HIGH FLOW PUMP LINK
40 RD 8050 / - NOT USED
41 BL 7770 / - NOT USED
42 GN 7500 TRANS OIL TEMP. SENSOR
43 YE 7401 / - NOT USED
45 YE 7400 TRANS RPM SPEED SENSOR TO TCM INPUT
46 YE 7411 TRANS HYDROSTAT INPUT SPEED SENSOR (CVT)
47 VT 7970 / - NOT USED
49 VT 8070 TRAILER PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
50 VT / BR 7970 / 7135 HYD FILTER PRESSURE SWITCH
51 YE 2012 TRANS OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range Command - With Sidewinder
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 45

7 YE 7412 / - NOT USED
10 RD 7981 / - NOT USED
13 BL / GY 7231 / 7230 TRANSMISSION LOW RANGE
15 PK / TN 7407 / 9035 50KPH DUMP SOLENOID
17 VT / TN 9051 / 9033 50KPH SOLENOID+
19 WH 7408 / - NOT USED
30 GY 5515 EHR +12V IGN.
33 WH 4055 / - NOT USED
34 WH / PK 4056 / 7980 TRANS MED. RANGE
35 WH 4057 / - NOT USED
36 WH 4058 / - NOT USED
38 WH 4054 / - NOT USED
40 RD 8050 / - NOT USED
41 BL 7770 / - NOT USED
42 GN 7500 / - NOT USED
43 YE 7401 / - NOT USED
44 BR / GN 8000 / 7985 TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID
45 YE 7400 / - NOT USED
47 VT / OR 7970 / 7581 CREEPER POSITION SIGNAL
50 VT 7970 / - NOT USED
T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Power Command - With Sidewinder

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 46

7 YE 7412 / - NOT USED
10 RD / PK 7981 / 7980 TRANS MED. RANGE
13 BL 7231 / - NOT USED
17 VT / TN 9051 / 9033 50KPH SOLENOID+
19 WH 7408 HYDROSTAT 1 SOLENOID GND
30 GY 5515 EHR +12V IGN.
40 RD 8050 TRANS REV PRESSURE
41 BL 7770 TRANS FORWARD PRESSURE SWITCH
42 GN 7500 / - NOT USED
43 YE 7401 / - NOT USED
44 BR 8000 / - NOT USED
45 YE 7400 / - NOT USED
46 YE 7411 / - NOT USED
50 VT 7970 / - NOT USED
T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range Command - Without Sidewinder

7 VT 7925 / - NOT USED
8 TN / GN 3286 / 7525 TRANS SENSOR SUPPLY 5v
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 47

10 TN 3281 / - NOT USED
13 OR / GY 3270 / 7230 TRANSMISSION LOW RANGE
14 OR 3250 / - NOT USED
17 YE / TN 2012 / 9033 50KPH SOLENOID+
19 WH 7982 / - NOT USED
30 GY 5515 EHR +12V IGN.
33 WH 4055 / - NOT USED
34 WH / PK 4056 / 7980 TRANS MED RANGE
35 WH 4057 / - NOT USED
36 WH 4058 / - NOT USED
37 TN 9000 / - NOT USED
38 WH 4054 / - NOT USED
43 YE - / 7411 TRANS HYDROSTAT INPUT SPEED SENSOR (CVT)
44 GN - / 7985 TRANS REVERSE RANGE
46 YE 7411 / - NOT USED
50 PK 2250 / - NOT USED
T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Power Command - Without Sidewinder

7 VT 7925 / - NOT USED
8 TN / GN 3286 / 7525 TRANS SENSOR SUPPLY 5v
10 TN / PK 3281 / 7980 TRANS MED RANGE
13 OR 3270 / - NOT USED
14 OR 3250 / - NOT USED
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 48

17 YE / TN 2012 / 9033 50KPH SOLENOID+
19 WH 7982 / 7408 HYDROSTAT 1 SOLENOID GND
30 GY 5515 EHR +12V IGN.
37 TN 9000 / - NOT USED
40 RD - / 8050 TRANS REV PRESSURE
41 BL - / 7770 TRANS FORWARD PRESSURE SWITCH
46 YE 7411 / - NOT USED
50 PK 2250 / - NOT USED

SS08K095 1 BRI4400B-03 2
FRONT RIGHT HAND CAB FLOOR
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 49
SS11A119 3 BRI4400B-03 4
X021 Main Power (FUSE) 1 Power B+

1 RD 1 BATTERY SUPPLY

SS08K096 5 SS07K143 6
INA 7 SS07K143 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 50
X022 Main Connector T1 Transmission to Cabine

1 YE 3024 2WD SOLENOID
2 BL 7584 / - NOT USED
3 LG 7080 DIFF-LOCK SOLENOID FEED
4 BR 2130 PTO BRAKE SOLENOID
5 OR 2051 PTO SOLENOID RETURN (-)
6 OR 2042 PTO SOLENOID-REAR
7 OR 2140 PTO SPEED SENSOR
8 WH 2062 PTO TWIST SENSOR
9 LB 7910 CLUTCH 'B' SIGNAL
11 VT 7401 / - NOT USED
12 YE 7400 / - NOT USED
13 BL 7155 / - NOT USED
14 LB 7930 / - NOT USED
15 LB 7940 CLUTCH 'E' SIGNAL
16 WH 7960 / - NOT USED
17 LB 7431 / 7900 CLUTCH 'A' SIGNAL
18 VT 7915 TCM CLUTCH B RETURN
21 BL 7671 SYNCRO_F2_R1_POS_1
22 RD 7672 SYNCRO_F2_R1_POS_2
24 GN / GY 7985 / 7220 TRANSMISSION HIGH RANGE
25 OR 3295 FRONT SUSPENSION PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL
27 OR / PK 7785 A CLUTCH PRESSURE SIGNAL
28 WH 7760 TORQUE SENSOR
29 TN 9035 50KPH DUMP SOLENOID
30 BL / BR 7586 BRAKE LUBRICATON SOLENOID
31 GN 7500 / - NOT USED
32 PK 5097 EDC VALVE DOWN RETURN
33 PK 5090 EDC VALVE DOWN
34 PK 5087 EDC VALVE UP RETURN
35 PK 5085 EDC VALVE UP
36 TN 5070 EDC LEFT PIN
37 PK 5075 ADIC KEY PAD DISABLE
38 TN 5065 EDC RIGHT PIN
39 TN 9033 / - NOT USED
40 WH 7960 / 9010 DIVERTER VALVE SUPPLY
41 GN 2014 / - NOT USED
42 GY 7220 / - NOT USED
43 GY 7230 / - NOT USED
44 LB 7900 / 7431 SUPPLY
45 PK / OR 7775 B CLUTCH PRESSURE SIGNAL
46 PK 5080 EDC ROCKSHAFT
47 TN 5020 EDC PROC +5V REF VOLTAGE DROP POSN/RATE
48 LB 7920 / - NOT USED
49 GN 2050 PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
50 BR 9000 DIVERTER VALVE
51 BL 7589 BRAKE PRESSURE SIGNAL

2 BL / VT 7584 / 7970 TRANS MED/REV
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 51

11 VT 7401 TRANS RPM SPEED SENSOR
12 YE 7400 / - NOT USED
13 BL 7155 / - NOT USED
14 LB 7930 CLUTCH 'D' SIGNAL
16 WH / VT 7960 TRANS SLOW/FAST
21 BL 7671 / - NOT USED
22 RD 7672 / - NOT USED
24 GN 7985 / - NOT USED
25 OR / TN 3295 FRONT SUSPENSION PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL
27 OR 7785 / - NOT USED
29 TN / BL 9035 / 7005 TRANS CREEPER GR SOL
30 BL 7586 / - NOT USED
39 TN 9033 / - NOT USED
40 WH 7960 / - NOT USED
41 GN 2014 / - NOT USED
42 GY 7220 TRANSMISSION HIGH RANGE
43 GY 7230 / - NOT USED
44 LB 7900 / 7431 SUPPLY
45 PK 7775 / - NOT USED
47 TN / GN 5020 EDC PROC +5V REF VOLTAGE DROP POSN/RATE
48 LB 7920 CLUTCH 'C' SIGNAL
50 BR / TN 9000 DIVERTER VALVE
51 BL 7589 / - NOT USED

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 52

13 BL 7155 / - NOT USED
16 VT 7960 / - NOT USED
21 BL 7671 / - NOT USED
22 RD 7672 / - NOT USED
24 GN 7985 TRANS REVERSE RANGE
27 OR 7785 / - NOT USED
30 BL 7586 / - NOT USED
39 TN / GY 9033 / 7220 TRANSMISSION HIGH RANGE
40 WH 7960 / - NOT USED
41 GN 2014 / - NOT USED
42 GY 7220 / - NOT USED
43 GY 7230 / - NOT USED
44 LB 7900 / 7431 CLUTCH 'A' SUPPY
45 PK 7775 / - NOT USED
50 BR / TN 9000 DIVERTER VALVE
51 BL 7589 / - NOT USED

2 BL / VT 7005 / 7970 TRANS MED/REV
10 VT 7935 / - NOT USED
12 YE 7400 / - NOT USED
13 RD 8050 / - NOT USED
14 LB 7930 / - NOT USED
16 WH / VT 7960 TRANS SLOW/FAST
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 53

20 VT 7945 / - NOT USED
21 TN 9036 / - NOT USED
22 WH 7225 / - NOT USED
23 VT 8045 / - NOT USED
24 GN 7985 / - NOT USED
26 YE 7235 / - NOT USED
27 OR 7581 / - NOT USED
30 BL 7586 / - NOT USED
39 TN 9033 / - NOT USED
40 TN 9034 / - NOT USED
41 BL 7580 / - NOT USED
43 GY 7230 / - NOT USED
44 LB 7900 / 7431 SUPPLY
45 BL 7770 / - NOT USED
50 LG / TN 7126 / 9000 DIVERTER VALVE
51 GN 7525 / - NOT USED

10 VT 7935 / - NOT USED
13 RD 8050 / - NOT USED
16 WH 7960 / - NOT USED
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 54

20 VT 7945 / - NOT USED
21 TN 9036 / - NOT USED
22 WH 7225 / - NOT USED
23 VT 8045 / - NOT USED
26 YE 7235 / - NOT USED
27 OR 7581 / - NOT USED
30 BL 7586 / - NOT USED
39 TN / GY 9033 / 7220 TRANSMISSION HIGH RANGE
40 TN 9034 / - NOT USED
41 BL 7580 / - NOT USED
42 GY 7220 / - NOT USED
43 GY 7230 TRANSMISSION LOW RANGE
44 LB 7900 / 7431 SUPPLY
45 BL 7770 / - NOT USED
50 TN 9000 DIVERTER VALVE
51 GN 7525 / - NOT USED

SS08K097 9 BRI4400B-03 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 55
SS11A120 11 BRI4400B-03 12
X023 Main Power (FUSE) 2 Power Electronic

1 BL 160 BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS

SS08K098 13 SS07K144 14
SS11A064 15 SS07K144 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 56
X024 Main Connector E2 Engine to Cabine

1 OR 3272 LOADER VALVE #1 OUT
2 OR 3273 LOADER VALVE #1 RETURN
3 OR 3235 / - NOT USED
4 TN 2590 EXTERNAL SWITCH FHPL UP
5 TN 2591 EXTERNAL SWITCH FHPL DOWN
6 RD 5920 ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY POSITIVE
7 YE 5910 ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
8 BK 5915 ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY GROUND
9 GN 5900 ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
10 OR 5970 ISO BUS ECU SIGNAL
11 BL / OR 5980 ISO BUS IMPLEMENT SIGNAL
12 GN / RD 1050 / 2027 RADAR ASSEMBLY (GUN) POWER
14 OR 2044 PTO SOLENOID-FRONT RETURN(-)
19 RD 2570 FRONT HITCH RAISE SOLENOID
21 BR 2510 FRONT HITCH POSITION SIGNAL
22 BR 2530 FRONT HITCH V REF
23 YE 2031 RADAR PRESENT
24 GN 2028 RADAR ASSEMBLY (GUN) SIGNAL
25 BL 3230 AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR POSITION
26 LG 3220 / 5520 EHR 5V REF.
27 BL 3277 / - NOT USED
28 BL 3278 / - NOT USED
31 OR 2043 PTO SOLENOID-FRONT
32 OR - / 2260 PTO FRONT - SPEED SIGNAL
35 RD 3274 LOADER VALVE #2 OUT
36 RD 3275 LOADER VALVE #2 RETURN
38 LG 1018 AIR CONDITIONER CLUTCH
39 BL 2006 DE-ICING SWITCH - AIR CONDITIONER
42 BR 5200 EDC VALVE SUPPLY
44 YE 2007 AIR CONDITIONER LOW PRESSURE
46 PK 2250 PTO FRONT - SUPPLY
47 VT 3070 / - NOT USED
48 YE 9032 / - NOT USED
49 WH 172 BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL (OFF)
50 WH 171 BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL

11 BL / OR 5980 ISO BUS IMPLEMENT SIGNAL
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 57

12 RD 2027 RADAR ASSEMBLY (GUN) POWER
26 LG 5520 EHR 5V REF.
27 BL 3277 / - NOT USED
28 BL 3278 / - NOT USED
38 LG 1018 AIR CONDITIONER CLUTCH
47 VT 3070 / - NOT USED
48 YE 9032 / - NOT USED

SS08K099 17 BRI4400B-03 18
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 58
SS11A062 19 BRI4400B-03 20
X025 Main Power (FUSE) 3 Power B-

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)

SS08K100 21 SS07K143 22
SS11A121 23 SS07K143 24
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 59
X026 Main Connector E1 Engine to Cabine


1 YE 5400 CAN H
2 GN 5420 CAN L
5 GN 9272 24V FUSED SUPPLY
6 YE / BR 1011 / 9270 12 V SUPPLY TO DENNOX CONVERTOR
7 PK 6418 ECU TO J1941(ISO) INTERFACE #2 CONNECTOR ISO K
10 BR 2556 FRONT HITCH SWITCH COMMON RAIL
12 BR 6315 / 6305 REVERSIBLE FAN OPTION - MOTOR FEED
15 GN 6408 FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
28 BR 6325 REVERSIBLE FAN OPTION - RELAY FEED
29 VT 1073 WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
30 VT 376 HORN FEED
47 GN 2050 / - NOT USED
49 TN 5020 / - NOT USED

1 YE 5400 CAN H
2 GN 5420 CAN L
6 BR 9270 12 V SUPPLY TO DENNOX CONVERTOR
12 BR - / 6305 REVERSIBLE FAN OPTION - MOTOR FEED
28 BR - / 6325 REVERSIBLE FAN OPTION - RELAY FEED
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 60

30 VT 376 HORN FEED
47 GN 2050 / - NOT USED
48 BR 6300 / - NOT USED
49 TN 5020 / - NOT USED

SS08K101 25 BRI4400B-03 26
SS11A061 27 BRI4400B-03 28
X028 Diagnostics Plug - EHR CAN

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 61

A BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
B GN 9272 24V FUSED SUPPLY
C RD 5500 EHR CAN HIGH
D BL 5510 EHR CAN LOW
E PK 6418 ECU TO J1941(ISO) INTERFACE #2 CONNECTOR ISO K
F WH 5960 RS232 OUTPUT TECU
G GN 5955 RS232 INPUT TECU
H YE 7800 TRANS FR / REV INPUT DIGITAL FEEDBACK (CVT)
J GN 7810 TRANS PWM SOLENOID C1

A BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
B GN 9272 24V FUSED SUPPLY
C RD 5500 EHR CAN HIGH
D BL 5510 EHR CAN LOW
F WH 5960 RS232 OUTPUT TECU
G GN 5955 RS232 INPUT TECU
INA 29 SS08H181 30
CAB RIGHT HAND BEHIND OPERATOR'S SEAT
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 62

X030 Diagnostics Plug - CAN BUS 1

A BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
B GN 6408 FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
C YE 5400 CAN H
D GN 5420 CAN L
G GN 2200 SERVICE MODE INITIATE
H YE 5910 ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
J GN 5900 ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
SS10G008 1 SS08H181 2
CAB RIGHT HAND C-PILLAR
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 63
X030A Earth Header 2

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)

SS09H152 3 BRI4404B 4
BEHIND RIGHT HAND TRIM
SS11A143 5 BRI4404B 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 64
X030B Earth Header 2

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)

SS09H153 7 BRI4404B 8
SS11A144 9 BRI4404B 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 65
X030C Earth Header 2

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)

SS09H154 11 BRI4404B 12
SS11A145 13 BRI4404B 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 66
X031 ADIC Diagnostic

3 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)

SS08K107 15 SS08F181 16
INA 17 SS08F181 18
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 67
X032 Timer Relay for Battery Isolator and Heated Mirror

1 VT 666 DOMELAMP SWITCH FEED
2 RD 1928 HEATED MIRROR RELAY COIL +12V FROM SW
3 RD 1925 MIRROR CONTROL +12V
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
5 RD 1927 MIRROR ILLUMINATION
9 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G173 19 SS08M012 20
FRONT RIGHT HAND CAB
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 68

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)

SS09H155 21 BRI4474B 22
SS11A146 23 BRI4474B 24
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 69

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09H156 25 BRI4404B 26
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 70
X033 Windscreen Wipers Front & Rear (K-001 / K-002)

1 GN 1120 RR WINDSHIELD WIPER PARK RETURN
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
5 GN 1119 RR WINDSHIELD WIPER
6 YE 28 WIPER MOTOR (PARK RETURN)
7 LG 587 WINDSHIELD WIPER INTERMITTENT DELAY
8 GN 1019 WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED
9 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
10 BL 63 WIPER MOTOR-PARK FEED

SS10G174 27 SS08M012 28
SS11A066 29 SS08M012 30
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 71
X034 Ignition / Lights Relay (K-003 / K-004)

A30 BR 150 BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
A85 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
A86 GN 1010 IGNITION RELAY (COIL)
A87 YE 1011 SUPPLY TO FUSES
B30 BR 1023 LIGHT SWITCH FEED
B85 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
B86 RD 1024 RIGHT & LEFT HAND SIDELAMP FEED
B87 BR 1023 LIGHT SWITCH FEED

SS10G175 31 SS08M019 32
SS11A067 33 SS08M019 34
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 72
X035 Starter Motor On / Blower Motor Relay (K-005 / K-006)

A86 WH 1001 STARTER SOLENOID FEED
A87 WH 1001 STARTER SOLENOID FEED
B30 GN 982 BLOWER MOTOR FEED
B86 GN 181 BLOWER/GARU MOTOR FEED
B87 GN 982 BLOWER MOTOR FEED

SS10G176 35 SS08M019 36
SS11A068 37 SS08M019 38
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 73
X036 Control Relays (K-007 - K-012)

A1 YE 825 PNEMATIC TRAILER SOLENOID +12V
A3 GN 10 IGNITION SUPPLY
A5 BR 8000 TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID
B2 WH 3150 HANDBRAKE SWITCH (N.C CONTACT) OFF SIG
B3 BL 8060 TRAILER BRAKE SUPPLY
B4 BR 8000 TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID
B5 VT 8070 TRAILER PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
C1 TN 8010 TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE
C2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
C3 BL 8060 TRAILER BRAKE SUPPLY
C5 BR 8000 TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID
D1 BL 1027 HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
D2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
E1 GN 840 R & L STOPLAMP SIGNAL
E2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
E3 GN 810 STOPLAMPS
E5 GN 810 STOPLAMPS
F1 BL 1030 HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
F2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)

SS10G177 39 SS08M006 40
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 74
SS11A069 41 SS08M006 42
X039 Diode Stoplamp Right Hand

2 YE 825 PNEMATIC TRAILER SOLENOID +12V
SS11A051 43 SS08F092 44
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 75

X040 Diode Stoplamp Left Hand

2 YE 825 PNEMATIC TRAILER SOLENOID +12V
SS11A055 1 SS08F092 2
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
X041 Main Beam Headlamps Diode

INA 3 SS08F092 4
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 76
X043 Gear Shift Indicator - Dog

A1 GN 2050 PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
A2 RD 1031 INSTRUMENT ILLUMINATION
C3 YE 5400 CAN H
C4 GN 5420 CAN L
SS11A054 5 BRI4428B 6
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
X046 Lift O-Matic

2 RD 5190 HPL INTERLOCK / LIFT-O-MATIC
SS11A053 7 SS08F275 8
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 77

X052 Hand Throttle

2 GY 6440 HAND THROTTLE POSITION 1
4 GY 6460 HAND THROTTLE SWITCH (NOT IDLE)
SS11A052 1 SS08F161 2
BEHIND RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
X053 Flasher Electronic Control Unit (ECU)

A1 GN 3009 FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY B+
A2 LG 249 SMV LAMPS RH
A3 TN 349 TRAILER TURN LAMPS RH
A4 LG 250 SMV LAMPS LH
A5 TN 350 TRAILER TURN LAMPS LH
A6 GN 1020 HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY
A7 LG 1034 TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP (TERM C3)
A8 GN 3000 FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY (TERMINAL 49)
B1 GN 3009 FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY (TERMINAL 49)
B2 GN 3002 RIGHT HAND FLASHER CIRCUIT
B3 GN 3001 LEFT HAND FLASHER CIRCUIT
B4 GN 1020 HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY
B5 LG 1033 TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP (TERM C2)
B6 GN 50 LEFT HAND TURN SIGNAL
B7 GN 49 RIGHT HAND TURN SIGNAL
C1 GN 49 RIGHT HAND TURN SIGNAL
C2 GN 50 LEFT HAND TURN SIGNAL
C3 LG 1039 NASO LIGHTS INPUT

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 78
SS09H165 3 SS08F179 4
BEHIND RIGHT HAND TRIM TOP OF THE FUSEBOX
INA 5 SS08F179 6
BEHIND RIGHT HAND TRIM TOP OF THE FUSEBOX
X054 Gear Shift Lever

2 GY 7210 TRANSMISSION SHIFT UP
3 GY 7200 TRANSMISSION SHIFT DOWN
5 LB 4101 TRANS RANGE ENABLE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 79
SS11A049 7 SS11A133 8
BEHIND RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 80
X059A Lever Mounted PTO Brake Switch

2 TN 2120 PTO BRAKE SIGNAL

SS10G039 9 SS07K157 10
BEHIND RIGHT HAND SWITCH PANEL
INA 11 SS07K157 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 81
X059B Lever Mounted PTO Mating Half


SS10G040 13 SS07K157 14
INA 15 SS07K157 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 82

X060 Fuse Box Main B+ Feed


SS08M135 1 BRI4474B 2
BEHIND RIGHT HAND FUSEBOX
SS11A048 3 BRI4474B 4
BEHIND RIGHT HAND FUSEBOX
X061 Front PTO Engaged Lamp

1 OR 2270 PTO FRONT - WARNING LAMP
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 83
INA 5 BRI4445B 6
X062 Front PTO Switch

2 PK 2248 PTO FRONT - SWITCH (VCCS)
3 PK 2245 PTO FRONT - SWITCH TO MODULE (MOM)
SS11A063 7 SS08F072 8
X063 Front HPL Limit Potentiometer

2 BR 2520 FRONT HITCH SET POSITION SIGNAL
4 BR 2540 FRONT HITCH +12v IGN
5 BR 2550 FRONT HITCH OVERIDE SWITCH
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 84
SS11A047 9 SS07K180 10
X064 EHR Levers

A1 LG 5520 EHR 5V REF.
A2 LG 5521 EHR MOTOR #1
A6 VT 5591 EHR WARNING LAMP#1
A7 OR 5551 EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#1
A8 BL 5552 EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#2
B1 WH 5553 EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#3
B2 BL 5554 EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#4
B3 VT 5570 FENDER 3RD EHR SWITCH (RES)
B4 VT 5572 FENDER 3RD EHR SWITCH (RES)
B5 VT 5592 EHR WARNING LAMP#2
B8 BR 5200 EDC VALVE SUPPLY
C1 OR 5561 EHR TIMED FLOW SWITCH #1
C4 VT 5564 EHR TIMED FLOW SWITCH #4
C5 GY 5596 EHR MASTER STOP LAMP
C6 BK/WH 60 SENSOR GROUND
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 85
SS11A050 11 SS08F314 12
X066 Right Hand Console Switch Group

A1 BL 7000 TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
A2 RD 5640 HTS AUTO SWITCH
A3 RD 7476 TRANS AUTO ON
A4 YE 3025 FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID (MANUAL)
A5 YE 3027 FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID (AUTO)
A6 YE 7120 DIFF-LOCK WNG LP (MAUAL)
A7 LG/GN 7125 DIFF-LOCK WNG LP (AUTO)
A8 WH 7170 DIFF LOCK SWITCH (AUTO ON)
B1 YE 7175 DIFF LOCK SWITCH (MANUAL ON)
B2 RD 5630 HTS MANUAL SWITCH
B3 BR 6620 ECU COOLANT TEMP. SIGNAL
B4 BR 6530 CONSTANT ERPM INCREASE
B5 BR 6540 CONSTANT ERPM DECREASE
B6 BR 7040 TRANS CREEPER SWITCH
B7 RD/BL 2067 / 2069 PTO MANAGEMENT ON
C1 GN 2050 PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
C2 BL 3210 SUSPENSION SWITCH RETURN
C3 OR 3290 SUSPENSION LOCKOUT LAMP (OR SOLENOID RET)
C5 RD 5610 HTS PROGRAM
C7 BR 6510 CONSTANT ERPM SET 1
C8 WH 9027 CAL/ SEL INPUT ADIC
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 86
SS11A060 13 SS08F314 14
X067 Rear PTO Brake Switch



6 BR 2065 PTO ENGAGED

SS10G011 15 SS07E264 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 87
INA 17 SS07E264 18
X068 Rear PTO Switch

2 OR 2045 PTO SWITCH TO MODULE
3 OR 2046 PTO SWITCH (VCC)
SS11A065 19 SS08F072 20
X069 Rear PTO Lamp

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 88
INA 21 BRI4445B 22
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 89

X070 Maxi - Fuse Module MF1 to MF6

M1 BR 150 BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)

SS10G180 1 SS08M007 2
SS11C076 3 SS08M007 4
ON THE RIGHT HAND TRIM ABOVE SWITCH PANEL
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 90
X071 Mini Fuse Module F-041 to F-060


3A WH 71 IGNITION SWITCHED FEEDS (UNFUSED)
3B WH 71 IGNITION SWITCHED FEEDS (UNFUSED)
4A VT 3070 'B' PILLAR SKT SUPPLY
4B BR 150 BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
5A YE 9032 IGN+ TO POWER SKT.
5B YE 1011 SUPPLY TO FUSES
6A GN 6408 FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
8A YE 1011 SUPPLY TO FUSES
10A BR 6325 REVERSIBLE FAN OPTION - RELAY FEED
11A BR 3031 EPB +12 HOT
12A YE 160 BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
13A BL 7000 TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
14A GN 2050 PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
14B BL 160 BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
15A BR 5200 EDC VALVE SUPPLY
16A PK 2250 PTO FRONT - SUPPLY
20A RD 1 BATTERY SUPPLY
20B RD 1 BATTERY SUPPLY

1A PK 2250 PTO FRONT - SUPPLY
2A BR 2540 FRONT HITCH +12v IGN
3A WH 71 IGNITION SWITCHED FEEDS (UNFUSED)
3B WH 71 IGNITION SWITCHED FEEDS (UNFUSED)
8A BR 9270 12 V SUPPLY TO DENNOX CONVERTOR
8B BR 1011 SUPPLY TO FUSES
11A BR 3031 EPB +12 HOT
12A VT 1072 HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
13A VT 1072 HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
14A RD 1099 FEED FRONT WORKLAMP INNER
20A RD 1 BATTERY SUPPLY
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 91

SS10G181 5 SS08M008 6
SS11C077 7 SS08M008 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 92


1A GN 10 IGNITION SUPPLY
2A RD 1013 RIGHT HAND LAMPS
3A RD 1014 LEFT HAND LAMPS
3B BR 1023 LIGHT SWITCH FEED
4A RD 1012 ILLUMINATION
5A BL 1030 HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
6A BL 1027 HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
7A VT 1073 WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
8A GN 998 WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (INNER)
11A VT 4011 ROTATING BEACON SWITCH SUPPLY
12A GN 3009 FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY B+
14A VT 9031 ADIC MEMORY B+
15A VT 5000 EDC MEMORY POWER
16A VT 1072 WORKLAMP FRONT RELAY SUPPLY
17A VT 1072 WORKLAMP FRONT RELAY SUPPLY
18A RD 1099 FEED FRONT WORKLAMP INNER
20A RD 3079 RADIO +12V IGNITION
20B WH 137 RADIO FEED

3A RD 1014 LEFT HAND LAMPS
4A RD 1012 ILLUMINATION
6A BL 1027 HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
11A VT 4011 ROTATING BEACON SWITCH SUPPLY
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 93

12A GN 3009 FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY B+
14A VT 9031 ADIC MEMORY B+
15A VT 5000 EDC MEMORY POWER
16A YE 160 BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
17A BL 7000 TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
18A GN 2050 PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
20A RD 3079 RADIO +12V IGNITION
20B WH 137 RADIO FEED

SS10G182 9 SS08M008 10
SS11C096 11 SS08M008 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 94


1A VT 666 DOMELAMP SWITCH FEED
2A BR 150 BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
3A GN 981 A/C CLUTCH RELAY FEED
5A GN 982 BLOWER MOTOR FEED
6A VT 138 RADIO KAM
9A OR 3271 LOADER RELAY FEED
11A GN 1019 WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED
12A TN 1038 WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED-REAR
13A GN 810 STOPLAMPS
14A GN 3000 FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY (TERMINAL 49)
16A BL 8060 TRAILER BRAKE SUPPLY
18A GN 181 BLOWER/GARU MOTOR FEED
19A RD 1925 MIRROR CONTROL +12V
20A GN 1050 ACCESSORY FEED

1A VT 666 DOMELAMP SWITCH FEED
3A GN 981 A/C CLUTCH RELAY FEED
5A GN 982 BLOWER MOTOR FEED
6A VT 138 RADIO KAM
9A OR 3271 LOADER RELAY FEED
11A GN 1019 WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED
12A TN 1038 WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED-REAR
13A GN 810 STOPLAMPS
14A GN 3000 FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY (TERMINAL 49)
16A BL 8060 TRAILER BRAKE SUPPLY
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 95

18A GN 181 BLOWER/GARU MOTOR FEED
19A RD 1925 MIRROR CONTROL +12V
20A GN 1050 ACCESSORY FEED

SS10G183 13 SS08M008 14
SS11C097 15 SS08M008 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 96
X074 Relay Module (K-015 - K-020)


A1 GY 5597 EHR MASTER ENABLE
A3 PK 2250 PTO FRONT - SUPPLY
A5 GY 5515 EHR +12V IGN.
B1 OR 2005 AIR CON CLUTCH RELAY
B3 GN 981 A/C CLUTCH RELAY FEED
B5 LG 1018 AIR CONDITIONER CLUTCH
C1 WH 173 BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL +12V
C3 WH 172 BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL (OFF)
D1 GN 1010 IGNITION RELAY (COIL)
D3 BL 160 BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
E1 RD 1090 REAR WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
E3 GN 998 WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (INNER)
F1 RD 1092 FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
F3 VT 1073 WORKLAMP FRONT FEED

A1 GY 5597 EHR MASTER ENABLE
A5 GY 5515 EHR +12V IGN.
B1 OR 2005 AIR CON CLUTCH RELAY
B3 GN 981 A/C CLUTCH RELAY FEED
B5 LG 1018 AIR CONDITIONER CLUTCH
C1 GN 10 IGNITION SUPPLY
D1 GN 1010 IGNITION RELAY (COIL)
E1 RD 1090 REAR WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
F1 RD 1092 FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 97


SS10G178 17 SS08M006 18
SS11C098 19 SS08M006 20
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 98
X075 Mini Fuse Module F-061 to F-070 / Follow Me Home Relay (K-014)

1A WH 9501 UCM FUSE 1
1B BL 7000 TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
B30 RD 1024 RIGHT & LEFT HAND SIDELAMP FEED
B85 YE 1052 GET U HOME LIGHTS RELAY
B86 BL 1030 HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
B87 BL 1030 HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
SS10G184 21 INA 22
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 99
X076 Diode Block

1B RD 1024 RIGHT & LEFT HAND SIDELAMP FEED
2B RD 1013 RIGHT HAND LAMPS
3B RD 1024 RIGHT & LEFT HAND SIDELAMP FEED
4B BL 1030 HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
5A YE 825 PNEUMATIC TRAILER SOLENOID +12V
5B RD 830 STOPLAMP SWITCH RH
6A YE 825 PNEUMATIC TRAILER SOLENOID +12V
6B RD 820 STOPLAMP SWITCH LH
7A WH 171 BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL
7B WH 1000 SAFETY START SWITCH SUPPLY
10B BL 1027 HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
SS10G185 23 SS08M010 24
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 100
X078 Diverter Switch

INA 25 SS08F092 26
RIGHT HAND SIDE BEHIND TRIM
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 101

X080 Armrest Control Unit 1


A1 BR 5200 EDC VALVE SUPPLY
A2 YE 5400 CAN H
A3 GN 5420 CAN L
A4 RD 5500 EHR CAN HIGH
A5 BL 5510 EHR CAN LOW
A6 GN 5955 RS232 INPUT TECU
A7 WH 5960 RS232 OUTPUT TECU
B1 BL 7000 TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
B2 OR 2045 PTO SWITCH TO MODULE
B3 OR 2046 PTO SWITCH (VCC)
B4 PK 2248 PTO FRONT - SWITCH (VCCS)
B5 PK 2245 PTO FRONT - SWITCH TO MODULE (MOM)
B6 BR 2065 PTO ENGAGED
B7 OR 2270 PTO FRONT - WARNING LAMP
C2 BK 5915 ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY GROUND
C3 GN 5900 ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
C4 YE 5910 ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
C5 RD 5920 ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY POSITIVE

A1 GY 6440 HAND THROTTLE POSITION 1
A2 LB 5125 EDC RAISE SIGNAL-RAISE WORK SWITCH
A3 LB 5130 EDC WORK SIGNAL-RAISE WORK SWITCH
A4 BR 5200 EDC VALVE SUPPLY
A5 TN 5020 EDC PROC +5V REF VOLTAGE DROP POSN/RATE
A6 TN 5050 EDC QUADRANT
A7 BL 5155 EDC LOWER LIMIT POT
A8 GY 7200 TRANSMISSION SHIFT DOWN
B1 GY 7210 TRANSMISSION SHIFT UP
B2 PK 5120 EDC HEIGHT LIMIT SIGNAL
B3 LB 5145 EDC SLIP LIMIT POT
B4 TN 5045 EDC DROP RATE
B5 TN 5040 EDC DRAFT POSITION
B6 BK/WH 60 SENSOR GROUND
B7 LB 4101 TRANS RANGE ENABLE
B8 GN 7525 TRANS SENSOR SUPPLY 5v
C1 OR 5240 EDC RAISE SIGNAL-RAISE WORK SWITCH No.2
C2 YE 5220 EDC RAISE LAMP
C3 YE 5230 EDC LOWER LAMP
C4 PK 5110 EDC LAMP SIGNAL
C5 LB 5180 EDC SLIP INDICATOR LAMP
C6 RD 5620 HTS ON/OFF SWITCH
C7 LB 5133 EDC STOP
C8 OR 5250 EDC WORK SIGNAL-RAISE WORK SWITCH No.2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 102

SS10G020 1 SS08F314 2
CAB RIGHT HAND BEHIND OPERATOR`S SEAT
SS08K128 3 SS08F314 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 103
X081 Seat


2 VT 7245 DEADMAN
3 GN 181 BLOWER/GARU MOTOR FEED
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)

2 OR 2069 PTO MANAGEMENT ON
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K129 5 SS08F193 6
IN CAB RIGHT OF OPERATOR'S SEAT
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 104
X082 Cabine Loader Power


1 BL 3271 LOADER RELAY FEED
2 BK 57 / - NOT USED

1 OR 3271 LOADER RELAY FEED
2 BK 57 / - NOT USED

SS10G150 7 SS08F267 8
SS08K130 9 SS08F267 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 105
X082A Reverse Alarm to Cabine Loader Power

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
INA 11 SS10G235 12
X082B Reverse Alarm Loader Power

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
INA 13 SS08F275 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 106
X083 Joystick

4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
5 BL 5580 JOYSTICK REAR LAMP (MC)
6 YE 5585 JOYSTICK FRONT LAMP (MC)
SS11A110 15 SS11A132 16
CAB RIGHT HAND OPERATOR`S SEAT
X084 Loader Valve 2

1 RD / YE 3274 / 3279 LOADER VALVE #2 OUT
2 RD 3275 / - NOT USED

SS10G151 17 SS08H118 18
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 107
SS08K131 19 SS08H118 20
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 108
X085 Loader Valve 1


SS10G152 21 SS08H118 22
SS08K132 23 SS08H118 24
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 109
X086 Loader Valve 3

1 BL 3277 LOADER VALVE #3 COIL
2 BL 3278 LOADER VALVE #3 RELAY
INA 25 SS08H118 26
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 110

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)

SS10G168 27 BRI4404B 28
SS08K133 29 BRI4404B 30
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 111

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)

SS10G169 31 BRI4404B 32
SS08K134 33 BRI4404B 34
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 112
X086C Earth Header 1

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)

SS10G170 35 BRI4404B 36
SS08K135 37 BRI4404B 38
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 113
X086D Earth Header 1

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)

SS10G171 39 BRI4474B 40
SS08K136 41 BRI4474B 42
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 114
X088 Armrest Control Unit 2

A1 GN 181 BLOWER/GARU MOTOR FEED
A2 YE 5400 CAN H
A3 GN 5420 CAN L
A4 RD 5500 EHR CAN HIGH
A5 BL 5510 EHR CAN LOW
B2 BR 9000 DIVERTER VALVE
C2 BK 5915 ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY GROUND
C3 GN 5900 ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
C4 YE 5910 ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
C5 RD 5920 ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY POSITIVE
C6 VT 5000 EDC MEMORY POWER
C7 BL 7000 TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY

SS10G021 43 SS08F314 44
SS08K137 45 SS08F314 46
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 115

X090 Battery Isolator Diode

SS11A152 1 SS08F092 2
X091 CCU Central Control Unit (CN2)

2 WH 7225 TRANS HI RANGE SOL - RET
3 VT 7935 TCM CLUTCH D RETURN
6 VT 7925 TCM CLUTCH C RETURN
7 WH 7982 TRANS MED. RANGE RET
8 LB 7900 CLUTCH 'A' SIGNAL
11 YE 5220 EDC RAISE LAMP
13 TN 9034 50KPH SOLENOID-
16 OR 3168 AUTO GUIDANCE DUMP SOLENOID FEED (HSD)
19 LB 5180 EDC SLIP INDICATOR LAMP
22 GY 5596 EHR MASTER STOP LAMP
24 PK 5110 EDC LAMP SIGNAL
25 YE 5230 EDC LOWER LAMP
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 116
SS08K139 3 BRI4416B-01 4
REAR OF CAB BEHIND OPERATORS SEAT
X092 CCU Central Control Unit (CN1a)

4 LB 7431 SUPPLY
10 TN 9033 50KPH SOLENOID+
13 PK 7980 TRANS MED. RANGE
14 VT 5000 EDC MEMORY POWER
15 YE 5400 CAN H
16 GN 5420 CAN L
19 OR 61 CASE GROUND
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 117
SS08K140 5 BRI4416B-01 6
X093 CCU Central Control Unit (CN1b)

3 TN 5050 EDC QUADRANT
4 TN 5045 EDC DROP RATE
5 PK 5120 EDC HEIGHT LIMIT SIGNAL
6 TN 5040 EDC DRAFT POSITION
7 LB 5145 EDC SLIP LIMIT POT
8 BL 5155 EDC LOWER LIMIT POT
18 LB 5130 EDC WORK SIGNAL-RAISE WORK SWITCH
20 LB 5125 EDC RAISE SIGNAL-RAISE WORK SWITCH
25 PK 5075 EDC VOLTAGE TO PINS
29 PK 5100 EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH UP
30 PK 5095 EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH DOWN
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 118
SS08K141 7 BRI4420B 8
X094 CCU Central Control Unit (CN3a)

1 GY 6440 HAND THROTTLE POSITION 1
2 VT 7970 TRANS MED/REV
3 WH 2059 FENDER PTO SWITCH INPUT
4 BR 6530 CONSTANT ERPM INCREASE
5 BR 6540 CONSTANT ERPM DECREASE
6 LB 5133 EDC STOP
7 OR 5240 EDC RAISE SIGNAL-RAISE WORK SWITCH No.2
8 BR 7040 TRANS CREEPER SWITCH
9 OR 7581 CREEPER POSITION SIGNAL
10 GY 7210 TRANSMISSION SHIFT UP
11 GY 7200 TRANSMISSION SHIFT DOWN
15 GN 1039 NASO LIGHTS INPUT
16 GY 5595 EHR MASTER STOP SWITCH
17 GY 6460 HAND THROTTLE SWITCH (NOT IDLE)
18 WH 2056 PTO FENDER PTO SWITCH ON
19 GN 7126 DIFF LOCK PRESSURE SWITCH
21 RD 5610 HTS PROGRAM
22 RD 5630 HTS MANUAL SWITCH
23 RD 5620 HTS ON/OFF SWITCH
24 YE 3027 FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID (AUTO)
25 YE 3025 FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID (MANUAL)
26 OR 5250 EDC WORK SIGNAL-RAISE WORK SWITCH No.2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 119
SS08K142 9 BRI4416B-01 10
X095 CCU Central Control Unit (CN3b)

1 VT 7945 TCM CLUTCH E RETURN
2 BL 7580 CREEPER SOLENOID MONITOR
3 YE 7235 TRANS LOW RANGE SOL - RET
4 VT 8045 TRANS REV SOL RET
5 BL 7005 TRANS CREEPER GR SOL
9 GN 7080 DIFF-LOCK SOLENOID FEED
10 TN 9036 50KPH DUMP SOLENOID RETURN
11 BR 6510 CONSTANT ERPM SET 1
12 BL 7586 BRAKE LUBRICATON SOLENOID
19 YE 7411 TRANS HYDROSTAT INPUT SPEED SENSOR (SPS)
21 BR 6300 FAN SPEED
28 YE 7120 DIFF-LOCK WNG LP (MAUAL)
29 GN 7125 DIFF-LOCK WNG LP (AUTO)
30 YE 7175 DIFF LOCK SWITCH (MANUAL ON)
31 WH 7170 DIFF LOCK SWITCH (AUTO ON)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 120
SS08K143 11 BRI4420B 12
X096 Case Earth Universal Controller (UCM) - (With Sidewinder)

X096 Case Earth Central Control Unit & Auxiliary Control Unit - (Without Sidewinder)


1 OR 3169 AUTO GUIDANCE DUMP SOLENOID RETURN (CURSEN)
1 BK 61 CASE GROUND

1 BK 61 CASE GROUND
1 OR 61 CASE GROUND
1 BK 61 CASE GROUND

SS10G166 13 BRI4404B 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 121
SS08K144 15 BRI4404B 16
X097 CCU Central Control Unit (CN4)

1 LB 4101 TRANS RANGE ENABLE
2 BL 5580 JOYSTICK REAR LAMP (MC)
3 YE 5585 JOYSTICK FRONT LAMP (MC)
5 RD 5640 HTS AUTO SWITCH
9 OR 2069 PTO MANAGEMENT ON
12 BR 6620 ECU COOLANT TEMP. SIGNAL
14 WH 7960 TRANS SLOW/FAST
21 RD 5830 HIGH FLOW PUMP LINK
23 RD 7476 TRANS AUTO ON
24 GY 5835 HYDRAULIC MASTER SWITCH HIGH FLOW PUMP LINK
25 WH 5840 FRONT HITCH DETECT INPUT
SS08K145 17 BRI4416B-01 18
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 122
X098 ACU Auxiliary Control Unit (CN2)

1 OR 3250 RAISE SOLENOID RET
3 TN 3286 SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID LOWER RETURN (-)
6 TN 3281 SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID UPPER RETURN (-)
13 OR 3270 LOWER SOLENOID RET
18 OR 3290 SUSPENSION LOCKOUT LAMP (OR SOLENOID RET)
SS08K146 19 BRI4416B-01 20
X099 ACU Auxiliary Control Unit (CN1a)

15 YE 5400 CAN H
16 GN 5420 CAN L
19 BK 61 CASE GROUND
21 RD 5500 EDC MEMORY POWER
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 123
SS08K147 21 BRI4416B-01 22
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 124

X100 ACU Auxiliary Control Unit (CN1b)

3 BR 2520 FRONT HITCH SET POSITION SIGNAL
5 OR 3235 ACCELEROMETER SIGNAL
11 RD 2248 PTO FRONT - SWITCH (VCCS)
12 RD 2245 PTO FRONT - SWITCH TO MODULE (MOM)
17 LG 5520 EHR 5V REF.
18 BR 2550 FRONT HITCH OVERIDE SWITCH
29 BL 3210 SUSPENSION SWITCH RETURN
30 OR 5561 EHR TIMED FLOW SWITCH #1
SS08K148 1 BRI4420B 2
REAR OF CAB RIGHT HAND BEHIND OPERATORS SEAT
X101 ACU Auxiliary Control Unit (CN3b)

11 WH 4060 HYDRAULIC SELECT FRONT
25 RD 2250 PTO FRONT - SUPPLY
26 VT 5591 EHR WARNING LAMP#1
31 WH 4061 HYDRAULIC SELECT REAR
33 WH 4050 LINK LEVEL SWITCH - RAISE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 125

34 RD 2250 PTO FRONT - SUPPLY
SS08K149 3 BRI4420B 4
X102 ACU Auxiliary Control Unit (CN3a)

1 OR 5551 EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#1
3 BL 5552 EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#2
5 WH 5553 EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#3
7 BL 5554 EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#4
8 RD 2067
14 VT 5572 FENDER 3RD EHR SWITCH (RES)
15 VT 5564 EHR TIMED FLOW SWITCH #4
16 LG 5521 EHR MOTOR #1
20 VT 5570 FENDER 3RD EHR SWITCH (RES)
22 WH 4051 LINK LEVEL SWITCH - LOWER
24 WH 4052 LINK LEVEL SWITCH SIDE EXTEND
25 WH 4053 LINK LEVEL SWITCH SIDE RETRACT
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 126
SS08K150 5 BRI4416B-01 6
X106 Roof to Cab Harness - Roof

A1 GN 998 WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (INNER)
A2 YE 28 WIPER MOTOR (PARK RETURN)
A3 WH 56 WIPER MOTOR-HIGH
A4 RD 58 WIPER MOTOR-LOW
A5 GN 1019 WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED
A6 TN 1038 WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED-REAR
A7 GN 1120 RR WINDSHIELD WIPER PARK RETURN
A8 VT 4011 ROTATING BEACON SWITCH SUPPLY
B1 RD 1013 RIGHT HAND LAMPS
B2 LG 249 SMV LAMPS RH
B3 VT 666 DOMELAMP SWITCH FEED
B4 RD 1090 REAR WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
B5 RD 1092 FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
B6 RD 1925 MIRROR CONTROL +12V
B7 VT 1071 WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
B8 VT 1071 WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
C1 RD 1014 LEFT HAND LAMPS
C2 LG 250 SMV LAMPS LH
C3 VT 138 RADIO KAM
C4 RD 3079 RADIO +12V IGNITION
C5 RD 1927 MIRROR ILLUMINATION
C6 VT 3052 / - NOT USED
C7 RD 1013 RIGHT HAND LAMPS
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 127
SS08M136 7 SS08F314 8
REAR RIGHT HAND C-PILLAR
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 128
X107 Aux Headlamp Switch

SS08M137 9 BRI4437B 10
X107A Aux Headlamp Switch

SS08M138 11 SS08H119 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 129
X108 Aux Headlamp Switch

SS08M139 13 BRI4437B 14
X108A Aux Headlamp Switch

SS08M140 15 SS08H119 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 130

X110 Right Hand Fender Electronic Draft Control Raise/Lower Switch

4 WH 2057 / 2059 FENDER PTO SWITCH INPUT
SS08K157 1 SS07E067 2
RIGHT HAND REAR FENDER
X111 Right Hand Fender Tail Lamp

1 RD 1013 RIGHT HAND LAMPS
2 GN 810 STOPLAMPS
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
5 GN 998 WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (INNER)
6 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K158 3 SS07E067 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 131
X113 Ground Speed PTO Link

1 WH
2 WH
SS10G126 5 SS08M031 6
RIGHT HAND TOP OF TRANSMISSION
T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Power Command
SS09H124 7 SS08M031 8
T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range Command
SS09H126 9 SS08M031 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 132
X114 ISO 11786 Signal Interface

5 VT 3062 / 5190 HPL INTERLOCK / LIFT-O-MATIC
7 BK 61 CASE GROUND

SS10G139 11 SS08K549 12
SS11C099 13 SS08K549 14
X115 30Amp Power Socket

1 YE 9032 IGN+ TO POWER SKT.
2 VT 3070 'B' PILLAR SKT SUPPLY
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 133
INA 15 SS11B159 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 134
X115A 30Amp Power Socket Plus

SS10G140 17 SS07K168 18
X115B 30Amp Power Socket Ground

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G141 19 SS08F111 20
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 135
X116 Rear Power Socket Implement

4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
INA 21 SS11B159 22
X116A Rear Power Socket Implement Plus

SS10G098 23 SS07K168 24
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 136
X116B Rear Power Socket Implement Ground

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G099 25 SS08F111 26
X117 Power Studs

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)

SS10G142 27 SS07K168 28
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 137
SS11C100 29 SS07K168 30
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 138

X121 Hand Brake

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
4 WH 3150 HANDBRAKE SWITCH (N.C CONTACT) OFF SIG

SS10G074 1 SS08F192 2
LEFT HAND SIDE OPERATOR'S SEAT
SS08K164 3 SS08F192 4
LEFT HAND SIDE OPERATOR'S SEAT
X123 Washer Motor Rear

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 139
SS10G072 5 SS08F222 6
REAR OF TRACTOR UNDERNEATH CAB
SS08K165 7 SS08F222 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 140
X125 Washer Motor Front

1 LG 97 WINDSHIELD WASHER FEED
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)

SS10G073 9 SS08F222 10
SS08K166 11 SS08F222 12
X126 Left Hand Fender Tail Lamp

1 RD 1014 LEFT HAND LAMPS
2 GN 810 STOPLAMPS
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
6 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 141
SS08K167 13 SS07E067 14
LEFT HAND REAR FENDER
X127 Left Hand Fender Electronic Draft Control Raise/Lower Switch

5 WH 2057 PTO FENDER SWITCH LH - RH LINK
SS08K168 15 SS07E067 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 142

X130 Cigar Lighter (Illumination)

SS08K169 1 BRI4437B 2
REAR LEFT HAND C-PILLAR
X131 Cigar Lighter (Power)

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K170 3 SS08F250 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 143
X132 8 Amp Socket

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K171 5 SS08F250 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 144

X142 Battery Isolator

2 GN / BR 10 / 170 BATTERY ISOLATOR CONTROL SWITCH
3 WH / BR 171 BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL
4 GN / BR 10 / 170 BATTERY ISOLATOR CONTROL SWITCH
5 WH / YE 172 BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL (OFF)
6 VT 666 / - DOMELAMP SWITCH FEED
SS11C001 1 SS08F162 2
RIGHT HAND C-PILLAR
X143 Earth Point Timer Relay Battery Isolator

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
INA 3 BRI4474B 4
REAR TOP OF C-PILLAR
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 145
X145 Battery Plus A

SS11B007 5 BRI4437B 6
X146 Battery Plus B

SS11B008 7 BRI4437B 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 146
X147 Memory

SS11B009 9 INA 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 147

X151 Roof Earth

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09G121 1 BRI4474B 2
BEHIND RIGHT HAND C-PILLAR COVER TOP
X154 Door Switch Right Hand

SS09F050 3 BRI4437B 4
TOP REAR RIGHT HAND CAB DOOR
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 148
X156 Console Lamp Right Hand

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K177 5 SS08F250 6
RIGHT HAND INSIDE CAB ROOF
X157 Radio 2

3 VT 3091 SPEAKER RR-RHS +
4 VT 3092 SPEAKER RR-RHS -
5 GN 3097 SPEAKER RR-LHS +
6 GN 3098 SPEAKER RR-LHS -
SS08K179 7 SS08F180 8
RIGHT HAND CAB ROOF
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 149
X158 Radio 1

4 YE 3077 RADIO +12VB
6 OR 3078 RADIO +12V ILLUMINATION
7 RD 3079 RADIO +12V IGNITION
8 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K181 9 SS08F180 10
RIGHT HAND CAB ROOF
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 150
X163 Side Lamp Grabrail Right Hand

1 GN 249 SMV LAMPS RH
3 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K186 1 SS08F147 2
RIGHT HAND CAB ROOF
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 151
X164 Worklamp Grabrail Right Hand

1 RD 1097 FEED FRONT WORKLAMP OUTER
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K187 3 SS08F147 4
RIGHT HAND CAB ROOF
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 152
X165 Worklamp Front Upper Right Hand

1 WH 1098 FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY GROUND
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K189 5 SS08F166 6
FRONT RIGHT HAND CAB ROOF
X166 Electric Mirror Left Hand

1 GN 1922 MIRROR CONTROL COMMON
2 OR 1920 LH MIRROR CONTROL SIDE-SIDE
3 YE 1921 LH MIRROR CONTROL UP-DOWN
5 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09G126 7 SS08F325 8
LEFT HAND FRONT CAB ROOF
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 153
X167 Mirror Control

1 OR 1920 LH MIRROR CONTROL SIDE-SIDE
2 OR 1923 RH MIRROR CONTROL SIDE-SIDE
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
5 YE 1924 RH MIRROR CONTROL UP-DOWN
6 YE 1921 LH MIRROR CONTROL UP-DOWN
SS08K193 9 SS08F326 10
CAB ROOF
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 154
X168 Worklight Electronic Controller

B1 VT 4011 ROTATING BEACON SWITCH SUPPLY
B2 VT 138 RADIO KAM
B4 WH 1098 FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY GROUND
B5 WH 1098 FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY GROUND
B6 RD 1090 REAR WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
B7 RD 1097 FEED FRONT WORKLAMP OUTER
B8 RD 1097 FEED FRONT WORKLAMP OUTER
C1 GN 997 WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (OUTER)
C2 VT 4012 ROTATING BEACON FEED
C3 GN 998 WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (INNER)
C5 GN 998 WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (INNER)
C5 RD 1013 RIGHT HAND LAMPS
C6 RD 1092 FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
C7 VT 1071 WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
C8 VT 1071 WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
SS08K195 11 SS08K548 12
CAB ROOF
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 155
X169 Electric Mirror Right Hand

2 OR 1923 RH MIRROR CONTROL SIDE-SIDE
3 YE 1924 RH MIRROR CONTROL UP-DOWN
5 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K196 13 SS08F325 14
FRONT RIGHT HAND CAB ROOF
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 156

X170 Rotating Beacon Right Hand

1 VT 4012 ROTATING BEACON FEED
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS11C008 1 SS08F177 2
REAR RIGHT HAND CAB ROOF
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 157
X172A Diode SCR System

1 BR 9272 24V FUSED SUPPLY
SS10G122 3 SS08F092 4
FRONT LEFT HAND CAB
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 158
X172B Diode SCR System

SS10G123 5 SS08F092 6
TOP OF THE FUEL TANK
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 159
X173 Worklamp Rear Right Hand

1 GN 997 WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (OUTER)
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS11C009 7 SS08F147 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 160
X175 Radio Speaker Rear Right Hand

1 VT 3091 SPEAKER RR-RHS +
2 VT 3092 SPEAKER RR-RHS -
SS11C010 9 SS08F177 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 161
X176 License Plate Right Hand

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS11C068 11 SS08K508 12
X177 Wiper Motor Rear

1 GN 1120 RR WINDSHIELD WIPER PARK RETURN
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
3 BR 1038 WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED-REAR
SS08K208 13 SS08F181 14
REAR CAB ROOF
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 162

X180 Licence Plate Left Hand

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS11C070 1 SS08K508 2
REAR LEFT HAND CAB ROOF
X181 Radio Speaker Rear Left Hand

1 GN 3097 SPEAKER RR-LHS +
2 GN 3098 SPEAKER RR-LHS -
SS11C072 3 SS08F177 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 163
X182 Worklamp Rear Left Hand

1 GN 997 WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (OUTER)
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS11C071 5 SS08F147 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 164
X185 Rotating Beacon Left Hand

1 VT 4012 ROTATING BEACON FEED
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS11C073 7 SS08F177 8
X186 Door Switch Left Hand

SS08K219 9 BRI4437B 10
TOP REAR LEFT HAND CAB DOOR
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 165

X190 Interior Lamp A

1 VT 3057 PUDDLE LAMP RETURN
SS08K222 1 BRI4437B 2
CAB ROOF
X191 Interior Lamp B1

SS08K223 3 BRI4460C 4
CAB ROOF
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 166
X192 Interior Lamp B2

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K224 5 SS08F177 6
CAB ROOF
X193 Puddle Lamp Left Hand

1 VT 3057 PUDDLE LAMP RETURN
SS09G129 7 SS08K508 8
FRONT LEFT HAND CAB ROOF
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 167
X195 Side Lamp Grabrail Left Hand

1 GN 250 SMV LAMPS LH
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09G128 9 SS08F147 10
X196 Worklamp Grabrail Left Hand

1 RD 1097 FEED FRONT WORKLAMP OUTER
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09G127 11 SS08F147 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 168
X197 Worklamp Front Upper Left Hand

1 WH 1098 FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY GROUND
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K232 13 SS08F166 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 169
X201 Wiper Motor Front (Cab)

1 YE 28 WIPER MOTOR (PARK RETURN)
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
3 RD 58 WIPER MOTOR-LOW
4 GN 1019 WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED
6 WH 56 WIPER MOTOR-HIGH
SS08K233 1 SS08F162 2
FRONT CAB ROOF
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 170
X207 Antenne Plus

1 RD 3079 RADIO +12V IGNITION
SS08M146 3 BRI4437B 4
CAB ROOF
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 171

X211 Loader Valve Option A

SS10G158 1 SS08M031 2
RIGHT HAND BEHIND STEPS
X212 Loader Valve Option B

SS10G159 3 SS08M031 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 172
X214 Earth Point - Engine

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09G105 5 BRI4404B 6
LEFT HAND ENGINE
X215 Grid Heater Relay

1 VT 6586 ECU TO GRID HEATER RELAY RETURN
SS10G009 7 SS08K508 8
LEFT HAND ENGINE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 173
X216 Fuel Filter Heater Relay

1 GN 6570 ECU TO FUEL FILTER HEATER RETURN
SS08K241 9 SS08F092 10
LEFT HAND ENGINE
X219 Visctronic Engine Fan

1 BR 6300 FAN SPEED
2 BR / BK 6310 / 57 EARTH (ALL)
3 GN / BK 6408 / 57 EARTH (ALL)
4 BR 6331 / 6330 VISTRONIC FAN INPUT
5 BR 6320 FAN 5V REF.
SS10G046 11 SS08F131 12
TOP ENGINE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 174

X220 Front Lamps

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
2 VT 376 HORN FEED
6 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G044 1 SS08F134 2
TOP LEFT HAND ENGINE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 175
X221 Brake Fluid Level

SS10G043 3 SS08K508 4
TOP RIGHT HAND ENGINE
X223 Air Cleaner Switch

SS10G022 5 BRI4437B 6
RIGHT HAND SIDE ENGINE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 176
X224 Air Cleaner Switch

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G023 7 BRI4437B 8
RIGHT HAND SIDE ENGINE
X225 A/C Pressure Switch

SS10G014 9 SS08F107 10
LEFT HAND SIDE FRONT TOP ENGINE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 177
X226 A/C Clutch

1 LG 4010 RETURN TO DIG
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G015 11 SS08K508 12
LEFT HAND SIDE ENGINE
X227 Front Hitch and Front PTO

1 OR / VT 2044 PTO SOLENOID-FRONT RETURN(-)
2 OR / VT 2043 PTO SOLENOID-FRONT
4 BK/WH / BR 60 SENSOR GROUND
5 RD / WH 2570 FRONT HITCH RAISE SOLENOID
6 BR / OR 2530 FRONT HITCH V REF
7 BR / GN 2510 FRONT HITCH POSITION SIGNAL
8 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
10 BR / PK 2556 / 2250 PTO FRONT - SUPPLY
SS10G045 13 SS07K176 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 178
X229 Front Hitch Switch

SS10G047 15 SS08F072 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 179

X230 D.I.A. Engine Inline

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G143 1 SS08K508 2
REAR RIGHT HAND SIDE ENGINE
X231 Starter Solenoid B+

1 RD 150 BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
SS09F085 3 BRI4404B 4
REAR RIGHT HAND OF ENGINE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 180
X232 Starter Solenoid 1

SS09G066 5 BRI4403C 6
REAR RIGHT HAND OF ENGINE
X233 Radar Gun

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
3 RD 2027 RADAR ASSEMBLY (GUN) POWER
SS09F094 7 SS08F150 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 181
X234 Front Axle (Self Level)

1 LG / OR 5520 / 3220 AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR 5V REF
2 BL / OR 3230 AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR POSITION
3 BK/WH / OR 60 / 3330
SS10G016 9 SS08F207 10
FRONT RIGHT HAND ENGINE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 182
X235 Auto Guidance Steering Angle Sensor

2 GN 3100 STEERING SENSOR +5v
4 LG 3140 STEERING SENSOR GROUND
SS10G085 11 SS08F150 12
X235 Steering Angle Sensor

SS10G017 13 SS08F150 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 183
X236 Alternator B+

1 RD 150 BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
SS09F088 15 SS08H126 16
X237 Alternator D+

SS09G070 17 SS08K527 18
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 184
X238 Battery Isolator Interface

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
3 BK / WH 57 / 172 BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL (OFF)
4 WH 171 / - NOT USED
SS10G144 19 SS08F072 20
X239 Reversible Fan

2 BR / GN 6305 / 6315 REVERSIBLE FAN OPTION - RELAY CONTROL
3 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K262 21 SS08H196 22
REAR LEFT HAND OF ENGINE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 185

X242 Fuel Filter Water Sensor

1 LG 2040 WATER IN FUEL SENSOR
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K263 1 SS08F069 2
REAR LEFT HAND ENGINE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 186

X251 Rear PTO Speed Sensor

SS09F097 1 SS08F069 2
REAR RIGHT HAND TRANSMISSION
X253 Trailer Socket

1/L YE 350 TRAILER TURN LAMPS LH
3/31 WH 57 EARTH (ALL)
4/R GN 349 TRAILER TURN LAMPS RH
5/58R BR 1013 RIGHT HAND LAMPS
6/54 RD 810 STOPLAMPS
7/58L BK 1014 LEFT HAND LAMPS
SS10G018 3 BRI4480B 4
REAR LEFT HAND TRANSMISSION
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 187
X254 Trailer Brakes - Air

5 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G091 5 SS08F134 6
LEFT HAND TOP OF TRANSMISSION
T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range / Power Command
SS09H139 7 SS08F134 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 188
X255 Trailer Brakes Hydraulic

4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G092 9 SS08F131 10
SS09H140 11 SS08F131 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 189
X256 Draft PIN Right Hand

SS10G124 13 SS08F069 14
SS09G114 15 SS08F069 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 190
X257 Axel Speed Sensor (Hall)

SS09H129 17 SS08F069 18
REAR LEFT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMISSION
SS09H127 19 SS08F069 20
REAR RIGHT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMISSION
X259 Front Suspension

2 OR / BK 3250 / 57 EARTH (ALL)
4 OR / BK 3270 / 57 EARTH (ALL)
6 TN / BK 3281 / 57 EARTH (ALL)
8 TN / BK 3286 / 57 EARTH (ALL)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 191
SS10G093 21 SS07K176 22
SS09H138 23 SS07K176 24
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 192

X260 Low Hydraulic Charge Switch

SS09H137 1 SS08K527 2
RIGHT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMISSION
X262 PTO Twist Sensor

SS10G094 3 SS08F069 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 193
SS09H141 5 SS08F069 6
X263 Solenoid 19th Gear - Dump Valve

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09H122 7 SS08K508 8
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
X264 Solenoid 19th Gear

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 194
SS09H123 9 SS08K508 10
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
X265 Fuel Tank Sensor

SS08K272 11 SS08K508 12
LEFT HAND SIDE TOP OF FUEL TANK
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 195
X266 Draft PIN Left Hand

SS09F047 13 SS08F069 14
REAR LEFT HAND SIDE TRANSMISSION
X267 Rock Shaft Potentiometer


3 GN 5020 EDC PROC +5V REF VOLTAGE DROP POSN/RATE
SS09F046 15 SS08F072 16
REAR RIGHT HAND SIDE TRANSMISSION
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 196
X268 Electronic Draft Control Valve Raise

SS09F043 17 SS08F062 18
REAR OF TRACTOR EDC VALVE
X269 Electronic Draft Control Valve Lower

SS09F042 19 SS08F062 20
REAR OF TRACTOR EDC VALVE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 197

X273 System Oil Pressure Sensor

A BK/WH 60 SENSOR GROUND
B TN 5020 EDC PROC +5V REF VOLTAGE DROP POSN/RATE
C YE 2012 TRANS OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
SS10G121 1 SS10G192 2
RIGHT HAND TRANSMISSION
SS09H170 3 SS10G192 4
LEFT HAND SIDE TOP OF TRANSMISSION
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 198
SS09H104 5 SS10G192 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 199
X276 Diff. Lock Solenoid

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G146 7 SS08K508 8
REAR LEFT HAND TOP OF TRANSMISSION
SS09H133 9 SS08K508 10
SS09H132 11 SS08K508 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 200
X277 Rear PTO Brake Solenoid

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G147 13 SS08K508 14
SS09H134 15 SS08K508 16
SS09H130 17 SS08K508 18
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 201
X278 Rear PTO Solenoid

SS10G148 19 SS08K508 20
SS09H135 21 SS08K508 22
SS09H131 23 SS08K508 24
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 202
X279 4WD Solenoid

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G149 25 SS08K508 26
SS09H136 27 SS08K508 28
SS09H116 29 SS08K508 30
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 203

X289 Fly Wheel -Torque Sensor

SS10G058 1 SS08F069 2
LEFT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMISSION
SS09H071 3 SS08F069 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 204
INA 5 SS08F069 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 205

X290 Trans Oil Temperatur Sensor

SS10G128 1 SS08F062 2
SS09H114 3 SS08H128 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 206
SS09H105 5 SS08H128 6
X299 Ground Speed PTO Engaged Switch


SS10G125 7 SS08K508 8
REAR RIGHT HAND TOP OF TRANSMISSION
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 207
SS09H125 9 SS08K508 10
SS09H128 11 SS08K508 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 208

X302 Power Steering Pressure Switch Pin 2
X302 P.A.S. Pressure Switch

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
Power Steering Pressure Switch Pin 2
INA 1 SS08J078 2
REAR TOP OF TRANSMISSION
P.A.S. Pressure Switch
SS09H065 3 BRI4403C 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 209
SS09H066 5 BRI4403C 6
RIGHT HAND SIDE TOP OF TRANSMISSION
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 210
X303 Power Steering Pressure Switch Pin 1

X303 P.A.S. Pressure Switch

Power Steering Pressure Switch Pin 1
INA 7 SS08J078 8
SS09H067 9 BRI4403C 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 211
SS09H068 11 BRI4403C 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 212
X304 CAN BUS Terminator

1 GY 5515 EHR +12V IGN.
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G157 13 SS07K251 14
Main Extension
INA 15 SS07K251 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 213
SS09H102 17 SS07K251 18
Main Extension
INA 19 SS07K251 20
SS10G157 21 SS07K251 22
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 214
Main Extension
INA 23 SS07K251 24
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 215
X305 EHR Valve Connector 1

1 GY 5515 EHR +12V IGN.
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G050 25 SS08F107 26
LEFT HAND REAR AXLE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 216

1 GY 5515 EHR +12V IGN.
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G051 27 SS08F107 28
LEFT HAND REAR AXLE

1 GY 5515 EHR +12V IGN.
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G052 29 SS08F107 30
LEFT HAND REAR AXLE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 217

1 GY 5515 EHR +12V IGN.
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G053 31 SS08F107 32
LEFT HAND REAR AXLE

1 GY 5515 EHR +12V IGN.
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G054 33 SS08F107 34
LEFT HAND REAR AXLE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 218

X321 Diverter Solenoid

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G019 1 SS08K508 2
TOP OF REAR AXLE
X326 Earth Transmission (Earth 1)

1 WH 57 EARTH (ALL)
1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G055 3 BRI4404B 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 219
SS09H115 5 BRI4404B 6
INA 7 BRI4404B 8
X326 Earth Transmission (Earth 1, EHR 2)

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G056 9 BRI4404B 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 220
SS09H115 11 BRI4404B 12
INA 13 BRI4404B 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 221
X332 Corner Lamp Right Hand

A VT 1073 WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
B BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09H095 1 SS08K538 2
FRONT RIGHT HAND HOOD
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 222
X333 Headlamp Right Hand

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09H096 3 SS08F140 4
X334 Horn

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09H097 5 BRI4437B 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 223
X335 Horn

1 VT 376 HORN FEED
SS09H098 7 BRI4437B 8
FRONT HOOD
X336 Headlamp Left Hand

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09H099 9 SS08F140 10
FRONT LEFT HAND HOOD
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 224
X337 Corner Lamp Left Hand

A VT 1073 WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
B BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09H100 11 SS08K538 12
FRONT LEFT HAND HOOD
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 225

X371 Auto Trans Switch & CAL/SEL

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
3 WH 9027 CAL/ SEL INPUT ADIC
4 RD 7476 TRANS AUTO ON
SS11A122 1 SS08F094 2
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE SWITCH PANEL
X372 4WD Switch

1 YE 3025 FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID (MANUAL)
3 YE 3027 FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID (AUTO)
7 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
9 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS11A123 3 SS08F094 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 226
X373 Differential Lock Switch

1 YE 7175 DIFF LOCK SWITCH (MANUAL ON)
6 WH 7170 DIFF LOCK SWITCH (AUTO ON)
7 OR 7125 DIFF-LOCK WNG LP (AUTO)
9 YE 7120 DIFF-LOCK WNG LP (MAUAL)
SS11A124 5 SS08F094 6
X375 Constant ERPM +/- Switch

1 BR 6540 CONSTANT ERPM DECREASE
3 BR 6530 CONSTANT ERPM INCREASE
SS11A125 7 SS08F094 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 227
X376 ERPM Set Switch

7 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
9 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS11A126 9 SS08F094 10
X377 Creeper Gear Switch

3 BR 7040 TRANS CREEPER SWITCH
7 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS11A127 11 SS08F094 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 228
X378 Suspension Lock Switch

3 BL 3210 SUSPENSION SWITCH RETURN
7 OR 3290 SUSPENSION LOCKOUT LAMP (OR SOLENOID RET)
SS11A128 13 SS08F094 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 229

X383 HTS Switch

3 RD 5610 HTS PROGRAM
SS11A129 1 SS08F094 2
X385 HTS Auto/Manual Switch

1 RD 5630 HTS MANUAL SWITCH
3 RD 5640 HTS AUTO SWITCH
SS11A130 3 SS08F094 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 230

X393 Front PTO Solenoid

1 VT 2043 PTO SOLENOID-FRONT
2 VT 2044 PTO SOLENOID-FRONT RETURN(-)
SS10G119 1 SS08K508 2
LEFT HAND FRONT HITCH
T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range Command / Power Command
SS09H163 3 SS08K508 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 231
X395 Front Hitch Position Sensor

1 BR 60 SENSOR GROUND
2 GN 2510 FRONT HITCH POSITION SIGNAL
3 OR 2530 FRONT HITCH V REF
SS09H164 5 SS08F072 6
RIGHT HAND FRONT HITCH
X397 Front Solenoid Valve Remote

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
2 WH 2570 FRONT HITCH RAISE SOLENOID
SS10G120 7 SS08F267 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 232

X400 Diverter Switch

SS10G064 1 SS08F147 2
INSIDE OF THE ARMREST UNIT
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 233
X401 EHR External Switch Fender Right and Left Hand

1 VT 5574 FENDER 3RD EHR SWITCH – UP
3 VT 5576 FENDER 3RD EHR SWITCH – DOWN

SS08K183 3 SS08F072 4
INA 5 SS08F072 6

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 234
SS08K197 7 SS08F072 8
INA 9 SS08F072 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 235
X402 EHR External Switch Fender Left Hand

SS08K227 11 SS08J065 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 236
X403 Worklamp C - Pillar Right and Left Hand

4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K287 13 SS08F147 14
SS08K236 15 SS08F147 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 237
X404 License Lamp Right and Left Hand

SS08K295 17 BRI4449C 18
SS08K294 19 BRI4449C 20
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 238
X405 License Lamp Right and Left Hand

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K072 21 BRI4449C 22
SS08K298 23 BRI4449C 24
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 239
X406 Rear PTO Switch Fender Right and Left Hand

SS08K084 25 SS08F072 26
SS08K116 27 SS08F072 28
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 240
X407 Electronic Draft Control Switch Rear Fender Right and Left Hand

SS08K156 29 SS08F072 30
SS08K174 31 SS08F072 32
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 241
X408 EHR External Switch Fender Right Hand

SS08K175 33 SS08J065 34
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 242
X409 Stop Tail Light Right and Left Hand

1 BK 57 EARTH
4 GN 810 STOPLAMPS
SS08K318 35 SS08F170 36
SS08K321 37 SS08F170 38
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 243

X422 Low Brake Pressure Line Switch 1

SS10G048 1 BRI4490C 2
TOP OF REAR AXLE
X423 Low Brake Pressure Line Switch 2

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G049 3 BRI4490C 4
TOP OF REAR AXLE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 244
X424 Hydraulic Trailer Brake Solenoid 1

SS10G060 5 BRI4452C 6
TOP OF REAR AXLE
X425 Hydraulic Trailer Brake Solenoid 2

SS10G061 7 BRI4452C 8
TOP OF REAR AXLE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 245
X426 Low Pump Output Press Switch 1

SS10G062 9 BRI4490C 10
TOP OF REAR AXLE
X427 Low Pump Output Press Switch 2

SS10G063 11 BRI4490C 12
TOP OF REAR AXLE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 246
X429 Brake De-Icer

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G042 13 SS07K217 14
RIGHT HAND SIDE REAR AXLE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 247

X430 Air Brake (Pressure Sensor)

2 TN / PK 8020 TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE
3 GN / BK 2095 / 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS11A024 1 SS08F207 2
RIGHT HAND BY REAR AXLE
X431 Pneumatic Trailer Brake Solenoid

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09G111 3 SS07K217 4
REAR OF TRACTOR BEHIND CAB
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 248
X432 Park Brake Solenoid

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09G110 5 SS07K217 6
REAR OF TRACTOR BEHIND CAB
X433 Air Brake Pressure Sensor

2 PK 8020 TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE
3 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS11A025 7 SS10G195 8
RIGHT HAND BY REAR AXLE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 249
X434 Hazard Switch

2 VT 1021 HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY (BATTERY)
7 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08M162 9 SS08F094 10
FRONT INSIDE CAB
X436 ISO 11786 Signal Socket

5 VT 5190 HPL INTERLOCK / LIFT-O-MATIC
7 BK 61 CASE GROUND
SS10G041 11 SS08K544 12
RIGHT HAND SWITCH PANEL
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 250

X441 Stud 8 Amp Plus

SS10G012 1 BRI4401C 2
X442 Stud 8 Amp Minus

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G013 3 BRI4401C 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 251

X455 Reverse Alarm

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
3 RD 1160 REVERSE ALARM
INA 1 SS08F207 2
X458 Reverse Alarm / Light Relay

INA 3 SS08H131 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 252

X466 Battery Isolator

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
3 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G234 1 SS08F323 2
RIGHT HAND SIDE IN FRONT OF THE STARTER MOTOR
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 253

X473 Low Hydraulic Charge Switch

A RD 7160 HYD LOW CHARGE WARNING
SS10G057 1 SS08K527 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 254
X474 Hydraulic Filter Blocked (Vacuum Switch)

A BR 7130 HYD FILTER WNG LP
B BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G130 3 SS08M018 4
SS09F099 5 SS08M018 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 255
X476 Reverse Alarm Buzzer

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
INA 7 SS08K508 8
X477 Reverse Alarm Light

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
INA 9 SS08K508 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 256

X481 Timer Relay Battery Isolator

86 YE 172 BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL (OFF)
87 YE 172 BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL (OFF)
INA 1 SS08F303 2
X482 Battery Isolator Control Switch

SS10G096 3 SS08F094 4
RIGHT HAND C-PILLAR
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 257
X485 Monitor Intelli View Plus II

9 YE 5960 RS232 OUTPUT TECU
10 YE 5955 RS232 INPUT TECU
21 RD 5962 USB +5V REF
22 GN 5966 USB DATA +
23 WH 5964 USB DATA -
24 BK 5968 USB GROUND
SS08K317 5 SS08H198 6
IN CAB RIGHT HAND
X488 Connector (USB)

1 - - -
INA 7 INA 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 258

X491 Relay 1 (Front Loader)


SS09H157 1 SS08H131 2
UNDER RIGHT HAND SIDE CAB TRIM
INA 3 SS08H131 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 259
X492 Relay 2 (Front Loader)


SS09H158 5 SS08H131 6
INA 7 SS08H131 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 260
X493 Front Loader Control


SS10G153 9 SS08F267 10
IN CAB RIGHT HAND BEHIND OPERATORS SEAT
INA 11 SS08F267 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 261

X505 Suspension Raise Solenoid

2 OR 3270 LOWER SOLENOID RET
SS09H083 1 SS08H128 2
LEFT HAND SIDE REAR OF TRANSMISSION
X506 Suspension Lower Solenoid

2 OR 3250 RAISE SOLENOID RET
SS09H084 3 SS08H128 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 262
X507 Upper Lockout Solenoid

2 TN 3281 SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID UPPER RETURN (-)
SS09H085 5 SS08M018 6
X508 Lower Lockout Solenoid

2 TN 3286 SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID LOWER RETURN (-)
SS09H086 7 SS08M018 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 263
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 264

X520 Transmission Output Speed 2

1 YE 7412 SIGNAL OUTPUT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR2
SS10G095 1 SS08K508 2
X523 Charge Pressure Sensor

C VT 7135 HYD FILTER PRESSURE SWITCH
SS10G129 3 SS10G192 4
X524 Output Wheel Speed Sensor

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 265
SS10G127 5 SS08K508 6
X526 Ring Gear Speed Sensor

SS10G116 7 SS08K508 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 266
X527 Solenoid Clutch A

SS10G134 9 SS08K508 10
X528 Solenoid Clutch B

1 LB 7431 SUPPLY
SS10G135 11 SS08K508 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 267

X533 Positionsensor Synchro F2-R1

SS10G090 1 INA 2
X536 Solenoid Valve R1

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G136 3 SS08K508 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 268
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 269

X543 Solenoid Valve F2

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G137 1 SS08K508 2
X544 Solenoid Valve Hydrostat

2 VT 8045 TRANS REV SOL RET
SS10G233 3 SS08H128 4
BETWEEN ENGINE AND TRANSMISSION
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 270
X545 Solenoid - Dump Valve

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G138 5 SS08K508 6
X546 Clutch A Pressure Sensor

C OR 7775 B CLUTCH PRESSURE SIGNAL
SS10G132 7 SS10G192 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 271
X547 Clutch B Pressure Sensor

C PK 7785 A CLUTCH PRESSURE SIGNAL
SS10G133 9 SS10G192 10
X549 Brake Pressure Sensor

C BL 7589 BRAKE PRESSURE SIGNAL
SS10G089 11 SS10G192 12
REAR RIGHT HAND AXLE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 272
X551 Exhaust Brake Switch

4 OR 2087 EXHAUST BRAKE SOLENOID
SS08K349 1 SS08F146 2
FRONT LEFT HAND CAB FLOOR
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 273
X555 Additional Roof Headlamps

2 GN 3000 FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY (TERMINAL 49)
3 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
4 VT 1072 WORKLAMP FRONT RELAY SUPPLY
5 VT 1072 WORKLAMP FRONT RELAY SUPPLY
6 RD 1099 FEED FRONT WORKLAMP INNER

SS09H166 3 SS07E065 4
BEHIND RIGHT HAND TRIM TOP THE FUSEBOX
INA 5 SS07E065 6
X555A Connector Bridge

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 274


SS09H169 7 SS07E065 8
INA 9 SS07E065 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 275
X555C Headlamps on Grabrail


SS09H168 11 SS07E065 12
INA 13 SS07E065 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 276

X573 Exhaust Brake Solenoid

SS10G075 1 SS07K220 2
REAR RIGHT HAND TOP OF ENGINE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 277

X600 ISO BUS Implement Socket (Front)

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
3 OR 5975 ISO RELAY 2 POWER OUT
4 BL 5985 ISO RELAY 1 POWER OUT
INA 1 SS08H129 2
X601 ISO BUS Implement Socket (Rear)

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G190 3 SS08H129 4
REAR OF TRACTOR
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 278
X602 ISO BUS Relay 1 Rear (K-040)

85 BL 5980 ISO BUS IMPLEMENT SIGNAL
SS10G188 5 SS08H131 6
REAR OF TRACTOR
X603 ISO BUS Relay 2 Rear (K-041)

SS10G189 7 SS08H131 8
REAR OF TRACTOR
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 279
X605 ISO BUS Earth

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G029 9 SS08G301 10
RIGHT HAND UNDER THE STEPS
X606 Power Fuse PF4 ISO BUS Rear

SS11A030 11 SS11B011 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 280
X607 Power Fuse PF5 ISO BUS Rear

SS11A029 13 SS11B011 14
X608 ISO BUS Power Supply Rear

SS10G030 15 SS08G301 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 281

X611 Heated Mirror Switch

4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
9 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K376 1 SS08F094 2
X612 Heated Mirror Relay

4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS11A058 3 SS11A147 4
RIGHT HAND BEHIND SWITCH PANEL
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 282
X613 Supply ISO BUS Interface Controller (TECU)


SS10G154 5 SS10G232 6
IN CAB RIGHT HAND BEHIND OPERATOR'S SEAT
SS08K377 7 SS10G232 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 283
X614 ISO BUS Interface Controller By-Pass (TECU)


SS10G155 9 SS08H196 10
SS08K378 11 SS08H196 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 284
X615 Colour Display Connector 2

5 OR - / 5960 RS232 OUTPUT TECU
8 VT - / 5000 EDC MEMORY POWER
9 OR / YE - / 5955 RS232 INPUT TECU
11 BL - / 7000 TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
12 RD - / 1012 ILLUMINATION
13 BK - / 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K379 13 SS08F317 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 285
X616 ISO BUS Interface Controller CN1 (TECU)

4 YE 5400 CAN H
5 GN 5420 CAN L
21 BK 61 CASE GROUND

SS10G156 15 SS08H130 16
SS11A056 17 SS08H130 18
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 286
X618 ISO BUS Terminator

2 YE 5900 ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
4 GN 5910 ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH

SS10G231 19 SS08H142 20
SS11A057 21 SS08H142 22
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 287
X618 ISO BUS Extension


INA 23 SS08M114 24
INA 25 SS08M114 26
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 288
X619 Colour Display Connector 1

5 GN / OR 5955 / 5955 / - NOT USED
9 WH / OR 5960 / 5960 / - NOT USED
SS08K386 27 SS08F317 28
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 289

X620 ISO BUS Front

1 BL / OR 5980 / 5970 ISO BUS ECU SIGNAL
2 OR / BL 5970 / 5980 ISO BUS IMPLEMENT SIGNAL

SS08K387 1 SS08J065 2
INA 3 SS08J065 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 290
X621 Steering Controller

A1 OR 3170 FSS – ENABLE
A2 RD 3173 FSS – HYDRAULIC VALVE HIGH SIDE DRIVER
A4 YE 5400 CAN H
A5 GN 5420 CAN L
A6 GN 3174 FSS – HYDRAULIC VALVE LOW SIDE DRIVER
B1 OR 3171 FSS – LAMP
B4 VT 3172 FSS – STEERING PROXIMITY SENSOR POSITION
B5 GN 3178 FSS – POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY POSITIVE
B6 BR 3179 FSS – POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY NEGATIVE
B8 BL 160 BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
C1 WH 3175 FSS – POSITION SENSOR PRIMARY POSITIVE
C2 BK 3176 FSS – POSITION SENSOR PRIMARY NEGATIVE
C3 BL 3177 FSS – POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY COMMON
C4 BK 3180 FSS – SAFETY SWITCH

INA 5 SS08F179 6
SS11A138 7 SS08F179 8
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE FRONT CAB FLOOR
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 291
X623 Fast Steer

3 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
4 YE 5400 CAN H
5 GN 5420 CAN L

SS08K389 9 SS08F317 10
INA 11 SS08F317 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 292
X624 Fast Steer Control Switch

3 OR 3170 FSS – ENABLE
4 BK 3180 FSS – SAFETY SWITCH
5 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
7 OR 3171 FSS – LAMP

SS10G230 13 SS08F094 14
INA 15 SS08F094 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 293
X625 Fast Steer Steering Wheel Sensor

2 VT 3172 FSS – STEERING PROXIMITY SENSOR POSITION
SS08K391 17 SS08F298 18
STEERING CONSOLE
X626 Fast Steer Split Valve Position Sensor (LVTD)

1 BR 3179 FSS – POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY NEGATIVE
2 WH 3175 FSS – POSITION SENSOR PRIMARY POSITIVE
3 BL 3177 FSS – POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY COMMON
4 BK 3176 FSS – POSITION SENSOR PRIMARY NEGATIVE
5 GN 3178 FSS – POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY POSITIVE
SS08K392 19 SS08F294 20
REAR OF ENGINE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 294
X627 Fast Steer Change Valve Solenoid

1 RD 3173 FSS – HYDRAULIC VALVE HIGH SIDE DRIVER
2 GN 3174 FSS – HYDRAULIC VALVE LOW SIDE DRIVER
SS08K393 21 SS08F062 22
REAR OF ENGINE
X628 ISO BUS Relay 2 (Front) (K-043)

INA 23 SS08H131 24
LEFT HAND ENGINE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 295
X629 ISO BUS Relay 1 (Front) (K-042)

INA 25 SS08H131 26
LEFT HAND ENGINE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 296

X630 ISO BUS Earth

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
INA 1 SS08G301 2
X631 Creeper Gear Solenoid

2 BL 7580 CREEPER SOLENOID MONITOR
T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Power / Range Command
INA 3 SS08K508 4
X632 Creeper Potentiometer

3 BK/WH 7570 SIGNAL GROUND
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 297
INA 5 SS08F072 6
X633 Creeper Connector

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08M174 7 SS07K246 8
LEFT HAND SIDE TOP OF TRANSMISSION
X635 Solenoid Clutch A

2 LB 7431 SUPPLY
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 298
SS09H072 9 SS08K508 10
SS09H073 11 SS08K508 12
X636 Solenoid Clutch B

SS09H074 13 SS08K508 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 299
SS09H075 15 SS08K508 16
X637 Solenoid Clutch C

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09H076 17 SS08K508 18
SS09H077 19 SS08K508 20
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 300
X638 Solenoid Clutch D

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09H078 21 SS08K508 22
SS09H079 23 SS08K508 24
X639 Solenoid Clutch E

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 301
SS09H080 25 SS08K508 26
SS09H081 27 SS08K508 28
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 302

X641 Low Range Solenoid

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09H106 1 SS08K508 2
FRONT TOP OF TRANSMISSION
SS09H117 3 SS08K508 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 303
X642 Med Range Syncro Solenoid

1 PK 7980 TRANS MED. RANGE
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09H107 5 SS08K508 6
SS09H118 7 SS08K508 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 304
X643 High Range Solenoid

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09H108 9 SS08K508 10
SS09H119 11 SS08K508 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 305
X644 Reverse Range Solenoid

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09H109 13 SS08K508 14
SS09H120 15 SS08K508 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 306
X646 Low Range Press Switch

SS09H110 17 SS08H128 18
X647 Med Range Press Switch

SS09H111 19 SS08H128 20
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 307
X648 High Range Press Switch

SS09H112 21 SS08H128 22
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 308
X649 Rev Range Press Switch

SS09H113 23 SS08H128 24
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 309

X651 CDE in Speed Sensor

1 YE 7411 TRANS HYDROSTAT INPUT SPEED SENSOR (SPS)
3 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09H070 1 SS08F069 2
X653 Mid Range Speed Sensor

SS09H069 3 SS08F069 4
FRONT RIGHT SIDE OF TRANSMISSION
X654 Brake Lubrication Control Solenoid

1 BL 7586 BRAKE LUBRICATON SOLENOD
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 310
SS10G115 5 SS08K508 6
REAR RIGHT HAND AXLE
X657 ISO BUS Implement Socket (Rear)

SS10G191 7 SS08H142 8
REAR OF TRACTOR TOP OF TRANSMISSION
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 311
X659 Link Levelling

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G100 9 SS07K247 10
SS09H064 11 SS07K247 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 312

X660 ISO BUS Implement

SS10G101 1 SS08J116 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 313
X661 High Flow Pump (detection)

1 BL 5830 HIGH FLOW PUMP LINK
SS10G131 3 BRI4437B 4
INA 5 BRI4437B 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 314
X662 Front Axle Position Sensor

1 OR 3220 AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR 5V REF
2 OR 3230 AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR POSITION
3 OR 3330 SENSOR GROUND
SS08K323 7 SS08F072 8
RIGHT HAND FRONT AXLE
X666 Slow/Fast Potentiometer

2 VT 7960 TRANS SLOW/FAST
SS09H062 9 SS08F072 10
FRONT RIGHT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMISSION
X667 Med/Rev Potentiometer

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 315
SS09H063 11 SS08F072 12
FRONT RIGHT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMISSION
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 316

X678 Top Link Switch

1 WH 4050 LINK LEVEL SWITCH - RAISE
6 WH 4051 LINK LEVEL SWITCH - LOWER
7 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
9 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS11C002 1 SS08F094 2
X679 Lift Rod Switch

1 WH 4053 LINK LEVEL SWITCH SIDE RETRACT
6 WH 4052 LINK LEVEL SWITCH SIDE EXTEND
7 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
9 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 317
SS11C003 3 SS08F094 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 318

X681 Hydraulics Master Switch - With Sidewinder
X681 EHR Lock Switch - Without Sidewinder


1 OR 5210 EDC VALVE ENABLE
3 GY 5597 EHR MASTER ENABLE
7 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
9 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)

1 GY 5597 EHR MASTER ENABLE
7 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)

SS08K395 1 SS08F094 2
RIGHT HAND C PILLAR
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 319
SS11C004 3 SS08F094 4
RIGHT HAND C PILLAR
X682 E.H.R Front/Rear Select Switch

1 WH 4060 HYDRAULIC SELECT FRONT
3 WH 4061 HYDRAULIC SELECT REAR
7 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
9 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS11C005 5 SS08F094 6
RIGHT HAND C PILLAR
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 320
X684 Front Hitch Detect

2 WH 5840 FRONT HITCH DETECT INPUT
INA 7 SS08K508 8
X686 Follow Me Home Relay

2 RD 1024 RIGHT & LEFT HAND SIDELAMP FEED
SS11A059 9 SS11A147 10
X687 Buzzer

1 BL 1055
2 OR 1056
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 321
INA 11 SS08H128 12
X688 Extremity Lamp Left Hand

1 GN 50 LEFT HAND TURN SIGNAL
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K402 13 SS08H127 14
X689 Extremity Lamp Right Hand

1 GN 49 RIGHT HAND TURN SIGNAL
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 322
SS08K403 15 SS08H127 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 323

X694 Air Condition Power

1 GN / RD 982 BLOWER MOTOR FEED
2 GN / RD 982 BLOWER MOTOR FEED
3 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K404 1 SS07F064 2
LEFT HAND REAR TRACTOR BEHIND OPERATOR'S SEAT
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 324
X695 Air Condition Control (Automatic)

1 GN 5420 CAN L
2 YE 5400 CAN H
3 OR 9229 AC-DE-FOG
6 VT 2005 AIR CON CLUTCH RELAY
SS08M015 3 SS08F131 4
X695 Air Condition Control (Manual)

1 GN 5420 CAN L
2 YE 5400 CAN H
6 OR 2005 / 2006 DE-ICING SWITCH - AIR CONDITIONER
SS08K406 5 SS08F131 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 325
X697 El.Hydraulic Mid.Mount Remote Valve 1

1 GY 5515 EHR +12V IGN.
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G076 7 SS08F107 8

1 GY 5515 EHR +12V IGN.
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G077 9 SS08F107 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 326

1 GY 5515 EHR +12V IGN.
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G078 11 SS08F107 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 327
X702 EHR CAN Terminator

INA 1 SS07K251 2
X703 Reverse Alarm

1 RD 1160
INA 3 SS08K527 4
REAR OF CAB RIGHT HAND BEHIND OPERATOR'S SEAT
X705 Auto Guidance Turn Right Solenoid

1 OR 3163 AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING SOLENOID VLV R FEED
2 OR 3164 AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING SOLENOID VLV R RETURN
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 328
SS10G070 5 SS08H128 6
REAR TOP OF ENGINE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 329
X706 Auto Guidance Turn Left Solenoid

1 OR 3165 AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING SOLENOID VLV L FEED
2 OR 3166 AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING SOLENOID VLV L RETURN
SS10G071 7 SS08H128 8
REAR TOP OF ENGINE
X709 Steering Pressure Sensor

A OR 3161 AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESS SENSOR RETURN
B OR 3167 AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESS SNSR +5V REF
C OR 3160 AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL
SS10G059 9 SS10G192 10
REAR TOP OF ENGINE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 330

X710 Auto Guidance Solenoids


SS08K417 1 SS10G229 2
INA 3 SS10G229 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 331
X711 Auto Guidance Sensors

4 OR 3160 AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL
5 OR 3161 AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESS SENSOR RETURN
6 OR 3167 AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESS SNSR +5V REF

SS08K418 5 SS08F131 6
INA 7 SS08F131 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 332
X712 Auto Guidance Dump Solenoid

SS10G066 9 SS08H128 10
REAR TOP LEFT HAND ENGINE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 333
X714 Auto Guidance Control Switch

3 BR 3185 AUTO GUIDANCE REMOTE ENGAGE
6 BR 3187 AUTO GUIDANCE ROADING SELECT
7 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)

SS08K420 11 SS08F094 12
RIGHT HAND C-PILLAR
SS11A131 13 SS08F094 14
RIGHT HAND C-PILLAR
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 334
X715 Auto Guidance EHR CAN Roof 1

5 YE 7655 RS232 GROUND
SS08M210 15 SS10G229 16
BEHIND RIGHT HAND C-PILLAR COVER TOP
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 335
X716 Auto Guidance Navigation Controller A

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
6 BR 3185 AUTO GUIDANCE REMOTE ENGAGE
19 OR 3160 AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL
21 GY 3186 CERES PPS IN
29 OR 3167 AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESS SNSR +5V REF
39 OR 3161 AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESS SENSOR RETURN
SS08K446 17 SS08M009 18
REAR LEFT HAND CAB BENEATH STORAGE TRAY
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 336
X717 Auto Guidance Data Logger

2 BR 7640 DIAGNOSTIC PLUG RS232 IN
10 GY 3181 AUTO GUIDANCE PPS SIGNAL INPUT TO GPS
INA 19 SS10G236 20
BEHIND RIGHT HAND C-PILLAR COVER
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 337
X718 Auto Guidance Earth

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)

SS10G167 21 SS08H193 22
BEHIND REAR RIGHT HAND TRIM
SS08K424 23 SS08H193 24
BEHIND REAR RIGHT HAND TRIM
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 338
X719 GPS Receiver

SS08K425 25 SS08H194 26
TOP CAB ROOF
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 339

X720 Auto Guidance Navigation Controller B

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
7 GY 3181 AUTO GUIDANCE PPS SIGNAL INPUT TO GPS
SS08K426 1 SS08M113 2
REAR LEFT HAND CAB BENEATH STORAGE TRAY
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 340
X723 Auto Guidance Relay Crank Isolate


SS10G067 3 SS08H131 4
INA 5 SS08H131 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 341
X724 Auto Guidance Relay Solenoid B


SS10G068 7 SS08H131 8
INA 9 SS08H131 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 342
X725 Auto Guidance Relay Solenoid A


SS10G069 11 SS08H131 12
INA 13 SS08H131 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 343
X726 Auto Guidance Power Supply Roof

3 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08M193 15 SS08H195 16
X727 Auto Guidance EHR CAN Roof 2

SS08M194 17 SS08F131 18
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 344

X730 Can Break

1 YE 5400 CAN H
2 GN 5420 CAN L
3 YE 5400 CAN H
4 GN 5420 CAN L
INA 1 SS08F181 2
X731 Can Break

1 YE 5400 CAN H
2 GN 5420 CAN L
3 YE 5400 CAN H
4 GN 5420 CAN L
INA 3 SS08H197 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 345
X734 Interior Bar Lamp

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K438 5 SS08K508 6
X736 USB Interface

1 RD 5962 USB +5V REF
2 WH 5964 USB DATA -
3 GN 5966 USB DATA +
4 BK 5968 USB GROUND
SS09G148 7 SS09E014 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 346
X739 Reversible Fan Compressor / Valve

1 BR 6327 REVERSIBLE FAN RELAY POWER OUT
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
3 BR 6327 REVERSIBLE FAN RELAY POWER OUT
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
INA 9 SS08F193 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 347

X740 Reversible Fan Relay

30 RD 6325 REVERSIBLE FAN OPTION - RELAY FEED
86 GN 6315 REVERSIBLE FAN OPTION - RELAY CONTROL
87 RD 6327 REVERSIBLE FAN RELAY POWER OUT
SS11A026 1 SS08H131 2
FRONT LEFT HAND ENGINE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 348
X745 Electronic Park Brake (EPL) Controller

A1 BR 3031 EPB +12 HOT
A2 WH 3150 HANDBRAKE SWITCH (N.C CONTACT) OFF SIG
A4 OR 3036 EPB SHUTTLE PARK SWITCH INPUT
A7 GN 3017 EPB SYSTEM FAILURE WARNING LIGHT
B4 WH 1001 STARTER SOLENOID FEED
C2 YE 5400 CAN H
C3 GN 5420 CAN L
C7 BL 3039 EPB SHUTTLE PARK SWITCH OUTPUT
SS10G088 3 SS08F179 4
REAR LEFT HAND CAB
X745 Less Park Brake (EPL) Option

A1 BL 3031 EPB +12 HOT
A2 WH 3150 HANDBRAKE SWITCH (N.C CONTACT) OFF SIG
SS11A150 5 SS08M216 6
REAR LEFT HAND CAB
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 349
X746 Relay - Less Electronic Park Brake (EPL)

30 BL 3031 EPB +12 HOT
85 BL 3031 EPB +12 HOT
SS11A151 7 SS08H131 8
REAR LEFT HAND CAB
X748 Electric Shiftable PTO

3 PK 2151 EPTO DRIVE RELAY UPPER SPEED
4 PK 2152 ESPTO DRIVE RELAY LOWER SPEED
5 BR 2155 ESPTO ACTUATOR POWER +12V
7 BR 2156 ESPTO ACTUATOR POS SIGNAL
8 BR 2157 ESPTO NEUTRAL
9 BL 2158 ESPTO LOWER SPEED
10 BL 2159 ESPTO UPPER SPEED
11 RD 2153 ESPTO ACTUATOR UPPER SPEED
12 BR 2154 ESPTO ACTUATOR LOWER SPEED
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 350
SS10G187 9 BRI4419B 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 351

X750 Heater Blower Speed Switch

A GN 9228 AC-AUTOMATIC BLOWER SPEED
B GN 9211 AC-BLOWER SPEED LOW (1)
C PK 9212 AC-BLOWER SPEED MED.1 (2)
D PK 9213 AC-BLOWER SPEED MED.2 (3)
E VT 9227 AC-BLOWER SWITCH SUPPLY
SS08K443 1 SS07K257 2
CAB LEFT HAND C-PILLAR
X751 Potentiometer Temperature Adjustment

A LG 9216 AC-TEMPERATURE POTI CAB
B BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K444 3 SS08M001 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 352
X752 Air Condition Mode Switch

1 BR 9217 AC-SWITCH MAX DEFROST
2 RD 982 BLOWER MOTOR FEED
3 GY 9218 AC-SWITCH ECONOMY
7 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
9 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K445 5 SS07E264 6
X753 Air Condition Assembly

A YE 9222 AC-SIGNAL OUTLET TEMPERATURE SENSOR
B VT 9221 AC-EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
C BL 9220 AC-LOW PRESSURE SWITCH INPUT
D BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
E RD 982 BLOWER MOTOR FEED
F YE 9226 AC-SIGNAL WATER VALVE
G BL 9219 AC-LOW PRESSURE SWITCH OUTPUT
SS08K180 7 SS07K258 8
CAB REAR LEFT HAND
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 353
X754 Air Condition Blower Unit

3 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
4 BL 9225 AC-BLOWER SPEED
6 OR 9224 AC-SIGNAL AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
7 RD 9223 AC-SIGNAL CAB TEMPERATURE SENSOR
8 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K447 9 SS08M003 10
CAB REAR LEFT HAND
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 354
X755 Automatic Temperatur Control (ATC) Controller

1 GN 5420 CAN L
2 YE 5400 CAN H
3 YE 9226 AC-SIGNAL WATER VALVE
4 WH 982 BLOWER MOTOR FEED
5 BL 9225 AC-BLOWER SPEED
15 VT 2005 AIR CON CLUTCH RELAY
16 OR 9229 AC-DE - FOG
21 RD 9223 AC-SIGNAL CAB TEMPERATURE SENSOR
22 YE 9222 AC-SIGNAL OUTLET TEMPERATURE SENSOR
23 VT 9221 AC-EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
24 OR 9224 AC-SIGNAL AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
25 BR 9217 AC-SWITCH MAX DEFROST
26 GY 9218 AC-SWITCH ECONOMY
27 GN 9228 AC-AUTOMATIC BLOWER SPEED
28 GN 9211 AC-BLOWER SPEED LOW (1)
29 LG 9216 AC-TEMPERATURE POTI CAB
30 PK 9212 AC-BLOWER SPEED MED.1 (2)
35 BL 9220 AC-LOW PRESSURE SWITCH INPUT
36 BL 9219 AC-LOW PRESSURE SWITCH OUTPUT
SS08K448 11 SS07F067 12
CAB REAR LEFT HAND
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 355
X756 Low Pressure Switch

1 BL 9215 AC-SWITCH ON
SS08K449 13 SS08M031 14
X757 Air Condition Operating Mode Switch

2 GN 9210 AC-SWITCH POWER
3 BL 9215 AC-SWITCH ON
7 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K450 15 SS07E264 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 356
X758 Blower Speed Switch

A GN 9211 AC-BLOWER SPEED LOW (1)
B PK 9212 AC-BLOWER SPEED MED.1 (2)
C PK 9213 AC-BLOWER SPEED MED.2 (3)
D GN 9214 AC-BLOWER SPEED HIGH.2 (2)
E RD 982 BLOWER MOTOR FEED
F GN 9210 AC-SWITCH POWER
SS08K451 17 SS07K257 18
X759 Blower Motor

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
3 GN 9211 AC-BLOWER SPEED LOW (1)
8 GN 9214 AC-BLOWER SPEED HIGH.2 (2)
SS08K452 19 SS08M003 20
CAB REAR LEFT HAND
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 357

X761 Maxi Fuseholder

SS10G228 1 SS08M011 2
X762 Heated Screen D+

SS11B015 3 BRI4437B 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 358
X763 Heated Screen B+

1 RD / BR 1 / 150 BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
2 RD / BR 1 / 150 BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
SS11B016 5 BRI4459B 6
X764 Screen Heating Relay's

A86 BR 1085 FRONT SCREEN HEATER RELAY CONTROL
A87 YE 1082 REAR SCREEN HEATER
B30 BR 150 BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
B86 BR 1086 REAR SCREEN HEATER RELAY CONTROL
B87 RD 1080 FRONT SCREEN HEATER
SS10G179 7 SS08M019 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 359
X766 Screen Heating Switch

1 BR 1085 FRONT SCREEN HEATER RELAY CONTROL
3 BR 1086 REAR SCREEN HEATER RELAY CONTROL
7 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
9 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G097 9 SS08F094 10
RIGHT HAND C-PILLAR
X767 Screen Heating Roof

1 RD 1080 FRONT SCREEN HEATER
3 YE 1082 REAR SCREEN HEATER
INA 11 SS07F064 12
LEFT HAND C-PILLAR
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 360
X768 Main Earth Point

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
INA 13 BRI4404B 14
TOP LEFT HAND C-PILLAR
X769 Rear Screen Heating

3 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
INA 15 SS08J079 16
REAR CAB ROOF
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 361

X770 Earth

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
INA 1 BRI4404B 2
LEFT HAND C PILLAR
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 362
X776 Armrest Controller

18 YE 5400 CAN H
19 GN 5420 CAN L
21 YE 5400 CAN H
22 GN 5420 CAN L
30 GN 5955 RS232 INPUT TECU
31 WH 5960 RS232 OUTPUT TECU
SS08K405 3 BRI4420B 4
IN ARMREST
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 363
X777 Switch Armrest Adjust Motor

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
3 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS11B012 5 SS08F094 6
LEFT HAND SIDE OF THE RIGHT ARMREST
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 364

X787 Armrest Adjust Motor

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
3 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G087 1 SS08F131 2
OUTSIDE OF THE ARMREST UNIT
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 365
X788 Armrest Adjust Motor

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G086 3 SS08M031 4
X789 Monitor - supply ( Intelli View III)

3 BL 57 EARTH (ALL)
INA 5 SS10G196 6
INSIDE OF THE ARMREST UNIT
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 366

X790 Front Hitch Raise Stop Solenoid

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
INA 1 SS08F267 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 367

X800 Front Screen Heating A+

INA 1 SS08J078 2
FRONT CAB
X801 Front Screen Heating A-

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08J078 4
INA 3
FRONT CAB
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 368
X802 Front Screen Heating B+

INA 5 SS08J078 6
FRONT CAB
X803 Front Screen Heating B-

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
INA 7 SS08J078 8
FRONT CAB
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 369

X810 Starter to Cabine (Ground)

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G006 1 SS08J112 2
X811 Visctronic Engine Fan

1 BR 6300 FAN SPEED
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
3 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
4 BR 6330 VISTRONIC FAN INPUT
SS08K440 3 SS08N086 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 370
X812 ISO BUS Implement Socket (Front)

INA 5 SS08H142 6
X813 Power Fuse PF6 ISO BUS Front

INA 7 SS11B011 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 371
X814 Power Fuse PF7 ISO BUS Front

INA 9 SS11B011 10
X815 ISO BUS Power supply Front

INA 11 SS08G301 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 372
X816 High Mount Headlamp Switch

SS10G211 13 SS08F094 14
X818 Headlamp 2 Grab Rail Left Hand

1 BL / WH 1027 HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
2 BL / RD 1030 HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
3 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08M167 15 SS08F072 16
LEFT HAND ON GRABRAIL
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 373
X819 Headlamp 1 Grab Rail Right Hand

1 BL / WH 1027 HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
2 BL / RD 1030 HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
3 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08M166 17 SS08F072 18
RIGHT HAND ON GRABRAIL
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 374

X820 Monitor ( Intelli View III)

SS08M233 1 SS08H198 2
RIGHT HAND SIDE CAB
X821 Loader Valve 1

1 BR
1 BL
INA 3 BRI4437B 4
FRONT LOADER CONSOLE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF ENGINE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 375
X822 Loader Valve 2

1 BR
1 BL
INA 5 BRI4437B 6
FRONT LOADER CONSOLE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF ENGINE
X823 Mega Fuse (125A) Gridheater, Fuelheater

1 RD - SUPPLY B+
2 RD - HIGH CURRENT RELAY
SS08M168 7 BRI4474B 8
BOTTOM REAR ENGINE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 376
X825 Injector Cylinder, No. 1 & 2 Cylinder

1 BR / BK - PLUS
2 GY / RD - MINUS
3 GY / YE - PLUS
4 BR / WH - MINUS
SS08K066 9 SS08F274 10
LEFT HAND TOP ENGINE

1 GN / WH - PLUS
2 OR / BK - MINUS
3 GY / BK - PLUS
4 BR / GN - MINUS
SS08K067 11 SS08F274 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 377

1 GN / BK - PLUS
2 OR / WH - MINUS
3 OR / BL - PLUS
4 GN / YE - MINUS
SS08K068 13 SS08F274 14
X828 Boost Pressure / Temperature Sensor

1 YE / BK
2 WH / RD
3 OR / BL
4 BL / BK
SS08K069 15 SS08F268 16
LEFT HAND ENGINE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 378
X829 Oil Pressure / Temperature Sensor

1 YE / GN
2 PK / BK
3 BR / BK
4 YE / RD
SS08K070 17 SS08F268 18
FRONT LOWER RIGHT HAND ENGINE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 379

X830 Rail Pressure Sensor

1 WH / BK
2 RD / GN
3 GY / BK
SS08K071 1 SS08F270 2
X831 Coolant Temperature Sensor

1 OR / GN
2 WH / YE
SS09F022 3 SS08F271 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 380
X832 Fuel Temperature Sensor

1 WH / BL
2 OR / BK
SS08K073 5 SS08F271 6
LEFT HAND ENGINE
X833 High Pressure Pump Metering Valve

1 GN
2 OR
SS08K074 7 SS08F271 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 381
X834 Crankshaft Speed Sensor

1 WH
2 RD
3 PK / OR
SS09G106 9 SS08F270 10
X835 Camshaft Speed Sensor

1 RD / OR
2 WH
3 PK / OR
SS08K076 11 SS08F270 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 382

X840 Rear PTO Switch

1 YE - NORMALY OPEN
2 WH - NORMALY CLOSED
3 BK - PTO LAMP
4 RD - SUPPLY +12V
SS08M209 1 SS07E276 2
IN ARMREST
X841 Front PTO Switch

1 YE - NORMALY OPEN
2 WH - NORMALY CLOSED
3 BK - PTO LAMP
4 RD - SUPPLY +12V
SS08M219 3 SS07E276 4
IN ARMREST
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 383
X842 EHR Flow Control Encoder

1 GN - OUTPUT SIGNAL SWITCH
2 BL - ENCODER OUTPUT B
3 YE - ENCODER OUTPUT A
4 BK - GROUND
5 RD - SUPPLY +5V
SS08M201 5 SS07E081 6
IN ARMREST
X843 EHR Float Switch / Joystick

1 RD - SUPPLY +5V
2 BK - OUTPUT SWITCH
SS08M223 7 SS07E070 8
IN ARMREST
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 384
X844 Joystick 1 & 2

1 WH - OUTPUT SIGNAL Z-AXIS
4 BK - OUTPUT 1 BUTTON
5 WH - OUTPUT SIGNAL Y-AXIS
6 WH - OUTPUT SIGNAL X-AXIS
7 BR - GROUND
8 RD - SUPPLY +5V
SS08M207 9 SS08M200 10
IN ARMREST
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 385
X845 Electronic Draft Control Mouse

3 OR - WORK BUTTON
4 YE - RAISE BUTTON
5 BL - SIGNAL DRAFT WIPER
6 WH - SIGNAL POSITION WIPER
7 BK - GROUND
8 RD - SUPPLY
INA 11 SS08M200 12
IN ARMREST
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 386
X846 Multi Function Handle Electronic Modul

2 GY - ENCODER OUTPUT 2
3 BL - ENCODER OUTPUT 1
4 TN - SENSOR GROUND
5 RD - SENSOR +5V
6 WH - SENSOR SIGNAL OUTPUT
7 YE - SERIAL LINK CLOCK
8 WH - SERIAL LINK DATA
9 BR - GROUND
10 RD - SUPPLY +5V SWITCH PANEL
SS08M205 13 SS08M196 14
IN ARMREST
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 387
X847 Integrated Control Switch Panel

1 BK - CAN LOW
2 YE - CAN HIGH
3 GY - GROUND
4 WH - SUPPLY +12V
SS08M199 15 SS07E276 16
IN ARMREST
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 388
X849 Front Hitch Potentiometer

1 GY - SWITCH OUTPUT
2 RD - SUPPLY SWITCH +5V
3 YE - SIGNAL POTENTIOMETER OUTPUT
4 BK - GROUND
5 RD - SUPPLY +5V
SS08N079 17 SS08N072 18
IN ARMREST
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 389

X850 Electronic Draft Control Rear Potentiometer Panel

1 BL - REAR SENSITIVITY OUTPUT
2 YE - REAR DROP RATE OUTPUT
3 GN - REAR SLIP OUTPUT
4 OR - REAR HEIGHT LIMIT OUTPUT
5 BK - GROUND
6 RD - SUPPLY +5V
7 BR - FRONT FHPL LOWER LIMIT OUTPUT
8 WH - FRONT FHPL DROOP RATE SIGNAL
9 VT - FRONT FHPL HEIGHT OUTPUT
10 GY - FRONT FHPL HEIGHT ENABLE SWITCH
SS08M195 1 SS08M196 2
IN ARMREST
X851 Droop Potentiometer

1 GY - DROOP POTENTIOMETER OUTPUT
7 BK - GROUND
8 GN - SUPPLY +5V
INA 3 SS08M200 4
IN ARMREST
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 390
X852 Throttle Sensor

2 WH - SIGNAL OUTPUT
3 BK - GROUND
4 RD - SUPPLY +5V
SS08M203 5 SS07E276 6
IN ARMREST
X853 El.Hydraulic Remote 1 & 2 Control

1 GN - EHR2 POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL OUTPUT TRACK 1
3 BK - GROUND
4 RD - SUPPLY +5V
5 BK - GROUND
6 RD - SUPPLY +5V
7 WH - EHR2 POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL OUTPUT TRACK 2
SS08M215 7 SS08M196 8
IN ARMREST
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 391
X854 El.Hydraulic Remote Lamps 1 & 2 & Switch

2 WH - EHR2 TIMER LED OUTPUT
3 WH - EHR2 MOTOR MODE LED OUTPUT
6 WH - LED POWER OUTPUT +12V
7 WH - EHR2 MOTOR / PROGRAM SWITCH
SS08M217 9 SS08M200 10
IN ARMREST
X855 El.Hydraulic Remote 3 & 4 Control

3 BK - GROUND
4 RD - SUPPLY +5V
5 BK - GROUND
6 RD - SUPPLY +5V
SS08M211 11 SS08M196 12
IN ARMREST
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 392
X856 El.Hydraulic Remote Lamps 3 & 4 & Switch

SS08M213 13 SS08M200 14
IN ARMREST
X859 El.Hydraulic Remote 1 & 2 Timer LED

SS08N073 15 SS08M208 16
IN ARMREST
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 393

X860 El.Hydraulic Remote 3 & 4 Timer LED

SS08N075 1 SS08M208 2
IN ARMREST
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 394
X862 Monitor ( Intelli View III)

9 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08M221 3 SS08M196 4
IN ARMREST
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 395
X864 EL. Draft Control Rear Potentiometer Panel

1 YE/RD
2 YE/BK
3 BK
4 RD
5 YE/GN
6 YE
7 BK
8 RD
SS11A070 5 INA 6
IN ARMREST
X865 EDC LED's Panel

1 GY/YE
2 GY
3 GY/WH
4 GY/RD
5 RD
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 396
SS11A111 7 INA 8
IN ARMREST
X866 Hand Throttle- Sensor

1 RD
2 BL
4 BK
SS11A112 9 INA 10
IN ARMREST
X867 EDC Mouse

A RD/BK
B RD/GN
C RD
D BK
E OR
F OR
G OR/BK
H BL
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 397
SS11A113 11 INA 12
IN ARMREST
X868 Multi Function Handle

1 RD/BK
2 WH/GN/GY
3 VT/GN
4 VT/GN
5 GN/RD/BR
6 PK/WH
12 WH/OR
13 BL/RD/BL
SS11A114 13 SS08F317 14
IN ARMREST
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 398

X870 Marker Lights

1 BR 1013 RIGHT HAND LAMPS
2 BK 1014 LEFT HAND LAMPS
3 GN 349 TRAILER TURN LAMPS RH
4 YE 350 TRAILER TURN LAMPS LH
SS09H103 1 SS08F181 2
INA 3 SS08F181 4
X872 Loader Valve

1 GY
2 YE
3 GN
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 399
INA 5 SS07E068 6
IN CAB RIGHT OF OPERATOR´S SEAT
X873 Joystick EHR Rear LED

1 YE/BL
2 BL/WH
SS11A115 7 INA 8
IN ARMREST
X874 Joystick EHR Front LED

1 OR/WH
2 BL/WH
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 400
SS11A116 9 INA 10
IN ARMREST
X875 Loader Valve 1/2

1 GY
2 YE
3 GN
SS11A117 11 INA 12
IN ARMREST
X876 Joystick 1/2

1 BL/WH
2 BL/RD
3 RD
4 LB
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 401
SS11A118 13 INA 14
IN ARMREST
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 402

X883 Socket Trailer 7 Pin Front

1/L YE 350 TRAILER TURN LAMPS LH
3/31 WH 57 EARTH (ALL)
4/R GN 349 TRAILER TURN LAMPS RH
5/58R BR 1013 RIGHT HAND LAMPS
7/58L BK 1014 LEFT HAND LAMPS
INA 1 BRI4480B 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 403

X890 Battery Positive Stud

1 BK - -
SS10G031 1 SS10G193 2
X891 Starter Motor Positive

1 BK - -
SS09G067 3 SS09G141 4
REAR ENGINE RIGHT HAND
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 404
X892 Battery to Ground

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G032 5 SS10G194 6
X893 Battery to Starter (Ground)

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G007 7 SS09G141 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 405

X901 Engine to SCR System

1 YE 5400 CAN H
2 GN 5420 CAN L
3 YE 5400 CAN H
4 GN 5420 CAN L
6 YE 5400 CAN H
7 GN 5420 CAN L
11 BR 9272 / 9270 12 V SUPPLY TO DENNOX CONVERTOR
SS10G102 1 SS08F317 2
X902 Power Supply SCR System

A RD 9270 12 V SUPPLY TO DENNOX CONVERTOR
B RD 9270 12 V SUPPLY TO DENNOX CONVERTOR
SS10G145 3 INA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 406
X903 DEF/ADBLUE Heating control Valve

1 YE 9254 ECU TO BLOW BY 3 WAY VALVE
2 BR 9230 ECU B+ OUTPUT (EDC7_)
SS10G103 5 INA 6
REAR TOP OF ENGINE
X904 DEF/ADBLUE Injection Valve

1 YE 9261 ECU TO DOSING VALVE
2 OR 9262 ECU TO DOSING VALVE RETURN
SS10G104 7 INA 8
REAR RIGHT HAND ENGINE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 407
X905 Catalyst Temperature Sensor (IN)

1 YE 9249 ECU TO CATALYST TEMP SENSOR (UPSTEAM)
2 YE 9250 ECU TO CATALYST TEMP SENSOR (UPTREAM) RETURN
SS10G105 9 INA 10
X906 Catalyst Temperature Sensor (OUT)

1 YE 9251 ECU TO CATALYST TEMP SENSOR (DOWNSTREAM)
2 YE 9252 ECU TO CATALYST TEMP SENSOR (DOWNSTEAM) RET
SS10G106 11 INA 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 408
X907 DEF/ADBLUE Tank Level and Temperature Sensor

1 YE 9246 SIGNAL REDUCTION LEVEL AGENT SENSOR
2 BL 9247 GROUND REDUCTION LEVEL AGENT SENSOR
3 YE 9248 REDUCTION AGENT LEVEL TEMP SENSOR
SS10G107 13 SS08F072 14
LEFT HAND TOP OF FUEL TANK
X908 Humidity/Temperature Sensor

2 YE 9276 ECU TO COMBUST AIR & HUMIDITY SENSOR
3 YE 9277 ECU TO COMBUST AIR & HUMIDIY SENSOR RETURN
4 YE 9278 COMBUST AIR TEMPERATURE
SS10G024 15 INA 16
TOP RIGHT HAND ENGINE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 409
X909 Converter NOx-Sensor (AC/DC)

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
3 GN 5420 CAN L
4 YE 5400 CAN H
SS11A031 17 INA 18
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 410

X910 CAN BUS Terminator

2 YE 5400 CAN H
3 GN 5420 CAN L
SS10G109 1 SS07K251 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 411
X911 Engine Control Module (ECM)

5 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
6 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
12 VT 6586 ECU TO GRID HEATER RELAY RETURN
26 YE 9276 ECU TO COMBUST AIR & HUMIDITY SENSOR
27 YE 9278 COMBUST AIR TEMPERATURE
28 YE 9277 ECU TO COMBUST AIR & HUMIDIY SENSOR RETURN
34 GN 5420 CAN L
35 YE 5400 CAN H
36 GN 6570 ECU TO FUEL FILTER HEATER RETURN
42 LG 2040 WATER IN FUEL SENSOR
52 GN 5420 CAN L
53 YE 5400 CAN H
57 BR 6331 ECM SWITCHED GROUND VISCTRONIC
67 BR 6310 FAN SOLENOID
69 BR 6300 FAN SPEED
SS10G110 3 SS10G214 4
REAR TOP OF ENGINE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 412
X912 Engine Sensors

9 WH
10 RD / OR
12 WH / BK
13 GY / BK
14 RD / GN
15 OR / GN
18 OR / BK
19 WH
23 RD
24 YE / GN
25 YE / BK
26 WH / YE
27 YE / RD
28 PK / BK
32 BR / BK
33 OR / BL
34 BL / BK
35 WH / BL
36 WH / RD
SS10G111 5 SS10G215 6
REAR TOP OF ENGINE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 413
X913 Engine Injectors

1 OR / BL
2 OR / WH
3 GN / WH
4 BR / WH
5 BR / GN
6 GY / RD
9 GN
10 OR
11 BR / BK
12 GY / BK
13 GY / YE
14 OR / BK
15 GN / BK
16 GN / YE
SS10G112 7 SS10G226 8
REAR TOP OF ENGINE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 414
X914 SCR Controller

2 BR 9230 ECU B+ OUTPUT (EDC7_)
7 YE 5400 CAN H
8 GN 5420 CAN L
11 OR 9262 ECU TO DOSING VALVE RETURN
12 YE 9261 ECU TO DOSING VALVE
17 YE 9250 ECU TO CATALYST TEMP SENSOR (UPTREAM) RETURN
18 YE 9246 SIGNAL REDUCTION LEVEL AGENT SENSOR
19 BL 9247 GROUND REDUCTION LEVEL AGENT SENSOR
23 YE 9254 ECU TO BLOW BY 3 WAY VALVE
25 YE 9252 ECU TO CATALYST TEMP SENSOR (DOWNSTEAM) RET
26 YE 9251 ECU TO CATALYST TEMP SENSOR (DOWNSTREAM)
28 YE 9249 ECU TO CATALYST TEMP SENSOR (UPSTEAM)
29 YE 9248 REDUCTION AGENT LEVEL TEMP SENSOR
31 PK ISOK2
SS10G113 9 INA 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 415
X915 Sensor & Valve Hydrostat

1 PK / GN 7985 TRANS REVERSE RANGE
2 WH / VT 8045 TRANS REV SOL RET
4 TN 7000 TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
5 WH 9010 DIVERTER VALVE SUPPLY
SS10G114 11 INA 12
X916 Charge Pressure Sensor Hydrostat

B TN 7000 TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
C BL 9010 DIVERTER VALVE SUPPLY
SS10G213 13 SS10G192 14
FRONT INSIDE OF TRANSMISSION
X918 Convertor 12-24V SCR Controller

2 RD 9272 24V FUSED SUPPLY
3 RD 9270 12 V SUPPLY TO DENNOX CONVERTOR
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 416

4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G108 15 INA 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 417

X920 Cab Power 250A

SS10G197 1 BRI4474B 2
X921 Cab Power Electronic 30A

1 BL 160 BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
SS10G198 3 BRI4404B 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 418
X922 Power Supply SCR 30A

1 RD 9270 12 V SUPPLY TO DENNOX CONVERTOR
SS10G199 5 SS08G301 6
X923 Power Supply KAM 10A

SS10G117 7 SS09G142 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 419
X924 Power Supply Reserve 10A

1 - - -
SS10G118 9 SS09G142 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 420

X936 SCR System Earth

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G010 1 SS08G301 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 421

X950 Universal Controller (UCM)

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
5 WH 7295 DRIVE DISABLE SIGNAL
7 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
11 YE 7401 TRANS RPM SPEED SENSOR
14 WH 9501 UCM FUSE 1
SS10G160 1 BRI4416B-09 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 422

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
9 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
10 YE 7412
14 OR 7785 A CLUTCH PRESSURE SIGNAL
15 OR 5210 EDC VALVE ENABLE
25 GN 5420 CAN L
30 BR 2155 ESPTO ACTUATOR POWER +12V
34 YE 5400 CAN H
SS10G161 3 BRI4420B 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 423

9 LG 1039 NASO LIGHTS INPUT
16 VT 7245 DEADMAN
SS10G162 5 BRI4416B-04 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 424

11 PK 2151 EPTO DRIVE RELAY UPPER SPEED
12 BR 6315 REVERSIBLE FAN OPTION - RELAY CONTROL
13 RD 5830 HIGH FLOW PUMP LINK
22 BR 2154 ESPTO ACTUATOR LOWER SPEED
27 RD 2153 ESPTO ACTUATOR UPPER SPEED
28 TN 7730 NOT IN PARKLOCK
33 BL 7589 BRAKE PRESSURE SIGNAL
SS10G163 7 BRI4420B 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 425

1 BL 7586 BRAKE LUBRICATON SOLENOID
18 PK 7775 B CLUTCH PRESSURE SIGNAL
23 BL 2157 ESPTO NEUTRAL
SS10G164 9 BRI4416B-04 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 426

6 PK 7407 HYDROSTAT 1 SOLENOID +
7 RD 7981
12 BL 7584 PARKLOCK SENSOR SWITCH SIGNAL
20 BL 2158 ESPTO LOWER SPEED
23 BL 2159 ESPTO UPPER SPEED
25 WH 7408 HYDROSTAT 1 SOLENOID GND
SS10G165 11 BRI4420B 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 427

6 PK 2152 ESPTO DRIVE RELAY LOWER SPEED
7 LB 7431 SUPPLY
17 BR 2156 ESPTO ACTUATOR POS SIGNAL
19 VT 9051 CN2 13
25 OR 3235 ACCELEROMETER SIGNAL
SS10G079 13 BRI4416B-04 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 428

1 YE 7800 TRANS FR / REV INPUT DIGITAL FEEDBACK (CVT)
10 GN 7810 TRANS PWM SOLENOID C1
SS10G080 15 BRI4420B 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 429

X999 Supply (Potential 15) Relay

SS11A032 1 SS08H131 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 430
Wiring harness - Static description

The wiring diagrams have been drawn in a horizontal style. They have been divided into sub sections whereby an in-
dividual function is contained to one sheet wherever possible. The diagrams are split into various build configurations
depending on the type of transmissions fitted, cab controls and type of hydraulic remote valves.
There are a number of guides to help assist in reading and understanding the wiring diagrams.
1. The wiring diagrams (1) are designed to be read in a landscape format. The titles and diagram keys (2) are
located on the opposite pages along with the wire colour code table, (3) which is located below the key.
The title and key details the frame number and frame description. The key then details all the components used
within that particular page.
SS09B053 1
2. Every component and connector has its own unique reference number.
3. Every wire has a code assigned to it, this code refers to its function, the code is also physically marked on
the actual wire. A key of all wire codes can be found in this section, refer to Wiring harness - Identification
(A.30.A). Letters before the number indicate the wire colour. For example, 'BK, 57' indicates that the wire colour
is black and the wire reference of 57, indicates it is a ground (earth) wire.
4. The wiring diagrams are drawn in sections according to a vehicle function. However where a single component
is used in a number of circuits such as a processor or multi function switch, it is drawn either on its own or on
the circuit which it influences the most.
5. The wiring is drawn with the battery and all of the power supplies, ie, fuses and relays in the opening pages.
Each supply is then given a reference to the page of the associated function. On the referenced page there will
be a corresponding reference back to the power supply page.
As an example, the references are written as 'WB055 sheet 14'. The WB055 is a unique sequential reference
(WB is an abbreviation for Wire Break), and the Sheet 14 is the location for the continuation of the circuit.
6. The components, ie, switches, solenoids, etc, are given an identifying reference within the drawing and to easier
identify the type of component a key is provided before a numerical reference. For example a switch will have
the prefix, 'S-' a solenoid will have the prefix 'Y-'. The table below provides a complete listing of these codes.
Each component will also have another number assigned to each terminal, for example 'X377-7', this is the
connector number reference and pin reference for that connector.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 431
Component Type Component reference

Alternator G-002
Audible Device H-001
Battery G-001
Circuit Breaker Q-001
Connector X-001
Capacitor C-001
Diode V-001
Mini Fuse F-001
Maxi Fuse MF-001
Power Fuse PF-001
Ground GND-001
Lamp E-001
Module A-001
Motor M-001
Relay K-001
Resistor R-001
Sensor / Sender B-001
Solenoid / Injector Y-001
Splice SP-001
Switch S-001
Sockets J-001
Splice Blocks, Antenna W-001
Sub - Assembly Z-001
Wire Break Description Abbreviation

Wire Break WB-001
Mini Fuse Break FB-001
Maxi Fuse Break MFB-001
Mega Fuse Break MGFB-001
Power Fuse Break PFB-001
Ground Break GB-001
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 432
Wiring harness - Electrical schema index

PROCESSORS, MODULES AND PANELS

Code Description Frame
A-002 Armrest Controller Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A)
A-004 Navigation Controller Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A)
A-005 GPS Receiver Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A)
A-006 Air Condition Blower Unit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
A-007 Colour Display Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 45 (A.30.A)
A-008 Colour Display (Armrest controller) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
A-009 Auto Guidance Data Logger Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A)
A-011 Integrated Control Switch Panel Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
A-012 Electronic Park Brake (EPL) Controller Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 46 (A.30.A)
A-014 Keypad Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 23 (A.30.A)
A-015 Electronic ISO-BUS Terminator Rear Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 49 (A.30.A)
A-016 Electronic ISO-BUS Terminator Front Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 49 (A.30.A)
A-017 Automatic Temperatur.Control (ATC) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
Controller Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 51 (A.30.A)
A-021 El.Hydraulic Remote Valve 1 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A)
A-032 Multi Function Handle Electronic Modul Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
A-040 Mirror Control Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 (A.30.A)
A-050 ISO-BUS Terminator Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 55 (A.30.A)
A-054 ISO-BUS Interface Controller CN1 (TECU) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 49 (A.30.A)
A-061 Steering Controller Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 22 (A.30.A)
A-062 Flasher Electronic Control Unit (ECU) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 35 (A.30.A)
A-063 Instrument Cluster Unit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 23 (A.30.A)
A-064 Radio Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 44 (A.30.A)
A-067 Foot Throttle Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
A-068 Worklight Electronic Controller Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 (A.30.A)
A-076 El.Hydraulic Mid.Mount Remote Valve 2 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 433

A-080 Universal Controller (UCM) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
A-081 Engine Control Module (ECM) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
A-082 SCR Controller Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A)
A-083 Convertor 12-24V SCR Controller Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A)
A-084 Converter NOx- Sensor (AC/DC) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A)
SENSORS
B-001 Mid Speed Sensor Qutput Speed P.U. Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
B-002 Axel Speed Sensor (Hall) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
B-003 Steering Pressure Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A)
B-004 Steering Angle Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 23 (A.30.A)
B-005 Draft Pin Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 17 (A.30.A)
B-006 Draft Pin Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 17 (A.30.A)
B-011 Front Axle Position Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 20 (A.30.A)
B-012 Fuel Filter Water Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
B-013 Boost Pressure / Temperature Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 (A.30.A)
B-014 Oil Pressure / Temperature Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 (A.30.A)
B-015 Rail Pressure Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 (A.30.A)
B-016 Coolant Temperature Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 (A.30.A)
B-017 Fuel Temperature Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 (A.30.A)
B-018 Camshaft Speed Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 (A.30.A)
B-019 Crankshaft Speed Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 (A.30.A)
B-020 Fast Steer Steering Wheel Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 22 (A.30.A)
B-021 Fast Steer Steering Position Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 22 (A.30.A)
B-022 Ring Gear Speed Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
B-024 Fuel Tank Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 23 (A.30.A)
B-025 PTO Twist Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 (A.30.A)
B-026 Rear PTO Speed Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 (A.30.A)
B-027 Front Hitch Position Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A)
B-029 Transmission Oil Temp Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
B-030 Output Wheel Speed Sensor 1 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
B-031 Clutch A Pressure Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
B-032 Clutch B Pressure Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
B-033 Brake Pressure Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
B-035 Fly Wheel- Torque Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
B-036 System Oil Pressure Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
B-037 CDE in Speed Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 434

B-038 Output Wheel Speed Sensor 2 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
B-039 Charge Pressure Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
B-040 Air Brake Pressure Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 47 (A.30.A)
B-041 Charge Pressure Sensor Hydrostat Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
B-042 Radar Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 17 (A.30.A)
B-043 Humidity/Temperature Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
B-044 Positionsensor Synchro F2/R1 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 (A.30.A)
B-050 Temperature Outside Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
B-051 Temperature Cabine Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
B-053 Temperature Outlet Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
B-054 Temperature Evaporator Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
B-060 Sensor Transmission Ratio Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
B-061 Throttle- 1 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
B-062 Throttle- 2 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
B-063 Joystick Sensor Y Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
B-064 Joystick Sensor X Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
B-067 Joystick Sensor Knob Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
B-070 Catalyst Temperature Sensor (IN) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A)
B-071 Catalyst Temperature Sensor (OUT) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A)
B-072 AdBlue Tank Level and Temperature Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A)
Sensor
B-073 NOx- Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A)
DIODES
V-001 Follow Me Home Diode Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 (A.30.A)
V-004 Dipped Beam Headlamps Diode Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 (A.30.A)
V-005 Brake Light Diode Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 (A.30.A)
V-007 El. Battery Isolator Diode Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A)
V-010 Main Beam Headlamps Diode Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 (A.30.A)
V-021 Diode SCR System Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A)
LAMPS AND LEDS

E-002 Headlamp 2 Grab Rail Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 (A.30.A)
E-003 Interior Bar Lamp Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 45 (A.30.A)
E-004 Puddle Lamp Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 43 (A.30.A)
E-006 Interior Lamp Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 43 (A.30.A)
E-007 Headlamp Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 (A.30.A)
E-008 Headlamp Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 (A.30.A)
E-009 Console Lamp Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 (A.30.A)
E-010 Side Lamp Grabrail Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 (A.30.A)
E-011 Extremity Light Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 35 (A.30.A)
E-012 Extremity Light Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 35 (A.30.A)
E-013 Headlamp 1 Grab Rail Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 (A.30.A)
E-014 Side Lamp Grabrail Left HandF Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 (A.30.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 435

E-015 Worklamp Rear Left Hand 4 N/A
E-016 License Plate Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 (A.30.A)
E-017 License Plate Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 (A.30.A)
E-018 Stop Tail Light Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 (A.30.A)
E-019 Stop Tail Light Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 (A.30.A)
E-020 Worklamp Rear Right Hand 4 N/A
E-021 Worklamp Front Left Hand 6 N/A
E-022 Worklamp Front Right Hand 6 N/A
E-023 Trailer Lamps Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 42 (A.30.A)
E-024 Worklamp C Pillar Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 (A.30.A)
E-025 Worklamp C Pillar Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 (A.30.A)
E-026 Corner Lamp Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 (A.30.A)
E-027 Corner Lamp Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 (A.30.A)
E-028 Worklamp Front Left Hand 4 N/A
E-029 Worklamp Front Upper Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 (A.30.A)
E-030 Worklamp Grabrail Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 (A.30.A)
E-031 Worklamp Rear Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 (A.30.A)
E-032 Worklamp Rear Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 (A.30.A)
E-033 Worklamp Front Upper Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 (A.30.A)
E-034 Worklamp Grabrail Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 (A.30.A)
E-035 Rotating Beacon Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 (A.30.A)
E-036 Rotating Beacon Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 (A.30.A)
E-038 Dipped Beam Left Hand N/A
E-039 Dipped Beam Right Hand N/A
E-043 Reverse Alarm Light Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A)
E-044 SMV Lamp Front Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 (A.30.A)
E-045 SMV Lamp Rear Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 (A.30.A)
E-046 SMV Lamp Rear Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 (A.30.A)
E-048 Console Lamp Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 (A.30.A)
E-049 Side Lamp Grabrail Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 (A.30.A)
E-055 License Lamp Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 (A.30.A)
E-057 License Lamp Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 (A.30.A)
E-100 Rear PTO Lamp Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A)
E-101 Front PTO Lamp Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A)
E-102 El.Hydraulic Remote 1 Timer LED Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A)
E-103 El.Hydraulic Remote 1 Motor LED Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A)
FUSES (PF - POWER FUSE, MF - MAXI FUSE, F - MINI FUSE)

F-001 Interior and step lighting and relay mirror Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
heating
F-002 Cigar lighter and power socket, cab Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
(potential 30)
F-003 Coupling of the A/C compressor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 436

F-004 Screw terminal red (potential 30) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
F-005 Blower motor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
F-006 Station memory and Worklight Controller Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
F-007 Switch - Main headlights and hazard light Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
switch
F-008 Starter switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
F-009 Front loader power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
F-010 Rear power socket (potential 15) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
F-011 Front windscreen wiper Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
F-012 Rear windscreen wiper switch, windscreen Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
washing system, front/rear
F-013 Relay, brake lights Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
F-014 Headlight switch and flasher Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
F-015 Brake light switch and pedal lock Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A)
F-016 Trailer brake, Electronic Park Brake (EPL) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A)
Relay
F-017 Power socket, cab (potential 15) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A)
F-018 Air blower motor relay and driver’s seat, Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A)
Armrest adjust
F-019 Heated mirrors Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A)
F-020 Radar sensor, normal signal socket, keypad Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A)
F-021 Water sensor for the fuel filter, brake fluid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A)
level switch
F-022 Side marker lights right Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A)
F-023 Side marker lights left, licence plate lights Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A)
F-024 Illumination - Lighting , cigar lighter, ADIC, Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A)
Virtual Terminal, heated mirror switch,
EHR-lock switch
F-025 Dipped beam headlights relay, Follow Me Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A)
Home
F-026 Main beam headlights Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A)
F-027 Front work lamp (Hood) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A)
F-028 Worklight Controller, Roof rear worklamps Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A)
F-029 Worklight Controller, Roof front worklamps Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A)
+ grabrail
F-030 Worklamp (C-pillar) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A)
F-031 Rotating beacon (via Worklight Controller) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A)
F-032 Flasher Electronic Control Unit (ECU) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A)
F-033 Diagnostics Plug - CAN BUS 1 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A)
F-034 ADIC and hand brake switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A)
F-035 Potential 30 for electronics Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A)
F-036 4 Worklamps front roof relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A)
F-037 4 Worklamps rear roof relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A)
F-038 6 Worklamps front roof relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A)
F-040 Radio memory Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A)
F-043 Engine Control module (ECM) (potential 15) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A)
F-044 Front-mounted equipment socket (B+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A)
F-045 Power supply - 8 A socket (potential 15) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A)
C-pillar left
F-046 Engine Control module (ECM) B+ supply Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 (A.30.A)
F-048 Power supply SCR System Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 (A.30.A)
F-050 Reversible fan Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 (A.30.A)
F-051 Electronic Park Brake (EPL) Controller Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 (A.30.A)
F-052 ADIC supply Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 (A.30.A)
F-053 Transmission control supply (potential 15) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 (A.30.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 437

F-054 Power supply PTO rear Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 (A.30.A)
F-055 Supply Ignition Fast Steer, A/C pressure Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A)
switch, Auto Guidance, Rear Hitch Switch,
EHR External Switch Fender
F-056 Power Supply, PTO front, Armrest Unit, Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A)
El.Hydraulic Remotes
F-060 Time relay battery isolator, Battery isolator Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A)
control switch
F-061 Power supply Universal Controller (UCM) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 08 (A.30.A)
F-100 Supply Memory Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A)
F-101 Reserve Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A)
MF1 Supply to F-009, F-010, F-011, F-012, Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 01 (A.30.A)
F-013, F-014, F-015, F-016, F-017, F-018,
F-019, F-020, F-021, F-045, F-048, F-050
F-037, F-038
F-091, K-005,
MF4 Supply to F-027, F-028 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 01 (A.30.A)
MF5 Supply to F-025, F-026, F-031, F-032, F-051 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 01 (A.30.A)
F-005, F-044
MF7 Supply heated windscreen front Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 32 (A.30.A)
MF8 Supply heated screen rear Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 32 (A.30.A)
PF1 Power Fuse, Main power supply B+ (250A) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A)
PF2 Power Fuse, Power Supply UCM, PTO rear, Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A)
ADIC Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A)
PF4 Power Fuse, ISO-BUS Rear Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 49 (A.30.A)
PF6 Power Fuse, ISO-BUS Front Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 49 (A.30.A)
PF8 Mega Fuse, Grid & Fuel Heater (125A) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A)
PF9 Power Fuse, Power Supply SCR System Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A)
CHARGING / POWER SUPPLY

G-001 12v Battery Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A)
G-002 Alternator Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 438
AUDIBLE DEVICE
H-002 Horn Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 (A.30.A)
H-003 Radio Speaker Rear Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 44 (A.30.A)
H-006 Radio Speaker Rear Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 44 (A.30.A)
H-083 Reverse Alarm Buzzer Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A)
POWER SOCKETS / CONNECTORS

J-001 Rear Power Socket Implement Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 34 (A.30.A)
J-002 30 Amp Power Socket Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 34 (A.30.A)
J-003 ISO-BUS Implement Socket (Rear) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 49 (A.30.A)
J-004 ISO-BUS Implement Socket (Front) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 49 (A.30.A)
J-006 8 Amp Socket Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 34 (A.30.A)
J-007 Cigar Lighter Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 34 (A.30.A)
J-008 Power Studs Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 34 (A.30.A)
J-009 DIA Engine Inline Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 34 (A.30.A)
X-005 GPS Receiver Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 52 (A.30.A)
X-028 Diagnostics Plug - EHR CAN Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 50 (A.30.A)
X-030 Diagnostics Plug - CAN BUS 1 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 50 (A.30.A)
X-031 ADIC Diagnostic Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 50 (A.30.A)
X-436 ISO 11786 Signal Socket Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 23 (A.30.A)
X-488 Connector ( USB) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 45 (A.30.A)
RELAYS
K-001 Wiper Module Front/Rear Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 33 (A.30.A)
K-002
K-003 Ignition Relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
K-004 Lights Relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 35 (A.30.A)
K-005 Starter Motor On Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A)
K-006 Blower Motor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
K-007 Dipped Beam Headlamps Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 (A.30.A)
K-008 Stop Lamps Relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 (A.30.A)
K-009 Main Beam Headlamps Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 (A.30.A)
K-010 Hydraulic Trailer Brake Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 47 (A.30.A)
K-011 Electronic Park Brake (EPL) Relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 46 (A.30.A)
K-012 Pneumatic Trailer Brake Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 47 (A.30.A)
K-014 Follow Me Home Relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 (A.30.A)
K-015 Front Worklamps Hood Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 (A.30.A)
K-016 Rear Worklamps C Pillar Relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 (A.30.A)
K-017 Power Supply ECU, UCM, PTO rear, ADIC Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 (A.30.A)
K-018 EL.Battery Isolator Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A)
K-019 Air Condition Clutch Relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
K-020 El.Hydraulic Remote Lock Relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A)
K-021 Timer Relay Battery Isolator Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A)
K-022 Heated Mirror Timer Relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 (A.30.A)
K-023 Grid Heater Relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
K-024 Fuel Heater Relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
K-025 4 Worklamps Rear Relay N/A
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 439

K-026 4 Worklamps Front Relay N/A
K-027 6 Worklamps Front Relay N/A
K-028 Headlamp Dipped Beam N/A
K-029 Headlamp Main Beam N/A
K-030 Supply (Potential 15) Relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A)
K-040 ISO-BUS Relay 1 Rear Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 49 (A.30.A)
K-042 ISO-BUS Relay 1 (Front) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 49 (A.30.A)
K-044 Front Screen Heating Relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 32 (A.30.A)
K-045 Rear Screen Heating Relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 32 (A.30.A)
K-046 Reversible Fan Relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
K-047 Relay - Less Electronic Park Brake (EPL) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 46 (A.30.A)
K-050 Auto Guidance Relay Crank Isolate Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A)
K-051 Auto Guidance Relay Solenoid B Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A)
K-052 Auto Guidance Relay Solenoid A Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A)
K-055 Relay 1 (Front Loader) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 48 (A.30.A)
K-060 Reverse Alarm/Light Relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A)
MOTORS
M-001 Blower Motor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 30 (A.30.A)
M-003 Starter Motor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A)
M-004 Wiper Motor Front Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 33 (A.30.A)
M-005 Wiper Motor Rear Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 33 (A.30.A)
M-006 Washer Motor Front Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 33 (A.30.A)
M-007 Washer Motor Rear Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 33 (A.30.A)
M-009 Seat- Compressor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A)
M-010 Armrest Controller Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
M-012 Reversible Fan Compressor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
CIRCUIT BREAKER
Q-001 Battery Isolator Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A)
RESISTORS / POTENTIOMETERS
R-001 Fuel Heater Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
R-002 Grid Heater Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
R-003 Resistor SJ5 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
R-005 Clutch Potentiometer Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
R-008 Creeper Potentiometer Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
R-016 CAN BUS Terminator Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 53 (A.30.A)
R-017 Seat- Heating Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A)
R-018 CAN BUS Terminating Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A)
R-020 Rockshaft Potentiometer Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 17 (A.30.A)
R-021 Rear Hitch Position Potentimeter Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 440

R-022 Rear Hitch Draft Potentiometer Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
R-023 EL.Draft Control Rear Sensitivity Poti. Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
R-024 EL.Draft Control Rear Drop Rate Poti. Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
R-025 EL.Draft Control Rear Hight Limit Poti. Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
R-026 EL.Draft Control Rear Slip Poti. Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
R-027 Front Height Setting Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
R-030 Potentiometer Temp. Adjustment Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
R-031 El.Hydraulic Remote 1 Control Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A)
R-038 Slow/Fast Potentiometer Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
R-039 Med/Rev Potentiometer Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
R-049 Front Screen Heating A Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 32 (A.30.A)
R-050 Front Screen Heating B Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 32 (A.30.A)
R-051 Rear Screen Heating Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 32 (A.30.A)
R-052 Resistor 120 Ohm Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
R-053 Resistor 120 Ohm Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
R-054 Droop Potentiometer Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
SWITCHES
S-002 Front PTO Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A)
S-003 Clutch Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
S-004 Fast Steer Control Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 22 (A.30.A)
S-005 Auto Guidance Control Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A)
S-006 Battery Isolator Control Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A)
S-007 Starter Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A)
S-008 Exhaust Brake Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
S-010 Hydraulics Master Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 17 (A.30.A)
S-011 Rear PTO Brake Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 (A.30.A)
S-012 Rear PTO Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A)
S-013 Blower Speed Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 30 (A.30.A)
S-014 Air Condition Operating Mode Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 30 (A.30.A)
S-015 Heater Blower Speed Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
S-016 Air Conditioning Mode Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
S-017 Air Condition Pressure Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
S-018 Low Pressure Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 30 (A.30.A)
S-019 Heated Mirror Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 (A.30.A)
S-020 Brake Pedals Latched Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 23 (A.30.A)
S-021 Main Light Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 35 (A.30.A)
S-022 Air Cleaner Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A)
S-023 Switch Worklamps 6 Front Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 41 (A.30.A)
S-024 Electronic Draft Control Switch Rear Fender Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 17 (A.30.A)
Left Hand
S-026 Switch Headlight Roof Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 39 (A.30.A)
S-027 Low Brake Pressure Line Switch 1/ 2 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 47 (A.30.A)
S-028 Hydraulic Filter Blocked (Vaccum Switch) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A)
S-029 Brake Fluid Level Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 23 (A.30.A)
S-030 Handbrake Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 46 (A.30.A)
S-031 Front Height Enable Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
S-032 High Range Press Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A)
S-033 Rev Range Press Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 441

S-034 EHR External Switch Fender Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 20 (A.30.A)
S-035 EHR External Switch Fender Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 20 (A.30.A)
S-037 Low Hydraulic Charge Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A)
S-038 Low Range Press Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A)
S-040 Med Range Press Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A)
S-041 Door Switch Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 43 (A.30.A)
S-042 Door Switch Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 43 (A.30.A)
S-044 Stop Lamp Switch Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 (A.30.A)
S-045 Stop Lamp Switch Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 (A.30.A)
S-046 Hazard Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 35 (A.30.A)
S-047 Rear PTO Switch Fender Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 (A.30.A)
S-049 Lever Mounted PTO Brake Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 (A.30.A)
Right Hand
S-053 Low Pump Output Press Switch 1 / 2 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 47 (A.30.A)
S-054 Ground Speed PTO Engaged Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
S-060 Switch Adjust Motor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
S-065 Front and Rear Wiper Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 33 (A.30.A)
S-071 Screen Heating Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 32 (A.30.A)
S-083 Rear PTO Switch Fender Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 (A.30.A)
S-090 Park Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
S-091 Neutral- Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
S-092 Deadman Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
S-093 Not Park- Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
S-094 FWD- Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
S-095 REV- Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
S-096 Seat- Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A)
S-100 High Mount Headlamp Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 (A.30.A)
S-101 Front Hitch Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A)
S-110 Shuttle Forward Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
S-111 Shuttle Reverse Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
S-112 Range Increase Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
S-113 Range Decrease Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
S-114 EHR 1/5 Extend Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
S-115 EHR 1/5 Retract Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
S-116 Rear Hitch Fast Raise Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
S-117 Rear Hitch Fast Lower Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
S-118 HTS Step Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
S-119 Shift Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
S-120 Multi Function Handle Encoder Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
S-121 EHR Flow Control Encoder Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A)
S-122 Switch Loader Valve 1 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
S-124 MID- EHR 1&2 / 3&4 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
S-125 Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
S-126 EHR Float / Joystick Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
S-127 EHR El.Hydraulic Remote 1 Timer / Motor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A)
Switch
S-128 El.Hydraulic Remote 2 Timer / Motor Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A)
S-134 Dead Man Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
S-135 Auto Guidance Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 442

S-136 EHR 2 EXT Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
S-137 EHR 2 RET Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
S-138 Cruse Control Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
S-139 Work / Raise Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
SOLENOID
Y-001 Exhaust Brake Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
Y-002 Suspension Raise Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 20 (A.30.A)
Y-003 Suspension Lower Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 20 (A.30.A)
Y-004 Upper Lockout Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 20 (A.30.A)
Y-005 Lower Lockout Soleniod Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 20 (A.30.A)
Y-006 Link Levelling Valve 2 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 20 (A.30.A)
Y-010 Loader Valve 2 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 48 (A.30.A)
Y-011 High Pressure Pump Metering Valve Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 (A.30.A)
Y-012 Electronic Draft Control Valve Raise Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 17 (A.30.A)
Y-013 Electronic Draft Control Valve Lower Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 17 (A.30.A)
Y-015 Fast Steer Solenoid Valve Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 22 (A.30.A)
Y-016 Front PTO Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A)
Y-017 Reversible Fan Valve Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
Y-018 Rear PTO Brake Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 (A.30.A)
Y-019 Rear PTO Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 (A.30.A)
Y-021 Brake De-Icer Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 47 (A.30.A)
Y-022 Pneumatic Trailer Brake Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 47 (A.30.A)
Y-023 Park Brake Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 47 (A.30.A)
Y-024 Solenoid Clutch A Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
Y-025 Solenoid Clutch B Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
Y-026 Solenoid Valve F2 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
Y-029 Reverse Range Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A)
Y-030 Solenoid 19th Gear Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
Y-031 Solenoid 19th Gear - Dump Valve Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
Y-033 Solenoid Valve R1 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
Y-034 Solenoid - Dump Valve Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
Y-037 Hydraulic Trailer Brake Solenoid 1 / 2 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 47 (A.30.A)
Y-038 Diff Lock Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
Y-039 Creeper Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
Y-040 4WD Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
Y-044 Auto Guidance Dump Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A)
Y-045 AdBlue Heating control Valve Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A)
Y-046 AdBlue Injection Valve Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A)
Y-050 Auto Guidance Turn Right Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A)
Y-051 Auto Guidance Turn Left Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A)
Y-052 Heating Valve Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
Y-053 Solenoid Clutch C Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
Y-054 Solenoid Clutch D Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
Y-055 Solenoid Clutch E Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
Y-056 Low Range Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
Y-057 Med Range Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
Y-058 High Range Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 443

Y-061 Injector, No.1 Cylinder Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 (A.30.A)
Y-069 Diverter Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
Y-070 Front Solenoid Valve Remote Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A)
Y-082 Air Condition Clutch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
Y-083 Solenoid Valve Hydrostat Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
ASSEMBLY
Z-001 Blower Assembly Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
Z-002 Maxi Fuseholder Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 32 (A.30.A)
Z-003 El.Hydraulic Remote Lamps 1 & 2 & Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A)
Z-004 El.Hydraulic Remote Lamps 3 & 4 & Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A)
Z-006 Diode Block Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 (A.30.A)
Z-007 Joystick 2 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
Z-010 Reversible Fan Compressor / Valve Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
Z-013 Dual Throttle Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
Z-032 Multi Function Handle Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
Z-038 Electric Mirror Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 (A.30.A)
Z-039 Electric Mirror Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 (A.30.A)
Z-043 Front Hitch Setting Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
Z-044 Rear Hitch Setting Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
Z-062 Shuttle Lever Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
Z-065 Seat Assembly Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A)
Z-069 Air Condition Assembly Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
Z-070 EDC Mouse Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
Z-071 Droop Potentiometer Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 444
Wiring harness - Electrical schema index

PROCESSORS, MODULES AND PANELS

A-001 Gear Shift Indicator-Dog Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
A-004 Navigation Controller Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A)
A-005 GPS Receiver Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A)
A-006 Air Condition Blower Unit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
A-007 Monitor - supply (Intelli View III) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 45 (A.30.A)
A-009 Auto Guidance Data Logger Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A)
A-010 Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 20 (A.30.A)
A-012 Electronic Park Brake (EPL) Controller Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 46 (A.30.A)
A-013 Joystick Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A)
A-014 Keypad Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 23 (A.30.A)
A-015 Electronic ISO-BUS Terminator Rear Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 49 (A.30.A)
A-016 Electronic ISO-BUS Terminator Front Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 49 (A.30.A)
A-017 Automatic Temperatur.Control (ATC) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
Controller Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 51 (A.30.A)
A-018 EL.Draft Control Rear Potentiometer Panel Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
A-019 EDC LEDs Panel Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
A-040 Mirror Control Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 (A.30.A)
A-050 ISO-BUS Terminator Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 55 (A.30.A)
A-054 ISO-BUS Interface Controller CN1 (TECU) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 49 (A.30.A)
A-061 Steering Controller Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 22 (A.30.A)
A-062 Flasher Electronic Control Unit (ECU) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 35 (A.30.A)
A-063 Analog Digital Instrument Cluster Unit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 23 (A.30.A)
A-064 Radio Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 44 (A.30.A)
A-066 Central Control Unit (CCU) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
A-067 Foot Throttle Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
A-068 Worklight Electronic Controller Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 (A.30.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 445

A-081 Engine Control Module (ECM) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
A-082 SCR Controller Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A)
A-083 Convertor 12-24V SCR Controller Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A)
A-084 Converter NOx- Sensor (AC/DC) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A)
SENSORS
B-001 Mid Range Speed Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
B-002 Axel Speed Sensor (Hall) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
B-003 Steering Pressure Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A)
B-004 Steering Angle Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 23 (A.30.A)
B-005 Draft Pin Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 17 (A.30.A)
B-006 Draft Pin Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 17 (A.30.A)
B-011 Front Axle Position Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 20 (A.30.A)
B-012 Fuel Filter Water Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
B-013 Boost Pressure / Temperature Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 (A.30.A)
B-014 Oil Pressure / Temperature Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 (A.30.A)
B-015 Rail Pressure Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 (A.30.A)
B-016 Coolant Temperature Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 (A.30.A)
B-017 Fuel Temperature Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 (A.30.A)
B-018 Camshaft Speed Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 (A.30.A)
B-019 Crankshaft Speed Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 (A.30.A)
B-020 Steering Wheel Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 22 (A.30.A)
B-021 Split Valve Position Sensor (LVTD) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 22 (A.30.A)
B-024 Fuel Tank Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 23 (A.30.A)
B-025 PTO Twist Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 (A.30.A)
B-026 Rear PTO Speed Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 (A.30.A)
B-027 Front Hitch Position Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A)
B-029 Transmission Oil Temp Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
B-035 Fly Wheel- Torque Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
B-036 System Oil Pressure Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
B-037 CDE in Speed Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
B-040 Air Brake Pressure Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 47 (A.30.A)
B-042 Radar Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 17 (A.30.A)
B-043 Humidity/Temperature Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
B-050 Temperature Outside Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
B-051 Temperature Cabine Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
B-053 Temperature Outlet Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
B-054 Temperature Evaporator Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
B-061 Hand Throttle-Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
B-067 Joystick Sensor Knob Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A)
B-070 Catalyst Temperature Sensor (IN) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 446

B-071 Catalyst Temperature Sensor (OUT) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A)
B-072 DEF/ADBLUE Tank Level and Temperature Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A)
Sensor
B-073 NOx- Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A)
DIODES
V-004 Dipped Beam Headlamps Diode Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 35 (A.30.A)
V-010 Main Beam Headlamps Diode Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 39 (A.30.A)
V-011 El. Battery Isolator Diode Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A)
LAMPS AND LEDS

E-002 Headlamp 2 Grab Rail Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 (A.30.A)
E-003 Interior Bar Lamp Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 45 (A.30.A)
E-004 Puddle Lamp Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 43 (A.30.A)
E-006 Interior Lamp Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 43 (A.30.A)
E-007 Headlamp Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 (A.30.A)
E-008 Headlamp Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 (A.30.A)
E-009 Console Lamp Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 (A.30.A)
E-011 Extremity Light Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 35 (A.30.A)
E-012 Extremity Light Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 35 (A.30.A)
E-013 Headlamp 1 Grab Rail Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 (A.30.A)
E-016 License Plate Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 (A.30.A)
E-017 License Plate Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 (A.30.A)
E-018 Stop Tail Light Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 (A.30.A)
E-019 Stop Tail Light Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 (A.30.A)
E-024 Worklamp C Pillar Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 (A.30.A)
E-025 Worklamp C Pillar Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 (A.30.A)
E-026 Corner Lamp Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 (A.30.A)
E-027 Corner Lamp Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 (A.30.A)
E-029 Worklamp Front Upper Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 (A.30.A)
E-030 Worklamp Grabrail Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 (A.30.A)
E-031 Worklamp Rear Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 (A.30.A)
E-032 Worklamp Rear Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 (A.30.A)
E-033 Worklamp Front Upper Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 (A.30.A)
E-034 Worklamp Grabrail Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 (A.30.A)
E-035 Rotating Beacon Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 (A.30.A)
E-036 Rotating Beacon Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 (A.30.A)
E-043 Reverse Alarm Light Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A)
E-044 SMV Lamp Front Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 (A.30.A)
E-045 SMV Lamp Rear Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 (A.30.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 447

E-050 Side Lamp Grabrail Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 (A.30.A)
E-055 License Lamp Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 (A.30.A)
E-057 License Lamp Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 (A.30.A)
E-060 EDC Raise LED Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
E-061 EDC Lower LED Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
E-062 EDC Status LED Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
E-063 EDC Slip LED Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
E-064 Joystick EHR Rear LED Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A)
E-065 Joystick EHR Front LED Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A)
E-100 Rear PTO Lamp Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 (A.30.A)
E-101 Front PTO Lamp Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A)
FUSES (PF - POWER FUSE, MF - MAXI FUSE, F - MINI FUSE)

F-001 Interior and step lighting and relay mirror Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
heating
F-002 Cigar lighter and power socket, cab Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
(potential 30)
F-003 Coupling of the A/C compressor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
F-004 Screw terminal red (potential 30) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
F-005 Blower motor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
F-006 Station memory and Worklight Controller Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
F-007 Switch - Main headlights and hazard light Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
switch
F-008 Starter switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
F-009 Front loader power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
F-010 Rear power socket (potential 15) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
F-011 Front windscreen wiper Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
F-012 Rear windscreen wiper switch, windscreen Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
washing system, front/rear
F-013 Relay, brake lights Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
F-014 Headlight switch and flasher Unit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
F-015 Brake light switch and pedal latch switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A)
F-016 Trailer brake, Electronic Park Brake (EPL) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A)
Relay
F-017 Power socket, cab (potential 15) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A)
F-018 Air blower motor relay and driver’s seat Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A)
F-019 Heated mirrors Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A)
F-020 Radar sensor, normal signal socket, keypad Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A)
F-021 Water sensor for the fuel filter, brake fluid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A)
level switch
F-022 Side marker lights right Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A)
F-023 Side marker lights left, licence plate lights Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A)
F-024 Illumination - Lighting , cigar lighter, ADIC , Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A)
Interior Bar Lamp, heated mirror switch
F-025 Dipped beam headlights relay, Follow Me Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A)
Home
F-026 Main beam headlights Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A)
F-027 Front work lamp (Hood) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A)
F-028 Worklight Controller, Roof rear worklamps Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A)
F-029 Worklight Controller, Roof front worklamps Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A)
+ grabrail
F-030 Worklamp (C-pillar) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A)
F-031 Rotating beacon (via Worklight Controller) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A)
F-032 Flasher Electronic Control Unit (ECU) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 448

F-033 Diagnostics Plug - CAN BUS 1 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A)
F-034 ADIC and hand brake switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A)
F-035 Potential 30 for electronics Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A)
F-036 ADIC supply (potential 15) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A)
F-037 Transmission controller supply (potential Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A)
15), foot throttle, shuttle lever, ISO BUS
Interface Controller CN1 (TECU)
F-038 Rear PTO , display of gears, switch panel, Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 (A.30.A)
CCU
F-039 Supply Ignition CCU, ACU, Armrest, Fast Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 (A.30.A)
Steer, A/C pressure switch, Auto Guidance
, Rear Hitch Switch, EHR External Switch
Fender
F-040 Radio memory Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 (A.30.A)
F-041 Supply ACU, front hitch, front PTO, Front Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A)
ISO BUS
F-042 Supply ACU, Front suspension, Front hitch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A)
height enable Switch
F-043 Starter Switch (potential 15) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A)
F-044 Power supply reserve Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A)
F-045 Power supply - 8 A socket (potential 15) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A)
C-pillar left
F-046 Engine Control module (ECM) B+ supply Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A)
F-047 Not used Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A)
F-048 Power supply SCR System Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A)
F-051 Electronic Park Brake (EPL) Controller Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A)
F-052 Power supply (potential 30) Interface Roof Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A)
F-056 Power Supply, PTO front, Armrest Unit, Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A)
El.Hydraulic Remotes
F-060 Time relay battery isolator, Battery isolator Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A)
control switch
MF1 Supply to K-003 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 01 (A.30.A)
F-053, F-054
F-035, F-046, K-005
MF4 Supply to F-027, F-028, Rear Power Socket Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 01 (A.30.A)
Implement
MF5 Supply to F-025, F-026, F-031, F-032, F-051 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 01 (A.30.A)
F-005, F-044
PF1 Power Fuse, Main power supply B+ (250A) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A)
PF2 Power Fuse, Power Supply CCU, ACU, Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A)
PTO rear, ADIC Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 (A.30.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 449

PF8 Mega Fuse, Grid & Fuel Heater (125A) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A)
PF9 Power Fuse, Power Supply SCR System Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A)
CHARGING / POWER SUPPLY

G-001 12v Battery Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A)
G-002 Alternator Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A)
AUDIBLE DEVICE
H-002 Horn Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 (A.30.A)
H-003 Radio Speaker Rear Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 44 (A.30.A)
H-006 Radio Speaker Rear Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 44 (A.30.A)
H-010 Buzzer Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 23 (A.30.A)
H-083 Reverse Alarm Buzzer Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A)
POWER SOCKETS / CONNECTORS

J-001 Rear Power Socket Implement Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 34 (A.30.A)
J-002 30 Amp Power Socket Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 34 (A.30.A)
J-003 ISO-BUS Implement Socket (Rear) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 49 (A.30.A)
J-004 ISO-BUS Implement Socket (Front) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 49 (A.30.A)
J-006 8 Amp Socket Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 34 (A.30.A)
J-007 Cigar Lighter Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 34 (A.30.A)
J-008 Power Studs Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 34 (A.30.A)
J-009 DIA Engine Inline Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 34 (A.30.A)
J-010 Socket Trailer 7pin rear Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 42 (A.30.A)
J-011 Socket Trailer 7pin front Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 42 (A.30.A)
X-028 Diagnostics Plug - EHR CAN Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 50 (A.30.A)
X-030 Diagnostics Plug - CAN BUS 1 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 50 (A.30.A)
X-031 ADIC Diagnostic Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 50 (A.30.A)
X-436 ISO 11786 Signal Socket Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 23 (A.30.A)
X-488 Connector ( USB) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 45 (A.30.A)
X-661 High Flow Pump (detection) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 17 (A.30.A)
RELAYS
K-001 Wiper Module Front/Rear Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 33 (A.30.A)
K-002
K-003 Ignition Relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
K-004 Lights Relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 35 (A.30.A)
K-005 Starter Motor On Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A)
K-006 Blower Motor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
K-007 Dipped Beam Headlamps Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 (A.30.A)
K-008 Stop Lamps Relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 (A.30.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 450

K-009 Main Beam Headlamps Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 (A.30.A)
K-010 Hydraulic Trailer Brake Supply Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 47 (A.30.A)
K-011 Pneumatic Trailer Brake Supply Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 46 (A.30.A)
K-012 Stoplamps Switch Feed and Pneumatic Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 47 (A.30.A)
Brake Supply
K-014 Follow Me Home Relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A)
K-015 Front Worklamps Hood Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 (A.30.A)
K-016 Rear Worklamps C Pillar Relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 (A.30.A)
K-017 Power Supply F-036, F-037, F-038, F-039 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A)
K-018 EL.Battery Isolator Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A)
K-019 Air Condition Clutch Relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
K-020 El.Hydraulic Remote Lock Relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 (A.30.A)
K-021 Timer Relay Battery Isolator Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A)
K-022 Heated Mirror Timer Relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 (A.30.A)
K-023 Grid Heater Relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
K-024 Fuel Heater Relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
K-030 SCR Supply (Potential 15) Relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A)
K-047 Relay - Less Electronic Park Brake (EPL) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 46 (A.30.A)
K-050 Auto Guidance Relay Crank Isolate Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A)
K-051 Auto Guidance Relay Solenoid B Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A)
K-052 Auto Guidance Relay Solenoid A Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A)
K-060 Reverse Alarm/Light Relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A)
MOTORS
M-003 Starter Motor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A)
M-004 Wiper Motor Front Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 33 (A.30.A)
M-005 Wiper Motor Rear Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 33 (A.30.A)
M-006 Washer Motor Front Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 33 (A.30.A)
M-007 Washer Motor Rear Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 33 (A.30.A)
M-009 Seat- Compressor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A)
CIRCUIT BREAKER
Q-001 Battery Isolator Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A)
RESISTORS / POTENTIOMETERS
R-001 Fuel Heater Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
R-002 Grid Heater Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
R-005 Clutch Potentiometer Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 451

R-008 Creeper Potentiometer Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
R-017 Seat- Heating Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A)
R-020 Rockshaft Potentiometer Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 17 (A.30.A)
R-021 Rear Hitch Position Potentimeter Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
R-022 Rear Hitch Draft Potentiometer Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
R-023 EL.Draft Control Rear Sensitivity Poti. Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
R-024 EL.Draft Control Rear Drop Rate Poti. Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
R-025 EL.Draft Control Rear Hight Limit Poti. Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
R-026 EL.Draft Control Rear Slip Poti. Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
R-027 Front Height Setting Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A)
R-030 Potentiometer Temp. Adjustment Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
R-038 Slow/Fast Potentiometer Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
R-039 Med/Rev Potentiometer Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
SWITCHES
S-002 Front PTO Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A)
S-003 Clutch Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
S-004 Control Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 22 (A.30.A)
S-005 Auto Guidance Control Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A)
S-006 Battery Isolator Control Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 (A.30.A)
S-007 Starter Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 (A.30.A)
S-011 Rear PTO Brake Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 (A.30.A)
S-012 Rear PTO Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 (A.30.A)
S-013 Blower Speed Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 30 (A.30.A)
S-014 Air Condition Operating Mode Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 30 (A.30.A)
S-015 Heater Blower Speed Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
S-016 Air Conditioning Mode Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
S-017 Air Condition Pressure Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
S-019 Heated Mirror Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 (A.30.A)
S-021 Main Light Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 35 (A.30.A)
S-022 Air Cleaner Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A)
Left Hand
S-027 Low Brake Pressure Line Switch 1/ 2 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 47 (A.30.A)
S-028 Hydraulic Filter Blocked (Vaccum Switch) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A)
S-029 Brake Fluid Level Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 23 (A.30.A)
S-030 Handbrake Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 46 (A.30.A)
S-031 Front Height Enable Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A)
S-032 High Range Press Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
S-033 Rev Range Press Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
S-037 Low Hydraulic Charge Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A)
S-038 Low Range Press Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
S-040 Med Range Press Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
S-041 Door Switch Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 43 (A.30.A)
S-042 Door Switch Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 43 (A.30.A)
S-044 Stop Lamp Switch Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 (A.30.A)
S-045 Stop Lamp Switch Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 (A.30.A)
S-046 Hazard Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 35 (A.30.A)
S-047 Rear PTO Switch Fender Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 (A.30.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 452

S-049 Lever Mounted PTO Brake Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 (A.30.A)
Right Hand
S-051 HTS Auto/Manual Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 56 (A.30.A)
S-052 Creeper Gear Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 56 (A.30.A)
S-053 Low Pump Output Press Switch 1 / 2 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 47 (A.30.A)
S-054 Ground Speed PTO Engaged Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
S-059 HTS Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 56 (A.30.A)
S-063 4WD Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 56 (A.30.A)
S-065 Front and Rear Wiper Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 33 (A.30.A)
S-072 Suspension Lock Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 56 (A.30.A)
S-073 ERPM Set Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 56 (A.30.A)
S-074 Differential Lock Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 56 (A.30.A)
S-075 Constant ERPM +/- Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 56 (A.30.A)
S-076 Lift o Matic Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 23 (A.30.A)
S-083 Rear PTO Switch Fender Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 (A.30.A)
S-087 Auto Trans Switch & CAL/SEL Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 56 (A.30.A)
S-090 Park Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
S-091 Neutral- Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
S-092 Deadman Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
S-093 Not Park- Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
S-094 FWD- Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
S-095 REV- Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
S-096 Seat- Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A)
S-100 High Mount Headlamp Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 (A.30.A)
S-101 Front Hitch Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A)
S-102 Diverter Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
S-112 Range Increase Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A)
S-113 Range Decrease Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A)
S-118 HTS Step Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A)
S-119 Shift Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A)
S-124 EHR 1&2 / 3&4 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A)
S-125 EHR 1&2 / 3&5 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A)
S-139 Work / Raise Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
S-140 Range Increase / Decrease Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 (A.30.A)
S-141 EDC Raise/Lower Switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A)
SOLENOID
Y-001 Exhaust Brake Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
Y-002 Suspension Lower Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 20 (A.30.A)
Y-003 Suspension Raise Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 20 (A.30.A)
Y-004 Upper Lockout Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 20 (A.30.A)
Y-005 Lower Lockout Soleniod Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 20 (A.30.A)
Y-011 High Pressure Pump Metering Valve Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 (A.30.A)
Y-012 Electronic Draft Control Valve Raise Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 17 (A.30.A)
Y-013 Electronic Draft Control Valve Lower Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 17 (A.30.A)
Y-015 Change Valve Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 22 (A.30.A)
Y-016 Front PTO Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A)
Y-018 Rear PTO Brake Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 (A.30.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 453

Y-019 Rear PTO Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 (A.30.A)
Y-021 Brake De-Icer Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 47 (A.30.A)
Y-022 Pneumatic Trailer Brake Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 47 (A.30.A)
Y-023 Park Brake Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 47 (A.30.A)
Y-024 Solenoid Clutch A Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
Y-025 Solenoid Clutch B Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
Y-029 Reverse Range Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
Y-030 Solenoid 19th Gear Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
Y-031 Solenoid 19th Gear - Dump Valve Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
Y-037 Hydraulic Trailer Brake Solenoid 1 / 2 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 47 (A.30.A)
Y-038 Diff Lock Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
Y-039 Creeper Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
Y-040 4WD Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
Y-044 Auto Guidance Dump Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A)
Y-045 DEF/ADBLUE Heating control Valve Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A)
Y-046 DEF/ADBLUE Injection Valve Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 (A.30.A)
Y-050 Auto Guidance Turn Right Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A)
Y-051 Auto Guidance Turn Left Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 (A.30.A)
Y-052 Heating Valve Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
Y-053 Solenoid Clutch C Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
Y-054 Solenoid Clutch D Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
Y-055 Solenoid Clutch E Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
Y-056 Low Range Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
Y-057 Med Range Syncro Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 20 (A.30.A)
Y-058 High Range Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
Y-069 Diverter Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
Y-070 Front Solenoid Valve Remote Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A)
Y-071 Front Hitch Raise Stop Solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A)
Y-082 Air Condition Clutch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
ASSEMBLY
Z-001 Blower Assembly Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
Z-002 Maxi Fuseholder Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 01 (A.30.A),
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A),
Z-008 Visctronic Fan Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
Z-038 Electric Mirror Right Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 (A.30.A)
Z-039 Electric Mirror Left Hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 (A.30.A)
Z-043 Front Hitch Setting Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 (A.30.A)
Z-050 Multi Function Handle Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 454

Z-062 Shuttle Lever Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
Z-065 Seat Assembly Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 (A.30.A)
Z-069 Air Condition Assembly Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A)
Z-070 EDC Mouse Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 (A.30.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 455
Wiring harness - Electrical schema
Fuse Speaker
Battery Diode
Motor Switch
Earth / Ground Point Resistor
L.E.D. (Light emitting diode) Solenoid
Potentiometer or Sensor Alternator
Lamp Page Break
Connector Pressure Switch
Timer Relay Relay
Electrical Clutch AC Sockets
Horn
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 456
Wiring harness - Identification

WIRE COLOR CODES
BK (B) Black BR (N) Brown LB (TQ) Light Blue
TN (LN) Light Brown GY (S) Grey VT (P) Violet
RD (R) Red YE (Y) Yellow BL (U) Blue
WH (W) White PK (K) Pink LG Light Green
GN (G) Green OR (O) Orange
NOTE: Color codes in brackets are the previous codes. (---> serial number)
WIRE CODE REFERENCES

CIRC COLOR DESCRIPTION
1 RD (R) BATTERY SUPPLY
10 GN (G) IGNITION SUPPLY
11 GN (G) IGNITION SUPPLY (2ND)
12 BL (U) MAIN BEAM HEADLAMP FUSE SUPPLY
13 BL (U) DIP BEAM HEADLAMP FUSE SUPPLY
15 BL (U) LIGHTING SWITCH SUPPLY
28 YE (Y) WIPER MOTOR (PARK RETURN)
29 GN (G) MAIN FUEL SENDER SIGNAL
31 YE (Y) ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENDER SIGNAL
39 GN (G) TEMPERATURE GAUGE SIGNAL
44 VT (P) FLASHER UNIT (49A)
49 GN (G) RIGHT HAND TURN SIGNAL
50 GN (G) LEFT HAND TURN SIGNAL
56 WH (W) WIPER MOTOR-HIGH
57 BK (B) EARTH (ALL)
58 RD (R) WIPER MOTOR-LOW
60 BK/WH (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
61 BK (B) CASE GROUND
63 BL (U) WIPER MOTOR-PARK FEED
65 WH (W) DUAL POWER/4 WHEEL DRIVE SWITCH FEED
71 WH (W) IGNITION SWITCHED FEEDS (UNFUSED)
84 GN (G) WINDSHIELD WASHER SWITCH FEED
90 GN (G) DUAL POWER / FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SWITCH
97 LG WINDSHIELD WASHER FEED
137 WH (W) RADIO FEED
138 VT (P) RADIO KAM
150 BR (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
155 GN (G) BATTERY FEED (FUSED)
160 BL (U) BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
170 WH (K/N/B) BATTERY ISOLATOR CONTROL SWITCH
171 WH (W/TQ/B) BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL
172 WH (W/TQ/Y) BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL (OFF)
173 WH (W) BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL +12V
181 GN (G) BLOWER MOTOR FEED
182 VT (P) THERMOSTATIC SWITCH FEED
249 LG SMV LAMPS RH
250 LG SMV LAMPS LH
252 BR (N) ALTERNATOR FIELD
349 TN (LN) TRAILER TURN LAMPS RH
350 TN (LN) TRAILER TURN LAMPS LH
365 GN (G) LOW FUEL WARNING LAMP (DELAY ON)
366 OR (O) LOW FUEL WARNING LAMP (DELAY SWITCH)
376 VT (P) HORN FEED
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 457

587 LG WINDSHIELD WIPER INTERMITTENT DELAY
649 OR (O) COOLANT TEMPERATURE SWITCH
650 LB (TQ) COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH
666 VT (P) DOMELAMP SWITCH FEED
787 GN (G) AUXILIARY FUEL PUMP SUPPLY
810 GN (G) STOPLAMPS
820 RD (R) STOPLAMP SWITCH LH
825 YE (Y) PNEUMATIC TRAILER SOLENOID +12V
830 BL (U) STOPLAMP SWITCH RH
840 GN (G) R & L STOPLAMP SIGNAL
976 WH (W/N/B) LICENCE PLATE LAMP / WORKLAMP DIODE
978 WH (W) LICENCE PLATE LAMP
979 GY (S) BLOWER MOTOR HIGH SPEED (4th)
980 BR (N) THERMOSTAT SWITCH SUPPLY
981 GN (G) A/C CLUTCH RELAY FEED
982 GN (G) BLOWER MOTOR FEED
984 VT (P) TEMPERATURE CONTROL POT. INPUT
986 VT (P) TEMPERATURE CONTROL POT. OUTPUT
989 VT (P) BLOWER MOTOR MEDIUM SPEED (2nd)
996 VT (P) BLOWER MOTOR HIGH SPEED (3RD)
997 GN (G) WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (OUTER)
998 GN (G) WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (INNER)
999 GN (G) BLOWER MOTOR LOW SPEED (1st)
1000 WH (W) SAFETY START SWITCH SUPPLY
1001 WH (W) STARTER SOLENOID FEED
1002 VT (P) IMPLEMENT LAMP SWITCH SUPPLY
1003 GN (G) SUPPLY TO GAUGES
1004 GN (G) SUPPLY TO HORN AND HEADLAMP FLASH
1005 GY (S) AIR CLEANER WARNING LAMP
1006 BR (N) ALTERNATOR WARNING LAMP
1007 WH (W) ETHER START BUTTON SUPPLY
1008 BR (N) ETHER START SOLENOID SUPPLY
1009 BR (N) ALTERNATOR FIELD
1010 GN (G) IGNITION RELAY (COIL)
1011 YE (Y) SUPPLY TO FUSES
1012 RD (R) ILLUMINATION
1013 RD (R) RIGHT HAND LAMPS
1014 RD (R) LEFT HAND LAMPS
1015 VT (P) DOME LAMP SWITCH FEED
1016 VT (P) HORN FEED
1017 LG AIR CON. THERMOSTATIC SWITCH FEED
1018 LG AIR CONDITIONER CLUTCH
1019 GN (G) WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED
1020 GN (G) HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY
1021 VT (P) HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY (BATTERY)
1022 BR (N) THERMOSTART
1023 BR (N) LIGHT SWITCH FEED
1024 RD (R) RIGHT & LEFT HAND SIDELAMP FEED
1025 GN (G) HZD SWITCH IGN FEED
1026 BL (U) HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LAMP
1027 BL (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
1028 BL (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM FUSE
1029 BL (U) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM FUSE
1030 BL (U) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 458

1031 RD (R) INSTRUMENT ILLUMINATION
1032 LG URN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP (TERM C)
1033 LG TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP (TERM C2)
1034 LG TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP (TERM C3)
1035 WH (W) ENGINE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
1036 BR (N) IGNITION SWITCH (BATTERY)
1037 LG FLASHER UNIT (TERM 49A)
1038 TN (LN) WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED-REAR
1039 LG NASO LIGHTS INPUT
1040 LG FLASHER SWITCH TO RELAY-RHS CUT OUT
1041 LG FLASHER SWITCH TO RELAY-LHS CUT OUT
1042 BL (U) RELAY FEED ELECTRONICS
1043 BL (U) RELAY FEED TO FUSES
1044 WH (W/U/S) GRID HEATER FEEDBACK
1050 GN (G) ACCESSORY FEED
1051 YE (Y) SIDE LIGHTS RELAY COIL FEED
1052 YE (Y) GET U HOME LIGHTS RELAY
1070 RD (R) FRONT WORKLAMP SWITCH FEED
1071 VT (P) WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
1072 VT (P) WORKLAMP FRONT RELAY SUPPLY
1073 VT (P) WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
1090 RD (R) REAR WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
1080 RD (R) FRONT SCREEN HEATER
1082 YE (Y) REAR SCREEN HEATER
1085 BR (N) FRONT SCREEN HEATER RELAY CONTROL
1086 BR (N) REAR SCREEN HEATER RELAY CONTROL
1091 RD (R) FRONT WORKLAMP LOWER RELAY SIGNAL
1092 RD (R) FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
1093 RD (R) FENDER WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
1096 RD (R) WORKLAMP FENDER MOUNTED
1097 RD (R) FEED FRONT WORKLAMP OUTER
1098 WH (W) FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY GROUND
1099 RD (R) FEED FRONT WORKLAMP INNER
1119 GN (G) RR WINDSHIELD WIPER
1120 GN (G) RR WINDSHIELD WIPER PARK RETURN
1121 GN (G) RR WINDSHIELD WASH
1130 BR (N) ENGINE HEATER CONTROL TO IGN SWITCH
1135 GN (G) THERMOSTART WARNING LAMP
1140 PK (K) THERMOSTART INITIATE SIGNAL TO RELAY
1141 BR (N) GRID HEATER +
1142 BR (N) GRID HEATER FUSE TO PWR. RELAY
1143 BR (N) POWER RELAY TO GRID HEATER
1150 BR (N) CAL/SEL SWITCH
1160 RD (R) REVERSE ALARM
1900 LG (LG/B/S) HEATED FRONT WINDSCREEN SW SIGNAL
1901 TN (LN/LG/S) HEATED FRONT WINDSCREEN POWER
1902 OR (O/LN/S) HEATED FRONT WINDSCREEN WARNING LAMP
1903 VT (P/B/S) HEATED REAR SCREEN SW SIGNAL
1904 YE (Y/B/S) HEATED REAR SCREEN POWER
1905 BL (U/W/S) HEATED REAR SCREEN WARNING LAMP
1920 OR (O) LH MIRROR CONTROL SIDE-SIDE
1921 YE (Y) LH MIRROR CONTROL UP-DOWN
1922 GN (G) MIRROR CONTROL COMMON
1923 OR (O) RH MIRROR CONTROL SIDE-SIDE
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 459

1924 YE (Y) RH MIRROR CONTROL UP-DOWN
1925 RD (R) MIRROR CONTROL +12V
1927 RD (R) MIRROR ILLUMINATION
1928 RD (R) HEATED MIRROR RELAY COIL +12V FROM SW
2001 BR (N) BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
2002 BR (N) BATTERY TEMP SENSOR (ALT OUTPUT)
2003 WH (W) STARTER SOLENOID FEED
2005 OR (O) AIR CON CLUTCH RELAY
2006 BL (U) DE-ICING SWITCH - AIR CONDITIONER
2007 YE (Y) AIR CONDITIONER LOW PRESSURE
2008 BR (N) LIFT PUMP SUPPLY
2009 GN (G) FUEL PUMP SUPPLY
2010 LG AIRCON PLUG TO DE-ICING SWITCH
2011 VT (P) HORN RETURN
2012 YE (Y) TRANS OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
2013 YE (Y) PTO OVERSPEED WARNING LAMP
2014 GN (G) ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENDER (+5 VOLT)
2015 WH (W) TACHOMETER SENSOR-SIGNAL
2016 YE (Y) REAR AXLE SPEED SENSOR-SIGNAL
2017 VT (P) BULB TEST (EIC)
2018 RD (R) RADAR PRESENT
2019 PK (K) ENGINE RPM (TACHO MODULE TO TPM)
2020 YE (Y) ENGINE SHUT DOWN (TACHO MODULE TO TPM)
2021 YE (Y) AXLE GROUND SPEED (TACHO MODULE TO TPM)
2022 YE (Y) PTO 540/1000 RPM (TACHO MODULE TO TPM)
2023 GY (S) TPM TO EIC (AXLE SPEED DRIVE)
2024 GY (S) RADAR SIGNAL DRIVE
2025 GY (S) AUDIO ALARM CONTROL
2026 GY (S) IMPLEMENT SWITCH SIGNAL
2027 RD (R) RADAR ASSEMBLY (GUN) POWER
2028 GN (G) RADAR ASSEMBLY (GUN) SIGNAL
2029 VT (P) INSTRUMENT MEMORY SUPPLY
2030 BR (N) ELECTRONIC DRAFT CONTROL
2031 YE (Y) RADAR PRESENT
2040 LG WATER IN FUEL SENSOR
2041 VT (P) FUEL SHUT OFF
2042 OR (O) PTO SOLENOID-REAR
2043 OR (O) PTO SOLENOID-FRONT
2044 OR (O) PTO SOLENOID-FRONT RETURN(-)
2045 OR (O) PTO SWITCH TO MODULE
2046 OR (O) PTO SWITCH (VCC)
2047 OR (O) PTO SWITCH (VCCO)
2048 OR (O) PTO SWITCH (VCCS)
2049 OR (O) PTO SWITCH 1000RPM WARNING LAMP
2050 GN (G) PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
2051 OR (O) PTO SOLENOID RETURN (-)
2052 WH (W) PTO LUBE SOL
2053 VT (P) PTO LUBE SOL RETURN
2055 WH (W) PTO SYNCHRO GROUND SPEED ENGAGED
2056 WH (W) PTO FENDER PTO SWITCH ON
2057 WH (W) PTO FENDER SWITCH LH - RH LINK
2059 WH (W) FENDER PTO SWITCH INPUT
2060 OR (O) PTO 540/1000 SWITCH
2062 WH (W) PTO TWIST SENSOR
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 460

2065 BR (N) PTO ENGAGED
2068 BR (N) PTO SOFT START
2069 BL (U) PTO MANAGEMENT ON
2070 OR (O) ENGINE SHUT OFF RELAY +12V
2080 OR (O) ENGINE SHUT OFF RELAY
2087 OR (O) EXHAUST BRAKE SOLENOID
2085 OR (O)
2090 WH (W) STARTER RELAY TO START INHIBIT SWITCH
2095 GN (G) INSTRUMENT SIGNAL GROUND
2100 GN (G) A/C CONDENSER MOTOR FEED
2120 TN (LN) PTO BRAKE SIGNAL
2130 BR (N) PTO BRAKE SOLENOID
2140 OR (O) PTO SPEED SENSOR
2150 VT (P) PTO EXT. SWITCH OFF
2151 PK (K) EPTO DRIVE RELAY UPPER SPEED
2152 PK (K) ESPTO DRIVE RELAY LOWER SPEED
2153 RD (R) ESPTO ACTUATOR UPPER SPEED
2154 BR (N) ESPTO ACTUATOR LOWER SPEED
2155 BR (N) ESPTO ACTUATOR POWER +12V
2156 BR (N) ESPTO ACTUATOR POS SIGNAL
2157 BL (U) ESPTO NEUTRAL
2158 BR (N) ESPTO LOWER SPEED
2159 BL (U) ESPTO UPPER SPEED
2200 GN (G) SERVICE MODE INITIATE
2245 PK (K) PTO FRONT - SWITCH TO MODULE (MOM)
2248 PK (K) PTO FRONT - SWITCH (VCCS)
2250 PK (K) PTO FRONT - SUPPLY
2260 OR (O) PTO FRONT - SPEED SIGNAL
2270 OR (O) PTO FRONT - WARNING LAMP
2300 VT (P) THEORETICAL GROUND SPEED ISO 11786 SKT.PIN#2
2310 VT (P) IN/OUT OF WORK-HPL MODE ISO11786 SKT.PIN#4
2320 VT (P) TRUE GROUND SPEED ISO 11786 SKT.PIN#1
2330 VT (P) PTO SPEED ISO11876 SKT.PIN#3
2500 BR (N) FRONT HITCH SOLENOID
2510 BR (N) FRONT HITCH POSITION SIGNAL
2520 BR (N) FRONT HITCH SET POSITION SIGNAL
2530 BR (N) FRONT HITCH V REF
2540 BR (N) FRONT HITCH +12v IGN
2550 BR (N) FRONT HITCH OVERIDE SWITCH
2556 BR (N) FRONT HITCH SWITCH COMMON RAIL
2560 BR (N) FRONT HITCH 0v REF
2570 RD (R) FRONT HITCH RAISE SOLENOID
2571 GY (S) FRONT HITCH RAISE SOLENOID RETURN(-)
2575 WH (W) STEYR EFH TRANSPORT SIGNAL – BOSCH EFH MODULE
2576 WH (W) STEYR EFH WORK SIGNAL – BOSCH EFH MODULE
2577 VT (P) STEYR EFH DIAGNOSTIC LAMP – BOSCH EFH MODULE
2578 GN (G) STEYR EFH TRANSPORT SWITCH – EOLBAU ARMREST
2579 BR (N) STEYR EFH WORK SWITCH – EOLBAU ARMREST
2580 RD (R) FRONT HITCH LOWER SOLENOID
2581 GY (S) FRONT HITCH LOWER SOLENOID RETURN (-)
2582 LG STEYR - EXT SWITCHES
2583 TN (LN) STEYR - EXT SWITCHES.
2584 WH (W) OILMOTOR MODE
2585 TN (LN) EFH RAISE SWITCH
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 461

2586 TN (LN) EFH WORK SWITCH
2587 BR (N) EFH EXTERNAL SWITCH +
2588 VT (P) EFH EXTERNAL SWITCH UP
2589 RD (R) EFH EXTERNAL SWITCH DOWN
2590 TN (LN) EXTERNAL SWITCH FHPL UP
2591 TN (LN) EXTERNAL SWITCH FHPL DOWN
2592 BR (N) EFH VALVE DOWN +
2593 BR (N) EFH VALVE DOWN
2594 OR (O) EFH POSITION SENSOR +
2595 VT (P) EFH POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
2596 RD (R) EFH POSITION SENSOR
2597 TN (LN) EFH PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
2598 GY (S) EFH ACCUMULATOR 14 BAR
2599 BR (N) EFH ACCUMULATOR 40 BAR
2600 YE (Y) REAR AXLE SPEED MONITOR
3000 GN (G) FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY (TERMINAL 49)
3001 GN (G) LEFT HAND FLASHER CIRCUIT
3002 GN (G) RIGHT HAND FLASHER CIRCUIT
3003 WH (W) RADIO FEED
3004 GN (G) RIGHT HAND TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP
3005 GN (G) LEFT HAND TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP
3006 GN (G) AUXILIARY FUEL TANK SENDER
3007 GN (G) FUEL GAUGE FEED
3008 BL (U) WORKLAMP WARNING LIGHT
3009 GN (G) FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY B+
3010 RD (R) FOGLAMP FEED
3011 RD (R) FOGLAMP FEED
3012 GN (G) HANDBRAKE WARNING FEED
3013 LG AUXILIARY FUEL TANK SIGNAL
3014 RD (R) HANDBRAKE WARNING LAMP SIGNAL
3015 VT (P) ACCESSORY SOCKET (POWER)
3016 GY (S) BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SIGNAL
3017 GN (G) EPB SYSTEM FAILURE WARNING LIGHT
3018 GN (G) FLASHER UNIT BUZZER FEED
3019 GN (G) EPB SYSTEM OPERATION STATUS LIGHT
3020 YE (Y) DUAL POWER SOLENOID SUPPLY
3022 YE (Y) DUAL POWER (HIGH) WARNING LAMP
3023 VT (P) EPB SYSTEM BATTERY ISOLATOR INTERLOCK
3024 YE (Y) 2WD SOLENOID
3025 YE (Y) FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID (MANUAL)
3026 YE (Y) BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH - RIGHT
3027 YE (Y) FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID (AUTO)
3028 YE (Y) BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH LEFT
3029 TN (LN) EPB +5V REFERENCE
3030 WH (W) ACCESSORY RELAY SIGNAL
3031 BR (N) EPB +12 HOT
3032 GN (G) EPB +12 IGNITION
3033 OR (O) EPB MOTOR SUPPLY “A”
3034 YE (Y) EPB POSITION SIGNAL
3035 OR (O) EPB MOTOR SUPPLY “B”
3036 OR (O) EPB SHUTTLE PARK SWITCH INPUT
3037 YE (Y) EPB PROPORTIONAL BRAKE SIGNAL
3038 YE (Y) EPB HAND THROTTLE SWITCH
3039 OR (O) EPB SHUTTLE PARK SWITCH OUTPUT
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 462

3045 YE (Y) FOUR WHEEL DRIVE WARNING LAMP
3050 VT (P) AUXILIARY FEED CONNECTOR SUPPLY
3051 VT (P) CIGAR LIGHTER SUPPLY
3052 VT (P) DOME LAMP TO DOOR SWITCH
3053 GY (S) SPEAKER RIGHT HAND
3054 GY (S) SPEAKER NEGATIVE RH
3055 GY (S) SPEAKER LEFT HAND
3056 BR (N) SPEAKER NEGATIVE LH
3057 VT (P) PUDDLE LAMP RETURN
3060 VT (P) IMPLEMENT SOCKET RELAY
3061 VT (P) IMPLEMENT SOCKET
3062 VT (P) IMPLEMENT SOCKET SWITCH
3070 VT (P) 'B' PILLAR SKT SUPPLY
3073 WH (W) MICROPHONE
3074 BK (B) SCREEN FOR 3073
3075 OR (O) TRAILER SOCKET (ACCESSORY FEED)
3076 OR (O) ACCESSORY SWITCH FEED
3077 YE (Y) RADIO +12VB
3078 OR (O) RADIO +12V ILLUMINATION
3079 RD (R) RADIO +12V IGNITION
3080 VT (P) CONSOLE LAMP
3081 YE (Y) TELEPHONE OUT
3082 OR (O) TELEPHONE OUT 1
3083 BR (N) TELEPHONE MUTE
3084 VT (P) AUXILIARY INPUT COMMON RAIL
3085 WH (W) AUXILIARY INPUT (LEFT CHANNEL)
3086 RD (R) AUXILIARY INPUT (RIGHT CHANNEL)
3087 GY (S) BUTTONS COMMON
3088 GN (G) BUTTONS ‘TELEPHONE’
3089 BL (U) BUTTONS ‘VOICE’
3090 YE (Y) SEAT PUMP SUPPLY
3091 VT (P) SPEAKER RR-RHS +
3092 VT (P) SPEAKER RR-RHS-
3093 GY (S) SPEAKER FRT-RHS +
3094 GY (S) SPEAKER FRT-RHS-
3095 WH (W) SPEAKER FRT-LHS +
3096 GY (S) SPEAKER FRT-LHS-
3097 GN (G) SPEAKER RR-LHS +
3098 GN (G) SPEAKER RR-LHS-
3099 LB (TQ) BUTTONS ‘REMOTE’
3100 GN (G) STEERING SENSOR +5v
3120 PK (K) STEERING SENSOR SIGNAL
3140 LG STEERING SENSOR GROUND
3150 WH (W) HANDBRAKE SWITCH (N.C CONTACT) OFF SIG
3155 WH (W) HANDBRAKE TRANS INTERLOCK
3160 OR (O) AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL
3161 OR (O) AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESS SENSOR RETURN
3163 OR (O) AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING SOLENOID VLV R FEED
3164 OR (O) AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING SOLENOID VLV R RETURN
3165 OR (O) AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING SOLENOID VLV L FEED
3166 OR (O) AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING SOLENOID VLV L RETURN
3167 OR (O) AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESS SNSR +5V REF
3168 OR (O) AUTO GUIDANCE DUMP SOLENOID FEED (HSD)
3169 OR (O) AUTO GUIDANCE DUMP SOLENOID RETURN (CURSEN)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 463

3170 OR (O) FSS – ENABLE
3171 OR (O) FSS – LAMP
3172 VT (P) FSS – STEERING PROXIMITY SENSOR POSITION
3173 RD (R) FSS – HYDRAULIC VALVE HIGH SIDE DRIVER
3174 GN (G) FSS – HYDRAULIC VALVE LOW SIDE DRIVER
3175 WH (W) FSS – POSITION SENSOR PRIMARY POSITIVE
3176 BK (B) FSS – POSITION SENSOR PRIMARY NEGATIVE
3177 YE (Y) FSS – POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY COMMON
3178 GN (G) FSS – POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY POSITIVE
3179 BR (N) FSS – POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY NEGATIVE
3180 BK (B) FSS – SAFETY SWITCH
3181 GY (S) AUTO GUIDANCE PPS SIGNAL INPUT TO GPS
3185 BR (N) AUTO GUIDANCE REMOTE ENGAGE
3186 GY (S) CERES PPS IN
3187 BR (N) AUTO GUIDANCE ROADING SELECT
3200 OR (O) SUSPENSION SWITCH FEED
3210 BL (U) SUSPENSION SWITCH RETURN
3215 BL (U) SUSPENSION LAMP
3220 OR (O) AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR 5V REF
3230 BL (U) AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR POSITION
3235 OR (O) ACCELEROMETER SIGNAL
3240 OR (O) RAISE SOLENOID PWR
3250 OR (O) RAISE SOLENOID RET
3260 OR (O) LOWER SOLENOID PWR
3270 OR (O) LOWER SOLENOID RET
3271 BL (U) LOADER RELAY FEED
3272 OR (O) LOADER VALVE #1 OUT
3273 OR (O) LOADER VALVE #1 RETURN
3274 RD (R) LOADER VALVE #2 OUT
3275 RD (R) LOADER VALVE #2 RETURN
3276 GN (G) LOADER VALVE
3277 BL (U) LOADER VALVE #3 COIL
3278 BL (U) LOADER VALVE #3 RELAY
3280 OR (O) SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID UPPER
3281 TN (LN) SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID UPPER RETURN (-)
3285 TN (LN) SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID LOWER
3286 TN (LN) SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID LOWER RETURN (-)
3290 OR (O) SUSPENSION LOCKOUT LAMP (OR SOLENOID RET)
3295 OR (O) FRONT SUSPENSION PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL
3300 OR (O) SENSE LINE CONTROL SOLENOID
3310 BL (U) RAISE LOCKOUT SOLENOID
3500 WH (W) POWER STEERING PRESSURE SIGNAL
4001 RD (R) TRANSMISSION OIL WARNING LAMP (TEMP)
4002 RD (R) TRANSMISSION OIL WARNING LAMP SWITCH
4010 BR (N) RETURN TO DIG
4011 VT (P) ROTATING BEACON SWITCH SUPPLY
4012 VT (P) ROTATING BEACON FEED
4013 BL (U) TRANS CONTROL FEED
4014 BL (U) FORWARD CLUTCH SOLENOID FEED
4015 BL (U) REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID FEED
4016 BL (U) TORQUE CONVERTOR LOCK-UP RELAY FEED
4017 BL (U) TORQUE CONVERTOR LOCK-UP LAMP
4018 GY (S) TORQUE CONVERTOR LOCK-UP SOLENOID FEED
4019 GY (S) HYDRAULIC FILTER BY-PASS SWITCH FEED
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 464

4020 GY (S) HYDRAULIC FILTER BY-PASS LAMP
4021 GY (S) BACK-UP ALARM RELAY FEED
4022 GY (S) BACK-UP ALARM FEED
4025 YE (Y) 4 IN 1 BUCKET FEED
4040 GN (G) LINK LEVEL SWITCH SUPPLY
4050 WH (W) LINK LEVEL SWITCH - RAISE
4051 WH (W) LINK LEVEL SWITCH - LOWER
4052 WH (W) LINK LEVEL SWITCH SIDE EXTEND
4053 WH (W) LINK LEVEL SWITCH SIDE RETRACT
4054 WH (W) LINK LEVEL DUMP SOLENOID
4055 WH (W) LINK LEVEL TOP LINK EXTEND SOLENOID
4056 WH (W) LINK LEVEL TOP LINK RETRACT SOLENOID
4057 WH (W) LINK LEVEL RIGHT LINK RAISE SOLENOID
4058 WH (W) LINK LEVEL RIGHT LINK LOWER SOLENOID
4060 WH (W) HYDRAULIC SELECT FRONT
4061 WH (W) HYDRAULIC SELECT REAR
4100 LB (TQ) TRANS RANGE ENABLE SWITCH SUPPLY
4101 LB (TQ) TRANS RANGE ENABLE
4120 VT (P) BEACON RELAY COIL
5000 VT (P) EDC MEMORY POWER
5005 BR (N) EDC KEY SWITCH FEED
5010 BK/WH (B/W) EDC EARTH
5011 BK (B) EDC EARTH CASE RFI
5015 RD (R) EDC CONTROLS BACKLIGHTING
5020 TN (LN) EDC PROC +5V REF VOLTAGE DROP POSN/RATE
5021 PK (K) EDC PROCESSOR REF VOLT (+5V) ROCKSHAFT
5022 PK (K) EDC PROCESSOR REF VOLT +5V QUADRANT
5023 PK (K) EDC PROCESSOR REF VOLT +5V HEIGHT LIMIT
5025 TN (LN) EDC LOWER SIGNAL
5030 TN (LN) EDC RAISE SIGNAL
5035 TN (LN) EDC RETURN REF. VOLTAGE EARTH
5040 TN (LN) EDC DRAFT POSITION
5045 TN (LN) EDC DROP RATE
5050 TN (LN) EDC QUADRANT
5055 TN (LN) EDC CLOCK LINE TO DISPLAY
5060 TN (LN) SERIAL DATA TO CLUSTER
5065 TN (LN) EDC RIGHT PIN
5070 TN (LN) EDC LEFT PIN
5075 PK (K) EDC VOLTAGE TO PINS
5080 PK (K) EDC ROCKSHAFT
5085 PK (K) EDC VALVE UP
5087 PK (K) EDC VALVE UP RETURN
5090 PK (K) EDC VALVE DOWN
5095 PK (K) EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH DOWN
5097 PK (K) EDC VALVE DOWN RETURN
5100 PK (K) EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH UP
5105 GY (S) EDC IMPLEMENT STATUS SWITCH
5110 PK (K) EDC LAMP SIGNAL
5115 PK (K) EDC SLIP SIGNAL
5120 PK (K) EDC HEIGHT LIMIT SIGNAL
5125 LB (TQ) EDC RAISE SIGNAL-RAISE WORK SWITCH
5130 LB (TQ) EDC WORK SIGNAL-RAISE WORK SWITCH
5132 LB (TQ) EDC FLOAT
5133 LB (TQ) EDC STOP
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 465

5135 LB (TQ) EDC +WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL
5140 LB (TQ) EDC -WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL
5145 LB (TQ) EDC SLIP LIMIT POT
5150 GN (G) EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH SUPPLY
5155 BL (U) EDC LOWER LIMIT POT
5160 LB (TQ) EDC HEIGHT LIMIT POT FEED
5170 TN (LN) SERIAL DATA FROM CLUSTER
5175 RD (R) ADIC KEY PAD DISABLE
5180 LB (TQ) EDC SLIP INDICATOR LAMP
5190 RD (R) HPL INTERLOCK / LIFT-O-MATIC
5200 BR (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
5205 BR (N) INTERNAL FENDER HITCH SWITCH - UP
5210 BR (N) EDC VALVE ENABLE
5215 BR (N) INTERNAL FENDER HITCH SWITCH - DOWN
5220 YE (Y) EDC RAISE LAMP
5230 YE (Y) EDC LOWER LAMP
5240 OR (O) EDC RAISE SIGNAL-RAISE WORK SWITCH No.2
5250 OR (O) EDC WORK SIGNAL-RAISE WORK SWITCH No.2
5260 TN (LN) HYDRAULIC MASTER SW #1
5265 TN (LN) HYDRAULIC MASTER SW #2
5270 BR (N) JOYSTICK LED – FRONT
5300 PK (K) ECU FLASH PROGRAM SIGNAL
5400 YE (Y) CAN H
5420 GN (G) CAN L
5500 RD (R) EHR CAN HIGH
5510 BL (U) EHR CAN LOW
5515 GY (S) EHR +12V IGN.
5520 LG EHR 5V REF.
5521 LG EHR MOTOR #1
5531 LG EHR NEUTRAL SWITCH VALVE #1
5532 GN (G) EHR NEUTRAL SWITCH VALVE #2
5533 PK (K) EHR NEUTRAL SWITCH VALVE #3
5534 LG EHR NEUTRAL SWITCH VALVE #4
5535 LG EHR FLOAT SWITCH VALVE#1
5536 TN (LN) EHR FLOAT SWITCH VALVE#2
5537 BR (N) EHR FLOAT SWITCH VALVE#3
5538 OR (O) EHR FLOAT SWITCH VALVE#4
5541 OR (O) EHR MAX.FLOW SWITCH VALVE #1
5542 VT (P) EHR MAX.FLOW SWITCH VALVE #2
5543 GY (S) EHR MAX.FLOW SWITCH VALVE #3
5544 LB (TQ) EHR MAX.FLOW SWITCH VALVE #4
5551 OR (O) EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#1
5552 BL (U) EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#2
5553 WH (W) EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#3
5554 BL (U) EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#4
5561 OR (O) EHR TIMED FLOW SWITCH #1
5564 VT (P) EHR TIMED FLOW SWITCH #4
5570 VT (P) FENDER 3RD EHR SWITCH (RES)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 466

5574 VT (P) FENDER 3RD EHR SWITCH – UP
5576 VT (P) FENDER 3RD EHR SWITCH – DOWN
5580 LB (TQ) JOYSTICK REAR LAMP (MC)
5585 LB (TQ) JOYSTICK FRONT LAMP (MC)
5591 VT (P) EHR WARNING LAMP#1
5595 GY (S) EHR MASTER STOP SWITCH
5596 GY (S) EHR MASTER STOP LAMP
5597 GY (S) EHR MASTER ENABLE
5600 RD (R) HTS LIVE SIGNAL
5610 RD (R) HTS PROGRAM
5620 RD (R) HTS ON/OFF SWITCH
5625 RD (R) LIFT-O-MATIC SWITCH
5630 RD (R) HTS MANUAL SWITCH
5640 RD (R) HTS AUTO SWITCH
5700 WH (W) EHR J-STICK X+
5710 WH (W) EHR J-STICK X ACTIVE SWITCH
5720 WH (W) EHR J-STICK X FULL FLOW SWITCH
5730 WH (W) EHR J-STICK X FLOAT SWITCH
5740 WH (W) EHR J-STICK Y+
5750 WH (W) EHR J-STICK Y ACTIVE SWITCH
5760 WH (W) EHR J-STICK Y FULL FLOW SWITCH
5770 WH (W) EHR J-STICK Y FLOAT SWITCH
5820 GY (S) EDC ROCKSHAFT POT
5830 BL (U) HIGH FLOW PUMP LINK
5840 WH (W) FRONT HITCH DETECT INPUT
5835 GY (S) HYDRAULIC MASTER SWITCH HIGH FLOW PUMP LINK
5900 GN (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
5910 YE (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
5915 BK (B) ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY GROUND
5920 RD (R) ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY POSITIVE
5930 TN (LN) ROTARY ENCODER SUPPLY
5935 OR (O) ROTARY ENCODER SIGNAL - "Home"
5940 OR (O) ROTARY ENCODER SIGNAL - "Esc"
5945 LB (TQ) ROTARY ENCODER SIGNAL - "P1"
5950 LB (TQ) ROTARY ENCODER SIGNAL - "P2"
5955 BK (B) RS232 INPUT TECU
5960 WH (W) RS232 OUTPUT TECU
5962 RD (R) USB +5v REF
5964 WH (W) USB DATA
5966 GN (G) USB DATA +
5968 BK (B) USB GROUND
5970 OR (O) ISO BUS ECU SIGNAL
5975 OR (O) ISO RELAY 2 POWER OUT
5980 OR (O) ISO BUS IMPLEMENT SIGNAL
5985 BL (U) ISO RELAY 1 POWER OUT
5990 OR (O) ROTARY ENCODER SIGNAL - "Enter"
6000 PK (K) ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
6001 BK (B) ENGINE ECU RESISTOR #1
6002 WH (W) ENGINE ECU RESISTOR #2
6003 RD (R) ENGINE ECU RESISTOR #3
6004 GN (G) ENGINE ECU RESISTOR #4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 467

6057 LB (TQ) ENGINE STARTER RELAY GROUND
6010 YE (Y) THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
6100 BL (U) ENGINE COLD ADVANCE CONTROL
6200 RD (R) MANIFOLD (GRID) HEATER SUPPLY
6300 BR (N) FAN SPEED
6305 BR (N) REVERSIBLE FAN OPTION - MOTOR FEED
6310 BR (N) FAN SOLENOID
6315 BR (N) REVERSIBLE FAN OPTION - RELAY CONTROL
6320 BR (N) FAN 5V REF.
6325 BR (N) REVERSIBLE FAN OPTION - RELAY FEED
6327 RD (R) REVERSIBLE FAN RELAY POWER OUT
6330 BR (N) VISTRONIC FAN INPUT
6355 BR (N) +5V LOW POWER REFERENCE
6400 TN (LN) ECU BATTERY SUPPLY
6401 GN (G) ECU TO THROTTLE POT +5V
6402 GN (G) ECU TO THROTTLE POT. VAR
6403 GN (G) ECU TO THROTTLE POT.
6404 GN (G) THROTTLE POT. TO LOW IDLE SWITCH
6405 GN (G) ECU TO THROTTLE POT. SWITCH
6407 OR (O) ENGINE SHUTDOWN SIGNAL (EDC16)
6408 GN (G) FUSED B+ TO ECU 1
6413 OR (O) ENGINE SHUTDOWN RELAY SUPPLY
6414 GN (G) FUSED IGN.+ TO ECU
6415 GN (G) ECU TO J1939 TERFACE CAN#1 CONN.(HI)
6416 GN (G) ECU TO J1939 TERFACE CAN#1 CONN.(LO)
6417 (N/A) SCREEN BRAID FOR 6415 & 6416
6418 PK (K) ECU TO J1941(ISO) INTERFACE #2 CONNECTOR ISO K
6419 PK (K) ECU TO J1941(ISO) INTERFACE #2 CONNECTOR ISO L
6420 PK (K) ECU SINK DRIVER#6 TO DIAGNOSTIC LAMP
6421 PK (K) ECU SINK DRIVER#6 TO DIAGNOSTIC LAMP
6422 PK (K) ENGINE MOUNTED B- TO ECU 1
6424 PK (K) ENGINE MOUNTED B- TO ECU
6427 PK (K) ECU TO MULTIPLE STATE SWITCH (PASS.INPUT#06)
6428 PK (K) ECU TO MULTIPLE STATE SWITCH (PASS.INPUT#06)
6431 PK (K) ECU TO DIAGNOSTIC REQUEST SWITCH (DIG 15)
6432 PK (K) ECU SWITCHED BATT OUTPUT TO DIAG REQUEST SW.
6440 GY (S) HAND THROTTLE POSITION 1
6450 GY (S) HAND THROTTLE POSITION 2
6460 GY (S) HAND THROTTLE SWITCH (NOT IDLE)
6500 BR (N) CONSTANT ERPM ON/OFF
6510 BR (N) CONSTANT ERPM SET 1
6520 BR (N) CONSTANT ERPM SET 2
6530 BR (N) CONSTANT ERPM INCREASE
6540 BR (N) CONSTANT ERPM DECREASE
6550 BR (N) CONSTANT ERPM SET LAMP
6560 BL (U) ECU TO FUEL FILTER HEATER
6570 GN (G) ECU TO FUEL FILTER HEATER RETURN
6580 PK (K) ECU TO GRID HEATER RELAY#1
6585 OR (O) ECU TO GRID HEATER RELAY#2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 468

6586 VT (P) ECU TO GRID HEATER RELAY RETURN
6590 LG ECU DIGITAL GROUND
6600 TN (LN) ECU BATTERY SUPPLY
6610 BR (N) ECU IGNITION SUPPLY
6620 OR (O) ECU COOLANT TEMP. SIGNAL
6630 OR (O) ECU COOLANT TEMP. GROUND
6640 OR (O) ECU AC PRESSURE NOT HIGH SWITCH
6650 OR (O) ECU BOOST GROUND
6660 OR (O) ECU BOOST TEMP
6670 OR (O) ECU 5V BOOST
6680 OR (O) ECU BOOST PRESSURE
6690 OR (O) ECU SOLENOID VALVE SHUT OFF
6700 OR (O) ECU CRANK SHAFT OUTPUT SHAFT
6710 OR (O) ECU ENGINE SPEED
7000 BL (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
7001 BL (U) TRANS DISPLAY ILLUMINATION
7002 BL (U) TRANS MAIN CLUTCH SOL (C3/C4)
7003 BL (U) TRANS DUMP SOL
7004 BL (U) TRANS FRONT CLUTCH SOL (C1/C2)
7005 BL (U) TRANS CREEPER GR SOL
7007 RD (R) TRANS DUAL POWER PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH
7008 RD (R) TRANS DUAL POWER PRESSURE SWITCH LOW
7009 WH (W) TRANS RANGE DISABLE SWITCH
7010 BL (U) TRANS RANGE INDICATOR SWITCH (GR 1-4)
7020 BL (U) TRANS RANGE INDICATOR SWITCH (GR 5-8)
7025 RD (R) TRANS DISPLAY ENABLE
7030 BL (U) TRANS RANGE INDICATOR SWITCH COMMON
7035 BR (N) TRANS DUMP SOLEN0ID FEED
7040 BR (N) TRANS CREEPER SWITCH
7050 RD (R) TRANS RELAY SUPPLY - RUN
7060 RD (R) TRANS RELAY SUPPLY - START
7068 BL (U) TRANS CVT POWER SUPPLY (CVT)
7070 RD (R) TRANS FEED (IGN +)
7071 BR (N) FEED HYD FILTER RESTRICTION IND LAMP
7080 LG DIFF-LOCK SOLENOID FEED
7090 LG DIFF-LOCK SWITCH TO BRAKE SWITCH
7100 BR (N) DIFF-LOCK RELAY TO BRAKE SWITCH
7110 RD (R) PTO INHIBITOR SWITCH TO TRANS
7120 YE (Y) DIFF-LOCK WNG LP (MAUAL)
7125 LG DIFF-LOCK WNG LP (AUTO)
7126 LG DIFF LOCK PRESSURE SWITCH
7130 BR (N) HYD FILTER WNG LP
7135 BR (N) HYD FILTER PRESSURE SWITCH
7140 OR (O) DIFF-LOCK OFF SOLENOID
7150 GY (S) LOW OIL PRESSURE WRN FEED
7155 BL (U) VANE PUMP PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
7160 RD (R) HYD LOW CHARGE WARNING
7170 WH (W) DIFF LOCK SWITCH (AUTO ON)
7175 YE (Y) DIFF LOCK SWITCH (MANUAL ON)
7180 BL (U) CREEPER SWITCH MOM SIGNAL
7190 PK (K) TRANS SOLENOID VALVE SUPPLY
7195 PK (K) TRANS SOLENOID VALVE RETURN
7196 YE (Y) TRANS FR/REV LOW SIDE RETURN (CVT)
7197 YE (Y) TRANS RANGE LOW SIDE RETURN (CVT)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 469

7198 BL (U) TRANS HYROSTATIC LOW SIDE RETURN (CVT
7200 GY (S) TRANSMISSION SHIFT DOWN
7210 GY (S) TRANSMISSION SHIFT UP
7220 GY (S) TRANSMISSION HIGH RANGE
7225 WH (W) TRANS HI RANGE SOL - RET
7230 GY (S) TRANSMISSION LOW RANGE
7235 YE (Y) TRANS LOW RANGE SOL - RET
7240 GY (S) TRANSMISSION DISPLAY SWITCH
7245 TN (LN) DEADMAN
7250 GY (S) TRANSMISSION FORWARD SIGNAL
7260 GY (S) TRANSMISSION REVERSE SIGNAL
7265 PK (K) TRANS NEUTRAL SWITCH TO PROCESSOR (GR.SW 1)
7267 LG TRANS NEUTRAL SWITCH 2 TO PROCESSOR
7270 RD (R) TCM SERIAL DATA IN-DISPLY DATA OUT
7275 WH (W) TCM SERIAL DATA OUT-DISPLY DATA IN
7280 WH (W) LIMP HOME SWITCH 18x18 TRANS.
7290 WH (W) DIRECTIONAL INTERRUPT RELAY TO SOLENOID
7295 WH (W) DRIVE DISABLE SIGNAL
7300 WH (W) TRANSMISSION PWM SOLENOID 1-4 SYNCRO
7301 YE (Y) SOLENOID 1 18x9 RETURN
7320 WH (W) SOLENOID 2 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7321 VT (P) SOLENOID 2 18x9 RETURN
7330 WH (W) SOLENOID 3 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7331 YE (Y) SOLENOID 3 18x9 RETURN
7340 WH (W) SOLENOID F1 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7341 YE (Y) SOLENOID F1 18x9 RETURN
7350 WH (W) SOLENOID F2 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7351 GY (S) SOLENOID F2 18x9 RETURN
7355 GY (S) SOLENOID R 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7356 BL (U) SOLENOID R 18x9 RETURN
7360 WH (W) SOLENOID A 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7361 VT (P) SOLENOID A 18x9 RETURN
7370 YE (Y) SOLENOID B 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7371 VT (P) SOLENOID B 18x9 RETURN
7380 YE (Y) SOLENOID C 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7381 VT (P) SOLENOID C 18x9 RETURN
7390 YE (Y) SOLENOID PWM (F1) 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7391 VT (P) SOLENIOD PWM (F1) 18x9 RETURN
7392 OR (O) SOLENOID PWM (F2) 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7393 OR (O) SOLENOID PWM (F2) 18x9 RETURN
7395 VT (P) SOLENOID CREEP 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7396 VT (P) SOLENOID CREEP 18x9 RETURN
7400 YE (Y) TRANS RPM SPEED SENSOR TO TCM INPUT
7401 VT (P) TRANS RPM SPEED SENSOR
7402 YE (Y) TRANS WHLSP FORWARD (CVT)
7403 YE (Y) TRANS WHLSP REVERSE (CVT)
7404 YE (Y) TRANS HYDROSTAT FORWARD (CVT)
7405 YE (Y) TRANS HYDROSTAT REVERSE (CVT)
7406 LG TRANS BI-DI SPEED SENSOR RET (CVT)
7407 PK (K) HYDROSTAT 1 SOLENOID +
7408 VT (P) HYDROSTAT 1 SOLENOID GND
7410 YE (Y) TRANS RPM SPEED SENSOR TO TCM OUTPUT
7411 YE (Y) TRANS HYDROSTAT INPUT SPEED SENSOR (CVT)
7420 YE (Y) TCM TO CLUTCH POSITION SWITCH
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 470

7425 YE (Y) DRIVE SIGNAL
7430 YE (Y) CLUTCH POSITION SIGNAL
7431 LB (TQ) SUPPLY
7440 YE (Y) TCM TO TRACTOR EIC-AXLE OUTPUT
7450 WH (W) TRANS CREEPER INTERLOCK SUPPLY
7460 WH (W) TRANS CREEPER CLUTCH ENGAGED
7470 GY (S) TRANS CREEPER CLUTCH DISENGAGED
7475 RD (R) TRANS AUTO OFF
7476 RD (R) TRANS AUTO ON
7480 GN (G) TRANS AUTO FUNCTION 1
7482 GN (G) TRANS AUTO ON/INCREASE
7485 PK (K) TRANS AUTO FUNCTION LAMP 1
7490 GN (G) TRANS AUTO FUNCTION 2
7492 GN (G) TRANS AUTO OFF/DECREASE
7495 PK (K) TRANS AUTO FUNCTION LAMP 2
7500 GN (G) TRANS OIL TEMP. SENSOR
7520 GN (G) TRANS SENSOR SUPPLY 8v
7525 GN (G) TRANS SENSOR SUPPLY 5v
7560 GN (G) TRANS WARNING LAMP
7570 BK/WH (B/W) SIGNAL GROUND
7579 BL (U) PARKLOCK SWITCH
7580 BL (U) CREEPER SOLENOID MONITOR
7581 OR (O) CREEPER POSITION SIGNAL
7582 BL (U) CREEPER RAIL SWITCH NOT
7583 BL (U) PARKLOCK SWITCH #2
7584 BL (U) PARKLOCK SENSOR SWITCH SIGNAL
7585 BL (U) PARKLOCK SOLENOID #2
7586 BL (U) BRAKE LUBRICATON SOLENOID
7587 BL (U) PARKLOCK OVERRIDE SWITCH
7588 BL (U) PARKLOCK POSITION SIGNAL
7589 BL (U) BRAKE PRESSURE SIGNAL
7590 OR (O) TRANS CREEPER GEAR STATUS LAMP
7600 BR (N) TRANS FEATHERING SOLENOID
7620 BR (N) TRANS FEATHERING SOL. MONITOR
7630 BR (N) TRANS MAIN CLUTCH PRESSURE SWITCH
7640 TN (LN) DIAGNOSTIC PLUG RS232 IN
7650 WH (W) DIAGNOSTIC PLUG RS232 OUT
7655 YE (Y) RS232 GROUND
7660 RD (R) TRANS CLUTCH DISCONNECT
7670 RD (R) TRANS FRONT SYNCHRO POSITION
7671 BL (U) SYNCRO_F2_R1_POS_1
7672 RD (R) SYNCRO_F2_R1_POS_2
7700 TN (LN) TRANS SHUTTLE DUMP SWITCH
7710 TN (LN) TRANS OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH
7730 TN (LN) NOT IN PARKLOCK
7735 TN (LN) TRANS MID SPEED SIGNAL +
7740 TN (LN) TRANS MID SPEED SIGNAL -
7750 RD (R) TCM TO DOG 30/40 KPH SELECT
7755 VT (P) DOG ENABLE
7760 WH (W) TORQUE SENSOR
7770 BL (U) TRANS FORWARD PRESSURE SWITCH
7775 PK (K) B CLUTCH PRESSURE SIGNAL
7780 BL (U) TRANS FORWARD PRESSURE SWITCH
7785 OR (O) A CLUTCH PRESSURE SIGNAL
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 471

7790 LB (TQ) TRANS RANGE INPUT DIGITAL FEEDBACK (CVT)
7800 LB (TQ) TRANS FR / REV INPUT DIGITAL FEEDBACK (CVT)
7810 PK (K) TRANS PWM SOLENOID C1
7815 PK (K) TRANS PWM SOLENOID C1 RETURN
7846 LB (TQ) TRANS BRAKE SOLENOID (CVT)
7847 LB (TQ) TRANS HYDROSTATIC - POSITIVE SOLENOID (CVT)
7848 LB (TQ) TRANS HYDROSTATIC - NEGATIVE SOLENOID (CVT)
7850 GN (G) TRANS DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM VOLTAGE
7855 GN (G) TRANS DIAGNOSTIC EA
7860 GN (G) TRANS DIAGNOSTIC RCV
7865 GN (G) TRANS DIAGNOSTIC XMT
7870 GN (G) TRANS DIAGNOSTIC RTS
7875 PK (K) TRANS DIAGNOSTIC CTS
7880 BK/WH (B/W) TCM SIGNAL GROUND
7890 LB (TQ) TRANS L-LINE DIAGNOSTIC (CVT)
7900 LB (TQ) CLUTCH 'A' SIGNAL
7910 LB (TQ) CLUTCH 'B' SIGNAL
7915 VT (P) TCM CLUTCH B RETURN
7920 LB (TQ) CLUTCH 'C' SIGNAL
7925 VT (P) TCM CLUTCH C RETURN
7930 LB (TQ) CLUTCH 'D' SIGNAL
7935 VT (P) TCM CLUTCH D RETURN
7940 LB (TQ) CLUTCH 'E' SIGNAL
7945 VT (P) TCM CLUTCH E RETURN
7950 LB (TQ) CLUTCH SUPPLY
7960 VT (P) TRANS SLOW/FAST
7965 VT (P) HI/LO SYNCHRO SIGNAL
7970 VT (P) TRANS MED/REV
7980 PK (K) TRANS MED. RANGE
7982 WH (W) TRANS MED. RANGE RET
7985 GN (G) TRANS REVERSE RANGE
7990 PK (K) TRANS BRAKE
7995 PK (K) BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
7996 RD (R) BRAKE PEDALS UNLATCHED SIGNAL
8000 BR (N) TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID
8010 TN (LN) TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE
8020 TN (LN) TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE
8030 LG TRANS FWD SOLENIOD
8035 VT (P) TRANS FWD SOL RET
8040 LG TRANS REV SOLENIOD
8045 VT (P) TRANS REV SOL RET
8050 RD (R) TRANS REV PRESSURE
8060 BL (U) TRAILER BRAKE SUPPLY
8070 VT (P) TRAILER PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
9000 TN (LN) DIVERTER VALVE
9010 TN (LN) DIVERTER VALVE SUPPLY
9020 TN (LN) HYDRAULIC REMOTE VALVE SOL
9025 TN (LN) HYDRAULIC REMOTE VALVE SWITCH
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 472

9026 WH (W)
9027 WH (W) CAL/ SEL INPUT ADIC
9028 WH (W) ADIC MEMORY B+
9029 WH (W)
9030 WH (W)
9031 VT (P) ADIC MEMORY B+
9032 YE (Y) IGN+ TO POWER SKT.
9033 TN (LN) 50KPH SOLENOID+
9034 TN (LN) 50KPH SOLENOID-
9035 TN (LN) 50KPH DUMP SOLENOID
9036 TN (LN) 50KPH DUMP SOLENOID RETURN
9050 VT (P) CN1A 10
9051 VT (P) CN2 13
9200 BL (U) SPARE FUNCTION 97-12
9201 RD (R) SPARE FUNCTION 97-13
9210 GN (G) AC-SWITCH POWER
9211 GN (G) AC-BLOWER SPEED LOW (1)
9212 PK (K) AC-BLOWER SPEED MED.1 (2)
9213 PK (K) AC-BLOWER SPEED MED .2 (3)
9214 GN (G) AC-BLOWER SPEED HIGH .2 (2)
9215 BL (U) AC-SWITCH ON
9216 LG AC-TEMPERATURE POTI CAB
9217 BR (N) AC-SWITCH MAX DEFROST
9218 GY (S) AC-SWITCH ECONOMY
9219 BL (U) AC-LOW PRESSURE SWITCH OUTPUT
9220 BL (U) AC-LOW PRESSURE SWITCH INPUT
9221 VT (P) AC-EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
9222 YE (Y) AC-SIGNAL OUTLET TEMPERATURE SENSOR
9223 RD (R) AC-SIGNAL CAB TEMPERATURE SENSOR
9224 OR (O) AC-SIGNAL AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
9225 BL (U) AC-BLOWER SPEED
9226 YE (Y) AC-SIGNAL WATER VALVE
9227 VT (P) AC-BLOWER SWITCH SUPPLY
9228 GN (G) AC-AUTOMATIC BLOWER SPEED
9229 OR (O) AC-DE-FOG
9230 BR (N) ECU B+ OUTPUT (EDC7_)
9231 YE (Y) SUPPLY FOR DIGITAL SWITCHES
9232 YE (Y) ECU TO RESERVE LSD
9233 YE (Y) ECU TO INTERCOOLER BY PASS VALVE
9235 OR (O) ECU SWITCHED B+
9236 YE (Y) ECU TO DIAGNOSTIC LAMP
9237 YE (Y) ECU TO DIAGNOSTIC LAMP RETURN
9238 YE (Y) ECU TO WATER IN FUEL SWITCH
9239 YE (Y) ECU TO ENGINE COMPARTMENT START SWITCH
9240 YE (Y) ECU TO ENGINE COMPARTMENT STOP SWITCH
9241 YE (Y) ECU TO OBD LAMP
9242 YE (Y) ECU TO COLD START LAMP
9243 YE (Y) ECU TO SPEED LIMITER VALVE
9244 YE (Y) ECU TO ADDTITIVE VALVE
9245 TN (LN) +5V REDUCTION AGENT LEVEL SENSOR
9246 LG SIGNAL REDUCTION LEVEL AGENT SENSOR
9247 BL (U) GROUND REDUCTION LEVEL AGENT SENSOR
9248 YE (Y) REDUCTION AGENT LEVEL TEMP SENSOR
9249 YE (Y) ECU TO CATALYST TEMP SENSOR (UPSTEAM)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 473

9250 YE (Y) ECU TO CATALYST TEMP SENSOR (UPTREAM) RETURN
9251 YE (Y) ECU TO CATALYST TEMP SENSOR (DOWNSTREAM)
9252 YE (Y) ECU TO CATALYST TEMP SENSOR (DOWNSTEAM) RET
9253 YE (Y) ECU TO SERVICE SOON LAMP
9254 YE (Y) ECU TO BLOW BY 3 WAY VALVE
9255 YE (Y) ECU TO FILTER OUTLET HEATING RETURN
9256 YE (Y) ECU TO SUCTION LINE HTG RETURN
9257 YE (Y) ECU TO BACK FLOW TO TANK LINE HEATING RETURN
9258 YE (Y) ECU TO PRESSURE LINE HEATING RETURN
9259 YE (Y) ECU TO BACK FLOW SUPPLY HEATING RETURN
9260 YE (Y) ECU TO COMPENSATION LINE HEATING RETURN
9261 YE (Y) ECU TO DOSING VALVE
9262 YE (Y) ECU TO DOSING VALVE RETURN
9263 WH (W) CRUISE CONTROL +VE
9264 BK (B) CRUISE CONTROL -VE
9265 BL (U) CRUISE OFF
9266 BL (U) CRUISE RES
9267 BR (N) BRAKE SWITCH BROWN
9268 BK (B) BRAKE SWICH RED/BLACK
9269 WH (W) CLUTCH SWITCH
9270 BR (N) 12 V SUPPLY TO DENNOX CONVERTOR
9271 LG 24V OUTPUT FROM 12/24V CONVERTOR
9272 LG 24V FUSED SUPPLY
9273 LG 24V SWITCHED SUPPLY TO DENNOX CONTROLLER
9274 GN (G) 24V SUPPLY
9276 GY (S) ECU TO COMBUST AIR & HUMIDITY SENSOR
9277 GY (S) ECU TO COMBUST AIR & HUMIDIY SENSOR RETURN
9278 RD (R) COMBUST AIR TEMPERATURE
9280 BR (N) ECU 12V SUPPLY OUTPUT (EDC7)
9281 YE (Y) LOCAL INTERCONNECT NETWORK
9282 YE (Y) ENGINE SPEED FOR SPEEDOMETER(TACHO)
9283 YE (Y) CAMSHAFT REPITITION O/P
9284 YE (Y) RESERVE #1 SINK DRIVER
9285 YE (Y) ACTIVE ANALOG 2 SUPPLY
9286 YE (Y) VEHICLE SPEED FEED
9287 YE (Y) VEHICLE SPEED RETURN
9288 YE (Y) LAMBDA #1 SIGNAL (PAS08)
9289 YE (Y) LAMBDA #2 SIGNAL (PAS09)
9290 YE (Y) LAMBDA #3 SIGNAL (ACT10)
9291 YE (Y) LAMBDA #4 SIGNAL (ACT11)
9292 YE (Y) LAMBDA #5 HEATER SUPPLY
9293 YE (Y) LAMBDA #6 HEATER
9294 YE (Y) ECU TO EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR
9295 YE (Y) ECU TO EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE SENS RETURN
9296 YE (Y) ECU TO TURBO COMPOUND SENSOR
9297 YE (Y) ECU TO TURBO COMPOUND SENSOR RETURN
9298 YE (Y) TURBO COMPONUD +5V REF
9299 YE (Y) ECU TO BLOW BY DELTA P SENSOR
9300 YE (Y) ECU TO BLOW BY DELTA P SENSOR RETURN
9301 YE (Y) ECU TO TORQUE LIMIT MULTIPLE STAGE SWITCH
9302 YE (Y) ECU TO TORQUE LIMIT MULTIPLE STAGE SW RETURN
9303 YE (Y) ECU TO STARTER RELAY COIL EDC7
9304 YE (Y) ECU TO STARTER RELAY COIL EDC7 RETURN
9305 YE (Y) ECU TO A/C COMPRESSOR RELAY EDC7
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 474

9306 YE (Y) ECU TO A/C COMPRESSOR RELAY EDC7 RETURN
9310 RD (R) ESPTO MOTOR +VE
9311 BL (U) ESPTO MOTOR -VE
9312 GN (G) +VE POSITION
9313 YE (Y) SIGNAL POSITION
9314 BK (B) -VE POSITION
9501 WH (W) UCM FUSE 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 475
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 01 POWER

DISTRIBUTION (MAXI Fuses 1 - 6)
T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range Command / Power Command - With Sidewinder
Compo- Connector Description

nent
MF1 X060, X070 Supply to F-009, F-010, F-011, F-012, F-013, F-014, F-015, F-016, F-017, F-018,
F-019, F-020, F-021, F-045, F-048, F-050
MF2 X070 Supply to F-006, F-007, F-008, F-036, F-037, F-038
MF3 X070 Supply to F-029, F-030, F-046, F-047, F-091, K-005
MF4 X070 Supply to F-027, F-028
MF5 X070 Supply to F-025, F-026, F-031, F-032, F-051
Z-002 X070 Maxi Fuseholder
Additional Connectors: -
Wire Colour Codes

BK Black GN Green PK Pink BL Blue
TN Light Brown BR Brown OR Orange LG Light Green
RD Red GY Grey LB Light Blue
WH White YE Yellow VT Violet
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 476
SS10M001 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 477
T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range Command / Power Command - Without Sidewinder
Component Connector Description

MF1 X060, X070 Supply to K-003
MF3 X070 Supply to F-029, F-030, F-033, F-034, F-035, F-046, K-005
MF4 X070 Supply to F-027, F-028, Rear Power Socket Implement
MF5 X070 Supply to F-025, F-026, F-031, F-032, F-051
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 478
SS11C012 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 479
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 POWER DISTRIBUTION T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range Command / Power Command - With Sidewinder
(Fuses 1 - 14) Component Connector Description

T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand F-001 X073 Interior and step lighting and relay mirror heating
F-002 X073 Cigar lighter and power socket, cab (potential 30)
F-003 X073 Coupling of the A/C compressor
F-004 X073 Screw terminal red (potential 30)
F-005 X073 Blower motor
F-006 X073 Station memory and work light Controller
F-007 X073 Switch - Main headlights and hazard light switch
F-008 X073 Starter switch
F-009 X073 Front loader power
F-010 X073 Rear power socket (potential 15)
F-011 X073 Front windscreen wiper
F-012 X073 Rear windscreen wiper / switch, windscreen washing system, front/rear
F-013 X073 Relay, brake lights
F-014 X073 Headlight switch and flasher
K-003 X034 Ignition Relay
Z-002 X073 Fusemodul
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 480
SS10M002 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 481

F-001 X073 Interior and step lighting and relay mirror heating
F-002 X073 Cigar lighter and power socket, cab (potential 30)
F-003 X073 Coupling of the A/C compressor
F-004 X073 Screw terminal red (potential 30)
F-005 X073 Blower motor
F-006 X073 Station memory and Worklight Controller
F-007 X073 Switch - Main headlights and hazard light switch
F-008 X073 Starter switch
F-009 X073 Front loader power
F-010 X073 Rear power socket (potential 15)
F-011 X073 Front windscreen wiper
F-012 X073 Rear windscreen wiper switch, windscreen washing system, front/rear
F-013 X073 Relay, brake lights
F-014 X073 Headlight switch and flasher Unit
K-003 X034 Ignition Relay
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 482
SS11C013 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 483

T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand F-015 X073 Brake light switch and pedal lock
F-016 X073 Trailer brake, Electronic Park Brake (EPL) Relay
F-017 X073 Power socket, cab (potential 15)
F-018 X073 Air blower motor relay and driver’s seat, Armrest adjust
F-019 X073 Heated mirrors
F-020 X073 Radar sensor, normal signal socket, keypad
F-021 X072 Water sensor for the fuel filter, brake fluid level switch
Additional Connectors:
X024
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 484
SS10M003 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 485

F-015 X073 Brake light switch and pedal lock
F-016 X073 Trailer brake Relay, Relay option less Electronic Park Brake ( EPL)
F-017 X073 Power socket, cab (potential 15)
F-018 X073 Air blower motor relay and driver’s seat
F-019 X073 Heated mirrors
F-020 X073 Radar sensor, normal signal socket, keypad
F-021 X072 Water sensor for the fuel filter, brake fluid level switch
X024
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 486
SS11C014 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 487

T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand F-022 X072 Side marker lights right
F-023 X072 Side marker lights left, licence plate lights
F-024 X072 Illumination - Lighting, cigar lighter, ADIC, Virtual Terminal, heated mirror switch,
EHR-lock switch
F-025 X072 Dipped beam headlights relay, Follow Me Home
F-026 X072 Main beam headlights
F-027 X072 Front worklamp (Hood)
F-028 X072 Worklight Controller, Roof rear worklamps
F-029 X072 Worklight Controller, Roof front worklamps + grabrail
F-030 X072 Worklamp (C-pillar)
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 488
SS10M004 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 489

F-022 X072 Side marker lights right
F-023 X072 Side marker lights left, licence plate lights
F-024 X072 Illumination - Lighting, cigar lighter, ADIC, Interior Bar Lamp, heated mirror switch
F-025 X072 Dipped beam headlights relay, Follow Me Home
F-026 X072 Main beam headlights
F-027 X072 Front worklamp (Hood)
F-028 X072 Worklight Controller, Roof rear worklamps
F-029 X072 Worklight Controller, Roof front worklamps + grabrail
F-030 X072 Worklamp (C-pillar)
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 490
SS11C015 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 491
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 POWER DISTRIBUTION

(Fuses 31 - 45)
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command
with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power
Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder

F-031 X072 Rotating beacon (via Worklight Controller)
F-032 X072 Flasher Electronic Control Unit (ECU)
F-033 X072 Diagnostics Plug - CAN BUS 1
F-034 X072 ADIC and hand brake switch
F-035 X072 Potential 30 for electronics
F-036 X072 4 Worklamps front roof relay
F-037 X072 4 Worklamps rear roof relay
F-038 X072 6 Worklamps front roof relay
F-040 X072 Radio memory
F-043 X071 Engine Control module (ECM) (potential 15)
F-044 X071 Front-mounted equipment socket (B+)
F-045 X071 Power supply - 8 A socket (potential 15) C-pillar left
S-007 X003 Starter Switch
X024
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 492
SS10M005 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 493

(Fuses 31 - 37)
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder,
T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder

F-031 X072 Rotating beacon (via Worklight Controller)
F-032 X072 Flasher Electronic Control Unit (ECU)
F-033 X072 Diagnostics Plug - CAN BUS 1
F-034 X072 ADIC and hand brake switch
F-035 X072 Potential 30 for electronics
F-036 X072 ADIC supply (potential 15)
F-037 X072 Transmission controller supply (potential 15), foot throttle, shuttle lever, ISO BUS
Interface Controller CN1 ( TECU)
K-017 X074 Power Supply F-036, F-037, F-038, F-039
X145, X146, X147
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 494
SS11C016 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 495

(Fuses 46 - 54)

F-046 X071 Engine Control module (ECM) B+ supply
F-048 X071 Power supply SCR System
F-050 X071 Reversible fan
F-051 X071 Electronic Park Brake (EPL) Controller
F-052 X071 ADIC supply
F-053 X071 Transmission control supply (potential 15)
F-054 X071 Power supply PTO rear
K-017 X074 Power Supply ECU, UCM, PTO rear, ADIC
X026
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 496
SS10M006 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 497

(Fuses 38 - 40)

F-038 X072 Rear PTO , display of gears, switch panel, CCU
F-039 X072 Supply Ignition CCU, ACU, Armrest, Fast Steer, A/C pressure switch, Auto Guidance,
Rear Hitch Switch, EHR External Switch Fender
F-040 X072 Radio memory
S-007 X003 Starter Switch
X026, X110, X127
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 498
SS11C017 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 499

(Fuses 55 - 60 / 91 - 92)

F-055 X071 Supply Ignition Fast Steer, A/C pressure switch, Auto Guidance, Rear Hitch Switch,
EHR External Switch Fender
F-056 X071 Power Supply, PTO front, Armrest Unit, El.Hydraulic Remotes
F-060 X071 Time relay battery isolator, Battery isolator control switch
F-091 X076 Less Battery Isolator
F-092 X076 with Battery Isolator
Z-006 X076 Diode Block
X110, X127, X620
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 500
SS10M007 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 501

(Fuses 41 - 60)

F-041 X071 Supply ACU, front hitch, front PTO, Front ISO BUS
F-042 X071 Supply ACU, Front suspension, Front hitch height enable Switch
F-043 X071 Starter Switch (potential 15)
F-044 X071 Power supply reserve
F-045 X071 Power supply - 8 A socket (potential 15) C-pillar left
F-046 X071 Engine Control module (ECM) B+ supply
F-048 X071 Power supply SCR System
F-051 X071 Electronic Park Brake ( EPL) Controller
F-052 X071 Power supply (potential 30) Interface Roof
F-060 X071 Time relay battery isolator, Battery isolator control switch
X020, X024
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 502
SS11C018 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 503

(Fuses 61 - 70)

A-080 X950, X951, Universal Controller (UCM)
X952, X953,
X954, X955,
X956, X957
F-061 X075 Power supply Universal Controller (UCM)
Z-012 X075 Fusemodul / Relay
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 504
SS10M008 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 505
(Power Earthing) Component Connector Description

- - SP-021, 087, 101, 102, 136, 143, 260
X025
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 506
SS10M009 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 507

- - SP-021, 087, 102, 136, 143, 260
X025
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 508
SS11C020 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 509
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 START/CHARGING (with T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range Command / Power Command - With Sidewinder
Battery Isolator) Component Connector Description

T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand F-100 X923 Supply Memory
F-101 X924 Reserve
G-001 X605, X608, 12 V Battery
X892, X815,
X890
G-002 X236, X237 Alternator
K-005 X035 Starter Motor On
K-018 X074 EL.Battery Isolator
K-021 X032 Timer Relay Battery Isolator
M-003 X231, X232 Starter Motor
PF1 X920 Power Fuse, Main Power Supply B+ ( 250 A)
PF2 X921 Power Fuse, Power Supply UCM, PTO rear, ADIC
PF8 X823 Mega Fuse, Grid/Fuel Heater ( 125 A)
PF9 X922 Power Fuse, Power Supply SCR System
Q-001 X466, X891 Battery Isolator
S-006 X482 Battery Isolator Control Switch
V-007 X076 El. Battery Isolator Diode
X021, X023, X024, X026, X238, X902
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 510
SS11D351 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 511

F-100 X923 Supply Memory
F-101 X924 Reserve
G-001 X605, X608, 12 V Battery
X815, X890
X892,
K-005 X035 Starter Motor On
K-018 X074 EL.Battery Isolator
K-021 X481 Timer Relay Battery Isolator
PF2 X921 Power Fuse, Power Supply CCU, ACU, PTO rear, ADIC
PF8 X823 Mega Fuse, Grid/Fuel Heater ( 125 A)
Q-001 X466, X891 Battery Isolator
S-006 X482 Battery Isolator Control Switch
V-011 X090 El. Battery Isolator Diode
X021, X023, X024, X026, X142, X238, X902
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 512
SS11C021 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 513
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 START/CHARGING (less T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range Command / Power Command - With Sidewinder
Battery Isolator) Component Connector Description

T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand F-100 X923 Supply Memory
F-101 X924 Reserve
G-001 X605, X608, 12 V Battery
X892, X815,
X890
PF2 X921 Power Fuse, Power Supply UCM, PTO rear, ADIC
PF8 X823 Mega Fuse, Grid & Fuel Heater ( 125 A)
X021, X023, X902
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 514
SS11D352 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 515

F-100 X923 Supply Memory
F-101 X924 Reserve
G-001 X605, X608, 12 V Battery
X815, X890,
X892
PF2 X921 Power Fuse, Power Supply CCU, ACU, PTO rear, ADIC
PF8 X823 Mega Fuse, Grid & Fuel Heater ( 125 A)
X021, X023, X902
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 516
SS11C022 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 517
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 ENGINE- CONTROLLER T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range Command / Power Command - With Sidewinder
T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand Component Connector Description

A-081 X911 Engine Control module (ECM)
B-012 X242 Fuel Filter Water Sensor
B-043 X908 Humidity/Temperature Sensor
M-012 X739 Reversible Fan Compressor
K-023 X215 Grid Heater Relay
K-024 X216 Fuel Heater Relay
K-046 X740 Reversible Fan Relay
R-001 - Fuel Heater
R-002 - Grid Heater
Y-001 X573 Exhaust Brake Solenoid
Y-017 X739 Reversible Fan Valve
Z-008 X811 Visctronic Fan
Z-010 X739 Reversible Fan Compressor / Valve
X026, X219, X239
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 518
SS11D353 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 519

A-081 X911 Engine Control module (ECM)
B-012 X242 Fuel Filter Water Sensor
B-043 X908 Humidity/Temperature Sensor
K-023 X215 Grid Heater Relay
K-024 X216 Fuel Heater Relay
R-001 - Fuel Heater
R-002 - Grid Heater
Y-001 X573 Exhaust Brake Solenoid
Z-008 X811 Visctronic Fan
X026, X219, X239
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 520
SS11C023 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 521
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 ENGINE- CONTROLLER

A-081 X912, X913 Engine Control module (ECM)
B-013 X828 Boost Pressure / Temperature Sensor
B-014 X829 Oil Pressure / Temperature Sensor
B-015 X830 Rail Pressure Sensor
B-016 X831 Coolant Temperature Sensor
B-017 X832 Fuel Temperature Sensor
B-018 X835 Camshaft Speed Sensor
B-019 X834 Crankshaft Speed Sensor
Y-011 X833 High Pressure Pump Metering Valve
Y-061 X825 Injector, No.1 Cylinder
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 522
SS11C024 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 523
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 SCR-CONTROLLER T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range Command / Power Command - With Sidewinder
(DeNOx) Component Connector Description

T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand A-082 X914 SCR Controller
A-083 X918 Convertor 12-24V SCR Controller
A-084 X909 Converter NOx Sensor (AC/DC)
B-070 X905 Catalyst Temperature Sensor (IN)
B-071 X906 Catalyst Temperature Sensor (OUT)
B-072 X907 DEF/ADBLUE Tank Level and Temperature Sensor
B-073 X909 NOx-Sensor
K-030 X999 Supply (Potential 15) Relay
V-021 X172A Diode SCR System
V-022 X172B Diode SCR System
V-023 - Diode SCR System
Y-045 X903 DEF/ADBLUE Heating control Valve
Y-046 X904 DEF/ADBLUE Injection Valve
X026, X901
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 524
SS11D354 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 525

A-082 X914 SCR Controller
A-083 X918 Convertor 12-24V SCR Controller
A-084 X909 Converter NOx Sensor (AC/DC)
B-070 X905 Catalyst Temperature Sensor (IN)
B-071 X906 Catalyst Temperature Sensor (OUT)
B-072 X907 DEF/ADBLUE Tank Level and Temperature Sensor
B-073 X909 NOx-Sensor
K-030 X999 SCR Supply (Potential 15) Relay
V-021 X172A Diode SCR System
V-022 X172B Diode SCR System
Y-045 X903 DEF/ADBLUE Heating control Valve
Y-046 X904 DEF/ADBLUE Injection Valve
X026, X901
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 526
SS11C025 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 527
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 CONTROL UNIT T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand
(Transmission) Component Connector Description

X952, X953,
X954, X955,
X956, X957
A-067 X015 Foot Throttle
B-022 X526 Ring Gear Speed Sensor
B-030 X524 Output Wheel Speed Sensor 1
B-031 X546 Clutch A Pressure Sensor
B-032 X547 Clutch B Pressure Sensor
B-033 X549 Brake Pressure Sensor
B-035 X289 Fly Wheel -Torque Sensor
B-038 X520 Output Wheel Speed Sensor 2
S-008 X551 Exhaust Brake Switch
S-054 X299 Ground Speed PTO Engaged Switch
Y-024 X527 Solenoid Clutch A
Y-025 X528 Solenoid Clutch B
- X654 Brake Lubrication Control Solenoid
Y-038 X276 Diff Lock Solenoid
Y-040 X279 4WD Solenoid
Y-083 X544 Solenoid Valve Hydrostat
- X113 Ground Speed PTO Switch Link
X020, X022, X915
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 528
SS11D368 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 529

X952, X953,
X954, X955,
X956, X957
B-002 X257 Axel speed Sensor (Hall)
B-037 X651 CDE in Speed Sensor
Y-030 X264 Solenoid 19th Gear
Y-031 X263 Solenoid 19th Gear - Dump Valve
Y-057 X642 Med Range Solenoid
X020, X022
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 530
SS10M220 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 531

X952, X953,
X954, X955,
X956, X957
B-001 X653 Mid Speed Sensor Output speed P.U.
S-033 X649 Rev Range Press Switch
Y-057 X642 Med Range Solenoid
X020, X022
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 532
SS10M221 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 533

A-001 X043 Gear Shift Indicator-Dog
A-066 X091, X092, Central Control Unit (CCU)
X093, X094,
X095, X097
B-037 X651 CDE in Speed Sensor
S-102 X078 Diverter Switch
Y-069 X321X321 Diverter Solenoid
X020, X022
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 534
SS11C026 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 535

X093, X094,
X095, X097
B-001 X653 Mid Range Speed Sensor
S-032 X648 High Range Press Switch
S-033 X649 Rev Range Press Switch
S-038 X646 Low Range Press Switch
S-040 X647 Med Range Press Switch
Y-069 X321X321 Diverter Solenoid
X020, X022
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 536
SS11C027 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 537
(Transmission) Component Connector Description

X953, X954,
X955, X956,
X957
B-029 X290 Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor
B-036 X273 System Oil Pressure Sensor
B-039 X523 Charge Pressure Sensor
B-041 X916 Charge Pressure Sensor Hydrostat
R-005 X002 Clutch Potentiometer
S-003 X001 Clutch Switch
S-090 X012 Park Switch
S-091 X012 Neutral- Switch
S-092 X012 Deadman Switch
S-093 X012 Not Park- Switch
S-094 X012 FWD- Switch
S-095 X012 REV- Switch
Y-026 X543 Solenoid Valve F2
Y-033 X536 Solenoid Valve R1
Y-034 X545 Solenoid - Dump Valve
Z-062 X012 Shuttle Lever
X020, X022, X915
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 538
SS10M016 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 539

X953, X954,
X955, X956,
X957
R-038 X666 Slow/Fast Potentiometer
R-039 X667 Med/Rev Potentiometer
R-008 X632 Creeper Potentiometer
Y-039 X631 Creeper Solenoid
Y-053 X637 Solenoid Clutch C
Y-054 X638 Solenoid Clutch D
Y-055 X639 Solenoid Clutch E
Y-058 X643 High Range Solenoid
X020, X022, X633
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 540
SS10M062 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 541

X953, X954,
X955, X956,
X957
Y-056 X641 Low Range Solenoid
X020, X022, X633
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 542
SS10M063 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 543

X093, X094,
X095, X097
R-038 X666 Slow/Fast Potentiometer
R-039 X667 Med/Rev Potentiometer
Y-029 X644 Reverse Range Solenoid
X020, X022, X633
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 544
SS11C029 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 545

X093, X094,
X095, X097
X020, X022, X633
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 546
SS11C030 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 547
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 17 CONTROL UNIT (Electr. T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand
Draft Control) Component Connector Description

X952, X953,
X955, X956,
X957
B-005 X266 Draft Pin Left Hand
B-006 X256 Draft Pin Right Hand
B-042 X233 Radar Sensor
R-020 X267 Rockshaft Potentiometer
S-010 X681 Hydraulics Master Switch
S-024 X407 Electronic Draft Control Switch Rear Fender Left Hand
S-050 X407 Electronic Draft Control Switch Rear Fender Right Hand
X-661 X661 High Flow Pump (detection)
Y-012 X268 Electronic Draft Control Valve Raise
Y-013 X269 Electronic Draft Control Valve Lower
X020, X022, X024, X110, X127
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 548
SS10M017 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 549

X952, X953,
X955, X956,
X957
S-010 X681 Hydraulics Master Switch
X020, X022, X024, X110, X127
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 550
SS10M064 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 551

X093, X094,
X097
X020, X022, X024, X026, X110, X127, X401, X402
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 552
SS11C031 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 553
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 CONTROL UNIT (5V T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand
Sensor Supply, Seat, Reverse Alarm) Component Connector Description

X953, X954,
X956
E-043 X477 Reverse Alarm Light
H-083 X476 Reverse Alarm Buzzer
K-060 X458 Reverse Alarm/Light Relay
M-009 X081 Seat- Compressor
R-017 X081 Seat- Heating
S-096 X081 Seat- Switch
Z-065 X081 Seat Assembly
X020, X022, X026, X082A, X082B, X455
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 554
SS10M018 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 555

X953, X954,
X956
X020, X022, X026, X082A, X082B, X455
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 556
SS10M065 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 557

X953, X954,
X956
S-032 X648 High Range Press Switch
S-038 X646 Low Range Press Switch
S-040 X647 Med Range Press Switch
X020, X022, X026, X082A, X082B, X455
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 558
SS10M066 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 559

X093, X094,
X097
X020, X022, X026, X052, X082A, X082B, X703
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 560
SS11C032 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 561

X093, X094,
X097
X020, X022, X026, X052, X082A, X082B, X703
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 562
SS11C033 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 563
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 CONTROL UNIT (Rear T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand
PTO) Component Connector Description

X952, X953,
X954, X955,
X956
B-025 X262 PTO Twist Sensor
B-026 X251 Rear PTO Speed Sensor
B-044 X533 Positionsensor Synchro F2/R1
S-011 X067 Rear PTO Brake Switch
S-047 X406 Rear PTO Switch Fender Right Hand
S-049 X059A Lever Mounted PTO Brake Switch
S-083 X406 Rear PTO Switch Fender Left Hand
Y-018 X277 Rear PTO Brake Solenoid
Y-019 X278 Rear PTO Solenoid
- X059B Lever Mounted PTO Mating Half
X022, X110, X127, X748
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 564
SS10M019 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 565

X952, X953,
X954, X955,
X956
X022, X110, X127, X748
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 566
SS10M067 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 567

X093, X094,
X095, X097
E-100 X069 Rear PTO Lamp
S-012 X068 Rear PTO Switch
S-140 X054 Range Increase / Decrease Switch
X022, X110, X127, X684
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 568
SS11C034 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 569
Option "Link Levelling" is not applicable!
(Susp.F-AXLE, EHR Fender Switches, Link Levelling)
X954, X955,
X956
B-011 X662 Front Axle Position Sensor
S-034 X401 EHR External Switch Fender Right Hand
S-035 X401 EHR External Switch Fender Left Hand
Y-002 X506 Suspension Lower Solenoid
Y-003 X505 Suspension Raise Solenoid
Y-004 X507 Upper Lockout Solenoid
Y-005 X508 Lower Lockout Soleniod
X020, X022, X024, X234, X259, X402, X408, X659
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 570
SS11D355 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 571


X954, X955,
X956
Y-057 X642 Med Range Syncro Solenoid
X020, X022, X024, X234, X259, X402, X408
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 572
SS11D356 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 573


X954, X955,
X956
X020, X022, X024, X234, X259, X402, X408, X659
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 574
SS11D357 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 575


A-010 X099, X100, Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU)
X101, X102
X020, X022, X024, X064, X234, X259,
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 576
SS11C036 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 577


X101, X102
X020, X022, X024, X064, X234, X259, X659
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 578
SS11C037 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 579
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 CONTROL UNIT T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range Command / Power Command - With Sidewinder
(Front-Hitch & Front-PTO) Component Connector Description

T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand A-080 X950, X952, Universal Controller (UCM)
X954, X955,
X957
B-027 X395 Front Hitch Position Sensor
S-101 X229 Front Hitch Switch
Y-016 X393 Front PTO Solenoid
Y-070 X397 Front Solenoid Valve Remote
Y-071 X790 Front Hitch Raise Stop Solenoid
X024, X026, X227
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 580
SS11D359 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 581

X100, X102
E-101 X061 Front PTO Lamp
R-027 X063 Front Height Seting
S-002 X062 Front PTO Switch
S-031 X063 Front Height Enable
Z-043 X063 Front Hitch Setting
X020, X024, X026, X227
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 582
SS11C038 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 583

X100, X102
R-027 X063 Front Height Seting
Z-043 X063 Front Hitch Setting
X020, X024, X026, X227
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 584
SS11C039 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 585
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 22 FAST STEERING SYSTEM T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range Command / Power Command - With Sidewinder

A-061 X621 Steering Controller
B-020 X625 Steering Wheel Sensor
B-021 X626 Split Valve Position Sensor (LVTD)
S-004 X624 Control Switch
Y-015 X627 Change Valve Solenoid
X623
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 586
SS10M022 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 587

A-061 X621 Steering Controller
B-020 X625 Steering Wheel Sensor
B-021 X626 Split Valve Position Sensor (LVTD)
S-004 X624 Control Switch
Y-015 X627 Change Valve Solenoid
X623
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 588
SS11C040 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 589
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 23 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand

A-014 X008 Keypad
A-063 X005, X006, Analog Digital Instrumenten Cluster Unit
X009
B-004 X235 Steering Angle Sensor
B-024 X265 Fuel Tank Sensor
S-020 X016 Brake Pedals Latched switch
S-029 X221 Brake Fluid Level
X-436 X114 ISO 11786 Signal Socket
X302, X303 Power Steering Pressure Switch
X020, X022, X024, X026, X106
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 590
SS11D360 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 591

A-014 X008 Keypad
X009
S-020 X016 Brake Pedals Latched switch
X020, X022, X024, X026, X106
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 592
SS11D361 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 593

A-014 X008 Keypad
X009
H-010 X687 Buzzer
S-076 X046 Lift o Matic Switch
X020, X022, X024, X026, X106
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 594
SS11C041 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 595
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand

A-063 X005, X009 Analog Digital Instrumenten Cluster Unit
S-022 X223, X224 Air Cleaner Switch
S-028 X474 Hydraulic Filter Blocked (Vaccum Switch)
S-037 X473 Low Hydraulic Charge Switch
X020, X026, X762
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 596
SS10M024 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 597

X020, X026, X762
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 598
SS10M070 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 599

K-014 X686 Follow Me Home Relay
V-001 - Follow Me Home Diode
X020, X026
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 600
SS11C042 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 601
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 ARMREST CONTROL

UNIT Z-007 X844, X845 Joystick 2
T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand Z-011 X844 Joystick 1
Z-032 X846 Multi Function Handle
Component Connector Description Z-043 X849 Front Hitch Setting
A-002 X776 Armrest Controller Z-044 X850 Rear Hitch Setting
A-008 X820, X862, Monitor (Intelli View III) Z-070 X845 EDC Mouse
X789 Z-071 X851 Droop Potentiometer
A-011 X847 Integrated Control Switch Panel Additional Connectors:
A-032 X846 Multi Function Handle Electronic Modul X022, X080, X088, X787
B-060 X846 Sensor Transmission Ratio
B-062 X852 Throttle-2 Wire Colour Codes
B-063 X844 Joystick Sensor Y BK Black GN Green PK Pink BL Blue
B-064 X844 Joystick Sensor X TN Light Brown BR Brown OR Orange LG Light Green
B-065 X845 Joystick Sensor Y RD Red GY Grey LB Light Blue
B-066 X845 Joystick Sensor X WH White YE Yellow VT Violet
B-067 X845 Joystick Sensor Knob
M-010 X788 Armrest Controller
R-023 X850 EL.Draft Control Rear Sensitivity Poti.
R-024 X850 EL.Draft Control Rear Drop Rate Poti.
R-025 X850 EL.Draft Control Rear Hight Limit Poti.
R-026 X850 EL.Draft Control Rear Slip Poti.
R-027 X849 Front Height Setting
R-052 X851 Resistor 120Ohm
R-053 X851 Resistor 120Ohm
R-054 X851 Droop Potentiometer
S-060 X777 Switch Adjust Motor
S-110 X846 Shuttle Forward Switch
S-111 X846 Shuttle Reverse Switch
S-112 X846 Range Increase Switch
S-113 X846 Range Decrease Switch
S-114 X846 EHR 1/5 Extend Switch
S-115 X846 EHR 1/5 Retract Switch
S-116 X846 Rear Hitch Fast Raise Switch
S-117 X846 Rear Hitch Fast Lower Switch
S-118 X846 HTS Step Switch
S-119 X846 Shift Switch
S-120 X846 Multi Function Handle Encoder
S-122 X844 Switch Loader Valve 1
S-124 X844 MID- EHR 1&2 / 3&4
S-125 X845 Switch
S-126 X843 EHR Float / Joystick
S-134 X846 Dead Man
S-135 X846 Auto Guidance
S-136 X846 EHR 2 EXT
S-137 X846 EHR 2 RET
S-138 X846 Cruse Control
S-139 X845 Work / Raise
Y-069 X321 Diverter Solenoid
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 602
SS10M239 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 603

Component Connector Description Z-007 X844, X845 Joystick 2
A-002 X776 Armrest Controller Z-011 X844 Joystick 1
A-008 X820, X862, Monitor (Intelli View III) Z-032 X846 Multi Function Handle
X789 Z-043 X849 Front Hitch Setting
A-011 X847 Integrated Control Switch Panel Z-044 X850 Rear Hitch Setting
A-032 X846 Multi Function Handle Electronic Modul Z-070 X845 EDC Mouse
B-062 X852 Throttle-Sensor Additional Connectors:
B-063 X844 Joystick Sensor Y X022, X080, X088, X787
B-064 X844 Joystick Sensor X
B-065 X845 Joystick Sensor Y Wire Colour Codes
B-066 X845 Joystick Sensor X BK Black GN Green PK Pink BL Blue
B-067 X845 Joystick Sensor Knob TN Light Brown BR Brown OR Orange LG Light Green
M-010 X788 Armrest Controller RD Red GY Grey LB Light Blue
R-023 X850 EL.Draft Control Rear Sensitivity Poti. WH White YE Yellow VT Violet
S-124 X844 MID- EHR 1&2 / 3&4
S-125 X845 Switch
S-134 X846 Dead Man
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 604
SS10M240 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 605

Component Connector Description Z-007 X844, X845 Joystick 2
A-002 X776 Armrest Controller Z-011 X844 Joystick 1
A-008 X820, X862, Monitor (Intelli View III) Z-032 X846 Multi Function Handle
X789 Z-043 X849 Front Hitch Setting
A-011 X847 Integrated Control Switch Panel Z-044 X850 Rear Hitch Setting
A-032 X846 Multi Function Handle Electronic Modul Z-070 X845 EDC Mouse
B-062 X852 Throttle-Sensor Additional Connectors:
B-063 X844 Joystick Sensor Y X022, X080, X088, X787
B-065 X845 Joystick Sensor Y Wire Colour Codes
B-066 X845 Joystick Sensor X BK Black GN Green PK Pink BL Blue
B-067 X845 Joystick Sensor Knob TN Light Brown BR Brown OR Orange LG Light Green
M-010 X788 Armrest Controller RD Red GY Grey LB Light Blue
R-023 X850 EL.Draft Control Rear Sensitivity Poti. WH White YE Yellow VT Violet
S-124 X844 MID- EHR 1&2 / 3&4
S-125 X845 Switch
S-134 X846 Dead Man
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 606
SS10M241 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 607

A-018 X864 EL.Draft Control Rear Potentiometer Panel
A-019 X865 EDC LEDs Panel
B-061 X866 Hand Throttle-Sensor
E-060 X865 EDC Raise LED
E-061 X865 EDC Lower LED
E-062 X865 EDC Status LED
E-063 X865 EDC Slip LED
R-021 X867 Rear Hitch Position Potentimeter
R-022 X867 Rear Hitch Draft Potentiometer
R-023 X864 EL.Draft Control Rear Sensitivity Poti.
S-139 X867 Work / Raise Switch
Z-070 X867 EDC Mouse
X080
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 608
SS11C043 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 609
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 ARMREST CONTROL T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range Command / Power Command - With Sidewinder
UNIT Component Connector Description

T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand A-002 X776 Armrest Controller
E-100 X840 Rear PTO Lamp
E-102 X854, X859 El.Hydraulic Remote 1 Timer LED
E-103 X854, X859 El.Hydraulic Remote 1 Motor LED
R-031 X853 El.Hydraulic Remote 1 Control
S-012 X840 Rear PTO Switch
S-121 X842 EHR Flow Control Encoder
S-127 X854, X859 EHR El.Hydraulic Remote 1 Timer / Motor Switch
S-128 X854, X859 El.Hydraulic Remote 2 Timer / Motor Switch
Z-003 X854, X859 El.Hydraulic Remote Lamps 1 & 2 & Switch
Z-004 X856, X860 El.Hydraulic Remote Lamps 3 & 4 & Switch
X080
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 610
SS10M026 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 611

A-013 X876 Joystick
B-063 X876 Joystick Sensor Y
B-065 X876 Joystick Sensor Y
B-067 X876 Joystick Sensor Knob
E-064 X873 Joystick EHR Rear LED
E-065 X874 Joystick EHR Front LED
S-124 X876 EHR 1&2 / 3&4
S-125 X876 EHR 1&2 / 3&5
S-141 X868 EDC Raise/Lower Switch
Z-050 X868 Multi Function Handle
Z-051 X083, X873, Joystick 1
X874, X875,
X876
Z-052 X083, X873, Joystick 2
X874, X876
X080, X083, X872
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 612
SS11C044 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 613
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 AUTO GUIDANCE T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range Command / Power Command - With Sidewinder
SYSTEM Component Connector Description

T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand A-004 X716, X720 Navigation Controller
A-005 X719 GPS Receiver
A-009 X717 Auto Guidance Data Logger
B-003 X709 Steering Pressure Sensor
K-050 X723 Auto Guidance Relay Crank Isolate
K-051 X724 Auto Guidance Relay Solenoid B
K-052 X725 Auto Guidance Relay Solenoid A
S-005 X714 Auto Guidance Control Switch
Y-044 X712 Auto Guidance Dump Solenoid
Y-050 X705 Auto Guidance Turn Right Solenoid
Y-051 X706 Auto Guidance Turn Left Solenoid
X623, X710, X711, X715, X726, X727
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 614
SS10M027 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 615

A-004 X716, X720 Navigation Controller
A-005 X719 GPS Receiver
A-009 X717 Auto Guidance Data Logger
B-003 X709 Steering Pressure Sensor
K-050 X723 Auto Guidance Relay Crank Isolate
K-051 X724 Auto Guidance Relay Solenoid B
K-052 X725 Auto Guidance Relay Solenoid A
S-005 X714 Auto Guidance Control Switch
Y-044 X712 Auto Guidance Dump Solenoid
Y-050 X705 Auto Guidance Turn Right Solenoid
Y-051 X706 Auto Guidance Turn Left Solenoid
X623, X710, X711, X715, X726, X727
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 616
SS11C045 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 617
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 POWER SUPPLY EL. T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand
HYDR. REMOTES (Rear & Midmount) Component Connector Description

A-021 X305 El.Hydraulic Remote Valve 1
A-076 X698 El.Hydraulic Mid.Mount Remote Valve 2
K-020 X074 El.Hydraulic Remote Lock Relay
X020, X304
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 618
SS10M028 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 619

X020, X304
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 620
SS10M073 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 621

S-062 X678 Not used
S-064 X679 Not used
S-067 X682 Not used
X020, X304
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 622
SS10M244 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 623
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 HEATING - AIR T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range Command / Power Command - With Sidewinder
CONDITION (Automatic) Component Connector Description

T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand A-006 X754 Air Condition Blower Unit
A-017 X755 Automatic Temperatur.Control ( ATC) Controller
B-050 X754 Temperature Outside
B-051 X754 Temperature Cabine
B-053 X753 Temperature Outlet Sensor
B-054 X753 Temperature Evaporator Sensor
K-006 X035 Blower Motor
K-019 X074 Air Condition Clutch Relay
M-011 X754 Blower Motor
R-003 - Resistor SJ5
R-030 X751 Potentiometer Temp. Adjustment
S-015 X750 Heater Blower Speed Switch
S-016 X752 Air Conditioning Mode Switch
S-017 X225 Air Condition Pressure Switch
S-061 X753 Low Pressure Switch
Y-052 X753 Heating Valve
Y-082 X226 Air Condition Clutch
Z-001 X754 Blower Assembly
Z-069 X753 Air Condition Assembly
X024, X694, X695
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 624
SS10M029 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 625

A-006 X754 Air Condition Blower Unit
A-017 X755 Automatic Temperatur.Control ( ATC) Controller
B-050 X754 Temperature Outside
B-051 X754 Temperature Cabine
B-053 X753 Temperature Outlet Sensor
B-054 X753 Temperature Evaporator Sensor
K-006 X035 Blower Motor
R-030 X751 Potentiometer Temp. Adjustment
S-015 X750 Heater Blower Speed Switch
S-016 X752 Air Conditioning Mode Switch
Y-052 X753 Heating Valve
Z-001 X754 Blower Assembly
Z-069 X753 Air Condition Assembly
X024, X694, X695
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 626
SS11C047 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 627
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 30 HEATING - AIR T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range Command / Power Command - With Sidewinder
CONDITION (Manual) Component Connector Description

T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand K-019 X074 Air Condition Clutch Relay
S-013 X758 Blower Speed Switch
S-014 X757 Air Condition Operating Mode Switch
X024, X694, X695
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 628
SS10M030 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 629

S-013 X758 Blower Speed Switch
S-014 X757 Air Condition Operating Mode Switch
X024, X694, X695
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 630
SS11C048 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 631
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 MIRRORS (El. Adjustable T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range Command / Power Command - With Sidewinder
& Heated) Component Connector Description

T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand A-040 X167 Mirror Control
K-022 X032 Heated Mirror Timer Relay
S-019 X611 Heated Mirror Switch
Z-038 X169 Electric Mirror Right Hand
Z-039 X166 Electric Mirror Left Hand
X106
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 632
SS10M031 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 633

A-040 X167 Mirror Control
K-022 X612 Heated Mirror Timer Relay
S-019 X611 Heated Mirror Switch
Z-038 X169 Electric Mirror Right Hand
Z-039 X166 Electric Mirror Left Hand
X106
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 634
SS11C049 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 635
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 32 WINDSCREENS HEATING

(Front & Rear)
K-044 X764 Front Screen Heating Relay
K-045 X764 Rear Screen Heating Relay
MF7 X761 Supply heated windscreen front
MF8 X761 Supply heated screen rear
R-049 X800, X801 Front Screen Heating A
R-050 X802, X803 Front Screen Heating B
R-051 X769 Rear Screen Heating
S-071 X766 Screen Heating Switch
X763, X767
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 636
SS10M032 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 637
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 33 WASHERS & WIPERS

(Front & Rear)
K-001 & K-002 X033 (1-5) Wiper Module Front/Rear
K-001 & K-002 X033 (6-10) Wiper Module Front/Rear
M-004 X201 Wiper Motor Front
M-005 X177 Wiper Motor Rear
M-006 X125 Washer Motor Front
M-007 X123 Washer Motor Rear
S-065 X011 Front and Rear Wiper Switch
X106
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 638
SS10M033 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 639
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 34 POWER SOCKETS (Cigar T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range Command / Power Command - With Sidewinder
Lighter, Sockets Cab & Rear) Component Connector Description

T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand J-001 X116A, X116B Rear Power Socket Implement
J-002 X115A, X115B 30 Amp Power Socket
J-006 X132 8 Amp Socket
J-007 X130, X131 Cigar Lighter
J-008 X441, X442 Power Studs
J-009 X230 D.I.A Engine Inline
X024, X115A, X115B, X116A, X116B, X117
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 640
SS11D364 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 641

J-001 X116 Rear Power Socket Implement
J-002 X115 30 Amp Power Socket
J-006 X132 8 Amp Socket
J-007 X130, X131 Cigar Lighter
J-008 X441, X442 Power Studs
J-009 X230 D.I.A Engine Inline
X024, X115, X116, X117
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 642
SS11C050 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 643
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 35 FLASH LIGHT & HAZARD T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range Command / Power Command - With Sidewinder
WARNING Component Connector Description

T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand A-062 X053 Flasher Electronic Control Unit (ECU)
E-011 X689 Extremity Light Right Hand
E-012 X688 Extremity Light Left Hand
K-004 X034 Lights Relay
S-021 X004 Main Light Switch
S-046 X434 Hazard Switch
X007
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 644
SS11D365 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 645

A-062 X053 Flasher Electronic Control Unit (ECU)
E-011 X689 Extremity Light Right Hand
E-012 X688 Extremity Light Left Hand
K-004 X034 Lights Relay
S-021 X004 Main Light Switch
S-046 X434 Hazard Switch
V-004 - Dipped Beam Headlamps Diode
X007
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 646
SS11C051 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 647
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 LIGHTING (Side & T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand
Console Lamps) Component Connector Description

E-009 X156 Console Lamp Right Hand
E-016 X180 License Plate Left Hand
E-017 X176 License Plate Right Hand
E-049 X195 Side Lamp Grabrail Left Hand
E-050 X163 Side Lamp Grabrail Right Hand
X106
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 648
SS10M036 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 649

E-009 X156 Console Lamp Right Hand
E-016 X180 License Plate Left Hand
E-017 X176 License Plate Right Hand
E-049 X195 Side Lamp Grabrail Left Hand
E-050 X163 Side Lamp Grabrail Right Hand
X106
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 650
SS10M074 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 651
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 FENDER LIGHT (Stop-, T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range Command / Power Command - With Sidewinder
Tail-, Flash-, Work Lamps) Component Connector Description

T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand E-018 X409 Stop Tail Light Right Hand
E-019 X409 Stop Tail Light Left Hand
E-024 X403 Worklamp C Pillar Left Hand
E-025 X403 Worklamp C Pillar Right Hand
E-055 X404, X405 License Lamp Right Hand
E-057 X404, X405 License Lamp Left Hand
K-008 X036-E Stop Lamps Relay
K-016 X074-E Rear Worklamps C Pillar Relay
S-044 X014 Stop Lamp Switch Right Hand
S-045 X013 Stop Lamp switch Left Hand
V-005 X076 Brake Light Diode
X111, X126
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 652
SS11D387 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 653

E-018 X409 Stop Tail Light Right Hand
E-019 X409 Stop Tail Light Left Hand
E-024 X403 Worklamp C Pillar Left Hand
E-025 X403 Worklamp C Pillar Right Hand
E-055 X404, X405 License Lamp Right Hand
E-057 X404, X405 License Lamp Left Hand
K-008 X036-E Stop Lamps Relay
K-016 X074-E Rear Worklamps C Pillar Relay
S-044 X014 Stop Lamp Switch Right Hand
S-045 X013 Stop Lamp switch Left Hand
X111, X126
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 654
SS11D369 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 655
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 LIGHTING (Headlamps T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range Command / Power Command - With Sidewinder
Hood & Grabrail, Worklamps Hood, Horn) Component Connector Description

T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand E-002 X818 Headlamp 2 Grab Rail Left Hand
E-007 X336 Headlamp Left Hand
E-008 X333 Headlamp Right Hand
E-013 X819 Headlamp 1 Grab Rail Right Hand
E-026 X332 Corner Lamp Right Hand
E-027 X337 Corner Lamp Left Hand
H-002 X334, X335 Horn
K-007 X036-F Dipped Beam Headlamps
K-009 X036-D Main Beam Headlamps
K-015 X074-F Front Worklamps Hood
S-100 X816 High Mount Headlamp Switch
X026, X107, X107A, X108, X108A, X220, X555, X555A, X555C
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 656
SS10M038 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 657

E-002 X818 Headlamp 2 Grab Rail Left Hand
E-007 X336 Headlamp Left Hand
E-008 X333 Headlamp Right Hand
E-013 X819 Headlamp 1 Grab Rail Right Hand
E-026 X332 Corner Lamp Right Hand
E-027 X337 Corner Lamp Left Hand
H-002 X334, X335 Horn
K-007 X036-F Dipped Beam Headlamps
K-009 X036-D Main Beam Headlamps
K-015 X074-F Front Worklamps Hood
S-100 X816 High Mount Headlamp Switch
X026, X107, X107A, X108, X108A, X220, X555, X555A, X555C
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 658
SS11C053 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 659
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 39 LIGHTING (Headlamps T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range Command / Power Command - With Sidewinder
- Roof) Component Connector Description

T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand Additional Connectors:
X555
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 660
SS10M039 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 661

V-010 X041 Main Beam Headlamps Diode
X555
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 662
SS11C054 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 663
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 WORKLIGHT CONTROL T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand
UNIT (Work- & Beacon Lamps) Component Connector Description

A-068 X168 Worklight Electronic Controller
E-029 X197 Worklamp Front Upper Left Hand
E-030 X196 Worklamp Grabrail Left Hand
E-031 X182 Worklamp Rear Left Hand
E-032 X173 Worklamp Rear Right Hand
E-033 X165 Worklamp Front Upper Right Hand
E-034 X164 Worklamp Grabrail Right Hand
E-035 X185 Rotating Beacon Left Hand
E-036 X170 Rotating Beacon Right Hand
V-001 X076 Follow Me Home Diode
V-004 X076 Dipped Beam Headlamps Diode
X106
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 664
SS10M040 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 665

V-004 X076 Dipped Beam Headlamps Diode
X106
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 666
SS10M076 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 667

X106
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 668
SS11C055 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 669
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 41 AUXILIARY WORKLIGHT T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range Command / Power Command - With Sidewinder
(Roof) Component Connector Description

T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand Additional Connectors:
X555
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 670
SS10M041 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 671

X555
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 672
SS11C056 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 673
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 42 7-PIN SOCKET (Rear T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand
Trailer ) Component Connector Description

J-010 X253 Socket Trailer 7 pin rear
X020
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 674
SS11D366 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 675

J-010 X253 Socket Trailer 7 Pin Rear
J-011 X883 Socket Trailer 7 Pin Front
X020, X870
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 676
SS11D370 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 677

J-010 X253 Socket Trailer 7 Pin Rear
J-011 X883 Socket Trailer 7 Pin Front
X020, X870
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 678
SS11C057 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 679
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 43 INTERIOR LIGHT (Interior

& Console Lamp)
E-004 X193 Puddle Lamp Left Hand
E-006 X190, X191, Interior Lamp
X192
S-041 X154 Door Switch Right Hand
S-042 X186 Door Switch Left Hand
X106
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 680
SS10M043 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 681
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 44 RADIO

A-064 X157, X158 Radio
H-003 X175 Radio Speaker Rear Right Hand
H-006 X181 Radio Speaker Rear Left Hand
W-001 X207 Antenna Plus
X106
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 682
SS10M044 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 683
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 45 COLOUR TOUCHSCREEN T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range Command / Power Command - With Sidewinder
MONITOR Component Connector Description

T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand A-007 X485 Monitor ( Intelli View Plus II)
E-003 X734 Interior Bar Lamp
X-488 X488 Connector (USB)
X615, X619, X736
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 684
SS10M045 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 685

A-007 X485 Monitor (Intelli View III)
E-003 X734 Interior Bar Lamp
X-488 X488 Connector (USB)
X615, X619, X736
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 686
SS11C058 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 687
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 46 ELECTRONIC PARK T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand
BRAKE Component Connector Description

A-012 X745 Electronic Park Brake (EPL) Controller
K-011 X036-B Electronic Park Brake (EPL) Relay
S-030 X121 Handbrake Switch
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 688
SS10M046 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 689

K-011 X036-B Electronic Park Brake (EP Relay
K-047 X746 Relay - Less Electronic Park Brake (EPL)
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 690
SS10M078 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 691

K-011 X036-B Pneumatic Trailer Brake Supply
K-047 X746 Relay Less (EPL)
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 692
SS11C059 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 693
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 47 TRAILER BRAKES T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand
(Hydraulic) Component Connector Description

B-040 X433 Air Brake Pressure Sensor
K-010 X036-C Hydraulic Trailer Brake
K-012 X036-A Pneumatic Trailer Brake
S-027 X422, X423 Low Brake Pressure Line Switch 1/ 2
S-053 X426, X427 Low Pump Output Press Switch 1 / 2
Y-021 X429 Brake De-Icer
Y-022 X431 Pneumatic Trailer Brake Solenoid
Y-023 X432 Park Brake Solenoid
Y-037 X424, X425 Hydraulic Trailer Brake Solenoid 1 / 2
X020, X254, X255, X430
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 694
SS11D372 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 695

B-040 X433 Air Brake Pressure Sensor
K-010 X036-C Hydraulic Trailer Brake Supply
K-012 X036-A Stoplamps Switch Feed and Pneumatic Brake Supply
S-027 X422, X423 Low Brake Pressure Line Switch 1 / 2
S-053 X426, X427 Low Pump Output Press Switch 1 / 2
Y-021 X429 Brake De-Icer
Y-022 X431 Pneumatic Trailer Brake Solenoid
Y-023 X432 Park Brake Solenoid
Y-037 X424, X425 Hydraulic Trailer Brake Solenoid 1 / 2
X020, X254, X255, X430
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 696
SS11C060 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 697
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 48 LOADER READY T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range Command / Power Command - With Sidewinder
(Interface) Component Connector Description

T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand A-080 X952 Universal Controller (UCM)
K-055 X491 Relay 1 (Front Loader)
Y-010 X822 Loader Valve 2
X024, X082, X084, X085, X211, X212, X493, X821, X822
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 698
SS11D375 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 699

X024, X082, X084, X085, X086, X211, X212, X493, X821, X822
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 700
SS11C061 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 701
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 49 ISO-BUS SYSTEM T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range Command / Power Command - With Sidewinder
(Controller, Front & Rear Socket) Component Connector Description

T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand A-015 X657 Electronic ISO BUS Terminator Rear
A-016 X812 Electronic ISO BUS Terminator Front
A-054 X616 ISO BUS Interface Controller CN1 (TECU)
J-003 X601, X657 ISO BUS Implement Socket (Rear)
J-004 X600, X812 ISO BUS Implement Socket (Front)
K-040 X602 ISO BUS Relay 1 Rear
K-042 X629 ISO BUS Relay 1 (Front)
PF4 X606 Power Fuse, ISO BUS Rear
PF6 X813 Power Fuse, ISO BUS Front
X024, X613, X614, X620, X660
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 702
SS11D376 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 703

A-015 X657 Electronic ISO BUS Terminator Rear
A-016 X812 Electronic ISO BUS Terminator Front
A-054 X616 ISO BUS Interface Controller CN1 (TECU)
J-003 X601, X657 ISO BUS Implement Socket (Rear)
J-004 X600, X812 ISO BUS Implement Socket (Front)
X024, X613, X614, X620, X660
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 704
SS11C062 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 705
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 50 DIAGNOSTIC SOCKETS T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range Command / Power Command - With Sidewinder

X-028 X028 Diagnostics Plug - EHR CAN
(A,B,E,F,G)
X-030 X030 (A,B,G.E) Diagnostics Plug - CAN BUS 1
X-031 X031 ADIC Diagnostic
X026
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 706
SS10M050 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 707

X-028 X028 Diagnostics Plug - EHR CAN
(A,B,E,F,G)
X-030 X030 (A,B,G.E) Diagnostics Plug - CAN BUS 1
X-031 X031 ADIC Diagnostic
X026
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 708
SS11C063 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 709
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 51 CAN STRUCTURE (CAN T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range Command / Power Command - With Sidewinder
BUS 1 & CAN BUS NOx) Component Connector Description

(18,19,21,22)
A-012 X745 (C2,C3) Electronic Park Brake ( EPL) Controller
A-014 X008 (2,3) Keypad
A-017 X755 (1,2) Automatic Temperatur.Control ( ATC) Controller
A-054 X616 (4,5) ISO BUS Interface Controller CN1 (TECU)
A-061 X621 (A4,A5) Steering Controller
A-063 X009 (25,26) Analog Digital Instrumenten Cluster Unit
A-080 X951 (25,34) Universal Controller ( UCM)
A-081 X911 Engine Control module ( ECM)
(34,35,52,53)
A-082 X914 (7,8) SCR Controller
A-084 X909 (3,4) Converter NOx-Sensor (AC/DC)
R-018 X910 (2,3) CAN BUS Terminator
X-030 X030 (C,D) Diagnostics Plug - CAN BUS 1
X026, X080, X088, X623, X695, X901
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 710
SS11D377 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 711

A-010 X099 Auxiliary Control Unit ( ACU)
A-012 X745 (C2,C3) Electronic Park Brake ( EPL) Controller
A-014 X008 (2,3) Keypad
A-017 X755 (1,2) Automatic Temperatur.Control ( ATC) Controller
A-061 X621 (A4,A5) Steering Controller
A-063 X009 (25,26) Analog Digital Instrumenten Cluster Unit
A-066 X092 Central Control Unit ( CCU)
A-081 X911 Engine Control module ( ECM)
(34,35,52,53)
A-082 X914 (7,8) SCR Controller
A-084 X909 (3,4) Converter NOx-Sensor (AC/DC)
X-030 X030 (C,D) Diagnostics Plug - CAN BUS 1
X026, X623, X695, X730, X731, X901
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 712
SS11C064 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 713
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 52 CAN STRUCTURE (EHR T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range Command / Power Command - With Sidewinder
CAN) Component Connector Description

T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand A-004 X716 (3,13) Navigation Controller
A-005 X719 (1,12) GPS Receiver
A-007 X485 (1,2) Monitor ( Intelli View Plus II)
A-080 X953 (1,10), Universal Controller (UCM)
X957 (1,10)
X-028 X028 (C,D,H,J) Diagnostics Plug - EHR CAN
X615, X619, X715, X727
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 714
SS10M052 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 715

A-004 X716 (3,13) Navigation Controller
A-005 X719 (1,12) GPS Receiver
A-007 X485 (1,2) Monitor - supply (Intell View III)
A-010 X099 Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU)
A-013 X083 Joystick
X-028 X028 (C,D,H,J) Diagnostics Plug - EHR CAN
X615, X619, X715, X727
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 716
SS11C065 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 717
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 53 CAN STRUCTURE (EHR T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand
CAN) Component Connector Description

A-002 X776 Armrest Controller
(23,24,26,27)
A-021 X305 (2,3) EHR Valve Connector 1
X020, X080, X088, X304
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 718
SS11D378 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 719

A-002 X776 Armrest Controller
(23,24,26,27)
X020, X080, X088, X304
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 720
SS11D379 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 721

X020, X304
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 722
SS11C066 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 723
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 54 CAN STRUCTURE (EHR

CAN)
A-076 X698 (2,3) El.Hydraulic Mid.Mount Remote Valve 2
X304, X700
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 724
SS11C067 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 725
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 55 CAN STRUCTURE (ISO T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range Command / Power Command - With Sidewinder
BUS CAN) Component Connector Description

(11,12,13,14)
A-007 X485 (5,6) Monitor ( Intelli View Plus II)
A-050 X618 (2,4) ISO BUS Terminator
J-003 X657 (1,2,3,4) ISO BUS Implement Socket (Rear)
J-004 X812 (1,2,3,4) ISO BUS Implement Socket (Front)
X-030 X030 (H,J) Diagnostics Plug - CAN BUS 1
X024, X080, X088, X615, X618, X619, X660
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 726
SS11D380 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 727

A-007 X485 (5,6) Monitor - supply (Intelli View III)
A-050 X618 (2,4) ISO BUS Terminator
J-003 X657 (1,2,3,4) ISO BUS Implement Socket (Rear)
J-004 X812 (1,2,3,4) ISO BUS Implement Socket (Front)
X-030 X030 (H,J) Diagnostics Plug - CAN BUS 1
X024, X615, X618, X619, X660
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 728
SS11C121 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 729
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 56 CONTROL UNIT (Switch

Panel)

X094, X095,
X096, X097
S-051 X385 HTS Auto/Manual Switch
S-052 X377 Creeper Gear Switch
S-059 X383 HTS Switch
S-063 X372 4WD Switch
S-072 X378 Suspension Lock Switch
S-073 X376 ERPM Set Switch
S-074 X373 Differential Lock Switch
S-075 X375 Constant ERPM +/- Switch
S-085 X384 Not used
S-087 X371 Auto Trans Switch & CAL/SEL
X066
Wire Colour Codes

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 730
SS11C019 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 731
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 732
Alternator - Preliminary test

CAUTION - Service Precautions
To avoid damage to the components of the alternator
charging system, service precautions must be observed
as follows:
- NEVER make or break any of the charging circuit connec-
tions, including the battery, when the engine is running.
- NEVER short any of the charging components to ground.
- ALWAYS disconnect the battery ground cable (negative)
when charging the battery on the tractor using a battery
charger.
- ALWAYS observe correct polarity when installing the bat-
tery or using a slave battery to start the engine.
NOTICE: ALWAYS CONNECT POSITIVE TO POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE TO NEGATIVE.
Preliminary Checks
Prior to electrical testing thoroughly inspect the charging
and electrical system.
Check all leads and connections for continuity and tight-
ness.
1. Check the battery state of charge.
Using a hydrometer check the individual battery cells. The
battery should be at least 70 % charged and in good con-
dition.
2. Check the drive belt.
Inspect the alternator drive belt and pulley, ensuring that
both are clean, free from oil and grease and in good con-
dition.
The alternator drive belt is automatically tensioned by a
spring tensioner mounted at the front of the engine, refer to
BSE2983A 1
Alternator - Static description (A.30.A). If the belt tension
is suspect, check the tensioner assembly as follows:
Remove the fan belt, for further information refer to Fan
and drive Belt - Remove (B.50.A).
Inspection and Repair

1. Checking of the tensioner assembly operation should
be carried out, with the tensioner assembly still at-
tached to the front of the engine. To check the spring
load, place a ``breakback" torque bar preset to, 52 -
63 lbf.ft ( 70 - 85 Nm) ( 7.1 - 8.7 kgf.m), onto the pul-
ley arm 15 mm socket. Raise the lever up through
an arc of 20 ° maximum. If the torque bar does not
``break" within the range, install a new fan belt ten-
sioner. For further information refer to Fan and drive
Belt tensioner - Remove (B.50.A)
Ensure the tensioner pulley rotates freely by hand.
If it does not rotate freely by hand, install a new fan
belt tensioner. For further information refer to Fan
and drive Belt tensioner - Remove (B.50.A)
2. Re-Assembly
To install the fan belt tensioner, refer to Fan and
drive Belt tensioner - Install (B.50.A).
Install the fan belt. For further information, refer to
Fan and drive Belt - Install (B.50.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 733
Check the Alternator Charge Warning Lamp

3. Turn on the key start switch and check that the warn-
ing lamp is fully illuminated.
If the warning lamp is not fully illuminated check the
bulb. If the bulb is not the cause of the fault carry
out the Alternator wiring connections test as detailed
under ìnitial tests' in this section.
If the warning lamp is illuminated start the engine and
run above idling speed. The lamp should go out.
If the lamp does not go out, stop the engine and re-
move the wire from the D+ terminal. If the lamp now
goes out a faulty alternator component is indicated.
If the warning lamp remains illuminated, check for a
short circuit to earth (ground) between the `D+' cable
end and the warning lamp.
INITIAL TESTS
4. The initial tests may be performed without removing
any of the charging circuit components from the trac-
tor and enable the following items to be checked:
- Alternator wire connections
- Alternator charging current and controlled voltage
- Alternator charging circuit volt drops
- Alternator maximum output performance
Test equipment required:

5. - Voltmeter ( 0 - 30 volts moving coil type
- Millivoltmeter ( 0 - 1 volt)
- Amperemeter ( 0 - 200 Amperes moving coil type)
- 1.5 Ohm 200 Amperes variable load resistor
NOTE: Most commercial test equipment incorporates sev-
eral testing devices within a single unit. Use such equip-
ment in accordance with the manufacturers instructions.
6. For further information refer to Alternator - Electri-
cal test (A.30.A) for testing procedures.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 734
Alternator - Electrical test

Alternator Wiring Connections Test
1. With reference to Figure 1.
1. Disconnect the battery.
2. Disconnect the D+ (2) and B+ (3) terminals from
the alternator.
3. Reconnect the battery and turn the key start on
but do not start the engine. Connect a voltmeter (4)
between each terminal and earth (ground), (1). Bat-
tery voltage should be registered.
If battery voltage is not registered a continuity fault
in the external cable circuitry must be traced and
remedied, refer to the circuit diagram - see Wiring
harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 START/
CHARGING (with Battery Isolator) (A.30.A).
4. Connect the D+ terminal, warning lamp (thin BAIS06CCM694AVA 1
brown) wire, to earth (ground). The warning lamp
should illuminate.
5. Disconnect the battery and reconnect the re-
moved alternator cable connections to the alternator.
NOTE: If the warning lamp fails to illuminate when the cable
is reconnected to the alternator, a fault is indicated in the
alternator regulator or rotor circuits. Ensure that the D+
terminal is clean.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 735
Charging Current And Controlled Voltage Tests

The following test should be performed at 20 °C (68
°F), a lower temperature will create a higher voltage
and a higher temperature will create a lower voltage.
1. Ensure all tractor electrical components are
switched off and the key start switch is in the òff'
position.
2. Disconnect the battery negative terminal and dis-
connect the B+ terminal (4) of the alternator.
3. Connect an ammeter (1), between the removed
(thick brown) cable (3) and the B+ alternator terminal.
4. Connect a voltmeter (2) between the alternator B+
terminal and earth (ground)
5. Reconnect the battery. Start and run the engine at BAIS06CCM695AVA 2
2000 RPM. and observe the ammeter and voltmeter
readings.
The voltmeter should register in excess of battery
voltage and when the ammeter reading falls to 5 Am-
peres the voltmeter reading should stabilise at 14.1
V +/- 0.15
If the voltmeter reading exceeds the above value the
alternator regulator is faulty.
If the voltmeter reading is below the specified value a
faulty alternator component or a high resistance fault
in the external connections of the charging system is
indicated.
If the ammeter registers zero amperes a faulty alter-
nator component is indicated.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 736
Charging Circuit Volt Drop Tests

(a) Insulated-Side Volt Drop Tests
Ensure the key start switch is in the òff' position.
1. Disconnect the battery negative cable and discon-
nect the B+ cable (1) from the alternator
2. Connect a millivoltmeter (4) between the battery
positive terminal and the B+ cable (5). (Positive side
to cable).
3. Securely connect an ammeter (2) between the B+
terminal of the alternator and the B+ cable (negative
side to cable)
4. Reconnect the battery negative cable and connect
a variable load resistor (3), with the slider in the min-
imum current draw position (maximum resistance),
across the battery terminals. BAIS06CCM696AVA 3
5. Start the engine and increase the speed to 2000
RPM.
6. Slowly increase the current loading of the resis-
tor (decrease resistance) until the ammeter registers
150 / 200 Amperes 120 / 150 / 200 Amperes.
7. Observe the millivoltmeter reading which should
not exceed 400 millivolts.
If the reading is in excess of 400 millivolts, a high
resistance fault is indicated in the external circuitry.
If the required alternator output cannot be achieved
and the millivoltmeter reading is less than 400 milli-
volts, then a faulty alternator component is indicated.
8. Stop the engine.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 737
(b) Ground-Side Volt Drop Test

1. Ensure the key start switch is in the òff' position.
2. The circuit is the same as that used in the pre-
vious test except for the millivoltmeter (4) which is
now connected between the battery negative termi-
nal and the alternator frame (negative side to frame).
3. Start the engine and increase the speed to 2000
RPM.
4. Slowly increase the current loading of the resistor
(decrease resistance) until the ammeter (2) registers
150 / 200 Amperes 120 / 150 / 200 Amperes.
5. Observe the voltmeter reading which should not
exceed 200 millivolts.
If the reading is in excess of 200 millivolts a high BAIS06CCM697AVA 4
resistance fault is indicated in the external circuitry.
If the required alternator output cannot be achieved
and the millivoltmeter reading is less than 200 milli-
volts then a faulty alternator component is indicated.
6. Stop the engine.
NOTE: Ensure the variable load resistor (3) is in the mini-
mum current draw position (maximum resistance).
Alternator Maximum Output Performance Test

1. Ensure the key start switch is in the òff' position.
2. Disconnect the battery negative cable and discon-
nect the B+ cable (5) from the alternator.
3. Securely connect an ammeter (2) between the
B+ terminal (1) of the alternator and the B+ cable
(negative side to cable).
4. Connect a voltmeter (4) between the alternator B+
terminal and earth (ground).
5. Reconnect the battery, start and increase the en-
gine speed to 2000 RPM.
6. Slowly increase the current loading of the resistor
(3) (decrease resistance) until the ammeter registers BAIS06CCM698AVA 5
150 / 200 Amperes 120 / 150 / 200 Amperes.
7. Observe the voltmeter reading which should not
fall below 13 volts.
If the reading falls below 13 volts a faulty alternator
component is indicated.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 738
Regulator and rotor field circuit test

6. Test equipment required:
- 12 volt battery
- Multimeter
- 2.2 Watt Test Lamp
NOTICE: Prior to removal of the alternator cables from the
alternator ensure that the key start switch is in the òff' po-
sition and the battery negative cable is disconnected.
1. Disconnect all of the alternator cables.
2. Connect a 12 volt battery and a 2.2 Watt test lamp
(2) in series between the D+ (1) and the alternator
frame (negative side to frame).
3. The test lamp should illuminate.
If the test lamp is not illuminated a fault is indicated
in the rotor circuit. Check brushes, slip rings and
continuity of rotor field windings.
If examination indicates these parts to be satisfactory
the regulator may be suspect.
BAIS06CCM699AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 739
Alternator - Remove
Prior operation:
Disconnect the battery cable - see Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A).
1. Remove the right hand belt guard.
SS10G206 1
2. Using a suitable 1/2 inch drive bar, rotate the acces-

sory drive belt alternator clockwise (1) and detach the
accessory drive belt from the alternator pulley (2).
BAIL07APH050AVA 2
3. Disconnect the alternator electrical connectors and

reposition the wiring loom to one side.
SS09J018 3
4. Remove the alternator retaining bolts, and remove

the alternator.
BAIS09APH327AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 740
Next operation:
Alternator - Install (A.30.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 741
Alternator - Install
Prior operation:
Alternator - Remove (A.30.A)
NOTE: Ensure the battery ground (negative) cable is disconnected from the battery when installing the alternator.
1. Install the alternator to the engine mounting bracket
and tighten the bolts to the specified torque of, 25
Nm (18 lbft).
BAIS09APH327AVA 1
2. Connect the alternator electrical connectors.
SS09J018 2
3. Using a suitable 1/2 inch drive bar, rotate the acces-

sory drive belt tensioner clockwise (1) and install the
accessory drive belt onto the alternator pulley (2).
BAIL07APH050AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 742
4. Install the belt guard.
SS10G206 4
Next operation:
Reconnect the battery cable - see Battery - Connect (A.30.A).
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 743
Battery - Disconnect
WARNING
Battery gas can explode!
To prevent an explosion: 1. Always disconnect the negative (-) battery cable first. 2. Always connect
the negative (-) battery cable last. 3. Do not short circuit the battery posts with metal objects. 4. Do
not weld, grind, or smoke near a battery.
W0011A
1. Remove the screws (1) and the steps/ battery cover.
SS11C107 1
2. Disconnect the negative lead (1) from the battery ter-

minal and position to one side. Disconnect the posi-
tive lead (2) from the battery terminal and position to
one side.
SS10G027 2
Next operation:
Battery - Connect (A.30.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 744
Battery - Connect
WARNING
W0011A
Prior operation:
1. Connect the positive battery lead (2).

Connect the battery negative lead (1).
SS10G027 1
2. Install the steps/ battery cover and retaining screws

(1).
SS11C107 2
3. The radio, if fitted, will lose its stored information and

will require reprogramming. It should be noted that
electronic components will not lose their memories,
i.e. electronic height control and transmission cali-
brations.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 745
Battery - Remove
WARNING
W0011A
CAUTION
Heavy parts!
Machine batteries are extremely heavy. Make sure the battery is supported safely during the removal
process.
Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury.
C0050A
1. Remove the screws (1) and the steps/ battery cover.
SS11C107 1
2. Disconnect the negative lead (1) from the battery ter-

minal and position to one side.
Disconnect the positive lead (2) from the battery ter-
minal and position to one side. Loosen the retaining
nuts (3) and remove the battery clamp.
SS10G026 2
3. Carefully slide the battery (4) out of the carrier.
Next operation:
Battery - Install (A.30.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 746
Battery - Install
WARNING
W0011A
Prior operation:
Battery - Remove (A.30.A)
Before installing the battery check the following:

• Make sure the battery is clean and dry and the vent caps are properly installed.
• Smear the terminals with petroleum jelly, do not use conventional lubricating greases as these can promote
electrolytic corrosion.
• Make sure the battery tray and clamps are clean and free from stones or small objects which may puncture
the battery casing.
• Make sure the battery terminal polarity is correct and that the terminal connections are sufficiently tight, but not
overtightened.
1. Carefully slide the battery into the carrier.

2. Install the battery clamp and tighten the retaining
nuts (1).
Connect the positive battery lead (2).
Connect the battery negative lead (3).
SS10G028 1
3. Install the battery cover and retaining screws (1).
SS11C107 2
4. The radio, if fitted, will lose its stored information and

will require reprogramming. It should be noted that
other electronic components will not lose their mem-
ories, i.e. electronic height control and transmission
calibrations.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 747
Battery - Testing Flat or discharged battery suspected

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Check Result Action
Perform Visual check of Battery and Battery has no external defects Clean, repair or replace battery as
cables. Refer to Battery - Testing Action required.
(A.30.A). Proceed to step 2
Perform a state of charge test Bat- Refer to Battery - General specifi-
The battery must be fully charged
tery - Testing (A.30.A) cation (A.30.A). If battery is above
before proceeding to step 3 (Heavy
75% charge proceed to step 3. load test, Battery - Testing
(A.30.A)).
Perform a heavy load test (refer to Is the reading below 9.6 V ? If result is below 9.6 V the battery
Battery - Testing (A.30.A)). Action has an unacceptable output capacity
If NO the battery has an acceptable and should be test charged before
ouput capacity and will accept a nor- attempting a full recharge.
mal charge
Battery - Testing Visual check

Remove the battery cover. Visually No cracking evident and no damage A cracked case or broken posts may
check the battery, (correctly identify to posts, proceed to step 2 lead to electrolyte leakage, the bat-
battery manufacturer, refer to Bat- tery should be replaced.
tery - Static description (A.30.A)).
Is the battery case cracked or the
battery posts broken?
Are the cables and connections Cables in good condition, clean and Clean, tighten, repair or replace ca-
damaged, dirty of loose? tight on posts, proceed to step 3. bles as required and then proceed to
step 3.
Is there corrosion around the battery No corrosion, proceed to step 4 Clean the terminals using water and
terminals? sodium bicarbonate (baking soda).
A wire brush may be required to re-
move heavy corrosion. Dry the bat-
tery and proceed to step 4
Is the battery strap or clamp loose? Battery secure, proceed to step 5. Tighten as necessary and proceed to
step 5.
Check the electrolyte fluid level. The Electrolyte at correct level, proceed Electrolyte level low, top up using
electrolyte should be around 17mm to step 6. distilled or de-mineralised water. Do
above the plates. Is the electrolyte not use tap or rain water. Proceed to
level low in any of the cells? step 6.
Using a hydrometer, Is the elec- Electrolyte is clear, proceed to 'state Cloudy or discoloured electrolyte
trolyte excessively cloudy or dis- of charge test', refer to Battery - may be caused by overcharging or
coloured ? Testing (A.30.A). vibration. This can cause a high self
discharge of the battery. Correct the
cause then replace the battery.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 748
Battery - Testing Specific Gravity - State of charge test

NOTE: State of charge tests are used to determine if there is sufficient charge in the battery to perform a heavy load
test, but does NOT verify the ability of a battery to crank the engine.
Check the electrolyte level. If nec-
essary add distilled water to the rec-
ommended level of 17mm above the
plates. Recharge for 2 hours then
leave for 15 minutes before testing.
(refer to 'charging overview').
Shake the battery to mix the elec-
trolyte. Remove the vent caps and
extract electrolyte using a hydrome-
ter. Note the specific gravity reading
(SG) for each cell, beginning with the
cell closest to the positive terminal.
Adjust the hydrometer readings for
any temperature variations (±0.004
SG for every ±5.5°C from which the
hydrometer is calibrated.
Record the SG readings for each A variance of no more than 0.025 A variance greater than 0.025 be-
cell. between any two cells. Proceed to tween any two cells indicates a de-
step 4 fective cell and the battery should be
replaced.
Refer to the SG table in Battery -
General specification (A.30.A)
Battery - Testing Open Circuit Voltage Test - State of Charge Test

To remove any surface charge from Refer to the voltages in the specific
the battery, operate the vehicle on gravity test table in Battery - Gen-
full beam for one minute then turn off eral specification (A.30.A).
and leave the vehicle for 5 minutes.
Measure the open circuit voltage by
connecting a digital voltmeter across
the battery terminals.
Battery - Testing Heavy Load Discharge Test

Confirm that the battery state of refer to Battery - Testing (A.30.A) or
charge is at least 75 % (> 12.4 V). Battery - Testing (A.30.A).
Determine the capacity rating of
the battery as stated on the battery
label (should be 1300 CCA (176
Ah). Connect the heavy load tester
across the battery terminals, observ-
ing the correct polarity. Load the
battery at a rate equal to three times
the Amp-hour (Ah) rating or half the
cold cranking amps (CCA) rating.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 749

To remove the surface charge, apply
the heavy load tester to the battery
for 15 seconds at the specified dis-
charge current then disconnect and
leave for 5 minutes.
Apply the load for no more than 15 Voltage greater than 9.6 V. The bat- The voltage is less than 9.6 V. The
seconds and note the voltage read- tery has an acceptable output capac- battery has an unacceptable output
ing. Is the voltage less than 9.6 V? ity and will accept a normal charge if capacity and should be test charged
required or can be returned to ser- before attempting a full recharge and
vice. then retesting.
Battery - Testing Charging Overview

Before charging the battery ensure Battery clean and serviceable Cleaning reveals battery damage,
the electrolyte is at an acceptable replace battery as necessary.
level. Clean the battery casing and
cell covers with sodium bicarbonate
(baking soda) and hot water and
clean the battery terminals if neces-
sary.
If the battery has failed the Heavy
load test, conduct the charge accep-
tance test to determine whether the
battery will accept a charge.
Charge the battery using either After charging, to ensure the battery
the standard charge procedure or is suitable for service conduct the
slow charge procedure for deeply heavy load discharge test, Battery -
discharged /sulphated batteries. Testing (A.30.A).
Refer to correct battery manufac-
turers charging procedure detailed
in Battery - General specification
(A.30.A).
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 750
Index

SYSTEMS - A

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 POWER DISTRIBUTION (Fuses 1 - 14) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 POWER DISTRIBUTION (Fuses 15 - 21) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 POWER DISTRIBUTION (Fuses 55 - 60 / 91 - 92) . . . . . . . . . . 500
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 POWER DISTRIBUTION (Power Earthing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 START/CHARGING (with Battery Isolator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 START/CHARGING (less Battery Isolator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 ENGINE- CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 ENGINE- CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 SCR-CONTROLLER (DeNOx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 CONTROL UNIT (Transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 CONTROL UNIT (Transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 17 CONTROL UNIT (Electr. Draft Control) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 CONTROL UNIT (5V Sensor Supply, Seat, Reverse Alarm) . . 554
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 CONTROL UNIT (Rear PTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 20 CONTROL UNIT (Susp.F-AXLE, EHR Fender Switches, Link Lev-
elling) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 751
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 CONTROL UNIT (Front-Hitch & Front-PTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 22 FAST STEERING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 23 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 ARMREST CONTROL UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 ARMREST CONTROL UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 AUTO GUIDANCE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 POWER SUPPLY EL. HYDR. REMOTES (Rear & Midmount) 618
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 HEATING - AIR CONDITION (Automatic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 30 HEATING - AIR CONDITION (Manual) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 MIRRORS (El. Adjustable & Heated) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 32 WINDSCREENS HEATING (Front & Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 33 WASHERS & WIPERS (Front & Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 34 POWER SOCKETS (Cigar Lighter, Sockets Cab & Rear) . . . . 640
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 35 FLASH LIGHT & HAZARD WARNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 LIGHTING (Side & Console Lamps) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 FENDER LIGHT (Stop-, Tail-, Flash-, Work Lamps) . . . . . . . . . 652
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 LIGHTING (Headlamps Hood & Grabrail, Worklamps Hood, Horn)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 39 LIGHTING (Headlamps - Roof) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 WORKLIGHT CONTROL UNIT (Work- & Beacon Lamps) . . . . 664
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 41 AUXILIARY WORKLIGHT (Roof) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 42 7-PIN SOCKET (Rear Trailer ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 43 INTERIOR LIGHT (Interior & Console Lamp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 44 RADIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 682
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 45 COLOUR TOUCHSCREEN MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 684
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 46 ELECTRONIC PARK BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 47 TRAILER BRAKES (Hydraulic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 48 LOADER READY (Interface) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 49 ISO-BUS SYSTEM (Controller, Front & Rear Socket) . . . . . . . 702
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 50 DIAGNOSTIC SOCKETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 51 CAN STRUCTURE (CAN BUS 1 & CAN BUS NOx) . . . . . . . . . 710
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 52 CAN STRUCTURE (EHR CAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 55 CAN STRUCTURE (ISO BUS CAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 56 CONTROL UNIT (Switch Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730
Alternator - Electrical test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 735
Alternator - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Alternator - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 742
Alternator - Preliminary test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 733
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 752
Alternator - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740
Alternator - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Alternator - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Battery - Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745
Battery - Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 744
Battery - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Battery - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
Battery - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 746
Battery - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Battery - Testing Charging Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750
Battery - Testing Flat or discharged battery suspected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 748
Battery - Testing Heavy Load Discharge Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
Battery - Testing Open Circuit Voltage Test - State of Charge Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
Battery - Testing Specific Gravity - State of charge test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
Battery - Testing Visual check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 748
Connector - Component Diagram 00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Connector - Component diagram 01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Connector - Component diagram 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 753
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 754
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Static description PROTECTING THE ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL SYS-
TEMS DURING BATTERY CHARGING OR WELDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 755
Fuse and relay box - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Fuse and relay box - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Fuse and relay box - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Fuse and relay box - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Wiring harness - Electrical schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
Wiring harness - Electrical schema index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Wiring harness - Electrical schema index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 01 POWER DISTRIBUTION (MAXI Fuses 1 - 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
Wiring harness - Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
Wiring harness - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.30.A / 756
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - 50.A

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 1
Contents

SYSTEMS - A
TECHNICAL DATA
Control module
Configure H-Menu Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Configure H-Menu Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Sidewinder
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Monitor
Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Sidewinder
Control module
Instrument controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Universal controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Armrest controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 2
Isobus interface controller (TECU) - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Steering controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Engine control module (ECM) - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Navigation controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Auxiliary (AUX) controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Instrument controller - Electronic schema Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Sidewinder
Instrument controller - Electronic schema Enhanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Sidewinder
Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Sidewinder
Central Control Unit - Electronic schema Transmission, Electronic Draft Control, Rear P.T.O., Four Wheel
Drive, Differential Lock, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Sidewinder
Central Control Unit - Electronic schema Transmission, Electronic Draft Control, Rear P.T.O., Four Wheel
Drive, Differential Lock, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Sidewinder
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 3
Auxiliary (AUX) controller - Electronic schema Midmount EHR’s, Front Axle Suspension, Front P.T.O.,
Front Hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Sidewinder
Isobus interface controller (TECU) - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Sidewinder
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Sidewinder
Engine control module (ECM) - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Sidewinder
Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Sidewinder
Steering controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Sidewinder
Navigation controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Sidewinder
Auxiliary (AUX) controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Sidewinder
Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Sidewinder
SERVICE
Control module
Armrest controller - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Armrest controller - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Armrest controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Armrest controller - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Armrest controller - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Armrest controller - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 4
Instrument controller - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Instrument controller - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Instrument controller - H4 - View software revision level Enhanced Keypad (JA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Instrument controller - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Instrument controller - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Instrument controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Instrument controller - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Instrument controller - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Instrument controller - HE - Display frequency inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Instrument controller - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Instrument controller - HF - View controller hardware information Enhanced Keypad (JA) . . . . . . . . . . 179
Universal controller - H1 - Calibration procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with
Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder

T7.170 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with
Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command with Sidewinder
Universal controller - H2 - View stored calibration values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257



84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 5
Universal controller - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286


Universal controller - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381

Universal controller - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383

Universal controller - H6 - Vehicle information view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387

Universal controller - H7 - Vehicle test modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389



Universal controller - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412

Universal controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414



Universal controller - HA - Demonstration mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433

Universal controller - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436

Universal controller - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 6
Universal controller - HE - Display frequency inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Universal controller - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443

Universal controller - HJ - Electronic hydraulic remote control valve number programming . . . . . . . . . 445
Steering controller - H1 - Calibration procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448

Steering controller - H2 - View stored calibration values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Steering controller - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
Steering controller - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
Steering controller - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
Steering controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
Steering controller - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
Steering controller - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
Steering controller - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H1 - Calibration procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H2 - View stored calibration values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) . . . . . . . . 481
Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
Instrument controller - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
Sidewinder
Instrument controller - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496

Sidewinder
Instrument controller - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498

Sidewinder
Instrument controller - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500

Sidewinder
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 7
Instrument controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
Sidewinder
Instrument controller - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506

Sidewinder
Instrument controller - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508

Sidewinder
Instrument controller - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510

Sidewinder
Central Control Unit - H1 - Calibration procedures Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512

T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command
Central Control Unit - H1 - Calibration procedures Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523

T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command
without Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder
Central Control Unit - H2 - View stored calibration values Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
Central Control Unit - H2 - View stored calibration values Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
Central Control Unit - H3 - Configurations and options Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543

Central Control Unit - H3 - Configurations and options Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561

Central Control Unit - H4 - View software revision level Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
Sidewinder
Central Control Unit - H5 - Switch operation test Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581

Sidewinder
Central Control Unit - H6 - Vehicle information view Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585

Sidewinder
Central Control Unit - H7 - Vehicle test modes Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587

Central Control Unit - H7 - Vehicle test modes Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 8
Central Control Unit - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) Without Sidewinder . . . . . 605
Sidewinder
Central Control Unit - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607

Sidewinder
Central Control Unit - HA - Demonstration mode Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612

Sidewinder
Central Control Unit - HB - Display stored fault codes Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
Sidewinder
Central Control Unit - HC - Clear all stored fault codes Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
Sidewinder
Central Control Unit - HE - Display frequency inputs Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620

Sidewinder
Central Control Unit - HF - View controller hardware information Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623
Sidewinder
Central Control Unit - HJ - Electronic hydraulic remote control valve number programming Without
Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625
Sidewinder
Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H1 - Calibration procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628

Sidewinder
Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H2 - View stored calibration values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633

Sidewinder
Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636

Sidewinder
Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642

Sidewinder
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 9
Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644
Sidewinder
Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646

Sidewinder
Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648

Sidewinder
Auxiliary (AUX) controller - HA - Demonstration mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651

Sidewinder
Auxiliary (AUX) controller - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653

Sidewinder
Auxiliary (AUX) controller - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655

Sidewinder
Auxiliary (AUX) controller - HE - Display frequency inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657

Sidewinder
Auxiliary (AUX) controller - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659

Sidewinder
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 10
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Control module - Configure H-Menu Overview

ECU Names and Identifiers

Each of the electronic control modules fitted to the vehicle has an associated identifier that is used by the instrument
cluster during the H menu diagnostics procedures. Throughout this document the modules are referred to using
these identifiers. The following table lists all the modules accessible from the H menu diagnostics, its function and
the corresponding identifier used by the instrument cluster.
Identifier Controller Name Controller Functions

HU Enhanced Analogue Digital Instrument Instrument Cluster
Cluster (ADIC)
JA Enhanced Keypad Keypad
KA Steering Controller Steering Control
LC Armrest Controller Armrest Controller
U1 Universal Controller Transmission, Electronic Draft Control, Engine, Rear PTO,
Front Wheel Drive, Differential Lock, Midmount Electronic
Hydraulic Remote Valves, Suspended Front Axle Rear
Electronic Hydraulic Remote Valves, Front PTO, Front Hitch
XA EPL Electronic Park Lock
INTRODUCTION
The “H" menu mode is part of the on-board diagnostics, providing configuration and diagnostic support through the
resources available on the system.
To gain access to the diagnostic “H" menu mode routine, it is necessary to use the diagnostic test switch, special tool
380000843 (1) in the tractor diagnostic connector. The main diagnostics connector is located in the cab on the right
hand side rear pillar behind the operators seat.
BAIL06CCM213AVA 1
The Analogue Digital Instrument Cluster (ADIC) dot matrix display (1) and the lower central display (2) are used to
indicate the information for the “H" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 11
BVE0006B_579 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 12
H Menu Navigation Procedure

Connect the special tool 380000843 to the diagnostic connector and turn the key start switch ON
At key ON the ADIC will automatically build a list of the controllers connected on the Controller Area Network (CAN),
and will store it in the Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EEPROM).
The dot matrix display will show “HH MENU" to indicate that the “H" menu has been activated.
BVE0006A_580 3
To navigate the “H" menus use the “h" and “m" buttons to scroll left and right, and the “dimming" button to select the
required controller or “H" menu.
Button “dimming" (1) - Select
Button “h" (2) - Scroll left
Button “m" (3) - Scroll right
BVE0006C 4
NOTE: Not all H menus will be available on every controller. If a controller does not implement a particular H menu,
then it will not be shown when scrolling.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 13
Controller Identifier Code Table

The controller is identified with a two letter code, i.e. HU - Enhanced ADIC.
Identifier Controller Functions

HU Enhanced Analogue Digital Instrument Cluster (ADIC)
JA Enhanced Keypad
KA Fast Steer System
LC Armrest Controller
OA Tractor ECU
U1 Transmission, Electronic Draft Control, Rear PTO, Front Wheel Drive, Differential Lock, Midmount
Electronic Hydraulic Remote Valves, EngineFront Axle Suspension, Rear Electronic Hydraulic
Remote Valves, Front PTO, Front Hitch
XA Electronic Park Lock
With the diagnostic test switch, special tool 380000843 located in the tractor diagnostic connector key on the ignition.
The dot matrix display and lower central display will show the HH Menu entry.
The left arrow (1) and the right arrow (2) indicate there are other controllers available.
To navigate through the list of controllers use the “h" button to scroll left and the “m" button to scroll right.
Once the display shows the desired module it should be conformed by pressing the dimming key.
BAIL10CVT595AVA 5
If a controller cannot be found on the CAN, an error symbol will be displayed indicating there is no communication
between the cluster and the selected controller.
BAIL10CVT596AVA 6
Scroll through the available options, depress the "dimming" button to select the desired controller.
The display will change to show the "HH menu" selection screen.
The left and right arrows indicate there are other controllers available.
The down arrow indicates a subsystem menu is also available.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 14
BAIL10CVT597AVC 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 15
H Menu Common Features

The “H“ menus consist of the following menu codes.
NOTE: Not all the following “H" menus are available for all controllers.
HH Not Supported
H1 Calibration procedures
H2 View stored calibration values
H3 Configurations and options
H4 View software revision level
H5 Switch operation test
H6 Vehicle information view
H7 Vehicle test modes
H8 Clear stored calibration information
H9 Voltmeter diagnostics
HA Demonstration mode
HB Display stored fault codes
HC Clear all stored fault codes
HE Display frequency inputs
HF View controller hardware information
HJ Electronic hydraulic remote control valve number programming
HK Rear electronic hydraulic remote control valve diagnostics
Dot Matrix Display Symbols

1. Engine 8. Front suspension
2. Transmission 9. Four wheel drive
3. Differential lock 10. Fast steer system
4. Electronic draft control 11. HMC
5. Front hitch 12. Engine shutdown
6. Rear P.T.O. system 13. Air brake
6a. Front P.T.O. system 14. Steering sensor
7. Rear Electronic remote 16. Error code

valves management
7a Front EHRs 17. Intelliview
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 16
The left and right arrows indicate there are other “H" menus available.
To navigate through the list of “H" menus use the “h" button to scroll left and the “m" button to scroll right.
The downward arrow (1) indicates there is more than one sub-system that uses the same menu (multi-functional “H"
menu).
Depress the “dimming" button to select the “H" menu required.
BAIL10CVT191AVB 8
The controller selected will be displayed in the top left hand corner of the dot matrix display (1).
The “H" menu will be displayed in the top right hand corner of the dot matrix display (2).
BAIL10CVT192AVB 9
The “H" menu select screen will be displayed if the menu is common to all sub-systems, i.e. H5 - Switch test and H9
- Voltmeter.
BAIL10CVT193AVA 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 17
If the menu is specific to only one sub-system, the relevant icon will be displayed in the centre of the dot matrix display,
i.e. suspended front axle icon for HA - Demonstration mode.
BAIL10CVT194AVB 11
When the sub-system has been selected, the navigation arrows will no longer be displayed.
The ADIC lower central display section will be used to display the set-ups or values for the selected sub-system.
BAIL10CVT195AVA 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 18
NOTE: To return to the “H" menu select screen from H1 - Calibrations the keystart needs to be turned OFF. This will
store the completed calibrations.
To return back to the “H" menu select screen, depress the "dimming" button.
BAIL10CVT196AVB 13
NOTE: To return to the controller select screen, “HH" must be indicated in the top right hand corner of the dot matrix
display.
To return back to the controller select screen, depress the “dimming" button again.
BAIL10CVT197AVB 14
Control module - Configure H-Menu Overview

ECU Names and Identifiers

Each of the electronic control modules fitted to the vehicle has an associated identifier that is used by the instrument
cluster during the H-menu diagnostics procedures. Throughout this document the modules are referred to using
these identifiers. The following table lists all the modules accessible from the H-menu diagnostics, its function and
the corresponding identifier used by the instrument cluster.
Identifier Controller Name Controller Functions

HX Enhanced Analogue Digital Instrument Instrument Cluster
Cluster (ADIC)
HY Basic ADIC Instrument Cluster
JA Enhanced Keypad Keypad
KA Fast Steer System Steering Control
OA TECU Tractor ECU
RY FPS Central Control Unit FPS Transmission, EDC, Rear PTO, Steering Sensor
RZ SPS Central Control Unit SPS Transmission, EDC, Rear PTO, Steering Sensor
RK Auxiliary Control Unit Suspended Front Axle, Front PTO, Front Hitch
XA EPL Electronic Park Lock
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 19
INTRODUCTION
The H-menu mode is part of the on-board diagnostics, providing configuration and diagnostic support through the
resources available on the system.
To gain access to the diagnostic H-menu mode routine, it is necessary to use the diagnostic test switch, special
tool 380000843 in the tractor diagnostic connector (1). The main diagnostics connector is located in the cab on the
right-hand side rear pillar behind the operators seat.
BAIL06CCM213AVA 1
The Analogue Digital Instrument Cluster (ADIC) dot matrix display (1) and the lower central display (2) are used to
indicate the information for the H-menus.
BVE0006B_579 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 20
H-Menu Navigation Procedure

Connect the special tool 380000843 to the diagnostic connector and turn the key start switch ON
At key ON the ADIC will automatically build a list of the controllers connected on the Controller Area Network (CAN),
and will store it in the Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EEPROM).
The dot matrix display will show “HH MENU" to indicate that the H-menu has been activated.
BVE0006A_580 3
To navigate the H-menus use the “h" and “m" buttons to scroll left and right, and the “dimming" button to select the
required controller or H-menu.
Button “dimming" (1) - Select
Button “h" (2) - Scroll left
Button “m" (3) - Scroll right
BVE0006C 4
NOTE: Not all H-menus will be available on every controller. If a controller does not implement a particular H-menu,
then it will not be shown when scrolling.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 21
Controller Identifier Code Table

The controller is identified with a two letter code, i.e. HX - Enhanced ADIC.
Identifier Controller
HX Enhanced Analogue Digital Instrument Cluster (ADIC)
HY Basic ADIC
JA Enhanced Keypad
KA Fast Steer System
OA Tractor ECU
RY FPS Central Control Unit
RZ SPS Central Control Unit
RK Auxiliary Control Unit
XA Electronic Park Lock
With the diagnostic test switch, special tool 380000843 located in the tractor diagnostic connector key on the ignition.
The dot matrix display and lower central display will show the HH Menu entry.
The left arrow (1) and the right arrow (2) indicate that there are other controllers available.
Once the display shows the desired module it should be confirmed by pressing the dimming key.
BAIL10CVT595AVB 5
If a controller cannot be found on the CAN, an error symbol will be displayed indicating there is no communication
between the instrument cluster and the selected controller.
BAIL10CVT596AVB 6
Scroll through the available options, depress the "dimming" button to select the desired controller.
The display will change to show the "HH menu" selection screen.
The left and right arrows indicate there are other controllers available.
The down arrow indicates a subsystem menu is also available.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 22
BAIL10CVT597AVD 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 23
H-Menu Common Features

The H-menus consist of the following menu codes.
NOTE: Not all the following H-menus are available for all controllers.
HH Not Supported
H1 Calibration procedures
H2 View stored calibration values
H3 Configurations and options
H4 View software revision level
H5 Switch operation test
H6 Vehicle information view
H7 Vehicle test modes
H8 Clear stored calibration information
H9 Voltmeter diagnostics
HA Demonstration mode
HB Display stored fault codes
HC Clear all stored fault codes
HE Display frequency inputs
HF View controller hardware information
HJ Electronic hydraulic remote control valve number programming
HK Rear electronic hydraulic remote control valve diagnostics
Dot Matrix Display Symbols

1. Engine 8. Front suspension
2. Transmission 9. Four wheel drive
3. Differential lock 10. Fast steer system
4. Electronic draft control 11. HMC
5. Front hitch 12. Engine shutdown
6. Rear P.T.O. system 13. Air brake
6a. Front P.T.O. system 14. Steering sensor
7. Rear Electronic remote 16. Error code

valves management
7a Front EHRs 17. Intelliview
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 24
The left and right arrows indicate there are other H-menus available.
To navigate through the list of H-menus use the “h" button to scroll left and the “m" button to scroll right.
The downward arrow (1) indicates there is more than one sub-system that uses the same menu (multi-functional
H-menu).
Depress the “dimming" button to select the H-menu required.
BAIL11APH299AVA 8
The controller selected will be displayed in the top left-hand corner of the dot matrix display (1).
The H-menu will be displayed in the top right-hand corner of the dot matrix display (2).
BAIL11APH300AVA 9
The H-menu select screen will be displayed if the menu is common to all sub-systems, i.e. H5 - Switch test and H9 -
Voltmeter.
BAIL11APH301AVA 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 25
If the menu is specific to only one sub-system, the relevant icon will be displayed in the centre of the dot matrix display,
i.e. suspended front axle icon for HA - Demonstration mode.
BAIL11APH302AVA 11
When the sub-system has been selected, the navigation arrows will no longer be displayed.
The ADIC lower central display section will be used to display the set-ups or values for the selected sub-system.
BAIL11APH303AVA 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 26
NOTE: To return to the H-menu select screen from H1 - Calibrations the keystart needs to be turned OFF. This will
store the completed calibrations.
To return back to the H-menu select screen, depress the "dimming" button.
BAIL11APH298AVA 13
NOTE: To return to the controller select screen, “HH" must be indicated in the top right-hand corner of the dot matrix
display.
To return back to the controller select screen, depress the “dimming" button again.
BAIL11APH304AVA 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 27
Monitor - Electronic schema

Component Identification
1. Large Virtual Terminal (CODI)
2. USB Socket
3. ECU Power Relay
4. Implement Power Relay
5. ISO BUS Implement Connector
6. Sensor Ground
7. Chassis Ground
8. Power Ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 28
SS10M136 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 29
Monitor - Electronic schema

1. Monitor
2. USB Socket
3. ECU Power Relay
6. Sensor Ground
7. Chassis Ground
8. Power Ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 30
SS11F037 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 31
Control module Instrument controller - Electronic schema

1. Instrument Cluster Unit
2. Battery
3. Battery Isolator
4. Ignition switch
5. Ignition relay (Relay # 3)
6. Ignition relay (Relay # 17)
7. Air Brake Sensor/Switch
8. Fuel level Sensor
9. Brake Pedal Switches and Trailer Brake Relays
10. Implement Connector ( ISO 11786 Signal)
11. Work lamp Controller
12. Follow Me Home Relay
13. Indicator Flasher Unit
14. Handbrake Switch
15. Alternator
16. Steering Angel Sensor
17. Brake Level Switch
18. Enhanced Keypad
19. Sensor Ground
20. Chassis Ground
21. Power Ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 32
SS10M124 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 33
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - Electronic schema

1. Electronic Park Brake (EPL) Unit (Module and Motor assembly)
2. EPL Motor
3. Trailer Brake Relay
4. Sensor Ground
5. Chassis Ground
6. Power Ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 34
SS10M126 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 35
Control module Universal controller - Electronic schema T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command Component Identification
with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power 1. Universal Control Module (UCM)
2. Hydraulic Master Switch
3. Electronic Draft Control (EDC)
4. Electronic Hydraulic Remotes (EHR's)
5. Front Hydraulic Power Link Control (FHPL)
6. Loader Diverter Relay # 1 & 2
7. Continuously Variably Transmission Control (CVT)
8. Front PTO Control (FPTO)
9. Rear PTO Control (PTO)
10. Front Axle Suspension Control
11. Four wheel drive (4WD)/ Differential Lock Control
12. Sensor Ground (# 1)
14. Chassis Ground
15. Power Ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 36
SS10M129 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 37
1. Universal Control Module (UCM)
7. Semi Power Shift Transmission Control (SPS)
10. Not applicable
15. Chassis Ground
16. Power Ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 38
SS10M164 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 39
1. Universal Control Module (UCM)
7. Full Power Shift Transmission Control (FPS)
10. Not applicable
15. Chassis Ground
16. Power Ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 40
SS10M128 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 41
Control module Armrest controller - Electronic schema T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 AutoCommand
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.170 Power Command Component Identification
with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power 1. Arm Rest Control Unit (ARU)
2. Speed/ Engine RPM Control
3. Hitch Control/ Hitch Setting
4. Electronic Draft Control (EDC) Mouse witch Raise/ Work Switch, Draft and Position- Control Potentiometer
5. Integrated Control Panel (ICP)
6. Front Hitch Height Switch and Potentiometer (not applicable with No. 26)
7. Rear Hitch Settings (EDC) with Height-, Slip-, Drop-Rate-, and Sensitivity-Control Potentiometer
8. Multi Function Handle Controller
9. Hand Throttle
10. Sensor Transmission Ratio
11. Droop Rate Potentiometer (Engine)
12. Front PTO Switch
13. Rear PTO Switch
14. LED Front and Rear PTO
15. EHR Control Encoder
16. Electro Hydraulic Remotes Control (EHR's/ MHR's)
17. Lever EHR # 1 & 2
18. Lever EHR # 3 & 4
19. EHR Float Button (Joystick)
20. Joystick 2 (Optional)
22. LED's and Switches EHR 1 & 2
24. Virtual Terminal (SWCD)
25. Diverter Valve Switch EHR4
26. Front Hitch Management Control (not applicable with No. 6)
27. Sensor Ground
28. Chassis Ground
28. Power Ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 42
SS10M134 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 43
1. Arm Rest Control Unit (ARU)
2. Engine RPM Control
3. Hitch Control/ Hitch Setting
4. Electronic Draft Control (EDC) Mouse witch Raise/ Work Switch, Draft and Position- Control Potentiometer
5. Integrated Control Panel (ICP)
6. Front Hitch Height Switch and Potentiometer (not applicable with No. 26)
7. Rear Hitch Settings (EDC) with Height-, Slip-, Drop-Rate-, and Sensitivity-Control Potentiometer
8. Multi Function Handle Controller
9. Hand Throttle
10. Not applicable
11. Not applicable
12. Front PTO Switch
13. Rear PTO Switch
14. LED Front and Rear PTO
15. EHR Control Encoder
16. Electro Hydraulic Remotes Control (EHR's/ MHR's)
17. Lever EHR # 1 & 2
18. Lever EHR # 3 & 4
19. EHR Float Button (Joystick)
24. Virtual Terminal (SWCD)
25. Diverter Valve Switch EHR4
26. Front Hitch Management Control (not applicable with No. 6)
27. Sensor Ground
28. Chassis Ground
28. Power Ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 44
SS10M135 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 45
Control module Isobus interface controller (TECU) - Electronic schema

1. TECU Module (ISO BUS)
3. ECU Power Relay
5. Sensor Ground
6. Chassis Ground
7. Supply Ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 46
SS10M137 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 47
Control module Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) controller -

Electronic schema
1. Automatic Temperature Control (ATC)
2. Power Relay
3. Blower Speed Switch
4. Air Conditioning Switch
5. Temperature Control
6. High Pressure Switch
7. Low Pressure Switch
8. Evaporator Temperature Sensor
9. Outlet Temperature Sensor
10. Cab Temperature Sensor
11. Outside Temperature Sensor
12. A/C Compressor Clutch Relay
13. Compressor Clutch
14. Blower Speed Control
15. Blower Motor
16. Water Valve
17. Sensor Ground
18. Chassis Ground
19. Power Ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 48
SS10M138 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 49
Control module Steering controller - Electronic schema

1. Steering Control Unit
2. Steering Wheel Monitor Proximity Switch
3. Steering Control ON/ OFF Switch
4. LVDT Sensor (Position Transmitter)
5. Hydraulics Solenoid Valve
6. Sensor Ground
7. Chassis Ground
8. Supply Ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 50
SS10M139 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 51
Control module Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) controller -

Electronic schema
1. SCR Controller
2. Supply (Pot. 15) Relay
3. Converter 12 - 24 V SCR Controller
4. AdBlue Temperature/Tank Level Sensor
5. Catalyst Temperature Sensor (In)
6. Catalyst Temperature Sensor (Out)
7. AdBlue Heating Control Valve
8. AdBlue Injection Valve
9. Sensor Ground
10. Chassis Ground
11. Supply Ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 52
SS10M140 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 53
Control module Engine control module (ECM) - Electronic schema

1. Engine Control Module
2. Diagnostic Plug - CAN 1
3. Diagnostic Plug - CAN 2
4. Fuel Filter Water Sensor
5. NOx- Sensor
6. CAN BUS Terminating Resistor
7. Converter NOx Sensor (AC/ DC)
8. Exhaust Brake Solenoid
9. Fuel Filter Heater Relay
10. Grid Heater Relay
11. Humidity/ Temperature Sensor
12. Visctronic Engine Fan
13. Boost Pressure/ Temperature Sensor
14. Oil Pressure/ Temperature Sensor
15. Rail Pressure Sensor
16. Coolant Temperature Sensor
17. Fuel Temperature Sensor
18. Camshaft Speed Sensor
19. Crankshaft Speed Sensor
20. High Pressure Pump Metering Valve
21. Injector, No. 1 Cylinder
27. Sensors Ground
28. Chassis Ground
29. Supply Ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 54
SS10M141 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 55
Control module Navigation controller - Electronic schema

1. Autoguidance Module (NAV)
2. Crank Isolate Relay
3. Manual Override Pressure Sensor
4. Steering Angle Sensor
5. Diagnostic Connector
6. GPS (Global Positioning System) Receiver
7. Select Switch
8. Steering Solenoids Isolation Relays
9. Steering Solenoids
10. Sensor Ground
11. Chassis Ground
12. Power Ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 56
SS10M142 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 57
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - Electronic schema

1. Supply Relay EHRs
2. CAN BUS Terminating Resistor
3. EHR # 1 Rear
4. EHR # 2 Rear
5. EHR # 3 Rear
6. EHR # 4 Rear
7. EHR # 5 Rear
8. EHR # 1 Front (MID) middle mounted
9. EHR # 2 Front (MID)
12. Sensor Signal Ground
13. Chassis Ground
14. Supply Ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 58
SS10M143 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 59
Control module Instrument controller - Electronic schema Basic

1. Analog Digital Instrument Cluster ADIC (Basic)
2. Battery
3. Battery Isolator
4. Ignition Switch
5. Ignition Relay (I)
6. Ignition Relay (II)
7. Air Brake Sensor
8. Fuel Sensor
11. Worklamp Controller
12. Engine Intake Air Filter Switch
13. Alternator
16. Sensor Ground
17. Chassis Ground
18. Power Ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 60
SS11F030 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 61
Control module Instrument controller - Electronic schema Enhanced

1. Analog Digital Instrument Cluster ADIC (Enhanced)
2. Battery
3. Battery Isolator
4. Ignition Switch
5. Ignition Relay (I)
6. Ignition Relay (II)
7. Air Brake Sensor
8. Fuel Sensor
10. Implement Connector (ISO 11786)
11. Worklamp Controller
12. Follow Me Home Relay
15. Alternator
17. Enhanced Keypad
18. Sensor Ground
19. Chassis Ground
20. Power Ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 62
SS11F031 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 63
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - Electronic schema

1. Electronic Park Brake (EPL) Unit (Module and motor assembly)
2. (EPL) Motor
3. Trailer Brake Relay
4. Sensor Ground
5. Chassis Ground
6. Power Ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 64
SS11F032 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 65
Control module Central Control Unit - Electronic schema Transmission,

Electronic Draft Control, Rear P.T.O., Four Wheel Drive, Differential Lock,
Engine
1. Central Control Module RZ (CCM)
2. Transmission Control 18x6 / 19x6 SPS
4. Rear P.T.O. Control
5. Constant Engine Speed Control
6. Four Wheel Drive (4WD), Differential Lock Control
7. Display Of Gears
8. Sensor Ground
9. Chassis Ground
10. Power Ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 66
SS11F033 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 67
Control module Central Control Unit - Electronic schema Transmission,

Electronic Draft Control, Rear P.T.O., Four Wheel Drive, Differential Lock,
Engine
1. Central Control Module RY (CCM)
2. Transmission Control 18x6 / 19x6 FPS
4. Rear P.T.O. Control
5. Constant Engine Speed Control
6. Four Wheel Drive (4WD), Differential Lock Control
7. Display Of Gears
8. Sensor Ground
9. Chassis Ground
10. Power Ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 68
SS11F034 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 69
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - Electronic schema Midmount

EHR’s, Front Axle Suspension, Front P.T.O., Front Hitch
1. Auxiliary Control Module (ACM)
3. Front P.T.O. Control
4. Front Hydraulic Power Link Control
5. Joystick for middle mounted EHR’s
6. Sensor Ground
7. Chassis Ground
8. Power Ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 70
SS11F035 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 71
Control module Isobus interface controller (TECU) - Electronic schema

1. TECU Module (ISO BUS)
3. ECU Power Relay
5. Sensor Ground
6. Chassis Ground
7. Supply Ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 72
SS11F038 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 73
Control module Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) controller -

Electronic schema
1. SCR Controller
2. Supply (Pot. 15) Relay
3. Converter 12 - 24 V SCR Controller
4. DEF/ AdBlue Temperature/ Tank Level Sensor
5. Catalyst Temperature Sensor (In)
6. Catalyst Temperature Sensor (Out)
7. DEF/ AdBlue Heating Control Valve
8. DEF/ AdBlue Injection Valve
9. Sensor Ground
10. Chassis Ground
11. Supply Ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 74
SS11F039 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 75
Control module Engine control module (ECM) - Electronic schema

1. Engine Control Module (ECM)
2. Diagnostic Plug – CAN 1
3. Diagnostic Plug CAN 2 EHR
4. Fuel Filter Water Sensor
5. NOX– Sensor
6. CAN- BUS Terminating Resistor
7. Converter NOX Sensor (AC/ DC)
8. Exhaust Brake Solenoid
9. Fuel Filter Heater Relay
10. Grid Heater Relay
11. Humidity/ Temperature Sensor
12. Visctronic Engine Fan
13. Boost Pressure/ Temperature Sensor
14. Oil Pressure/ Temperature Sensor
15. Rail Pressure Sensor
16. Coolant Temperature Sensor
17. Fuel Temperature Sensor
18. Camshaft Speed Sensor
19. Crankshaft Speed Sensor
20. High Pressure Pump Metering Valve
27. Sensors Ground
28. Chassis Ground
29. Supply Ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 76
SS11F040 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 77
Control module Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) controller -

Electronic schema
1. Automatic Temperature Control Module (ATC)
2. Power Relay
3. Blower Speed Switch
4. Air Conditioning Switch
5. Temperature Control
6. High Pressure Switch
7. Low Pressure Switch
8. Evaporator Temperature Sensor
9. Outlet Temperature Sensor
10. Cab Temperature Sensor
11. Outside Temperature Sensor
12. Compressor Clutch Relay
13. Compressor Clutch
14. Blower Speed Control
15. Blower Motor
16. Water Valve
17. Sensor Ground
18. Chassis Ground
19. Power Ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 78
SS11F041 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 79
Control module Steering controller - Electronic schema

1. Fast Steer KA Electronic Control Module (FSS)
2. Steering Wheel Monitor Proximity Switch
3. Fast Steer ON/ OFF Switch
4. LVDT Sensor (Position Transmitter)
5. Hydraulic Solenoid Valve
6. Sensor Ground
7. Chassis Ground
8. Power Ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 80
SS11F042 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 81
Control module Navigation controller - Electronic schema

1. Navigation Control Module
2. Crank Isolate Relay
3. Manual Override Pressure Sensor
5. Diagnostic Connector
6. GPS (Global Positioning System) Receiver
7. Select Switch
8. Steering Solenoids Isolation Relays
9. Steering Solenoids
10. Sensor Ground
11. Chassis Ground
12. Power Ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 82
SS11F043 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 83
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - Electronic schema

1. Power Supply Relay EHRs
2. CAN- BUS Terminating Resistor
3. Middle mounted EHR #1 Rear
6. Sensor Ground
7. Chassis Ground
8. Supply Ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 84
SS11F044 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 85
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 86
Control module - Fault code index

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) Calibration 'U' Error Codes

Code Description Possible Failure
U16 ERPM dropped too soon during clutch 1) Engine lugged down too soon. Possible PWM valve faulty or
calibration a mechanical fault within the transmission
U17 Seat switch not activated 1) Operator not in seat
2) Open circuit for the seat switch input to the transmission
module
3) Faulty seat switch
4) Switched 12v supply fuse blown
Note: Use the H5 switch diagnostics to detect if the seat switch
is connected
U19 Oil temperature below 10 °C 1) Open circuit for the temperature sensor input to module
2) Faulty temperature sensor
3) Incorrect temperature sensor type set in transmission, H3,
channel 7
Note: Use the H9 in the transmission module to see if the
temperature sensor input is OK
U20 Handbrake is not set 1) Open circuit for the handbrake feed into the transmission
module
2) Faulty handbrake switch
Note: Use the H5 switch diagnostics to detect if the handbrake
is connected
U21 ERPM is below 1100, increase throttle 1) Operator has not set the correct engine speed
2) Instrument cluster is not powered
3) Broken CAN
Note: Use the H9 in the transmission module to see if the engine
speed is being detected
U22 ERPM is above 1300, reduce throttle 1) Operator has not set the correct engine speed
U23 Shuttle lever is in neutral, shift it to 1) Operator has not selected forward on the shuttle lever
forward 2) Open circuit between the shuttle lever and the transmission
module
Note: Use the H5 switch diagnostics to detect if the switch is
connected
U26 Clutch pedal is not up, release clutch 1) Operator has not released the clutch pedal
pedal 2) The clutch potentiometer / linkage is sticking or broken
Note: Use the H9 in the transmission module to see if the clutch
input is OK
U31 Wheel speed sensed - tractor moving 1) Handbrake not applied
2) Brakes not working
Note: If the brakes are OK move the vehicle forward slightly
and repeat calibration
U36 Max allowed clutch calibration value 1) Current value exceeded without lugging the engine down.
exceeded Possible PWM valve faulty or a low hydraulic pressure fault2)
ECU high side driver power supply failure - check fuses on ECU
12V supplies
U51 Engine speed error 1) Engine speed must be between 850 and 950 rpm
2) CAN bus error
U55 PTO started 1) The PTO was started during the PTO twist sensor calibration,
ensure the PTO is turned off
U58 PTO sensor open circuit Wiring or connectors to PTO twist sensor
U59 PTO sensor short circuit to ground Wiring or connectors to PTO twist sensor
U70 PTO twist sensor not calibrated Calibration value was too high or too low
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 87

U75 Quick fill calibration value too high 1) Wiring problem (on clutch solenoid)
2) Clutch solenoid damaged
3) Clutch mechanical problem
U76 Quick fill calibration value too low 1) Wiring problem (on clutch solenoid)
U77 Damper calibration value too high 1) Wiring problem
2) Sensor damaged
3) Wrong damper installation
4) Mechanical problem on driveline
U78 Damper calibration value too low 1) Wiring problem
2) Sensor damaged
U79 PTO twist sensor not plausible 1) Sensor damaged or incorrectly installed
U95 Syncro potentiometer signal is out of 1) Wiring problem on synchronizer solenoids or potentiometer
range for F2 position 2) Potentiometer damaged
U96 Syncro potentiometer signal is out of 1) Wiring problem on synchronizer solenoids or potentiometer
range for R1 position 2) Potentiometer damaged
U97 F2 did not engage properly 1) Wiring problem on synchronizer potentiometer
2) Synchronizer potentiometer damaged
3) Clutch B or dump valve problem (electrical, hydraulic or
mechanical)
U98 R1 did not engage properly 1) Wiring problem on synchronizer potentiometer
2) Synchronizer potentiometer damaged
3) Clutch B or dump valve problem (electrical, hydraulic or
mechanical)
U104 F2/R1 wrong neutral position 1) Wiring problem
2) Potentiometer damaged
U107 Clutch not working 1) Wiring problem
2) Potentiometer damaged
U108 Damper torque not readable 1) Wiring problem
2) Sensor damaged
4) Damper not calibrated
U109 Hydro not in position 1) Wiring problem (on hydro–in or hydro–out sensors)
2) Sensor damaged (hydro–in or hydro–out)
3) Low pressure on hydraulic circuit
4) Mechanical problem
Full Power Shift Transmission (FPS) Calibration 'U' Error Codes

module
is connected
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 88

module
is connected
Open circuit for the engine speed sensor going to the cluster -
Mech engines only
3) Broken CAN
module
connected
input is OK
12V supplies
2) CAN bus error
U68 Creeper not engaged 1).
U69 Creeper stuck 1)
2) Sensor damaged
2) Sensor damaged
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 89
Semi Power Shift Transmission (SPS) Calibration 'U' Error Codes

module
is connected
module
is connected
Mech engines only
3) Broken CAN
module
connected
input is OK
12V supplies
U47 19th gear solenoid not found 1)
U48 No mid / reverse range synchroniser 1)
movement sensed
U49 No low / high range synchroniser 1) Faulty synchroniser potentiometer or linkage
movement sensed 2) Faulty or sticking synchroniser solenoid
3) Internal leakage within the transmission
U50 Synchroniser potentiometer 1)
connectors swapped
2) CAN bus error
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 90

2) Sensor damaged
2) Sensor damaged
U84 Reverse and high synchroniser 1) Incorrect installation, check connectors
solenoid connectors swapped
U85 Mid and low synchroniser solenoid 1) Incorrect installation, check connectors
connectors swapped
U86 Mid / reverse range synchroniser
neutral error
U87 Low / high range synchroniser neutral 1) Faulty synchroniser potentiometer or linkage
error 2) Mechanical fault with the transmission
U88 Mid / reverse range synchroniser 1)
calibration values out of tolerance
U89 Low / high range synchroniser 1) Faulty potentiometer or linkage
Electronic Draft Control Calibration 'U' Error Codes

Note: There are no 'U' error codes defined for the electronic draft control calibration procedure. However the
following error codes may be displayed during the procedure.
1068 Height limit control not fully clockwise 1) The height limit control is not turned fully clockwise
2) The height limit control is faulty
1070 EDC hydraulic ram size not configured Ram size not configured on a new controller or following H8
procedure
Note: Use EDC H3, channel 1 to configure
Shiftable PTO Calibration 'U' Error Codes

U112 PTO speed select cable stalled while 1) Cable not connected correctly in neutral position
extending 2) Cable jammed
3) Sensor not connected
U113 PTO speed select cable stalled while 1) Cable not connected correctly in neutral position
retracting 2) Cable jammed
3) Sensor not connected
U124 PTO speed select switch not in 1) Speed select switch is in the wrong position – selector switch
optional speed position set to 1000 or N position instead of optional speed position
2) Selector switch wiring incorrect
3) Speed selector switch faulty
U125 Speed sensor error 1) No signal from PTO speed sensor
2) No engine speed signal
3) PTO not started
U126 No movement from position sensor 1) -
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 91
Front Suspension Calibration 'U' Error Codes

U01 Front axle potentiometer open circuit 1) Check the wiring harness
– ACP will not work 2) Check the displayed potentiometer reading during calibration.
If less than 240 then replace the potentiometer
U02 Front axle potentiometer threshold is 1) Check the potentiometer installation
higher than set limit 2) Check the displayed potentiometer reading during calibration.
If greater than 4840 then check the potentiometer
3) Check the wiring harness to the potentiometer, check that it is
receiving power, it is grounded and that he signal power is not
shorted to power
U03 Front axle potentiometer short circuit 1) Check the wiring harness
– ACP will not work 2) Check if signal ground on potentiometer is open circuit
3) Change the potentiometer
U04 Front axle potentiometer threshold is 1) Change the potentiometer
lower than set limit
U05 Suspension is not reaching its 1) Check the range of the potentiometer, calibration will not work
minimum / maximum position during if the range of the potentiometer is less than 150
ACP procedure 2) Check the suspension mechanics
3) Check the potentiometer linkage
U07 Suspension is stationary during the 1) Check the raise solenoid harness
raise command in the ACP procedure 2) Check the suspension mechanics
4) Check the pressure of the accumulators
5) Check the hydraulic pressure
6) Disconnect implement
U08 Suspension unable to reach maximum 1) Check the raise valve installation
height within 20 seconds 2) Check the unload solenoid installation
3) Check the suspension mechanics
U09 Suspension is stationary during 1) Check the unload solenoid harness
the lowering command in the ACP 2) Check the suspension mechanics
procedure 3) Check the potentiometer linkage
U10 Suspension unable to reach minimum 1) Check unload solenoid installation
height within 25 seconds 2) Check the hydraulic pressure
U11 Unable to calibrate suspension 1) The lockout switch was pressed more than 3 times to initiate
calibration
U12 ACP stopped, vehicle not stationary 1) Handbrake not applied
2) Rear axle speed sensor faulty
U19 Insufficient potentiometer range for 1) Incorrect adjustment of front axle position potentiometer
optional suspension performance linkage
Rear Electronic Hydraulic Remote Valves Calibration 'U' Error Codes

U61 Lever No.1 not in neutral –
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 92
Front Hitch Calibration 'U' Error Codes

U110 Position potentiometer value too low Hitch was not raised before height limit control was changed
or the hitch is not raised from ON to OFF position
U111 Position potentiometer value too high Hitch was not lowered before height limit control was changed
or the hitch is not lowered from ON to OFF position
Steering Calibration 'U' Error Codes

U19 Oil temperature below 5 °C 1) Open circuit for the temperature sensor input to the
transmission module
Note: Use the H9 menu in the transmission module to see if the
temperature sensor input is okay
2) Open circuit for the engine speed sensor going to the cluster
– mechanical engines only
4) Broken CAN bus
Note: Use the HE menu to see if the engine speed is being
detected
U71 Calibration attempted while enable 1) The enable switch is in the off position
switch is off 2) The enable switch is in the on position at start up but needs
to be cycled through off then on to enable the system
U72 Proximity sensor input is out of range 1) Incorrect position of steering wheel
– open 2) Faulty proximity sensor
3) Check the proximity sensor connection
– closed 2) Faulty proximity sensor
U74 LVDT calibration has been 1) Faulty LVDT sensor
unsuccessful (out of range after 2) Faulty steering hydraulic valve
4th attempt) 3) Incorrect assembly of hydraulic valve
4) Check the LVDT sensor connection
EPL Calibration 'U' Error Codes

U114 Hand brake applied 1) Blue cable (on the handbrake switch connector) cut off
2) Mismatch between the handbrake switch status hardwired to
the EPL and the VCU_HB_SWITCH parameter in the VCU2EPL
CAN message
U115 Shuttle lever not in the park position 1) Pins A4 or C7 of the EPL module short to ground
2) Pins A4 or C7 of the EPL module cut off
3) Pins A4 or C7 of the EPL module short to supply voltage
4) Shuttle lever damaged
U116 APP position too high 1) Wrong mechanical adjustment of the EPL transmission lever
2) Possible wear in the braking pads
U117 APP position too low 1) Stiffness of the system is too high – possible mechanical
interferences
2) Wrong mechanical installation of the EPL
U118 Error codes active preventing 1) High recovery level error code is being activated
completion of initialization procedure
U119 Bowden cable not connected 1) Bowden cable not connected
U120 Inclinometer self test failed 1) Inclinometer broken
U121 Inclinometer calibration procedure not –
OK
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 93

U122 Inclinometer offset out of range 1) Check the inclinometer installation
2) Vehicle not on flat ground
3) Remove any rear attachment
4) Incorrect wheels could be installed
U123 Vehicle moving 1) Vehicle not stationary
2) Vehicle speed sensor failed
EHR Valve-Renumbering 'U' Error Codes

U160 Incorrect sequence detected when 1) The renumbering procedure for mid mount valves has not
renumbering the rear valves been completed correctly. Pay particular attention to ensure that
step 9 in the renumbering procedure has been completed.
U161 Incorrect sequence detected when 1) The renumbering procedure for rear valves has not been
renumbering the midmount valves completed correctly. Pay particular attention to ensure that step
9 in the renumbering procedure has been completed.
Electronic Draft Control (EDC) – Error Codes

Code Description
1002 Radar disconnected
1003 Speed sensor error
1004 Wheel speed sensor – signal too high
1006 Slip control potentiometer error
1008 Raise / work switch failure (command arm)
1009 Both external switches operated at the same time
1010 Height limit control potentiometer error
1012 Drop rate control potentiometer error
1014 R/H load sensing pin – signal too low
1015 R/H load sensing pin – signal too high
1016 L/H load sensing pin – signal too low
1017 L/H load sensing pin – signal too high
1018 Both load sensing pins disconnected
1019 Load sensing pin 8V reference – voltage too low
1020 Load sensing pin 8V reference – voltage too high
1021 Draft sensitivity control potentiometer error
1024 Perform the hydraulic lift calibration
1025 Position control potentiometer error
1027 Lift arm position sensor – voltage too low
1028 Lift arm position sensor – voltage too high
1029 Hydraulic control valve disconnected
1031 Chassis harness disconnected
1033 Draft control potentiometer error
1049 Wheel speed sensor open circuit
1063 Hydraulic valve lower solenoid – open circuit
1064 Hydraulic valve raise solenoid – open circuit
1065 Hydraulic valve lower solenoid – short circuit
1066 Hydraulic valve raise solenoid – short circuit
1067 Hydraulic valve supply voltage – voltage too low
1068 Height limit control not set to maximum during calibration
1070 Hydraulic ram configuration not set
CVT Transmission – Error Codes

Code Description
2006 No signal from the radar
2009 Seat switch input – voltage too low
2010 Seat switch input – voltage too high
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 94
Code Description
2011 Clutch pedal potentiometer – voltage too low
2012 Clutch pedal potentiometer – voltage too high
2021 Transmission harness disconnected
2024 All clutches not calibrated
2025 Synchronisers not calibrated
2026 Engine speed – too high
2027 Engine speed – no signal
2035 Dump solenoid – short to 12V
2036 Dump solenoid – short to ground or open circuit
2037 Clutch pedal disconnect switch – open circuit
2047 Clutch pedal disconnect switch set too high
2048 Clutch pedal disconnect switch set too low
2049 Wheel speed (transmission output speed) sensor – short to ground or open circuit
2050 Wheel speed (transmission output speed) sensor – short to 12V
2051 Oil temperature sensor – open circuit
2052 Oil temperature sensor – short circuit
2055 Wheel speed (transmission output speed) sensor – no signal
2059 Shuttle lever switch disagreement ("N" displayed)
2070 Shuttle lever forward switch – voltage too high
2071 Shuttle lever forward switch – voltage too low
2072 Shuttle lever reverse switch – voltage too high
2073 Shuttle lever reverse switch – voltage too low
2075 Flywheel speed sensor signal error
2076 Flywheel speed sensor – open circuit
2077 Flywheel speed sensor – short circuit
2079 Flywheel speed sensor – no signal
2110 Shuttle lever neutral switch - voltage too low
2111 Shuttle lever neutral switch - voltage too high
2124 Flywheel speed sensor not calibrated
2303 Damper calibration – low error
2304 Damper calibration – high error
2331 Clutch slipping fault (CP displayed)
2342 Clutch A solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2343 Clutch B solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2352 Clutch A solenoid – voltage too high
2353 Clutch B solenoid – voltage too high
2362 Clutch A not calibrated
2363 Clutch B not calibrated
2380 Parklock – unable to reach desired position
2381 Parklock – bus off
2382 Parklock – bus integrity error
2500 Input over speed error
2501 Oil pressure sensor – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2502 Oil pressure sensor – short circuit to +5V
2503 Clutch A solenoid – in use, an open circuit or short circuit to ground
2504 Clutch B solenoid – in use, an open circuit or short circuit to ground
2505 Clutch A pressure not plausible (mismatch between clutch A pressure and solenoid current)
2506 Clutch B pressure not plausible (mismatch between clutch B pressure and solenoid current)
2517 F2/R1 synchro potentiometer – signal too high
2518 F2/R1 synchro potentiometer – signal too low
2519 Synchro not moving towards F2
2520 Synchro not moving towards R1
2521 F2 solenoid - open circuit or short circuit to ground
2522 R1 solenoid - open circuit or short circuit to ground
2523 F2 solenoid - circuit fault
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 95
Code Description
2524 R1 solenoid - circuit fault
2525 F2/R1 synchroniser – neutral did not engage
2538 Ring speed sensor – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2539 Ring speed sensor – short to 12V
2540 A clutch pressure transducer – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2541 B clutch pressure transducer – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2542 A clutch pressure transducer – short circuit to 5V
2543 B clutch pressure transducer – short circuit to 5V
2544 Ring speed sensor critical air gap
2545 Wheel speed (transmission output speed) sensor - critical air gap
2547 Ring speed sensor – no signal
2548 Brake pressure transducer – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2549 Brake pressure transducer – short to 12V
2550 Stuck dump solenoid or clutch A solenoid (mismatch between clutch A pressure command and
pressure sensor reading when clutch A is commanded)
2551 Stuck dump solenoid or clutch B solenoid (mismatch between clutch B pressure command and
pressure sensor reading when clutch B is commanded)
2552 Transmission oil pressure too high
2553 Transmission oil pressure too low
2554 Transmission oil pressure above maximum boost pressure
2555 Transmission oil pressure below warning pressure
2557 Hydro 1 solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2558 Hydro 1 solenoid – short circuit to 12V
2559 ORPM and Ring sensor fault
2561 Uncommanded movement of synchroniser F2/R1 to neutral
2563 HST inlet (hydro Gport) - pressure too low
2564 HST inlet (hydro Gport) - low pressure warning
2565 HST inlet (hydro Gport) - high pressure warning
2566 HST inlet (hydro Gport) - pressure too high
2567 Gear pump (hydro filter) - pressure too low
2568 Gear pump (hydro filter) - low pressure warning
2569 Gear pump (hydro filter) - high pressure warning
2570 Gear pump (hydro filter) - pressure on filter too high
2571 Hydro Gport pressure sensor - open circuit or short to ground
2572 Hydro Gport pressure sensor - short to 5V
2573 Hydro filter pressure sensor - open circuit or short to ground
2574 Hydro filter pressure sensor - short to 5V
2575 F2/R1 synchroniser transducer - transducer failure
2576 Wheel speed (transmission output speed) sensor #2 - short to ground or open circuit
2577 Wheel speed (transmission output speed) sensor #2 - short to 12V
2578 Wheel speed (transmission output speed) sensor #2 - no signal
2579 Wheel speed (transmission output speed) sensor #2 - critical air gap
FPS Transmission – Error Codes

Code Description
2005 Creeper engage fault
2007 Low power 5V reference 2– voltage too low
2008 Low power 5V reference 2– voltage too high
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 96
Code Description
2053 5V references – voltage too high
2054 5V references – voltage too low
2058 Seat switch closed
2300 19th gear solenoid open circuit or short to ground
2302 19th gear clutch dump solenoid open circuit or short to ground
2305 19th gear clutch solenoid over voltage
2306 19th gear clutch dump solenoid over voltage
2308 Reverse not allowed
2314 Forward pressure switch - open circuit or short to ground
2315 Reverse pressure switch - open circuit or short to ground
2316 Transmission oil pressure sensor - not configured
2317 Transmission oil pressure sensor - configuration error
2323 Transmission mid speed sensor - open circuit
2324 Transmission mid speed sensor - short to groundt
2325 Mid speed sensor and output speed sensor swapped
2326 Engine torque/RPM sensor swapped with either mid or output speed sensors
2328 Transmission mid speed sensor - no signal
2330 Transmission output RPM too high for the selected gear
2334 Pressure indicated on the forward clutch pressure switches when the clutch solenoids are off
2335 Pressure indicated on the reverse clutch pressure switches when the clutch solenoids are off
2336 Creeper fails to engage
2337 Creeper fails to disengage
2338 Creeper potentiometer - short circuit to 8V or 12V
2339 Creeper potentiometer - open circuit or short to ground
2344 Clutch C solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2345 Clutch D solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2346 Clutch E solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2347 Low range clutch solenoid - open circuit or short to ground
2348 Medium range clutch solenoid - open circuit or short to ground
2349 High range clutch solenoid - open circuit or short to ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 97
Code Description
2350 Reverse clutch solenoid - open circuit or short to ground
2351 Creeper solenoid - open circuit or short to ground
2354 Clutch C solenoid – voltage too high
2355 Clutch D solenoid – voltage too high
2356 Clutch E solenoid – voltage too high
2357 Low range clutch solenoid - over voltage
2358 Medium range clutch solenoid - over voltage
2359 High range clutch solenoid - over voltage
2360 Reverse clutch solenoid - over voltage
2361 Creeper solenoid - over voltage
2364 Clutch C not calibrated
2365 Clutch D not calibrated
2366 Clutch E not calibrated
2367 Low range clutch not calibrated
2368 Medium range clutch not calibrated
2369 High range clutch not calibrated
2370 Reverse clutch not calibrated
2371 Creeper position out of range
2372 Creeper not calibrated
2373 Clutch 19 not calibrated
2374 Creeper calibration error
2375 Creeper - cold oil
2376 Fault on 19th gear
2377 Fault on dump
2385 Inconsistent ratio of transmission output speed and engine speed
2601 Pressure mower blower fault
SPS Transmission – Error Codes

Code Description
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 98
Code Description
2324 Transmission mid speed sensor - short to groundt
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 99
Code Description
2400 Low / high range synchroniser not calibrated or bad calibration
2401 Mid / reverse range synchroniser not calibrated or bad calibration
2403 Range shift synchroniser did not engage
2405 Range shift synchroniser did not disengage
2407 Range shift synchroniser did not engage during a shuttle shift
2410 Synchroniser did not disengage during a shuttle shift
2412 Synchroniser did not engage previous range after error code 2403 or 2405
2413 Synchroniser disengaged without operator initiation
2414 Disable range selected by operator
2415 Medium / reverse range synchroniser potentiometer - voltage is too high
2416 Medium / reverse range synchroniser potentiometer - voltage is too low
2417 Low / high range synchroniser potentiometer - voltage is too high
2418 Low / high range synchroniser potentiometer - voltage is too low
2419 Medium / reverse range synchroniser potentiometer - voltage is out of calibrated range
2420 Low / high range synchroniser potentiometer - voltage is out of calibrated range
2425 Attempted to select a disabled range
Engine – Error Codes

Code Description
3001 Foot throttle sensor – signal not plausible
3002 Foot throttle sensor – signal above range maximum
3003 Foot throttle sensor – signal below range minimum
3006 Coolant temperature signal – signal not plausible
3007 Coolant temperature signal – signal above range maximum
3008 Coolant temperature signal – signal below range minimum
3010 Air intake temperature sensor – signal above range maximum
3011 Air intake temperature sensor – signal below range minimum
3015 Fuel temperature sensor – signal above range maximum
3016 Fuel temperature sensor – signal below range minimum
3019 Boost pressure sensor – signal above range maximum
3022 Boost pressure sensor – signal not plausible
3023 Atmospheric pressure sensor – signal not plausible
3024 Atmospheric pressure sensor – signal above range maximum
3025 Atmospheric pressure sensor – signal below range minimum
3028 Oil pressure too low
3029 Oil pressure sensor – short circuit to battery
3030 Oil pressure sensor – short circuit to ground
3031 Oil pressure sensor – hardware error
3032 Oil pressure sensor – value too high
3033 Oil temperature sensor – signal not plausible
3034 Oil temperature sensor – signal above range maximum
3035 Oil temperature sensor – signal below range minimum
3037 Boost pressure sensor – signal low
3047 Main relay 2 failure – short circuit to battery
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 100
Code Description
3048 Main relay 2 failure – short circuit to ground
3051 Battery voltage to ECM – voltage too high
3052 Battery voltage to ECM – voltage too low
3059 ECM afterrun was interrupted
3060 Cylinder 1 – unclassifiable error in injector
3061 Cylinder 1 – injector cable short circuit (low side to battery)
3063 Cylinder 1 – injector cable short circuit (high side to battery)
3088 Crankshaft sensor – no signal
3089 Crankshaft sensor – invalid signal
3090 Camshaft sensor – no signal
3091 Camshaft sensor – invalid signal
3093 Offset between camshaft and crankshaft – outside boundaries
3095 Operating with camshaft sensor only – backup mode
3096 ECM busoff on vehicle CAN bus
3097 ECM busoff on engine private CAN bus
3102 Rail pressure sensor CP3 – signal below range minimum
3104 Rail pressure relief valve – open
3105 Rail pressure relief valve – pressure shock requested
3106 Rail pressure relief valve – did not open after pressure shock
3107 Metering unit – short circuit to battery
3108 Metering unit – short circuit to ground
3110 Rail pressure sensor offset monitoring – value above limit
3111 Rail pressure sensor offset monitoring – value below limit
3112 Rail pressure sensor CP3 – signal above maximum range
3113 Main relay 1 (High pressure pump - power supply to the fuel metering unit) - short to battery
3114 Main relay 1 (High pressure pump - power supply to the fuel metering unit) - short to ground
3118 ECM 12V sensor - supply voltage high
3119 ECM 12V sensor - supply voltage low
3120 PTO twist sensor – not plausible
3121 PTO twist sensor – open circuit
3122 PTO twist sensor – short circuit to ground
3123 PTO twist sensor – not calibrated
3131 Grid heater always switched on
3137 Metering unit – open load
3138 Metering unit – temperature too high
3141 Fuel flow setpoint too low
3142 High pressure test – test active
3145 Terminal 15 – no signal
3146 Water detected in fuel
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 101
Code Description
3147 Oil temperature too high
3148 Coolant temperature sensor dynamic test – failure (minimum temperature raise not reached)
3154 Grid heater relay – short circuit to battery
3155 Grid heater relay – short circuit to ground
3156 Grid heater relay – no load
3157 ECM not detected on CAN bus or anti-tamper security check timeout
3158 Engine anti-tamper - security check failed
3159 Invalid engine reference torque
3160 Fan actuator – short circuit to battery
3161 Fan actuator – short circuit to ground
3162 Fan actuator – no load
3163 Fan actuator – temperature too high
3166 Fuel filter heater relay - short circuit to battery
3167 Fuel filter heater relay - short circuit to ground
3168 Fuel filter heater relay - open load
3169 Fuel filter heater relay - signal not plausible
3176 Setpoint of metering unit not plausible in overrun
3177 Engine overspeed detected
3179 Timeout of CAN message BC2EDC2
3180 Timeout of CAN message VM2EDC
3182 Timeout of CAN message RxCCVS
3183 Timeout of CAN message TSC1-VR (when active)
3184 Timeout of CAN message TSC1-VR (when inactive)
3185 Timeout of CAN message TF
3188 Cylinder 1 warning – open load
3210 Bank 1 – general short circuit to injection cable
3211 Bank 1 – injection cable short circuit low side to ground
3213 Bank 1 – unclassifiable error
3227 Injection processor (CY33X) error – internal reset / clock loss / voltage too low
3228 Injection processor (CY33X) error – unlocked / initialisation failure
3229 Injection processor (CY33X) error – injections limited by software
3230 Injection processor (CY33X) error – SPI communication failure
3231 Injection processor error – internal reset / clock loss / voltage too low
3232 Injection processor error – unlocked / initialisation failure
3233 Injection processor error – test mode
3234 Injection processor error – SPI communication failure
3238 ECM internal SPI communications error – CJ940
3239 ECM EEPROM – read operation failure
3240 ECM EEPROM – write operation failure
3241 ECM EEPROM – default value used
3242 ECM (locked) recovery occurred
3243 ECM recovery (suppressed) – recovery occurred
3244 ECM recovery (visible) – recovery occurred
3245 ECM processor – watchdog not plausible
3246 Shutoff paths during initialisation – watchdog
3247 Shutoff paths during initialisation – supply voltage too high
3248 Shutoff paths during initialisation – supply voltage too low
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 102
Code Description
3249 TPU monitoring – time deviation between TPU and system not plausible
3250 Dataset – variant defect
3251 Dataset – requested variant could not be set
3252 Controller watchdog – SPI communication failure
3253 ADC monitoring – reference voltage too low
3254 ADC monitoring – reference voltage too high
3255 ADC monitoring – test impulse error
3256 ADC monitoring – queue error
3258 High side power - short circuit to battery
3259 High side power - short circuit to ground
3261 Low side power - short circuit to battery of excess temperature
3262 Low side power - short circuit to ground
3265 Overrun monitoring - injection time too long
3266 Redundant engine speed in overrun monitoring - speed signal not plausible
3267 Main relay 3 - short circuit to battery
3268 Main relay 3 - short circuit to ground
3278 ECM internal supply voltage too high - CJ940 above limit
3279 ECM internal supply voltage too low - CJ940 below limit
3280 Sensor supply voltage 1 high
3281 Sensor supply voltage 1 low
3297 Rail pressure positive deviation high and high fuel flow setpoint value
3301 Rail pressure negative deviation too high on minimum metering
3305 Rail pressure below minimum limit in controller mode
3309 Rail pressure above maximum limit in controlled mode
3313 Rail pressure drop rate too high
3316 Minimum number of injections not reached – stop engine
3319 DM1DCU SPN2 message - error in DCU active
3334 Timeout of CAN message TSC1–PE Torque (when active)
3335 Timeout of CAN message TSC1–PE Torque (when inactive)
3338 Timeout of CAN message TSC1–VE Speed (when inactive)
3339 Timeout of CAN message TSC1–VE Speed (when active)
3350 Terminal 50 - always on
3354 Main relay 4 (engine brake exhaust valve) short circuit to ground
3355 Main relay 4 (engine brake exhaust valve) short circuit to battery or open load
3358 CAN transmit timeout
3367 Coolant temperature test failure
3368 INFO: Torque limitation due to OBD performance limiter by legislation
3369 INFO: Torque reduction due to smoke reduction
3370 INFO: Torque limitation due to Engine Protection (against excessive torque, engine overspeed and
overheat)
3371 INFO: Torque limitation due to Fuel Quantity Limitation because of injector system errors
3512 DCU state monitoring - DCU not ready in time
3513 SCR catalyst not present - relation of temperature behaviour between both catalyst temperatures
not plausible
3517 Ambient air temperature sensor failure (of humidity sensor) - signal too high
3518 Ambient air temperature sensor failure (of humidity sensor) - signal too low
3521 NOx estimation failure - estimated NOx signal not reliable
3528 NOx sensor plausibility failure - signal not plausible
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 103
Code Description
3529 NOx sensor failure - open load
3530 NOx sensor failure - short circuit
3532 NOx sensor failure - sensor not ready in time
3533 CAN message timeout NOx (from NOx sensor) - CAN timeout
3537 CAN message timeout DM1DCU (from DCU) - CAN timeout
3541 CAN message timeout SCR1 (from DCU) - CAN timeout
3545 INFO: SCR dosing valve overheat protection - torque limitation level 2 for SCR protection active
3549 Humidity sensor signal ratio failure - signal ratio above limit
3550 Humidity sensor signal ratio failure - signal ratio below limit
3557 INFO: Humidity sensor possibly saturated with water droplets - signal ratio above limit
3558 INFO: Humidity sensor possibly saturated with water droplets - signal ratio below limit
3561 NOx value not plausible (aftertreatment plausibility)
3565 Urea quality and urea warning level 1
3577 DM1DCU SPN 1 message - error in DCU active
3581 Performance limitation active due to either stage
3585 Engine shut off (after idling phase)
3586 Plausibility check of catalyst system - temperature after catalyst not plausible
3587 Plausibility check of catalyst system - temperature before catalyst not plausible
3588 Plausibility check of catalyst system - ambient temperature of humidity sensor or both catalyst
temperatures not plausible
3589 Plausibility check of catalyst system - temperature deviation between up and downstream catalyst
temperature too high during operation
3591 SCR catalyst thermal ageing limit exceeded - P0422 main catalyst efficiency below threshold
3593 Poor reagent quality
3594 Torque limitation due to SCR
3599 Error path of oxidation catalyst not present - P0421 warm up catalyst efficiency below threshold
3602 Defect ratio between threshold limits - P0425 catalyst temperature sensor circuit
3605 Temperature of Outer control loop - temperature deviation above limit
3606 Temperature of Outer control loop - temperature deviation below limit
3611 Catalyst efficiency lower than first Nox prediction threshold level
3612 Catalyst efficiency lower than second Nox prediction threshold level
3613 Too high efficiency of catalyst system
3614 SRA2EDC - high effort fault
3615 SRA2EDC - initialisation fault
3616 Torque limitation due to turbo charger protection
3618 Emergency start time expired and shutdown initiated
3623 Lambda signal of NOx sensor deviation (NOx sensor removal is detected)
3999 Unknown ECM SPN Error Code
Rear Electronic Hydraulic Remote Valves – Error Codes

Code Description
4100 Rear remote no.1 – no control message received
4101 Rear remote no.1 – control message not plausible
4102 Rear remote no.1 – EEPROM error
4103 Rear remote no.1 – switched to failsafe
4104 Rear remote no.1 – under voltage
4105 Rear remote no.1 – over voltage
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 104
Code Description
4106 Rear remote no.1 – spool movement too low
4107 Rear remote no.1 – spool movement too high
4108 Rear remote no.1 – float position not reached
4109 Rear remote no.1 – manually operated
4110 Rear remote no.1 – driver faulty
4111 Rear remote no.1 – potentiometer faulty
4112 Rear remote no.1 – unable to reach neutral
4113 Rear remote no.1 – spool not in neutral at key on
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 105
Code Description
4170 Rear EHR control No.1 – not calibrated
4177 Rear EHR control no.3 – not calibrated
4190 Rear remote no.1 – no communications
4216 Rear remote no.1 – spool not calibrated
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 106
Front Electronic Hydraulic Remote Valves – Error Codes

Code Description
4500 Front remote no.1 – no control message received
4501 Front remote no.1 – control message not plausible
4502 Front remote no.1 – EEPROM error
4503 Front remote no.1 – switched to failsafe
4504 Front remote no.1 – under voltage
4505 Front remote no.1 – over voltage
4506 Front remote no.1 – spool movement too low
4507 Front remote no.1 – spool movement too high
4508 Front remote no.1 – float position not reached
4509 Front remote no.1 – manually operated
4510 Front remote no.1 – driver faulty
4511 Front remote no.1 – potentiometer faulty
4512 Front remote no.1 – unable to reach neutral
4513 Front remote no.1 – spool not in neutral at key on
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 107
Code Description
4560 Front remote no.1 – no communications
4564 EHR joystick – no communications
4565 High flow pump connection error
4566 High flow pump configuration error
Rear PTO – Error Codes

Code Description
5002 Rear PTO brake output – short circuit to 12V
5003 Rear PTO brake output – open circuit or short circuit to ground
5005 Rear PTO brake switch – open circuit
5006 Rear PTO solenoid – short circuit to 12V
5007 Rear PTO solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
5010 Rear PTO shift motor – open circuit
5011 Rear PTO shift motor – short circuit
5012 Rear PTO shift - sensor error
5015 Rear PTO fuse sense input – open circuit
5024 Rear PTO shift – not calibrated
5027 Rear PTO speed sensor – open circuit
5033 Rear PTO cab normally closed switch – open circuit
5034 Rear PTO fender switch – open circuit / short to ground
5035 Rear PTO fender switch – input shorted to 12V
5037 Rear PTO cab normally open switch – stuck closed
5043 Rear PTO fender switch stuck on
5044 Rear PTO speed sensor – short to ground
5098 Rear PTO fender switch option not enabled
Four Wheel Drive – Error Codes

Code Description
6023 FWD solenoid – open circuit
Difflock – Error Codes

Code Description
7017 Difflock solenoid – open circuit
7024 Steering angle sensor not calibrated
7032 Steering angle sensor – signal too low
7100 Autoguidance isolation solenoid – disconnected / over temperature
7101 Autoguidance isolation solenoid – solenoid return short to battery
7102 Autoguidance isolation solenoid – solenoid return short to ground
7103 Steering angle plausibility error (autoguidance only)
7104 Timeout of NAV2XCM CAN message
Front PTO – Error Codes

Code Description
8007 Front PTO solenoid – stuck on
8008 Front PTO solenoid – open circuit
8033 Front PTO cab normally closed switch – open circuit
8037 Front PTO cab normally open switch – stuck closed
8099 Front PTO option not enabled
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 108
Front Hitch – Error Codes

Code Description
9001 Front hitch position sensor – short circuit to 12V
9002 Front hitch position sensor – open circuit / short circuit to 0V
9003 Front hitch fender up switch error
9004 Front hitch fender down switch error
9005 Front hitch fender common switch error
9006 Front hitch position potentiometer – not calibrated
9008 Front hitch command arm raise / work switch error (when Front Hitch management is enabled)
9009 Front hitch external / inching switches error (when Front Hitch management is enabled)
9010 Front hitch is moving in the wrong direction (when Front Hitch management is enabled)
9011 Front hitch not moving (when Front Hitch management is enabled)
9099 Front hitch management option not enabled
Suspended Front Axle – Error Codes

Code Description
10001 Upper lockout solenoid error
10002 Raise solenoid error
10003 Lower solenoid error
10004 Front axle position sensor – threshold higher than set limit
10005 Front axle position sensor – threshold lower than set limit
10008 Go down error – suspension unable to return to set point
10009 Lower lockout solenoid error
10010 Chassis accelerometer – voltage too low (short circuit to ground / open circuit)
10011 Chassis accelerometer – voltage too high (short circuit to 5V)
10024 Front suspension not calibrated
Electronic Park Lock – Error Codes

Code Description
12011 Power stage – over voltage protection
12012 Power stage – PH_A open circuit or PH_B open circuit, motor open
12013 Power stage – PH_A or PH_B short circuit to ground
12014 Power stage – PH_A or PH_B short circuit to Vbatt
12017 Power stage – internal service voltage (Vr)not viable
12018 Power stage – current over absolute range / motor short
12019 Power stage – current over dynamic set point
12020 Power stage – unexpected current
12024 Ignition key – key hardware Vs CAN signals coherence check
12032 Encoder – hardware fault on power supply
12033 Encoder virtual peripheral failure (XGATE) wrong sequence, interrupt failure
12034 Encoder function not available ( A or B signal not available)
12043 Inclinometer – self test
12052 Battery – lower than 9V
12053 Battery – Higher than 16V
12054 Battery – out of range / spike diagnosis
12066 Trailer relay – open wire / load and output to 12V
12068 Trailer relay – output short circuit to ground
12073 Output status – output incongruence Vs Input (DIO and frequency) & protection
12132 CAN – bus off
12133 CAN – mute
12142 CAN – VCU_TRAIL_BRAKE-INH error / not available
12143 CAN – VCU_VEH_DIRECTION error / not available
12144 CAN – VCU_SPEED error / not available
12145 CAN – VCU_CMD error / not available
12146 CAN – VCU_KEY_OFF_AA_INH error / not available
12147 CAN – engine RPM error / not available
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 109
Code Description
12148 CAN – VCU_KEY error / not available
12150 CAN – VCU_HB_SWITCH error / not available
12151 Logic core – second microprocessor not present
12160 Logic core – EEPROM check
12162 ACU temperature – out of range / spike diagnosis
12163 ACU temperature – power stage over temperature
12172 Actuator – cable disconnection
12183 Actuator – actuator moving without command
12184 Actuator – actuator end stop zone reached
12185 Actuator – actuation timeout (energy) expired
12188 Actuator – excess pad wear
12189 Actuator – EPL misuse
12192 Shuttle park – shuttle park invalid status
12202 Handbrake switch – handbrake switch incongruence
12212 Factory – accelerometer not calibrated
12213 Factory – actuator not initialised
12214 Factory – disable actuation
12215 Factory – trailer relay present but not configured
Universal Controller– Error Codes

Code Description
13001 Reference voltage 5VREF1 – voltage too low
13002 Reference voltage 5VREF1 – voltage too high
13007 Reference voltage 8V5REF – voltage too low
13008 Reference voltage 8V5REF – voltage too high
13010 Supply voltage 12VA - voltage too low
13011 Supply voltage 12VB - voltage too low
13012 Supply voltage 12VD - voltage too low
13013 Supply voltage 12VF1 - voltage too low
13015 Supply voltage 12VF3 - voltage too low
13016 Supply voltage 12VH - voltage too low
13017 Supply voltage 12VH1 - voltage too low
13018 Supply voltage 12VM - voltage too low
13019 Supply voltage 12VR - voltage too low
13020 Supply voltage 12VS1 - voltage too low
13021 Supply voltage 12VS2 - voltage too low
13022 Supply voltage 12VT1 - voltage too low
13023 Supply voltage 12VU1 - voltage too low
13024 Supply voltage 12VU2 - voltage too low
Cluster – Error Codes

Code Description
14013 Steering angle sensor – short circuit to Vcc
14014 Steering angle sensor – short circuit to ground or open circuit
14015 5V supply voltage – too high
14016 5V supply voltage – too low
14021 Cranking line – shorted to 12V
14022 Cranking line – shorted to ground
14051 Fuel level sensor – short circuit to Vcc or open circuit
14052 Fuel level sensor – short circuit to ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 110
Code Description
14061 Air brake pressure sensor – short circuit to VCC or option set but sensor not connected
14095 Vane pump – short circuit to ground or open circuit
14096 Vane pump – short circuit to VCC
14100 Air brake pressure – not configured
14102 SWCD present - not configured
14106 Steering sensor – present but not configured
14300 Electronic park lock– mismatch between CAN and direct frequency input value
14301 Electronic park lock– direct frequency input shorted to Vcc or open circuit
14304 Electronic park lock– status not validated
14900 Transmission controller missing
14901 Engine controller missing
14904 Armrest controller missing (LC)
14905 Keypad missing (JA)(ADIC only)
14906 Steering controller missing (KA)
14908 TECU missing (OA)
14909 SWCD missing (VA)
14910 Climate controller missing
14911 Enhanced cluster without keypad (New Holland only)
14912 Basic cluster with keypad (New Holland only)
14914 Electronic park lock controller missing (XA)
14920 Configuration error
Steering Controller – Error Codes

Code Description
15002 Steering wheel control proximity sensor – open circuit
15003 Steering wheel control proximity sensor – short circuit
15006 Split valve LVDT – open circuit
15007 Split valve LVDT – short circuit
15008 Change valve solenoid – open circuit
15009 Change valve solenoid – short circuit across
15010 Safety switch fail
15011 Maximum engagement time elapsed (5 minutes)
15012 Split valve spool – stuck open
15013 Change valve or split valve spools – stuck closed
15014 Split valve spool stuck in transition zone – can’t identify which steering mode the tractor is definitely
in.
15024 System not calibrated
Air Conditioning Controller – Error Codes

Code Description
16111 Cab temperature sensor open or shorted to power
16112 Cab temperature sensor shorted to ground
16113 Outlet temperature sensor open or shorted to power
16114 Outlet temperature sensor shorted to ground
16115 Evaporator temperature sensor open or shorted to power
16116 Evaporator temperature sensor shorted to ground
16117 Outside air temperature sensor open or shorted to power
16118 Outside air temperature sensor shorted to ground
16120 Blower speed select potentiometer open or shorted to power
16121 Temperature select potentiometer open or shorted to power
16122 Mode select potentiometer open or shorted to power
16125 High pressure– low pressure switch (+) input shorted to power
16126 High pressure– low pressure switch (+) input shorted to ground
16127 High pressure– low pressure switch (–) input shorted to power
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 111
Code Description
16128 High pressure– low pressure switch (–) input shorted to ground
16129 High pressure cycling error (2 in 1 minute)
16130 Low pressure switch (+) input shorted to power
16131 Low pressure switch (+) input shorted to ground
16132 Low pressure switch (–) input shorted to power
16133 Low pressure switch (–) input shorted to ground
16134 Low pressure switch open for greater than 1 minute
Armrest – Error Codes

Code Description
18001 Hand throttle number 1 – voltage too low
18002 Hand throttle number 1 – voltage too high
18003 Hand throttle number 2 – voltage too low
18004 Hand throttle number 2 – voltage too high
18005 Engine droop control - voltage too low
18006 Engine droop control - voltage too high
18007 Multi-function handle – switch error
18008 Multi-function handle – voltage too low
18009 Multi-function handle – voltage too high
18010 Powershift throttle – voltage too low
18011 Powershift throttle – voltage too high
18012 CVT mode switch error
18013 Multi-function handle – encoder position error
18014 Rear hitch position control potentiometer – voltage too low
18015 Rear hitch position control potentiometer – voltage too high
18016 Rear hitch draft control potentiometer – voltage too low
18017 Rear hitch draft control potentiometer – voltage too high
18018 Rear hitch height limit potentiometer – voltage too low
18019 Rear hitch height limit potentiometer – voltage too high
18020 Rear hitch drop rate potentiometer – voltage too low
18021 Rear hitch drop rate potentiometer – voltage too high
18022 Rear hitch sensitivity control potentiometer – voltage too low
18023 Rear hitch sensitivity control potentiometer – voltage too high
18024 EHR flow encoder position error
18025 Rear hitch slip control potentiometer – voltage too low
18026 Rear hitch slip control potentiometer – voltage too high
18027 EHR 5 lever position – voltage too low
18028 EHR 5 lever position – voltage too high
18031 Front hitch position / pressure control potentiometer – voltage too high
18032 Front hitch position / pressure control potentiometer – voltage too low
18033 Front hitch position / pressure mix potentiometer – voltage too high
18034 Front hitch position / pressure mix potentiometer – voltage too low
18035 Front hitch position height limit potentiometer – voltage too high
18036 Front hitch position height limit potentiometer – voltage too low
18037 Front hitch height limit enable switch error
18038 Front hitch position drop rate potentiometer – voltage too high
18039 Front hitch position drop rate potentiometer – voltage too low
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 112
Code Description
18046 EHR float control switch error
18049 Joystick 1 X-axis position – voltage too low
18050 Joystick 1 X-axis position – voltage too high
18051 Joystick 1 Y-axis position – voltage too low
18052 Joystick 1 Y-axis position – voltage too high
18053 Joystick 1 proportional rocker switch – voltage too low
18054 Joystick 1 proportional rocker switch – voltage too high
18055 Joystick 2 X-axis position – voltage too low
18056 Joystick 2 X-axis position – voltage too high
18057 Joystick 2 Y-axis position – voltage too low
18058 Joystick 2 Y-axis position – voltage too high
18059 Joystick 2 proportional rocker switch – voltage too low
18060 Joystick 2 proportional rocker switch – voltage too high
18061 Reference voltage – short circuit to ground
18062 Reference voltage – short circuit to 12V
18063 EEPROM error
18064 MFH communication error
18065 MFH basic assurance test error
18066 EHR 1 lever implausibility error
18072 EDC mouse raise / work switch fault (NH)
DeNox \ Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) – Error Codes

Code Description
19001 Battery voltage sensing (electrical) – signal high – P0563 Battery voltage evaluation above upper limit
19002 Battery voltage sensing (electrical) – 'signal low – 'P0562 Battery voltage evaluation below lower limit
19010 Temperature sensor after catalyst (electrical) – signal high – P042D Catalyst Temperature Sensor
Circuit High
19011 Temperature sensor after catalyst (electrical) – 'signal low – 'P042C Catalyst Temperature Sensor
Circuit Low
19019 Temperature sensor before catalyst (electrical) – signal high – P0428 Catalyst Temperature Sensor
Circuit High
19020 Temperature sensor before catalyst (electrical) – 'signal low – 'P0427 Catalyst Temperature Sensor
Circuit Low
19021 Temperature sensor before catalyst (electrical) – signal high – signal above high error threshold
19022 Temperature sensor before catalyst (electrical) – signal low – signal below low error threshold
19037 Sensor supply 2 (5V internal; for UREA pressure sensors) – Supply Voltage too high – P204D
Reagent - pressure sensor - short circuit high
19038 Sensor supply 2 (5V internal; for UREA pressure sensors) – 'Supply voltage too low – 'P204C
Reagent - pressure sensor - short circuit low
19046 UREA pressure sensor in box (electrical) – 'supply voltage error – 'P204A Reagent - pressure
sensor - open circuit
19047 UREA pressure sensor in box (electrical) – signal high – P204D Reagent - pressure sensor - short
circuit high
19048 UREA pressure sensor in box (electrical) – 'signal low – 'P204C Reagent - pressure sensor - short
circuit low
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 113
Code Description
19055 UREA Temperature sensor in box (electrical) – signal high – P2045 Reagent - temperature sensor
of pump module - short circuit high
19056 UREA Temperature sensor in box (electrical) – 'signal low – 'P2044 Reagent - temperature sensor
of pump module - short circuit low
19057 UREA Temperature sensor in box (electrical) – signal high – P2043 Reagent - temperature sensor of
pump module - out of range
19058 UREA Temperature sensor in box (electrical) – signal low – P2043 Reagent - temperature sensor of
19073 Voltage supply 2 - tube heaters (UB2) electrical – 'Short to bat at UB2 with Key 15 off – 'P20C4
Reagent - suction tube heating - short circuit high
19074 Voltage supply 2 - tube heaters (UB2) electrical – 'Open circuit to UB2 – 'P20C1 Reagent - suction
tube heating - open circuit
19075 Voltage supply 2 - tube heaters (UB2) electrical – 'Short circuit to Ground UB2 – 'P20C3 Reagent -
suction tube heating - short circuit low
19082 Voltage supply 3 - Coolant control valve and reverting valve (UB3) electrical – 'Short to bat at UB3
with Key 15 off – 'P20A3 Vent valve (Reductant Purge Control Valve) - short circuit high
19083 Voltage supply 3 - Coolant control valve and reverting valve (UB3) electrical – 'Open circuit to UB3 –
'P20A0 Vent valve (Reductant Purge Control Valve) - open circuit
19084 Voltage supply 3 - Coolant control valve and reverting valve (UB3) electrical – 'Short circuit to Ground
UB3 – 'P20A2 Vent valve (Reductant Purge Control Valve) - short circuit low
19091 Monitoring VDD11/VDD25 voltage - Dosing valve/pump motor– 'supply voltage VD11 low – 'P0659
12 volt supply for dosing module - below lower limit
19092 Monitoring VDD11/VDD25 voltage - Dosing valve/pump motor– 'supply voltage VD11 high – 'P0658
12 volt supply for dosing module - above upper limit
19145 Dosing Valve (electrical) – 'short circuit to batt + – 'P2049 Reductant Injector - circuit high
19147 Dosing Valve (electrical) – 'open load – 'P2047 Reductant Injector - circuit open
19149 Dosing Valve (electrical) – short circuit to ground - P0248 Reductant Injector circuit low
19150 Dosing Valve (electrical) – 'Dosing valve permanent "ON" (detection via fast decay) – 'P209B
Reagent - dosing nozzle pressure too high
19154 UREA Pump speed – 'pump motor unplugged – 'P208B Reagent-pump not delivering
19155 UREA Pump speed – pump motor blocked – P208A Reagent-pump
19156 UREA Pump speed – 'pump overspeed – 'P208D Reagent-pump over speed
19157 UREA Pump speed – 'Hall sensors defect – 'P208B Reagent-pump not delivering
19181 Reverting valve (4-2way valve?) electrically – 'Short circuit to battery – 'P20A3 Vent valve (Reductant
Purge Control Valve) - short circuit high
19183 Reverting valve (4-2way valve?) electrically – 'Open load – 'P20A0 Vent valve (Reductant Purge
Control Valve) - open circuit
19184 Reverting valve (4-2way valve?) electrical – short circuit to ground – P20A0 Vent valve (Reductant
Purge Control Valve) - short circuit low
19244 Urea pump heater - short circuit to battery
19247 Urea pump heater - open circuit
19248 Urea pump heater - short circuit to ground
19262 Tank heating Valve – 'Short circuit to battery – 'P20B4 Reagent - tank heating valve - short circuit high
19264 Tank heating Valve – 'Open load – 'P20B1 Reagent - tank heating valve - open circuit
19265 Tank heating Valve – 'Short circuit to ground – 'P20B3 Reagent - tank heating valve - short circuit low
19280 Filterbox heater - short circuit to battery
19283 Filterbox heater - open circuit
19284 Filterbox heater - short circuit to ground
19290 Temperature after catalyst too low – Down stream catalyst temp - physical (Catalyst heating time
failed) – P042B Catalyst Temperature Sensor - Circuit Range/Performance
19298 UREA pressure too low at system start – 'UREA pressure too low at system start – 'P208B Reagent
pump not delivering
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 114
Code Description
19307 UREA pressure too high – 'Urea pressure not plausible (urea pressure too high) – 'P204B Reagent
- pressure above threshold
19316 UREA Temperature in Pump Module out of range – 'Urea temperature box - physical (Urea Box Temp
NOT OK: outside range) – 'P2043 Reagent - temperature sensor of pump module out of range
19325 UREA Temperature in Tank out of range – 'Urea temperature tank - physical (Urea Tank Temp NOT
OK: outside range) – 'P205B Reagent - tank temperature sensor (temperature of the Reagent
- solution in the tank) out of range
19334 System frozen and not free in time – Defreezing Mode and Detection Errors (Inlet line defreezing
failed) – P20C2 Reagent - suction tube heating - detection mode of heating
19335 System frozen and not free in time – 'Defreezing Mode and Detection Errors (pressure line defreezing
failed) – 'P20BE Reagent - pressure tube heating - detection mode of heating
19336 System frozen and not free in time – 'Defreezing Mode and Detection Errors (pressure build-up in
detection mode failed) – 'P20C5 Pump module - Internal heating - open circuit
19337 System frozen and not free in time – 'Defreezing Mode and Detection Errors (Back-flow line
defreezing failed) – 'P20B9 Reagent - backflow tube heating - open circuit
19352 Reverting valve (4-2way valve?) mechanically – 'valve does not open – 'P20A0 Vent valve
(Reductant Purge Control Valve) - open circuit
19361 Battery Voltage (actual value) – 'High battery voltage – 'P0562 Battery voltage evaluation - below
lower limit
19362 Battery Voltage (actual value) – Low battery voltage – P0563 Battery voltage evaluation - above
upper limit
19370 UREA pressure too low (in "commissioning" status) – 'Pump motor error during commissioning
(pump not delivering) – 'P208B Reagent-pump not delivering
19379 UREA Temperature too low during commissioning – 'Temperatures not plausible during
commissioning.
19415 Empty UREA Tank – urea tank empty – P203F Reagent - fluid level in tank - too low
19496 Urea pressure sensor plausibility error (checked during system startup)P204B Reagent - pressure -
Above threshold
19505 Urea box temperature sensor plausibility error (dynamic / static) - P2043 Reagent - temperature
sensor of pump module - Out of range
19514 Urea tank temperature sensor plausibility error (dynamic / static) - P205B Reagent - tank temperature
sensor (temperature of the Reagent - solution in the tank) - Out of range
19532 Back flow line clogged – 'P2063 Reagent - dosing valve - short circuit low
19541 Coolant control valve mechanically – 'Blocked closed – 'P20A1 Vent valve test plausibility test
(startup)
19550 Pressure line blocked – 'pressure line blocked – 'P209B Reagent - dosing nozzle - pressure too high
19559 Low UREA level 1 (warning) - UREA level below Limit 1 - P203F Reagent - fluid level in tank - too low
19577 CAN receive frame E2SCR (Dosing, Exh gas flow, Exh gas temp, Error Suppression, Heater, Long
Term failure) – 'SAE J1939 Check for CAN receive signal : (UREA quantity not in range) – 'P0600
Serial Communication Link
19578 CAN receive frame E2SCR (Dosing,Exh gas flow, Exh gas temp, Error Suppression, Heater, Long
Term failure) – 'SAE J1939 Check for CAN receive signal : (Dosing status not in range) – 'P0600
Term failure) – timeout – P0600 Serial Communication Link
Term failure) – 'too many CAN messages – 'P0600 Serial Communication Link
Term failure) – SAE J1939 Check for CAN receive signal – P0600 Serial Communication Link
19595 CAN receive frame EEC1 (Driver demand, eng speed, eng torque) – 'SAE J1939 Check for CAN
receive signal : (Engine torque not in range) – 'P0600 Serial Communication Link
receive signal : (Engine speed not in range) – 'P0600 Serial Communication Link
19597 CAN receive frame EEC1 (Driver demand, eng speed, eng torque) – timeout – P0600 Serial
Communication Link
19598 CAN receive frame EEC1 (Driver demand, eng speed, eng torque) – 'too many CAN messages –
'P0600 Serial Communication Link
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 115
Code Description
receive signal : (Torque driver demand not in range) – 'P0600 Serial Communication Link
19604 CAN receive frame ET1 (Oil and Water temp engine) – 'SAE J1939 Check for CAN receive signal :
(Oil temperature not in range) – 'P0600 Serial Communication Link
19605 CAN receive frame ET1 (Oil and Water temp engine) – timeout – P0600 Serial Communication Link
19606 CAN receive frame ET1 (Oil and Water temp engine) – 'too many CAN messages – 'P0600 Serial
Communication Link
(Water temperature not in range) – 'P0600 Serial Communication Link
19649 UREA Tank level error (CAN message or electrical with real sensor) – 'Level over CAN: SAE J1939
no Signal available Level sensor connected directly: Sensor Supply error – 'P203A Reagent - tank
level sensor - open circuit
19650 UREA Tank level error (CAN message or electrical with real sensor) – Level over CAN: SAE J1939
Signal Not in Range Level sensor connected directly: SRC high – P203D Reagent - tank level
sensor - short circuit high
Erroneous Signal Level sensor connected directly: SRC low – 'P203C Reagent - tank level sensor -
short circuit low
19652 UREA Tank level error (CAN message or electrical with real sensor) – (TIMEOUT)
Erraneous Signal Level sensor connected directly: SRC low – P203C Reagent - tank level sensor
(too many CAN messages)
19654 UREA Tank level error (CAN message or electrical with real sensor) – Level over CAN: SAE
J1939 Erraneous Signal Level sensor connected directly: SRC low – P203A Reagent - tank level
sensor - Open circuit
19676 Ambient Temperature: SAE J1939 Check for CAN receive signal : (Signal Range Check: Signal not
in range / Erroneous Signal / Signal not available) – 'SAE J1939 Check for CAN receive signal :
(Ambient air temperature not in range) – 'P0600 Serial Communication Link
19677 Ambient Temperature: SAE J1939 Check for CAN receive signal : (Signal Range Check: Signal
not in range / Erroneous Signal / Signal not available) – timeout – P0071 Ambient Air Temperature
Sensor Range/Performance
in range / Erroneous Signal / Signal not available) – 'too many CAN messages – 'P0071 Ambient
Air Temperature Sensor Range/Performance
(Barometric pressure not in range) – 'P0071 Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Range/Performance
19721 EEPROM / Checksum failures – 'EEPROM write error – 'P062F Internal Control Module EEPROM
Error
19722 EEPROM / Checksum failures – 'No corresponding variant number error – 'P062F Internal Control
Module EEPROM Error
19723 EEPROM / Checksum failures – 'EEPROM communication error – 'P062F Internal Control Module
EEPROM Error
19724 EEPROM / Checksum failures – EEPROM Detection error OR 'Codierwort error – 'P062F Internal
Control Module EEPROM Error
19725 EEPROM / Checksum failures – 'Wrong EEPROM size – 'P062F Internal Control Module EEPROM
Error
19730 Ignition "on" signal K15 – 'digital input ignition ON not sensed during initialisation – 'P2530 Ignition
switch - plausibility error
19739 Main Relay opens too early / too late – 'main relay shut off too late – 'P0687 ECM/PCM Power
Relay Control Circuit High
19740 Main Relay opens too early / too late – 'main relay short circuit – 'P0685 ECM/PCM Power Relay
Control Circuit /Open
19741 Main Relay opens too early / too late – 'main relay open circuit – 'P0687 ECM/PCM Power Relay
Control Circuit High
19742 Main Relay opens too early / too late – main relay shut off too early (before EEPROM update) –
P0685 ECM/PCM Power Relay Control Circuit /Open
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 116
Code Description
19748 Too high UREA Temperature in Pump module or Leakage test failed (Emergency shut off) – over
temperature detection (urea temp. in pump module) – P2043 Reagent - temperature sensor of
pump module - Out of range
19802 UREA Tank Temperature not plausible with pump module temperature - Temp over CAN: SAE J1939
Timeout Temp sensor connected directly SRC high - P0600 Serial Communication Link
- Too many messages Temp sensor connected directly SRC low - P0600 Serial Communication Link
19804 UREA Tank Temperature not plausible with pump module temperature - Temp over CAN: SAE
J1939 erroneous signal - P205A Reagent - tank temperature sensor (temperature of the Reagent -
solution in tank) - Open circuit
19805 UREA Tank Temperature not plausible with pump module temperature - SRC High - raw value UREA
temperature too high - P205D Reagent - tank temperature sensor (temperature of the Reagent -
solution in the tank) - Short circuit high
19806 UREA Tank Temperature not plausible with pump module temperature - SRC Low - raw value UREA
temperature too low - P205C Reagent - tank temperature sensor (temperature of the Reagent -
solution in the tank) - Short circuit low
19807 UREA Tank Temperature not plausible with pump module temperature - SRC High - diagnostic
value UREA temperature too high - P205B Reagent - tank temperature sensor (temperature of the
Reagent - solution in the tank) - Out of range
19808 UREA Tank Temperature not plausible with pump module temperature - SRC Low - diagnostic
value UREA temperature too low - P205B Reagent - tank temperature sensor (temperature of the
19813 Startup cycle for pressure drop dosing - P208B Reagent pump - Not delivering
19817 Plausibility of UDV stuck - P202F - Reagent dosing valve - Blocked (only stuck closed)
19818 Plausibility of UDV stuck - P202D - Dynamic urea leakage test - Leakage detected
19822 UDV valve stuck position unknown error - P202D Dynamic urea leakage test - Leakage detected
19999 Unknown DeNOX fault code
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 117
Control module - Fault code index

Full Power Shift Transmission (FPS) Calibration 'U' Error Codes

module
is connected
module
is connected
Mech engines only
3) Broken CAN
module
connected
input is OK
exceeded Possible PWM valve faulty or a low hydraulic pressure fault
2) CAN bus error
U68 Creeper not engaged 1).
U69 Creeper stuck 1)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 118

2) Sensor damaged
2) Sensor damaged
Semi Power Shift Transmission (SPS) Calibration 'U' Error Codes

module
is connected
module
is connected
Mech engines only
3) Broken CAN
module
connected
input is OK
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 119

exceeded Possible PWM valve faulty or a low hydraulic pressure fault
U47 19th gear solenoid not found 1)
U48 No mid / reverse range synchroniser 1)
movement sensed
U49 No low / high range synchroniser 1) Faulty synchroniser potentiometer or linkage
movement sensed 2) Faulty or sticking synchroniser solenoid
3) Internal leakage within the transmission
U50 Synchroniser potentiometer 1)
connectors swapped
2) CAN bus error
2) Sensor damaged
2) Sensor damaged
U84 Reverse and high synchroniser 1) Incorrect installation, check connectors
solenoid connectors swapped
U85 Mid and low synchroniser solenoid 1) Incorrect installation, check connectors
connectors swapped
U86 Mid / reverse range synchroniser
neutral error
U87 Low / high range synchroniser neutral 1) Faulty synchroniser potentiometer or linkage
error 2) Mechanical fault with the transmission
U88 Mid / reverse range synchroniser 1)
U89 Low / high range synchroniser 1) Faulty potentiometer or linkage
Electronic Draft Control Calibration 'U' Error Codes

Note: There are no 'U' error codes defined for the electronic draft control calibration procedure. However the
following error codes may be displayed during the procedure.
1068 Height limit control not fully clockwise 1) The height limit control is not turned fully clockwise
2) The height limit control is faulty
1070 EDC hydraulic ram size not configured Ram size not configured on a new controller or following H8
procedure
Note: Use EDC H3, channel 1 to configure
Front Suspension Calibration 'U' Error Codes

U01 Front axle potentiometer open circuit 1) Check the wiring harness
– ACP will not work 2) Check the displayed potentiometer reading during calibration.
If less than 10 then replace the potentiometer
U02 Front axle potentiometer threshold is 1) Check the potentiometer installation
higher than set limit 2) Check the displayed potentiometer reading during calibration.
If greater than 972 then check the potentiometer
3) Check the wiring harness.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 120

U03 Front axle potentiometer short circuit 1) Check the wiring harness
– ACP will not work 2) Check if signal ground on potentiometer is open circuit
3) Change the potentiometer
U04 Front axle potentiometer threshold is 1) Change the potentiometer
lower than set limit
U05 Suspension is not reaching its 1) Check the range of the potentiometer, calibration will not work
minimum / maximum position during if the range of the potentiometer is less than 150
ACP procedure 2) Check the suspension mechanics
U07 Suspension is stationary during the 1) Check the raise solenoid harness
raise command in the ACP procedure 2) Check the suspension mechanics
4) Check the pressure of the accumulators
U08 Suspension unable to reach maximum 1) Check the raise valve installation
height within 20 seconds 2) Check the unload solenoid installation
U09 Suspension is stationary during 1) Check the unload solenoid harness
the lowering command in the ACP 2) Check the suspension mechanics
procedure 3) Check the potentiometer linkage
U10 Suspension unable to reach minimum 1) Check unload solenoid installation
height within 25 seconds 2) Check the hydraulic pressure
U11 Unable to calibrate suspension 1) The lockout switch was pressed more than 3 times to initiate
calibration
U12 ACP stopped, vehicle not stationary 1) Handbrake not applied
2) Rear axle speed sensor faulty
Front Hitch Calibration 'U' Error Codes

U110 Position potentiometer value too low Hitch was not raised before height limit control was changed
or the hitch is not raised from ON to OFF position
U111 Position potentiometer value too high Hitch was not lowered before height limit control was changed
or the hitch is not lowered from ON to OFF position
Fast Steer Calibration 'U' Error Codes

U19 Oil temperature below 5 °C 1) Open circuit for the temperature sensor input to the
transmission module
Note: Use the H9 menu in the transmission module to see if the
temperature sensor input is ok.
2) Open circuit for the engine speed sensor going to the cluster
– mechanical engines only
4) Broken CAN bus
Note: Use the HE menu to see if the engine speed is being
detected
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 121

U71 Calibration attempted while enable 1) The enable switch is in the off position
switch is off 2) The enable switch is in the on position at start up but needs
to be cycled through off then on to enable the system
– open 2) Faulty proximity sensor
– closed 2) Faulty proximity sensor
U74 LVDT calibration has been 1) Faulty LVDT sensor
unsuccessful (out of range after 2) Faulty steering hydraulic valve
4th attempt) 3) Incorrect assembly of hydraulic valve
4) Check the LVDT sensor connection
EPL Calibration 'U' Error Codes

U114 Hand brake applied 1) Blue cable (on the handbrake switch connector) cut off
2) Mismatch between the handbrake switch status hardwired to
the EPL and the VCU_HB_SWITCH parameter in the VCU2EPL
CAN message
U115 Shuttle lever not in the park position 1) Pins A4 or C7 of the EPL module short to ground
2) Pins A4 or C7 of the EPL module cut off
3) Pins A4 or C7 of the EPL module short to supply voltage
4) Shuttle lever damaged
U116 APP position too high 1) Wrong mechanical adjustment of the EPL transmission lever
2) Possible wear in the braking pads
U117 APP position too low 1) Stiffness of the system is too high – possible mechanical
interferences
2) Wrong mechanical installation of the EPL
U118 Error codes active preventing 1) High recovery level error code is being activated
completion of initialization procedure
U119 Bowden cable not connected 1) Bowden cable not connected
U120 Inclinometer self test failed 1) Inclinometer broken
U121 Inclinometer calibration procedure not –
OK
U122 Inclinometer offset out of range 1) Check the inclinometer installation
2) Vehicle not on flat ground
3) Remove any rear attachment
4) Incorrect wheels could be installed
U123 Vehicle moving 1) Vehicle not stationary
2) Vehicle speed sensor failed
Electronic Draft Control (EDC) – Error Codes

Code Description
1002 Radar disconnected
1003 Speed sensor error
1004 Wheel speed sensor – signal too high
1006 Slip control potentiometer error
1008 Raise / work switch failure (command arm)
1009 Both external switches operated at the same time
1010 Height limit control potentiometer error
1012 Drop rate control potentiometer error
1014 R/H load sensing pin – signal too low
1015 R/H load sensing pin – signal too high
1016 L/H load sensing pin – signal too low
1017 L/H load sensing pin – signal too high
1018 Both load sensing pins disconnected
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 122
Code Description
1019 Load sensing pin 8V reference – voltage too low
1020 Load sensing pin 8V reference – voltage too high
1021 Draft sensitivity control potentiometer error
1024 Perform the hydraulic lift calibration
1025 Position control potentiometer error
1027 Lift arm position sensor – voltage too low
1028 Lift arm position sensor – voltage too high
1029 Hydraulic control valve disconnected
1031 Chassis harness disconnected
1033 Draft control potentiometer error
1053 5 Volt reference 3– voltage too high
1054 5 Volt reference 3– voltage too low
1063 Hydraulic valve lower solenoid – open circuit
1064 Hydraulic valve raise solenoid – open circuit
1065 Hydraulic valve lower solenoid – short circuit
1066 Hydraulic valve raise solenoid – short circuit
1067 Hydraulic valve supply voltage – voltage too low
1068 Height limit control not set to maximum during calibration
1070 Hydraulic ram configuration not set
FPS Transmission – Error Codes

Code Description
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 123
Code Description
2314 Forward pressure switch - open circuit or short to ground
2315 Reverse pressure switch - open circuit or short to ground
2324 Transmission mid speed sensor - short to ground
2325 Mid speed sensor and output speed sensor swapped
2334 Pressure indicated on the forward clutch pressure switches when the clutch solenoids are off
2335 Pressure indicated on the reverse clutch pressure switches when the clutch solenoids are off
2357 Low range clutch solenoid - over voltage
2358 Medium range clutch solenoid - over voltage
2359 High range clutch solenoid - over voltage
2360 Reverse clutch solenoid - over voltage
2367 Low range clutch not calibrated
2368 Medium range clutch not calibrated
2369 High range clutch not calibrated
2370 Reverse clutch not calibrated
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 124
Code Description
2376 Fault on 19th gear
2377 Fault on dump
SPS Transmission – Error Codes

Code Description
2059 Shuttle lever switch disagreement.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 125
Code Description
2324 Transmission mid speed sensor - short to ground
2400 Low / high range synchroniser not calibrated or bad calibration
2401 Mid / reverse range synchroniser not calibrated or bad calibration
2403 Range shift synchroniser did not engage
2405 Range shift synchroniser did not disengage
2407 Range shift synchroniser did not engage during a shuttle shift
2410 Synchroniser did not disengage during a shuttle shift
2412 Synchroniser did not engage previous range after error code 2403 or 2405
2413 Synchroniser disengaged without operator initiation
2415 Medium / reverse range synchroniser potentiometer - voltage is too high
2416 Medium / reverse range synchroniser potentiometer - voltage is too low
2417 Low / high range synchroniser potentiometer - voltage is too high
2418 Low / high range synchroniser potentiometer - voltage is too low
2419 Medium / reverse range synchroniser potentiometer - voltage is out of calibrated range
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 126
Code Description
2420 Low / high range synchroniser potentiometer - voltage is out of calibrated range
2425 Attempted to select a disabled range
Engine – Error Codes

Code Description
3001 Foot throttle sensor – signal not plausible
3002 Foot throttle sensor – signal above range maximum
3003 Foot throttle sensor – signal below range minimum
3006 Coolant temperature signal – signal not plausible
3007 Coolant temperature signal – signal above range maximum
3008 Coolant temperature signal – signal below range minimum
3010 Air intake temperature sensor – signal above range maximum
3011 Air intake temperature sensor – signal below range minimum
3015 Fuel temperature sensor – signal above range maximum
3016 Fuel temperature sensor – signal below range minimum
3019 Boost pressure sensor – signal above range maximum
3022 Boost pressure sensor – signal not plausible
3023 Atmospheric pressure sensor – signal not plausible
3024 Atmospheric pressure sensor – signal above range maximum
3025 Atmospheric pressure sensor – signal below range minimum
3028 Oil pressure too low
3029 Oil pressure sensor – short circuit to battery
3030 Oil pressure sensor – short circuit to ground
3031 Oil pressure sensor – hardware error
3032 Oil pressure sensor – value too high
3033 Oil temperature sensor – signal not plausible
3034 Oil temperature sensor – signal above range maximum
3035 Oil temperature sensor – signal below range minimum
3037 Boost pressure sensor – signal low
3047 Main relay 2 failure – short circuit to battery
3048 Main relay 2 failure – short circuit to ground
3051 Battery voltage to ECM – voltage too high
3052 Battery voltage to ECM – voltage too low
3059 ECM afterrun was interrupted
3088 Crankshaft sensor – no signal
3089 Crankshaft sensor – invalid signal
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 127
Code Description
3090 Camshaft sensor – no signal
3091 Camshaft sensor – invalid signal
3093 Offset between camshaft and crankshaft – outside boundaries
3095 Operating with camshaft sensor only – backup mode
3096 ECM busoff on vehicle CAN bus
3097 ECM busoff on engine private CAN bus
3102 Rail pressure sensor CP3 – signal below range minimum
3104 Rail pressure relief valve – open
3105 Rail pressure relief valve – pressure shock requested
3106 Rail pressure relief valve – did not open after pressure shock
3107 Metering unit – short circuit to battery
3108 Metering unit – short circuit to ground
3110 Rail pressure sensor offset monitoring – value above limit
3111 Rail pressure sensor offset monitoring – value below limit
3112 Rail pressure sensor CP3 – signal above maximum range
3113 Main relay 1 (High pressure pump - power supply to the fuel metering unit) - short to battery
3114 Main relay 1 (High pressure pump - power supply to the fuel metering unit) - short to ground
3118 ECM 12V sensor - supply voltage high
3119 ECM 12V sensor - supply voltage low
3120 PTO twist sensor – not plausible
3121 PTO twist sensor – open circuit
3122 PTO twist sensor – short circuit to ground
3123 PTO twist sensor – not calibrated
3131 Grid heater always switched on
3137 Metering unit – open load
3138 Metering unit – temperature too high
3141 Fuel flow setpoint too low
3142 High pressure test – test active
3145 Terminal 15 – no signal
3146 Water detected in fuel
3147 Oil temperature too high
3148 Coolant temperature sensor dynamic test – failure (minimum temperature raise not reached)
3154 Grid heater relay – short circuit to battery
3155 Grid heater relay – short circuit to ground
3156 Grid heater relay – no load
3157 ECM not detected on CAN bus or anti-tamper security check timeout
3158 Engine anti-tamper - security check failed
3159 Invalid engine reference torque
3160 Fan actuator – short circuit to battery
3161 Fan actuator – short circuit to ground
3162 Fan actuator – no load
3163 Fan actuator – temperature too high
3166 Fuel filter heater relay - short circuit to battery
3167 Fuel filter heater relay - short circuit to ground
3168 Fuel filter heater relay - open load
3169 Fuel filter heater relay - signal not plausible
3176 Setpoint of metering unit not plausible in overrun
3177 Engine overspeed detected
3179 Timeout of CAN message BC2EDC2
3180 Timeout of CAN message VM2EDC
3182 Timeout of CAN message RxCCVS
3183 Timeout of CAN message TSC1-VR (when active)
3184 Timeout of CAN message TSC1-VR (when inactive)
3185 Timeout of CAN message TF
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 128
Code Description
3227 Injection processor (CY33X) error – internal reset / clock loss / voltage too low
3228 Injection processor (CY33X) error – unlocked / initialisation failure
3229 Injection processor (CY33X) error – injections limited by software
3230 Injection processor (CY33X) error – SPI communication failure
3231 Injection processor error – internal reset / clock loss / voltage too low
3232 Injection processor error – unlocked / initialisation failure
3233 Injection processor error – test mode
3234 Injection processor error – SPI communication failure
3238 ECM internal SPI communications error – CJ940
3239 ECM EEPROM – read operation failure
3240 ECM EEPROM – write operation failure
3241 ECM EEPROM – default value used
3242 ECM (locked) recovery occurred
3243 ECM recovery (suppressed) – recovery occurred
3244 ECM recovery (visible) – recovery occurred
3245 ECM processor – watchdog not plausible
3246 Shutoff paths during initialisation – watchdog
3247 Shutoff paths during initialisation – supply voltage too high
3248 Shutoff paths during initialisation – supply voltage too low
3249 TPU monitoring – time deviation between TPU and system not plausible
3250 Dataset – variant defect
3251 Dataset – requested variant could not be set
3252 Controller watchdog – SPI communication failure
3253 ADC monitoring – reference voltage too low
3254 ADC monitoring – reference voltage too high
3255 ADC monitoring – test impulse error
3256 ADC monitoring – queue error
3258 High side power - short circuit to battery
3259 High side power - short circuit to ground
3261 Low side power - short circuit to battery of excess temperature
3262 Low side power - short circuit to ground
3265 Overrun monitoring - injection time too long
3266 Redundant engine speed in overrun monitoring - speed signal not plausible
3278 ECM internal supply voltage too high - CJ940 above limit
3279 ECM internal supply voltage too low - CJ940 below limit
3297 Rail pressure positive deviation high and high fuel flow setpoint value
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 129
Code Description
3301 Rail pressure negative deviation too high on minimum metering
3305 Rail pressure below minimum limit in controller mode
3309 Rail pressure above maximum limit in controlled mode
3313 Rail pressure drop rate too high
3316 Minimum number of injections not reached – stop engine
3334 Timeout of CAN message TSC1–PE Torque (when active)
3335 Timeout of CAN message TSC1–PE Torque (when inactive)
3338 Timeout of CAN message TSC1–VE Speed (when inactive)
3339 Timeout of CAN message TSC1–VE Speed (when active)
3350 Terminal 50 - always on
3354 Main relay 4 (engine brake exhaust valve) short circuit to ground
3355 Main relay 4 (engine brake exhaust valve) short circuit to battery or open load
3367 Coolant temperature test failure
3368 INFO: Torque limitation due to OBD performance limiter by legislation
3369 INFO: Torque reduction due to smoke reduction
3370 INFO: Torque limitation due to Engine Protection (against excessive torque, engine overspeed and
overheat)
3371 INFO: Torque limitation due to Fuel Quantity Limitation because of injector system errors
3512 DCU state monitoring - DCU not ready in time
3513 SCR catalyst not present - relation of temperature behaviour between both catalyst temperatures
not plausible
3517 Ambient air temperature sensor failure (of humidity sensor) - signal too high
3518 Ambient air temperature sensor failure (of humidity sensor) - signal too low
3521 NOx estimation failure - estimated NOx signal not reliable
3528 NOx sensor plausibility failure - signal not plausible
3532 NOx sensor failure - sensor not ready in time
3533 CAN message timeout NOx (from NOx sensor) - CAN timeout
3537 CAN message timeout DM1DCU (from DCU) - CAN timeout
3549 Humidity sensor signal ratio failure - signal ratio above limit
3550 Humidity sensor signal ratio failure - signal ratio below limit
3557 INFO: Humidity sensor possibly saturated with water droplets - signal ratio above limit
3558 INFO: Humidity sensor possibly saturated with water droplets - signal ratio below limit
3561 NOx value not plausible (aftertreatment plausibility)
3577 DM1DCU SPN 1 message - error in DCU active
3581 Performance limitation active due to either stage
3585 Engine shut off (after idling phase)
3586 Plausibility check of catalyst system - temperature after catalyst not plausible
3587 Plausibility check of catalyst system - temperature before catalyst not plausible
3588 Plausibility check of catalyst system - ambient temperature of humidity sensor or both catalyst
temperatures not plausible
3589 Plausibility check of catalyst system - temperature deviation between up and downstream catalyst
temperature too high during operation
3591 SCR catalyst thermal ageing limit exceeded - P0422 main catalyst efficiency below threshold
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 130
Code Description
3599 Error path of oxidation catalyst not present - P0421 warm up catalyst efficiency below threshold
3602 Defect ratio between threshold limits - P0425 catalyst temperature sensor circuit
3605 Temperature of Outer control loop - temperature deviation above limit
3606 Temperature of Outer control loop - temperature deviation below limit
3611 Catalyst efficiency lower than first Nox prediction threshold level
3612 Catalyst efficiency lower than second Nox prediction threshold level
3614 SRA2EDC - high effort fault
3615 SRA2EDC - initialisation fault
3616 Torque limitation due to turbo charger protection
3618 Emergency start time expired and shutdown initiated
3623 Lambda signal of NOx sensor deviation (NOx sensor removal is detected)
Rear Electronic Hydraulic Remote Valves – Error Codes

Code Description
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 131
Code Description
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 132
Front Electronic Hydraulic Remote Valves – Error Codes

Code Description
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 133
Code Description
4564 EHR joystick – no communications
4565 High flow pump connection error
4566 High flow pump configuration error
Rear PTO – Error Codes

Code Description
5003 Rear PTO brake output – open circuit or short circuit to ground
5005 Rear PTO brake switch – open circuit
5006 Rear PTO solenoid – short circuit to 12V
5007 Rear PTO solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
5010 Rear PTO shift motor – open circuit
5011 Rear PTO shift motor – short circuit
5012 Rear PTO shift - sensor error
5015 Rear PTO fuse sense input – open circuit
5024 Rear PTO shift – not calibrated
5027 Rear PTO speed sensor – open circuit
5033 Rear PTO cab normally closed switch – open circuit
5034 Rear PTO fender switch – open circuit / short to ground
5035 Rear PTO fender switch – input shorted to 12V
5037 Rear PTO cab normally open switch – stuck closed
5043 Rear PTO fender switch stuck on
5044 Rear PTO speed sensor – short to ground
5098 Rear PTO fender switch option not enabled
5099 Auto PTO option not enabled
Four Wheel Drive – Error Codes

Code Description
6023 FWD solenoid – open circuit
Difflock – Error Codes

Code Description
7017 Difflock solenoid – open circuit
7024 Steering angle sensor not calibrated
7032 Steering angle sensor – signal too low
7100 Autoguidance isolation solenoid – disconnected / over temperature
7101 Autoguidance isolation solenoid – solenoid return short to battery
7102 Autoguidance isolation solenoid – solenoid return short to ground
7103 Steering angle plausibility error (autoguidance only)
7104 Timeout of NAV2XCM CAN message
Front PTO – Error Codes

Code Description
8007 Front PTO solenoid – stuck on
8008 Front PTO solenoid – open circuit
8033 Front PTO cab normally closed switch – open circuit
8037 Front PTO cab normally open switch – stuck closed
8099 Front PTO option not enabled
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 134
Front Hitch – Error Codes

Code Description
9001 Front hitch position sensor – short circuit to 12V
9002 Front hitch position sensor – open circuit / short circuit to 0V
9003 Front hitch fender up switch error
9004 Front hitch fender down switch error
9005 Front hitch fender common switch error
9006 Front hitch position potentiometer – not calibrated
Suspended Front Axle – Error Codes

Code Description
10001 Upper lockout solenoid error
10002 Raise solenoid error
10003 Lower solenoid error
10004 Front axle position sensor – threshold higher than set limit
10005 Front axle position sensor – threshold lower than set limit
10008 Go down error – suspension unable to return to set point
10009 Lower lockout solenoid error
10010 Chassis accelerometer – voltage too low (short circuit to ground / open circuit)
10011 Chassis accelerometer – voltage too high (short circuit to 5V)
10024 Front suspension not calibrated
Electronic Park Lock – Error Codes

Code Description
12011 Power stage – over voltage protection
12012 Power stage – PH_A open circuit or PH_B open circuit, motor open
12013 Power stage – PH_A or PH_B short circuit to ground
12014 Power stage – PH_A or PH_B short circuit to Vbatt
12017 Power stage – internal service voltage (Vr)not viable
12018 Power stage – current over absolute range / motor short
12019 Power stage – current over dynamic set point
12020 Power stage – unexpected current
12024 Ignition key – key hardware Vs CAN signals coherence check
12032 Encoder – hardware fault on power supply
12033 Encoder virtual peripheral failure (XGATE) wrong sequence, interrupt failure
12034 Encoder function not available ( A or B signal not available)
12043 Inclinometer – self test
12052 Battery – lower than 9V
12053 Battery – Higher than 16V
12054 Battery – out of range / spike diagnosis
12066 Trailer relay – open wire / load and output to 12V
12068 Trailer relay – output short circuit to ground
12073 Output status – output incongruence Vs Input (DIO and frequency) & protection
12132 CAN – bus off
12133 CAN – mute
12142 CAN – VCU_TRAIL_BRAKE-INH error / not available
12143 CAN – VCU_VEH_DIRECTION error / not available
12144 CAN – VCU_SPEED error / not available
12145 CAN – VCU_CMD error / not available
12146 CAN – VCU_KEY_OFF_AA_INH error / not available
12147 CAN – engine RPM error / not available
12148 CAN – VCU_KEY error / not available
12150 CAN – VCU_HB_SWITCH error / not available
12151 Logic core – second microprocessor not present
12160 Logic core – EEPROM check
12162 ACU temperature – out of range / spike diagnosis
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 135
Code Description
12163 ACU temperature – power stage over temperature
12172 Actuator – cable disconnection
12183 Actuator – actuator moving without command
12184 Actuator – actuator end stop zone reached
12185 Actuator – actuation timeout (energy) expired
12188 Actuator – excess pad wear
12189 Actuator – EPL misuse
12192 Shuttle park – shuttle park invalid status
12202 Handbrake switch – handbrake switch incongruence
12212 Factory – accelerometer not calibrated
12213 Factory – actuator not initialised
12214 Factory – disable actuation
12215 Factory – trailer relay present but not configured
Universal Controller– Error Codes

Code Description
13007 Reference voltage 8V5REF – voltage too low
13008 Reference voltage 8V5REF – voltage too high
Cluster – Error Codes

Code Description
14013 Steering angle sensor – short circuit to Vcc
14014 Steering angle sensor – short circuit to ground or open circuit
14015 5V supply voltage – too high
14016 5V supply voltage – too low
14021 Cranking line – shorted to 12V
14022 Cranking line – shorted to ground
14051 Fuel level sensor – short circuit to Vcc or open circuit
14052 Fuel level sensor – short circuit to ground
14061 Air brake pressure sensor – short circuit to VCC or option set but sensor not connected
14095 Vane pump – short circuit to ground or open circuit
14096 Vane pump – short circuit to VCC
14100 Air brake pressure – not configured
14102 SWCD present - not configured
14106 Steering sensor – present but not configured
14300 Electronic park lock– mismatch between CAN and direct frequency input value
14301 Electronic park lock– direct frequency input shorted to Vcc or open circuit
14304 Electronic park lock– status not validated
14900 Transmission controller missing
14901 Engine controller missing
14904 Armrest controller missing (LC)
14905 Keypad missing (JA)(ADIC only)
14906 Steering controller missing (KA)
14908 TECU missing (OA)
14909 SWCD missing (VA)
14910 Climate controller missing
14911 Enhanced cluster without keypad (New Holland only)
14912 Basic cluster with keypad (New Holland only)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 136
Code Description
14914 Electronic park lock controller missing (XA)
14920 Configuration error
Steering Controller – Error Codes

Code Description
15002 Steering wheel control proximity sensor – open circuit
15003 Steering wheel control proximity sensor – short circuit
15006 Split valve LVDT – open circuit
15007 Split valve LVDT – short circuit
15008 Change valve solenoid – open circuit
15009 Change valve solenoid – short circuit across
15010 Safety switch fail
15011 Maximum engagement time elapsed (5 minutes)
15012 Split valve spool – stuck open
15013 Change valve or split valve spools – stuck closed
15014 Split valve spool stuck in transition zone – can’t identify which steering mode the tractor is definitely
in.
15024 System not calibrated
Air Conditioning Controller – Error Codes

Code Description
16111 Cab temperature sensor open or shorted to power
16112 Cab temperature sensor shorted to ground
16113 Outlet temperature sensor open or shorted to power
16114 Outlet temperature sensor shorted to ground
16115 Evaporator temperature sensor open or shorted to power
16116 Evaporator temperature sensor shorted to ground
16117 Outside air temperature sensor open or shorted to power
16118 Outside air temperature sensor shorted to ground
16120 Blower speed select potentiometer open or shorted to power
16121 Temperature select potentiometer open or shorted to power
16122 Mode select potentiometer open or shorted to power
16125 High pressure– low pressure switch (+) input shorted to power
16126 High pressure– low pressure switch (+) input shorted to ground
16127 High pressure– low pressure switch (–) input shorted to power
16128 High pressure– low pressure switch (–) input shorted to ground
16129 High pressure cycling error (2 in 1 minute)
16130 Low pressure switch (+) input shorted to power
16131 Low pressure switch (+) input shorted to ground
16132 Low pressure switch (–) input shorted to power
16133 Low pressure switch (–) input shorted to ground
16134 Low pressure switch open for greater than 1 minute
DeNox \ Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) – Error Codes

Code Description
19010 Temperature sensor after catalyst (electrical) – signal high – P042D Catalyst Temperature Sensor
Circuit High
19011 Temperature sensor after catalyst (electrical) – 'signal low – 'P042C Catalyst Temperature Sensor
Circuit Low
19019 Temperature sensor before catalyst (electrical) – signal high – P0428 Catalyst Temperature Sensor
Circuit High
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 137
Code Description
19020 Temperature sensor before catalyst (electrical) – 'signal low – 'P0427 Catalyst Temperature Sensor
Circuit Low
19021 Temperature sensor before catalyst (electrical) – signal high – signal above high error threshold
19022 Temperature sensor before catalyst (electrical) – signal low – signal below low error threshold
19037 Sensor supply 2 (5V internal; for UREA pressure sensors) – Supply Voltage too high – P204D
Reagent - pressure sensor - short circuit high
19038 Sensor supply 2 (5V internal; for UREA pressure sensors) – 'Supply voltage too low – 'P204C
Reagent - pressure sensor - short circuit low
19046 UREA pressure sensor in box (electrical) – 'supply voltage error – 'P204A Reagent - pressure
sensor - open circuit
19047 UREA pressure sensor in box (electrical) – signal high – P204D Reagent - pressure sensor - short
circuit high
19048 UREA pressure sensor in box (electrical) – 'signal low – 'P204C Reagent - pressure sensor - short
circuit low
19055 UREA Temperature sensor in box (electrical) – signal high – P2045 Reagent - temperature sensor
of pump module - short circuit high
19056 UREA Temperature sensor in box (electrical) – 'signal low – 'P2044 Reagent - temperature sensor
of pump module - short circuit low
19057 UREA Temperature sensor in box (electrical) – signal high – P2043 Reagent - temperature sensor of
19058 UREA Temperature sensor in box (electrical) – signal low – P2043 Reagent - temperature sensor of
19073 Voltage supply 2 - tube heaters (UB2) electrical – 'Short to bat at UB2 with Key 15 off – 'P20C4
Reagent - suction tube heating - short circuit high
19074 Voltage supply 2 - tube heaters (UB2) electrical – 'Open circuit to UB2 – 'P20C1 Reagent - suction
tube heating - open circuit
19075 Voltage supply 2 - tube heaters (UB2) electrical – 'Short circuit to Ground UB2 – 'P20C3 Reagent -
suction tube heating - short circuit low
19082 Voltage supply 3 - Coolant control valve and reverting valve (UB3) electrical – 'Short to bat at UB3
with Key 15 off – 'P20A3 Vent valve (Reductant Purge Control Valve) - short circuit high
19083 Voltage supply 3 - Coolant control valve and reverting valve (UB3) electrical – 'Open circuit to UB3 –
'P20A0 Vent valve (Reductant Purge Control Valve) - open circuit
19084 Voltage supply 3 - Coolant control valve and reverting valve (UB3) electrical – 'Short circuit to Ground
UB3 – 'P20A2 Vent valve (Reductant Purge Control Valve) - short circuit low
19145 Dosing Valve (electrical) – 'short circuit to batt + – 'P2049 Reductant Injector - circuit high
19147 Dosing Valve (electrical) – 'open load – 'P2047 Reductant Injector - circuit open
19149 Dosing Valve (electrical) – short circuit to ground - P0248 Reductant Injector circuit low
19150 Dosing Valve (electrical) – 'Dosing valve permanent "ON" (detection via fast decay) – 'P209B
Reagent - dosing nozzle pressure too high
19154 UREA Pump speed – 'pump motor unplugged – 'P208B Reagent-pump not delivering
19155 UREA Pump speed – pump motor blocked – P208A Reagent-pump
19156 UREA Pump speed – 'pump overspeed – 'P208D Reagent-pump over speed
19157 UREA Pump speed – 'Hall sensors defect – 'P208B Reagent-pump not delivering
19181 Reverting valve (4-2way valve?) electrically – 'Short circuit to battery – 'P20A3 Vent valve (Reductant
Purge Control Valve) - short circuit high
19183 Reverting valve (4-2way valve?) electrically – 'Open load – 'P20A0 Vent valve (Reductant Purge
Control Valve) - open circuit
19262 Tank heating Valve – 'Short circuit to battery – 'P20B4 Reagent - tank heating valve - short circuit high
19264 Tank heating Valve – 'Open load – 'P20B1 Reagent - tank heating valve - open circuit
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 138
Code Description
19265 Tank heating Valve – 'Short circuit to ground – 'P20B3 Reagent - tank heating valve - short circuit low
19290 Temperature after catalyst too low – Down stream catalyst temp - physical (Catalyst heating time
failed) – P042B Catalyst Temperature Sensor - Circuit Range/Performance
19298 UREA pressure too low at system start – 'UREA pressure too low at system start – 'P208B Reagent
pump not delivering
19307 UREA pressure too high – 'Urea pressure not plausible (urea pressure too high) – 'P204B Reagent
- pressure above threshold
19316 UREA Temperature in Pump Module out of range – 'Urea temperature box - physical (Urea Box Temp
NOT OK: outside range) – 'P2043 Reagent - temperature sensor of pump module out of range
19325 UREA Temperature in Tank out of range – 'Urea temperature tank - physical (Urea Tank Temp NOT
OK: outside range) – 'P205B Reagent - tank temperature sensor (temperature of the Reagent
- solution in the tank) out of range
19334 System frozen and not free in time – Defreezing Mode and Detection Errors (Inlet line defreezing
failed) – P20C2 Reagent - suction tube heating - detection mode of heating
19335 System frozen and not free in time – 'Defreezing Mode and Detection Errors (pressure line defreezing
failed) – 'P20BE Reagent - pressure tube heating - detection mode of heating
19336 System frozen and not free in time – 'Defreezing Mode and Detection Errors (pressure build-up in
detection mode failed) – 'P20C5 Pump module - Internal heating - open circuit
19337 System frozen and not free in time – 'Defreezing Mode and Detection Errors (Back-flow line
defreezing failed) – 'P20B9 Reagent - backflow tube heating - open circuit
19352 Reverting valve (4-2way valve?) mechanically – 'valve does not open – 'P20A0 Vent valve
(Reductant Purge Control Valve) - open circuit
19361 Battery Voltage (actual value) – 'High battery voltage – 'P0562 Battery voltage evaluation - below
lower limit
19362 Battery Voltage (actual value) – Low battery voltage – P0563 Battery voltage evaluation - above
upper limit
19370 UREA pressure too low (in "commissioning" status) – 'Pump motor error during commissioning
(pump not delivering) – 'P208B Reagent-pump not delivering
19379 UREA Temperature too low during commissioning – 'Temperatures not plausible during
commissioning.
19415 Empty UREA Tank – urea tank empty – P203F Reagent - fluid level in tank - too low
19496 Urea pressure sensor plausibility error (checked during system startup)P204B Reagent - pressure -
Above threshold
19505 Urea box temperature sensor plausibility error (dynamic / static) - P2043 Reagent - temperature
sensor of pump module - Out of range
19514 Urea tank temperature sensor plausibility error (dynamic / static) - P205B Reagent - tank temperature
sensor (temperature of the Reagent - solution in the tank) - Out of range
19532 Back flow line clogged – 'P2063 Reagent - dosing valve - short circuit low
19541 Coolant control valve mechanically – 'Blocked closed – 'P20A1 Vent valve test plausibility test
(startup)
19550 Pressure line blocked – 'pressure line blocked – 'P209B Reagent - dosing nozzle - pressure too high
Term failure) – 'SAE J1939 Check for CAN receive signal : (UREA quantity not in range) – 'P0600
Term failure) – 'SAE J1939 Check for CAN receive signal : (Dosing status not in range) – 'P0600
Term failure) – timeout – P0600 Serial Communication Link
Term failure) – 'too many CAN messages – 'P0600 Serial Communication Link
Term failure) – SAE J1939 Check for CAN receive signal – P0600 Serial Communication Link
receive signal : (Engine torque not in range) – 'P0600 Serial Communication Link
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 139
Code Description
receive signal : (Engine speed not in range) – 'P0600 Serial Communication Link
19597 CAN receive frame EEC1 (Driver demand, eng speed, eng torque) – timeout – P0600 Serial
Communication Link
19598 CAN receive frame EEC1 (Driver demand, eng speed, eng torque) – 'too many CAN messages –
'P0600 Serial Communication Link
receive signal : (Torque driver demand not in range) – 'P0600 Serial Communication Link
(Oil temperature not in range) – 'P0600 Serial Communication Link
19605 CAN receive frame ET1 (Oil and Water temp engine) – timeout – P0600 Serial Communication Link
19606 CAN receive frame ET1 (Oil and Water temp engine) – 'too many CAN messages – 'P0600 Serial
Communication Link
(Water temperature not in range) – 'P0600 Serial Communication Link
no Signal available Level sensor connected directly: Sensor Supply error – 'P203A Reagent - tank
level sensor - open circuit
Signal Not in Range Level sensor connected directly: SRC high – P203D Reagent - tank level
Erroneous Signal Level sensor connected directly: SRC low – 'P203C Reagent - tank level sensor -
short circuit low
19652 UREA Tank level error (CAN message or electrical with real sensor) – (TIMEOUT)
Erraneous Signal Level sensor connected directly: SRC low – P203C Reagent - tank level sensor
(too many CAN messages)
19654 UREA Tank level error (CAN message or electrical with real sensor) – Level over CAN: SAE
J1939 Erraneous Signal Level sensor connected directly: SRC low – P203A Reagent - tank level
sensor - Open circuit
(Ambient air temperature not in range) – 'P0600 Serial Communication Link
19677 Ambient Temperature: SAE J1939 Check for CAN receive signal : (Signal Range Check: Signal
not in range / Erroneous Signal / Signal not available) – timeout – P0071 Ambient Air Temperature
Sensor Range/Performance
in range / Erroneous Signal / Signal not available) – 'too many CAN messages – 'P0071 Ambient
Air Temperature Sensor Range/Performance
(Barometric pressure not in range) – 'P0071 Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Range/Performance
19721 EEPROM / Checksum failures – 'EEPROM write error – 'P062F Internal Control Module EEPROM
Error
19722 EEPROM / Checksum failures – 'No corresponding variant number error – 'P062F Internal Control
Module EEPROM Error
19723 EEPROM / Checksum failures – 'EEPROM communication error – 'P062F Internal Control Module
EEPROM Error
19724 EEPROM / Checksum failures – EEPROM Detection error OR 'Codierwort error – 'P062F Internal
Control Module EEPROM Error
19725 EEPROM / Checksum failures – 'Wrong EEPROM size – 'P062F Internal Control Module EEPROM
Error
19730 Ignition "on" signal K15 – 'digital input ignition ON not sensed during initialisation – 'P2530 Ignition
switch - plausibility error
19739 Main Relay opens too early / too late – 'main relay shut off too late – 'P0687 ECM/PCM Power
Relay Control Circuit High
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 140
Code Description
19740 Main Relay opens too early / too late – 'main relay short circuit – 'P0685 ECM/PCM Power Relay
Control Circuit /Open
19741 Main Relay opens too early / too late – 'main relay open circuit – 'P0687 ECM/PCM Power Relay
Control Circuit High
19742 Main Relay opens too early / too late – main relay shut off too early (before EEPROM update) –
P0685 ECM/PCM Power Relay Control Circuit /Open
19748 Too high UREA Temperature in Pump module or Leakage test failed (Emergency shut off) – over
temperature detection (urea temp. in pump module) – P2043 Reagent - temperature sensor of
pump module - Out of range
Timeout Temp sensor connected directly SRC high - P0600 Serial Communication Link
- Too many messages Temp sensor connected directly SRC low - P0600 Serial Communication Link
19804 UREA Tank Temperature not plausible with pump module temperature - Temp over CAN: SAE
J1939 erroneous signal - P205A Reagent - tank temperature sensor (temperature of the Reagent -
solution in tank) - Open circuit
19805 UREA Tank Temperature not plausible with pump module temperature - SRC High - raw value UREA
temperature too high - P205D Reagent - tank temperature sensor (temperature of the Reagent -
solution in the tank) - Short circuit high
19806 UREA Tank Temperature not plausible with pump module temperature - SRC Low - raw value UREA
temperature too low - P205C Reagent - tank temperature sensor (temperature of the Reagent -
solution in the tank) - Short circuit low
19807 UREA Tank Temperature not plausible with pump module temperature - SRC High - diagnostic
value UREA temperature too high - P205B Reagent - tank temperature sensor (temperature of the
19808 UREA Tank Temperature not plausible with pump module temperature - SRC Low - diagnostic
value UREA temperature too low - P205B Reagent - tank temperature sensor (temperature of the
19813 Startup cycle for pressure drop dosing - P208B Reagent pump - Not delivering
19817 Plausibility of UDV stuck - P202F - Reagent dosing valve - Blocked (only stuck closed)
19818 Plausibility of UDV stuck - P202D - Dynamic urea leakage test - Leakage detected
19822 UDV valve stuck position unknown error - P202D Dynamic urea leakage test - Leakage detected
19999 Unknown DeNOX fault code
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 141
Control module Armrest controller - H4 - View software revision

level
NOTE: Common to all sub systems
H4 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL09CVT713AVA 1
Select the H4 menu by depressing the "dimming" button.
BAIL09CVT714AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 142
The lower central display will automatically cycle through

the software release, as the example shown and return to
allow navigation of the "HH" menus.
BAIL09CVT715AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 143
Control module Armrest controller - H5 - Switch operation test

NOTE: This menu displays a designated code when a switch transition is detected.
NOTE: Common to all sub systems.
BAIL09CVT716AVA 1
Select the H5 menu by depressing the “dimming" button.
BAIL09CVT717AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 144
The lower central display will show “d _ _"
BVE0047A_569 3
When a switch is operated, a code will be displayed and an

audible tone should be heard to indicate the correct func-
tion.
If a switch code is not displayed and the audible tone not
heard, a 'wiggle' test can be performed on the related wiring
while watching the display or listening for the audible tone,
to help locate the fault.
BAIL06CCM746AVA 4
Identifier Switch / Input

d5 Multi function handle (MFH) - Rear hitch work switch
d6 MFH - Rear hitch raise switch
d17 MFH - Downshift switch
d18 MFH - Upshift switch
d19 MFH - 2nd function switch
d92 Front hitch height limit enable switch
d95 EHR 1 program / motor mode switch
d104 MFH - Headland turn sequence (HTS) step switch
d105 MFH - Automode switch
d136 MFH - Reverse switch
d137 MFH - Forward switch
d153 Joystick 1 - switch 1
d159 EHR flow control encoder switch
d165 EHR float control switch
d177 MFH - Autoguidance engage on/off switch
d178 MFH EHR 1 extend switch
d179 MFH EHR 1 retract switch
d180 MFH EHR 2 extend switch
d181 MFH EHR 2 retract switch
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 145
Control module Armrest controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic

NOTE: This menu is used to verify the operation of various potentiometers, voltage supplies, and solenoid current
circuits.
NOTE: If an intermittent fault is detected within a circuit, a 'wiggle' test can be performed on the related wiring while
watching the display for sudden changes in values, to help locate the area where the fault exists.
NOTE: The vehicle may be driven while in this menu.
BAIL09CVT718AVA 1
BAIL09HHP261AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 146
The lower central display will show “ch _ _"
BVE0780A_573 3
The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and

“m" buttons.
After a delay the value will be displayed. Compare the
value displayed with the typical reading shown in the table
below.
BAIL09HHP263AVA 4
NOTE: The value is the input voltage or signal into the controller. This cannot be directly translated into a voltage due
to the internal processes of the controller. A zero equates to 0 volts.
If the value displayed varies by more than 10 % to that
shown in the table below, a fault is indicated in either the
component or the wiring harness relevant to that channel.
Channel Description Typical Reading

27 Front hitch - height limit control 0 anti-clockwise
100 clockwise
33 Rear hitch - position control 0 anti-clockwise
100 clockwise
34 Rear hitch - drop rate control 0 anti-clockwise
100 clockwise
35 Rear hitch - height limit control 0 anti-clockwise
100 clockwise
36 Rear hitch - sensitivity control 0 anti-clockwise
100 clockwise
37 Rear hitch - slip control 0 anti-clockwise
100 clockwise
40 Rear hitch - draft control 0 anti-clockwise
100 clockwise
90 Hand throttle position 0.0 fully back
100.0 fully forward
97 Joystick 1 - X position 0.0 at centre
100.0 left/right
98 Joystick 1 - Y position 0.0 at centre
100.0 up/down
101 EHR No.1 lever position 97.0 raise, 55.0 neutral
12.0 lower, 1.0 float
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 147

143 Joystick 1 - proportional rocker 50 centre
0 pressed down,
100 pressed up
145 Vref 1 92.7
149 EHR flow encoder 0.0 to 6.1 as control is rotated
152 12V ignition 72.0
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 148
Control module Armrest controller - HB - Display stored fault codes

NOTE: This menu is used to display the fault codes, which are stored in the EEPROM of the electronic control unit.
NOTE: Common to all sub-systems.
HB Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL09CVT723AVB 1
Select the HB menu by depressing the "dimming" button.
BAIL09CVT721AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 149
The lower central display will show "_ _ _ _", if no fault is

stored in the selected sub-system.
BAIL09CVT760AVA 3
The lower central display will show "F", if a fault code is

BAIL10CVT253AVA 4

as the example:
1001Fault code
05 Hour of first occurrence
49 Hour of last occurrence
54 Number of occurrences of the fault
BAIL09CVT722AVA 5
Press the "h" or "m" button to change to the next fault code
in the list.
As soon as the end of the list is reached, "_ _ _" is shown
in the lower central display.
BAIL09CVT760AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 150
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 151
Control module Armrest controller - HC - Clear all stored fault codes

HC Menu Screen Select Diagram
NOTE: Always write the stored fault codes down before clearing.
BAIL09CVT723AVA 1
Select the HC menu by depressing the "dimming" button.
BAIL09CVT724AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 152
The lower central display will show "F CL".
BAIL09CVT725AVA 3
Depress and hold the "m" button to confirm the clearing of

the memory.
The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01, then
"EE" will be shown to indicate the fault codes have been
cleared.
BAIL09CVT726AVA 4
NOTE: If the "m" button is released before the countdown finishes, the procedure will be aborted.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
through the "HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 153
Control module Armrest controller - HF - View controller hardware

information
NOTE: This menu makes possible hardware identification; the hardware version and serial number are displayed.
HF Menu Screen Selection Diagram
BAIL09CVT727AVA 1
Select the HF menu by depressing the "dimming" button.
BAIL09CVT728AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 154

as the example:
631 Hardware identification
0100 Hardware version
0000 Serial number
0802 Serial number
0001 Serial number
After that the "HH" menu can be used again.
BAIL09HHP253AVA 3
NOTE: The last three sets of 4 digits displayed represent the 12 digit module serial number. This number should
correspond to the serial number shown on the module’s label. Note that the serial number shown on the display will
include leading zeros that may not be present on the module label. In this example the serial number is 802001.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 155
Control module Instrument controller - H3 - Configurations and

options
This menu displays the configurations available for:
Engine shutdown
Error code reduction
Steering sensor selection
Air brake selection
2nd fuel tank selection
BAIL10CVT211FVB 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 156
Engine Shutdown Options

Select the engine shutdown sub-system by pressing the
“dimming" button.
BAIL10CVT212AVA 2
NOTE: The default setting is NO.

Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m"
button.
Refer to the common rail fuel injection engine shutdown
options table below.
Options CONDITIONS REQUIRED CONDITIONS WHICH OVERRIDE

FOR ENGINE SHUTDOWN ENGINE SHUTDOWN OPTIONS
(All conditions must be met)
Operating Condition Operator Operator Vehicle Vehicle
Present Not Station- Moving
Present ary
No engine
NO The engine will not shut down - - - -
shutdown
Engine oil pressure - Low * * * *
Engine coolant temperature - High * * * *
Always
An external device is requesting the
YES1 shutdown
engine to shutdown
engine
Driveline oil temperature - High * *
Driveline oil pressure - Low * *
Engine oil pressure - Low * *
Engine coolant temperature - High * *
Stationary
YES2 engine * *
engine to shutdown
shutdown
Error Code Reduction Options

Select the error code reduction sub-system by pressing the
“dimming" button.
BAIL10CVT214AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 157

button.
"Factory" (F) - factory error mode, displays all error codes
for a period of 6 minutes then reverts to error code reduc-
tion (ECR).
"ECR" (E) - error code reduction mode, only displays criti-
cal errors.
"Live" (L) live error code mode, displays all error codes.
BAIL06CCM417AVA 4
Depress and hold the “h" or “m" button to store the selec-
tion, an audible tone will be heard to confirm the selection.
Depress the “dimming" button to continue navigating
through the “HH" menus.
Steering Sensor Selection Options

Select the steering sensor sub-system by depressing the
“dimming" button.
BAIL10CVT215AVA 5
NOTE: The default setting is “No" without steering sensor.

button.
BAIL10CVT216AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 158
Air Brake Options

Select the air brake sub-system by depressing the “dim-
ming" button.
BAIL10CVT217AVA 7
NOTE: The default setting is “No" without air brakes.

button.
BAIL10CVT218AVA 8
2nd Tank Selection

Select the 2nd fuel tank sub-system by depressing the
“dimming" button.
BAIL10CVT572AVA 9
NOTE: The default setting is “No" without 2nd fuel tank.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 159

button.
BAIL10CVT573AVA 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 160
Control module Instrument controller - H4 - View software revision

level
This menu displays the software release of the unit.
H4 - VIEW SOFTWARE REVISION LEVEL
BAIL10CVT221AVA 1
BAIL10CVT222AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 161

the software release as the example shown below, and will
then return to allow navigation of the “HH" menus.
BAIL09CVT573AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 162

level Enhanced Keypad (JA)
BAIL06CCM525FVB 1
BAIL06CCM526AVB 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 163

BAIL09CVT715AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 164
Control module Instrument controller - H5 - Switch operation test

This menu displays a designated code when a switch tran-

sition is detected.
BAIL10CVT223AVA 1
BAIL10CVT224AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 165
The lower central display will show “d _ _".
BVE0047A 3

tion.
BAIL06CCM423AVA 4
NOTE: If the keystart switch is turned to the “crank" position, with the shuttle lever in neutral and the clutch pedal
down, a switch disagreement error may occur.
Controller
Identifier Pin Number Switch / Input
Connector
d0 No switch or two switches activated at the same time
d11 CN3 7 Park brake switch
d66 CN3 18 Main high beam switch
d67 CN1 15 Side lights
d68 CN3 17 Brakes not latched (Japan ONLY)
d70 CN1 5 Left turn signal indicator
d71 CN1 6 Right turn signal indicator
d74 CN3 9 Exhaust brake switch
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 166
Control module Instrument controller - H8 - Clear stored calibration

information (EEPROM)
This menu clears calibration values and stored error codes

by resetting all EEPROM values back to default. EEPROM
is where all calibration values and error codes are stored.
This memory is retained even if there is no power to the
controller, i.e. if the battery is disconnected. There are two
options available. "Clear net config" and "clear settings".
"Clear net config" is used to erase the stored network con-
figuration, this will clear the current configuration stored in
the instrument cluster and rebuild the configuration at the
next key ON. This should be used if the cluster has been
changed or if the HH menus are showing modules which
are not fitted to the machine.
"Clear settings" will return all instrument cluster settings
back to their default setting.
NOTE: To change any configuration settings H3 menu mode must be used. H8 will not affect these settings.
NOTE: To remove all stored error codes without erasing the calibration values use the HC menu.
The "CLEAR SETTINGS" option will clear all of the fol-
lowing information stored in the instrument cluster's non-
volatile memory, and set the parameters to their default val-
ues (indicated in brackets).
BAIL10CVT225FVA 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 167
Turn the key switch on without starting the vehicle.

button.
Select "Clear Settings" by depressing the “m" button.
BAIL10CVT228AVA 2
The lower central display will show “EECL"
BVE0682A 3
ATTENTION: H8 will clear all calibrations values and stored error codes.
NOTE: If the “m" button is released before the countdown finishes, the procedure will be aborted.
Depress and hold the “m" button to confirm the resetting of
the EEPROM.
“EE" will be displayed to indicate the EEPROM has been
cleared.
BVE0121A 4
It is not possible to continuing through the "H" menus after

an H8 procedure. The only possible action is to turn the
ignition key switch off to allow the reset values to be stored.
NOTE: The 'Clear Network Config' procedure is carried out in the same way as 'Clear Settings'
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 168
Control module Instrument controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic

This menu is used to verify the operation of various poten-

tiometers, voltage supplies, and solenoid current circuits.
If an intermittent fault is detected within a circuit, a 'wiggle'
test can be performed on the related wiring while watching
the display for sudden changes in values, to help locate the
area where the fault exists.
BAIL10CVT229AVA 1
BAIL10CVT230AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 169
The lower central display will display “ch _ _".
BAIL06CCM446AVA 3

“m" buttons.
below.
BAIL09CVT580AVA 4
NOTE: Check the connectors of the effected circuit, including the controller connectors, prior to replacing any com-
ponents.
Channel Description Typical Reading Notes

4 Programming voltage Vpp 12 V See explanations below
5 +5 Volt sensor supply 5V
10 +12 Volt VT input 12.0 (voltage in Volts) See explanations below
21 Steering angle sensor 23.0 full right lock
128.0 full left lock
24 Air brake pressure 9.0 bar Low pressure warning at
5.4 bar
25 Fuel level sensor 30 - 270 30 = Full
270 = Empty
51 Vane pump 23.5
108 Air brake pressure (new 9.0 bar Low pressure warning at
sensor) 5.4 bar
Explanations:
Vpp Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to
retain the volatile memory.
VT Input: This is a second input voltage into the controller.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 170
Control module Instrument controller - HB - Display stored fault

codes
This menu is used to display fault codes which are stored

in the EEPROM of the controller.
BAIL10CVT231AVA 1
Select the HB menu by depressing the “dimming" button.
BAIL10CVT232AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 171
The lower central display will flash with “0", if no fault code
is stored.
BAIL09HHP230AVA 3
If and error code is present the lower central display will

flash with an “F".
BVF1088A 4
The lower central display will then automatically cycle

through as the example:
14100 Fault code
BAIL06CCM432AVA 5
Depress the “h" or “m" button to change to the next fault

code in the list.
The lower central display will display “_ _ _" at the end of
the list.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 172
Control module Instrument controller - HC - Clear all stored fault

codes
BAIL10CVT233AVA 1
NOTE: Always make a note of the fault codes stored, before clearing the memory.
Select the HC menu by depressing the “dimming" button.
BAIL10CVT234AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 173
The lower central display will display “F CL".
BVE0684A 3
NOTE: If the “m" key is released before the countdown finishes, the procedure will be aborted.
Depress and hold the “m" button to confirm the clearing of
the memory.
“EE" will be displayed to indicate the fault codes have been
cleared.
BVE0121A 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 174
Control module Instrument controller - HE - Display frequency

inputs
This menu is used to verify the operation of various fre-

quency inputs.
HE Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL10CVT237AVA 1
Select the HE menu by depressing the “dimming" button.
BAIL10CVT238AVA 2
The lower central display will show "ch_ _"
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 175

“m" buttons.
Refer to the table below for the available channels.
After a delay the value will be displayed.
BAIL09CVT588AVA 3


1 H_Rec_status from EPL 0 - 4000 Hz.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 176
Control module Instrument controller - HF - View controller

hardware information
This menu allows the hardware identification, hardware

version and serial number to be displayed.
HF Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL10CVT239AVA 1
Select the HF menu by depressing the “dimming" button.
BAIL10CVT240AVA 2

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 177

0000 Serial number
0802 Serial number
0001 Serial number
And return to allow navigation of the "HH" menus.
BAIL09CVT591AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 178

hardware information Enhanced Keypad (JA)
BAIL06CCM546FVB 1
BAIL06CCM547AVB 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 179

as the example:
0000 Serial number
2000 Serial number
4752 Serial number
and return to allow navigation of the “HH" menus.
BAIL09HHP223AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 180
Control module Universal controller - H1 - Calibration procedures

The Universal controller (U1) is used to calibrate the

following components:
• CVT Transmission
• EDC
• Steering Sensor
• Front Suspension
• Rear EHR
• Front Hitch
BAIL10CVT010FVB 1
CVT Transmission Calibration

NOTE: This procedure is required when either a new control module has been fitted or if the previous calibration has
been erased using the `H8` procedure.
NOTE: The calibration procedure is controlled by the electronic management system. To prevent inadvertent move-
ment of the tractor, park the tractor away from any obstacles, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels,
front and rear. Check that the ground speed display is zero before commencing.
NOTE: Prior to performing a clutch and synchroniser calibration the transmission oil temperature must be between
60 - 95 °C, the optimum temperature for calibration is 60 °C
NOTE: Make sure that the air conditioning (if equipped) is switched off and all electrical hydraulic applications are
deselected.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 181
NOTE: If a four-digit number starting with "2" is displayed at any time during the calibration procedure, it is a standard
error code. The fault condition must be corrected before calibration can be performed.
There are two methods of entering the calibration
mode:
• Quick entry - Depress and hold both the range
increase and range decrease switches while
starting the engine.
• HH menu entry - Using the diagnostic connec-
tor 380000843 and H1 calibrations in the HH
menus.
Quick Entry
Depress and hold both the range increase and range de-
crease switches while starting the engine.
BAIL09CCM063AVB 2
Go to Calibration Method.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 182
HH Menu Entry
Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the diag-
nostic socket.
BAIL06CCM213AVA 3
Use the "h" "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument

cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the transmis-
sion symbol on the U1 controller.
BAIL10CVT014AVC 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 183
Calibration Method
The system being calibrated will be shown on the cluster
and the oil temperature in Celcius will be shown on the
lower central display.
BAIL10CVT164AVC 5
Press the clutch pedal, place the shuttle lever into forward
and release the clutch pedal.
Pressing the forward (1), or reverse (2), button will change
the display to show the transmission oil temperature. If
"U19" is displayed the oil will need to be warmed before
calibration can proceed. If the start up procedure was in-
correct this will also cause a "U" code to be displayed and
prevent the calibration from proceeding.
BAIL09CCM064AVC 6
If "CL" is displayed this indicates that the oil temperature is

between 10 - 60 °C, if "CH" is displayed this indicates that
the oil temperature is above 95 °C. After a few seconds the
display will return to oil temperature and the tractor may be
operated to obtain the correct transmission oil temperature.
If necessary it is possible to proceed with calibration at this
point by pressing either the forward or reverse button while
"CL" or "CH" is being displayed. The display will then show
"Syn" and calibration can proceed.
NOTE: If an unlikely value of oil temperature is displayed
eg: -30 °C or 125 °C, this may indicate a fault with the
temperature sender.
BAIL09CVT770AVA 7
There are two methods of calibrating the CVT transmission.

The entire sequence can be automated or each item can
be calibrated manually.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 184
Automatic Transmission Calibration

Automatic calibration procedure.
• When the display is showing "Syn" press and
release the "Accel/shuttle" speed button on the
armrest control panel to start the automatic cal-
ibration procedure.
• In turn, the synchronisers, flywheel torque,
PTO twist and clutches A and B will be cali-
brated.
• When the procedure is complete the display
will return to show 'End'.
NOTE: If an error occurs while in this auto mode, the se-
quence is stopped and the relevant code is displayed. BAIL10CVT271AVA 8
Manual Transmission Calibration

Manual calibration procedure
• When the display is showing "Syn" use the for-
ward button to scroll through and select the
item to be calibrated:-
• 'Syn' - Synchroniser Calibration
• 'dt' - Flywheel torque calibration
• 'Pt' - PTO twist calibration
• 'A' - Clutch A calibration
• 'b' - Clutch B calibration
BAIL09CVT771AVA 9
To calibrate the synchronisers press and hold the reverse

button on the hand controller while 'Syn' is displayed. The
engine will automatically be set to 1100 - 1300 RPM.
The display will show 'S F2' while calibrating the F2 syn-
chroniser then show the calibration value for 2 seconds
when the synchroniser is checked.
The display will then show 'S r1', while calibrating the `R1`
synchroniser then show the calibration value for 2 seconds
when the synchroniser is checked.
On completion of the synchroniser calibration the engine
speed will return to idle and the reverse button can be re-
leased. The display will change to show 'dt' in preparation
for calibration of the flywheel torque.
BAIL10CVT165AVA 10
To calibrate the flywheel torque, press and hold the reverse

button on the hand controller while the display is showing
'dt'. The display will continue to show 'dt' while calibration
is in progress. The engine speed will rise to 1800 RPM and
return to idle twice during the procedure . Once complete
the display will show the calibrated torque value and the
reverse button can be released. The display will change to
show Pt in preparation for the calibration of the PTO twist.
BAIL09CVT773AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 185
To calibrate the PTO twist, press and hold the reverse but-
ton on the hand controller while the display is showing 'Pt'.
The display will continue to show 'Pt' while calibration is
in progress. Once complete the display will show the cali-
brated twist value and the reverse button can be released.
The display will change to show À` in preparation for the
calibration of clutch À`.
BAIL09CVT774AVA 12
To calibrate Clutch A, press and hold the reverse button

on the hand controller while the display is showing 'A'. The
engine will automatically be set to 1100 - 1300 RPM. The
display will show the solenoid current value during the pro-
cedure. On completion of calibration the display will show
the calibrated current value for several seconds, the engine
speed will return to idle and the reverse button can be re-
leased. The display will change to show `b` in preparation
for the calibration of clutch `B`.
BAIL10CVT166AVA 13
To calibrate Clutch B, press and hold the reverse button

on the hand controller while the display is showing 'b'. The
engine will automatically be set to 1100 - 1300 RPM. The
display will show the solenoid current value during the pro-
cedure. On completion of calibration the display will show
the calibrated current value for several seconds, the en-
gine speed will return to idle and the reverse button can be
released. The display will change to show `Syn`.
BAIL10CVT167AVA 14
Key OFF for at least 2 seconds to store the calibration val-

ues.
NOTE: If an error occurs during calibration a "U" code will
be displayed and the procedure will need to be repeated.
Refer to the "U" code listing in Control module - Fault
code index (A.50.A).
NOTE: The transmission output speed, seat switch, hand-
brake switch and clutch pedal position are constantly mon-
itored. Calibration cannot proceed unless the tractor is sta-
tionary and the clutch pedal released.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 186
EDC Position Sensor Calibration

NOTE: This procedure is required, prior to calibration of the EDC valve. If fault code 1024 is displayed the position
sensor calibration has not been carried out.
NOTE: This calibration is not carried out using the "H menu" system.
Remove any load from the hitch and make sure that the
Automatic Pick Up Hitch (APUH) lift rods, if fitted are dis-
connected.
BAIL08CVT015AVA 15
Erase the previously stored calibration value by pressing

and holding the fast raise switch on the hand controller and
turning the ignition switch to the 'ON' position. Release the
fast raise switch and turn off the ignition.
BAIL09CCM066AVA 16
Make sure that the correct lift ram size has been set, refer to
the H3 'options and configurations' menu, Control module
Universal controller - H3 - Configurations and options
(A.50.A), if no ram size is configured fault code 1070 will
be displayed.
Make sure that the height limit control is in the fully clock-
wise position. Fault code 1068 will be displayed if the con-
trol is not fully clockwise.
BAIL09CCM067AVA 17
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 187
Start the engine, the 'EDC' status lamp on the armrest con-
trol panel (1) should flash to indicate there is a fault present.
Fully raise and then lower the hitch using the position con-
trol lever (2) on the armrest.
BAIL09CCM068AVB 18
Turn the ignition off to store the calibration value. Recon-

nect the APUH lift rods if fitted.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 188
EDC Valve Calibration

NOTE: This procedure is required when either new EDC valves or EDC control module are fitted or if the previous
calibration has been erased using the 'H8' procedure.
Disconnect all implements from the rear hitch.
Lower the linkage using the position control lever and con-
nect the two test weights.
NOTE: The test weights must be sufficient to overcome
any friction in the hydraulic lift assembly and enable the lift
arms to lower without binding.
The standard test weights of 1111 - 1542 kg ( 2450 - 3400
lbs) are recommended.
Key OFF.
Set all EDC panel potentiometers fully clockwise.
BAIL09CCM071AVA 19
There are two methods to enter the calibration mode:

1. Quick entry - Press and hold the EDC fast lower switch
on the hand controller whilst starting the engine.
2. HH menu entry - Using the diagnostic connector
380000843 and H1 calibrations in the HH menu.
Quick Entry
Press and hold the EDC fast lower switch on the Multi func-
tion handle (MFH) whilst starting the engine.
BAIL09CCM072AVA 20
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 189

and "CAL" will be shown on the lower central display.
BAIL10CVT092AVB 21
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 190
HH Menu Entry
nostic socket (1).
BAIL06CCM213AVA 22
Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument

cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the EDC sym-
bol on the IU controller.
The lower central display will show "CAL".
BAIL10CVT092AVB 23
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 191
Calibration Method
Set the engine speed to 1100 - 1300 RPM, with no notice-
able hunting or surging.
Raise the control lever to between 70 % and 90 % to start
the calibration sequence.
NOTE: The lower central display will change from "CAL" to
"0" to indicate the start of calibration. During calibration the
linkage is automatically raised and lowered a small amount
3 times, within 2-3 minutes.
Each raise and lower is accompanied by a count on the
display from '0' to '2'.
BAIL09CCM079AVA 24
When the lower central display shows "End" the calibration

is complete.
BAIL06CCM613AVA 25
Lower the linkage using the position control lever.

Key OFF to store the calibration values.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 192
Front Axle Calibration

ment of the tractor, firmly apply the parking brake and block the rear wheels. Check that the ground speed display is
zero before commencing.
NOTE: If the vehicle is fitted with IntelliSteer™ make sure that the steering angle sensor is connected to the main en-
gine wiring harness rather than the AutoGuidance wiring harness during the calibration procedure. When calibration
is complete the steering angle sensor should be reconnected to the AutoGuidance harness.
nostic socket (1).
BAIL06CCM213AVA 26

cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the Difflock
symbol on the U1 controller.
BAIL10CVT273AVA 27
Press and hold the Auto Difflock switch for 2 seconds.
BAIL10CVT274AVA 28
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 193
The lower central display will display "ScP" followed by the

current steering sensor reading.
NOTE: If the display shows "-1" then the steering sensor
option needs to be enabled using the H3 menu before the
steering sensor can be calibrated.
If the display shows "-2", this indicates an error with the
steering angle sensor input to the cluster. Review the as-
sociated instrument cluster error codes to determine the
cause, for further information refer to Control module -
Fault code index (A.50.A).
BAIL09CCM061AVA 29
Turn the steering wheel so that the front wheels are in line
with the drive line.
Press and hold the Auto Difflock switch for 2 seconds to
confirm the steering angle position.
BAIL10CVT274AVA 30
The lower central display will show the calibrated steering

sensor value and then "End" to indicate the calibration pro-
cedure has been completed.
BAIL09CCM062AVA 31

NOTE: There are no 'U' codes available for this calibration
procedure.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 194
Suspended Front Axle Calibrate

ment of the tractor, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels, front and rear. Disconnect all implements
and set the shuttle lever to neutral. Check that the ground speed display is zero before commencing.
NOTE: Dependent on the failure, the Automatic Calibration procedure may have to be repeated two or three times to
vent all the air out of the hydraulics.
NOTE: On a new module or following a H8, clear module settings procedure, the front suspension is defaulted to 'Not
enabled'. The suspension needs to be enabled in the H3 menu mode otherwise the suspension will not calibrate.
nostic socket (1) and start the engine.
BAIL06CCM213AVA 32

cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the suspension
BAIL10CVT275AVA 33
Set the engine speed to 1200 rev/min.

Press and hold the suspension lockout switch for two sec-
onds. The lower central display will show "ACP" indicat-
ing the automatic calibration procedure has been activated,
the indicator lamp on the switch will also flash.
BAIL09HHP270AVA 34
The ACP will activate the load levelling valve for 10 sec-
onds, at the same time the axle height position will be dis-
played by a three figure number on the instrument cluster
(0-999).
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 195
The ACP will activate the raise valve and the unload level-
ling valve until the front axle reaches the maximum height
for a period of 4 seconds.
The potentiometer value at this maximum height will then
be stored.
NOTE: When the axle reaches the maximum position the hydraulic pump will reach the high pressure standby pres-
sure.
The ACP will activate the unload levelling valve until the
front axle reaches the minimum height for a period of 4
seconds.
The potentiometer value at this minimum height will then
be stored.
BAIL08CVT315 35
The ACP will activate the raise and unload levelling valves
until the front axle reaches the nominal position.
The lower central display will show "END" when the ACP
has finished.
All components of the suspension system are now cali-
brated.
Set engine to low idle and key OFF to store the calibration
values.
NOTE: If an error occurs during calibration, a "U" code will
NOTE: If the calibration procedure needs to be stopped,
press the suspension switch once.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 196
Rear EHR Calibration

ment of the tractor, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels, front and rear.
nostic socket (1).
BAIL06CCM213AVA 36
Disconnect all implements from the rear remotes.

Make sure that all EHR program switches are switched
OFF.
cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 on the U1 con-
troller.
BAIL10CVT277AVA 37
Press and hold the program switch (1), for lever No.1 for at
least 2 seconds until the display changes.
BAIL09CCM073AVA 38
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 197
The calibration will proceed, the program lamp for EHR 1

will be illuminated and the lower central display will show
"1".
When the neutral position has been acquired and stored,
the program lamp is turned off and the lower central display
will show "2".
BAIL06CCM628AVA 39
While "2" is displayed, move the lever to the raise position,

the program light will illuminate.
When movement is detected the program lamp for EHR
1 is turned off. After the raise position is established the
lower central display will change to "3", the program light
will switch off.
BAIL09CCM074AVA 40
While "3" is displayed, move the lever to the full flow lower
position, the program light will illuminate.
When a stable value for the full flow lower position of the
lever is seen it is recorded with the minimum flow rate
value, the lower central display will change to "4", the pro-
gram light will switch off.
BAIL09CCM075AVA 41
While "4" is displayed move the lever to the float position,

When a stable value for the float position of the lever is
seen and recorded the lower central display will change to
"CAL" to indicate the calibration procedure is complete.
BAIL09CCM076AVA 42
To calibrate the remaining EHR levers (2 to 4), repeat the

previous 5 steps for each lever.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 198

NOTE: If a lever is not calibrated the program lamp is
switched on regardless of the program switch state.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 199
Front Hitch Calibration

ment of the tractor, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels, front and rear. Check that the ground speed
display is zero before commencing. Calibration cannot proceed unless the tractor is stationary.
nostic socket (1).
BAIL06CCM213AVA 43
Turn the height set control to the OFF position.

cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the front hitch
BAIL10CVT281AVA 44
Turn the height set control to the ON position and then back
to the OFF position.
The display will change to "FHc" for 2 seconds and the cur-
rent potentiometer position will show on the lower central
display.
BAIL10CVT133AVA 45
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 200
Lower the front hitch to it's lowest position.

When the end stop is reached, turn the height set control to
the ON (1) position and then back to the OFF (2) position.
BAIL09CCM070AVA 46
The bottom value position is recorded and displayed in the

lower central display for 2 seconds.
Raise the front hitch to it's highest position.
BAIL09CCM070AVA 47
The top value position is recorded and displayed in the

The display will then show "End" to indicate that the cali-
bration process has been completed successfully.
BAIL06CCM613AVA 48

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 201

T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command
with Sidewinder

• FPS Transmission
• EDC
• Electronic Shiftable Rear PTO
• Steering Sensor
• Rear EHR
• Front Hitch
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 202
BAIL10CVT010FVD 1
FPS Transmission Calibration

60 - 105 °C, the optimum temperature for calibration is 60 °C
deselected.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 203

mode:
• Quick call-up.
• Call-up via the HH menu.
Quick Entry
Press and hold the upshift and downshift buttons while
BAIL09CCM077AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 204
HH Menu Entry
nostic socket.
BAIL06CCM213AVA 3

BAIL10CVT014AVC 4
Calibration Method
BAIL10CVT164AVC 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 205
Pressing the upshift and downshift buttons will change the

display to show the transmission oil temperature. If "U19" is
displayed the oil will need to be warmed before calibration
can proceed. If the start up procedure was incorrect this
will also cause a "U" code to be displayed and prevent the
calibration from proceeding.
BAIL09CCM077AVA 6

the oil temperature is above 105 °C. After a few seconds
the display will return to oil temperature and the tractor may
be operated to obtain the correct transmission oil tempera-
ture. If necessary it is possible to proceed with calibration
at this point by pressing either the upshift and downshift
buttons while "CL" or "CH" is being displayed. The display
will then show "dt" and calibration can proceed.
temperature sender.
BAIL11APH224AVA 7
There are two methods of calibrating the FPS transmis-

sion. Each item can be calibrated manually or the entire
sequence can be automated.

Repeatedly depressing the upshift button will cycle through
each clutch. This enables a particular sensor or clutch to
be calibrated several times if required or the calibration of
a particular sensor or clutch to be omitted.
When the display is showing "dt" press and hold the down-
shift button to calibrate the flywheel twist sensor. When the
flywheel twist sensor has been calibrated, the display will
alternate between "dt" and the calibration value.
BAIL09CVT773AVA 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 206
Release the downshift button. The display will change to

show "Pt" for PTO twist calibration. Press and hold the
downshift button to calibrate the PTO twist sensor. When
the PTO twist sensor has been calibrated, the display will
alternate between "Pt" and the calibration value.
BAIL09CVT774AVA 9

show "A" indicating that clutch A is ready for calibration.
Press and hold the downshift button. During the calibration
process, the changing calibration value will be shown on
the display. When clutch A has been calibrated, the display
will alternate between "A" and the calibration value.
BAIL10CVT166AVA 10

show "B" indicating that clutch B is ready for calibration.
BAIL10CVT167AVB 11
Repeat steps the previous two steps for clutches B, C, D,

E and F1 (S), F2 (M), F3 (F), F4 (19th gear, 50 kph trans-
mission only) and R.
After clutch R has been calibrated, release the downshift
button and the display will change to "A"
ues.
Refer to the "U" code listing in . Control module - Fault
NOTE: The transmission output speed, seat switch, park-
ing brake switch and clutch pedal position are constantly
monitored. Calibration cannot proceed unless the tractor
is stationary and the clutch pedal released.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 207
Automated Transmission Calibration

When the display shows "dt" press the "m" button on
the instrument cluster to start the automatic calibration
sequence.
BAIL09CVT773AVA 12
The flywheel twist sensor, PTO twist sensor and transmis-

sion clutches will be calibrated one by one without the need
to keep the downshift button.
When the procedure is completed and all the clutches have
been calibrated. "End" will be displayed.
BAIL06CCM613AVA 13
If an error occurs while in this auto mode, the sequence is

stopped and the relevant code displayed. Press the auto
function button or the upshift or downshift button to clear
the error.
ues.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 208
Creeper Calibration
The creeper is calibrated by engaging and then disengag-
ing the creeper using the creeper switch.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 209

connected.
BAIL08CVT015AVA 14

BAIL09CCM066AVA 15
be displayed.
BAIL09CCM067AVA 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 210
BAIL09CCM068AVB 17

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 211

Key OFF.
BAIL09CCM071AVA 18

1. Quick entry - Press and hold the EDC fast lower switch
on the hand controller whilst starting the engine.
2. HH menu entry - Using the diagnostic connector
380000843 and H1 calibrations in the HH menu.
Quick Entry
BAIL09CCM072AVA 19
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 212

BAIL10CVT092AVB 20
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 213
HH Menu Entry
nostic socket (1).
BAIL06CCM213AVA 21

BAIL10CVT092AVB 22
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 214
Calibration Method
BAIL09CCM079AVA 23

is complete.
BAIL06CCM613AVA 24

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 215
Electronic Shiftable Rear PTO

Make sure that the correct option for the ESPTO is is se-
lected in channel four of the H3 for further information refer
to Control module Universal controller - H3 - Configu-
rations and options (A.50.A).
ATTENTION: Disconnect any implements from the tractor as the PTO will operate during the calibration procedure.
Turn the ESPTO speed selection switch fully clockwise.
BAIL11CVT650AVA 25

cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the PTO sym-
bol on the U1 controller.
The lower central display will show "P11".
While "P11" is being displayed the fully extended position
of the ESPTO is being calibrated, when complete the cali-
bration value will be displayed.
BAIL11CVT644AVA 26
The lower central display will then show "P12".

While "P12" is being displayed the fully retracted position
BAIL11CVT647AVA 27
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 216

While "P13" is being displayed the neutral position of the
ESPTO is being calibrated, when complete the calibration
value will be displayed.
BAIL11CVT648AVA 28
The lower central display will then show "P2", indicating

that the second part of the calibration procedure has
started, where the optional PTO speed value is deter-
mined.
BAIL11CVT649AVA 29
The engine speed will automatically be set to 1200 RPM.

Start the PTO using the cab switch (1) which is located on
the RH armrest console and engagement is achieved by
lifting the collar (3) whilst pressing on the top. A warning
light (2) will illuminate when the PTO is engaged.
BRL6111C 30
The lower central display will then show "P22", while the
PTO ratio is being determined.
BAIL11CVT651AVA 31
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 217
When the ratio has been calculated the optional speed

value is displayed for five seconds followed by "End".
The engine speed will return to idle, and the PTO will be
stopped automatically.
BAIL11CVT653AVA 32

Four Speed Electronic Shiftable Rear PTO (ESPTO)

BAIL11CVT644AVA 33

BAIL11CVT647AVA 34
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 218

While "P13" is being displayed the actuator is extended,
and using the current input from the motor, the actuator po-
sitions for the detents corresponding to the N1, 1000E, N2,
540E, N3 and 540 speed settings are being determined,
when complete the six position values are displayed in turn.
BAIL11APH230AVA 35

While "P14" is being displayed the actuator is retracted,
BAIL11APH231AVA 36
The PTO will then be shifted to the speed indicated by the

current position of the speed selector switch.
BAIL11CVT650AVA 37
When complete the lower central display will show "End".
BAIL06CCM613AVA 38
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 219

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 220

nostic socket (1).
BAIL06CCM213AVA 39

BAIL10CVT273AVA 40
BAIL10CVT274AVA 41
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 221

BAIL09CCM061AVA 42
BAIL10CVT274AVA 43

BAIL09CCM062AVA 44

procedure.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 222

BAIL06CCM213AVA 45

BAIL10CVT275AVA 46
Set the engine speed to 1200 rev/min.

BAIL09HHP270AVA 47
The ACP will activate the load levelling valve for 10 sec-
(0-999).
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 223
be stored.
sure.
seconds.
be stored.
BAIL08CVT315 48
The lower central display will show "END" when the ACP
has finished.
brated.
values.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 224

nostic socket (1).
BAIL06CCM213AVA 49

OFF.
troller.
BAIL10CVT277AVA 50
BAIL09CCM073AVA 51
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 225

"1".
will show "2".
BAIL06CCM628AVA 52

will switch off.
BAIL09CCM074AVA 53
BAIL09CCM075AVA 54

BAIL09CCM076AVA 55

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 226

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 227

nostic socket (1).
BAIL06CCM213AVA 56

BAIL10CVT281AVA 57
display.
BAIL10CVT133AVA 58
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 228

BAIL09CCM070AVA 59

BAIL09CCM070AVA 60

BAIL06CCM613AVA 61

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 229

T7.170 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command
with Sidewinder

• SPS Transmission
• EDC
• Rear PTO
• Steering Sensor
• Rear EHR
• Front Hitch
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 230
BAIL10CVT010FVD 1
SPS Transmission Calibration

NOTE: Prior to performing a clutch and synchroniser calibration the transmission oil must be at the correct tempera-
ture, this can be checked using the H9 menu.
The Semi powershift transmission should be calibrated when the transmission oil temperature is between 60 - 105 °C.
NOTE: In addition to calibrating the transmission clutches, this procedure also allow the flywheel twist sensor and
PTO twist sensor to be calibrated.
deselected.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 231
mode:
• Quick call-up.
Quick Entry
Press and hold the upshift and downshift buttons while
BAIL09CCM077AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 232
HH Menu Entry
nostic socket.
BAIL06CCM213AVA 3

BAIL10CVT014AVC 4
Calibration Method
BAIL10CVT164AVC 5
Press the clutch pedal, place the shuttle lever into forward
and release the clutch pedal.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 233

BAIL09CCM077AVA 6

temperature sender.
BAIL11APH224AVA 7
There are two methods of calibrating the SPS transmis-


BAIL09CVT773AVA 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 234

BAIL09CVT774AVA 9

BAIL10CVT166AVA 10

show "B" indicating that clutch B is ready for calibration.
BAIL10CVT167AVB 11
Repeat steps the previous two steps for clutches B, C, D,

E and 19 (50 kph transmission only).
After the final clutch has been calibrated, the display will
show "F" indicating that the synchronizer middle position
can be calibrated. Press and hold the downshift button to
calibrate the synchronizer middle position.
BAIL11APH226AVA 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 235
Repeatedly depressing the upshift button will cycle through

each clutch. This enables a particular sensor or clutch to
be calibrated several times if required or the calibration of
a particular sensor or clutch to be omitted.
BAIL06CCM613AVA 13

ues.

When the display shows "dt" press the "m" button on
the instrument cluster to start the automatic calibration
sequence.
BAIL09CVT773AVA 14

to keep the downshift button.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 236

BAIL06CCM613AVA 15

function button or the upshift or downshift button to clear
the error.
ues.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 237
Creeper Calibration
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 238

connected.
BAIL08CVT015AVA 16

BAIL09CCM066AVA 17
be displayed.
BAIL09CCM067AVA 18
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 239
BAIL09CCM068AVB 19

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 240

Key OFF.
BAIL09CCM071AVA 20

1. Quick entry.
2. HH menu entry.
Quick Entry
BAIL09CCM072AVA 21
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 241

BAIL10CVT092AVB 22
HH Menu Entry
nostic socket (1).
BAIL06CCM213AVA 23

BAIL10CVT092AVB 24
Calibration Method
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 242

BAIL09CCM079AVA 25

is complete.
BAIL06CCM613AVA 26

Electronic Shiftable Rear PTO

lected in channel four of the H3 menu, for further informa-
tion refer to Control module Universal controller - H3 -
Configurations and options (A.50.A).
Turn the ESPTO speed selection switch fully clockwise.
BAIL11CVT650AVA 27
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 243

BAIL11CVT644AVA 28

BAIL11CVT647AVA 29

While "P13" is being displayed the neutral position of the
ESPTO is being calibrated, when complete the calibration
value will be displayed.
BAIL11CVT648AVA 30
The lower central display will then show "P2", indicating

that the second part of the calibration procedure has
started, where the optional PTO speed value is deter-
mined.
BAIL11CVT649AVA 31
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 244
The engine speed will automatically be set to 1200 RPM.

Start the PTO using the cab switch (1) which is located on
the RH armrest console and engagement is achieved by
lifting the collar (3) whilst pressing on the top. A warning
light (2) will illuminate when the PTO is engaged.
BRL6111C 32
The lower central display will then show "P22", while the
PTO ratio is being determined.
BAIL11CVT651AVA 33
When the ratio has been calculated the optional speed

value is displayed for five seconds followed by "End".
The engine speed will return to idle, and the PTO will be
stopped automatically.
BAIL11CVT653AVA 34

Four Speed Electronic Shiftable Rear PTO (ESPTO)

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 245

BAIL11CVT644AVA 35

BAIL11CVT647AVA 36

While "P13" is being displayed the actuator is extended,
BAIL11APH230AVA 37

While "P14" is being displayed the actuator is retracted,
BAIL11APH231AVA 38
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 246
The PTO will then be shifted to the speed indicated by the

current position of the speed selector switch.
BAIL11CVT650AVA 39
When complete the lower central display will show "End".
BAIL06CCM613AVA 40

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 247

BAIL06CCM213AVA 41

BAIL10CVT273AVA 42
BAIL10CVT274AVA 43
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 248

BAIL09CCM061AVA 44
BAIL10CVT274AVA 45

BAIL09CCM062AVA 46

procedure.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 249

BAIL06CCM213AVA 47

BAIL10CVT275AVA 48
Set the engine speed to 1100 - 1300 RPM.

BAIL09HHP270AVA 49
The ACP will activate the unload levelling valve for 10 sec-
(0-999).
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 250
be stored.
sure.
seconds.
be stored.
BAIL08CVT315 50
The lower central display will show "End" when the ACP
has finished.
BAIL06CCM613AVA 51

brated.
values.
code index (A.50.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 251

nostic socket (1).
BAIL06CCM213AVA 52

OFF.
troller.
BAIL10CVT277AVA 53
BAIL09CCM073AVA 54
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 252

"1".
will show "2".
BAIL06CCM628AVA 55

will switch off.
BAIL09CCM074AVA 56
BAIL09CCM075AVA 57

BAIL09CCM076AVA 58

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 253

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 254

nostic socket (1).
BAIL06CCM213AVA 59

BAIL10CVT281AVA 60
display.
BAIL10CVT133AVA 61
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 255

BAIL09CCM070AVA 62

BAIL09CCM070AVA 63

BAIL06CCM613AVA 64

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 256
Control module Universal controller - H2 - View stored calibration

values
The Universal controller (U1) is used to view stored

calibration values for the following components:
• EDC
• Steering Sensor
• Rear EHR
• Front Hitch
BAIL10CVT011FVC 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 257
CVT Transmission Calibration Values

BAIL10CVT014AVB 2
The lower central display will show "Ch_ _"
BAIL06CCM446AVA 3

“m" buttons.
After a delay the channel number followed by the clutch
letter, calibration value and calibration transmission tem-
perature value will be displayed (refer to the table below
for a description of each channel).
In this example clutch A calibration value is 230 mA at tem-
perature 65 °C.
BAIL10CVT282AVA 4
Channel Number Calibration Parameter Typical Values

Ch 1 A clutch calibration current and temperature 200 - 400 mA @ 10 - 130 °C
Ch 2 B clutch calibration current and temperature 200 - 400 mA @ 10 - 130 °C
Ch 3 F2 synchronizer position potentiometer calibration 490 to 2000
value
Ch 4 R1 synchronizer position potentiometer calibration 3420 to 4510
value
Ch 5 Damper torque calibration value 0 to 150
Ch 6 PTO twist calibration value 4400 to 13600

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 258
EDC Valve Calibration Values

BAIL10CVT016AVB 5
BAIL06CCM446AVA 6

“m" buttons.
After the displaying the channel number, the stored cali-
bration value for that channel is shown, (refer to the table
below for a description of each channel).
Channel Number Description Display Value Range

Ch 1 Raise solenoid calibration R 20 to 80
value
Ch 2 Lower solenoid calibration L 20 to 80
value

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 259
Steering Sensor Calibration Values

cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the difflock
BAIL10CVT015AVB 7
The lower central display will show "Ch 1".
BAIL09CVT634AVA 8
After a delay the stored calibration will be displayed, (refer

to the table below for a description of each channel).
Channel Number Description Value Range

Ch 1 Steering angle sensor 7000 to 10000

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 260
Front Suspension Calibration Values

BAIL10CVT059AVB 9
BAIL06CCM446AVA 10
1. The required channel can be selected by using the

“h" and “m" buttons.
After displaying the channel number, the stored cali-
bration value for that channel is shown, (refer to the
table below for a description of each channel).
Channel Number Item Value Range

Ch 1 Front axle upper limit 2500 to 4740
Ch 2 Front axle lower limit 730 to 2500

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 261
Rear EHR Calibration Values

cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the rear EHR
BAIL10CVT057AVB 11
BAIL06CCM446AVA 12

“m" buttons.
After displaying the channel number, the stored calibration
value for each lever position is displayed, (refer to the table
BAIL09HHP097AVA 13
Channel Number Item Display Value Range

Neutral position nxxx 520 to 560
Float position Fxxx 0 to 20
Ch 1 Lever number 1
Lower position Lxxx 890 to 930
Raise position rxxx 160 to 220
Ch 2 Lever number 2
Ch 3 Lever number 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 262

Ch 4 Lever number 4

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 263
Front Hitch Calibration Values

cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the rear front
hitch symbol on the U1 controller.
BAIL10CVT060AVB 14
BAIL06CCM446AVA 15

“m" buttons.
value for that channel is displayed, (refer to the table below
Channel number Item Value Range

Ch 1 Front hitch upper limit 3421 to 4700
Ch 2 Front hitch lower limit 200 to 1955

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 264

values
with Sidewinder

• EDC
• Steering Sensor
• Rear EHR
• Front Hitch
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 265
BAIL10CVT011FVE 1
FPS Transmission Calibration Values

BAIL10CVT014AVB 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 266
BAIL06CCM446AVA 3

“m" buttons.
perature 65 °C.
BAIL10CVT282AVB 4
Channel Number Calibration Parameter

Ch 1 A clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 2 B clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 3 C clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 4 D clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 5 E clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 6 F1 clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 9 F4 clutch calibration current and temperature (19 speed transmission only)
R clutch calibration current and temperature (all other transmission speeds)
Ch 10 R clutch calibration current and temperature (19 speed transmission only)
Flywheel damper calibration value (all other transmission speeds)
Ch 11 Flywheel damper calibration value (19 speed transmission only)
PTO twist calibration value (all other transmission speeds)
Ch 12 PTO twist calibration value (19 speed transmission only)
Radar adjustment value (all other transmission speeds)
Ch 13 Radar adjustment value (19 speed transmission only)

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 267

BAIL10CVT016AVB 5
BAIL06CCM446AVA 6

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Raise solenoid calibration R xx 20 to 80
value (where xx is the calibration
value)
Ch 2 Lower solenoid calibration L xx 20 to 80
value)

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 268
Electronic Shiftable Rear PTO (ESPTO)

BAIL11CVT656AVA 7
BAIL06CCM446AVA 8

“m" buttons.
bration value for that channel is shown, (refer to the tables
NOTE: The values displayed in channels 2 and 3 are the results of an automatic calibration that is initiated when the
PTO is started.
All PTO Variants

Channel Number Parameter Typical Values
Ch 1 Rear PTO oil temperature Temperature dependent
Ch 2 Rear PTO solenoid calibration value 100 to 420
Ch 3 Rear PTO clutch quick fill value 3 to 25
Two Speed ESPTO Variant

Ch 4 Two speed ESPTO extend position 3420 to 4390
Ch 5 Two speed ESPTO retract position 490 to 1460
Ch 6 Two speed ESPTO neutral position 2200 to 2930
Ch 7 Two speed ESPTO optional speed setting 1000, 540E, 540,1000E
Four Speed ESPTO Variant

Ch 4 Four speed ESPTO 1000 retract position 540 to 1460
Ch 5 Four speed ESPTO - N1 extend position 630 to 1710
Ch 6 Four speed ESPTO - N1 retract position 780 to 1860
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 269

Ch 7 Four speed ESPTO - 1000E extend position 1020 to 2200
Ch 8 Four speed ESPTO - 1000E retract position 1170 to 2340
Ch 15 Four speed ESPTO - 540 extend position 2980 to 4050

BAIL10CVT015AVB 9
The lower central display will show "ch 1".
BAIL09CVT634AVA 10



"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 270

BAIL10CVT059AVB 11
BAIL06CCM446AVA 12

“m" buttons.
value for that channel is shown, (refer to the table below

Ch 1 Front axle upper limit 2500 to 4740
Ch 2 Front axle lower limit 730 to 2500

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 271

BAIL10CVT057AVB 13
BAIL06CCM446AVA 14

“m" buttons.
BAIL09HHP097AVA 15

Ch 1 Lever number 1
Ch 2 Lever number 2
Ch 3 Lever number 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 272

Ch 4 Lever number 4
NOTE: Where xxx is the calibration value.

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 273

BAIL10CVT060AVB 16
BAIL06CCM446AVA 17

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Front hitch upper limit 3421 to 4700
Ch 2 Front hitch lower limit 200 to 1955

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 274

values
with Sidewinder

• EDC
• Steering Sensor
• Rear EHR
• Front Hitch
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 275
BAIL10CVT011FVE 1
SPS Transmission Calibration Values

BAIL10CVT014AVB 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 276
BAIL06CCM446AVA 3

“m" buttons.
perature 65 °C.
BAIL10CVT282AVB 4

Ch 6 19th gear clutch calibration current and temperature (19 speed transmission
only)
Ch 7 Flywheel damper calibration value
Ch 8 PTO twist calibration value
Ch 9 Radar adjustment value

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 277

BAIL10CVT016AVB 5
BAIL06CCM446AVA 6

“m" buttons.

value)
value)

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 278
Electronic Shiftable Rear PTO (ESPTO)

BAIL11CVT656AVA 7
BAIL06CCM446AVA 8

“m" buttons.
bration value for that channel is shown, (refer to the tables
NOTE: The values displayed in channels 2 and 3 are the results of an automatic calibration that is initiated when the
PTO is started.
All PTO Variants

Ch 1 Rear PTO oil temperature Temperature dependent
Ch 3 Rear PTO clutch quick fill value 3 to 25
Two Speed ESPTO Variant

Ch 4 Two speed ESPTO extend position 3420 to 4390
Ch 5 Two speed ESPTO retract position 490 to 1460
Ch 6 Two speed ESPTO neutral position 2200 to 2930
Ch 7 Two speed ESPTO optional speed setting 1000, 540E, 540,1000E
Four Speed ESPTO Variant

Ch 4 Four speed ESPTO 1000 retract position 540 to 1460
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 279

Ch 15 Four speed ESPTO - 540 extend position 2980 to 4050
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 280

BAIL10CVT015AVB 9
The lower central display will show "Ch 1".
BAIL09CVT634AVA 10


NOTE: Following the H8 procedure, the calibration value for the steering sensor will be set to its default value of
12287.
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 281

BAIL10CVT059AVB 11
BAIL06CCM446AVA 12

“m" buttons.
value for that channel is shown, (refer to the table below

Ch 1 Front axle potentiometer upper limit 2500 to 4740
Ch 2 Front axle potentiometer lower limit 730 to 2500

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 282

BAIL10CVT057AVB 13
BAIL06CCM446AVA 14

“m" buttons.
BAIL09HHP097AVA 15

Ch 1 Lever number 1
Ch 2 Lever number 2
Ch 3 Lever number 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 283

Ch 4 Lever number 4

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 284

BAIL10CVT060AVB 16
BAIL06CCM446AVA 17

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Front hitch potentiometer upper limit 3421 to 4700
Ch 2 Front hitch potentiometer lower limit 200 to 1955

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 285
Control module Universal controller - H3 - Configurations and

options
The Universal controller (U1) is used to select the

options and configurations for:
• EDC
• Electronic Engine
• Difflock and Four Wheel Drive
• Rear PTO
• Front EHR
• Front PTO
• Front Hitch
• Rear EHR
• Headland Turn Sequence
BAIL10CVT012FVE 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 286
Transmission Options
BAIL10CVT018AVB 2
BAIL06CCM446AVA 3

“m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each channel).
Channel Description
Ch 1 Not used
Ch 2 Not used
Ch 3 40 km/h maximum speed restriction
Ch 4 Tyre radius
Ch 5 Clutch A quick fill value
Ch 6 Clutch B quick fill value
Ch 7 Not used
Ch 8 Not used
Channel 1 - Not Used

This channel is not used and "_ _ _" will be displayed.

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 287
Channel 3 - 40 km/h Maximum speed Restriction

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.
BAIL06CCM502AVA 4
NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "Yes".

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"Yes" - Restricted to 40 km/h
"No" - Unrestricted
Depress and hold the "h" or "m" button until the instrument
cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been stored.
"HH" menus.
Channel 4 - Tyre Radius

NOTE: Since the operator has the ability to set the rolling tyre circumference in the instrument cluster it is possible to
permit the tractor to exceed the legal speed limit when the vehicle is not fitted with radar. The service technician can
use this channel to select one of three default tyre radii in order to prevent the vehicle from exceeding the legal speed
limit in the event that the operator sets a rolling circumference to a value smaller than the actual size of the tyres.
BAIL10CVT287AVC 5
tyre radius sizes:
825 mm
875 mm
925 mm
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 288
Channels 5 and 6 - Clutch Quickfill Adjustment

This channel is used to adjust the quickfill values for the
transmission solenoids.
“m" buttons.
Select the required channel, (refer to the table below for a
description of each channel).
Channel Number Description

Ch 5 Clutch A solenoid quickfill value
Ch 6 Clutch B solenoid quickfill value
Use the "h" button to increase the value, and the "m" but-
ton to decrease the value, between the minimum of 0 and
maximum of 255.
NOTE: If the "h" or "m" buttons are not depressed for three seconds, the value is frozen but not stored.
When the desired value is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
NOTE: The default value for these channels is 8.
Channel 7- Not Used

Channel 8- Not Used

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 289
EDC Options
BAIL10CVT019AVB 6
BAIL06CCM446AVA 7

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Diameter of the external hydraulic lift rams
Ch 2 Enable / disable EDC
Ch 3 Enable / disable slip control
Channel 1 - Diameter of the external hydraulic lift rams

BAIL06CCM504AVA 8
external ram diameter sizes:
90 mm
100 mm.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 290
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “def”. If “def” is displayed then this channel must be used to select the
appropriate ram size otherwise fault code 1070 will be shown.
"HH" menus.
Channel 2 - Enable / Disable EDC

BAIL06CCM501AVA 9
options:
"Yes" - EDC enabled
"No" - EDC disabled
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “No” but will be set to “Yes” automatically if the EDC system is detected
as being present.
NOTE: If the EDC option is disabled using this channel then by default the Slip Control Option will also be disabled.
"HH" menus.
Channel 3 - Enable/Disable Slip Control

BAIL06CCM505AVA 10
options:
"Yes" - Slip Control enabled
"No" - Slip Control disabled
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “No” but will be set to “Yes” automatically if the Slip Control system is
detected as being present.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 291
NOTE: If the EDC option has been disabled using channel 2 then this channel will not be available for selection.
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 292
Electronic Engine Options

cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the engine
BAIL10CVT029AVB 11
BAIL06CCM446AVA 12

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Dyno power boost test
Ch 2 Not used
Ch 3 Grid heater selection
Ch 4 Fuel filter heater selection
Ch 5 Engine brake selection
Ch 6 Engine fan selection
Channel 1 - Dyno Power Boost Test

This channel is used to allow the tractor to be dynamometer
tested with maximum powerboost.
options:
"OFF" - dyno power boost test mode is off (normal vehicle
operation).
"Std" - dyno power boost test mode is on (straight un-
boosted curve without any limitations).
"bSt" - dyno power boost test mode is on (straight boosted
curve without any limitations).
BAIL09CVT644AVA 13
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 293
NOTE: If enabled, the dyno power boost test will only be active for 45 minutes.
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “OFF”.
"HH" menus.

Channel 3 - Grid Heater Selection

BAIL06CCM505AVA 14
options:
"Yes" - grid heater enabled
"No" - grid heater disabled
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “YES”.

"HH" menus.
Channel 4 - Fuel Filter Heater Selection

BAIL10CVT298AVA 15
options:
"Yes" - fuel filter heater enabled
"No" - fuel filter disabled
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “No”.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 294
"HH" menus.
Channel 5 - Engine Brake Selection

BAIL09CVT645AVA 16
options:
"Yes" - engine brake fitted
"No" - engine brake not fitted

"HH" menus.
Channel 6 - Engine Fan Selection

BAIL09CVT646AVE 17
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 295
options:
"VS" - Vistronic fan
"Vt" - Viscostatic fan
"r" - Reversible fan
BAIL09CVT646AVD 18
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 296
Differential Lock and Four Wheel Drive Options

BAIL10CVT031AVB 19
BAIL06CCM446AVA 20

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Axle type
Ch 2 Not used
Ch 3 Terralock (front axle) angles
Ch 4 FWD braking speed selection
Channel 1 - Axle Type

BAIL06CCM507AVA 21
options (the default setting being "0"):
"0" - Standard axle
"1" - SuperSteer axle.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 297
Depress and hold the "m" button until the instrument cluster
bleeps, indicating the selection has been stored.

Channel 3 - Front Axle Angles

This channel is used to select the steering angle at which
the Auto Difflock and Auto Four Wheel Drive functions en-
gage and disengage.
BAIL06CCM508AVA 22
options, "0", "1", "2" or "3", refer to the table below for the
steering angles that correspond to each option.
NOTE: There is 2 km/h hysteresis on the vehicle speed.

The angles for each option are different depending on whether the front axle is Standard or Super Steer.
There is a 3 ° hysteresis on the standard axle Steering angle and a 1 ° hysteresis on the Super Steer steering angle.
0 - 10 km/h0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 10 - 15 10 - 15 10 - 20 10 - 20
km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h
Auto Four Auto Four Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Four
Wheel Wheel Difflock Difflock Difflock Difflock Four Wheel
Standard Axle
Drive Drive Wheel Drive
Drive
Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees
Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left
Option 0 20 ° 18.5 ° 15 ° 14.25 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
Option 1 45 ° 37.5 ° 20 ° 18.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 40 ° 34 °
Option 2 15 ° 14.2 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
Option 3 11.7 ° 10.9 ° 5° 4.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
0 - 10 km/h0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 km/h 10 - 15 10 - 15 10 - 20 10 - 20
km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h
SuperSteer Wheel Wheel Difflock Difflock Difflock Difflock Four Wheel
Axle Drive Drive Wheel Drive
Drive
Option 0 14 ° 12.7 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °
Option 1 31.5 ° 25.2 ° 14 ° 12.7 ° 7° 6.6 ° 28 ° 23 °
Option 2 10.5 ° 9.7 ° 7° 6.6 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °
Option 3 7.8 ° 7.4 ° 4.6 ° 4.5 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 298

"HH" menus.
Channel 4 - FWD Braking Speed Selection

This option is used to select the ground speed below which
four wheel braking will not occur.
NOTE: This channel will only be available if the Four Wheel
Drive option has been selected.
options:
"0"
"1_6"
"3_3"
"4_8"
"6_4"
refer to the table below for the description of each option.
Option 6_4 4_8 3_2 1_6 0

Four wheel braking engagement, if wheel speed is 6.4 Km/h 4.8 Km/h 3.2 Km/h 1.6 Km/h 0 Km/h
greater than or equal to:
NOTE: The four wheel braking speed will default to 6.4 km/h on a new electronic module.
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 299
Rear PTO Options

cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the rear PTO
BAIL10CVT030AVB 23
BAIL06CCM446AVA 24

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Not used
Ch 2 Rear PTO fender switches selection
Ch 3 Rear PTO drop out speed selection
Ch 4 Not used

Channel 2 - Rear PTO Fender Switches Selection

BAIL06CCM501AVA 25
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 300
options
"Yes" - fender switches fitted
"No" - fender switches not fitted

"HH" menus.
Channel 3 - Rear PTO Drop Out Speed Selection

This channel is used to select the engine speed below
which the PTO will drop out.
BAIL06CCM513AVA 26
Use the "h" button to increase the value, and the "m" button
to decrease the value, in increments of 10 RPM between
0 - 550 RPM.
"m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indicating the
selection has been stored.
NOTE: The default value on a new module or following an H8 operation is 0 RPM.

"HH" menus.

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 301
Front EHR Options

cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the front EHR
BAIL10CVT032AVB 27
BAIL06CCM446AVA 28

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Front EHR option selection
Ch 2 Front loader / front hitch selection
Ch 3 Not used
Ch 4 Number of EHR setup
Ch 5 High flow pump selection
Ch 6 Anti-saturation option selection
Channel 1 - Front EHR Option Selection

BAIL06CCM500AVA 29
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 302
options:
"Yes" - front EHRs enabled
"No" - front EHRs disabled
"HH" menus.
Channel 2 - Front Loader / Front Hitch Selection

BAIL06CCM510AVA 30
options:
"Htch" - front hitch enabled
"LoAd" - front loader enabled
"nonE" - front hitch and front loader disabled
"HH" menus.
NOTE: If the Front EHRs are to be used to control the Front Hitch then the Front Hitch option must also be enabled
in the Universal Controller, (U1 module, Front Hitch system, H3, channel 1 set to “YES”).
NOTE: If Front Hitch is selected then Front EHR valve 1 will be reserved for front hitch operation. If Front Loader is
selected then Front EHR valves 1 – 3 will be reserved for front loader operation. If none is selected then all Front
EHR valves will be available for use.

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 303
Channel 4 - Number of EHR Setup

BAIL10CVT291AVA 31
options:
"2"
"3"
"HH" menus.
Channel 5 - High Flow Pump Selection

BAIL06CCM512AVA 32
options:
"Yes" - high flow pump enabled
"No" - high flow pump disabled
"HH" menus.
Channel 6 - Anti-Saturation Option

This channel is used to select whether anti-saturation of
the valve flow is enabled or disabled.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 304
BAIL10CVT295AVA 33
options:
"Yes" - anti-saturation enabled
"No" - anti-saturation disabled
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 305
Front Suspension Option

cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the front sus-
pension symbol on the U1 controller.
BAIL10CVT063AVB 34
BAIL06CCM446AVA 35

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Enable / disable front suspension
Channel 1 - Enable / Disable Front Suspension

BAIL06CCM506AVA 36
options:
"Yes" - front suspension enabled
"No" - front suspension disabled
NOTE: The default setting on a new module is "no".
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 306
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 307
Front PTO Options

cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the front PTO
BAIL10CVT065AVB 37
BAIL06CCM446AVA 38

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Enable / disable front PTO
Ch 2 Not used
Ch 3 Front PTO speed ratio
Channel 1 - Enable / Disable Front PTO

BAIL06CCM506AVA 39
options:
"Yes" - front PTO enabled
"No" - front PTO disabled
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 308

"HH" menus.

Channel 3 - Front PTO Speed Ratio

BAIL10CVT299AVA 40
options:
"O" - old ratio
"n" - new ration
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 309
Rear EHR Options

BAIL10CVT062AVB 41
BAIL06CCM446AVA 42

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Enable / disable rear EHR
Ch 2 Not used
Ch 3 Not used
Ch 4 Number of EHRs present
Ch 5 Top and side link control option
Channel 1 - Enable / Disable Rear EHR

BAIL06CCM506AVA 43
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 310
options:
"Yes" - rear EHR enabled
"No" - rear EHR disabled
NOTE: By default, the rear EHRs are detected automatically if fitted and this option is used to disable them.
"HH" menus.


Channel 4 - Number of EHRs Present

NOTE: When a new module has been fitted, or following an "H8" procedure, the number of EHRs present is auto-
matically detected.
If at any time the number of fitted EHRs needs to be changed then this setup channel is used.
BAIL06CCM511AVA 44
options:
"2"
"3"
"4"
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 311
Channel 5 - Top and Side Link Control Option Selection

BAIL06CCM581AVA 45
options:
"Yes" - top / side link enabled
"No" - top / side link disabled

"HH" menus.
Headland Turn Sequence (HTS) Options

cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the HTS sym-
BAIL10CVT063AVC 46
BAIL06CCM446AVA 47

“m" buttons.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 312

Ch 1 Enable / disable HTS
Channel 1 - Enable / Disable HTS

BAIL06CCM506AVA 48
options:
"Yes" - HTS enabled
"No" - HTS disabled

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 313

options
with Sidewinder

• EDC
• Rear PTO
• Front EHR
• Front PTO
• Front Hitch
• Rear EHR
BAIL10CVT012FVF 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 314
FPS Transmission Options

BAIL10CVT018AVB 2
BAIL06CCM446AVA 3

“m" buttons.
Channel Description
Ch 1 Creeper option enable/disable
Ch 2 Electronic park lock (EPL) enable/disable
Ch 4 Clutch A solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 5 Clutch B solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 6 Clutch C solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 7 Clutch D solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 8 Clutch E solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 9 F1 clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 12 F4 clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment (19 speed transmission only)
Ch 13 R clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 14 Large tyre option
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 315
Channel 1 - Creeper enable/disable

BAIL06CCM500AVA 4
options:
"YES" - Creeper enabled
"no" - Creeper disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
Channel 2 - Electronic park lock (EPL) enable/disable

BAIL06CCM501AVA 5
options:
"YES" - EPL enabled
"no" - EPL disabled

BAIL06CCM502AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 316
NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "YES".

options:
"YES" - Restricted to 40 km/h
"no" - Unrestricted
"HH" menus.
Channels 4 to 13 - Clutch Quickfill Adjustment

These channels are used to adjust the quickfill values for
the clutch solenoids.
“m" buttons.

maximum of 25, representing 30 - 250 ms.

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 317
Channel 14 - Large Tyre Option

This channel is used to select whether the large tyre option
is enabled or disabled. If the large tyre option is enabled
the tractor ground speed will be restricted to 40 km/h or 50
km/h as appropriate.
BAIL11APH221AVC 7
options:
"Lto" - Large tyre option enabled
"OFF" - Large tyre option disabled
NOTE: The default setting for this option is Lto
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 318
EDC Options
BAIL10CVT019AVB 8
BAIL06CCM446AVA 9

“m" buttons.


BAIL06CCM504AVA 10
90 mm
100 mm.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 319
"HH" menus.

BAIL06CCM501AVA 11
options:
"YES" - EDC enabled
"no" - EDC disabled
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “no” but will be set to “YES” automatically if the EDC system is detected
as being present.
"HH" menus.
Channel 3 - Enable/Disable Slip Control

BAIL06CCM505AVA 12
options:
"YES" - Slip Control enabled
"no" - Slip Control disabled
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “no” but will be set to “YES” automatically if the Slip Control system is
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 320
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 321

BAIL10CVT029AVB 13
BAIL06CCM446AVA 14

“m" buttons.

Ch 2 Not used

options:
operation).
BAIL09CVT644AVA 15
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 322
"HH" menus.


BAIL06CCM505AVA 16
options:
"YES" - grid heater enabled
"no" - grid heater disabled

"HH" menus.

BAIL10CVT298AVA 17
options:
"YES" - fuel filter heater enabled
"no" - fuel filter disabled
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “no”.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 323
"HH" menus.

BAIL09CVT645AVA 18
options:
"YES" - engine brake fitted
"no" - engine brake not fitted

"HH" menus.

BAIL09CVT646AVE 19
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 324
options:
"VS" - Viscostatic fan
"Vt" - Visctronic fan
NOTE: The default setting for this option is the Visctronic
fan ("Vt").
BAIL09CVT646AVD 20
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 325

BAIL10CVT031AVB 21
BAIL06CCM446AVA 22

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Axle type
Ch 2 Not used

BAIL06CCM507AVA 23
"0" - Standard axle
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 326


gage and disengage.
BAIL06CCM508AVA 24

0 - 10 km/h0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 10 - 15 10 - 15 10 - 20 10 - 20
Standard Axle
Drive
Option 0 20 ° 18.5 ° 15 ° 14.25 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
Option 1 45 ° 37.5 ° 20 ° 18.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 40 ° 34 °
Option 2 15 ° 14.2 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
Option 3 11.7 ° 10.9 ° 5° 4.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
0 - 10 km/h0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 km/h 10 - 15 10 - 15 10 - 20 10 - 20
Drive
Option 0 14 ° 12.7 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °
Option 1 31.5 ° 25.2 ° 14 ° 12.7 ° 7° 6.6 ° 28 ° 23 °
Option 2 10.5 ° 9.7 ° 7° 6.6 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °
Option 3 7.8 ° 7.4 ° 4.6 ° 4.5 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 327

"HH" menus.

options:
"0"
"1_6"
"3_3"
"4_8"
"6_4"
Option 6_4 4_8 3_2 1_6 0

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 328
Rear PTO Options

BAIL10CVT030AVB 25
BAIL06CCM446AVA 26

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Not used
Ch 4 Not used


BAIL06CCM501AVA 27
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 329
options
"YES" - fender switches fitted
"no" - fender switches not fitted

"HH" menus.

BAIL06CCM513AVA 28
0 - 550 RPM.

"HH" menus.
Channel 4 - Electronic Shiftable PTO (ESPTO) Option

This channel is used to select if the Electronic Shiftable
PTO is fitted on the vehicle and configure the number of
speeds available.
options:
"OFF" - ESPTO disabled
"2" - ESPTO enabled with two speeds
"4" - ESPTO enabled with four speeds
BAIL10CVT328AVD 29
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 330
NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "2".

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 331
Front EHR Options

BAIL10CVT032AVB 30
BAIL06CCM446AVA 31

“m" buttons.

Ch 3 Not used

BAIL06CCM500AVA 32
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 332
options:
"YES" - front EHRs enabled
"no" - front EHRs disabled
"HH" menus.

BAIL06CCM510AVA 33
options:
"HH" menus.

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 333

BAIL10CVT291AVA 34
options:
"2"
"3"
"HH" menus.

BAIL06CCM512AVA 35
options:
"YES" - high flow pump enabled
"no" - high flow pump disabled
"HH" menus.

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 334
BAIL10CVT295AVA 36
options:
"YES" - anti-saturation enabled
"no" - anti-saturation disabled
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 335

BAIL10CVT063AVB 37
BAIL06CCM446AVA 38

“m" buttons.


BAIL06CCM506AVA 39
options:
"YES" - front suspension enabled
"no" - front suspension disabled
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 336
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 337
Front PTO Options

BAIL10CVT065AVB 40
BAIL06CCM446AVA 41

“m" buttons.

Ch 2 Front PTO management option

BAIL06CCM506AVA 42
options:
"YES" - front PTO enabled
"no" - front PTO disabled
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 338
"HH" menus.
Channel 2- Front PTO Management Option

BAIL10CVT299AVA 43
options:
"O" - old ratio
"n" - new ration
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 339
Front Hitch Options and Configurations

BAIL10CVT270AVF 44
BAIL06CCM446AVA 45

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Front hitch option selection
Ch 2 Front hitch front fender switches option
Ch 3 Front hitch management option
Ch 4 Front hitch ram size selection
Channel 1 - Front Hitch Option Selection

BAIL06CCM506AVA 46
options:
"YES" - front hitch enabled
"no" - front hitch disabled
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 340

NOTE: If the Front EHRs are to be used to control the Front Hitch then the Front Loader /Front Hitch option must be
set to Front Hitch on the Central Control Module (U1, Front EHR system, H3, channel 2 set to “Htch”).
"HH" menus.
Channel 2 - Front Hitch Fender Switches Option

After a delay the current stored option is displayed.
BAIL10CVT299AVC 47
options:
"YES" - Front hitch fender switches fitted
"no" - Front hitch fender switches not fitted
NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "no".

"HH" menus.
Channel 3 - Front Hitch Management Option

BAIL10CVT299AVD 48
options:
"YES" - Front hitch management engaged
"no" - Front hitch management not engaged
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 341
NOTE: Enabling this option will automatically enable the Front Hitch option in channel 1, as Front Hitch Management
requires the Front Hitch option to be enabled.
"HH" menus.
Channel 4 - Front Hitch Ram Size Selection

BAIL10CVT328AVE 49
80 mm
90 mm.
NOTE: This channel will only be available if the Front Hitch Management option has been enabled in channel 3.
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “def”, indicating that no selection has been made. If “def” is displayed then
this channel must be used to select the appropriate ram size.
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 342
Rear EHR Options

BAIL10CVT062AVB 50
BAIL06CCM446AVA 51

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Rear EHR option selection
Ch 2 Not used
Ch 3 Not used
Channel 1 - Rear EHR Option Selection

BAIL06CCM506AVA 52
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 343
options:
"Yes" - rear EHR enabled
"No" - rear EHR disabled
"HH" menus.



matically detected.
BAIL06CCM511AVA 53
options:
"2"
"3"
"4"
"5"
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 344

BAIL06CCM581AVA 54
options:
"Yes" - top / side link enabled
"No" - top / side link disabled

"HH" menus.

BAIL10CVT063AVC 55
BAIL06CCM446AVA 56
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 345

“m" buttons.


BAIL06CCM506AVA 57
options:
"YES" - HTS enabled
"no" - HTS disabled

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 346

options
with Sidewinder

• EDC
• Rear PTO
• Front EHR
• Front PTO
• Front Hitch
• Rear EHR
BAIL10CVT012FVF 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 347
SPS Transmission Options

BAIL10CVT018AVB 2
BAIL06CCM446AVA 3

“m" buttons.
Channel Description
Ch 9 19th gear clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment (19 speed transmission only)
Ch 10 Transmission oil pressure sensor selection
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 348
Channel 1 - Creeper enable/disable

BAIL06CCM500AVA 4
options:
"Yes" - Creeper enabled
Channel 2 - Electronic park lock (EPL) enable/disable

BAIL06CCM501AVA 5
options:
"Yes" - EPL enabled
"no" - EPL disabled

BAIL06CCM502AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 349
NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "Yes".

options:
"no" - Unrestricted
"HH" menus.

“m" buttons.

Ch 9 19th gear clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment (19 speed transmission only)
maximum of 255.

"HH" menus.
Channel 10 - Transmission Oil Pressure Sensor Selection

This channel is used to select which type of transmission
oil pressure sensor is fitted, either a pressure switch or a
pressure transducer.
BAIL10CVT321AVB 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 350
options:
"PS" - Pressure switch installed
"Pt" - Pressure transducer installed

BAIL11APH221AVB 8
options:
NOTE: The default setting for this option is Lto
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 351
EDC Options
BAIL10CVT019AVB 9
BAIL06CCM446AVA 10

“m" buttons.


BAIL06CCM504AVA 11
90 mm
100 mm.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 352
"HH" menus.

BAIL06CCM501AVA 12
options:
"Yes" - EDC enabled
"No" - EDC disabled
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “No” but will be set to “Yes” automatically if the EDC system is detected
as being present.
"HH" menus.
Channel 3 - Enable / Disable Slip Control

BAIL06CCM505AVA 13
options:
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “No” but will be set to “Yes” automatically if the Slip Control system is
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 353
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 354

BAIL10CVT029AVB 14
BAIL06CCM446AVA 15

“m" buttons.

Ch 2 Not used

options:
operation).
BAIL09CVT644AVA 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 355
"HH" menus.


BAIL06CCM505AVA 17
options:
"YES" - grid heater enabled
"no" - grid heater disabled

"HH" menus.

BAIL10CVT298AVA 18
options:
"YES" - fuel filter heater enabled
"no" - fuel filter disabled
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 356
"HH" menus.

BAIL09CVT645AVA 19
options:
"YES" - engine brake fitted
"no" - engine brake not fitted

"HH" menus.

BAIL09CVT646AVE 20
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 357
options:
"VS" - Viscostatic fan
"Vt" - Visctronic fan
NOTE: The default setting for this option is the Visctronic
fan ("Vt").
BAIL09CVT646AVD 21
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 358

BAIL10CVT031AVB 22
BAIL06CCM446AVA 23

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Axle type
Ch 2 Not used

BAIL06CCM507AVA 24
"0" - Standard axle
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 359


gage and disengage.
BAIL06CCM508AVA 25

0 - 10 km/h0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 10 - 15 10 - 15 10 - 20 10 - 20
Standard Axle
Drive
Option 0 20 ° 18.5 ° 15 ° 14.25 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
Option 1 45 ° 37.5 ° 20 ° 18.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 40 ° 34 °
Option 2 15 ° 14.2 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
Option 3 11.7 ° 10.9 ° 5° 4.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
0 - 10 km/h0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 km/h 10 - 15 10 - 15 10 - 20 10 - 20
Drive
Option 0 14 ° 12.7 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °
Option 1 31.5 ° 25.2 ° 14 ° 12.7 ° 7° 6.6 ° 28 ° 23 °
Option 2 10.5 ° 9.7 ° 7° 6.6 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °
Option 3 7.8 ° 7.4 ° 4.6 ° 4.5 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 360

"HH" menus.

options:
"0"
"1_6"
"3_2"
"4_8"
"6_4"
BAIL11APH222AVA 26
Option 6_4 4_8 3_2 1_6 0

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 361
Rear PTO Options

BAIL10CVT030AVB 27
BAIL06CCM446AVA 28

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Not used
Ch 4 Electronic shiftable PTO option


BAIL06CCM501AVA 29
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 362
options
"YES" - fender switches fitted
"no" - fender switches not fitted

"HH" menus.

BAIL06CCM513AVA 30
0 - 550 RPM.

"HH" menus.
Channel 4 - Electronic Shiftable PTO (ESPTO) Option

This channel is used to select if the Electronic Shiftable
PTO is fitted on the vehicle and configure the number of
speeds available.
options:
"OFF" - ESPTO disabled
"2" - ESPTO enabled with two speeds
"4" - ESPTO enabled with four speeds
BAIL10CVT328AVD 31
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 363
NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "2".

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 364
Front EHR Options

BAIL10CVT032AVB 32
BAIL06CCM446AVA 33

“m" buttons.

Ch 3 Not used
Ch 5 High flow pump option selection

BAIL06CCM500AVA 34
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 365
options:
"YES" - front EHRs enabled
"no" - front EHRs disabled
"HH" menus.

BAIL06CCM510AVA 35
options:
"HH" menus.

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 366

BAIL10CVT291AVA 36
options:
"2"
"3"
"4"
"HH" menus.
Channel 5 - High Flow Pump Option Selection

BAIL06CCM512AVA 37
options:
"YES" - high flow pump enabled
"no" - high flow pump disabled
"HH" menus.

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 367
BAIL10CVT295AVA 38
options:
"YES" - anti-saturation enabled
"no" - anti-saturation disabled
NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "YES".

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 368

BAIL10CVT063AVB 39
BAIL06CCM446AVA 40

“m" buttons.


BAIL06CCM506AVA 41
options:
"YES" - front suspension enabled
"no" - front suspension disabled
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 369
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 370
Front PTO Options

BAIL10CVT065AVB 42
BAIL06CCM446AVA 43

“m" buttons.

Ch 2 Front PTO management option

BAIL06CCM506AVA 44
options:
"Yes" - front PTO enabled
"No" - front PTO disabled
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 371
"HH" menus.
Channel 2- Front PTO Management Option

BAIL10CVT299AVC 45
options:
"YES" - Front PTO management enabled
"no" - Front PTO management disabled
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 372
Front Hitch Options and Configurations

BAIL10CVT270AVF 46
BAIL06CCM446AVA 47

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Front hitch option selection
Ch 2 Front hitch front fender switches option
Ch 3 Front hitch management option
Ch 4 Front hitch ram size selection
Channel 1 - Front Hitch Option Selection

BAIL06CCM506AVA 48
options:
"YES" - front hitch enabled
"no" - front hitch disabled
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 373

NOTE: If the Front EHRs are to be used to control the Front Hitch then the Front Loader /Front Hitch option must be
set to Front Hitch on the Central Control Module (U1, Front EHR system, H3, channel 2 set to “Htch”).
"HH" menus.
Channel 2 - Front Hitch Fender Switches Option

After a delay the current stored option is displayed.
BAIL10CVT299AVC 49
options:
"YES" - Front hitch fender switches fitted
"no" - Front hitch fender switches not fitted

"HH" menus.
Channel 3 - Front Hitch Management Option

BAIL10CVT299AVD 50
options:
"YES" - Front hitch management engaged
"no" - Front hitch management not engaged
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 374
NOTE: Enabling this option will automatically enable the Front Hitch option in channel 1, as Front Hitch Management
requires the Front Hitch option to be enabled.
"HH" menus.
Channel 4 - Front Hitch Ram Size Selection

BAIL10CVT328AVE 51
80 mm
90 mm.
NOTE: This channel will only be available if the Front Hitch Management option has been enabled in channel 3.
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “def”, indicating that no selection has been made. If “def” is displayed then
this channel must be used to select the appropriate ram size.
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 375
Rear EHR Options

BAIL10CVT062AVB 52
BAIL06CCM446AVA 53

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Enable / disable rear EHR
Ch 2 Not used
Ch 3 Not used
Channel 1 - Enable / Disable Rear EHR

BAIL06CCM506AVA 54
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 376
options:
"YES" - rear EHR enabled
"no" - rear EHR disabled
"HH" menus.



matically detected.
BAIL06CCM511AVA 55
options:
"2"
"3"
"4"
"5"
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 377

BAIL06CCM581AVA 56
options:
"YES" - top / side link enabled
"no" - top / side link disabled

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 378

BAIL10CVT063AVC 57
BAIL06CCM446AVA 58

“m" buttons.


BAIL06CCM506AVA 59
options:
"YES" - HTS enabled
"no" - HTS disabled
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 379
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 380
Control module Universal controller - H4 - View software revision

level
BAIL10CVT033AVB 1
BAIL10CVT075AVB 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 381

BAIL09CVT655AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 382
Control module Universal controller - H5 - Switch operation test

BAIL10CVT035AVB 1
1. Select the H5 menu by depressing the “dimming" but-

ton.
BAIL10CVT036AVB 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 383
BVE0047A_569 3

tion.
BAIL10CVT302AVA 4
Refer to the table below for the switch numbers.
Control
Channel unit plug Pin number Description
connection
d0 - - No switch activated or two switches activated at the same time
d1 CN3B 19 EDC fender switch - Lower
d2 CN2B 21 EDC fender switch - Raise
d5 via CAN EDC work switch (on hand controller)
d6 via CAN EDC raise switch (on hand controller)
d7 CN2A 9 Connection of the NASO lighting (disconnect and reconnect the
flasher unit - not for ISO lighting)
d8 CN3B 1 Crank detect input
d10 CN2A 16 Seat switch
d11 CN31B 16 Handbrake switch
d12 CN3B 16 Left brake pedal switch
d13 CN2A 15 Right brake pedal switch
d14 CN4A 1/8 Clutch pedal switch (engine running and transmission in forward
or reverse)
d15 CN4B 22 Switch for the shuttle lever - Forwards
d16 CN4B 21 Switch for the shuttle lever - Reverse
d17 via CAN Transmission downshift switch (on hand controller)
d18 via CAN Transmission upshift switch (on hand controller)
d19 via CAN Transmission range shift / 2nd function / EHR float switch (on
hand controller)
d20 CN3A 17 Reverse clutch pressure switch
d21 CN3A 12 Forward clutch pressure switch
d23 CN3B 30 Momentary shuttle lever forward/reverse switch
d24 CN2B 28 Momentary shuttle lever neutral switch
d31 CN4B 14 Air conditioning pressure switch
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 384
Control
connection
d32 CN1B 15 EDC enable switch
d33 CN1B 05 Radar present input (disconnect radar to test)
d38 via CAN - Differential lock switch - Manual
d39 via CAN - Differential lock switch - Automatic
d41 via CAN - All-wheel drive switch - Manual
d42 via CAN - All-wheel drive switch - Automatic
d43 CN2B 13 Hi flow pump link (disconnect pump link to test)
d44 CN2B 15 Rear PTO switch - normally open
d45 CN3A 11 Rear PTO switch - normally closed
d46 CN3B 11 Hi flow pump not present input
d47 CN4A 12 Rear PTO brake switch
d48 CN4A 23 Ground speed PTO switch
d49 via CAN - Rear PTO management switch
d50 via CAN - HTS switch record mode
d55 via CAN - Engine speed switch - decrease
d56 via CAN - Engine speed switch - Increase
d60 CN2B 24 Foot throttle not at idle switch
d63 CN2A 25 Rear PTO fender switch (normally open)
d64 CN4A 10 Fender switch of the rear PTO - normally closed
d69 CN4A 25 Front suspension pressure switch
d74 CN4A 22 Retarder pedal switch
d75 via CAN - Side link extend switch
d76 via CAN - Side link retract switch
d77 CN4B 13 Front hitch external common switch
d78 CN3B 29 Front hitch external raise switch
d79 CN3B 30 Front hitch external lower switch
d80 via CAN - HTS AUTO switch
d81 via CAN - HTS Manual switch
d84 via CAN Front PTO management switch
d89 via CAN - Front suspension lock switch
d90 CN4B 15 Front PTO switch (normally open)
d91 CN4B 16 Front PTO switch (normally closed)
d92 via CAN - Front hitch height limit switch
d94 CN2A 17 EHR enable switch
d95 via CAN - EHR 1 program / motor mode switch
d104 via CAN - HTS step switch on hand controller
d105 via CAN - Auto function switch (on hand controller)
d107 CN2B 27 PTO speed select switch - 540 speed
d108 via CAN - Top link extend switch
d109 via CAN - Top link retract switch
d112 CN3B 20 PTO speed select switch - 1000E speed
d113 CN3A 23 PTO speed select switch - neutral
d122 via CAN - CRPM speed 1 selection switch
d123 via CAN - CRPM speed 2 selection switch
d127 via CAN - Reversible fan switch
d136 via CAN - Forward switch (on hand controller)
d137 via CAN - Reverse switch (on hand controller)
d138 via CAN - Accelerator/shuttle speed switch
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 385
Control
connection
d139 via CAN - Joystick EHR select switch
d159 via CAN - EHR flow encoder switch
d165 via CAN - EHR float control switch
d169 via CAN - Range increase switch (on hand controller)
d170 via CAN - Range decrease switch (on hand controller)
d177 via CAN - Autoguidance engage on/off switch (on hand controller)
d178 via CAN - EHR 1 extend switch (on hand controller)
d179 via CAN - EHR 1 retract switch (on hand controller)
d180 via CAN - EHR2 extend switch (on hand controller)
d181 via CAN - EHR2 retract switch (on hand controller)
d182 via CAN - Dead man switch (on hand controller)
d183 CN2B 23 EHR 3 extend switch (on rear fender)
d184 CN2B 20 EHR 3 retract switch (on rear fender)
d185 via CAN - Rear slip switch
d187 via CAN - Rear hitch inching raise switch
d188 via CAN - Rear hitch inching lower switch
d189 via CAN - CVT mode switch
d190 via CAN Front hitch inching raise switch
d191 via CAN Front hitch inching lower switch
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 386
Control module Universal controller - H6 - Vehicle information view

BAIL10CVT037AVB 1
BAIL10CVT038AVB 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 387
The driveline ratio type, transmission speed and the engine

horsepower will be displayed in succession.
BAIL10CVT303AVA 3
Refer to the table below for the various options that may be
displayed:
Driveline Range
b1
b2
Transmission speed
30 34 km/h (Japan only)
50 50 km/h
40 40 km/h
40 L 50 km/h restricted to 40 km/h using transmission configuration menu H3, channel 4.
Engine Power
125, 140, 155, 165 Unboosted engine power in horsepower
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 388
Control module Universal controller - H7 - Vehicle test modes

NOTE: The menu is only for special vehicle tests to check clutch switch adjustment and hydraulic pressures.
BAIL10CVT039AVB 1
BAIL10CVT040AVB 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 389
BAIL06CCM446AVA 3

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Clutch switch test
Ch 2 Manual clutch adjustment
Ch 3 Manual quickfill adjustment
Ch 4 Clutch pressure test
Ch 5 Synchroniser test
Ch 6 Synchroniser wear check
Channel 1 - Clutch Switch Test

NOTE: This channel is used to display the clutch pedal position and switch status. In addition it also displays the oil
temperature.
The transmission is enabled in this state.
Shift the shuttle lever into the forward position. The clutch
pedal position is displayed as a percentage of the travel
(0-99), with “O” or “C” in the upper digit indicating whether
the clutch pedal switch is open or closed. This is useful for
evaluating the clutch pedal switch adjustment and also the
inching bite point.
NOTE: The shuttle lever must have been shifted into
the forward position for the clutch pedal switch status to
change.
BAIL06CCM469AVA 4
The oil temperature, in degrees C, is displayed when the

clutch pedal has been in the full up position (above 97%)
for more than 5 seconds. When the clutch is depressed
to below 98% the display will immediately switch back to
displaying the clutch pedal position.
The oil temperature can also be displayed when the clutch
pedal is full up or full down by pressing and holding the
upshift or downshift switch.
BAIL10CVT164AVC 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 390
Channel 2 - Manual Clutch Adjustment

NOTE: This channel is used to manually adjust and test the calibration values for each clutch.
Select the clutch to be adjusted by depressing the clutch
pedal and either shifting the shuttle lever into forward to
select the A clutch or shifting the shuttle lever into reverse
to select the B clutch.
The display will show the clutch letter for 1 second and then
show the calibration value.
BAIL06CCM472AVA 6
The calibration values can then be adjusted using the for-

ward or reverse shuttle buttons on the hand controller.
To test the calibration fully release the clutch pedal, the
selected clutch will be applied at the adjusted current.
Channel 3 - Manual Quick Fill Adjustment

pedal and either shifting the shuttle lever into forward to
select the A clutch or shifting the shuttle lever into reverse
to select the B clutch. The display will show the clutch letter
for 1 second and then show the quick fill value.
BAIL06CCM474AVA 7
The quick fill value can be adjusted using the forward or

reverse shuttle buttons on the hand controller.
To test the quick fill value, leave the shuttle lever out of
neutral and fully release the clutch pedal. The clutch that
is being adjusted will be applied at its bite point with the
programmed quick fill value. To re-test the same clutch,
depress the clutch pedal slightly and release it again.
Channel 4 - Clutch Pressure Test

NOTE: This channel is used to test the pressures for the A and B clutches. During the procedure the display may
show a U code if an error is present, for further information refer to Control module - Fault code index (A.50.A).
Make sure that the handbrake is applied and place the
shuttle lever into the forward position.
NOTE: If the handbrake is not applied, 'U20' code will be
displayed.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 391
Select the clutch to be tested by pressing the forward direc-

tion button on the hand controller, the display will change
between ‘A’ and ‘b’ each time the button is pressed.
BAIL10CVT304AVA 8
The clutch pedal is used to select the test pressure.

Pressing the reverse direction button on the hand
controller will turn on the selected valve at the pres-
sure determined by the clutch pedal position and dis-
play the clutch pressure value.
• If the clutch pedal position is less than 30 %
(fully depressed) then the pressure is set to -20
bar.
• At 30 % pedal position the clutch pressure is
set at 0 bar and this rises linearly to 24 bar as
the clutch pedal is lifted to 85 %.
• Above 85 % of clutch pedal travel the pressure
is set to the maximum pressure of 24 bar. BAIL06CCM477AVA 9
• As the clutch pedal is raised from fully de-

pressed to fully released the display will show
'-20' rising to '24'.
Channel 5 - Synchroniser Test

NOTE: This channel is used to move synchronizers and test their positions. During the procedure the display may
show a U code if an error is present, for further information refer to Control module - Fault code index (A.50.A).
Make sure that the handbrake is applied and place the
shuttle lever into the forward position.
NOTE: The transmission is disabled during this procedure.
Select the synchronizer to test by pressing the forward/
reverse buttons on the hand controller. The display will
change between ‘F2’ and ‘r1’.
BAIL10CVT305AVA 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 392
Once the required synchronizer has been selected

three tests are possible:
• To test the engagement position of the selected
synchronizer shift the shuttle lever into the for-
ward position.
• To test the synchronizer position when in neu-
tral press the neutral button on the shuttle lever.
• To test the engagement position of the other
synchronizer in the pair shift the shuttle lever
into reverse.
The synchronizer engagement will require few seconds to
complete and then the Instrument Cluster will display the
synchronizer position according to the table below.
Synchroniser Position Minimum Allowed Value Maximum Allowed Value

F2 302 1216
R1 3570 4697
N 2050 2832
When a synchronizer is engaged, the user can drive the

corresponding valve with clutch pedal in order to test the
solenoid valve. The display will show the current percent-
age on the solenoid. Moving the clutch pedal, the current
on the solenoid goes from 0 (pedal at 30 %) to 99 (pedal
at 99 %). At pedal released (between 85 % and 100 %) or
pedal depressed ( 0 % to 30 %) the current is zero.
Channel 6 - Synchroniser Wear Check

This channel is used to check the wear of the synchronizers
and is for Engineering use only.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 393

with Sidewinder
NOTE: This menu is only for special vehicle tests to check clutch switch adjustment and hydraulic pressures.
BAIL10CVT039AVB 1
BAIL10CVT040AVB 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 394
BAIL06CCM446AVA 3

“m" buttons.

Ch 5 Clutch switch adjustment
Ch 6 Self bed in of clutches
Ch 7 PWM valve test

temperature.
(0-99), with 'O' or 'C' in the upper digit indicating whether
inching bite point.
NOTE: The shuttle lever must be in the forward position for
the clutch pedal switch status to change.
BAIL06CCM469AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 395

clutch pedal has been in the full up position (above 97 %)
to below 98 % the display will immediately switch back to
show the clutch pedal position.
BAIL10CVT164AVC 5

pedal and cycling the shuttle lever. Shifting the shuttle lever
into reverse will select the R clutch. Cycling between neu-
tral and forward will cycle through the other clutches.
The lower central display will show the clutch letter for 1
second and then show the calibration value.
BAIL06CCM472AVA 6
The calibration values can then be adjusted using the up-

shift and downshift buttons.
To test the calibration, leave the shuttle lever out of neutral
and fully release the clutch pedal. Two clutches will be
applied at low pressure to provide a torque path through
the transmission, then the clutch that is being adjusted will
be applied at its bite point pressure so that it should just
begin to engage. To re-test the same clutch, depress the
clutch pedal slightly and release it again.

pedal and cycling the shuttle lever. The neutral button on
the shuttle lever must be pressed between shuttle cycles.
Shifting the shuttle lever to reverse will select the R clutch.
Cycling between neutral and forward will cycle through the
other clutches. The lower central display will show the
clutch letter followed by the quick fill setting.
BAIL06CCM474AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 396
The quick fill settings can be adjusted using the upshift and
downshift buttons with the shuttle lever in neutral and the
clutch released.
The quick fill value can be tested in one of three
methods. To select the test method press the upshift
button with the clutch pedal pressed and the shuttle
lever in neutral. The lower central display will change
to show the selected test method (1, 2 or 3) for one
second. The quick fill test methods are:
1. Two clutches will be applied at low pressure to
provide the torque path through the transmis-
sion and after the clutch being adjusted will be
applied at its CAL_P_NOM pressure.
2. A clutch will be applied at low pressure, then
a second clutch will be applied at low pres-
sure together with the one to be adjusted at its
CAL_P_NOM pressure.
3. Two clutches will be applied at low pressure
and at the same time the clutch being cali-
brated will be applied at its CAL_P_NOM pres-
sure.
To test the quick fill, leave the shuttle lever out of neu-
tral and fully release the clutch pedal. To re-test the same
clutch, depress the clutch pedal and release it again.

Shift the shuttle lever into the forward position.
NOTE: The display will show 'U23' if the test is started with
the shuttle lever in the neutral position.
Select the clutch to be tested by pressing the transmission
upshift button. Each time the upshift button is pressed the
lower central display will show the next available clutch that
can be tested.
then the pressure is set to 0 bar.
• At 30 % pedal travel the clutch pressure is set
to 1 bar and this rises linearly to 20 bar as the
clutch pedal is lifted to the 75 % position.
is set to the maximum pressure of 24 bar.
• If the A clutch was selected for the test then as
the clutch pedal is raised from fully depressed
to fully released the display will show 'A0' rising
to 'A20' and then 'A24'.
BAIL06CCM477AVA 8
Pressing the downshift switch will turn on the selected

valve at the pressure determined by the clutch pedal
position.

NOTE: This channel is an alternative to channel 1 for adjusting the clutch switch. The transmission is enabled in this
state.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 397
1. Shift the shuttle lever into the forward position. The

lower central display will show 'n' if the lever is in
neutral.
BAIL10CVT331AVC 9
When the lower central display shows 'CP', cycle the clutch
pedal.
BAIL10CVT331AVD 10
When the clutch pedal is released the lower central display

will show a value in the range 8 to 14 if the switch is cor-
rectly adjusted.
If the switch is incorrectly adjusted the lower central display
will show 'CL' if clutch pedal switch adjustment screw is to
be turned clockwise or 'CCL' if the screw is to be turned
counter-clockwise.
BAIL10CVT331AVE 11
Adjust the screw in the direction indicated on the display

and cycle the clutch pedal and the procedure until the dis-
play shows the correct value.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 398
.Channel 6 - Self Bed in of Clutches

Enter this channel with the engine running, the trans-
mission in neutral, hand brake on, engine rpm free (any
speed), PTO free to be used (no ground speed, if engaged
error), clutch pedal up, creeper not engaged, no 19th gear.
The lower central display will show 'rdY'.
BAIL10CVT331AVF 12
Press and release the downshift button to start the proce-

dure.
Press and release the downshift button to stop the proce-
dure.
Channel 7- PWM Valve Test

NOTE: This channel is used to test the PWM valves in conjunction with the Electronic Service Tool.
This procedure can be used to test the valves for the
following solenoids:
• A, B, C, D, E, F1, F2, F3, R and the PTO valve.
There are two tests that can be performed for each valve;
a ramp test and a step test.
Additionally there is test that can be performed to check the
reaction of the accumulator.
In order to perform the tests the following conditions
must be met:-
• Operator is in the seat
• Handbrake applied
• Engine speed set to 1200 RPM ± 100 RPM.
• Transmission oil temperature between 45 - 55
°C.
NOTE: In the event of any of these conditions not being
met then a 'U' code will be displayed and the test will not
be allowed to be performed until appropriate action has
been taken. For further information on the 'U' codes refer
to Control module - Fault code index (A.50.A).
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 399
Ramp Test
Select the valve to be tested by depressing the clutch pedal
and using the shuttle lever to cycle through the valves avail-
able for testing. Use forwards to move up through the
valves and reverse to move down. The lower central dis-
play will show the current selection.
BAIL10CVT304AVA 13
With the shuttle lever in forwards and the clutch pedal fully
released the ramp test is performed for the selected valve
by pressing and holding the transmission upshift button.
The test will ramp up the current to the selected solenoid
from zero to maximum current over a period of 10 seconds.
Maximum current will be maintained for 1 second before
ramping back down to zero over a further 10 second period.
As the test proceeds the instrument cluster will show a
value corresponding to the percentage of maximum cur-
rent being applied to the solenoid, rising from 0 - 100 %
and then back to 0 % .
On completion of the test 'End' will be shown on the lower
central display and the upshift button can be released.
NOTE: The upshift button must be kept pressed during the
ramp test. If the button is released then the test will be ter-
minated and the current in the solenoid will return to zero.
BAIL10CVT331AVA 14
Step Test
BAIL10CVT304AVA 15
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 400
released the step test is performed for the selected valve
by pressing and holding the transmission downshift button.
The test will a step from zero to maximum current to the
selected solenoid. Maximum current will be maintained for
1.2 seconds and then be turned off for 1.5 seconds. This
cycle will then be performed twice.
As the test proceeds the lower central display will show a
count from '1' to '4', corresponding to the steps in the test.
central display and the downshift button can be released.
NOTE: The downshift button must be kept pressed during
the ramp test. If the button is released then the test will
be terminated and the current in the solenoid will return to
zero.
BAIL10CVT328AVC 16
Accumulator Test
Select the accumulator test by depressing the clutch pedal
able for testing until 'Acc' is shown on the lower central dis-
play.
BAIL10CVT331AVH 17
released the accumulator test is performed by pressing and
holding the transmission downshift button.
The test will turn on the F1, F2 and F3 solenoids with max-
imum current for a period of 1 second then turn them off for
a further 1 second. This cycle will be performed 5 times.
count from "1" to "10", corresponding to the steps in the
test.
the accumulator test. If the button is released then the test
will be terminated and the current in the solenoid will return
to zero.
BAIL10CVT323AVC 18
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 401

with Sidewinder
BAIL10CVT039AVB 1
BAIL10CVT040AVB 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 402
BAIL06CCM446AVA 3

“m" buttons.

Ch 8 PWM valve test
Channel 1 - Clutch Switch Adjustment

temperature.
inching bite point.
BAIL06CCM469AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 403

BAIL10CVT164AVC 5

BAIL06CCM472AVA 6


BAIL06CCM474AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 404
clutch released.
CAL_P_NOM pressure.
sure.

can be tested.
BAIL06CCM477AVA 8

position.

state.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 405

neutral.
BAIL10CVT331AVC 9
pedal.
BAIL10CVT331AVD 10

rectly adjusted.
counter-clockwise.
BAIL10CVT331AVE 11


Enter this channel with the engine running and the trans-
mission in neutral.
With the clutch pedal released the mid/reverse synchro-
niser will be tested.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 406
Press and hold the downshift button to display the ‘Mid’

position as a percentage of the potentiometer movement.
The lower central display will show ‘B’ followed by a value
of approximately 25 %
BAIL10CVT166AVC 12
Press and hold the upshift button to display the ‘Reverse’

The lower central display will show ‘r’ followed by a value
BAIL10CVT166AVD 13
Press and hold both buttons to return the syncro to the

neutral position.
The lower central display will show ‘n’ followed by a value
BAIL10CVT166AVE 14
With the clutch pedal depressed the low/high synchroniser

will be tested. If the display shows ‘Err’ when the clutch
pedal is depressed then release the pedal and ensure that
the mid/reverse synchroniser is in the neutral position.
BAIL10CVT331AVK 15
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 407
Press and hold the downshift button to display the ‘Low’

The lower central display will show ‘A’ followed by a value
BAIL10CVT166AVF 16
Press and hold the upshift button to display the ‘High’ po-
sition as a percentage of the potentiometer movement.
The lower central display will show ‘C’ followed by a value
BAIL10CVT166AVG 17

neutral position.
BAIL10CVT166AVE 18
Release the clutch pedal. If the display shows ‘Err’ when

the clutch pedal is released then depress the pedal and
ensure that the low/high synchroniser is in the neutral po-
sition.
BAIL10CVT331AVK 19
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 408
Channel 7 - Self Bed in of Clutches

BAIL10CVT331AVF 20

dure.
dure.

• A, B, C, D, E, and the PTO valve.
must be met:-
°C.
• The transmission synchronisers must be cali-
brated
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 409
Ramp Test
BAIL10CVT304AVA 21
BAIL10CVT331AVA 22
Step Test
BAIL10CVT304AVA 23
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 410
zero.
BAIL10CVT328AVC 24
Accumulator Test
play.
BAIL10CVT331AVH 25
The test will turn on the C, D and E solenoids with maximum
current for a period of 1 second then turn them off for a
further 1 second. This cycle will be performed 5 times.
test.
to zero.
BAIL10CVT323AVC 26
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 411
Control module Universal controller - H8 - Clear stored calibration

NOTE: This menu clears calibration values and stored error codes by resetting all EEPROM values back to default.
NOTE: EEPROM is where all calibration values and error codes are stored. This memory is retained even if there is
no power to the controller, i.e. if the battery is disconnected.
NOTE: In order to change any configuration settings the H3 menu must be used. These settings will be unaffected
by performing an H8 operation.
NOTE: Use the HC menu if it is required to erase all stored error codes without erasing calibration information.
BAIL10CVT308FVB 1
NOTE: If the controller identifier "U1" screen is selected the settings for the entire module will be erased, if one of the
sub-system screens is selected, i.e. transmission in this example, only the transmission settings will be erased.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 412
Select the sub-system to be erased by depressing the "dim-

ming" button
BAIL10CVT042AVB 2
BVE0682A 3
ATTENTION: H8 will clear all calibration values and stored fault codes.
the EEPROM.
cleared.
NOTE: If the “m" button is released before the countdown
finishes, the procedure will be aborted.
BVE0121A 4
Turn the keystart OFF to allow the reset values to be stored.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 413
Control module Universal controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic

circuits.
BAIL10CVT043AVB 1
BAIL10CVT044AVB 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 414
BAIL06CCM446AVA 3

“m" buttons.
below.
Channel Connector Pin Number Description Typical Reading

Number
Ch 1 X951 (CN1B) 16 Parking brake switch 0 - Parking brake
released
12000 - Parking
brake applied
Ch 6 X951 (CN1B) 15 EDC enable switch 0 - EDC disabled
12000 - EDC enabled
Ch 7 X951 (CN1B) 14 B clutch pressure sensor 530 - clutch
disengaged
2700 - clutch
engaged
Ch 8 X951 (CN1B) 13 Foot throttle position 500 - pedal released
4200 - pedal fully
depressed
Ch 10 X951 (CN1B) 07 EDC left draft load sensor 4200 - with no weight
on rear hitch
Ch 11 X951 (CN1B) 06 EDC right draft load sensor 4200 - with no weight
on rear hitch
Ch 12 X951 (CN1B) 05 Radar present input 0 - radar
disconnected
12000 - radar
connected
Ch 13 X952 (CN2A) 09 NASO lights input 0 - NASO lighting
12000 - ISO lighting
Ch 17 X952 (CN2A) 15 Right brake switch 0 - pedal depressed
12000 - pedal
released
Ch 18 X952 (CN2A) 16 Seat switch 1880 - operator in
seat
3500 - operator out
of seat
Ch 19 X952 (CN2A) 17 EHR enable switch 0 - EHR disabled
12000 - EHR enabled
Ch 24 X956 (CN4A) 10 Rear PTO fender N/C switch 0 - switch pressed
12000 - switch not
pressed
Ch 26 X956 (CN4A) 12 Rear PTO brake switch 0 - switch pressed
12000 - switch not
pressed
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 415

Number
Ch 28 X956 (CN4A) 23 Ground speed PTO switch 0 - GPTO engaged
12000 - GPTO not
engaged
Ch 29 X952 (CN2A) 25 Rear PTO fender N/O switch 0 - switch not pressed
12000 - switch
pressed
Ch 30 X953 (CN2B) 13 High flow pump link input 0 - link present
12000 - link not
present
Ch 32 X953 (CN2B) 15 Rear PTO N/O switch 0 - switch in off
position
12000 - switch in on
position
Ch 35 X953 (CN2B) 20 EHR3 fender retract switch 0 - switch not pressed
12000 - switch
pressed
Ch 36 X953 (CN2B) 21 EDC external raise switch 0 - switch not pressed
12000 - switch
pressed
Ch 38 X953 (CN2B) 23 EHR3 fender extend switch 0 - switch not pressed
12000 - switch
pressed
Ch 39 X953 (CN2B) 24 Foot throttle not idle switch 0 - pedal released
12000 - pedal
depressed
Ch 41 X953 (CN2B) 28 Shuttle lever N switch 1540 - button not
pressed
3400 - button pressed
Ch 43 X953 (CN2B) 30 Shuttle lever F or R switch 0 - lever in rest
position
3670 - lever in F or R
Ch 44 X953 (CN2B) 31 F2/R1 synchro position 1 3050 to 4750 in F2
position
250 to 2000 in R1
position
Ch 45 X953 (CN2B) 32 F2/R1 synchro position 2 250 to 2000 in F2
position
3050 to 4750 in R1
position
Ch 46 X953 (CN2B) 33 Brake pressure sensor 500 - brakes not
applied
4000 - brakes fully
applied
Ch 47 X954 (CN3A) 09 Front suspension axle position 950 - axle at lowest
sensor position
3800 - axle at highest
position
Ch 48 X954 (CN3A) 10 Clutch pedal position sensor 1400 - pedal fully
depressed
3750 - pedal released
Ch 49 X954 (CN3A) 11 Rear PTO N/C switch 0 - switch in on
position
12000 - switch in off
position
Ch 54 X954 (CN3A) 18 A clutch pressure sensor 530 - clutch
disengaged
2700 - clutch
engaged
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 416

Number
Ch 56 X954 (CN3A) 24 Transmission oil pressure sensor 520 - with engine off
2850 - with engine at
idle
Ch 57 X955 (CN3B) 01 Crank detect input 12000 cranking in
progress
Ch 58 X955 (CN3B) 11 High low pump not present input 0 - high flow pump
present
12000 high flow
pump not present
Ch 60 X955 (CN3B) 13 Hydro g-port pressure sensor 520 (engine off)
2600 (engine at idle)
Ch 61 X955 (CN3B) 14 Hydro filter pressure sensor 520 (engine off)
2600 (engine at idle)
Ch 63 X955 (CN3B) 16 Left brake switch 0 - pedal depressed
12000 - pedal
released
Ch 64 X955 (CN3B) 19 EDC external lower switch 0 - switch not pressed
12000 - switch
pressed
Ch 66 X955 (CN3B) 21 12V PTO sense input 12000
Ch 72 X955 (CN3B) 29 Front hitch external raise switch 0 - switch not pressed
12000 - switch
pressed
Ch 73 X955 (CN3B) 30 Front hitch external lower switch 0 - switch not pressed
12000 - switch
pressed
Ch 75 X956 (CN4A) 22 Exhaust brake switch 0 - exhaust brake not
pressed
12000 - exhaust
brake pressed
Ch 81 X957 (CN4B) 13 Front hitch fender switch present 0 - fender switch not
input fitted
12000 - fender switch
fitted
Ch 82 X957 (CN4B) 14 Air conditioning pressure switch 0 -
12000 - Air
conditioning pressure
high
Ch 83 X957 (CN4B) 15 Front PTO N/O switch 0 - switch in off
position
position
Ch 84 X955 (CN4B) 16 Front PTO N/C switch 0 - switch in on
position
position
Ch 85 X957 (CN4B) 17 Transmission oil temperature 1645 @ 20 °C
sensor 1724 @ 40 °C
1797 @ 60 °C
1865 @ 80 °C
Ch 86 X957 (CN4B) 21 Shuttle lever reverse switch 0 - lever in rest
position
4200 - lever in
reverse position
Ch 87 X957 (CN4B) 22 Shuttle lever forward switch 0 - lever in rest
position
4200 - lever in
forward position
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 417

Number
Ch 91 X957 (CN4B) 30 EDC rockshaft position sensor 550 - rear hitch fully
lowered
4200 - rear hitch fully
raised
Ch 92 X957 (CN4B) 31 Front hitch position sensor 1200 - front hitch fully
lowered
4250 - front hitch fully
raised
Ch 100 X956 (CN4A) 07 A solenoid current 0 - when solenoid is
off
750 - when solenoid
is on
Ch 101 X956 (CN4A) 13 B solenoid current 0 - when solenoid is
off
750 - when solenoid
is on
Ch 112 X955 (CN3B) 33 CVT dump solenoid current 0 - when solenoid is
off
1600 - when solenoid
is on
Ch 113 X955 (CN3B) 07 Hydro solenoid current 380 - in N with engine
at idle
Ch 115 X955 (CN3B) 05 F2 synchroniser solenoid current 0 - when solenoid is
off
750 - when solenoid
is on
Ch 118 X950 (CN1A) 23 R1 synchroniser solenoid current 0 - when solenoid is
off
750 - when solenoid
is on
Ch 121 X951 (CN1B) 29 EDC raise solenoid current 0 - when solenoid is
off
is on
Ch 122 X951 (CN1B) 33 EDC lower solenoid current 0 - when solenoid is
off
is on
Ch 123 X955 (CN3B) 10 Rear PTO solenoid current 0 - when solenoid is
off
580 - when solenoid
is on
Ch 124 X954 (CN3A) 08 Front PTO solenoid current 0 - when solenoid is
off
is on
Ch 125 X954 (CN3A) 25 Front suspension upper lockout 0 - when solenoid is
current off
700 - when solenoid
is on
Ch 126 X952 (CN2A) 19 Front suspension lower lockout 0 - when solenoid is
current off
700 - when solenoid
is on
Ch 151 X950 (CN1A) 17 Ring speed sensor 1900 - when engine
not running
Ch 152 X950 (CN1A) 12 Transmission output speed 1900 - when engine
sensor not running
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 418

Number
Ch 153 X950 (CN1A) 18 Rear PTO speed sensor 3360 - when engine
not running
Ch 154 X950 (CN1A) 15 Flywheel speed sensor 3360 - when engine
not running
Ch 156 X950 (CN1B) 10 Transmission output speed 1900 - when engine
sensor #2 not running
Ch 158 X950 (CN1B) 02 PTO torque sensor 3360 - when engine
not running
Ch 200 X950 (CN1A) 20 12VPS (unswitched) 12000
Ch 201 X950 (CN1A) 14 12VA 12000
Ch 202 X950 (CN1A) 26 12VB 12000
Ch 204 X951 (CN1B) 26/27 12VF1 12000
Ch 205 X956 (CN4A) 01/08 12VF2 0 - when transmission
in N
12000 - when
transmission in gear
Ch 206 X953 (CN2B) 09/17 12VF3 12000
Ch 207 X952(CN2A) 07/13 12VH 12000
Ch 208 X952 (CN2A) 02/03 12VH1 12000
Ch 209 X951 (CN1B) 31/32 12VM 12000
Ch 210 X957 (CN4B) 02 12VR 12000
Ch 211 X955 (CN3B) 08/09 12VS1 12000
Ch 212 X955 (CN3B) 03 12VS2 12000
Ch 213 X954 (CN3A) 07/13 12VT1 12000
Ch 214 X954 (CN3A) 21 12VU1 12000
Ch 215 X954 (CN3A) 02/03 12VU2 12000
Ch 216 X950 (CN1A) 06 8V5REF 8500
Ch 217 X950 (CN1A) 08 5VREF1 5000
Ch 218 X950 (CN1A) 03 5VREF2 5000
Ch 219 X950 (CN1A) 09 5VREF3 5000
Ch 220 X950 5VREF1IN 5000
Ch 221 X950 2V5REF 2500
Ch 222 X950 1VREF 1000
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 419

with Sidewinder
circuits.
BAIL10CVT043AVB 1
1. Select the H9 menu by depressing the "dimming"

button.
BAIL10CVT044AVB 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 420
BVE0780A_573 3

“m" buttons.
below.
The voltage values displayed in this table are represented
in milli-Volts (e.g. 12000 = 12 V)
The current values displayed in this table are represented
in milli-Amps (e.g. 200 = 200 mA)
Where a voltage of 12000 is quoted in the typical reading
column this refers to the nominal battery voltage. The ac-
tual value will vary according to the condition of the battery.
Use channel 200 to obtain the actual battery voltage.

Number
Ch 1 X951 (CN1B) 16 Handbrake switch 0 - Handbrake
released
12000 - Handbrake
applied
12000 - EDC enabled
4200 - pedal fully
depressed
on rear hitch
on rear hitch
disconnected
12000 - radar
connected
Ch 14 X952 (CN2A) 10 Transmission oil temperature 2710 @ 20 °C
sensor 1914 @ 40 °C
1294 @ 60 °C
869 @ 80 °C
12000 - pedal
released
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 421

Number
seat
3500 - operator out
of seat
12000 - EHR enabled
Ch 23 X952 (CN4A) 24 Creeper position sensor ?????
12000 - switch not
pressed
12000 - switch not
pressed
12000 - GPTO not
engaged
12000 - switch
pressed
12000 - link not
present
position
position
12000 - switch
pressed
12000 - switch
pressed
12000 - switch
pressed
12000 - pedal
depressed
pressed
3400 - button
pressed
position
sensor position
position
depressed
3750 - pedal
released
position
position
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 422

Number
Ch 50 X954 (CN3A) 12 Forward clutch pressure switch 0 - clutch not at
pressure
12000 - clutch at
pressure
Ch 53 X954 (CN3A) 17 Reverse clutch pressure switch 0 - clutch not at
pressure
12000 - clutch at
pressure
Ch 55 X954 (CN3A) 23 ESPTO speed select switch - 0 - switch not in
Neutral Neutral position
12000 - switch in
Neutral position
idle
Ch 57 X955 (CN3B) 01 Crank detect input ??????
present
12000 high flow
pump not present
12000 - pedal
released
12000 - switch
pressed
12000 - switch
pressed
12000 - switch
pressed
pressed
12000 - exhaust
brake pressed
input fitted
fitted
Ch 82 X957 (CN4B) 14 Air conditioning pressure switch 0 - ??????
12000 - ?????
position
position
position
position
position
4200 - lever in
reverse position
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 423

Number
position
4200 - lever in
forward position
lowered
raised
Ch 92 X957 (CN4B) 31 Front hitch position sensor ??? - rear hitch fully
lowered
???? - rear hitch fully
raised
Ch 100 X956 (CN4A) 07 A solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
???? - when solenoid
is on
Ch 101 X956 (CN4A) 13 B solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
is on
Ch 102 X956 (CN3A) 05. C solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
is on
Ch 103 X956 (CN3B) 02 D solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
is on
Ch 104 X956 (CN3B) 05 E solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
is on
Ch 105 X956 (CN3A) 14 Low range solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
is on
Ch 106 X956 (CN3B) 07 Mid range solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
is on
Ch 107 X956 (CN1A) 25 High range solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
is on
Ch 108 X956 (CN1A) 23 Reverse range solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
is on
Ch 109 X956 (CN4A) 19 19th gear solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
is on
Ch 110 X956 (CN3B) 06 19th gear dump solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
is on
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 424

Number
Ch 111 X956 (CN3B) 33 Creeper solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
is on
Ch 121 X951 (CN1B) 29 EDC raise solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
is on
Ch 122 X951 (CN1B) 33 EDC lower solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
is on
Ch 123 X955 (CN3B) 10 Rear PTO solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
is on
Ch 124 X954 (CN3A) 08 Front PTO solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
is on
Ch 125 X954 (CN3A) 25 Front suspension upper lockout ??? - when solenoid
current is off
is on
Ch 126 X952 (CN2A) 19 Front suspension lower lockout ??? - when solenoid
current is off
is on
Ch 153 X950 (CN1A) 18 Rear PTO speed sensor ???? - when engine
not running
Ch 154 X950 (CN1A) 15 Flywheel speed sensor ???? - when engine
not running
Ch 157 X950 (CN1B) 18 Transmission output speed ???? - when engine
sensor not running
Ch 158 X950 (CN1B) 02 PTO torque sensor ???? - when engine
not running
Ch 159 X950 (CN1B) 11 Mid speed sensor ???? - when engine
not running
Ch 201 X950 (CN1A) 14 12VA 12000
Ch 202 X950 (CN1A) 26 12VB 12000
Ch 204 X951 (CN1B) 26/27 12VF1 12000
Ch 205 X956 (CN4A) 01/08 12VF2 12000
Ch 206 X953 (CN2B) 09/17 12VF3 12000
Ch 207 X952(CN2A) 07/13 12VH 12000
Ch 208 X952 (CN2A) 02/03 12VH1 12000
Ch 209 X951 (CN1B) 31/32 12VM 12000
Ch 210 X957 (CN4B) 02 12VR 12000
Ch 211 X955 (CN3B) 08/09 12VS1 12000
Ch 212 X955 (CN3B) 03 12VS2 12000
Ch 213 X954 (CN3A) 07/13 12VT1 12000
Ch 214 X954 (CN3A) 21 12VU1 12000
Ch 215 X954 (CN3A) 02/03 12VU2 12000
Ch 216 X950 (CN1A) 06 8V5REF 8500
Ch 217 X950 (CN1A) 08 5VREF1 5000
Ch 218 X950 (CN1A) 03 5VREF2 5000
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 425

Number
Ch 219 X950 (CN1A) 09 5VREF3 5000
Ch 220 X950 5VREF1IN 5000
Ch 221 X950 2V5REF 2500
Ch 222 X950 1VREF 1000
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 426

with Sidewinder
circuits.
BAIL10CVT043AVB 1

button.
BAIL10CVT044AVB 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 427
BVE0780A_573 3

“m" buttons.
below.

Number
Ch 1 X951 (CN1B) 16 Handbrake switch 0 - Handbrake
released
12000 - Handbrake
applied
12000 - EDC enabled
4200 - pedal fully
depressed
on rear hitch
on rear hitch
disconnected
12000 - radar
connected
Ch 14 X952 (CN2A) 10 Transmission oil temperature 2710 @ 20 °C
sensor 1914 @ 40 °C
1294 @ 60 °C
869 @ 80 °C
12000 - pedal
released
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 428

Number
seat
3500 - operator out
of seat
12000 - EHR enabled
Ch 23 X952 (CN4A) 24 Creeper position sensor ?????
12000 - switch not
pressed
Ch 25 X956 (CN4A) 18 Low / high range synchro position ????
12000 - switch not
pressed
12000 - GPTO not
engaged
12000 - switch
pressed
12000 - link not
present
position
position
12000 - switch
pressed
12000 - switch
pressed
12000 - switch
pressed
12000 - pedal
depressed
pressed
3400 - button
pressed
position
sensor position
position
depressed
3750 - pedal
released
position
position
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 429

Number
idle
Ch 57 X955 (CN3B) 01 Crank detect input ??????
present
12000 high flow
pump not present
12000 - pedal
released
12000 - switch
pressed
12000 - switch
pressed
12000 - switch
pressed
pressed
12000 - exhaust
brake pressed
input fitted
fitted
Ch 82 X957 (CN4B) 14 Air conditioning pressure switch 0 - ??????
12000 - ?????
position
position
position
position
position
4200 - lever in
reverse position
position
4200 - lever in
forward position
lowered
raised
Ch 92 X957 (CN4B) 31 Front hitch position sensor ??? - rear hitch fully
lowered
???? - rear hitch fully
raised
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 430

Number
Ch 100 X956 (CN4A) 07 A solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
is on
Ch 101 X956 (CN4A) 13 B solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
is on
Ch 102 X956 (CN3A) 05. C solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
is on
Ch 103 X956 (CN3B) 02 D solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
is on
Ch 104 X956 (CN3B) 05 E solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
is on
Ch 105 X956 (CN3A) 14 Low range solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
is on
Ch 106 X956 (CN3B) 07 Mid range solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
is on
Ch 107 X956 (CN1A) 25 High range solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
is on
Ch 108 X956 (CN1A) 23 Reverse range solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
is on
Ch 109 X956 (CN4A) 19 19th gear solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
is on
Ch 110 X956 (CN3B) 06 19th gear dump solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
is on
Ch 111 X956 (CN3B) 33 Creeper solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
is on
Ch 121 X951 (CN1B) 29 EDC raise solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
is on
Ch 122 X951 (CN1B) 33 EDC lower solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
is on
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 431

Number
Ch 123 X955 (CN3B) 10 Rear PTO solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
is on
Ch 124 X954 (CN3A) 08 Front PTO solenoid current ??? - when solenoid
is off
is on
Ch 125 X954 (CN3A) 25 Front suspension upper lockout ??? - when solenoid
current is off
is on
Ch 126 X952 (CN2A) 19 Front suspension lower lockout ??? - when solenoid
current is off
is on
Ch 150 X952 (CN1A) 11 CDE speed sensor ???? - when engine
not running
Ch 153 X950 (CN1A) 18 Rear PTO speed sensor ???? - when engine
not running
Ch 154 X950 (CN1A) 15 Flywheel speed sensor ???? - when engine
not running
Ch 157 X950 (CN1B) 18 Transmission output speed ???? - when engine
sensor not running
Ch 158 X950 (CN1B) 02 PTO torque sensor ???? - when engine
not running
Ch 201 X950 (CN1A) 14 12VA 12000
Ch 202 X950 (CN1A) 26 12VB 12000
Ch 204 X951 (CN1B) 26/27 12VF1 12000
Ch 205 X956 (CN4A) 01/08 12VF2 12000
Ch 206 X953 (CN2B) 09/17 12VF3 12000
Ch 207 X952(CN2A) 07/13 12VH 12000
Ch 208 X952 (CN2A) 02/03 12VH1 12000
Ch 209 X951 (CN1B) 31/32 12VM 12000
Ch 210 X957 (CN4B) 02 12VR 12000
Ch 211 X955 (CN3B) 08/09 12VS1 12000
Ch 212 X955 (CN3B) 03 12VS2 12000
Ch 213 X954 (CN3A) 07/13 12VT1 12000
Ch 214 X954 (CN3A) 21 12VU1 12000
Ch 215 X954 (CN3A) 02/03 12VU2 12000
Ch 216 X950 (CN1A) 06 8V5REF 8500
Ch 217 X950 (CN1A) 08 5VREF1 5000
Ch 218 X950 (CN1A) 03 5VREF2 5000
Ch 219 X950 (CN1A) 09 5VREF3 5000
Ch 220 X950 5VREF1IN 5000
Ch 221 X950 2V5REF 2500
Ch 222 X950 1VREF 1000
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 432
Control module Universal controller - HA - Demonstration mode

NOTE: The HA diagnostic menu is used to allow specific performance features of the vehicle to be turned off. This
makes it possible for dealers to demonstrate the advantages of these features.
The features that can be demonstrated in this menu
are:
• Engine power boost
• Front suspension
HA Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL10CVT045AVA 1
Engine Power Boost Demonstration

Start the engine and allow it to idle.
cluster to navigate the HH menu's to HA and the engine
BAIL10CVT046AVB 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 433
BAIL06CCM446AVA 3
Using the “h" and “m" buttons select channel 1.

The lower central display will show "Pbd" (power boost
demo).
Power boost will work as normal but now you can use the
decrease CRPM switch (2) to turn off the power boost and
the increase (1) to turn it on.
NOTE: The power boost will only come on if the correct
parameters are set under normal operation.
BAIL06CCM484AVB 4
Turn the keystart OFF to return to normal operation.
Front Suspension Demonstration

cluster to navigate the HH menu's to HA and the front sus-
BAIL10CVT313AVA 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 434
BAIL06CCM446AVA 6
Using the “h" and “m" buttons select channel 1.

The lower central display will show "FSd" (front suspension
demo).
BAIL10CVT314AVA 7
Use the SFA lock switch to select lockout mode in the nor-
mal way (the 12kph lockout speed restriction will not be
activated).
Depress the "dimming" button to exit the menu at any time.
NOTE: Normal front suspension operation is resumed after the keystart is switched OFF.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 435
Control module Universal controller - HB - Display stored fault

codes
NOTE: This menu is used to display fault codes which are stored in the EEPROM of the controller.
NOTE: A maximum of ten fault codes for each sub-system can be stored.
BAIL10CVT316FVB 1
Select the required sub-system by depressing the "dim-

ming" button.
BAIL10CVT048AVB 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 436
The lower central display will show "_ _ _", if no fault codes
are stored.
BAIL06CCM487AVA 3
The lower central display will show "F", if any fault codes
are stored.
BVF1088A 4
The display will then automatically cycle through as the

example:
1002 Fault code
BAIL10CVT321AVA 5

code in the list.
the list.
BAIL06CCM487AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 437

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 438
Control module Universal controller - HC - Clear all stored fault

codes
This menu can be used to:

• Clear all fault codes stored in all sub-systems
in the universal controller
• Clear all fault codes stored in a specific sub-
system in the universal controller
BAIL10CVT317FVA 1
NOTE: Always make a note of the stored fault codes before clearing.
Select the HC menu on the U1 controller, or the desired
sub-system, by depressing the “dimming" button.
BAIL10CVT050AVB 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 439
BVE0684A 3

the memory.
The display will countdown from 05 to 01, then “EE" will be
displayed to indicate the fault codes have been cleared.
BVE0121A 4

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 440
Control module Universal controller - HE - Display frequency inputs

NOTE: This menu is used to check the operation of the U1 control module’s frequency inputs.
NOTE: All vehicle sub-systems are operable during this procedure.
BAIL10CVT051AVB 1
BAIL10CVT052AVB 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 441
The lower central display will show “ch _"
BAIL06CCM446AVA 3

“m" buttons.
After a delay the reading for the chosen channel will be
shown, (refer to the table below for a description of each
channel and its corresponding typical reading).
Channel Number Description Typical Reading

Ch 1 Not used
Ch 2 Ring speed sensor
Ch 3 Transmission output speed sensor
Ch 4 Rear PTO speed sensor
Ch 5 Flywheel speed sensor
Ch 6 Radar speed
Ch 7 Transmission output speed sensor #2
Ch 8 Not used
Ch 9 Pto torque sensor
Ch 10 Not used
Ch 11 Not used
Ch 12 Not used

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 442
Control module Universal controller - HF - View controller hardware

information
NOTE: This menu allows the hardware identification, hardware version and serial number to be displayed.
BAIL10CVT053AVB 1
BAIL10CVT054AVB 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 443
The display will automatically cycle through as the exam-

ple:
0000 Serial number
3001 Serial number
0376 Serial number
BAIL10CVT323AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 444
Control module Universal controller - HJ - Electronic hydraulic

remote control valve number programming
NOTE: Each EHR valve has its own built in processor. The processor stores in its memory the valve’s number within
the EHR stack, i.e. whether it is valve number 1, 2, 3 or 4. If it becomes necessary to replace a valve assembly
then it becomes necessary to reprogram the number of each valve within the complete valve assembly. Replacement
valve assemblies are supplied with no number assigned. To reprogram the valve number sequence use the following
procedure.
NOTE: This procedure details the procedure for renumbering the rear EHR valves, the same procedure applies for
renumbering the front valves, using the front EHR sub-system.
ATTENTION: It is essential that the renumbering procedure for a complete set of valves (e.g. all rear valves) must be
completed in its entirety before commencing the procedure for the other set of valves.
HJ Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL10CVT055AVB 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 445
With all the rear remote valves connected to the harness,

select the HJ menu by depressing the "dimming" button.
BAIL10CVT056AVB 2
The lower central display will show "EEhr".
BVE0736A 3
Depress and hold the "m" button, the lower central display
will count down from 5 to 1, and finally show "CEhr", indi-
cating the valve numbers have been cleared.
BVE0737A 4
Turn the keystart OFF.

Disconnect the harness from all the valves apart from num-
ber 1.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 446
Turn the keystart on and navigate to the HJ menu again.

The lower central display will momentarily show "Ehr_" fol-
lowed by "Ehr1", an audible bleep will indicate that the
valve has been recognised and renumbered.
BAIL10CVT328AVA 5
The lower central display will flash "Ehr2" indicating the

controller is ready for the next valve to be connected.
BAIL10CVT329AVA 6
Reconnect each valve in the correct order. As each valve

is reconnected an audible bleep will signify that the valve
is recognised and the display will change to show the next
valve number to be reconnected until all the valves have
been connected.
NOTE: Make sure that the audible beep has been heard or the display has changed to indicate that the next valve is
ready to be reconnected.
If less than the maximum number of valves are fitted, the
renumbering sequence can be exited by depressing and
holding the "m" button until "End" is shown.
If the maximum number of valves are fitted the procedure
will end automatically once the last valve has been renum-
bered and "End" will be shown.
BAIL10CVT331AVA 7
Turn the keystart OFF to store the new valve numbers.
NOTE: If, following this procedure, a "U" code is displayed, refer to Control module - Fault code index (A.50.A).
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 447
Control module Steering controller - H1 - Calibration procedures

ment of the tractor, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels, front and rear. Check that the Ground speed
display is Zero before commencing.
BAIL06CCM213AVA 1

cluster to navigate the HH menu's to H1 and the fast steer
symbol on the KA controller.
BAIL09CVT791AVA 2
Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the

available options:
• "Pro" - proximity sensor
• "Lvdt" - LVDT sensor
• "deF" - adopt the default values
Set the engine speed to 1300 RPM.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 448
Proximity Sensor Calibration

Select the "Pro" option by depressing the "dimming" button.
BAIL06CCM638AVA 3
The lower central display will show "O _ _ _" for the steering
wheel in the disengaged position.
BAIL06CCM639AVA 4
Depress and hold the "m" button . When the signal has
been stable for 2 seconds an audible bleep will be heard
and the display will change to "O xxx".
"xxx" is the digital reading of the sensor voltage when the
steering wheel is in the disengaged position.
BAIL06CCM640AVA 5
The lower central display will display "C _ _ _" for the steer-
ing wheel in the engaged position.
BAIL06CCM641AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 449
Depress and hold the "m" button while the steering wheel
is in the engage position. When the signal has been stable
for 2 seconds an audible bleep will be heard and the display
will change to "C xxx".
"xxx" is the digital reading of the sensor voltage when the
steering wheel is in the engaged position.
BAIL06CCM642AVA 7
After a short delay the display will return to the "H1" menu
display.
Linear Variable Differential Transformer (LVDT) Sensor Calibration

Select the "Lvdt" option by depressing the "dimming" but-
ton.
BAIL06CCM643AVA 8
Press the "dimming" button again to activate. The system

will then automatically pilot the solenoid and measure the
LVDT values in both positions and overwrite the default
values.
The lower central display will show a countdown from "5"
as the calibration is being performed. When the calibration
is complete the display will change to "donE".
BAIL06CCM652AVA 9
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 450
Adopting the Default Values

Select the "deF" option by depressing the "dimming" but-
ton.
BAIL06CCM644AVA 10
Depress and hold the "m" button. After a short delay an

audible beep will be heard to indicate that the calibration
values have reset to their default values.
The lower central display will then show "donE".
BAIL06CCM651AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 451
Control module Steering controller - H2 - View stored calibration

values
BAIL06CCM653FVB 1
Select the steering sub-system by depressing the “dim-

ming" button.
BAIL06CCM654AVB 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 452
BAIL09CCM059AVA 3

“m" buttons.
After a delay the calibration value will be displayed. (see
the table below for the description of the channel).
Channel Description Default Value Range

Ch 1 Proximity switch open 350 0 to 999
Ch 2 Proximity switch closed 295 0 to 999
Ch 3 LVDT secondary signal 1 open 400 400 to 750
Ch 4 LVDT secondary signal 2 open 500 400 to 750
Ch 5 LVDT secondary signal 1 closed 500 400 to 750
Ch 6 LVDT secondary signal 2 closed 400 400 to 750

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 453
Control module Steering controller - H4 - View software revision

level
BAIL06CCM657FVA 1
BAIL06CCM658AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 454
The display will automatically cycle through the software

release, as the example shown and return to allow naviga-
tion of the "HH" menus.
BAIL06CCM460AVB 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 455
Control module Steering controller - H5 - Switch operation test

BAIL06CCM659FVA 1
BAIL06CCM660AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 456
The lower central display will show “d _ _"
BVE0047A_569 3

tion.
heard, a 'wiggle' test can be performed on the related
wiring, while watching the display or listening for the
audible tone, to help locate the fault.
BRL6067D 4
Identifier Controller Switch / Input Special Requirements

Connector
d117 A1 Enable switch -
d118 C4 Safety switch -
d119 B4 Proximity switch -
d120 - LVDT -
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 457
Control module Steering controller - H8 - Clear stored calibration

BAIL06CCM670FVA 1
BAIL06CCM671AVA 2

the EEPROM.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 458
The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01,

then “EE" will be shown to indicate the EEPROM has been
cleared.
BVE0121A 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 459
Control module Steering controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic

circuits.
BAIL06CCM672FVA 1
BAIL06CCM673AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 460
BVE0780A_573 3

“m" buttons.
below.
ponents.
Chan- Description Module Pin Typical Reading Notes

nel
1 LVDT secondary winding 1 B5 450 to 750
2 LVDT secondary winding 2 B6 450 to 750
3 Proximity sensor B4 50 to 800
4 Electrovalve A6 350 to 500 mA
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 461
Control module Steering controller - HB - Display stored fault codes

BAIL06CCM674FVA 1
BAIL06CCM680AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 462
are stored.
BAIL06CCM487AVA 3
are stored.
BVF1088A 4

example:
15010 Fault code
BAIL06CCM488AVB 5

code in the list.
The lower central display will show “_ _ _" at the end of the
list.
BAIL06CCM487AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 463

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 464
Control module Steering controller - HC - Clear all stored fault

codes
BAIL06CCM681FVA 1
NOTE: Always make a note of the fault codes stored, before clearing.
BAIL06CCM682AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 465
The lower central display will show “F CL".
BVE0684A 3

the memory.
BVE0121A 4

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 466
Control module Steering controller - HF - View controller hardware

information
BAIL06CCM685FVA 1
BAIL06CCM686AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 467

ple:
0000 Serial number
0609 Serial number
0054 Serial number
BAIL06CCM687AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 468
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H1 -

Calibration procedures
NOTE: This procedure calibrates the EPL (Electronic Park Lock) applied and released positions and the accelerom-
eter.
NOTE: The calibration procedure is controlled by the electronic management system and during the calibration pro-
cedure the system is functional. Park the tractor on a flat surface away from any obstacles. The parking brake must
be released and the shuttle lever in the park position.
If required during the calibration procedure use the service brakes to prevent the tractor from moving.
nostic socket.
BAIL06CCM213AVA 1

cluster to navigate the HH menu's to H1 and the transmis-
sion symbol on the XA controller.
BAIL09CVT742AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 469
To start the calibration procedure, press the "dimming" but-

ton, Cal will be shown on the display.
BAIL09CVT777AVA 3
Press the "h" button, the display will show "Inc" for the ac-
celerometer calibration or "SC" for the stroke calibration,
use the "h" and "m" buttons to switch between the options.
BAIL09CVT786AVA 4
To calibrate the accelerometer:

Use the "h" and "m'' buttons to select "Inc" on the display.
Press the "m" button to enter the accelerometer calibration
routine.
The display will alternate between the calibrated value and
"Inc".
When the calibration is complete the display will show
"SC".
BAIL09CVT787AVA 5
To calibrate the applied and released positions, use the "h"

and "m" buttons to select "SC" on the display, Press and
hold the "m" button to calibrate the released position.
During the calibration procedure the display will show a
horizontal line which will move downwards while calibrating
the released position and then the EPL release symbol will
be displayed.
When the released position has been calibrated, the dis-
play will show "M".
Release the "m" button.
BAIL09CVT788AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 470
Press and hold the "m" button to calibrate the applied posi-
tion. The display will show a horizontal line which will move
upwards and the "EPL applied" symbol will be displayed.
BAIL09CVT789AVA 7
When the calibration is complete the display will show

"APP" followed by the applied position and then "REL"
followed by the released position.
BAIL09CVT790AVA 8

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 471
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H2 - View

stored calibration values
NOTE: This menu is used to display the calibration values stored in the controller for the Electronic Park Lock
BAIL09CVT743AVA 1
ELECTRONIC PARK LOCK VALUES

Select the electronic park lock sub-system by depressing
the "dimming" button.
BAIL09CVT730AVB 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 472
The lower central display will show "ch - -".
BAIL06CCM534AVA 3
The required channel can be selected by using the "h" and

"m" buttons.
After a delay the lower central display will cycle through the
code followed by the calibration value for each code in that
channel. (see the table below for the description of each
channel).
Channel Description Value Range

Ch 1 Accelerometer offset -45.0 to 45.0
Ch 2 Applied position 0.0 to 65.0
Ch 3 Released position 0.0 to 65.0
Ch 4 Bite point position 0.0 to 65.0
Ch 5 Number of apply actuations 0 to 99999999
Ch 6 Number of apply actuations while tractor moving 0 to 99999999
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 473

Configurations and options
NOTE: Used to display the configurations available for the electronic park lock.
Electronic park lock
• Ch.1 Electronic park lock enable option
• Ch.2 Trailer brake present
BAIL09CVT744AVA 1
ELECTRONIC PARK BRAKE OPTIONS

Select the EPL sub-system by depressing the "dimming"
button.
BAIL09CVT731AVB 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 474
The lower central display will show "ch - -".
BAIL06CCM534AVA 3

"m" buttons.
After a delay the current setting will be displayed. (see the
table below for the description of each channel).
Channel Description
Ch 1 Electronic Park Lock enable option
Ch 2 Trailer brake present
Channel 1 - Electronic Park Lock Option

Scroll through the available options using the "h" or "m"
button.
The options available are:
• YES - Enable EPL
• NO - Disable EPL
BAIL06CCM500AVA 4
To save the desired option, press and hold the "h" or "m"
button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that
the selection has been saved.
NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "NO" - EPL not enabled.
Channel 2 - Trailer Brake Present

NOTE: This channel is used to select whether trailer brakes are present or not.
button.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 475

• YES - Trailer brakes present
• NO - Trailer brakes not present
BAIL09CVT761AVA 5
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m"
NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "YES" - Trailer brakes present.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 476
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H4 - View

software revision level
BAIL09CVT732AVA 1
BAIL09CVT733AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 477

BAIL09CVT762AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 478
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H5 - Switch

operation test
BAIL09CVT734AVA 1
BAIL09CVT735AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 479
The lower central display will show "d_ _"
BVE0047A_546 3

tion.
BAIL06CCM423AVA 4
Identifier Controller Pin Switch / Input

number
d8 B4 Cranking status
d11 B3 Parking brake switch
d28 C7 Shuttle lever park switch
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 480
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H8 - Clear

stored calibration information (EEPROM)
NOTE: H8 will not change the configuration settings. The H3 menu mode must be used for this.
NOTE: To erase only the stored error codes and not affect the calibration data use the HC menu mode.
BAIL09CVT745AVA 1
If only a specific sub-system EEPROM requires to be re-

set, select the sub-system that requires the EEPROM to be
reset by depressing the "dimming" button, as the example
shown.
BAIL07APH597AVB 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 481
The lower central display will show "EECL".
BVE0682A_547 3
Depress and hold the "m" button to confirm the resetting of
the EEPROM.
"EE" will be displayed to indicate the EEPROM has been
cleared.
BVE0121A_548 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 482

Voltmeter diagnostic
circuits.
BAIL09CVT736AVA 1
BAIL09CVT737AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 483
The lower central display will show "ch - -"
BAIL06CCM534AVA 3

"m" buttons.
below.
ponents.
BAIL06CCM535AVA 4

1 ASNS_AI_1 input 0 to 5V
2 Shuttle lever park switch 0 to 5V
3 Battery voltage 2.7 to 14.8V
4 Ignition switch voltage 0 to 14.8V
5 Accelerometer -1.5 to 1.5g
6 Temperature -40 °C to 120 °C
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 484
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - HB - Display

stored fault codes
BAIL09CVT746AVA 1
BAIL09CVT747AVB 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 485
The central display will display "_ _ _ _", if no fault is stored

in the selected sub-system.
BVF1089A_549 3
The lower central display will show "F", if a fault code is

BVF1088A_550 4

as per the example:
12043 Fault code
BAIL09CVT748AVA 5
Depress the "h" or "m" button to change to the next fault

code in the list.
The lower central display will show "_ _ _" at the end of the
list.
Depress the "dimming" key to continue navigating through
the "HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 486
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - HC - Clear all

stored fault codes
BAIL09CVT738AVA 1
BAIL09CVT739AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 487
The lower central display will show"F CL".
BVE0684A_551 3
the memory.
NOTE: The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01, then "EE" will be displayed to indicate the fault codes
have been cleared.
BVE0121A_548 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 488
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - HF - View

controller hardware information
NOTE: This menu allows the hardware identification, hardware version and serial number to be displayed. Common
to all sub-systems.
BAIL09CVT740AVA 1
BAIL09CVT741AVA 2

as per the example:
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 489

EEEE Serial number
0013 Serial number
and return to allow navigation of the "HH" menus.
BAIL09CVT764AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 490
Control module Instrument controller - H3 - Configurations and

options
HX - Enhanced ADIC, HY - Basic ADIC

Engine shutdown
Error code reduction (ECR)
Steering sensor selection
Air brake selection
2nd fuel tank selection
SWCD selection
NOTE: The illustrations in this procedure depict the HX module however the instructions remain the same for the HY
module.
BAIL11APH295FVA 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 491
Engine Shutdown Options

Select the engine shutdown sub-system by pressing the
“dimming" button.
BAIL11APH244AVA 2
NOTE: The default setting is NO.

button.
Refer to the common rail fuel injection engine shutdown
options table below.
Options CONDITIONS REQUIRED CONDITIONS WHICH OVERRIDE

FOR ENGINE SHUTDOWN ENGINE SHUTDOWN OPTIONS
(All conditions must be met)
Operating Condition Operator Operator Vehicle Vehicle
Present Not Station- Moving
Present ary
No engine
NO The engine will not shut down - - - -
shutdown
Engine oil pressure - Low * * * *
Engine coolant temperature - High * * * *
Always
YES1 shutdown
engine to shutdown
engine
Engine oil pressure - Low * *
Engine coolant temperature - High * *
Stationary
YES2 engine * *
engine to shutdown
shutdown
Error Code Reduction (ECR) Options

Select the ECR sub-system by pressing the “dimming" but-
ton.
BAIL11APH245AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 492

button.
"Factory" (F) - factory error mode, displays all error codes
for a period of 6 minutes then reverts to error code reduc-
tion (ECR).
"ECR" (E) - error code reduction mode, only displays criti-
cal errors.
"Live" (L) live error code mode, displays all error codes.
BAIL06CCM417AVA 4
Steering Sensor Selection Options

Select the steering sensor sub-system by depressing the
“dimming" button.
BAIL11APH246AVA 5
NOTE: The default setting is “No" without steering sensor.

button.
BAIL11APH247AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 493
Air Brake Options

Select the air brake sub-system by depressing the “dim-
ming" button.
BAIL11APH248AVA 7
NOTE: The default setting is “No" without air brakes.

button.
BAIL11APH249AVA 8
2nd Fuel Tank Selection

Select the 2nd fuel tank sub-system by depressing the
“dimming" button.
BAIL11APH250AVA 9
NOTE: The default setting is “No" without 2nd fuel tank.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 494

button.
BAIL11APH251AVA 10
SWCD Selection
Select the SWCD sub-system by depressing the “dimming"
button.
BAIL11APH296AVA 11
NOTE: The default setting is “No" without SWCD.

button.
BAIL11APH297AVA 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 495

level

This menu displays the software release of the unit.
module.
H4 - VIEW SOFTWARE REVISION LEVEL
BAIL11APH232FVA 1
BAIL11APH233AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 496

the software release as the example shown below, and will
then return to allow navigation of the “HH" menus.
BAIL09CVT573AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 497
Control module Instrument controller - H5 - Switch operation test


sition is detected.
module.
BAIL11APH234FVA 1
BAIL11APH235AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 498
BVE0047A 3

tion.
BAIL06CCM423AVA 4
NOTE: If the keystart switch is turned to the “crank" position, with the shuttle lever in neutral and the clutch pedal
Controller
Identifier Pin Number Switch / Input
Connector
d11 X009 (CN3) 7 Park brake switch
d66 X009 (CN3) 18 Main high beam switch
d67 X005 (CN1) 15 Side lights
d68 X009 (CN3) 17 Brakes not latched (Japan ONLY)
d70 X005 (CN1) 5 Left turn signal indicator
d71 X005 (CN1) 6 Right turn signal indicator
d74 X009 (CN3) 9 Exhaust brake switch
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 499
Control module Instrument controller - H8 - Clear stored calibration


by resetting all EEPROM values back to default. EEPROM
is where all calibration values and error codes are stored.
This memory is retained even if there is no power to the
controller, i.e. if the battery is disconnected. There are two
options available. "Clear net config" and "clear settings".
"Clear net config" is used to erase the stored network con-
figuration, this will clear the current configuration stored in
the instrument cluster and rebuild the configuration at the
next key ON. This should be used if the cluster has been
changed or if the HH menus are showing modules which
are not fitted to the machine.
"Clear settings" will return all instrument cluster settings
back to their default setting.
NOTE: To change any configuration settings H3 menu mode must be used. H8 will not affect these settings.
NOTE: To remove all stored error codes without erasing the calibration values use the HC menu.
module.
BAIL11APH253FVA 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 500
The "CLEAR SETTINGS" option will clear all of the fol-

lowing information stored in the instrument cluster's non-
volatile memory, and set the parameters to their default val-
ues (indicated in brackets).
Parameter Default Value

Implement width 0
Slippage warning threshold 0 — no warning
Maintenance 0 — no warning
Wheel calibration — Rolling Circumference 5497
Keys audible feedback on
Fault codes erased
Fault code management factory mode
Area worked —
Odometer 1/2
Dimming 5
Contrast 7
SWCD on-line yes
Turn the key switch on without starting the vehicle.

button.
Select "Clear Settings" by depressing the “m" button.
BAIL11APH254AVA 2
BVE0682A 3
NOTE: If the “m" button is released before the countdown finishes, the procedure will be aborted.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 501

the EEPROM.
cleared.
BVE0121A 4
It is not possible to continuing through the "H" menus after

an H8 procedure. The only possible action is to turn the
ignition key switch off to allow the reset values to be stored.
NOTE: The 'Clear Network Config' procedure is carried out in the same way as 'Clear Settings'
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 502
Control module Instrument controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic


module.
BAIL11APH236FVA 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 503
BAIL11APH237AVA 2
The lower central display will display “ch _ _".
BAIL06CCM446AVA 3

“m" buttons.
below.
BAIL09CVT580AVA 4
ponents.

4 Programming voltage Vpp 12 V See explanations below
5 +5 Volt sensor supply 5V
10 +12 Volt VT input 12.0 (voltage in Volts) See explanations below
21 Steering angle sensor 23.0 full right lock
128.0 full left lock
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 504

24 Air brake pressure 9.0 bar Low pressure warning at
5.4 bar
25 Fuel level sensor 30 - 270 30 = Full
270 = Empty
51 Vane pump 23.5
108 Air brake pressure (new 9.0 bar Low pressure warning at
sensor) 5.4 bar
Explanations:
Vpp Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to
retain the volatile memory.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 505
Control module Instrument controller - HB - Display stored fault

codes

in the EEPROM of the controller.
module.
BAIL11APH238FVA 1
Select the HB menu by depressing the “dimming" button.
BAIL11APH239AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 506
The lower central display will flash with “0", if no fault code
is stored.
BAIL09HHP230AVA 3
If and error code is present the lower central display will

flash with an “F".
BVF1088A 4

14100 Fault code
BAIL06CCM432AVA 5

code in the list.
the list.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 507
Control module Instrument controller - HC - Clear all stored fault

codes
module.
BAIL11APH240FVA 1
NOTE: Always make a note of the fault codes stored, before clearing the memory.
BAIL11APH241AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 508
The lower central display will display “F CL".
BVE0684A 3
NOTE: If the “m" key is released before the countdown finishes, the procedure will be aborted.
the memory.
“EE" will be displayed to indicate the fault codes have been
cleared.
BVE0121A 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 509


version and serial number to be displayed.
module.
BAIL11APH285FVA 1
Select the HF menu by depressing the “dimming" button.
BAIL11APH286AVA 2

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 510

0000 Serial number
3001 Serial number
0376 Serial number
And return to allow navigation of the "HH" menus.
BAIL11CCM131AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 511
Control module Central Control Unit - H1 - Calibration procedures

Without Sidewinder
T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.210
Power Command without Sidewinder
The Central Control Unit (RY) is used to calibrate the

• EDC
• Rear PTO
• Steering Sensor
BAIL11CCM054FVC 1
FPS Transmission Calibration

In addition to calibrating the transmission clutches the pro-
cedure also allows the flywheel twist sensor and PTO twist
sensor to be calibrated.
60 - 105 °C, the optimum temperature for calibration is 60 °C.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 512
deselected.
mode:
• Quick entry.
Quick Entry
Press and hold both the upshift and downshift switches
while starting the engine.
BAIL06CCM608AVA 2
HH Menu Entry
nostic socket.
BAIL06CCM213AVA 3

sion symbol on the RY controller.
BAIL11CCM056AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 513
Calibration Method
The engine speed will automatically be set to 1100 - 1300
RPM.
BAIL10CVT164AVC 5
Place the shuttle lever into the forward position and release
the clutch pedal.
BAIL06CCM610AVA 6
Pressing the up or downshift button will change the display

to show the Flywheel Torque calibration value.
BAIL06CCM608AVA 7

temperature sender.
BAIL11APH224AVA 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 514
There are two methods of calibrating the FPS transmis-


BAIL09CVT773AVA 9

BAIL09CVT774AVA 10

Release the downshift button, the display will change to 'b',
indicating that clutch B is ready for calibration.
BAIL10CVT166AVA 11
Repeat the previous two steps for clutches B, C, D, E and

F1 (S), F2 (M), F3 (F), F4 (19th gear, 50 kph transmission
only) and R.
After clutch R has been calibrated, release the downshift
button and the display will change to "A"
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 515

ues.

When the display shows "dt" press the "m" button on the
instrument cluster or the’AUTO FUNCTION’, if fitted, for
two seconds to start the automatic calibration sequence.
to keep the downshift button depressed.
BAIL06CCM613AVA 12

function upshift or downshift button to clear the error.
ues.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 516
Creeper Calibration

connected.
BAIL08CVT015AVA 13
Erase any previously stored calibration value by pressing

and holding the fast raise switch on the armrest handle and
turning the ignition switch to the on position. Release the
switch and turn off the ignition.
BAIL11CCM058AVA 14
Make sure that the correct EDC ram size has been set
(otherwise fault code 1070 will be displayed), for further
information refer to Control module Central Control Unit
- H3 - Configurations and options (A.50.A).
wise position (otherwise fault code 1068 will be displayed).
Start the tractor, the EDC status lamp on the ICP should
flash to indicate that there is an EDC fault present. Fully
raise and then lower the hitch using the position control
lever on the armrest.
Turn the ignition off to store the calibrate top position value.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 517
Reconnect the APUH lift rods if fitted.
BAIL08CVT015AVA 15

calibration has been erased using the “H8” procedure.
NOTE: Park on a flat surface and set the parking brake. The tractor can move during this procedure so ensure that
the area around the tractor is clear. Transmission output RPM is constantly monitored and calibration will not proceed
unless the tractor is stationary.
Disconnect ALL implements from the Rear Hitch.
lbs) is recommended.
Key OFF.
BSE3148A 16

1. Quick entry.
2. HH menu entry.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 518
Quick Entry
Hold down the work switch on the hand controller and start
the vehicle. The system to be calibrated will be shown on
the cluster’s dot matrix and “CAL” will be displayed in the
BAIL11CCM059AVA 17
Go to Calibration method.
HH Menu Entry
nostic socket (1).
BAIL06CCM213AVA 18

bol on the RY controller. The lower central display will show
“CAL”.
BAIL11CCM059AVA 19
Calibration Method
Set the engine speed to 1100 - 1300 RPM until it is stable
with no signs of hunting or surging.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 519

The lower central display will change from "CAL" to "0" to
indicate the start of calibration. During calibration the link-
age is automatically raised and lowered a small amount 3
times, within 2-3 minutes.
BAIL06CCM386AVB 20

is complete.
BAIL06CCM613AVA 21

Rear PTO Calibration

NOTE: There is no calibration procedure available in the “H Menus”, however the PTO clutch is automatically cali-
brated when the PTO is started. The current value is displayed in the RY controller, H2 channel 2.
Steering Sensor Calibration

NOTE: Park on a flat surface and set the parking brake.
NOTE: If the vehicle is fitted with the Autoguidance system, make sure the steering angle sensor is connected to the
main engine wiring harness rather than the Autoguidance harness while performing the calibration procedure. On
completion of the calibration reconnect the steering angle sensor to the Autoguidance harness.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 520

nostic socket (1).
BAIL06CCM213AVA 22

cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the differential
lock symbol on the RY controller. The lower central display
will show “CAL”.
BAIL11CCM061AVA 23
Press and hold the automatic differential lock switch for two
seconds.
BAIL11CCM063AVA 24
The lower central display will show "ScP" followed by the

NOTE: If the display indicates the number "-1", the steering
angle sensor option must be activated with the H3 menu,
before the steering angle sensor can be calibrated, for fur-
ther information refer to Control module Central Control
Unit - H3 - Configurations and options (A.50.A).
NOTE: If the display shows “-2” then this indicates an er-
ror with the steering angle sensor input to the instrument
cluster. Review associated instrument cluster error codes
to determine the fault.
BAIL06CCM625AVA 25
Turn the steering wheel so the front wheels are in line with
the driveline.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 521
Press and hold the automatic differential lock switch for

two seconds to confirm the steering angle position. The
lower central display will show the calibrated steering sen-
sor reading followed by “End”.
BAIL06CCM613AVA 26
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 522
Control module Central Control Unit - H1 - Calibration procedures

Without Sidewinder
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.210
Range Command without Sidewinder
The Central Control Unit (RZ) is used to calibrate the

• EDC
• Rear PTO
• Steering Sensor
BAIL11CCM055FVA 1
SPS Transmission Calibration

In addition to calibrating the transmission clutches the pro-
cedure also allows the flywheel twist sensor and PTO twist
sensor to be calibrated.
60 - 105 °C, the optimum temperature for calibration is 60 °C.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 523
deselected.
mode:
• Quick entry.
Quick Entry
Press and hold both the upshift and downshift switches
while starting the engine.
BAIL06CCM608AVA 2
HH Menu Entry
nostic socket.
BAIL06CCM213AVA 3

sion symbol on the RZ controller.
BAIL11CCM057AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 524
Calibration Method
The engine speed will automatically be set to 1100 - 1300
RPM.
BAIL10CVT164AVC 5
Place the shuttle lever into the forward position and release
the clutch pedal.
BAIL06CCM610AVA 6

BAIL06CCM608AVA 7

temperature sender.
BAIL11APH224AVA 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 525
There are two methods of calibrating the SPS transmis-


BAIL09CVT773AVA 9

BAIL09CVT774AVA 10

Release the downshift button, the display will change to 'b',
indicating that clutch B is ready for calibration.
BAIL10CVT166AVA 11
Repeat the previous two steps for clutches B, C, D, E and

19th gear, (50 kph transmission only).
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 526
Following the final clutch calibration the display will show

“F‟ indicating that the synchronise middle position can be
calibrated. Press and hold the downshift button to calibrate
the synchronizer middle position. On completion the dis-
play will show “End‟.
BAIL06CCM613AVA 12
Repeatedly depressing the upshift switch will cycle through

each clutch, enabling a particular sensor or clutch to be
calibrated several times if required or the calibration of a
particular sensor or clutch to be omitted.
BAIL07APH535ASA 13

ues.
code index (A.50.A) .

When the display shows "dt" press the "m" button on the
instrument cluster or the range shift button for two seconds
to start the automatic calibration sequence.
to keep the downshift button depressed.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 527

BAIL06CCM613AVA 14

function upshift or downshift button to clear the error.
ues.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 528
Creeper Calibration

connected.
BAIL08CVT015AVA 15
Erase any previously stored calibration value by pressing

and holding the fast raise switch on the armrest handle and
turning the ignition switch to the on position. Release the
switch and turn off the ignition.
BAIL11CCM058AVA 16
Make sure that the correct EDC ram size has been set
(otherwise fault code 1070 will be displayed), for further
information refer to Control module Central Control Unit
- H3 - Configurations and options (A.50.A).
wise position (otherwise fault code 1068 will be displayed).
Start the tractor, the EDC status lamp on the ICP should
flash to indicate that there is an EDC fault present. Fully
raise and then lower the hitch using the position control
lever on the armrest.
Turn the ignition off to store the calibrate top position value.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 529
Reconnect the APUH lift rods if fitted.
BAIL08CVT015AVA 17

calibration has been erased using the “H8” procedure.
NOTE: Park on a flat surface and set the parking brake. The tractor can move during this procedure so ensure that
the area around the tractor is clear. Transmission output RPM is constantly monitored and calibration will not proceed
unless the tractor is stationary.
Disconnect ALL implements from the Rear Hitch.
lbs) is recommended.
Key OFF.
BSE3148A 18

1. Quick entry.
2. HH menu entry.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 530
Quick Entry
Hold down the work switch on the hand controller and start
the vehicle. The system to be calibrated will be shown on
the cluster’s dot matrix and “CAL” will be displayed in the
BAIL11CCM060AVA 19
Go to Calibration method.
HH Menu Entry
nostic socket (1).
BAIL06CCM213AVA 20

bol on the RY controller. The lower central display will show
“CAL”.
BAIL11CCM060AVA 21
Calibration Method
Set the engine speed to 1100 - 1300 RPM until it is stable
with no signs of hunting or surging.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 531

The lower central display will change from "CAL" to "0" to
indicate the start of calibration. During calibration the link-
age is automatically raised and lowered a small amount 3
times, within 2-3 minutes.
BAIL06CCM386AVB 22

is complete.
BAIL06CCM613AVA 23

Rear PTO Calibration

NOTE: There is no calibration procedure available in the “H Menus”, however the PTO clutch is automatically cali-
brated when the PTO is started. The current value is displayed in the RY controller, H2 channel 2.
Steering Sensor Calibration

NOTE: Park on a flat surface and set the parking brake.
NOTE: If the vehicle is fitted with the Autoguidance system, make sure the steering angle sensor is connected to the
main engine wiring harness rather than the Autoguidance harness while performing the calibration procedure. On
completion of the calibration reconnect the steering angle sensor to the Autoguidance harness.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 532

nostic socket (1).
BAIL06CCM213AVA 24

lock symbol on the RY controller. The lower central display
will show “CAL”.
BAIL11CCM062AVA 25
Press and hold the automatic differential lock switch for two
seconds.
BAIL11CCM063AVA 26
The lower central display will show "ScP" followed by the

NOTE: If the display indicates the number "-1", the steering
angle sensor option must be activated with the H3 menu,
before the steering angle sensor can be calibrated, for fur-
ther information refer to Control module Central Control
Unit - H3 - Configurations and options (A.50.A).
NOTE: If the display shows “-2” then this indicates an er-
ror with the steering angle sensor input to the instrument
cluster. Review associated instrument cluster error codes
to determine the fault.
BAIL06CCM625AVA 27
Turn the steering wheel so the front wheels are in line with
the driveline.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 533
Press and hold the automatic differential lock switch for

two seconds to confirm the steering angle position. The
lower central display will show the calibrated steering sen-
sor reading followed by “End”.
BAIL06CCM613AVA 28
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 534
Control module Central Control Unit - H2 - View stored calibration

values Without Sidewinder
The Central Control Unit (RY) is used to view stored

• EDC
• Rear PTO
• Steering Sensor
BAIL11CCM064FVA 1
FPS Transmission Calibration Values

BAIL11CCM066AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 535

“m" buttons.
perature 65 °C.
BAIL10CVT282AVB 3

Ch 9 F4 clutch calibration current and temperature (19 speed transmission only)
R clutch calibration current and temperature (all other transmission speeds)
Ch 10 R clutch calibration current and temperature (19 speed transmission only)
Flywheel damper calibration value (all other transmission speeds)
Ch 11 Flywheel damper calibration value (19 speed transmission only)
PTO twist calibration value (all other transmission speeds)
Ch 12 PTO twist calibration value (19 speed transmission only)
Radar adjustment value (all other transmission speeds)
Ch 13 Radar adjustment value (19 speed transmission only)

"HH" menus.

bol on the RY controller.
BAIL11CCM068AVA 4

“m" buttons.
After displaying the channel number, the calibration value
for that channel will then be shown, (refer to the table below
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 536

value)
value)
NOTE: The default calibration values, set during the H8 procedure, are 50 for both the raise and lower solenoids.
"HH" menus.
Rear PTO Calibration Values

symbol on the RY controller.
BAIL11CCM070AVA 5

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Rear PTO oil temperature (live) Temperature dependent
NOTE: The Rear PTO solenoid calibration value displayed in channel 2 is as a result of an automatic calibration that
is initiated when the PTO is started.
"HH" menus.

cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the rear differ-
ential lock symbol on the RY controller.
BAIL11CCM072AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 537

“m" buttons.

NOTE: The default calibration value for the steering sensor, set during the H8 procedure is 12287.
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 538
Control module Central Control Unit - H2 - View stored calibration

values Without Sidewinder
The Central Control Unit (RZ) is used to view stored

• EDC
• Rear PTO
• Steering Sensor
BAIL11CCM065FVA 1
SPS Transmission Calibration Values

BAIL11CCM067AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 539

“m" buttons.
perature 65 °C.
BAIL10CVT282AVB 3

Ch 6 19th gear clutch calibration current and temperature.
Ch 7 Flywheel damper calibration value
Ch 12 PTO twist calibration value
Ch 13 Radar adjustment value

"HH" menus.

BAIL11CCM069AVA 4

“m" buttons.

value)
value)
NOTE: The default calibration values, set during the H8 procedure, are 50 for both the raise and lower solenoids.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 540

"HH" menus.
Rear PTO Calibration Values

BAIL11CCM071AVA 5

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Rear PTO oil temperature (live) Temperature dependent
NOTE: The Rear PTO solenoid calibration value displayed in channel 2 is as a result of an automatic calibration that
is initiated when the PTO is started.
"HH" menus.

cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the rear differ-
ential lock symbol on the RY controller.
BAIL11CCM073AVA 6

“m" buttons.

NOTE: The default calibration value for the steering sensor, set during the H8 procedure is 12287.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 541

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 542
Control module Central Control Unit - H3 - Configurations and

options Without Sidewinder
The Central Control Unit (RY) is used to select the

• EDC
• Rear PTO
• Front EHR
• Headland Turn Sequence (HTS)
BAIL11CCM074FVC 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 543
Transmission Options and Configurations

BAIL11CCM076AVA 2

“m" buttons.
After a delay the channel number followed by the current
selection will be displayed (refer to the table below for a
Channel Description
Channel 1 - Creeper Enable / Disable

BAIL06CCM500AVA 3
options:
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 544

"HH" menus.
Channel 2 - Electronic Park Lock (EPL) Enable / Disable

BAIL06CCM501AVA 4
options:
"YES" - EPL enabled
"no" - EPL disabled
"HH" menus.
Channel 3 - 40 km/h Maximum Speed Restriction

BAIL06CCM502AVA 5
options:
"no" - Unrestricted
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 545

Select the required channel by using the “h" and “m" but-
tons, (refer to the table below for a description of each
channel).

"HH" menus.
Channel 14 — Transmission Oil Pressure Sensor Selection

BAIL11CCM078AVA 6
options:
"PS" - Pressure switch 40 km/h
"Pt" - Pressure transducer
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 546

"HH" menus.

BAIL11APH221AVC 7
options:
NOTE: If "nc" is displayed then this indicates that the selection has not been configured and one of the two available
options must be set.
"HH" menus.
EDC Options and Configurations

BAIL11CCM080AVA 8

“m" buttons.

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 547
Channel 1 - Diameter of the External Hydraulic Lift Rams

BAIL06CCM504AVA 9
80 mm
90 mm
100 mm
"HH" menus.
Channel 2 - EDC Enable / Disable

BAIL06CCM501AVA 10
options:
"YES" - EDC enabled
"no" - EDC disabled
NOTE: Following an H8 of the EDC system or the fitting of a new UCM controller to the tractor, an automatic detection
procedure will take place to determine if the vehicle is fitted with the controls for EDC and the system will be enabled
or disabled as appropriate. The state of the system will be reflected in the value shown in this channel.
NOTE: If the EDC option is disabled using this channel or by the automatic detection then by default the Slip Option
will also be disabled and channel 3 will not be available.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 548

"HH" menus.
Channel 3 - Slip Control Enable / Disable

BAIL06CCM505AVA 11
options:
procedure will take place to determine if the vehicle is fitted with the controls for Slip control and the system will be
enabled or disabled as appropriate. The state of the system will be reflected in the value shown in this channel.

BAIL11CCM081AVA 12

“m" buttons.

Ch 2 Auto modes option
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 549


options:
"OFF" - Dyno power boost test mode is off (normal vehicle
operation).
"Std" - Dyno power boost test mode is on (straight un-
"bSt" - Dyno power boost test mode is on (straight boosted
"HH" menus.
Channel 2 - Auto Modes Option

This channel is used to enable or disable the vehicle’s auto
modes, e.g. Autoshift, CRPM and Powerboost.
BAIL06CCM501AVA 13
options:
"Yes" - Auto modes enabled
"No" - Auto modes disabled
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 550

BAIL06CCM505AVA 14
options:
"Yes" - Grid heater fitted
"No" - Grid heater not fitted

"HH" menus.

BAIL10CVT298AVA 15
options:
"YES" - Fuel filter heater enabled
"no" - Fuel filter disabled

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 551

lock symbol on the RY controller.
BAIL11CCM082AVA 16

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Axle type
Ch 2 Four Wheel Drive Selection

BAIL06CCM507AVA 17
options:
"0" - Standard axle
"1" - SuperSteer axle
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “0”.

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 552
Channel 2 - Four Wheel Drive Selection

BAIL06CCM501AVA 18
options:
"Yes" - Four wheel drive enabled
"No" - Four wheel drive disabled
"HH" menus.

gage and disengage.
BAIL06CCM508AVA 19

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 553
0 - 10 km/h0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 10 - 15 10 - 15 10 - 20 10 - 20
Standard Axle
Drive
Option 0 20 ° 18.5 ° 15 ° 14.25 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
Option 1 45 ° 37.5 ° 20 ° 18.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 40 ° 34 °
Option 2 15 ° 14.2 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
Option 3 11.7 ° 10.9 ° 5° 4.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
0 - 10 km/h0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 km/h 10 - 15 10 - 15 10 - 20 10 - 20
Drive
Option 0 14 ° 12.7 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °
Option 1 31.5 ° 25.2 ° 14 ° 12.7 ° 7° 6.6 ° 28 ° 23 °
Option 2 10.5 ° 9.7 ° 7° 6.6 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °
Option 3 7.8 ° 7.4 ° 4.6 ° 4.5 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °

"HH" menus.

BAIL11CCM084AVA 20
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 554
options:
"0"
"1_6"
"3_2"
"4_8"
"6_4"
Option 6_4 4_8 3_2 1_6 0

"HH" menus.
Rear PTO Options and Configurations

BAIL11CCM085AVA 21

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Rear PTO management option
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 555
Channel 1 - Rear PTO Management Enable / Disable

BAIL06CCM500AVA 22
options:
"Yes" - Rear PTO management enabled
"No" - Rear PTO management disabled
NOTE: The default value on a new module is “no”.

"HH" menus.

BAIL06CCM501AVA 23
options:
"Yes" - Rear PTO fender switches fitted
"No" - Rear PTO fender switches not fitted

"HH" menus.

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 556
BAIL06CCM513AVA 24
0 - 550 RPM.
When the desired engine speed is displayed depress
and hold the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster

"HH" menus.
Front EHR Options and Configurations

BAIL11CCM086AVA 25

“m" buttons.

Ch 3 Not used
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 557

BAIL06CCM500AVA 26
options:
"Yes" - Front EHRs option enabled
"No" - Front EHRs option disabled
"HH" menus.

BAIL06CCM510AVA 27
options:
"Htch" - Front hitch enabled
"LoAd" - Front loader enabled
"nonE" - Front hitch and front loader disabled
in the Auxiliary Control Module (RK module, Front Hitch system, H3, channel 1 set to “YES”).
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 558


BAIL10CVT291AVA 28
options:
"2"
"3"
"HH" menus.

BAIL06CCM512AVA 29
options:
"YES" - High flow pump enabled
"no" - High flow pump disabled
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 559

This H menu level is used by the service technician to set
up any options or configurations available with the HTS
control system.
BAIL11CCM087AVA 30

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 HTS option selection
Channel 1- HTS Enable / Disable

BAIL06CCM500AVA 31
options:
"YES" - HTS enabled
"no" - HTS disabled
NOTE: The default selection on a new module is “no”.

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 560
Control module Central Control Unit - H3 - Configurations and

options Without Sidewinder
The Central Control Unit (RZ) is used to select the

• EDC
• Rear PTO
• Front EHR
• Headland Turn Sequence (HTS)
BAIL11CCM075FVA 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 561
Transmission Options and Configurations

BAIL11CCM077AVA 2

“m" buttons.
Channel Description
Ch 10 19th gear clutch solenoid quick fil adjustment ( 50 km/h transmission only)
Channel 1 - Creeper Enable / Disable

BAIL06CCM500AVA 3
options:
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 562

"HH" menus.
Channel 2 - Electronic Park Lock (EPL) Enable / Disable

BAIL06CCM501AVA 4
options:
"YES" - EPL enabled
"no" - EPL disabled
"HH" menus.
Channel 3 - 40 km/h Maximum Speed Restriction

BAIL06CCM502AVA 5
options:
"no" - Unrestricted
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 563
Channel 4 — Transmission Oil Pressure Sensor Selection

BAIL11CCM078AVA 6
options:
"PS" - Pressure switch
"Pt" - Pressure transducer
"HH" menus.
Channels 5to 11 - Clutch Solenoid Quickfill Adjustment

Select the required channel by using the “h" and “m" but-
tons, (refer to the table below for a description of each
channel).

Ch 10 19th gear clutch solenoid quick fil adjustment ( 50 km/h transmission only)
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 564

BAIL11APH221AVC 7
options:
"HH" menus.
EDC Options and Configurations

BAIL11CCM080AVB 8

“m" buttons.

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 565
Channel 1 - Diameter of the External Hydraulic Lift Rams

BAIL06CCM504AVA 9
80 mm
90 mm
100 mm
"HH" menus.
Channel 2 - EDC Enable / Disable

BAIL06CCM501AVA 10
options:
"YES" - EDC enabled
"no" - EDC disabled
procedure will take place to determine if the vehicle is fitted with the controls for EDC and the system will be enabled
or disabled as appropriate. The state of the system will be reflected in the value shown in this channel.
NOTE: If the EDC option is disabled using this channel or by the automatic detection then by default the Slip Option
will also be disabled and channel 3 will not be available.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 566

"HH" menus.
Channel 3 - Slip Control Enable / Disable

BAIL06CCM505AVA 11
options:
procedure will take place to determine if the vehicle is fitted with the controls for Slip control and the system will be
enabled or disabled as appropriate. The state of the system will be reflected in the value shown in this channel.

BAIL11CCM081AVB 12

“m" buttons.

Ch 2 Auto modes option
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 567


options:
"OFF" - Dyno power boost test mode is off (normal vehicle
operation).
"Std" - Dyno power boost test mode is on (straight un-
"bSt" - Dyno power boost test mode is on (straight boosted
"HH" menus.
Channel 2 - Auto Modes Option

This channel is used to enable or disable the vehicle’s auto
modes, e.g. Autoshift, CRPM and Powerboost.
BAIL06CCM501AVA 13
options:
"Yes" - Auto modes enabled
"No" - Auto modes disabled
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 568

BAIL06CCM505AVA 14
options:
"Yes" - Grid heater fitted
"No" - Grid heater not fitted

"HH" menus.

BAIL10CVT298AVA 15
options:
"YES" - Fuel filter heater enabled
"no" - Fuel filter disabled

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 569

lock symbol on the RY controller.
BAIL11CCM082AVB 16

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Axle type
Ch 2 Four Wheel Drive Selection

BAIL06CCM507AVA 17
options:
"0" - Standard axle
"1" - SuperSteer axle
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “0”.

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 570
Channel 2 - Four Wheel Drive Selection

BAIL06CCM501AVA 18
options:
"Yes" - Four wheel drive enabled
"No" - Four wheel drive disabled
"HH" menus.

gage and disengage.
BAIL06CCM508AVA 19

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 571
0 - 10 km/h0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 10 - 15 10 - 15 10 - 20 10 - 20
Standard Axle
Drive
Option 0 20 ° 18.5 ° 15 ° 14.25 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
Option 1 45 ° 37.5 ° 20 ° 18.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 40 ° 34 °
Option 2 15 ° 14.2 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
Option 3 11.7 ° 10.9 ° 5° 4.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
0 - 10 km/h0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 km/h 10 - 15 10 - 15 10 - 20 10 - 20
Drive
Option 0 14 ° 12.7 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °
Option 1 31.5 ° 25.2 ° 14 ° 12.7 ° 7° 6.6 ° 28 ° 23 °
Option 2 10.5 ° 9.7 ° 7° 6.6 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °
Option 3 7.8 ° 7.4 ° 4.6 ° 4.5 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °

"HH" menus.

BAIL11CCM084AVA 20
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 572
options:
"0"
"1_6"
"3_2"
"4_8"
"6_4"
Option 6_4 4_8 3_2 1_6 0

"HH" menus.
Rear PTO Options and Configurations

BAIL11CCM085AVB 21

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Rear PTO management option
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 573
Channel 1 - Rear PTO Management Enable / Disable

BAIL06CCM500AVA 22
options:
"Yes" - Rear PTO management enabled
"No" - Rear PTO management disabled

"HH" menus.

BAIL06CCM501AVA 23
options:
"Yes" - Rear PTO fender switches fitted
"No" - Rear PTO fender switches not fitted

"HH" menus.

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 574
BAIL06CCM513AVA 24
0 - 550 RPM.
When the desired engine speed is displayed depress
and hold the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster

"HH" menus.
Front EHR Options and Configurations

BAIL11CCM086AVB 25

“m" buttons.

Ch 3 Not used
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 575

BAIL06CCM500AVA 26
options:
"Yes" - Front EHRs option enabled
"No" - Front EHRs option disabled
"HH" menus.

BAIL06CCM510AVA 27
options:
"Htch" - Front hitch enabled
"LoAd" - Front loader enabled
"nonE" - Front hitch and front loader disabled
in the Auxiliary Control Module (RK module, Front Hitch system, H3, channel 1 set to “YES”).
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 576


BAIL10CVT291AVA 28
options:
"2"
"3"
"HH" menus.

BAIL06CCM512AVA 29
options:
"YES" - High flow pump enabled
"no" - High flow pump disabled
"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 577

This H menu level is used by the service technician to set
up any options or configurations available with the HTS
control system.
BAIL11CCM087AVB 30

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 HTS option selection
Channel 1- HTS Enable / Disable

BAIL06CCM500AVA 31
options:
"YES" - HTS enabled
"no" - HTS disabled
NOTE: The default selection on a new module is “no”.

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 578
Control module Central Control Unit - H4 - View software revision

level Without Sidewinder
BAIL11CCM088FVA 1
BAIL11CCM089AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 579

BAIL09CVT655AVA 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 580
Control module Central Control Unit - H5 - Switch operation test

Without Sidewinder
BAIL11CCM090FVA 1
BAIL11CCM092AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 581
BVE0047A_569 5

tion.
BAIL11CCM094AVA 6
Refer to the table below for the switch numbers.
Control
connection
d3 CN1B 18 EDC work switch (on EDC mouse)
d4 CN1B 20 EDC raise switch (on EDC mouse)
d5 CN3A 26 EDC work switch (on hand controller)
d6 CN3A 7 EDC raise switch (on hand controller)
d9 CN1B 11 PTO fuse sense (remove and replace fuse)
d10 CN4 9 Seat switch
d11 CN4 10 Handbrake switch
d13 CN1B 23 Right brake pedal switch
d14 CN1A 8 Clutch pedal switch (engine running and transmission in forward
or reverse)
d17 CN3A 11 Transmission downshift switch
d18 CN3A 10 Transmission upshift switch
d20 CN4 17 Reverse clutch pressure switch
d21 CN4 11 Forward clutch pressure switch
d25 CN1B 27 Transmission neutral switch (clutch depressed, change to neutral
from forward or reverse)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 582
Control
connection
d29 CN3A 6 EDC raise / work switch (on EDC mouse)
d30 CN4 23 Transmission auot on / off switch
d31 CN3A 14 Air conditioning pressure switch
d34 CN3A 8 Transmission creeper switch
d38 CN3B 31 Differential lock switch - Manual
d39 CN3B 30 Differential lock switch - Automatic
d41 CN3A 25 All-wheel drive switch - Manual
d42 CN3A 24 All-wheel drive switch - Automatic
d43 CN4 21 Hi flow pump link (disconnect pump link to test)
d44 CN3A 12 Rear PTO switch - normally open
d46 CN4 24 Hi flow pump not present input
d47 CN3B 24 Rear PTO brake switch
d48 CN3B 33 Ground speed PTO switch
d49 CN3B 23 Rear PTO management switch
d50 CN3A 21 HTS switch record mode
d52 CN3A 23 HTS / CRPM sequence switch
d54 CN4 12 CRPM on / off switch
d55 CN3A 5 CRPM decrease engine speed switch
d56 CN3A 4 CRPM increase engine speed switch
d57 CN3B 11 CRPM selection switch
d80 CN4 5 HTS AUTO switch
d81 CN3A 22 HTS Manual switch
d93 CN4 25 Front HPL present link (disconnect and reconnect the 13–way
connector)
d94 CN3A 16 EHR lock switch
d139 via CAN - Joystick select switch
Control
connection
d3 CN1B 18 EDC work switch (on EDC mouse)
d4 CN1B 20 EDC raise switch (on EDC mouse)
d5 CN3A 26 EDC work switch (on hand controller)
d6 CN3A 7 EDC raise switch (on hand controller)
d9 CN1B 11 PTO fuse sense (remove and replace fuse)
d10 CN4 9 Seat switch
d11 CN4 10 Handbrake switch
d13 CN1B 23 Right brake pedal switch
d14 CN1A 8 Clutch pedal switch (engine running and transmission in forward
or reverse)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 583
Control
connection
d17 CN3A 11 Transmission downshift switch
d18 CN3A 10 Transmission upshift switch
d19 CN4 1 Transmission range shift switch
d20 CN4 17 Reverse clutch pressure switch
d21 CN4 11 Forward clutch pressure switch
d25 CN1B 27 Transmission neutral switch (clutch depressed, change to neutral
from forward or reverse)
d29 CN3A 6 EDC raise / work switch (on EDC mouse)
d30 CN4 23 Transmission auot on / off switch
d31 CN3A 14 Air conditioning pressure switch
d34 CN3A 8 Transmission creeper switch
d38 CN3B 31 Differential lock switch - Manual
d39 CN3B 30 Differential lock switch - Automatic
d41 CN3A 25 All-wheel drive switch - Manual
d42 CN3A 24 All-wheel drive switch - Automatic
d43 CN4 21 Hi flow pump link (disconnect pump link to test)
d44 CN3A 12 Rear PTO switch - normally open
d46 CN4 24 Hi flow pump not present input
d47 CN3B 24 Rear PTO brake switch
d48 CN3B 33 Ground speed PTO switch
d49 CN3B 23 Rear PTO management switch
d50 CN3A 21 HTS switch record mode
d52 CN3A 23 HTS / CRPM sequence switch
d54 CN4 12 CRPM on / off switch
d55 CN3A 5 CRPM decrease engine speed switch
d56 CN3A 4 CRPM increase engine speed switch
d57 CN3B 11 CRPM selection switch
d80 CN4 5 HTS AUTO switch
d81 CN3A 22 HTS Manual switch
d93 CN4 25 Front HPL present link (disconnect and reconnect the 13–way
connector)
d94 CN3A 16 EHR lock switch
d139 via CAN - Joystick select switch
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 584
Control module Central Control Unit - H6 - Vehicle information view

Without Sidewinder
BAIL11CCM095FVA 1
BAIL11CCM097AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 585
The number of gears, transmission speed and engine

horsepower will be displayed in succession.
BAIL11CCM099AVA 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 586
Control module Central Control Unit - H7 - Vehicle test modes

Without Sidewinder
BAIL11CCM100FVA 1

BAIL11CCM101AVA 2

“m" buttons.

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 587

Ch 7 PWM valve test

temperature.
inching bite point.
BAIL06CCM469AVA 3

BAIL10CVT164AVC 4

BAIL06CCM472AVA 5

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 588


to reverse will select the R clutch. Cycling between neu-
tral and forward will cycle through the other clutches. The
lower central display will show the clutch letter followed by
the quick fill setting.
BAIL06CCM474AVA 6
clutch released.
CAL_P_NOM pressure.
sure.

can be tested.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 589
The clutch pedal is used to select the test pressure.

to 'A20' and then 'A24'. BAIL06CCM477AVA 7

position.

state.
Shift the shuttle lever into the forward position. The lower
central display will show 'n' if the lever is in neutral.
BAIL10CVT331AVC 8
pedal.
BAIL10CVT331AVD 9

rectly adjusted.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 590

counter-clockwise.
BAIL10CVT331AVE 10


BAIL10CVT331AVF 11

dure.
dure.

• A, B, C, D, E, F1, F2, F3, R and the PTO valve.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 591

must be met:-
°C.
Ramp Test
BAIL10CVT304AVA 12
BAIL10CVT331AVA 13
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 592
Step Test
BAIL10CVT304AVA 14
zero.
BAIL10CVT328AVC 15
Accumulator Test
play.
BAIL10CVT331AVH 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 593
The test will turn on the F1, F2 and F3 solenoids with max-
imum current for a period of 1 second then turn them off for
a further 1 second. This cycle will be performed 5 times.
test.
to zero.
BAIL10CVT323AVC 17
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 594
Control module Central Control Unit - H7 - Vehicle test modes

Without Sidewinder
BAIL11CCM103FVA 1

The lower central display will show “Ch _ _”
BAIL11CCM102AVA 2

“m" buttons.

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 595

Ch 8 PWM valve test

temperature.
inching bite point.
BAIL06CCM469AVA 3

BAIL10CVT164AVC 4

BAIL06CCM472AVA 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 596


BAIL06CCM474AVA 6
clutch released.
CAL_P_NOM pressure.
sure.

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 597

can be tested.
BAIL06CCM477AVA 7

position.

state.
neutral.
BAIL10CVT331AVC 8
pedal.
BAIL10CVT331AVD 9

rectly adjusted.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 598

counter-clockwise.
BAIL10CVT331AVE 10


Enter this channel with the engine running and the trans-
mission in neutral.
With the clutch pedal released the mid/reverse synchro-
niser will be tested.
Press and hold the downshift button to display the ‘Mid’
The lower central display will show ‘B’ followed by a value
of approximately 25 %.
BAIL10CVT166AVC 11
Press and hold the upshift button to display the ‘Reverse’

The lower central display will show ‘r’ followed by a value
BAIL10CVT166AVD 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 599

neutral position.
BAIL10CVT166AVE 13
With the clutch pedal depressed the low/high synchroniser

will be tested. If the display shows ‘Err’ when the clutch
pedal is depressed then release the pedal and ensure that
the mid/reverse synchroniser is in the neutral position.
BAIL10CVT331AVK 14
Press and hold the downshift button to display the ‘Low’

The lower central display will show ‘A’ followed by a value
BAIL10CVT166AVF 15
Press and hold the upshift button to display the ‘High’ po-
sition as a percentage of the potentiometer movement.
The lower central display will show ‘C’ followed by a value
BAIL10CVT166AVG 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 600

neutral position.
BAIL10CVT166AVE 17
Release the clutch pedal. If the display shows ‘Err’ when

the clutch pedal is released then depress the pedal and
ensure that the low/high synchroniser is in the neutral po-
sition.
BAIL10CVT331AVK 18

BAIL10CVT331AVF 19

dure.
dure.
Channel 8 - PWM Valve Test

• A, B, C, D, E, and the PTO valve.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 601
must be met:-
°C.
• The transmission synchronisers must be cali-
brated
Ramp Test
BAIL10CVT304AVA 20
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 602

BAIL10CVT331AVA 21
Step Test
BAIL10CVT304AVA 22
zero.
BAIL10CVT328AVC 23
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 603
Accumulator Test
able for testing until 'Acc' is shown on the lower centra dis-
play.
BAIL10CVT331AVH 24
The test will turn on the C, D and E solenoids with maximum
current for a period of 1 second then turn them off for a
further 1 second. This cycle will be performed 5 times.
test.
to zero.
BAIL10CVT323AVC 25
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 604
Control module Central Control Unit - H8 - Clear stored calibration

information (EEPROM) Without Sidewinder
BAIL11CCM104FVA 1
NOTE: If the controller identifier "RY" “RZ” screen is selected the settings for the entire module will be erased, if one
of the sub-system screens is selected, i.e. transmission in this example, only the transmission settings will be erased.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 605
Select the sub-system to be erased by depressing the "dim-

ming" button.
The lower central display will show “EECL".
BAIL11CCM106AVA 3
ATTENTION: H8 will clear all calibration values and stored fault codes.
the EEPROM.
cleared.
BVE0121A 5
Turn the keystart OFF to allow the reset values to be stored.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 606
Control module Central Control Unit - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic

circuits.
BAIL11CCM108FVA 1

BAIL11CCM110AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 607

“m" buttons.
below.

Number
Ch 1 X097 (CN4) 20 Clutch pedal sensor 75 - released
29 - depressed
Ch 2 X093 (CN1B) 14 Transmission oil temperature 75 % at 40 °C
Ch 3 X093 (CN1B) 11 PTO fuse sense 99
Ch 5 X093 (CN1B) 16 + 5 V sensor supply 48
X092 (CN1A) 01
Ch 7 X092 (CN1A) 02 + 12 V F voltage source 45
X092 (CN1A) 03
Ch 8 X092 (CN1A) 08 + 12 V D voltage source 45 (with transmission
in forward or reverse)
Ch 9 X092 (CN1A) 20 + 12 V H voltage source 45
Ch 10 X095 (CN3B) 25
+ 12 V T voltage source 45
X095 (CN3B) 34
Ch 11 X097 (CN4) 09 Seat switch 69 - operator in seat
36 - operator out of
seat
Ch 12 X093 (CN1B) 34 Transmission output speed 8 or 50 (engine not
sensor running)
Ch 13 X095 (CN3B) 22 Flywheel speed sensor 8 or 50 (engine not
running)
Ch 29 X094 (CN3A) 09 Creeper position potentiometer 26- off
54 - on
Ch 30 X091 (CN2) 04 EDC raise solenoid current 0 - turned off
66 - turned on
Ch 31 X091 (CN2) 05 EDC lower solenoid current 0 - turned off
66 - turned on
Ch 32 X093 (CN1B) 02 Lift arm position potentiometer 6- lowered
79 - raised
Ch 33 via CAN — Position control potentiometer 10- lowered
88 - raised
Ch 34 via CAN — Drop rate potentiometer 14 - anti-clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 35 via CAN — Height limit potentiometer 14 - anti-clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 36 via CAN — Sensitivity potentiometer 14 - anti-clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 37 via CAN — Slip limit potentiometer 14 - anti-clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 38 X093 (CN1B) 09 Right-hand draft load pin 46
Ch 39 X093 (CN1B) 10 Left -hand draft load pin 46
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 608

Number
Ch 40 via CAN — Draft load potentiometer 10 - anti-clockwise
88 - clockwise
Ch 41 X094 (CN3A) 07 EDC raise switch (bone) 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 42 X094 (CN3A) 26 EDC lower switch (bone) 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 43 X091 (CN2) 08 Clutch A solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 44 X091 (CN2) 01 Clutch B solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 45 X091 (CN2) 05 Clutch C solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 46 X954 (CN2) 03 Clutch D solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 47 X095 (CN3B) 01 Clutch E solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 48 X094 (CN3A) 06 EDC raise / work fault line 99 - depressed
0 - not depressed
Ch 49 X095 (CN3B) 18 Rear PTO solenoid current 0 - when off
99 - when on
Ch 52 X095 (CN3B) 02 Creeper solenoid current 0 - clutch off
99 - clutch on
Ch 58 X095 (CN3B) 03 Low range solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 59 X091 (CN2) 07 Mid range solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 60 X091 (CN2) 02 High range solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 61 X091 (CN2) 13 19th gear solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 62 X095 (CN3B) 10 19th gear dump solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 66 X095 (CN3B) 04 Reverse range solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 76 X093 (CN1B) 12 Shuttle lever forward switch 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 77 X093 (CN1B) 13 Shuttle lever reverse switch 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 81 X094 (CN3A) 10 Upshift switch 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 82 X094 (CN3A) 11 Downshift switch 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 90 via CAN — Hand throttle 0 - at idle
100 - at maximum
RPM
Ch 91 X093 (CN1B) 01 Foot throttle potentiometer 10 - at idle
85 - at maximum
RPM
Ch 96 X091 (CN2) 20 PTO speed sensor 8 or 50 (engine not
running)
Ch 109 X093 (CN1B) 07 Transmission oil pressure sensor —
Ch 133 X091 (CN2) 14 PTO twist sensor 8 or 50 (engine not
running)
Ch 143 via CAN — Proportional joystick —
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 609

Number
Ch 1 X097 (CN4) 20 Clutch pedal sensor 75 - released
29 - depressed
Ch 2 X093 (CN1B) 14 Transmission oil temperature 75 % at 40 °C
Ch 3 X093 (CN1B) 11 PTO fuse sense 99
X092 (CN1A) 01
Ch 7 X092 (CN1A) 02 + 12 V F voltage source 45
X092 (CN1A) 03
Ch 8 X092 (CN1A) 08 + 12 V D voltage source 45 (with transmission
in forward or reverse)
Ch 9 X092 (CN1A) 20 + 12 V H voltage source 45
Ch 10 X095 (CN3B) 25
+ 12 V T voltage source 45
X095 (CN3B) 34
Ch 11 X097 (CN4) 09 Seat switch 69 - operator in seat
36 - operator out of
seat
Ch 12 X093 (CN1B) 34 Transmission output speed 8 or 50 (engine not
sensor running)
Ch 13 X095 (CN3B) 22 Flywheel speed sensor 8 or 50 (engine not
running)
Ch 29 X094 (CN3A) 09 Creeper position potentiometer 26- off
54 - on
Ch 30 X091 (CN2) 04 EDC raise solenoid current 0 - turned off
66 - turned on
Ch 31 X091 (CN2) 05 EDC lower solenoid current 0 - turned off
66 - turned on
Ch 32 X093 (CN1B) 02 Lift arm position potentiometer 6- lowered
79 - raised
Ch 33 via CAN — Position control potentiometer 10- lowered
88 - raised
Ch 34 via CAN — Drop rate potentiometer 14 - anti-clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 35 via CAN — Height limit potentiometer 14 - anti-clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 36 via CAN — Sensitivity potentiometer 14 - anti-clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 37 via CAN — Slip limit potentiometer 14 - anti-clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 38 X093 (CN1B) 09 Right-hand draft load pin 46
Ch 39 X093 (CN1B) 10 Left -hand draft load pin 46
Ch 40 via CAN — Draft load potentiometer 10 - anti-clockwise
88 - clockwise
Ch 41 X094 (CN3A) 07 EDC raise switch (bone) 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 42 X094 (CN3A) 26 EDC lower switch (bone) 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 43 X091 (CN2) 08 Clutch A solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 44 X091 (CN2) 01 Clutch B solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 45 X091 (CN2) 05 Clutch C solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 46 X091 (CN2) 03 Clutch D solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 47 X095 (CN3B) 01 Clutch E solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 610

Number
Ch 48 X094 (CN3A) 06 EDC raise / work fault line 99 - depressed
0 - not depressed
Ch 49 X095 (CN3B) 18 Rear PTO solenoid current 0 - when off
99 - when on
Ch 52 X095 (CN3B) 02 Creeper solenoid current 0 - clutch off
99 - clutch on
Ch 58 X095 (CN3B) 03 Low range solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 59 X091 (CN2) 07 Mid range solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 60 X091 (CN2) 02 High range solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 61 X091 (CN2) 13 19th gear solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 62 X095 (CN3B) 10 19th gear dump solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 66 X095 (CN3B) 04 Reverse range solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 71 X094 (CN3A) 02 Mid / reverse synchroniser 16 in mid
position sensor 42 in neutral
70 in reverse
Ch 74 X097 (CN4) 14 Low / high synchroniser position 16 in high
sensor 42 in neutral
70 in low
Ch 75 X097 (CN4) 01 Range switch —
Ch 76 X093 (CN1B) 12 Shuttle lever forward switch 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 77 X093 (CN1B) 13 Shuttle lever reverse switch 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 81 X094 (CN3A) 10 Upshift switch 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 82 X094 (CN3A) 11 Downshift switch 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 90 via CAN — Hand throttle 0 - at idle
100 - at maximum
RPM
Ch 91 X093 (CN1B) 01 Foot throttle potentiometer 10 - at idle
85 - at maximum
RPM
Ch 96 X091 (CN2) 20 PTO speed sensor 8 or 50 (engine not
running)
Ch 109 X093 (CN1B) 07 Transmission oil pressure sensor —
Ch 133 X091 (CN2) 14 PTO twist sensor 8 or 50 (engine not
running)
Ch 143 via CAN — Proportional joystick —
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 611
Control module Central Control Unit - HA - Demonstration mode

Without Sidewinder
The HA demonstration mode allows the engine power

boost feature to be activated.
BAIL11CCM112FVA 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 612
BAIL11CCM114FVA 2
Engine Power Boost Demonstration

Start the engine and allow it to idle.
cluster to navigate the HH menu's to HA and the engine
symbol on the RY controller. Use the "h", "m" and "dim-
ming" buttons on the instrument cluster to navigate the HH
menu's to HA and the engine symbol on the RY controller.
The upper section of the display will show "Pbd" (power
boost demo).
BAIL11CCM113AVA 3
Power boost will work as normal but now you can use the
decrease CRPM switch to turn off the power boost and the
increase to turn it on.
NOTE: The power boost will only come on if the correct
parameters are set under normal operation.
Turn the keystart OFF to return to normal operation.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 613
Control module Central Control Unit - HB - Display stored fault

codes Without Sidewinder
BAIL11CCM116FVA 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 614
BAIL11CCM117FVA 2
Select the required sub-system by depressing the "dim-

ming" button.
are stored.
BAIL11CCM118AVA 3
are stored.
BVF1088A 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 615

example:
3001 Fault code
BAIL11CCM120AVA 6

code in the list.
the list.
BAIL06CCM487AVA 7

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 616
Control module Central Control Unit - HC - Clear all stored fault

codes Without Sidewinder
This menu can be used to:

• Clear all fault codes stored in all sub-systems
in the universal controller
• Clear all fault codes stored in a specific sub-
system in the universal controller
BAIL11CCM121FVA 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 617
BAIL11CCM122FVA 2
NOTE: Always make a note of the stored fault codes before clearing.
Select the HC menu on the RY controller, or the desired
sub-system (engine in this example), by depressing the
“dimming" button. Select the HC menu on the RZ con-
troller, or the desired sub-system (engine in this example),
by depressing the “dimming" button.
BAIL11CCM123AVA 3

the memory.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 618

BVE0121A 5

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 619
Control module Central Control Unit - HE - Display frequency inputs

Without Sidewinder
NOTE: This menu is used to check the operation of the control module’s frequency inputs.
NOTE: All vehicle sub-systems are operable during this procedure.
BAIL11CCM125FVA 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 620
BAIL11CCM126FVA 2

The lower central display will show "ch _ _"
BAIL11CCM127AVA 3

“m" buttons.
After a delay the reading for the chosen channel will be
shown, (refer to the table below for a description of each
channel and its corresponding typical reading).

Ch 1 Transmission output speed
Ch 2 Radar
Ch 3 Not used
Ch 4 Rear PTO speed
Ch 5 Not used
Ch 6 Mid speed sensor
Ch 7 PTO angle
Ch 8 Engine flywheel
Ch 9 PTO twist
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 621

Ch 1 Transmission output speed
Ch 2 Radar
Ch 3 Not used
Ch 4 Rear PTO speed
Ch 5 CDE speed sensor
Ch 6 Not used
Ch 7 PTO angle
Ch 8 Engine flywheel
Ch 9 PTO twist

"HH" menus.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 622
Control module Central Control Unit - HF - View controller hardware

information Without Sidewinder
BAIL11CCM129FVA 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 623
BAIL11CCM130FVA 2

ple:
0000 Serial number
3001 Serial number
0376 Serial number
BAIL11CCM131AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 624
Control module Central Control Unit - HJ - Electronic hydraulic

remote control valve number programming Without Sidewinder
NOTE: Each EHR valve has its own built in processor. The processor stores in its memory the valve’s number within
the EHR block, i.e. whether it is valve number 1, 2, or 3. If it becomes necessary to replace a valve assembly then
it becomes necessary to reprogram the number of each valve within the complete valve assembly. Replacement
valve assemblies are supplied with no number assigned. To reprogram the valve number sequence use the following
procedure.
HJ Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL11CCM132FVA 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 625
BAIL11CCM133FVA 2
With all the front remote valves connected to the harness,

select the HJ menu by depressing the "dimming" button.
The lower central display will show "EEhr".
BAIL11CCM135AVA 3
Depress and hold the "m" button, the lower central display
will count down from 5 to 1, and finally show "CEhr", indi-
cating the valve numbers have been cleared.
BAIL11CCM134AVA 5

Disconnect the harness from all the valves apart from num-
ber 1.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 626
Turn the keystart on and navigate to the HJ menu again.

The lower central display will momentarily show "Ehr_" fol-
lowed by "Ehr1", an audible bleep will indicate that the
valve has been recognised and renumbered.
BAIL10CVT328AVA 6
The lower central display will flash "Ehr2" indicating the

controller is ready for the next valve to be connected.
BAIL10CVT329AVA 7
Reconnect each valve in the correct order. As each valve

is reconnected an audible bleep will signify that the valve
is recognised and the display will change to show the next
valve number to be reconnected until all the valves have
been connected.
NOTE: Make sure that the audible beep has been heard or the display has changed to indicate that the next valve is
ready to be reconnected.
If less than the maximum number of valves are fitted, the
renumbering sequence can be exited by depressing and
holding the "m" button until "End" is shown.
If the maximum number of valves are fitted the procedure
will end automatically once the last valve has been renum-
bered and "End" will be shown.
BAIL10CVT331AVA 8
Turn the keystart OFF to store the new valve numbers.
NOTE: If, following this procedure, a "U" code is displayed, refer to Control module - Fault code index (A.50.A).
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 627
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H1 - Calibration

procedures
Front Axle Suspension
Front Hitch
BAIL11APH255FVB 1
Suspended Front Axle Calibration

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 628

BAIL06CCM213AVA 2

symbol on the U1 controller. "CAL" will be displayed for a
few seconds.
BAIL11APH293AVA 3
Set the engine speed to 1100 - 1300 RPM.

BAIL09HHP270AVA 4
The ACP will activate the unload levelling valve for 10 sec-
(0-999).
be stored.
sure.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 629
seconds.
be stored.
BAIL08CVT315 5
The lower central display will show "End" when the ACP
has finished.
BAIL06CCM613AVA 6

brated.
values.
code index (A.50.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 630

nostic socket (1).
BAIL06CCM213AVA 7

BAIL11APH294AVA 8
display.
BAIL10CVT133AVA 9
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 631

BAIL09CCM070AVA 10

BAIL09CCM070AVA 11

BAIL06CCM613AVA 12

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 632
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H2 - View stored

calibration values
Front Hitch
BAIL11APH256FVB 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 633
SUSPENSDED FRONT AXLE VALUES

Select the front axle suspension sub-system by depressing
BAIL11APH258AVA 2

"m" buttons.
The lower central display will display "ch - -".
BAIL06CCM534AVA 3
channel followed by the stored calibration values (refer to
the table below for the description of each channel).
Channel Description Code Value Range

Ch 1 Front axle upper limit u 512 - 972
Front axle lower limit d 150 - 512

FRONT HITCH VALUES

Select the front hitch sub-system by depressing the "dim-
ming" button.
BAIL11APH259AVA 4

"m" buttons.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 634
BAIL06CCM534AVA 5
Channel Description Code Value Range

Ch 1 Front hitch upper limit u 700 - 963
Front hitch lower limit d 41 - 400

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 635
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H3 - Configurations

and options

Ch.1 Enable / Disable front axle suspension
Front Hitch
Ch.1 Enable / Disable front hitch
Ch.2 Enable / Disable front hitch fender switches
Front PTO
Ch.1 Enable / Disable front PTO
BAIL11APH260FVB 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 636
FRONT AXLE SUSPENSION OPTIONS

BAIL11APH262AVA 2

"m" buttons.
BAIL06CCM534AVA 3
Channel Description
Ch 1 Enable / Disable front axle suspension
Channel 1 - Enable / Disable Front Axle Suspension

buttons.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 637

YES - Enable front axle suspension
NO - Disable front axle suspension
BAIL06CCM506AVA 4
FRONT HITCH OPTIONS

BAIL11APH263AVA 5

"m" buttons.
BAIL06CCM534AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 638
Channel Description
Ch 1 Enable / Disable front hitch
Ch 2 Enable / Disable front hitch fender switches
Channel 1 - Enable / Disable Front Hitch

buttons.

YES - Enable front hitch
NO - Disable front hitch
BAIL06CCM506AVA 7
Channel 2 - Enable / Disable Front Hitch Fender Switches

buttons.

YES - Enable front hitch fender switches
NO - Disable front hitch fender switches
BAIL06CCM582AVA 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 639

FRONT PTO OPTIONS

Select the front PTO sub-system by depressing the "dim-
ming" button.
BAIL11APH264AVA 9

"m" buttons.
BAIL06CCM534AVA 10
Channel Description
Ch 1 Enable / Disable front PTO
Channel 1- Enable / Disable Front PTO

buttons.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 640

YES - Enable front PTO
NO - Disable front PTO
BAIL06CCM506AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 641
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H4 - View software

revision level
Common to all sub-systems.
BAIL11APH265FVA 1
BAIL11APH266AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 642

BAIL06CCM527AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 643
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H5 - Switch operation

test

sition is detected.
BAIL11APH267FVA 1
BAIL11APH268AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 644
The lower central display will display "d_ _".
BVE0047A_546 3

tion.
NOTE: If the keystart switch is turned to the "crank" position, with the shuttle lever in neutral and the clutch pedal
Identifier Controller Pin Number Switch / Input

Connector
d8 X100 (CN1B) 21 Crank detect switch
d69 X100 (CN1B) 23 Front suspension pressure switch
d75 X102 (CN3A) 24 Right hand link extend switch
d76 X102 (CN3A) 25 Right hand link retract switch
d77 X100 (CN1B) 22 Front hitch external common switch
d78 X100 (CN1B) 26 Front hitch external raise switch
d79 X100 (CN1B) 19 Front hitch external lower switch
d82 X102 (CN3A) 20 EHR No. 5 retract switch
d83 X102 (CN3A) 14 EHR No. 5 extend switch
d84 X102 (CN3A) 8 Front PTO management switch
d85 X100 (CN1B) 30 EHR No. 1 time / flow switch
d88 X102 (CN3A) 15 EHR No. 4 time / flow switch
d89 X100 (CN1B) 29 Front suspension lock switch
d90 X100 (CN1B) 11 Front PTO switch (normally open)
d91 X100 (CN1B) 12 Front PTO switch (normally closed)
d92 X100 (CN1B) 18 Front hitch height limit switch
d95 X102 (CN3A) 16 EHR No. 1 motor mode switch
d106 X101 (CN3B) 11 Joystick front select switch
d108 X101 (CN3B) 33 Top link extend switch
d109 X101 (CN3B) 22 Top link retract switch
d115 X101 (CN3B) 31 Joystick rear select switch
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 645
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H8 - Clear stored

calibration information (EEPROM)

by resetting all EEPROM values back to default.
EEPROM is where all calibration values and error codes
are stored. This memory is retained even if there is no
power to the controller, i.e. if the battery is disconnected.
NOTE: H8 will not change the configuration settings. The H3 menu mode must be used for this.
NOTE: To erase only the stored error codes and not affect the calibration data use the HC menu mode.
BAIL11APH269FVB 1
NOTICE: By selecting the screen display with the controller identifier "RK" displayed this will reset the EEPROM in
all the sub-systems.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 646
If only a specific sub-system EEPROM requires to be re-

set, select the sub-system that requires the EEPROM to be
reset by depressing the "dimming" button, as the example
shown.
BAIL11APH270AVB 2
The lower central display will display "EECL".
BVE0682A_547 3
Depress and hold the "m" button to confirm the resetting of
the EEPROM.
"EE" will be displayed to indicate the EEPROM has been
cleared.
BVE0121A_548 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 647
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H9 - Voltmeter

diagnostic


BAIL11APH271FVA 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 648
BAIL11APH272AVA 2

"m" buttons.
BAIL06CCM534AVA 3
channel followed by the stored calibration values, (refer to
BAIL06CCM535AVA 4
ponents.
Chan- Description Connector Pin Typical Reading

nel
5 +5 Volts voltage supply to the X100 16 48
sensors (CN1B)
7 +12 Volt VF input signal (see X099 1, 2 &3 45
explanation) (CN1A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 649
Chan- Description Connector Pin Typical Reading

nel
8 +12 Volt VD input signal (see X099 8 45
explanation) (CN1A)
9 +12 Volt VH input signal (see X099 20 45
explanation) (CN1A)
10 +12 Volt VT input signal (see X101 CN3B 25 & 34 45
explanation)
14 Amperage of the front PTO solenoid X098 (CN2) 7 0 when FPTO is Off
valve 99 when FPTO is On
15 Amperage of the upper lock X098 (CN2) 6 0 when locked out
solenoid suspended front axle 30 to 55 when active
16 Amperage of the lower lock solenoid X098 (CN2) 13 0 when locked out
suspended front axle 30 to 46 when active
26 Front axle position X100 6 120 lower limit
(CN1B) 950 upper limit
27 Front hitch height control X100 3 0 lower limit
28 Front hitch position X100 2 10 lower limit
Explanations:
VF Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to
suspended front axle components, i.e. Front axle lower
and lockout solenoids.
VD Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to
suspended front axle raise solenoid.
VH Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to front
PTO and front hitch components, i.e. Front PTO solenoid
and front hitch height solenoid.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 650
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - HA - Demonstration

mode
Used to demonstrate front axle suspension.
BAIL11APH273FVA 1
Start the engine.

Select the HA menu by depressing the "dimming" button.
BAIL11APH274AVA 2

"m" buttons.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 651
BAIL06CCM534AVA 3
channel followed by the stored calibration values, (refer to
Channel Description
Ch 1 Front Axle Suspension Demonstration
This demonstration mode allows the suspension to be

locked at speeds above the normal 12 Km/h automatic
engagement parameter.
The lower central display will display "FSd" (Front Axle Sus-
pension demonstration).
Use the lockout switch to lock the suspension as normal.
The light in the switch will be illuminated to indicate the front
axle suspension had been locked.
BAIL09HHP098AVA 4
NOTE: Front axle suspension demonstration will be disabled after turning the keystart OFF.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 652
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - HB - Display stored

fault codes

in the EEPROM of the controller. Common to all sub-sys-
tems.
BAIL11APH275FVB 1
BAIL11APH276AVB 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 653
The central display will display "_ _ _ _", if no fault is stored

in the selected sub-system.
BVF1089A_549 3
The lower central display will display "F", if a fault code is

BVF1088A_550 4

as the example:
• 4180 Fault code
• 01 Hour of first occurrence
• 15 Hour of last occurrence
• 23 Number of occurrences of the fault
BAIL06CCM541AVA 5
Depress the "h" or "m" button to change to the next fault

code in the list.
The lower central display will display "_ _ _" at the end of
the list.
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 654
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - HC - Clear all stored

fault codes
BAIL11APH277FVA 1
BAIL11APH278AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 655
The lower central display will display "F CL".
BVE0684A_551 3
the memory.
NOTE: The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01, then "EE" will be displayed to indicate the fault codes
have been cleared.
BVE0121A_548 4
Depress the "dimming" button. to continue navigating

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 656
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - HE - Display frequency

inputs
BAIL11APH279FVA 1
Select the HE menu by depressing the "dimming" button.
BAIL11APH280AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 657
BAIL06CCM534AVA 3

"m" buttons.
Refer to the table below for the available channels.
After a delay the value will be displayed.

0 Not used
1 Not used
2 Not used
3 Not used
4 Not used
5 Not used
6 Not used
7 Not used
8 Not used

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 658
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - HF - View controller


version and serial number to be displayed. Common to
all sub-systems.
BAIL11APH281FVA 1
BAIL11APH282AVA 2

as the example:
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 659
• 559 Hardware identification

• 0300 Hardware version
• 0000 Hardware version
• 0000 Serial number
• and return to allow navigation of the "HH"
menus.
BAIL06CCM548AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 660
Index

SYSTEMS - A

Monitor - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Control module Universal controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Control module Armrest controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Control module Isobus interface controller (TECU) - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Control module Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Control module Steering controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Control module Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Control module Engine control module (ECM) - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Control module Navigation controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Control module Instrument controller - Electronic schema Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 661
Control module Instrument controller - Electronic schema Enhanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Control module Central Control Unit - Electronic schema Transmission, Electronic Draft Control, Rear P.T.O., Four
Wheel Drive, Differential Lock, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Control module Central Control Unit - Electronic schema Transmission, Electronic Draft Control, Rear P.T.O., Four
Wheel Drive, Differential Lock, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - Electronic schema Midmount EHR’s, Front Axle Suspension, Front
P.T.O., Front Hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Control module Isobus interface controller (TECU) - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Control module Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Control module Engine control module (ECM) - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Control module Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Control module Steering controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Control module Navigation controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Control module - Configure H-Menu Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Control module - Configure H-Menu Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Control module - Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Control module - Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Control module Armrest controller - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Control module Armrest controller - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Control module Armrest controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 662
Control module Armrest controller - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Control module Armrest controller - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Control module Armrest controller - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H1 - Calibration procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H2 - View stored calibration values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 646
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - HA - Demonstration mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - HE - Display frequency inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657
Control module Auxiliary (AUX) controller - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659
Control module Central Control Unit - H1 - Calibration procedures Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
T7.170 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command without
Sidewinder, T7.210 Power Command without Sidewinder
Control module Central Control Unit - H1 - Calibration procedures Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
T7.170 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command without Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command without
Sidewinder, T7.210 Range Command without Sidewinder
Control module Central Control Unit - H2 - View stored calibration values Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
Control module Central Control Unit - H2 - View stored calibration values Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
Control module Central Control Unit - H3 - Configurations and options Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
Control module Central Control Unit - H3 - Configurations and options Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
Control module Central Control Unit - H4 - View software revision level Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 663
Control module Central Control Unit - H5 - Switch operation test Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
Control module Central Control Unit - H6 - Vehicle information view Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
Control module Central Control Unit - H7 - Vehicle test modes Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
Control module Central Control Unit - H7 - Vehicle test modes Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
Control module Central Control Unit - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) Without Sidewinder 605
Control module Central Control Unit - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
Control module Central Control Unit - HA - Demonstration mode Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612
Control module Central Control Unit - HB - Display stored fault codes Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
Control module Central Control Unit - HC - Clear all stored fault codes Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
Control module Central Control Unit - HE - Display frequency inputs Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620
Control module Central Control Unit - HF - View controller hardware information Without Sidewinder . . . . . . . . 623
Control module Central Control Unit - HJ - Electronic hydraulic remote control valve number programming Without
Sidewinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H1 - Calibration procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H2 - View stored calibration values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) . . 481
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . . 489
Control module Instrument controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Control module Instrument controller - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 664
Control module Instrument controller - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
Control module Instrument controller - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Control module Instrument controller - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
Control module Instrument controller - H4 - View software revision level Enhanced Keypad (JA) . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Control module Instrument controller - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Control module Instrument controller - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
Control module Instrument controller - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Control module Instrument controller - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
Control module Instrument controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Control module Instrument controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
Control module Instrument controller - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Control module Instrument controller - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
Control module Instrument controller - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Control module Instrument controller - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Control module Instrument controller - HE - Display frequency inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Control module Instrument controller - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Control module Instrument controller - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
Control module Instrument controller - HF - View controller hardware information Enhanced Keypad (JA) . . . . 179
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 665
Control module Steering controller - H1 - Calibration procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
Control module Steering controller - H2 - View stored calibration values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Control module Steering controller - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
Control module Steering controller - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
Control module Steering controller - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
Control module Steering controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
Control module Steering controller - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
Control module Steering controller - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
Control module Steering controller - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Control module Universal controller - H1 - Calibration procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
T7.170 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Power Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Power Command with Sidewinder,
T7.210 Power Command with Sidewinder
T7.170 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.185 Range Command with Sidewinder, T7.200 Range Command with Sidewinder,
T7.210 Range Command with Sidewinder
Control module Universal controller - H2 - View stored calibration values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Control module Universal controller - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Control module Universal controller - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Control module Universal controller - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Control module Universal controller - H6 - Vehicle information view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Control module Universal controller - H7 - Vehicle test modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Control module Universal controller - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Control module Universal controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 666
Control module Universal controller - HA - Demonstration mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Control module Universal controller - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
Control module Universal controller - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Control module Universal controller - HE - Display frequency inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Control module Universal controller - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
Control module Universal controller - HJ - Electronic hydraulic remote control valve number programming . . . 445
Monitor - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 667
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 668
FAULT CODES - 50.A

84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 1
Contents

SYSTEMS - A
FAULT CODES - 50.A
FUNCTIONAL DATA
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 2
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - Fault code index

Reference Description Controller
10001 Upper Lockout Solenoid Error
10001 Upper Lockout Solenoid Error
10002 Raise Solenoid Error
10002 Raise Solenoid Error
10003 Lower Solenoid Error
10003 Lower Solenoid Error
10004 Front Axle Position Sensor Threshold
Higher Than Set Limit
Higher Than Set Limit
Lower Than Set Limit
Lower Than Set Limit
10008 Go Down Error - Suspension Unable
to Return to Set Point
10008 Go Down Error - Suspension Unable
to Return to Set Point
10009 Lower Lockout Solenoid Error
10009 Lower Lockout Solenoid Error
10024 Front Suspension Not Calibrated
10024 Front Suspension Not Calibrated
1002 Radar Disconnected
1002 Radar Disconnected
1003 Speed Sensor Error
1006 Slip Control Potentiometer Error
1006 Slip Control Potentiometer Error
1009 Both External Switches Operated At
The Same Time
1009 Both External Switches Operated At
The Same Time
1010 Height Limit Potentiometer Error
1010 Height Limit Potentiometer Error
1012 Drop Rate Control Potentiometer
Error
1012 Drop Rate Control Potentiometer
Error
1014 Right Hand Load Sensing Pin Signal
Too Low
Too Low
Too High
Too High
1016 Left Hand Load Sensing Pin Signal
Too Low
1021 Draft Sensitivity Control
Potentiometer Error
1021 Draft Sensitivity Control
Potentiometer Error
1025 Position Control Potentiometer Error
1025 Position Control Potentiometer Error
1027 Lift Arm Position Sensing Control
Voltage Too Low
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 3

1027 Lift Arm Position Sensing Control
Voltage Too Low
1033 Draft Control Potentiometer Error
1033 Draft Control Potentiometer Error
1049 Wheel Speed Sensor Open Circuit
1053 5 Volt Reference Short to +12V
1067 Hydraulic Valve Supply Voltage
Voltage Too Low
1067 Hydraulic Valve Supply Voltage
Voltage Too Low
1068 Height Limit Control Not Set To
Maximum During Calibration
1070 Hydraulic Ram Configuration Not Set
1070 Hydraulic Ram Configuration Not Set
12172 Actuator - Cable Disconnection
12189 Actuator - EPL misuse
13010 Supply Voltage 12VA - Voltage Too
Low
13011 Supply Voltage 12VB - Voltage Too
Low
13012 Supply Voltage 12VD - Voltage Too
Low
13013 Supply Voltage 12VF1 - Voltage Too
Low
13015 Supply Voltage 12VF3 - Voltage Too
Low
13016 Supply Voltage 12VH - Voltage Too
Low
13017 Supply Voltage 12VH1 - Voltage Too
Low
13018 Supply Voltage 12VM - Voltage Too
Low
13018 Supply Voltage 12VM - Voltage Too
Low
13020 Supply Voltage 12VS1 - Voltage Too
Low
13021 Supply Voltage 12VS2 - Voltage Too
Low
13022 Supply Voltage 12VT1 - Voltage Too
Low
13023 Supply Voltage 12VU1 - Voltage Too
Low
13024 Supply Voltage 12VU2 - Voltage Too
Low
14013 Steering Angle Sensor - Short Circuit
to VCC
14014 Steering Angle Sensor - Short Circuit
to Ground or Open Circuit
14015 5V Supply Voltage - Too High
14016 5V Supply Voltage - Too Low
14021 Cranking Line - Shorted to +12V
14022 Cranking Line - Shorted to Ground
14051 Fuel Level Sensor Open Circuit Or
Short To High Voltage
14052 Fuel Level Sensor Short To Ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 4

14061 Air Brake Pressure Sensor - Short
Circuit to VCC or Option Set But
Sensor Not Connected
14100 Airbrake system not configured
14102 SWCD - Present But Not Configured
14106 Steering Sensor Present But Not
Configured
14300 Electronic Park Lock - Mismatch
Between CAN and Direct Frequency
Input Info
14301 Electronic Park Lock - Direct
Frequency Input Shorted To VCC Or
Open Circuit
14304 Electronic Park Lock - Status Not
Validated
14900 Transmission Controller Missing
14900 Transmission Controller Missing
14901 Engine Controller Missing (EDC16)
14902 Auxiliary Controller Missing
14904 Armrest Controller Missing (LC)
14905 Keypad Missing (JA)
14906 Steering Controller Missing (KA)
14908 TECU Missing (OA)
14909 SWCD Missing (VA)
14909 SWCD Missing (VA)
14910 Climate Controller Missing
14911 Enhanced Cluster Without Keypad
14912 Basic Cluster With Keypad
14914 Electronic Park Lock (EPL) Controller
Missing
14920 Configuration Error
15002 Steering Wheel Control Proximity
Sensor Open Circuit.
15003 Steering Wheel Control Proximity
Sensor - Short Circuit
15006 Split Valve LVDT - Open Circuit
15007 Split Valve LVDT - Short Circuit
15008 Change Valve Solenoid - Open Circuit
15009 Change Valve Solenoid - Short Circuit
Across
15010 Safety Switch Fail
15011 Maximum Engagement Time Elapsed
(5 Minutes)
15012 Split Valve Spool - Stuck Open
15013 Change Valve Or Split Valve Spools -
Stuck Closed
15014 Split Valve Spool Stuck in Transition
Zone - Unable to Identify Steering
Mode
15024 System Not Calibrated
16111 Cab Temperature Sensor Open or
Shorted to Power Plus
16112 Cab Temperature Sensor Shorted to
Ground
16113 Outlet Temperature Sensor Open or
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 5

16114 Outlet Temperature Sensor Shorted
to Ground
16115 Evaporator Temperature Sensor
Open or Shorted to Power Plus
16116 Evaporator Temperature Sensor
Shorted to Ground
16117 Outside Air Temperature Sensor
16118 Outside Air Temperature Sensor
Shorted to Ground
16120 Blower Speed Select Potentiometer
Open Or Shorted To Power
16121 Temperature Select Potentiometer
16122 Mode Select Potentiometer Open Or
Shorted To Power
16125 High Pressure- Low Pressure Switch
(+) Input Shorted to Power Plus
(+) Input Shorted to Ground
(-) Input Shorted to Power Plus
(-) Input Shorted to Ground
16129 High Pressure Cycling Error (2 in 1
Minute)
16130 Low Pressure Switch (+) Input
16131 Low Pressure Switch (+) Input
Shorted To Ground
16132 Low Pressure Switch (-) Input Shorted
To Power
16133 Low Pressure Switch (-) Input Shorted
To Ground
16134 Low Pressure Switch Open For
Greater Than 1 Minute
18001 Hand Throttle Number 1 - Voltage
Too Low
Too High
Too Low
Too High
18005 Engine Drop Control - Voltage Too
Low
18006 Engine Drop Control - Voltage Too
High
18007 Multi-function Handle - Switch Error
18008 Multi-function Handle - Voltage Too
Low
18009 Multi-function Handle - Voltage Too
High
18010 Powershift Throttle - Voltage Too Low
18011 Powershift Throttle - Voltage Too High
18012 CVT Mode Switch Error
18013 Multi-function Handle - Encoder
Position Error
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 6

18014 Rear Hitch Position Control
Potentiometer - Voltage Too Low
18015 Rear Hitch Position Control
Potentiometer - Voltage Too High
18016 Rear Hitch Draft Control
18017 Rear Hitch Draft Control
18018 Rear Hitch Height Limit Potentiometer
- Voltage Too Low
18019 Rear Hitch Height Limit Potentiometer
- Voltage Too High
18020 Rear Hitch Drop Rate Potentiometer
- Voltage Too Low
18021 Rear Hitch Drop Rate Potentiometer
- Voltage Too High
18022 Rear Hitch Sensitivity Control
18023 Rear Hitch Sensitivity Control
18024 EHR Flow Encoder Position Error
18025 Rear Hitch Slip Control Potentiometer
- Voltage Too Low
18026 Rear Hitch Slip Control Potentiometer
- Voltage Too High
18027 EHR 5 Lever Position - Voltage Too
Low
High
Low
High
18031 Front Hitch Position / Pressure
Control Potentiometer - Voltage Too
High
18032 Front Hitch Position / Pressure
Control Potentiometer - Voltage Too
Low
18033 Front Hitch Position / Pressure Mix
18034 Front Hitch Position / Pressure Mix
18035 Front Hitch Position Height Limit
18036 Front Hitch Height Limit
18037 Front Hitch Height Limit Enable
Switch Error
18038 Front Hitch Position Drop Rate
18039 Front Hitch Position Drop Rate
Low
High
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 7

Low
High
Low
High
18046 EHR Float Control Switch Error
Low
High
18049 Joystick 1 X-Axis Position - Voltage
Too Low
Too High
18051 Joystick 1 Y-Axis Position - Voltage
Too Low
Too High
18053 Joystick 1 Proportional Rocker Switch
- Voltage Too Low
18054 Joystick Proportional Rocker Switch -
Voltage Too High
Too Low
Too High
Too Low
Too High
- Voltage Too Low
- Voltage Too High
18061 Reference Voltage - Short Circuit To
Ground
18062 Reference Voltage - Short Circuit To
12V
18063 EEEPROM Error
18064 Multi-function Handle Communication
Error
18065 Multi-function Handle Basic
Assurance Test Error
18066 EHR 1 Lever Implausibility Error
18072 EDC Mouse (Raise/Work) Switch
Fault
19003 Battery voltage sensing (electrical)
- signal high - P0563 batter voltage
evaluation - above upper limit
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 8

19004 Battery voltage sensing (electrical)
- signal low - P0562 battery voltage
evaluation - below lower limit
19010 Temperature sensor after catalyst
(electrical) - signal high - P042D
catalyst temperature sensor circuit
high
19011 Temperature sensor after catalyst
(electrical) - signal low - P042C
low
19019 Temperature sensor before catalyst
(electrical) - signal high - P0428
high
19020 Temperature sensor before catalyst
(electrical) - signal low - P0427
low
19037 Sensor supply 2 (5V internal; for urea
pressure sensors) - supply voltage
too high - P204D reagent - pressure
19038 Sensor supply 2 (5V internal; for urea
pressure sensors) - supply voltage
too low - P204C Reagent - pressure
sensor - short circuit low
19046 Urea pressure sensor in box
(electrical) - supply voltage error -
P204A Reagent - pressure sensor -
open circuit
(electrical) - signal high - P204D
reagent - pressure sensor - short
circuit high
(electrical) - signal low - P204C
reagent - pressure sensor - short
circuit low
19055 Urea temperature sensor in box
(electrical) - high signal - P2045
reagent - temperature sensor of
pump module - short circuit high
19056 Urea temperature sensor in box
(electrical) - signal low - P2044
reagent - temperature sensor of
pump module - short circuit low
19073 Voltage supply 2 - tube heaters (UB2)
electrical - short to bat at UB2 with
key 15 off - P20C4 reagent - suction
tube heating - short circuit high
electrical - open circuit to UB2 -
P20C1 reagent - suction tube heating
- open circuit
electrical - short circuit to ground
UB2 - P20C3 reagent - suction tube
heating - short circuit low
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 9

19082 Voltage supply 3 - coolant control
valve and reverting valve (UB3)
electrical - short to bat at UB3
with key 15 off - P20A3 vent valve
(reductant purge control valve) - short
circuit high
electrical - open circuit to UB3 -
P20A0 vent valve (reductant purge
control valve) - open circuit
electrical - short circuit to ground UB3
- P20A2 vent valve (reductant purge
control valve) - short circuit low
19091 Monitoring VDD11/VDD25 voltage -
dosing valve/pump motor - supply
voltage VD11 low - P0659 12 volt
supply for dosing module - below
lower limit
19092 Monitoring VDD11/VDD25 voltage -
dosing valve/pump motor - supply
voltage VD11 high - P0658 12 volt
supply for dosing module - above
lower limit
19145 Dosing valve (electrical) - short circuit
to battery + - P2049 reductant injector
- circuit high
19147 Dosing valve (electrical) - open load
- P2047 reductant injector - circuit
open
19149 Dosing valve (electrical) - short circuit
to ground - P2048 reductant injector
circuit low
19154 Urea pump speed - pump motor
unplugged - P208B reagent-pump
not delivering
19155 Urea pump speed - pump motor
blocked - P208A reagent-pump
19156 Urea pump speed - pump overspeed
- P208D reagent-pump over speed
19157 Urea pump speed - hall sensors
defect - P208B reagent-pump not
delivering
19181 Reverting valve (4-2 way valve)
electrically - short circuit to battery -
P20A3 vent valve (reductant purge
control valve) - short circuit high
electrically - open load - P20A0 vent
valve (reductant purge control valve)
- open circuit
19262 Tank heating valve - short circuit
to battery - P20B4 reagent - tank
heating valve - short circuit high
19264 Tank heating valve - open load -
P20B1 reagent - tank heating valve
- open circuit
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 10

19265 Tank heating valve - short circuit
to ground - P20B3 reagent - tank
heating valve - short circuit low
19290 Temperature after catalyst too low -
down stream catalyst temp - physical
(Catalyst heating time failed) - P042B
range/performance
19298 Urea pressure too low at system start
- urea pressure too low at system
start - P208B reagent - pump not
delivering
19307 Urea pressure too high - urea
pressure not plausible (urea pressure
too high) - P204B reagent - pressure
above threshold
19316 Urea temperature in pump module
out of range - urea temperature box
- physical (urea box temp not ok:
outside range) - P2043 reagent -
temperature sensor of pump module
out of range
19325 Urea temperature in tank out of
range - urea temperature tank -
physical (urea tank temp not ok:
outside range) - P205B reagent - tank
temperature sensor (temperature of
the reagent - solution in the tank) out
of range
19334 System frozen and not free in time
- defreezing mode and detection
errors (inlet line defreezing failed) -
P20C2 reagent - suction tube heating
- detection mode of heating
19335 System frozen and not free in time -
defreezing mode and detection errors
(pressure line defreezing failed)
- P20BE reagent - pressure tube
heating - detection mode of heating
19336 System frozen and not free in time
- defreezing mode and detection
errors (pressure build-up in detection
mode failed) - P20C5 pump module -
internal heating - open circuit
19337 System frozen and not free in time -
defreezing mode and detection errors
(back-flow line defreezing failed)
- P20B9 reagent - backflow tube
heating - open circuit
mechanically - valve does not open
- P20A0 vent valve (reductant purge
control valve) - open circuit
19361 Battery voltage (actual value) - high
battery voltage - P0562 battery
voltage evaluation - below lower limit
19362 Battery voltage (actual value) - low
battery voltage - P0563 battery
voltage evaluation - above upper limit
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 11

19370 Urea pressure too low (in
commissioning status) - pump
motor error during commissioning
(pump not delivering) - P208B
reagent - pump not delivering
19379 Urea temperature too low during
commissioning - temperatures not
plausible during commissioning
19415 Empty urea tank - urea tank empty
- P203F reagent - fluid level in tank
- too low
19532 Back flow line clogged - P2063
reagent - dosing valve - short circuit
low
19541 Coolant control valve mechanically -
blocked closed - P20A1 vent valve
test plausibility test (startup)
19550 Pressure line blocked - pressure line
blocked - P209B reagent - dosing
nozzle - pressure too high
19559 Low urea level 1 (warning) - urea
level below Limit 1 - P203F reagent -
fluid level in tank - too low
19568 Low urea level 2 (warning) - urea
level below Limit 2 - P203F reagent -
fluid level in tank - too low
19577 CAN receive frame E2SCR (dosing,
exh gas flow, exh gas temp, error
suppression, heater, long term failure)
- SAE J1939 check for CAN receive
signal : (urea quantity not in range) -
P0600 serial communication link
signal : (dosing status not in range) -
suppression, heater, long term
failure) - timeout - P0600 serial
communication link
- too many CAN messages - P0600
serial communication link
signal - P0600 serial communication
link
19595 CAN receive frame EEC1 (Driver
demand, eng speed, eng torque) -
SAE J1939 check for CAN receive
signal : (engine torque not in range) -
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 12

19597 CAN receive frame EEC1 (driver
timeout - P0600 serial communication
link
too many CAN messages - P0600
SAE J1939 check for CAN receive
signal : (torque driver demand not in
range) - P0600 serial communication
link
19604 CAN receive frame ET1 (oil and
water temp engine) - SAE J1939
check for CAN receive signal : (oil
temperature not in range) - P0600
19605 CAN receive frame ET1 (oil and water
temp engine) - timeout - P0600 serial
communication link
water temp engine) - too many
CAN messages - P0600 serial
communication link
water temp engine) - SAE J1939
check for CAN receive signal : (water
temperature not in range) - P0600
19649 Urea tank level error (CAN message
or electrical with real sensor) - level
over CAN: SAE J1939 no signal
available level sensor connected
directly: sensor supply error - P203A
reagent - tank level sensor - open
circuit
over CAN: SAE J1939 signal not
in range level sensor connected
directly: SRC high - P203D reagent -
tank level sensor - short circuit high
over CAN: SAE J1939 erroneous
signal level sensor connected directly:
SRC low - P203C reagent - tank level
sensor - short circuit low
19721 EEPROM / checksum failures -
EEPROM write error - P062F internal
control module EEPROM error
19722 EEPROM / checksum failures - no
corresponding variant number error
- P062F internal control module
EEPROM error
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 13

19723 EEPROM / checksum failures -
EEPROM communication error
- P062F internal control module
EEPROM error
19724 EEPROM / checksum failures
- EEPROM detection error or
codierwort error - P062F internal
19725 EEPROM / checksum failures - wrong
EEPROM size - P062F internal
2005 Creeper Selection Error
2005 Creeper Selection Error
2006 No Signal From The Radar
2007 Low Power 5V Reference - Voltage
Too Low
Too Low
Too High
Too High
2009 Seat Switch Input - Voltage Too Low
2010 Seat Switch Input - Voltage Too High
2011 Clutch Pedal Potentiometer - Voltage
Too Low
Too Low
Too Low
Too Low
Too Low
Too High
Too High
Too High
Too High
Too High
2021 Transmission Harness Disconnected
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 14

2024 All Clutches Not Calibrated
2025 Synchronizers Not Calibrated
2027 Engine Speed Too Low / No Signal
2035 Dump Solenoid - Short To 12V
2036 Dump Solenoid - Short To Ground Or
Open Circuit
2037 Clutch Pedal Disconnect Switch -
Open Circuit
Open Circuit
Open Circuit
Open Circuit
Open Circuit
2047 Clutch Pedal Disconnect Switch Set
Too High
Too High
Too High
Too High
Too High
Too Low
Too Low
Too Low
Too Low
Too Low
2049 Wheel Speed (Transmission Output
Speed) Sensor - Short To Ground Or
Open Circuit
Open Circuit
Open Circuit
Open Circuit
Open Circuit
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 15

Speed) Sensor - Short To 12V
2051 Oil Temperature Sensor Open Circuit
2053 5V reference #1 - voltage too high
2053 5V reference #1 - voltage too high
2054 5V reference #1 - voltage too low
2054 5V reference #1 - voltage too low
Speed) Sensor - No Signal
2058 Seat Switch Closed
2070 Shuttle Lever Forward Switch Voltage
Too High
Too High
Too High
Too High
Too High
Too Low
Too Low
Too Low
Too Low
Too Low
2072 Shuttle Lever Reverse Switch Voltage
Too High
Too High
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 16

Too High
Too High
Too High
Too Low
Too Low
Too Low
Too Low
Too Low
2075 Flywheel Speed Sensor Signal Error
2076 Flywheel Speed Sensor Open Circuit
2077 Flywheel Speed Sensor - Short
Circuit
Circuit
Circuit
Circuit
Circuit
2079 Flywheel Speed Sensor - No Signal
2110 Momentary Shuttle Lever Neutral -
Too Low
Too Low
Too Low
Too High
Too High
Too High
2124 Flywheel Speed Sensor Not
Calibrated
Calibrated
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 17

Calibrated
Calibrated
Calibrated
2300 19th Gear Solenoid Open Circuit Or
Short To Ground
Short To Ground
Short To Ground
Short To Ground
2302 19th Gear Clutch Dump Solenoid
Open Circuit Or Short To Ground
2303 Damper Calibration - Low Error
2304 Damper Calibration - High Error
2305 19th Gear Clutch Solenoid Over
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
Over Voltage
Over Voltage
Over Voltage
Over Voltage
2314 Forward Pressure Switch - Open
Circuit Or Short To Ground
2315 Reverse Pressure Switch - Open
2316 Transmission Oil Pressure Sensor -
Not Configured
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 18

Not Configured
Not Configured
Not Configured
Configuration Error
Configuration Error
Configuration Error
Configuration Error
2323 Transmission CDE Speed Sensor -
Open Circuit
Open Circuit
2323 Transmission Mid Speed Sensor -
Open Circuit
Open Circuit
Short Circuit To Ground
Short To Ground
Short To Ground
2325 Mid Speed Sensor And Output Wheel
Speed Sensors Swapped
2326 Engine Flywheel Speed Sensor
Swapped With Either Mid or Output
Wheel Speed Sensors
2328 No Signal From Transmission Mid
Speed Sensor
2328 No Signal From Transmission Mid
Speed Sensor
No Signal
No Signal
2330 Transmission Output Speed Too High
For The Selected Gear
2330 Transmission Output Speed Too High
For The Selected Gear
2331 Clutch Slipping fault
2334 Pressure Indicated On The Forward
Clutch Pressure Switches When The
Clutch Solenoids Are Off
2334 Pressure Indicated On The Forward
Clutch Pressure Switches When The
2335 Pressure Indicated On The Reverse
Clutch Pressure Switch When The
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 19

2338 Creeper Potentiometer - Short Circuit
To 8V or 12V
2338 Creeper potentiometer - short circuit
to +8V or +12V
2339 Creeper Potentiometer - Open Circuit
Or Short Circuit To Ground
2339 Creeper Potentiometer - Open Circuit
2342 Clutch A Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
2343 Clutch B Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
2344 Clutch C Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To ground
2345 Clutch D Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
2346 Clutch E Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
2347 Low Range Clutch Solenoid - Open
Circuit Or Short Circuit To Ground
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 20

Circuit or Short To Ground Or
Overvoltage
2348 Medium Range Clutch Solenoid -
Open Circuit Or Short Circuit To
Ground
Open Circuit Or Short Circuit To
Ground
Open Circuit Or Short To Ground Or
Overvoltage
2348 Medium range clutch solenoid - open
circuit or short circuit to ground
2349 High Range Clutch Solenoid - Open
Circuit Or Short To Ground Or
Overvoltage
2350 Reverse Clutch Solenoid - Open
Circuit Or Short To Ground Or
Overvoltage
2351 Creeper Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
2352 Clutch A Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2353 Clutch B Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2354 Clutch C Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2355 Clutch D Solenoid - Voltage Too High
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 21

2356 Clutch E Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2357 Low Range Clutch Solenoid - Voltage
Too High
2357 Low Range Clutch Solenoid - Voltage
Too High
Voltage Too High
Voltage Too High
2359 High Range Clutch Solenoid - Voltage
Too High
2359 High Range Clutch Solenoid - Voltage
Too High
2360 Reverse Clutch Solenoid - Voltage
Too High
2360 Reverse Clutch Solenoid - Voltage
Too High
2361 Creeper Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2362 Clutch A Not Calibrated
2363 Clutch B Not Calibrated
2364 Clutch C Not Calibrated
2365 Clutch D Not Calibrated
2366 Clutch E Not Calibrated
2367 Low Range Clutch Not Calibrated
2367 Low Range Clutch Not Calibrated
2368 Medium Range Clutch Not Calibrated
2368 Medium Range Clutch Not Calibrated
2369 High Range Clutch Not Calibrated
2369 High Range Clutch Not Calibrated
2370 Reverse Clutch Not Calibrated
2370 Reverse Clutch Not Calibrated
2371 Creeper Position Out of Range
2372 Creeper Not Calibrated
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 22

2372 Creeper Not Calibrated
2373 Clutch 19 Not Calibrated
2374 Creeper Calibration Error
2374 Creeper Calibration Error
2375 Creeper - Cold Oil
2376 Fault on 19th Gear Valve
2376 Fault on 19th Gear Valve
2377 Fault on 19th Gear Dump Valve
2377 Fault on 19th Gear Dump Valve
2380 Parklock - Unable To Reach Desired
Position
2381 Parklock - Bus Off
2382 Parklock - Bus Integrity Error
2385 Inconsistent ratio of transmission
output speed and engine speed
2385 Inconsistent ratio of transmission
output speed and engine speed
2400 Low/High Range Synchroniser Not
Calibrated or Bad Calibration
2400 Low/High Range Synchroniser Not
Calibrated or Bad Calibration
2401 Medium/Reverse Range
Synchroniser Not Calibrated or
Bad Calibration
2401 Medium/Reverse Range
Synchroniser Not Calibrated or
Bad Calibration
2403 Range Shift Synchroniser did not
Engage
Engage
Disengage
Disengage
Engage during a Shuttle Shift
Engage during a Shuttle Shift
2410 Synchroniser did not Disengage
2410 Synchroniser did not Disengage
2412 Synchroniser did not engage previous
range after error code 2403 or 2405
2412 Synchroniser did not engage previous
range after error code 2403 or 2405
2413 Synchroniser disengaged without
driver initiation
2413 Synchroniser disengaged without
driver initiation
2415 Medium/Reverse range synchroniser
potentiometer - Voltage too high
potentiometer - Voltage too high
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 23

potentiometer - Voltage too low
2417 Low/High range synchroniser -
Voltage too high
2417 Low/High range synchroniser -
Voltage too high
2418 Low/High range synchroniser
potentiometer voltage is out of
calibrated range
potentiometer voltage is out of
calibrated range
potentiometer - Voltage is out of
calibrated range
potentiometer - Voltage is out of
calibrated range
2425 Disable Range Selected
2500 Input Overspeed Error
2501 Oil Pressure Sensor - Open Circuit
2502 Oil Pressure Sensor - Short Circuit
To +5V
To +5V
To +5V
To +5V
2503 Clutch A Solenoid - In Use An Open
2504 Clutch B Solenoid - In Use An Open
2505 Clutch A Pressure Not Plausible
(Mismatch Between Clutch A
Pressure And Solenoid Current)
2506 Clutch B Pressure Not Plausible
(Mismatch Between Clutch A
Pressure And Solenoid Current)
2517 F2/R1 Synchro Potentiometer -
Signal Too High
2518 F2/R1 Synchro Potentiometer -
Signal Too Low
2519 Synchro Not Moving Towards F2
2520 Synchro Not Moving Towards R1
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 24

2521 F2 Solenoid Open Circuit Or Short
Circuit To Ground
2522 R1 Solenoid Open Circuit Or Short
Circuit To Ground
2523 F2 Solenoid Circuit Fault
2524 R1 Solenoid Circuit Fault
2525 F2/R1 synchronizer - neutral did not
engage
2538 Ring Speed Sensor - Short To Ground
Or Open Circuit
2539 Ring Speed Sensor - Short To 12V
2540 A Clutch Pressure Transducer - Open
2541 B Clutch Pressure Transducer - Open
2542 A Clutch Pressure Transducer - Short
Circuit To 5V
2543 B Clutch Pressure Transducer - Short
Circuit To 5V
2544 Ring Speed Sensor Critical Air Gap
2545 ORPM Sensor Critical Air Gap
2547 No Signal From Ring Sensor
2548 Brake Pressure Transducer - Open
2549 Brake Pressure Transducer - Short
To 5V
2550 Stuck dump solenoid or clutch A
solenoid
2551 Stuck dump solenoid or clutch B
solenoid
2552 Transmission Oil Pressure Too High
2553 Transmission Oil Pressure Too Low
2554 Transmission oil pressure above
maximum boost pressure
2555 Transmission oil pressure below
warning pressure
2557 Hydro 1 Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
2558 Hydro 1 Solenoid - Short Circuit To
12V
2559 ORPM And Ring Fault
2561 Uncommanded movement of
synchronizer F2/R1 to neutral
2563 HST Inlet (Hydro Gport) - Pressure
Too Low
2564 HST Inlet (Hydro Gport) - Low
Pressure Warning
2565 HST Inlet (Hydro Gport) - High
Pressure Warning
2566 HST Inlet (Hydro Gport) - Pressure
Too High
2567 Gear Pump (Hydro Filter) - Pressure
Too Low
2568 Gear Pump (Hydro Filter) - Low
Pressure Warning
2569 Gear Pump (Hydro Filter) - High
Pressure Warning
2570 Pressure On Filter Too High
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 25

2571 Hydro Gport Pressure Sensor - Open
2572 Hydro Gport Pressure Sensor - Short
Circuit To 5V
2573 Hydro Filter Pressure Sensor - Open
2574 Hydro Filter Pressure Sensor - Short
Circuit To 5V
2575 F2/R1 Synchronizer Transducer -
Transducer Failure
Speed) Sensor 2 - Short To Ground
Or Open Circuit
Speed) Sensor 2 - Short To 12V
Speed) Sensor 2 - No Signal
Speed) Sensor 2 - Critical Air Gap
3001 Foot Throttle Sensor - Signal Not
Plausible
3001 Foot Throttle Sensor - Signal Not
Plausible
3002 Foot Throttle Sensor - Signal Above
Range Maximum
3002 Foot Throttle Sensor - Signal Above
Range Maximum
3003 Foot Throttle Sensor - Signal Below
Range Minimum
3003 Foot Throttle Sensor - Signal Below
Range Minimum
3010 Air Intake Temperature Sensor -
Signal Above Range Maximum
3011 Air Intake Temperature Sensor -
Signal Below Range Minimum
3038 Constant Engine RPM Activate/Select
Switch - Short Circuit to Battery
3047 Main Relay Failure - Short Circuit To
Battery
3048 Main Relay Failure - Short Circuit to
Ground
3088 Crankshaft Sensor - No Signal
3090 Camshaft Sensor - No Signal
3091 Camshaft Sensor - Invalid Signal
3096 CAN A LINE NO SIGNAL
3107 Fuel Metering Unit - Short Circuit To
Battery
3108 Fuel Metering Unit - Short Circuit To
Ground
3113 Main relay 1 (high pressure pump
- power supply to the fuel metering
unit) - short to battery
3114 Main relay 1 (high pressure pump
- power supply to the fuel metering
unit) - short to ground
3118 ECM 12V sensor - supply voltage
high
3120 PTO Twist Sensor - Not Plausible
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 26

3121 PTO Twist Sensor - Open Circuit
3122 PTO Twist Sensor - Short Circuit To
Ground
3123 PTO Twist Sensor - Not Calibrated
3124 Hand Throttle - Signal Above Range
Maximum
3125 Hand Throttle - Channel 2 Signal
Below Range Minimum
3138 Metering Unit - Temperature Too High
3141 Fuel Flow Setpoint Too Low
3142 High Pressure Test - Test Active
3145 Terminal 15 - No Signal
3148 Coolant Temperature Sensor
Dynamic Test - Failure
3157 ECM Not Detected On CAN Bus
3158 Engine anti-tamper - security check
failed
3159 Invalid Engine Reference Torque
3160 Fan Actuator - Short Circuit to Battery
3162 Fan Actuator - Open Load
3163 Fan Actuator - No Load
3166 Fuel Filter Heater Relay - Short
Circuit To Battery
3168 Fuel Filter Heater Relay - Open Load
3169 Fuel Filter Heater Relay - Signal Not
Plausible
3176 Setpoint Of Metering Unit Not
Plausible In Overrun
3177 Engine Overspeed Detected
3182 Timeout Of CAN Message RxCCVS
3183 Timeout of CAN message TSC1-VR
(when active)
3184 Timeout of CAN message TSC1-VR
(when inactive)
3239 Engine Controller EEPROM - Read
Operation Error
3240 Engine Controller EEPROM - Write
Operation Failure
3241 Engine Controller EEPROM - Default
Value Used
3249 TPU Monitoring - Time Deviation
Between TPU And System Not
Plausible
3250 Dataset - Variant Defect
3251 Dataset - Requested Variant Could
Not Be Set
3252 Controller Watchdog - SPI
Comunication Failure
3258 High side power - short circuit to
battery
3259 High side power - short circuit to
ground
3261 Low side power - short circuit to
battery or excess temperature
3262 Low side power - short circuit to
ground
3265 Overrun Monitoring
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 27

3266 Redundant Engine Speed in Overrun
Monitoring
3297 Rail Pressure Positive Deviation High
And High Fuel Flow Setpoint Value
3301 Rail Pressure Negative Deviation Too
High On Minimum Metering
3305 Rail Pressure Below Minimum Limit
In Controller Mode
3309 Rail Pressure Above Maximum Limit
In Controlled Mode
3313 Rail Pressure Drop Rate Too High
3316 Minimum Number Of Injections Not
Reached - Stop Engine
3319 DM1DCU SPN2 message - error in
DCU active
DCU active
DCU active
DCU active
3334 Timeout Of CAN Message TCS1-PE
Torque - When Active
3335 Timeout Of CAN Message TSC1-PE
Torque - When Inactive
3338 Timeout Of CAN Message TSC1-VE
Speed - When Inactive
3339 Timeout Of CAN Message TSC1-VE
Speed - When Active
3354 Engine Brake Exhaust Valve - Short
Circuit To Ground
3355 Engine Brake Exhaust Valve - Short
Circuit To Battery
3367 Coolant Temperature Test Failure
3368 Torque Limitation Due To OBD
Performance Limiter By Legislation
3369 Torque Reduction Due To Smoke
Reduction
3370 Torque Limitation Due To Engine
Protection (Against Excessive
Torque, Engine Overspeed And
Overheat)
3375 Constant Engine RPM Increase /
Decrease Switch - Open Circuit
3377 Constant Engine RPM Switch
Detected But Option Is Not Enabled
3512 DCU state monitoring - DCU not
ready in time
3513 SCR Catalyst not present - relation of
temperature behavior between both
catalyst temperatures not plausible
3517 Ambient air temperature sensor
failure (of humidity sensor) - signal
too high
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 28

3518 Ambient air temperature sensor
failure (of humidity sensor) - signal
too low
3521 NOx estimation failure - estimated
NOx signal not reliable
3528 NOx sensor plausibility failure - signal
not plausible
3532 NOx sensor failure - sensor not ready
in time
3533 CAN message timeout NOx (from
NOx sensor) - CAN timeout
3537 CAN Message timeout DM1DCU
(from DCU) - CAN timeout
3541 CAN message timeout SCR1 (from
DCU) - CAN timeout
3545 SCR dosing valve overheat protection
- torque limitation level 2 for SCR
protection active
3546 SCR dosing valve overheat protection
- torque limitation level 1 for SCR
protection active
3549 Humidity sensor signal ratio failure -
signal ratio above limit
3550 Humidity sensor signal ratio failure -
signal ratio below limit
3555 CAN message timeout SCR2 (from
DCU) - CAN timeout
3557 Humidity sensor possibly saturated
with water droplets - signal ratio
above limit
3558 Humidity sensor possibly saturated
with water droplets - signal ratio
below limit
3561 NOx value not plausible (after
treatment plausibility)
DCU active
3581 Performance limitation active due to
either stage
3585 Engine shut off urea level (after idling
phase)
3586 Plausibility check of catalyst system
- temperature after catalyst not
plausible
- temperature before catalyst not
plausible
- ambient temperature of humidity
sensor or both catalyst temperatures
not plausible
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 29

- temperature deviation between up
and downstream catalyst temperature
too high during operation
3591 SCR catalyst thermal aging limit
exceeded - P0422 main catalyst
efficiency below threshhold
3599 Error path of oxidation catalyst not
present - P0421 warm up catalyst
efficiency below threshold
3602 Defect ratio between threshold limits
- P0425 catalyst temperature sensor
circuit
3605 Temperature of outer control loop -
temperature deviation above limit
3606 Temperature of outer control loop -
temperature deviation below limit
3611 Catalyst efficiency lower than first
NOx prediction threshold level
3612 Catalyst efficiency lower than second
NOx prediction threshold level
4100 Rear Remote No.1 No Control
Message Received
Message Received
4101 Rear Remote No.1 Control Message
Not Plausible
Not Plausible
4102 Rear Remote No.1 EEPROM Error
4103 Rear Remote No.1 Switched To
Failsafe
4104 Rear Remote No.1 Under Voltage
4105 Rear Remote No.1 Over Voltage
4106 Rear Remote No.1 Spool Movement
Too Low
Too High
4108 Rear Remote No.1 Float Position Not
Reached
4109 Rear Remote No.1 Manually
Operated
4110 Rear Remote No.1 Driver Faulty
4111 Rear Remote No.1 Potentiometer
Faulty
4112 Rear Remote No.1 Unable To Reach
Neutral
4113 Rear Remote No.1 Spool Not In
Neutral At Key On
Message Received
Message Received
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 30

Not Plausible
Not Plausible
Failsafe
Too Low
Too High
Reached
Operated
Faulty
Neutral
Neutral At Key On.
Message Received
Message Received
Not Plausible
Not Plausible
Failsafe
Too Low
Too High
Reached
Operated
Faulty
Neutral
Neutral At Key On
Message Received
Message Received
Not Plausible
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 31

Not Plausible
Failsafe
Too Low
Too High
Reached
Operated
Faulty
Neutral
Neutral At Key On
Message received
Message received
Not Plausible
Not Plausible
Failsafe
Too Low
Too High
Reached
Operated
Faulty
Neutral
Neutral At Key On
4170 Rear EHR Control No.1 Not
Calibrated
Calibrated
Calibrated
Calibrated
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 32

Calibrated
Calibrated
Calibrated
Calibrated
4190 Rear Remote No.1 No
Communications
Communications
Communications
Communications
Communications
Communications
Communications
Communications
Communications
Communications
4500 Front Remote No.1 - No Control
Message Received
4500 Front Remote No.1 - No Control
Message Received
4501 Front Remote No.1 Control Message
Not Plausible
Not Plausible
4502 Front Remote No.1 EEPROM Error
4503 Front Remote No.1 Switched To
Failsafe
Failsafe
4504 Front Remote No.1 Under Voltage
4505 Front Remote No.1 Over Voltage
4506 Front Remote No.1 Spool Movement
Too Low
Too Low
Too High
Too High
4508 Front Remote No.1 Float Position Not
Reached
Reached
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 33

4509 Front Remote No.1 Manually
Operated
Operated
4510 Front Remote No.1 Driver Faulty
4511 Front Remote No.1 Potentiometer
Faulty
Faulty
4512 Front Remote No.1 Unable To Reach
Neutral
Neutral
4513 Front Remote No.1 Spool Not In
Neutral At Key On
Neutral At Key On
4514 Front Remote No.2 No Control
Message Received
Message Received
4515 Front Remote no.2 Control Message
Not Plausible
4515 Front Remote no.2 Control Message
Not Plausible
Failsafe
Failsafe
Too Low
Too Low
Too High
Too High
Reached
Reached
Operated
Operated
Faulty
Faulty
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 34

Neutral
Neutral
Neutral At Key On
Neutral At Key On
Message Received
Message Received
Not Plausible
Not Plausible
Failsafe
Failsafe
Too Low
Too Low
Too High
Too High
Reached
Reached
Operated
Operated
Faulty
Faulty
Neutral
Neutral
Neutral At Key On
Neutral At Key On
4560 Front RemoteNo.1 No
Communications
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 35

4560 Front RemoteNo.1 No
Communications
4561 Front Remote No.2 No
Communications
Communications
Communications
Communications
4564 EHR Joystick No Communications
4564 EHR Joystick No Communications
4565 High Flow Pump Connection Error
4565 High Flow Pump Connection Error
4566 High Flow Pump Configuration Error
4566 High Flow Pump Configuration Error
5002 Rear PTO Brake Solenoid Output -
Short Circuit To 12V
5003 Rear PTO Brake Output - Open
5003 Rear PTO Brake Output - Open
5005 Rear PTO Brake Switch Open Circuit
5005 Rear PTO Brake Switch Open Circuit
5006 Rear PTO Solenoid - Short Circuit To
12V
5006 Rear PTO Solenoid - Short Circuit To
12V
5007 Rear PTO Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
5007 Rear PTO Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
5008 Rear PTO Solenoid - Open Circuit
5015 PTO Fuse Sense Input - Open Circuit
5015 PTO Fuse Sense Input - Open Circuit
5027 Rear PTO Speed Sensor - Open
Circuit
5027 Rear PTO Speed Sensor - Open
Circuit
5034 Rear PTO Fender Switch Open
Circuit / Short To Ground
5034 Rear PTO Fender Switch Open
Circuit / Short To Ground
5037 Rear PTO Cab Normally Open Switch
- Stuck Closed
5037 Rear PTO Cab Normally Open Switch
- Stuck Closed
5043 Rear PTO Fender Switch Stuck On
5043 Rear PTO Fender Switch Stuck On
5044 Rear PTO Speed Sensor - Short To
Ground
5044 Rear PTO Speed Sensor - Short to
Ground
5098 Rear PTO Fender Switch Option Not
Enabled
5098 Rear PTO Fender Switch Option Not
Enabled
5099 Auto PTO Mode Not Enabled
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 36

6023 Four Wheel Drive Solenoid Open
Circuit
6023 Four Wheel Drive Solenoid Open
Circuit
7017 Differential Lock Solenoid - Open
Circuit
7017 Differential Lock Solenoid - Open
Circuit
7024 Steering Angle Sensor Not Calibrated
7024 Steering Angle Sensor Not Calibrated
7032 Steering Angle Sensor - Signal Too
Low
7032 Steering Angle Sensor - Signal Too
Low
7100 Autoguidance Isolation Solenoid
Return - Disconnected / Over
Temperature
7100 Autoguidance isolation solenoid -
disconnected/over temperature
Return - Short To Battery
Return - Short To Battery
Return - Short To Ground
Return - Short To Ground
7103 Steering angle plausibility error
(autoguidance only)
7103 Steering angle plausibility error
(autoguidance only)
7104 Timeout of NAV2XCM CAN Message
8007 Front PTO Solenoid - Stuck On
8007 Front PTO Solenoid - Stuck On
8008 Front PTO Solenoid - Open Circuit
8008 Front PTO Solenoid - Open Circuit
8033 Front PTO Switch In Cab Normally
Closed Open Circuit
8033 Front PTO Switch In Cab Normally
Closed Open Circuit
8037 Front PTO Cab Normally Open
Switch Stuck Closed
8037 Front PTO Cab Normally Open
Switch Stuck Closed
8099 Front PTO Option Not Enabled
8099 Front PTO Option Not Enabled
9001 Front Hitch Position Sensor - Short
Circuit To 12V
9001 Front Hitch Position Sensor - Short
Circuit To 12V
9002 Front Hitch Position Sensor - Open
9002 Front Hitch Position Sensor - Open
9003 Front Hitch Fender Up Switch Error
9003 Front Hitch Fender Up Switch Error
9004 Front Hitch Fender Down Switch
Error
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 37

9004 Front Hitch Fender Down Switch
Error
9005 Front Hitch Fender Common Switch
Error
9005 Front Hitch Fender Common Switch
Error
9006 Front Hitch Position Potentiometer -
Not Calibrated
9006 Front Hitch Position Potentiometer -
Not Calibrated
9008 Front Hitch Command Arm
Raise/Work Switch Error (When
Front Hitch Management is Enabled)
9009 Front Hitch External/Inching Switches
Error (When Front Hitch Management
is Enabled)
9011 Front Hitch Not Moving (When Front
Hitch Management is Enabled)
3167 Fuel Filter Heater Relay - Short ECM
Circuit To Ground
3006 Coolant Temperature Sensor - Signal EDC
Not Plausible
Above Range
Below Range Minimum
3015 Fuel Temperature Sensor - Signal EDC
Above Maximum
3016 Fuel Temperature Sensor - Signal EDC
Below Range Minimum
3019 Boost Pressure Sensor - Signal EDC
Above Range Maximum
3022 Boost Pressure Sensor - Signal Not EDC
Plausible
3023 Atmospheric Pressure Sensor - EDC
Signal Not Plausible
3028 Oil Pressure too low EDC
3029 Oil Pressure Sensor - Short Circuit EDC
To Battery
3030 Oil Pressure Sensor - Short Circuit EDC
To Ground
3031 Oil Pressure Sensor - Hardware Error EDC
3032 Oil Pressure Sensor - Value Too High EDC
3033 Oil Temperature Sensor - Signal Not EDC
Plausible (Compared With Coolant
Temperature)
3034 Oil Temperature Sensor - Signal EDC
Above Range Maximum
3035 Oil Temperature Sensor - Signal EDC
Below Range Minimum
3037 Boost Pressure Sensor - Signal Low EDC
3051 Battery Voltage To Engine Controller EDC
- Voltage Too High
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 38

3052 Battery Voltage To Engine Controller EDC
- Voltage Too Low
3059 ECM afterrun was interrupted EDC
3060 Cylinder 1 - Unclassifiable Error In EDC
Injector
3061 Cylinder 1 - Injector Cable Short EDC
Circuit (Low Side To Battery)
Circuit (High Side To Ground)
3064 Cylinder 5 - Unclassifiable Error in EDC
Injector
Injector
Injector
Injector
Injector
3089 Crankshaft Sensor - Invalid Signal EDC
3093 Offset Between Camshaft And EDC
Crankshaft - Outside Boundaries
3095 Operating With Camshaft Sensor EDC
Only - Backup Mode
3102 Rail Pressure Sensor CP3 - Signal EDC
Below Range Minimum
3104 Rail Pressure Relief Valve - Open EDC
3105 Rail Pressure Relief Valve - Pressure EDC
Shock Requested
3106 Rail Pressure Relief Valve - Did Not EDC
Open After Pressure Shock
3110 Rail Pressure Sensor Monitoring - EDC
3111 Rail Pressure Sensor Monitoring - EDC
3112 Rail Pressure Sensor CP3 - Signal EDC
Above Maximum Range
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 39

3119 ECM 12V sensor supply voltage low EDC
3131 Grid Heater Always Switched On EDC
3137 Metering Unit - Open Load EDC
3146 Water detected in fuel EDC
3147 Oil Temperature Too High EDC
3154 Grid Heater Relay - Short Circuit To EDC
Battery
3155 Grid Heater Relay - Short Circuit To EDC
Ground
3156 Grid Heater Relay - No Load EDC
3161 Fan Actuator - Short Circuit to Ground EDC
3179 Time-out Of CAN Message BC2EDC2 EDC
3180 Time-out of CAN Message VM2EDC EDC
3188 Cylinder 1 Warning - Open Load EDC
3192 Cylinder 2 warning - Open Load EDC
3210 Bank 1 - General Short Circuit To EDC
Injector Cable
3211 Bank 1 - Injector cable Short Circuit EDC
Low Side To Ground
3213 Bank 1 - Unclassifiable Error EDC
3218 Bank 2 - General Short Circuit On EDC
Injector Cable
3219 Bank 2 - Injector Cable Short Circuit EDC
Low Side To Ground
3221 Bank 2 - Unclassifiable Error EDC
3227 Injection Processor Error - Internal EDC
Reset/Clock Loss/Voltage Too Low
3228 Injection Processor Error - EDC
Unlocked/Initialization Error
3229 Injection Processor Error - Injections EDC
Limited By Software
3230 Injection Processor Error - SPI EDC
Communication Failure
3231 Injection Processor Error - Internal EDC
Reset/Clock Loss/Voltage Too Low
3232 Injection Processor Error - EDC
Unlocked/Initialization Failure
3234 Injection Processor Error - SPI EDC
Communication Failure
3242 Engine Controller (Locked) Recovery EDC
Occurred
3243 Engine Controller Recovery EDC
(Suppressed) - Recovery Occurred
3244 Engine Controller Recovery (Visible) EDC
- Recovery Occurred
3245 Engine Controller - Watchdog Not EDC
Plausible
3246 Shutoff Paths During Initialization - EDC
Watchdog
3247 Shutoff Paths Failed During EDC
Initialization - Supply Voltage Too
High
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 40

3248 Shutoff Paths During Initialization - EDC
Supply Voltage Too Low
3253 ADC Monitoring - Reference Voltage EDC
Too Low
3254 ADC Monitoring - Reference Voltage EDC
Too High
3255 ADC Monitoring Test Impulse Error EDC
3256 ADC Monitoring Queue Error EDC
3278 Engine Controller Supply Voltage Too EDC
High
3279 Engine Controller Internal Supply EDC
Voltage Too Low
3280 Sensor Supply Voltage 1 - High EDC
3281 Sensor Supply Voltage 1 - Low EDC
3371 Torque Limitation Due To Fuel EDC
Quantity Limitation Because Of
Injector System Errors
12011 Power Supply Line Overvoltage EPL
12012 Electrical Motor Disconnected EPL
12013 Electrical Motor Short Circuit To EPL
Ground
12014 Electrical Motor Short Circuit To EPL
Power Supply
12017 Power Stage Supply Failure EPL
12018 Electrical Motor Current Too High EPL
12019 Electrical Motor Current Higher Than EPL
Requested
12020 Unexpected Electrical Motor Current EPL
12024 Fault On Ignition Key EPL
12032 Fault On Encoder Power Supply EPL
12033 Fault On Encoder Impulses Sequence EPL
12034 Fault On Encoder Signals EPL
12043 Accelerometer Self Test Failed EPL
12052 EPL Power Supply Lower Than 10 EPL
Volts
12053 EPL Power Supply Higher Than 16 EPL
Volts
12054 Fault On Power Supply Voltage EPL
Reading
12066 Fault On Trailer Brake Relay - Open EPL
Or Short Circuit To Power
12068 Fault On Trailer Brake Relay - Short EPL
Circuit To Ground
12073 Fault On EPL Operating EPL
Status/Recovery Line
12132 CAN Bus Off EPL
12133 CAN Bus Mute EPL
12142 Fault On CAN Message (Trailer EPL
Brake Inhibit Flag)
12143 Fault On CAN Message (Vehicle EPL
Direction Signal)
12144 Fault On CAN Message (Vehicle EPL
Speed)
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 41

12145 Fault On CAN Message (Command EPL
Signal)
12146 Fault On CAN Message (Auto Apply EPL
At Key Off Flag)
12147 Fault On CAN Message (Engine EPL
RPM Signal)
12148 Fault On CAN Message (Key Signal) EPL
12150 Fault On CAN Message (Hand Brake EPL
Switch Signal)
12151 Fault On Second Microprocessor EPL
12160 Fault On EEPROM EPL
12162 Fault On EPL Temperature Reading EPL
12163 EPL Over Temperature EPL
12183 Actuator Moving Without Command EPL
12184 Critical Pad Wear EPL
12185 Actuation Timeout EPL
12188 Excessive Pad Wear EPL
12192 Fault On Shuttle Park Switch Line EPL
12202 Fault On Handbrake Switch Line EPL
12212 Accelerometer Not Calibrated EPL
12213 Actuator Not Initialized EPL
12214 Disable Actuation EPL
12215 Trailer Brake Relay Detected But EPL
Configured As Not Present
2026 Engine Speed Too High TCU
13001 Reference Voltage 5VREF1 - Voltage UCM
Too Low
Too High
Too Low
Too High
13005 Reference Voltage - Voltage Too Low UCM
Too High
13007 Reference Voltage 8V5REF - Voltage UCM
Too Low
13008 Reference Voltage 8V5REF - Voltage UCM
Too High
1004 Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Too High XCM (multi-function CM)
1008 Raise / Work Switch Failure XCM (multi-function CM)
(Command Arm)
1008 Raise / Work Switch Failure XCM (multi-function CM)
(Command Arm)
1016 Left Hand Load Sensing Pin Signal XCM (multi-function CM)
Too Low
Too High
Too High
1018 Both Load Sensing Pins XCM (multi-function CM)
Disconnected
1018 Both Load Sensing Pins XCM (multi-function CM)
Disconnected
1019 Load Sensing Pin 8V Reference XCM (multi-function CM)
Voltage Too Low
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 42

Voltage Too Low
Voltage Too High
Voltage Too High
1024 Perform The Hydraulic Lift Calibration XCM (multi-function CM)
1024 Perform The Hydraulic Lift Calibration XCM (multi-function CM)
1028 Lift Arm Position Sensing Control XCM (multi-function CM)
Voltage Too High
1028 Lift Arm Position Sensing Control XCM (multi-function CM)
Voltage Too High
1029 Hydraulic Control Valve Disconnected XCM (multi-function CM)
1029 Hydraulic Control Valve Disconnected XCM (multi-function CM)
1031 Chassis Harness Disconnected XCM (multi-function CM)
1054 5 Volt Reference Short To Ground XCM (multi-function CM)
1063 EDC Hydraulic Valve Lower Solenoid XCM (multi-function CM)
Open Circuit
Open Circuit
1064 EDC Hydraulic Valve Raise Solenoid XCM (multi-function CM)
Open Circuit
Open Circuit
Short Circuit
Short Circuit
Short Circuit
Short Circuit
2052 Oil Temperature Sensor - Short XCM (multi-function CM)
Circuit
Circuit
Circuit
Circuit
Circuit
2053 5 Volt Reference Voltage Too High XCM (multi-function CM)
2053 5 Volt Reference Voltage Too High XCM (multi-function CM)
2054 5 Volt Reference Voltage Too Low XCM (multi-function CM)
2054 5 Volt Reference Voltage Too Low XCM (multi-function CM)
2059 Shuttle Lever Switch Disagreement XCM (multi-function CM)
5033 Rear PTO Cab Normally Closed XCM (multi-function CM)
Switch Open Circuit
5033 Rear PTO Cab Normally Closed XCM (multi-function CM)
Switch Open Circuit
5035 Rear PTO Fender Switch Input Short XCM (multi-function CM)
To 12V+
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 43

5035 Rear PTO Fender Switch Input Short XCM (multi-function CM)
To 12V+
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 44
Index

SYSTEMS - A
FAULT CODES - 50.A

ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
A.50.A / 45
CNH Österreich GmbH Steyrerstraße 32 4300 St. Valentin Austria
SERVICE - Technical Publications & Tools
PRINTED IN FRANCE
© 2011 CNH GLOBAL N.V.
All rights reserved. No part of the text or illustrations of this publication may be reproduced.
NEW HOLLAND AGRICULTURE policy is one of continuous improvement and the right to change prices,
specification or equipment at any time without notices is reserved.
All data given in this publication is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weight are approximate only
and the illustrations do not necessarily show products in standard condition. For exact information about any
particular product, please consult your NEW HOLLAND AGRICULTURE Dealer.
84477609A 27/09/2011
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
ENGINE AND PTO IN

84477609A 27/09/2011
B
Contents
ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.10.A
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.20.A

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.30.A

EXHAUST SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.40.A

EXHAUST SYSTEM Emissions control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.40.B

ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.50.A

84477609A 27/09/2011
B
ENGINE - 10.A

84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 1
Contents
ENGINE - 10.A
TECHNICAL DATA
Valve drive
Rocker assembly Shaft - Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Valve drive
Rocker assembly - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
SERVICE
ENGINE
Disconnect (for vehicles with suspended front axle refer to Engine Remove) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Connect (for vehicles with suspended front axle refer to Engine Install) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Timing gear housing
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 2
ENGINE AND PTO IN - ENGINE
Rocker assembly Shaft - Dimension
80696_102 1
Rocker Arm and Shaft Data
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 3
Valve drive Rocker assembly - Overview

Component Parts of Rocker Arm Assembly
80695 1
1.Bolts 2.Support
3.Spindles (Refer to Rocker assembly 4.Rocker arms (Refer to Rocker assembly Shaft - Dimension
Shaft - Dimension (B.10.A)). (B.10.A)).
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 4
ENGINE - Disconnect (for vehicles with suspended front axle refer

to Engine Remove)
Prior operation:
Discharge the Air conditioning system, for further information refer to ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventila-
tion and air-conditioning - Discharging (E.40.D)
Prior operation:
Disconnect battery, for further information refer to Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A)
Prior operation:
Drain the engine coolant system, for further information refer to ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Drain fluid (B.50.A)
Prior operation:
Remove the selective catalytic reduction (SRC) muffler, for further information refer to Selective Catalytic Reduction
(SCR) SCR muffler - Remove (B.40.B)
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Using suitable lifting equipment support the front

weights.
BAIL07APH062AVA 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 5
2. Disconnect and remove the front weights from the

weight carrier.
BAIL07APH063AVA 2
3. Disconnect the air cleaner aspirator hose and detach

the retaining bracket.
BAIL07APH108AVA 3
4. Disconnect the radar electrical connector and re-

move the radar.
BAIL10CVT358AVA 4
5. Remove the flywheel speed sensor.
BAIS06CCM087AVA 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 6
6. Disconnect the engine harness electrical connectors.
BAIL07APH058AVA 6
7. Detach the cab heater return pipe.
BAIL07APH121AVA 7
8. Disconnect the oil cooler supply and return pipes.
BAIL07APH171AVA 8
9. Disconnect the heater supply hose from the rear of

the engine cylinder head.
BAIL10CVT359AVA 9
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 7
10. Disconnect the SCR coolant control valve electrical

connector.
BAIL10CVT410AVB 10
11. Disconnect both coolant line connectors from the

SCR coolant control valve.
BAIL10CVT412AVB 11
12. Remove the starter motor heat shield.
BAIL10CVT360AVA 12
13. Remove the starter motor cover.
BAIL10CVT361AVA 13
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 8
14. Disconnect the starter motor electrical connector.
BAIL10CVT363AVA 14
15. Detach the positive terminal relay and bracket and

position to one side.
BAIL10CVT362AVA 15
16. Disconnect the starter motor negative cables.
BAIL10CVT364AVA 16
17. Detach the alternator wiring harness electrical con-

nector from the bracket (1) and detach the wiring har-
ness (2).
BAIL10CVT365AVA 17
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 9
18. Disconnect the alternator electrical connectors.
BAIL10CVT366AVA 18
19. Disconnect the brake reservoir electrical connector

(1) and detach the brake reservoir (2) and position it
to one side.
BAIL10CVT367AVA 19
NOTE: Install blanking plugs/caps to all openings to prevent dirt ingress.

20. Disconnect the A/C pipe from the A/C compressor.
BAIL10CVT368AVA 20
21. Detach the A/C pipe retaining clip (1).

Disconnect the low pressure switch electrical con-
nector (2).
Remove the low pressure switch (3).
Disconnect the low pressure A/C pipe (4).
BAIL10CVT371AVA 21
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 10
22. Detach the A/C pipe retaining bracket (1).

Remove the bracket from air cleaner mounting frame
(2).
Detach the A/C pipe retaining bracket (3).
Carefully manoeuvre the A/C pipes and position to
one side (4).
BAIL10CVT372AVA 22
23. Disconnect the steering hoses.
BAIL07APH105AVB 23
24. Disconnect the fuel supply line from the pre-filter/wa-

ter trap.
BAIL07APH013AVA 24
25. Disconnect the fuel return line.
BAIL07APH106AVA 25
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 11
26. Disconnect the brake valve supply hose (if fitted).
BAIL07APH056AVA 26
27. Disconnect the flywheel electrical connector.
BAIL10CVT373AVA 27
28. Disconnect the engine earth connector.
BAIL10CVT433AVA 28
29. Disconnect the diff lock supply pipe (1) and pneu-
matic brake supply pipe (2).
Remove the pipe retaining bracket and remove the
pipes (3).
BAIL07APH379AVA 29
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 12
Vehicles with SuperSteer™ front axle

Remove the four-wheel drive shaft guard retaining bolts.
NOTE: Repeat the operation on both sides of the vehicle.
NOTE:
BAIS06CCM033AVA 30
Remove the four-wheel drive shaft guard.

Remove the four-wheel drive shaft front retaining bolts.
NOTE: Support the four-wheel drive shaft.
BAIS06CCM034AVA 31
30. Remove the four-wheel drive shaft.
BAIS06CCM035AVB 32
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 13
Vehicles with standard front axle

31. Remove the front wheel drive shaft guard and drive
shaft.
NOTE: The type of drive shaft fitted is dependant on type
of front axle installed.
BSD1959A 33
32. Remove the drive shaft flange, where fitted.
BSD1917A 34
All vehicles
33. Position the splitting gear (1) MS2700C-1, (2)
MS2700C-2, (3) MS2700C-4 under the transmis-
sion.
BAIL07APH380AVA 35
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 14
34. Secure the splitting gear to the transmission housing.
BAIL07APH173AVA 36
35. Install the wheeled part of the splitting gear under the
engine (1) MS2700C-3 (2) MS2700C-4 (3) MS2700-
3/33.
BAIL07APH174AVB 37
36. Support the rear of the vehicle.
BAIL07APH145AVA 38
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 15
37. Remove the left-hand side engine to transmission

securing bolts.
NOTE: Repeat this step for the right-hand side.
BAIL07APH146BVA 39
38. Remove the centre engine to transmission securing

bolt (2). Remove the top left-hand engine to trans-
mission securing bolt (1).
BAIL07APH147AVA 40
39. Separate the engine from the transmission.
BAIL07APH175AVA 41
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 16
ENGINE - Connect (for vehicles with suspended front axle refer to

Engine Install)
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
All vehicles
1. Thoroughly clean the engine to transmission mating
surfaces and apply a bead of sealant.
2. Align the front support and engine assembly to the
transmission and relocate.
BAIL07APH175AVB 1
3. Install the centre engine to transmission securing bolt

(2). Install the top left hand engine to transmission
securing bolt (1). Tighten to 285-315 Nm ( 210-232
lb ft).
BAIL07APH147AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 17
4. Install the left-hand side engine to transmission se-

curing bolts.
BAIL07APH146BVA 3
5. Remove the support from the rear of the vehicle.
BAIL07APH145AVA 4
6. Remove the wheeled part of the splitting gear from

under the engine.
BAIL07APH174AVA 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 18
7. Disconnect and remove the splitting gear from under

the transmission housing.
BAIL07APH173AVA 6

8. Install the drive shaft flange (if equipped).
BSD1917A 7
9. Install front wheel drive shaft and drive shaft guard.

NOTE: The type of drive shaft fitted is dependant on type
of front axle installed.
BSD1959A 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 19
Vehicles with SuperSteer™ front axle

Install the four-wheel drive shaft rear retaining nuts.
Tighten to 65 - 86 Nm ( 48 - 63 lbft).
BAIS06CCM035AVA 9
Install the four-wheel drive shaft front retaining nuts.

BAIS06CCM034AVA 10
Install the four-wheel drive shaft guard.

Install the four-wheel drive shaft guard retaining bolts.
NOTE: Repeat this step on both sides of the vehicle.
BAIS06CCM033AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 20
All vehicles
10. Connect the diff lock supply pipe (1) and pneumatic
brake supply pipe (2).
Install the pipe retaining bracket (3).
BAIL07APH379AVA 12
11. Connect the engine earth connector.
BAIL10CVT433AVA 13
12. Connect the flywheel speed sensor electrical con-

nector.
BAIL10CVT373AVA 14
13. Connect the brake valve supply hose (if fitted).
BAIL07APH056AVA 15
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 21
14. Connect the fuel return line.
BAIL07APH106AVA 16
15. Connect the fuel supply line to the pre-filter/water

trap.
BAIL07APH013AVA 17
16. Connect the steering hoses.
BAIL07APH105AVB 18
17. Carefully Manoeuvre the A/C pipes (1) into position.

Install the A/C pipe (2).
Install the bracket to the air cleaner mounting frame
(3).
Attach the A/C pipe clamp (4).
BAIL10CVT372AVB 19
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 22
18. Connect the A/C pipe (1).

Install the low pressure switch (2).
Connect the low pressure switch electrical connector
(3).
Attach the A/C pipe retaining clip (4).
BAIL10CVT371AVB 20
19. Connect the A/C pipe to the A/C compressor.
BAIL10CVT368AVA 21
20. Attach the brake reservoir (1) and connect the elec-
trical connector (2).
BAIL10CVT367AVB 22
BAIL10CVT366AVA 23
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 23
22. Attach the radar electrical connector to the bracket

(1) and attach the alternator wiring harness to the
bracket (2).
BAIL10CVT365AVA 24
23. Connect the starter motor negative cables.
BAIL10CVT364AVA 25
24. Attach the positive terminal relay bracket.
BAIL10CVT362AVA 26
25. Connect the electrical connector.
BAIL10CVT363AVA 27
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 24
26. Install the starter motor cover.
BAIL10CVT361AVA 28
27. Install the starter motor heat shield.
BAIL10CVT360AVA 29
28. Connect both coolant line connectors to the SCR

coolant valve.
BAIL10CVT412AVB 30
29. Connect the SCR coolant control valve electrical

connector.
BAIL10CVT410AVB 31
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 25
All vehicles
30. Connect the heater supply hose to the rear of the
engine cylinder head.
BAIL11CCM034AVA 32
31. Connect the oil cooler supply and return pipes.
BAIL07APH171AVA 33
32. Attach the cab heater return pipe.
BAIL07APH121AVA 34
33. Connect the engine harness electrical connectors.
BAIL07APH058AVA 35
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 26
34. Install the flywheel speed sensor.
BAIS06CCM087AVA 36
35. Install the radar and connect the radar electrical con-
nector.
BAIL10CVT358AVA 37
36. Connect the air cleaner aspirator hose and attach the
retaining bracket.
BAIL07APH108AVA 38
37. Install the right-hand drive belt guard.
BAIL10CVT387AVA 39
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 27
38. Using suitable lifting equipment install the front

weights on the weight carrier.
BAIL07APH062AVA 40
39. Install the front weight retaining clamps.
BAIL07APH063AVA 41
Next operation:
Install the selective catalytic reduction (SCR) muffler, for further information refer to Selective Catalytic Reduction
(SCR) SCR muffler - Install (B.40.B)
Next operation:
Fill the engine coolant system, for further information refer to ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Filling (B.50.A)
Next operation:
Recharge the A/C system, for further information refer to ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-
conditioning - Charging (E.40.D)
Next operation:
Connect the battery, for further information refer to Battery - Connect (A.30.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 28
ENGINE - Remove
Prior operation:
Disconnect the battery, for further information refer to Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A)
Prior operation:
Remove the engine hood, for further information refer to Engine hood - Remove (E.20.A)
Prior operation:
Separate the front axle and front support from the engine, for further information refer to Front - Remove (E.10.B)
Prior operation:
Remove the exhaust line, for further information refer to Exhaust line - Remove (B.40.A)
Prior operation:
Remove the selective catalytic reduction (SCR) SCR muffler, for further information refer to Selective Catalytic Re-
duction (SCR) SCR muffler - Remove (B.40.B)
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
1. Loosen the locknut (1), detension the air conditioning

(A/C) drive belt adjuster (2).
BAIL07APH024AVA 1
2. Loosen the A/C drive belt tensioner (1) and remove

the A/C drive belt (2).
BAIL07APH241AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 29
3. Remove the steering and diff lock pipe bracket.
BAIL07APH103AVA 3
4. Disconnect the diff lock supply pipe (1) and pneu-

matic brake supply pipe (2)
Remove the pipe retaining bracket and remove the
pipes (3).
BAIL07APH379AVA 4
5. Disconnect the air cleaner aspirator hose connector

and detach the retaining bracket.
BAIL07APH108AVA 5
6. Disconnect the radar electrical connector (1) and re-

move the radar (2).
BAIL07APH055AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 30
7. Remove the flywheel speed sensor.
BAIS06CCM087AVA 7
BAIL07APH171AVA 8
9. Disconnect the heater supply hose from the rear of

the engine cylinder head.
BAIL10CVT359AVA 9

connector.
BAIL10CVT410AVB 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 31

BAIL10CVT412AVB 11
12. Remove the starter motor heat shield.
BAIL10CVT360AVA 12
13. Remove the starter motor cover.
BAIL10CVT361AVA 13
14. Disconnect the starter motor electrical connector.
BAIL10CVT363AVA 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 32
15. Detach the positive terminal relay and bracket and

position to one side.
BAIL10CVT362AVA 15
16. Disconnect the starter motor negative cables.
BAIL10CVT364AVA 16
17. Detach the alternator wiring harness electrical con-

nector from the bracket (1) and detach the wiring har-
ness (2).
BAIL10CVT365AVA 17
18. Disconnect the alternator electrical connectors.
BAIL10CVT366AVA 18
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 33
19. Disconnect the brake reservoir electrical connector

(1) and detach the brake reservoir (2) and position it
to one side.
BAIL10CVT367AVA 19
20. Remove the air filter mounting frame left-hand rear

mounting bolts and wiring loom clamp.
NOTE: Repeat this step for the right-hand side of the vehi-
cle.
BAIL07APH123AVA 20
21. Disconnect the vacuum sensor electrical connectors

and remove the turbocharger intake tube.
BAIL07APH232AVB 21
22. Disconnect the coolant hose.
BAIL07APH125AVA 22
NOTE: Install blanking plugs/caps to all openings to prevent dirt ingress.
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 34
23. Disconnect the A/C pipe from the A/C compressor.
BAIL10CVT368AVA 23
24. Detach the A/C pipe retaining clip (1).

Disconnect the low pressure switch electrical con-
nector (2).
Remove the low pressure switch (3).
Disconnect the low pressure A/C pipe (4).
BAIL10CVT371AVA 24
25. Detach the A/C pipe retaining bracket (1).

Remove the bracket from the air cleaner mounting
frame (2).
Detach the A/C pipe retaining bracket (3).
Carefully manoeuvre the A/C pipes and position to
one side (4).
BAIL10CVT372AVA 25
26. Disconnect the steering hoses.
BAIL07APH105AVB 26
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 35
27. Disconnect the fuel supply line from the pre-filter/wa-

ter trap.
BAIL07APH013AVA 27
28. Disconnect the fuel return line.
BAIL07APH106AVA 28
29. Disconnect the brake valve supply hose (if fitted).
BAIL07APH056AVA 29
30. Detach the wiring loom from the left-hand air filter
frame upright
BAIL07APH128AVA 30
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 36
31. Disconnect the brake line from the front brake valve.
BAIL07APH129AVA 31
32. Detach the brake valve from the air filter frame.
BAIL07APH130AVA 32
33. Cut the cable ties securing the wiring loom to the air
cleaner mounting frame.
BAIL07APH132AVA 33
34. Disconnect the grid heater electrical connector.
BAIL07APH140AVA 34
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 37
35. Disconnect the water-in-fuel sensor electrical con-

nector.
BAIL07APH133AVA 35
36. Detach the wiring loom from the intake manifold.
BAIL07APH134AVA 36
37. Disconnect and remove the brake line (1).

Remove the air filter mounting frame front left hand
securing bolts (2).
BAIL07APH136AVA 37
38. Remove the air filter mounting frame front right-hand

securing bolts.
BAIL07APH137AVA 38
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 38
39. Remove the front of the air filter mounting frame.
BAIL07APH138AVA 39
40. Remove the rear of the air filter mounting frame.

NOTE: When removing, take care to pass all hoses and
wiring looms through the frame.
BAIL07APH139AVA 40
41. Install the three lifting eyes 380200013 to the engine

.
BAIL07APH141BVA 41
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 39
42. Take the weight of the engine using a suitable hoist.
BAIL07APH144AVA 42
43. Position the splitting gear (1) MS2700C-1, (2)

MS2700C-2, (3) MS2700C-4 under the transmis-
sion.
BAIL07APH142AVC 43
44. Secure the splitting gear to the transmission.
BAIL07APH143AVA 44
BAIL07APH145AVA 45
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 40
46. Remove the engine to transmission left-hand secur-

ing bolts.
NOTE: Repeat this step for the right hand side.
BAIL07APH146BVA 46
47. Remove the engine to transmission centre securing

bolt (2). Remove the engine to transmission top left-
hand securing bolt (1).
BAIL07APH147AVA 47
48. Separate the engine from the transmission.
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 41
ENGINE - Install
WARNING
Heavy object!
ALWAYS use adequate lifting equipment
(heavy-duty hoist, loader, or forklift) to lift the
component.
ous injury.
W0101A
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
1. Thoroughly clean the engine to transmission mating

surfaces and apply a bead of sealant.
2. Using a suitable chain, connect the engine to a hoist.
3. Align the engine to the transmission and relocate.
4. Install the centre engine to transmission securing bolt
(2). Install the engine to transmission top left hand
securing bolt (1).
BAIL07APH147AVA 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 42
5. Install the left-hand side engine to transmission se-

curing bolts.
BAIL07APH146BVA 2
6. Remove the support from the rear of the vehicle.
BAIL07APH145AVA 3
7. Disconnect the splitting gear and remove from under

the transmission.
BAIL07APH143AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 43
8. Remove the lifting gear from the engine.
BAIL07APH144AVA 5
9. Remove the three lifting eyes from the engine.
BAIL07APH141BVA 6
10. Install the rear of the air filter frame.

NOTE: When installing, take care to pass all hoses and
wiring looms through the frame.
BAIL07APH139AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 44
11. Install the front of the air filter mounting frame.
BAIL07APH138AVA 8
12. Install the front right-hand air filter mounting frame

securing bolts.
BAIL07APH137AVA 9
13. Install and connect the brake line (1).

Install the air filter mounting frame front left-hand se-
curing bolts (2).
BAIL07APH136AVA 10
14. Attach the wiring loom to the intake manifold.
BAIL07APH134AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 45
15. Connect the water-in-fuel sensor electrical connec-

tor.
BAIL07APH133AVA 12
16. Connect the grid heater electrical connector.
BAIL07APH140AVA 13
17. Cable tie the wiring loom to the air filter mounting
frame.
BAIL07APH132AVA 14
18. Attach the brake valve to the air filter mounting frame.
BAIL07APH130AVA 15
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 46
19. Connect the brake line to the front brake valve.
BAIL07APH129AVA 16
20. Attach the wiring loom to the air filter mounting frame
left-hand upright.
BAIL07APH128AVA 17
21. Connect the coolant hose.
BAIL07APH125AVA 18
22. Install the turbocharger intake tube and connect the

vacuum sensor electrical connectors.
BAIL07APH232AVB 19
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 47
23. Install the air filter mounting frame left-hand rear

mounting bolts and wiring loom clamp.
NOTE: Repeat this step for the right-hand side of the vehi-
cle.
BAIL07APH123AVA 20
24. Attach the coolant pipe to the engine block.
BAIL07APH121AVA 21
25. Secure the main wiring loom with cable ties.
BAIL07APH119AVA 22
26. Install the flywheel speed sensor.
BAIS06CCM087AVA 23
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 48
27. Install the exhaust.
BAIL07APH113AVA 24
28. Connect the radar electrical connector (1) and install

the radar (2).
BAIL07APH055AVA 25
29. Connect the air cleaner aspirator hose connector and

attach the retaining bracket.
BAIL07APH108AVA 26
30. Connect the fuel return line.
BAIL07APH106AVA 27
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 49
31. Connect the fuel supply line to the pre-filter/water

trap.
BAIL07APH013AVA 28
32. Connect the steering hoses.
BAIL07APH105AVB 29
33. Carefully manoeuvre the A/C pipes (1) into position.

Install the A/C pipe (2).
Install the bracket to the air filter mounting frame (3).
Attach the A/C pipe clamp (4).
BAIL10CVT372AVB 30
34. Connect the A/C pipe (1).

Install the low pressure switch (2).
Connect the low pressure switch electrical connector
(3).
Attach the A/C pipe retaining clip (4).
BAIL10CVT371AVB 31
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 50
35. Connect the A/C pipe to the A/C compressor.
BAIL10CVT368AVA 32
36. Attach the brake reservoir (1) and connect the elec-
trical connector (2).
BAIL10CVT367AVB 33
BAIL10CVT366AVA 34
38. Attach the radar electrical connector to the bracket

(1) and attach the alternator wiring harness to the
bracket (2).
BAIL10CVT365AVA 35
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 51
39. Connect the starter motor negative cables.
BAIL10CVT364AVA 36
40. Attach the positive terminal relay bracket.
BAIL10CVT362AVA 37
BAIL10CVT363AVA 38
42. Install the starter motor cover.
BAIL10CVT361AVA 39
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 52
43. Install the starter motor heat shield.
BAIL10CVT360AVA 40

coolant valve.
BAIL10CVT412AVB 41

connector.
BAIL10CVT410AVB 42
All vehicles
BAIL11CCM034AVA 43
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 53
BAIL07APH171AVA 44
48. Attach the cab heater return pipe.
BAIL07APH121AVA 45
49. Connect the engine harness electrical connectors.
BAIL07APH058AVA 46
50. Connect the compressor magnetic clutch electrical

connector.
BAIL07APH102AVA 47
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 54
51. Install the A/C drive belt around the pulleys.
BAIL07APH241AVB 48
52. Tension the A/C drive belt adjuster (1) and tighten the
locknut (2).
BAIL07APH024AVB 49
53. Tighten the A/C compressor drive belt tensioner re-

taining bolts.
BAIL07APH241AVC 50
Next operation:
Install the selective catalytic reduction (SCR) SCR muffler, for further information refer to Selective Catalytic Reduc-
tion (SCR) SCR muffler - Install (B.40.B)
Next operation:
Install the exhaust line, for further information refer to Exhaust line - Install (B.40.A)
Next operation:
Install the front axle and front support to the engine refer to Front - Install (E.10.B).
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 55
Timing gear housing - Cleaning

Prior operation:
Timing gear housing - Remove (B.10.A)
1. Clean the timing gear housing (1) and it's mating sur-
face on the engine block.
NOTE: A perfect seal is only obtained by completely clean-
ing the surface to seal. Any imperfection should be cor-
rected as soon as possible. Avoid using excess sealant.
Excessive sealant could squeeze out the sides and cause
blockage of lubrication passages.
2. Apply a thin bead of LOCTITE 5205 (2), a few mil-
limeters thick, to the sealing surface of the housing.
NOTE: After applying the sealant, the housing should be
assembled within 10 to 20 minutes.
TIMINGGEARCASEG 1
Next operation:
Timing gear housing - Install (B.10.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 56
Timing gear housing - Install

Prior operation:
Timing gear housing - Cleaning (B.10.A)
NOTE: Before any assembly operation, be sure that the hole and bolt threads have no wear or dirt.
1. Install the housing (1) on the engine block.
2. Insert the fastening bolts in the same position found
upon disassembly and tighten them to the torque.
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 57
Index
ENGINE - 10.A
ENGINE - Connect (for vehicles with suspended front axle refer to Engine Install) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
ENGINE - Disconnect (for vehicles with suspended front axle refer to Engine Remove) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ENGINE - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
ENGINE - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Rocker assembly Shaft - Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Timing gear housing - Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Timing gear housing - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Valve drive Rocker assembly - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.10.A / 58
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM - 20.A

84477609A 27/09/2011
B.20.A / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Fuel tank
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Fuel injector
Electrical test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Fuel line
Low pressure - Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.20.A / 2
ENGINE AND PTO IN - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
Fuel tank - Remove

Prior operation:
Disconnect the battery, for further information refer to Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A).
WARNING
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) required.
When assembling, operating, or servicing the
machine, wear protective clothing and PPE
necessary for the particular procedure. Some
PPE that may be necessary includes protective
shoes, eye and/or face protection, hard hat,
heavy gloves, filter mask, and hearing protec-
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
NOTE: Make sure that all openings are sealed. Use new blanking caps.
1. Wait 3 minutes after ignition key-off before com-
mencing any repairs to Selective Catalytic Reduction
(SCR) components.
All vehicles
2. Drain the fuel tank into a suitably sized fuel container.
BAIL10CVT508AVA 1
3. Position wooden wedges between the front axle and

front support. These prevent articulation of the front
axle.
BAIL08CVT112AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.20.A / 3
4. Raise the rear of the tractor and place two suitable

BTB0281A 3
Left-hand fuel tank

5. Remove the left-hand side steps.
BAIL10CVT402AVB 4
6. Remove the left-hand side steps mounting bracket.
BAIL10CVT403AVA 5
7. WARNING
Crushing hazard!
The wheels on this vehicle are very heavy.
serious injury.
W0149A
Remove the left-hand rear wheel.
BAIL10CVT461AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.20.A / 4
8. Remove the left-hand fuel tank shield.
BAIL10CVT404AVA 7
9. Drain the urea tank into a suitably sized clean con-

tainer.
Install the drain plug when the urea tank has finished
draining.
BAIL10CVT619AVA 8
10. Remove the selective catalytic reduction (SCR) sup-

ply module, for additional information refer to Selec-
tive Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Supply Module -
Remove (B.40.B).
11. Disconnect the electrical connector (1), coolant lines
(2), urea lines (3) and the breather pipe (4).
NOTE: To disconnect the breather pipe (4), hold down the
collet while pulling on the pipe.
BAIL10CVT401AVA 9
12. Remove the balance tube mounting bracket.
BAIL10CVT405AVA 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.20.A / 5
13. Disconnect the left-hand fuel tank supply and return

lines (1), and the sender unit electrical connector (2).
BAIL08CVT161AVA 11
14. Disconnect the left-hand fuel tank breather hose (if

fitted).
BAIL08CVT162AVA 12
15. Remove the left-hand fuel tank retaining bolt.
BAIL10CVT407AVA 13
16. WARNING
Heavy objects!
serious injury.
W0398A
Remove the left-hand fuel tank retaining strap and

with the aid of an assistant or trolley jack remove the
left-hand fuel tank. BAIL10CVT406AVA 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.20.A / 6
Right-hand fuel tank

17. WARNING
Crushing hazard!
serious injury.
W0149A
BAIL10CVT507AVA 15
18. Remove the battery, for additional information refer

to Battery - Remove (A.30.A).
19. Detach the NOx signal amplifier mounting bracket.
BAIL10CVT509AVA 16
20. Remove the battery tray cover.
BAIL10CVT510AVA 17
21. Remove the battery tray retaining bolts and the wiring
harness clamp.
BAIL10CVT511AVA 18
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.20.A / 7
22. Remove the battery tray.
BAIL10CVT512AVA 19
23. Disconnect the right-hand fuel tank breather hose.
BAIL10CVT514AVA 20
24. Remove the right-hand fuel tank shield.
BAIL10CVT513AVA 21
25. Disconnect and detach the balance tube.

NOTE: Drain any excess fuel into a suitably sized fuel con-
tainer.
BAIL10CVT515AVA 22
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.20.A / 8
26. Remove the right-hand fuel tank retaining straps.
BAIL10CVT516AVA 23
27. Remove the right-hand fuel tank retaining bolt.
BAIL10CVT517AVA 24
28. Remove the selective catalytic reduction (SCR)

muffler, for additional information refer to Selective
Catalytic Reduction (SCR) SCR muffler - Remove
(B.40.B).
29. WARNING
Heavy objects!
serious injury.
W0398A
With the aid of an assistant or suitable lifting equip-

ment, remove the SCR muffler mounting bracket.
BAIL10CVT518AVA 25
30. With the aid of an assistant or trolley jack remove the

right-hand fuel tank.
BAIL10CVT519AVA 26
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.20.A / 9
Fuel tank - Install

WARNING
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
(SCR) components.
Right-hand fuel tank

2. With the aid of an assistant or trolley jack install the
right-hand fuel tank.
BAIL10CVT519AVB 1
3. WARNING
Heavy objects!
serious injury.
W0398A
With the aid of an assistant or suitable lifting equip-

ment, install the SCR muffler mounting bracket and
tighten to the specified torque figure. BAIL10CVT518AVA 2
4. Install the selective catalytic reduction (SCR) muffler,

for additional information refer to Selective Catalytic
Reduction (SCR) SCR muffler - Install (B.40.B).
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.20.A / 10
5. Install the right-hand fuel tank retaining bolt.
BAIL10CVT517AVA 3
6. Install the right-hand fuel tank retaining straps.
BAIL10CVT516AVA 4
7. Connect and install the balance tube.
BAIL10CVT515AVA 5
8. Install the right-hand fuel tank shield.
BAIL10CVT513AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.20.A / 11
9. Connect the right-hand fuel tank breather hose.
BAIL10CVT514AVA 7
10. Install the battery tray.
BAIL10CVT512AVA 8
11. Install the battery tray retaining bolts and the wiring
harness clamp.
BAIL10CVT511AVA 9
12. Install the battery tray cover.
BAIL10CVT510AVA 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.20.A / 12
13. Install the NOx signal amplifier mounting bracket.
BAIL10CVT509AVA 11
14. Install the battery, for additional information refer to

Battery - Install (A.30.A).
15. WARNING
Crushing hazard!
serious injury.
W0149A
Install the right-hand rear wheel.

Tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque, for
further information refer to Rear wheel - Torque
(D.50.C). BAIL10CVT507AVA 12
Left-hand fuel tank

16. WARNING
Heavy objects!
serious injury.
W0398A
With the aid of an assistant or trolley jack install the

left-hand fuel tank and install the left-hand fuel tank
retaining strap. BAIL10CVT406AVA 13
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.20.A / 13
17. Install the left-hand fuel tank retaining bolt.
BAIL10CVT407AVA 14
18. Connect the left-hand fuel tank breather hose (if fit-
ted).
BAIL08CVT162AVA 15
19. Connect the left-hand fuel tank supply and return

lines (1), and the sender unit electrical connector (2).
BAIL08CVT161AVA 16
20. Install the balance tube mounting bracket.
BAIL10CVT405AVA 17
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.20.A / 14
21. Install the left-hand fuel tank shield.
BAIL10CVT404AVA 18
22. WARNING
Crushing hazard!
serious injury.
W0149A
Install the left-hand rear wheel.

further information refer to Rear wheel - Torque
(D.50.C). BAIL10CVT461AVA 19
23. Install the left-hand side steps mounting bracket.
BAIL10CVT403AVA 20
24. Install the left-hand side steps.

NOTE: Make sure that the steps fit flat against the fuel tank
when tightening the front nut.
BAIL10CVT402AVB 21
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.20.A / 15
25. Connect the breather pipe (1), urea lines (2), coolant
lines (3) and the electrical connector (4).
NOTE: To connect the breather pipe, push the pipe until it
locks into place.
BAIL10CVT401AVB 22
26. Install the selective catalytic reduction (SCR) sup-

ply module, for additional information refer to Selec-
tive Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Supply Module -
Install (B.40.B).
All vehicles
27. Remove the axle stands (1) from under the final drive
cases.
NOTE: If required, attach the lift rods to the lower links.
BTB0281A 23
28. Remove the wooden wedges from between the front

axle and front support.
BAIL08CVT112AVA 24
29. Fill the fuel tanks with fuel and check all connections
for leaks.
30. Fill the urea tank with urea and check all connections
for leaks.
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.20.A / 16
Fuel injector - Electrical test

By testing the current and voltage of an injector, a general state of operation can be seen. This can give a good
indication of a sticking or leaking injector by the values of current and voltage, in comparison to the other injectors on
the same unit.
Any malfunctions can lead to the incorrect amount fuel being injected into the cylinder. If the valve sticks open, then
the cylinder will be flooded with fuel causing black smoke. If the valve sticks closed, then the absence of fuel in the
cylinder will cause the engine to burn lean.
1. Channel configuration for DATAR scope

• Channel A Injector Current (Blue):
• Channel B Voltage on the Hot side of the injec-
tor (red)
• Channel C Voltage on the Camshaft (Green):
only used to confirm injection timing against
camshaft rotation
• Channel D Voltage on the Cold side of the in-
jector (Brown):
NOTE: Tested using a 6-cylinder engine, there are three
fuel injector connectors (located at the left-hand side of the
tractor, top engine), one for each pair of cylinders
BAIL10CVT079FMA 1
Injector connector locations
X825 For cylinders 1 and 2

84477609A 27/09/2011
B.20.A / 17
SS08F274 2
Connector pin locations
1.Positive 2.Negative
3.Positive 4.Negative
2. Disassemble the cover of the injector connector so

that the four wires are exposed. They will be twisted
in pairs, one is the positive, and other is the negative.
3. Set the current clamp to 60A and fix clamp around
one of the positive wires for testing the hot side of
the injector.
4. To ensure the signal can be tested for the hot side,
slide the back-pin down the female receptacle of the
positive wire terminal on the fuel injector connector
and Earth onto the chassis.
5. To ensure the signal can be tested for the cold side,
slide the back-pin down the female receptacle of the
corresponding negative wire terminal on the fuel in-
jector connector and Earth onto the chassis.
NOTE: To test the wiring to the injectors it is better to test from the pins of the Engine ECU
6. Locate the camshaft sensor X835 at the rear left
hand side of the engine
SS08K076 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.20.A / 18
SS08F270 4
Pin 1 Earth
Pin 2 Signal
Pin 3 Power
7. Slide the back-pin down into the wire cover of PIN 2

on the cam shaft sensor plug..
8. Connect up the DATAR Scope using the test leads
by inserting the red lead into the back-pin and con-
necting the black lead onto the Earth.
9. Set the Channel A (Blue) to test the current to 60 A
Current Clamp 60 A Mode at -5 - 20 A.
10. Set the Channel B (Red) to test the voltage on the
hot side of the injector to ×1 at ± 100 V.
11. Set the Channel C (Green) to test the camshaft volt-
age to ×1 at ± 20 V.
12. Set the Channel D (Brown) to test the voltage on the
cold side of the injector to ×1 at ± 100 V.
13. Set a trigger on repeat channel A (approximately 5
A) so that the captures can be clearly seen on one
screen.
14. Set the sampling rate to 1 ms so that a significant
amount of samples can be viewed, it will show the
injection process during one full camshaft rotation
per screen.
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.20.A / 19
Results
BAIL10CVT078FMA 5
Voltage on the hot side Red and cold side Brown
NOTE: Shows only channels B and D, channels A and C have been hidden
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.20.A / 20
15. The injector solenoids are driven with “peak & hold”
waveforms:
Channel B ( Red )
In the “peak” phase a high voltage, around 50 - 70 V,
is generated by a DC/DC converter inside the ECU.
This is applied to the solenoid valve to guarantee
quick electric response (which translates into a pre-
cise quantity of fuel injected).
The current driven into the solenoid is left free to
ramp up to a defined threshold (around 18 A).
When this threshold is reached, the injector is driven
by a PWM signal to keep the current at the peak level
for the desired amount of time.
Then the voltage applied to the solenoid is switched
to battery voltage 12 - 14 V) and a “hold” phase is car-
ried out. In this phase the current is kept around 10
- 12 A by driving the injector with a PWM command.
The time length of the hold phase is related to the
desired quantity of fuel. Finally voltage is removed
and current falls back to zero to close the valve (end
of injection).
Channel D ( Brown )
The voltage is measured at the “cold terminal” of the
injector. When current flows through the injector the
voltage is very close to ground, at the end of the
injection the energy stored in the injector solenoid is
used to recharge boost capacitors in the ECU (and
the voltage spikes to 40 - 50 V , then decreases from
V-boost= 48 V to V-battery = 12 V.
The waveforms depict voltage (in red / Brown) and
current (in blue) applied to each injector.
If there is another immediate injection event then the
cold side test will show voltage drop to zero as the
hot side initiates firing. If there is no following event,
then a longer voltage decay will be seen charging the
capacitor.
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.20.A / 21
BAIL10CVT080FMA 6
Hot and cold side of the injector with current
BAIL10CVT081FMA 7
Camshaft indication for injection
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.20.A / 22
Channel A (Blue) : Injector Current

Channel B (Red) : Voltage on the Hot Side of Injector
Channel C (Green) : Camshaft Voltage
Channel D (Brown) : Voltage on the Cold Side of Injector
16. As the pattern is consistent, as expected, and can be

compared against all other injectors, this indicates no
concerns.
A spike signal may be seen rather than a flat top
signal at the initial current reading. This can indicate
that the back-pin or the current clamp has not been
connected securely. It does not necessarily mean
that there is fault.
In FIGURE 7, the double fluctuation of Channel C
(Green) shows the camshaft sensor for cylinder 1.
This confirms that the test is on injector number one.
BAIL10CVT082FMA 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.20.A / 23
17. • (A1) (B1) The pintle opens, injection starts,

causing a sudden increase in voltage and in
current so that the injector can open
• (B1) At initial injector opening, the voltage can
be approximately 70 V to provide a clean and
quick injector opening.
• (A2) Maximum current is reached during initial
injector opening and is modulated to keep the
injector open for the required amount of time.
• (B2) Only a small modulated voltage is re-
quired to keep the injector open.
• (D1) Stored energy in the solenoid is used to
charge up the capacitor.
• (B1)> (D1) Injection time
• (D2) The voltage decay shows the charging of
the capacitor. When it reaches battery voltage,
the battery will continue to charge the capaci-
tor.
• (A3) (B3) (D3) Voltage and current spikes due
to EMF (Electromotive force)..
BAIL10CVT083FMA 9
Full Test Screen
18. Figure 9 shows the capacitors shared across cylin-
ders and one full engine cycle. A minimum of two
tests would be required to confirm each injector cir-
cuit operation.
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.20.A / 24
Fuel line Low pressure - Connect

1. Connect the pipe (1) to the fuel return pressure lim-
iter.
BAIL07APH408AMA 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.20.A / 25
Index

Fuel injector - Electrical test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Fuel line Low pressure - Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Fuel tank - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Fuel tank - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.20.A / 26
AIR INTAKE SYSTEM - 30.A

84477609A 27/09/2011
B.30.A / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Turbocharger
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Air cleaner
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Turbocharger
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Tighten - Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.30.A / 2
ENGINE AND PTO IN - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM
Turbocharger - Torque
Part TORQUE Nm (lb ft)
Turbocharger/exhaust manifold retaining nuts M8 x 1,25 20 - 30 Nm (14.75 - 22.13 lbft)
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.30.A / 3
Air cleaner - Remove

1. Fully raise the engine hood.
2. Release the retaining clips (1) and remove the air
cleaner end cover.
BAIL07APH334ASA 1
3. Remove the outer air cleaner element (1).
BAIL07APH335ASA 2
4. Remove the inner air cleaner element (1).

NOTICE: Do not remove inner air cleaner element unless
it is to be renewed.
BAIL07APH336ASA 3
Next operation:
Air cleaner - Cleaning (B.30.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.30.A / 4
Air cleaner - Cleaning

Prior operation:
Air cleaner - Remove (B.30.A)
1. Clean and examine the outer casing and repair or

seal any damaged seams.
2. Remove the outer filter from housing. Do not let dirt
fall on the inner filter.
NOTICE: Do not remove inner element unless it is to be
replaced.
3. To clean the element, hold the top and tap it against
the palm of the other hand to remove the dust. Never
tap it on a hard surface or you can damage the filter.
4. When tapping does not remove the dirt, direct com-
pressed air through the element, from the inside to-
wards the outside.
NOTE: Never blow compressed air from the outside to the
inside of the filter because particles can become embedded
or lodged in the filter and later be released into the engine
causing damage.
5. To prevent damage to the element when cleaning
with compressed air, take the following precautions:
1) Maximum air pressure should not exceed 2 bar
(29.00 psi)2) Move the nozzle up and down when
rotating the element. 3) Keep the nozzle at least 25
mm (0.98 in) from the pleated paper.
NOTE: To keep the interval acceptable it is highly recom-
mended to clean the element with compressed air.
TA6010077 1
6. Every time the element is cleaned, it should be ex-

amined for holes and cracks by holding an electric
light bulb inside the element and looking through it.
If any damage is noted, discard the element and fit a
new one.
7. Replace the element after 3 cleanings or once a year,
whichever comes first.
8. When fitting, make sure the element is seated prop-
erly and the sealing is in good condition.
9. Inner Element
The inner element should not be disturbed unless
damaged, or contaminated by dirt through failure of
the outer element. The element should therefore
only be replaced and not cleaned when contami-
nated.
10. If the inner element is okay leave assembled in the
cleaner body, and change only annually, or every
1200 hours whichever occurs first.
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.30.A / 5
Turbocharger - Install
Prior operation:
Turbocharger - Remove (B.30.A), Exhaust manifold - Install (B.40.A)
1. Prior to installation of turbocharger (5) to exhaust

manifold, position new turbocharger to exhaust man-
ifold gasket.
2. Connect lubrication oil return pipe to underside of
turbocharger, securing into position with bolts (x 2)
(2).
3. Position turbocharger and retain with securing nuts
(4) (x 4) to the specified torque. Refer to Tur-
bocharger - Torque (B.30.A) and Turbocharger -
Tighten (B.30.A).
4. Connect lubrication oil return pipe into crankcase and
retain into position with clamp and bolt (3).
5. Connect the flexible lubrication oil pipe (1) from the
oil filter/cooler
BAIL06CCM058ASA 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.30.A / 6
Turbocharger - Tighten - Sequence.

1. Tightening sequence for turbocharger retaining nuts.
BAIL07CCM261ASA 1
For the required torque settings, refer to Turbocharger - Torque (B.30.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.30.A / 7
Index

Air cleaner - Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Air cleaner - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Turbocharger - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Turbocharger - Tighten - Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Turbocharger - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.30.A / 8
EXHAUST SYSTEM - 40.A

84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.A / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Engine brake
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170-210 Range-
/PowerCommand
SERVICE
Engine brake
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Control valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Exhaust line
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Exhaust manifold
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.A / 2
ENGINE AND PTO IN - EXHAUST SYSTEM
Engine brake - Static description

T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170-210 Range- /PowerCommand
The function of the exhaust brake is to increase the engines natural braking effect. This is achieved by restricting the
flow in the exhaust system. An air operated exhaust brake valve closes a throttle plate which is situated in the exhaust
pipe between the engine manifold and the selective catalytic reduction (SCR) muffler. When the valve is closed, the
fuel supply to the combustion chamber is also cut off. Pressure builds up as the air is pushed into the closed off
manifold. The air pressure increases until it is able to overcome the force of the exhaust valve springs and force its
way back into the cylinder. The engine piston is working against this air pressure on every compression and exhaust
stroke. When the system is at working pressure sufficient new air is drawn in through the inlet valve to replenish any
air lost through leakage.
The exhaust brake is operated by depressing the pedal (1) (Figure 1) located on left hand side on the floor of the
cab. When the pedal is depressed a brake switch (2) (Figure 1) is operated and a 12 V signal is sent to the engine
processor which determines whether conditions are met which will allow the exhaust brake valve to be activated.
BAIL10CVT562AVA 1
The engine processor determines if the engine speed is greater than 1000 - 1200 RPM and then sends a 12 V signal
to the brake solenoid valve (1) (Figure 2) and also shuts off the fuel to the fuel injectors. The lower engine speed limit
is required to prevent the engine from stalling.
BAIL10CVT552AVC 2
The compressed air from the air brake reservoir is passed by the brake pressure valve (1) (Figure 3) to the brake
solenoid valve (1) (Figure 2) mounted on the air cleaner mounting frame and then to a pneumatic cylinder (1) (Figure
4) on the exhaust brake valve assembly that shuts a throttle plate which restricts the gas flow from the engine.
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.A / 3
BAIL08CVT024ASA 3
This is an on/off device, not a proportional system. The valve has a bypass hole in it of 14 mm diameter. This has
been developed to limit the pressure developed in the engine to 2 bar (29 psi) at engine maximum speed (high idle). If
the operator allows the steepness of the slope and the gear selected to drive the engine above the maximum speed, a
visual warning is displayed. There is a brake pressure valve (1) (Figure 3) at the start of the supply line at the air brake
reservoir, which only allows the air to pass to the exhaust brake system if the brake system has working pressure.
This is to prevent the exhaust brake system bleeding all the air out of the air brake system.
BAIL08CVT015ASA 4
NOTE: The exhaust brake is cancelled when the engine speed drops below 1200 RPM and the throttles are inoperable
when the exhaust brake pedal is pressed. They only become active again when it is released.
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.A / 4
Engine brake - Remove

1. Fully raise the engine hood.
2. Disconnect the vacuum line.
BAIL10CVT547AVA 1
3. Remove the engine brake retaining bolts.

NOTE: This step is necessary to allow the engine brake
throttle plate to rotate in the next step.
BAIL10CVT548AVA 2
4. Remove the engine brake.

NOTE: It is necessary to rotate the engine brake around
the throttle plate in order to remove it.
BAIL10CVT549AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.A / 5
Engine brake - Install

1. Install the engine brake.
NOTE: It is necessary to rotate the engine brake around
the throttle plate in order to install it.
BAIL10CVT549AVA 1
2. Install the engine brake retaining bolts.
BAIL10CVT548AVA 2
3. Connect the vacuum line.
BAIL10CVT547AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.A / 6
Engine brake Control valve - Remove

1. Disconnect the engine brake control valve electrical
connector.
BAIL10CVT550AVA 1
2. Disconnect the air lines.

NOTE: To aid installation, mark the air lines and unions
prior to disconnecting.
BAIL10CVT551AVA 2
3. Remove the engine brake control valve.
BAIL10CVT552AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.A / 7
Engine brake Control valve - Install

1. Install the engine brake control valve.
BAIL10CVT552AVA 1
2. Connect the air lines.

NOTE: Take note of orientation marks made during re-
moval.
BAIL10CVT551AVA 2
3. Connect the engine brake control valve electrical

connector.
BAIL10CVT550AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.A / 8
Exhaust line - Remove

WARNING
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
NOTICE: Emissions sensors mounted in the exhaust stream are sensitive to extreme vibrations. Use of tools that
generate extreme vibrations, such as impact wrenches and hammers, will result in damage to emission sensors.
Avoid using these tools during any service procedure in close proximity of emission sensors. If the use of these tools
cannot be avoided, remove the sensors using extreme caution prior to performing any service procedure.
(SCR) components.
2. Remove the SCR muffler covers.
BAIL10CVT370AVA 1
3. Cut the cable ties from the urea lines.
BAIL10CVT416AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.A / 9
4. Disconnect the urea lines from the SCR dosing mod-

ule.
BAIL10CVT417AVA 3
5. Disconnect the SCR dosing module electrical con-

nector.
BAIL10CVT418AVA 4
6. Detach the insulator and disconnect the exhaust line

from the SCR muffler.
Remove the seal between the exhaust line and the
SCR muffler.
BAIL10CVT426AVA 5
7. Remove the exhaust line.
BAIL10CVT431AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.A / 10
Exhaust line - Install

1. Install the exhaust line.
BAIL10CVT431AVA 1
NOTE: Clean any urea deposits from the exhaust before installation.
2. Install the seal between the exhaust line and the SCR
muffler.
Connect the exhaust line to the SCR muffler and in-
stall the insulator.
BAIL10CVT426AVA 2
3. Connect the SCR dosing module electrical connec-

tor.
BAIL10CVT418AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.A / 11
4. Connect the urea lines to the SCR dosing module.
BAIL10CVT417AVA 4
5. Install new cable ties to the urea lines.
BAIL10CVT416AVA 5
6. Install the SCR muffler covers.
BAIL10CVT370AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.A / 12
Exhaust manifold - Install

Prior operation:
Exhaust manifold - Remove (B.40.A)
1. Connect the exhaust manifold with new gasket.

Tighten the mounting bolts (1) to the specified
torque.
BAIL06CCM055ASA 1
Next operation:
Turbocharger - Install (B.30.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.A / 13
Index

Engine brake - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Engine brake - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Engine brake - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185 AutoCommand, T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210 AutoCommand, T7.170-210 Range- /PowerCommand
Engine brake Control valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Engine brake Control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Exhaust line - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Exhaust line - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Exhaust manifold - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.A / 14
EXHAUST SYSTEM Emissions control - 40.B

84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR)

Urea tank - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Urea tank - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Supply Module - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Supply Module - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Coolant control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Coolant control valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Power converter - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Power converter - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
SCR muffler - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
SCR muffler - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Sensing system NOx sensor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Sensing system NOx sensor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Remove Pre Catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Install Pre Catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Remove Post Catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Install Post Catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Dosing module - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Dosing module - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Filter - Remove Main Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Filter - Install Main Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Filter - Remove Inline Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Filter - Install Inline Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Sensing system Heated level sensor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Sensing system Heated level sensor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 2
ENGINE AND PTO IN - EXHAUST SYSTEM Emissions control
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Urea tank - Remove

Prior operation:
Remove the fuel tank, for additional information, refer to Fuel tank - Remove (B.20.A).
WARNING
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
(SCR) components.
2. Remove the selective catalytic reduction (SCR) urea
tank.
BAIL10CVT408AVA 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 3
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Urea tank - Install

WARNING
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
1. Install the selective catalytic reduction (SCR) urea
tank.
BAIL10CVT408AVA 1
Next operation:
Install the fuel tank, for additional information, refer to Fuel tank - Install (B.20.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 4
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Supply Module - Remove

Prior operation:
Disconnect the battery negative cable, for additional information, refer to Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A).
WARNING
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
(SCR) components.
2. Remove the tool box.
BAIL10CVT520AVA 1
3. Remove the tool box mounting bracket.
BAIL10CVT382AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 5
4. Detach the cover.
BAIL10CVT395AVA 3
5. Pull back the slider (1), fully depress the locking latch
(2) and pull on the connector body to disconnect the
electrical connector from the SCR power converter.
BAIL10CVT581AVA 4
6. Detach the SCR supply module mounting bracket.
BAIL10CVT397AVA 5
7. Disconnect the SCR supply module electrical con-

nector.
BAIL10CVT398AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 6
8. Disconnect the urea and coolant lines and remove

the SCR supply module and mounting bracket.
BAIL10CVT399AVA 7
9. Remove the SCR supply module from the mounting

bracket.
BAIL10CVT400AVA 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 7
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Supply Module - Install

WARNING
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
1. Install the SCR supply module into the mounting
bracket.
BAIL10CVT400AVA 1
2. Install the mounting bracket and SCR supply module

and connect the urea and coolant lines.
BAIL10CVT399AVA 2
3. Connect the SCR supply module electrical connec-

tor.
BAIL10CVT398AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 8
4. Install the SCR supply module mounting bracket.
BAIL10CVT397AVA 4
5. Firmly push the connector (1) onto the converter until

an audible click is heard. Lock the latch by pushing
the slider (2).
BAIL10CVT581AVB 5
6. Install the cover.
BAIL10CVT395AVA 6
7. Install the tool box mounting bracket.
BAIL10CVT382AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 9
8. Install the tool box.
BAIL10CVT520AVB 8
Next operation:
Connect the battery negative cable, for additional information, refer to Battery - Connect (A.30.A).
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 10
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Coolant control valve - Remove

connector.
BAIL10CVT410AVB 1
2. Clamp the coolant hose.
BAIL10CVT411AVA 2
3. Clamp the coolant hose.
BAIL10CVT434AVA 3

BAIL10CVT412AVB 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 11
5. Remove the SCR coolant control valve.
BAIL10CVT412AVA 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 12
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Coolant control valve - Install

1. Install the coolant control valve.
BAIL10CVT412AVA 1

coolant control valve.
BAIL10CVT412AVB 2
3. Remove the coolant hose clamp.
BAIL10CVT434AVA 3
4. Remove the coolant hose clamp.
BAIL10CVT411AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 13

connector.
BAIL10CVT410AVB 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 14
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Power converter - Remove

Prior operation:
Disconnect the battery negative cable, for additional information, refer to Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A).
BAIL10CVT520AVA 1
BAIL10CVT382AVA 2
BAIL10CVT395AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 15
4. Detach the SCR power converter.
BAIL10CVT396AVB 4
electrical connector and remove the SCR power con-
verter.
BAIL10CVT581AVA 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 16
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Power converter - Install

the slider (2).
BAIL10CVT581AVB 1
2. Install the SCR power converter.
BAIL10CVT396AVB 2
BAIL10CVT395AVA 3
BAIL10CVT382AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 17
BAIL10CVT520AVB 5
Next operation:
Connect the battery negative cable, for additional information, refer to Battery - Connect (A.30.A).
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 18
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) SCR muffler - Remove

WARNING
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
(SCR) components.
BAIL10CVT370AVA 1
3. Disconnect the aspirator pipe.
BAIL10CVT424AVB 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 19
4. Detach the NOx sensor from the exhaust.
BAIL10CVT424AVA 3
5. Disconnect the exhaust clamp.
BAIL10CVT425AVA 4
6. Using a suitable sling remove the exhaust from the

SCR muffler.
BAIL07APH112AVA 5
7. Cut the cable tie (1) and detach the post catalyst
temperature sensor (2).
BAIL10CVT422AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 20
8. Detach the insulator and disconnect the exhaust line

from the SCR muffler.
Remove the seal between the exhaust line and the
SCR muffler.
BAIL10CVT426AVA 7
9. Detach the pre catalyst temperature sensor.
BAIL10CVT421AVA 8
10. Remove the aspirator pipe bracket retaining bolt.
BAIL10CVT428AVA 9
11. Remove SCR muffler clamp retaining bolt.
BAIL10CVT429AVA 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 21
12. Remove the SCR muffler retaining nuts below the

mounting bracket.
BAIL10CVT430AVA 11
13. WARNING
Heavy object!
lift the component.
serious injury.
W0086A
Using a hoist or with the aid of another technician,

remove the SCR muffler.
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 22
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) SCR muffler - Install

WARNING
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
1. WARNING
Heavy object!
lift the component.
serious injury.
W0086A
Using a hoist or with the aid of another technician,

install the SCR muffler onto the mounting bracket.
2. Install the SCR muffler retaining nuts below the
mounting bracket.
BAIL10CVT430AVA 1
3. Install SCR muffler clamp retaining bolt.
BAIL10CVT429AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 23
4. Install the aspirator pipe bracket retaining bolt.
BAIL10CVT428AVA 3
5. Install the upstream temperature sensor.
BAIL10CVT421AVA 4
NOTE: Clean any urea deposits from the exhaust before installation.
6. Install the seal between the exhaust line and the SCR
muffler.
Connect the exhaust line to the SCR muffler and in-
stall the insulator.
BAIL10CVT426AVA 5
7. Install the post catalyst temperature sensor (1) and

install a cable tie (2).
BAIL10CVT422AVB 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 24
8. Using a suitable sling install the exhaust to the SCR

muffler.
BAIL07APH112AVA 7
9. Connect the exhaust clamp.
BAIL10CVT425AVA 8
10. Install the NOx sensor into the exhaust.
BAIL10CVT424AVA 9
11. Connect the aspirator pipe.
BAIL10CVT424AVB 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 25
BAIL10CVT370AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 26
Sensing system NOx sensor - Remove

(SCR) components.
2. Remove the right-hand step cover.
BAIL10CVT369AVA 1
BAIL10CVT370AVA 2
4. Disconnect the electrical connector (1) and detach

the signal amplifier (2).
BAIL10CVT423AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 27
5. Remove the NOx sensor from the exhaust.
BAIL10CVT424AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 28
Sensing system NOx sensor - Install

NOTE: Do not use any Loctite, grease or sealer to install the NOx sensor.
1. Install the NOx sensor into the exhaust.
BAIL10CVT424AVA 1
2. Connect the electrical connector (1) and install the

signal amplifier (2).
BAIL10CVT423AVA 2
BAIL10CVT370AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 29
4. Install the right-hand step cover.
BAIL10CVT369AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 30
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Remove Pre Catalyst

(SCR) components.
BAIL10CVT370AVA 1
3. Disconnect the pre catalyst temperature sensor elec-

trical connector.
BAIL10CVT420AVB 2
4. Remove the pre catalyst temperature sensor.
BAIL10CVT421AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 31
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Install Pre Catalyst

NOTE: Do not use any Loctite, grease or sealer to install the temperature sensor.
1. Install the pre catalyst temperature sensor.
BAIL10CVT421AVA 1
2. Connect the pre catalyst temperature sensor electri-

cal connector.
BAIL10CVT420AVB 2
BAIL10CVT370AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 32
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Remove Post Catalyst

(SCR) components.
BAIL10CVT370AVA 1
3. Disconnect the post catalyst temperature sensor

electrical connector.
BAIL10CVT420AVA 2
4. Cut the cable tie (1) and remove the post catalyst
temperature sensor (2).
BAIL10CVT422AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 33
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Install Post Catalyst

NOTE: Do not use any Loctite, grease or sealer to install the temperature sensor.
1. Install the post catalyst temperature sensor (1) and
install a cable tie (2).
BAIL10CVT422AVB 1
2. Connect the post catalyst temperature sensor elec-

trical connector.
BAIL10CVT420AVA 2
BAIL10CVT370AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 34
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Dosing module - Remove

WARNING
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
(SCR) components.
BAIL10CVT370AVA 1
3. Cut the cable ties from the urea lines.
BAIL10CVT416AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 35
4. Disconnect the urea lines from the SCR dosing mod-

ule.
BAIL10CVT417AVA 3
5. Disconnect the SCR dosing module electrical con-

nector.
BAIL10CVT418AVA 4
6. Remove the SCR dosing module.
BAIL10CVT419AVA 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 36
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Dosing module - Install

WARNING
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
NOTE: Make sure that the correct SCR dosing module is installed by checking the part number as there are two
different size injectors available, which are not interchangeable although look the same visually.
1. Install the SCR dosing module.
BAIL10CVT419AVA 1
2. Connect the SCR dosing module electrical connec-

tor.
BAIL10CVT418AVA 2
3. Connect the urea lines to the SCR dosing module.
BAIL10CVT417AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 37
4. Install new cable ties to the urea lines.
BAIL10CVT416AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 38
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Filter - Remove Main Filter

Prior operation:
Remove the SCR supply module. For further information, refer to Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Supply
Module - Remove (B.40.B).
WARNING
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
NOTE: A new SCR main filter should be installed every 600 operating hours.
1. Remove the SCR main filter retaining cover.
BAIL10CVT409AVA 1
2. Remove and discard the SCR main filter.
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 39
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Filter - Install Main Filter

WARNING
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
1. Install a new SCR main filter.
2. Install the SCR main filter retaining cover.
BAIL10CVT409AVA 1
Next operation:
Install the SCR supply module. For further information, refer to Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Supply Mod-
ule - Install (B.40.B).
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 40
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Filter - Remove Inline Filter

WARNING
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
NOTE: The SCR inline filter should be cleaned every 600

operating hours with AdBlue™ or deionized water.
(SCR) components.
BAIL10CVT520AVA 1
BAIL10CVT382AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 41
BAIL10CVT395AVA 3
BAIL10CVT397AVA 4
6. Disconnect the urea line at the elbow connection.
BAIL10CVT415AVA 5
7. Remove and discard the inline filter.
BAIL10CVT414AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 42
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Filter - Install Inline Filter

WARNING
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
1. Install a new inline filter.
BAIL10CVT414AVA 1
2. Connect the urea line at the elbow connection.
BAIL10CVT415AVA 2
BAIL10CVT397AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 43
BAIL10CVT395AVA 4
BAIL10CVT382AVA 5
BAIL10CVT520AVB 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 44
Sensing system Heated level sensor - Remove

WARNING
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
(SCR) components.
BAIL10CVT520AVA 1
BAIL10CVT382AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 45
4. Remove the cover.
BAIL10CVT395AVA 3
electrical connector from the SCR power converter.
BAIL10CVT581AVA 4
BAIL10CVT397AVA 5
7. Disconnect the electrical connector (1), coolant lines

(2), urea lines (3) and the breather pipe (4).
NOTE: To disconnect the breather pipe (4), hold down the
collet while pulling on the pipe.
BAIL10CVT401AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 46
8. Using a suitable wrench (1), remove the heated level

sensor (2).
BAIL10CVT566AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 47
Sensing system Heated level sensor - Install

WARNING
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
1. Using a suitable wrench (1), install the heated level
sensor (2).
BAIL10CVT566AVA 1
2. Connect the breather pipe (1), urea lines (2), coolant

lines (3) and the electrical connector (4).
NOTE: To connect the breather pipe, push the pipe until it
locks into place.
BAIL10CVT401AVB 2
BAIL10CVT397AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 48

the slider (2).
BAIL10CVT581AVB 4
BAIL10CVT395AVA 5
BAIL10CVT382AVA 6
BAIL10CVT520AVB 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 49
Index

Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Coolant control valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Coolant control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Dosing module - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Dosing module - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Filter - Install Inline Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Filter - Install Main Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Filter - Remove Inline Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Filter - Remove Main Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Power converter - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Power converter - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) SCR muffler - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) SCR muffler - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Supply Module - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Supply Module - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Urea tank - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Urea tank - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Sensing system Heated level sensor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Sensing system Heated level sensor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Sensing system NOx sensor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Sensing system NOx sensor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Install Post Catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Install Pre Catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Remove Post Catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Remove Pre Catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.40.B / 50
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - 50.A

84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

FUNCTIONAL DATA

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Radiator
SERVICE

Drain fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Radiator
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Fan and drive
Viscous drive - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Viscous drive - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Fan reversing system
Remove Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Install Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 2
ENGINE AND PTO IN - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - General specification

Description
Coolant Pump
Type Centrifugal
Drive Multi-Ribbed-Belt
Drive Belt
Belt Tension Spring Loaded Automatic Drive Belt Tensioner
Thermostat
Starts to open at: 81 °C
Fully open at: 96 °C
Coolant Expansion Tank Cap
Cap pressure 1 bar (14.5 psi)
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 3
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Static description

The forced circulation, closed-circuit engine coolant system is composed of the following components:
• Coolant expansion tank: .

• Radiator, which dissipates the heat taken by the coolant from the engine. .
• Viscous fan, which increases the radiator's dissipating capacity by drawing air through the radiator.
• Reversible fan (optional), which has the ability to rotate it's blades (operated from a switch in the cab) so that
the direction of the air force can be used to blow any obstructions from the radiator.
• Oil cooler.
• A centrifugal coolant pump housed at the front of the crankcase.
• A thermostat governing coolant circulation.
• The circuit may also extend to the air compressor if the version includes it.
80604 1
COOLING SYSTEM DIAGRAM
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 4
A = TO THE RADIATOR
B = FROM THE RADIATOR
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 5
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Overview
BAIL07CCM266AMA 1
A Coolant flow from the thermostat

B Coolant flow to the coolant pump
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 6
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Static description
BAIL07APH370GVA 1
1. Fan drive pulley 2. Idler

3. Crankshaft pulley 4. Drive belt
5. Coolant pump 6. Alternator pulley
7. Drive belt tensioner
The coolant pump is a pulley driven integral pump, located on the front face of the engine cylinder block.
The function of the coolant pump is to circulate coolant around the engine coolant system (Refer to ENGINE
COOLANT SYSTEM - Overview (B.50.A). This is essential to make sure that the correct engine coolant temperature
is maintained at all times.
A multi-ribbed belt (4), transmits the drive from the crankshaft pulley (3) to the coolant pump pulley (5). The drive
belt also drives the alternator pulley (6) and the viscous fan pulley (1). The drive belt is held in the correct tension
by a spring-loaded tensioner (7). From the viscous fan pulley, the drive belt passes around an idler pulley (2) which
steadies the long belt run back to the crankshaft pulley.
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 7
Radiator - Dynamic description

Cooling occurs as the coolant passes down through the radiator cores. Air is drawn through the radiator fins by a
viscous fan situated on a pulley mounted between the radiator and the engine block.
BAIL07APH037AVA 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 8
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Drain fluid

WARNING
Coolant can be toxic. Avoid contact with skin,
eyes, and clothing. Antidotes:
EXTERNAL - Rinse thoroughly with water. Re-
move soiled clothing.
INTERNAL - Rinse the mouth with water. DO
NOT induce vomiting. Seek immediate medical
attention.
EYES - Flush with water. Seek immediate med-
ical attention.
ous injury.
W0282A
1. WARNING
Burn hazard!
Hot coolant can spray and scald if you re-
move the radiator or deaeration tank cap
while the system is hot. To remove the
cap: allow the system to cool, turn the
cap to the first notch, and wait for all pres-
sure to release. Remove the cap only af-
ter all pressure has released.
serious injury.
W0367A
Release the cooling system pressure by slowly turn- BAIL10CVT462AVA 1
ing the coolant expansion tank cap.

NOTE: Do not remove the coolant expansion tank cap at
this point.
2. Place a suitable container under the vehicle.
Detach the coolant hose and drain the coolant.
BAIL07APH020AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 9
3. Fully remove the coolant expansion tank cap.
BAIL10CVT462AVA 3
4. Connect the coolant hose when the coolant system

has finished draining.
BAIL07APH020AVA 4
Next operation:
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Filling (B.50.A).
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 10
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Filling

WARNING
Coolant can be toxic. Avoid contact with skin,
eyes, and clothing. Antidotes:
EXTERNAL - Rinse thoroughly with water. Re-
move soiled clothing.
INTERNAL - Rinse the mouth with water. DO
NOT induce vomiting. Seek immediate medical
attention.
EYES - Flush with water. Seek immediate med-
ical attention.
ous injury.
W0282A
1. Make sure that the correct grade and quantity of

antifreeze is added to the water. Recommended
coolant mixture is 50% water to 50% antifreeze to
specification AMBRA AGRIFLU.
2. Refill the engine coolant system through the radiator
cap until completely full and reinstall the radiator cap.
BAIL10CVT455AVA 1
3. Refill the coolant expansion tank to the COLD FILL

mark.
BAIL07APH040AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 11
4. Install the coolant expansion tank cap.
BAIL10CVT462AVA 3
5. Start the engine and run until normal operating tem-

perature is reached. Check for leaks, allow to cool
and recheck the engine coolant level.
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 12
Radiator - Remove
Prior operation:
Drain the engine coolant system, for additional information refer to ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Drain fluid
(B.50.A)
1. Disconnect the charge air cooler outlet hose (1) and

detach the charge air cooler pipe retaining clamp (2).
BAIL10CVT384AVA 1
2. Disconnect the charge air cooler to intake manifold

hose and remove the charge air cooler outlet pipe.
BAIL07APH042AVA 2
3. Detach the wiring harness at the cable ties from the

left-hand side of the fan shroud.
BAIL10CVT560AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 13
4. Remove the fan shroud left-hand retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH046AVA 4
Vehicles with pneumatic trailer brakes

5. Remove the drive belt left-hand guard.
BAIL10CVT385AVA 5
Vehicles without pneumatic trailer brakes

BAIL07APH017AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 14
All vehicles
7. Remove the rubber air deflectors on both sides.
BAIL10CVT436AVA 7
8. Remove the air cleaner intake.
BAIL10CVT389AVA 8
9. Remove the radiator top retaining bracket.
BAIL07APH359AVA 9
10. Disconnect the radiator top hoses.
BAIL07APH361AVA 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 15
11. Release the charge air cooler and oil cooler assem-
bly (1) and pull forward (2).
BAIL08CVT033AVA 11
12. Release the over-centre catches (1), remove the

condenser pivot bolt (2).
BAIL10CVT386AVA 12
13. Reposition and support the condenser to one side.
BAIL10CVT388AVA 13
14. Detach the hose clamps and remove the charge air
cooler intake pipe.
BAIL07APH043AVA 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 16
15. Remove the oil cooler pipe retaining bracket.
BAIL07APH060AVA 15
16. Remove the charge air cooler retaining bolts on both

sides.
BAIL10CVT391AVA 16
17. Remove the charge air cooler.
BAIL10CVT392AVA 17
18. Remove the drive belt right-hand guard.
BAIL10CVT387AVA 18
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 17
19. Disconnect the radiator bottom hose.
BAIL10CVT390AVA 19
right-hand side of the fan shroud.
BAIL10CVT563AVA 20
21. Remove the fan shroud right hand retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH045AVA 21
BAIL10CVT393AVA 22
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 18
23. Remove the oil cooler and the oil cooler supply and
return pipes.
BAIL08CVT038AVA 23
24. Remove the radiator baffle plate.
BAIS06CCM016AVA 24
25. Remove the radiator lower retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH048AVA 25
26. WARNING
Heavy object!
lift the component.
serious injury.
W0086A
Remove the radiator assembly.
BAIL08CVT048AVA 26
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 19
Radiator - Install
1. WARNING
Heavy object!
lift the component.
serious injury.
W0086A
Install the radiator assembly.
BAIL08CVT048AVA 1
2. Install the radiator lower retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH048AVA 2
3. Install the radiator baffle plate.
BAIS06CCM016AVA 3
4. Install the oil cooler and position the oil cooler supply
and return pipes.
BAIL08CVT038AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 20
BAIL10CVT393AVA 5
6. Install the fan shroud right hand retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH045AVA 6
7. Install the wiring harness to the right-hand side of the

fan shroud.
BAIL10CVT563AVA 7
8. Connect radiator bottom hose.
BAIL10CVT390AVA 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 21
9. Install the drive belt right-hand guard.
BAIL07APH036AVA 9
10. Install the charge air cooler.
BAIL10CVT392AVA 10
11. Install the charge air cooler retaining bolts on both

sides.
BAIL10CVT391AVA 11
12. Install the oil cooler pipe retaining bracket.
BAIL07APH060AVA 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 22
13. Install the charge air cooler intake pipe.
BAIL07APH043AVA 13
14. Release the condenser.
BAIL10CVT388AVA 14
15. Position the condenser, secure with the pivot bolt (2)
and lock the over-centre catches (1).
BAIL10CVT386AVA 15
16. Push the charge air cooler and oil cooler assembly
into position (1) and secure (2).
BAIL08CVT033AVB 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 23
17. Connect the radiator top hoses.
BAIL07APH361AVA 17
18. Install the radiator top retaining bracket.
BAIL07APH359AVA 18
19. Install the air cleaner intake.
BAIL10CVT389AVA 19
20. Install the rubber air deflectors on both sides.
BAIL10CVT436AVA 20
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 24

21. Install the drive belt left-hand guard.
BAIL07APH017AVA 21

BAIL10CVT385AVA 22
All vehicles
23. Install the fan shroud left-hand retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH046AVA 23
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 25
24. Install the wiring harness to the left-hand side of the

fan shroud.
BAIL10CVT560AVA 24
25. Install the charge air cooler outlet pipe and connect
the air cooler to intake manifold hose.
BAIL07APH042AVA 25
26. Connect the charge air cooler outlet hose (1), and
retaining clamp (2).
BAIL10CVT384AVA 26
Next operation:
Fill the engine coolant system, for further information refer to ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Filling (B.50.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 26
Fan and drive Viscous drive - Remove

Prior operation:
Disconnect the battery ground (negative) cable from the battery, for further information refer to Battery - Disconnect
(A.30.A)
Prior operation:
Partially drain the engine coolant system, for further information refer to ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Drain fluid
(B.50.A)
1. Disconnect the radiator top hoses.
BAIL07APH361AVA 1
BAIL10CVT387AVA 2

BAIL10CVT563AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 27
4. Remove the fan shroud right-hand retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH045AVA 4

BAIL10CVT560AVA 5
BAIL07APH046AVA 6

BAIL10CVT385AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 28

BAIL07APH017AVA 8
All vehicles
9. Remove the left-hand dynamic fender.
BAIL10CVT561AVA 9
10. Using suitable grips to hold the pulley, detach the

viscous fan.
NOTE: The viscous fan has a left-hand thread.
BAIL07APH094AVA 10
11. Manoeuvre the viscous fan and shroud to the left-

hand side of the vehicle to allow the viscous fan to
be removed.
NOTE: Reversible fan shown, viscous fan similar.
BAIL10CVT559AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 29
Fan and drive Viscous drive - Install

1. Manoeuvre the shroud and viscous fan to allow the
viscous fan to be installed.
NOTE: Reversible fan shown, viscous fan similar.
BAIL10CVT559AVB 1
2. Using suitable grips to hold the pulley, tighten the

viscous fan to the specified torque.
NOTE: The viscous fan has a left-hand thread.
BAIL07APH094AVA 2
3. Install the left-hand dynamic fender.
BAIL10CVT561AVA 3

BAIL07APH017AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 30

BAIL10CVT385AVA 5
All vehicles
BAIL07APH046AVA 6

fan shroud.
BAIL10CVT560AVA 7
8. Install the fan shroud right-hand retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH045AVA 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 31

fan shroud.
BAIL10CVT563AVA 9
BAIL10CVT387AVA 10
11. Reconnect the radiator top hoses.
BAIL07APH361AVA 11
Next operation:
Refill the engine coolant system, for further information refer to ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Filling (B.50.A)
Next operation:
Reconnect the battery, for further information refer to Battery - Connect (A.30.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 32
Fan reversing system - Remove Fan

Prior operation:
Disconnect the battery ground (negative) cable from the battery, for further information refer to Battery - Disconnect
(A.30.A)
BAIL10CVT387AVA 1

BAIL10CVT563AVA 2
3. Remove the fan shroud right-hand retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH045AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 33

BAIL10CVT560AVA 4
BAIL07APH046AVA 5

BAIL10CVT385AVA 6

BAIL07APH017AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 34
8. Remove the left-hand dynamic fender.
BAIL10CVT561AVA 8
9. Disconnect the vacuum line from the control valve.
BAIL10CVT554AVA 9
10. Detach the vacuum line from the charge air cooler
bracket.
BAIL10CVT558AVA 10
11. Using suitable grips to hold the pulley (1), detach the
reversible fan (2).
NOTE: The reversible fan has a left-hand thread.
BAIL10CVT556AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 35
12. Manoeuvre the reversible fan and shroud to the left-

hand side of the vehicle to allow the reversible fan to
be removed.
BAIL10CVT559AVA 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 36
Fan reversing system - Install Fan

1. Manoeuvre the shroud and reversible fan to allow the
reversible fan to be installed.
BAIL10CVT559AVB 1
2. Using suitable grips to hold the pulley (1), install the

reversible fan (2) and tighten to 63 N·m (46 lb ft).
NOTE: The reversible fan has a left-hand thread.
BAIL10CVT556AVA 2
3. Install the vacuum line to the charge air cooler

bracket.
BAIL10CVT558AVA 3
4. Connect the vacuum line to the control valve.
BAIL10CVT554AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 37
5. Install the left-hand dynamic fender.
BAIL10CVT561AVA 5

BAIL07APH017AVA 6

BAIL10CVT385AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 38
All vehicles
BAIL07APH046AVA 8

fan shroud.
BAIL10CVT560AVA 9
10. Install the fan shroud right-hand retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH045AVA 10

fan shroud.
BAIL10CVT563AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 39
BAIL10CVT387AVA 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 40
Fan reversing system Valve - Remove

1. Disconnect the vacuum line from the control valve.
BAIL10CVT554AVA 1
2. Disconnect the electrical connector.
BAIL10CVT553AVA 2
3. Remove the control valve.
BAIL10CVT555AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 41
Fan reversing system Valve - Install

1. Install the control valve.
BAIL10CVT555AVA 1
BAIL10CVT553AVA 2
3. Connect the vacuum line to the control valve.
BAIL10CVT554AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 42
Index

ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Drain fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fan and drive Viscous drive - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Fan and drive Viscous drive - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Fan reversing system - Install Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Fan reversing system - Remove Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Fan reversing system Valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Fan reversing system Valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Radiator - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Radiator - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Radiator - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
84477609A 27/09/2011
B.50.A / 43
PRINTED IN FRANCE
84477609A 27/09/2011
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
TRANSMISSION, DRIVE AND PTO OUT

84477609A 27/09/2011
C
Contents
TRANSMISSION, DRIVE AND PTO OUT - C
TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.20.D

T7.170 Range Command , T7.185 Range Command , T7.200 Range Command , T7.210 Range Command
TRANSMISSION Powershift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.20.E

T7.170 Power Command , T7.185 Power Command , T7.200 Power Command , T7.210 Power Command
TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.20.G

T7.170 AutoCommand , T7.185 AutoCommand , T7.200 AutoCommand , T7.210 AutoCommand
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.30.D

REAR PTO Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.40.B

REAR PTO Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.40.C

FRONT PTO Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.42.C

84477609A 27/09/2011
C
TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - 20.D
T7.170 Range Command

84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
T7.170 Range Command, T7.185 Range Command, T7.200 Range Command, T7.210 Range Command
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
SERVICE
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Control valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Master clutch valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Master clutch valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 2
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Master clutch valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Master clutch valve - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Gear and synchroniser

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Clutch and gear

Master clutch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Master clutch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Speed clutch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Master clutch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Speed clutch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Master clutch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Electrical control
Range clutch solenoid - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Range clutch solenoid - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Range synchroniser solenoid - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Range synchroniser solenoid - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 3
TRANSMISSION, DRIVE AND PTO OUT - TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift
TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Torque

Description Thread Size Tightening Torques

Nm lb ft
Bolts and nuts, transmission (Refer to ENGINE - Connect (B.10.A))
housing to engine
Bolts, transmission housing M14 x 1.5 200 147.5
to rear axle housing
Bolts, clutch front cover M8 x 1.25 23 17.0
Bolts, housing cover M10 x 1.25 49 36.1
Bolts, rear bearing cover M10 x 1.25 49 36.1
Nut, rear of output shaft M47.5 x 1.5 294 216.8
(Note: Left-Hand Thread)
Nut, front of output shaft M45 x 1.5 490 361.4
Bolts, damper to flywheel M10 x 1.25 60 to 74 44.3 to 54.6
Bolts, rear bearings support M14 x 1.5 142 104.7
plate
Bolts, front cover plate M8 x 1.25 23 17.0
Bolts, control valve housing M10 x 1.25 54 39.8
Bolts, master clutch valve M10 x 1.25 24 17.7
housing
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 4
BAIL08APH155HVC 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 5
TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - General specification

Transmission 18/19 forward and 6 reverse speeds.

Gear type helical toothed
Range gears 3 forward ranges and 1 reverse
range for a total of 18 forward and 6
reverse speeds on 40 kph models.
19 forward and 6 reverse speeds for
50 kph models
Gear type helical toothed
Reduction ratios:
Low (24 x 15) : (46 x 55) = 1 : 7.03
Normal (24 x 25) : (46 x 37) = 1 : 2.84
High 1
Speed and range shift controls by three buttons located on the
control lever
Shift and range gear lubrication forced-fed by a gear pump (same as
the power steering circuit pump)
Number of driven discs - Clutch A 7

Thickness of driven discs - Clutch A mm 2.65 to 2.75
Number of drive discs - Clutch A 7
Thickness of drive discs - Clutch A mm 1.80 - 2.00
Multi-pack clutch A thickness under a mm 32.7 to 32.9
load of 1600 N (359.7 lb)
Number of Belleville springs - Clutch mm 9
A
Free spring length - Clutch A mm 4.2
Compressed spring length under a mm 3.28
load of 2108 N (473.9 lb)
Number of driven discs - Clutch B 7

Thickness of driven discs - Clutch B mm 2.65 to 2.75
Number of drive discs - Clutch B 7
Thickness of drive discs - Clutch B mm 1.80 - 2.00
Multi-pack clutch B thickness under a mm 32.7 to 32.9
load of 1600 N (359.7 lb)
Number of Belleville springs - Clutch 9
B
Free spring length - Clutch B mm 4.2
load of 2108 N (473.9 lb)
Number of driven discs - Clutch C 8

Thickness of driven discs - Clutch C mm 2.70 to 2.80
Number of drive discs - Clutch C 8
Thickness of drive discs - Clutch C mm 1.5
Multi-pack clutch C thickness under a mm 26.2 to 26.4
load of 1600 N (359.7 lb)
Number of Belleville springs - Clutch 6
C
Free spring length - Clutch C mm 4.1
load of 1784 N (401.1 lb)
Number of driven discs - Clutches D 6

&E
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 6
Thickness of driven discs - Clutches mm 2.70 to 2.80

D&E
Number of drive discs - Clutches D 6
&E
Thickness of drive discs - Clutches mm 1.5
D&E
Multi-pack clutches D & E thickness mm 26.2 to 26.4
under a load of 1600 N (359.7 lb)
Number of Belleville springs - 6
Clutches D & E
Free spring length - Clutches D & E mm 4.1
load of 1784 N (401.1 lb)
PTO drive shaft diameter at the mm 31.950 to 31.975

bushing
Press-fit bush inner diameter mm 31.990 to 32.085 (*)
PTO drive shaft to bushes clearance mm 0.015 to 0.135
Transmission input shaft adjust shim mm 3.80 - 3.85 - 3.90 - 3.95 - 4.00 - 4.05 -
4.10 - 4.15 - 4.20 - 4.25 - 4.30 - 4.35 -
4.40 - 4.45 - 4.50 - 4.55 - 4.60 - 4.65 -
4.70 - 4.75 - 4.80
Transmission input shaft bearing Refer to TRANSMISSION
adjustment Semi-Powershift - Adjust (C.20.D)
Transmission output shaft adjust shim mm 9.80 - 9.825 - 9.85 - 9.875 - 9.90 -
9.925 - 9.95 - 9.975 - 10.00 - 10.025
- 10.05 - 10.075 - 10.10 - 10.125 -
10.15 - 10.175 - 10.20 - 10.225 -
10.25 - 10.275 - 10.30 - 10.325 -
10.35 - 10.375 - 10.40 - 10.425 -
10.45 - 10.475 - 10.50 - 10.525 -
10.55 - 10.575 - 10.60 - 10.625 -
10.65 - 10.675 - 10.70
Transmission output shaft bearing Refer to TRANSMISSION
Transmission output shaft thrust mm 3.95 to 4.00
washer
Range gear input shaft bearing Refer to TRANSMISSION

Range gear input shaft bearing adjust mm 1.70 - 1.75 - 1.80 - 1.85 - 1.90 - 1.95 -
shims. Refer to TRANSMISSION 2.00 - 2.05 - 2.10 - 2.15 - 2.20 - 2.25 -
Semi-Powershift - Sectional view 2.30 - 2.35 - 2.40 - 2.45 - 2.50 - 2.55 -
(C.20.D) 2.60 - 2.65 - 2.70 - 2.75 - 2.80 - 2.85 -
2.90 - 2.95 - 3.00 - 3.10 - 3.20 - 3.30
Range gear output shaft bearing Refer to TRANSMISSION
Range gear output shaft adjust mm 1.70 - 1.75 - 1.80 - 1.85 - 1.90 - 1.95 -
shims. Refer to TRANSMISSION 2.00 - 2.05 - 2.10 - 2.15 - 2.20 - 2.25 -
Semi-Powershift - Sectional view 2.30 - 2.35 - 2.40 - 2.45 - 2.50 - 2.55 -
(C.20.D) 2.60 - 2.65 - 2.70 - 2.75 - 2.80 - 2.85 -
2.90 - 2.95 - 3.00 - 3.10 - 3.20 - 3.30
Low pressure regulation valve
spring. Refer to TRANSMISSION
Semi-Powershift - Sectional view
(C.20.D)
Free spring length mm 127
load of 278 - 304 N (62.5 - 68.3 lb)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 7
Low pressure setting bar (kg/cm2) 16.7 to 17.6 (17 to 18)

Lubrication pressure regulation valve
spring. Refer to TRANSMISSION
Semi-Powershift - Sectional view
(C.20.D)
Free spring length mm 35.5
load of 37 - 41 N (8.3 - 9.2 lb)
Lubrication pressure bar (kg/cm2) 2.7 to 3.4 (2.8 to 3.5)
(*) Final dimension to be obtained without grinding
SPECIFICATIONS - CREEPER GEARS
Type epicyclic spur gear set

Reduction ratio: 20 : (20+100) = 1:6
Control type through a lever on the left-hand side
of the driver's seat
Creeper housing and driven gear mm 1.465 to 1.535
thrust washer thickness
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 8
TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Sectional view

25857 1
Transmission Longitudinal and Cross Sections
(1) Damper coupler. (2) Clutch housing.

(3) Clutch A drive discs. (4) Clutch A driven discs.
(5) Cover plate. (6) Transmission input shaft adjust shim.
(7) Transmission input shaft. (8) Clutch D driven discs.
(9) Clutch D drive discs. (10) Range gear input shaft.
(11) Reverse idler gear. (12) Range input shaft adjust shim.
(13) Range output shaft. (14) Range output shaft adjust shim.
(15) Medium range and reverse control synchroniser. (16) Low and high range control synchroniser.
(17) Clutch E driven discs. (18) Clutch E housing.
(19) Clutch E drive discs. (20) Belleville springs, clutches D and E.
(21) Clutch D housing. (22) Clutch C driven discs.
(23) Clutch C drive discs. (24) Clutch C housing.
(25) Clutch C Belleville springs. (26) Transmission driven gear end play adjust shim.
(27) Transmission driven shaft. (28) Clutch B Belleville springs.
(29) Clutch A Belleville springs. (30) Range gear and transmission lubrication control line.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 9
(31) Valve spring. (32) Lubrication pressure regulation valve.
BAIL08APH151GVA 2
Range Control Valve Section
(1) Retaining cap. (2) Circlip.

(3) O-ring seal. (4) O-ring seal.
(5) O-ring seal. (6) Retaining ring.
(7) O-ring seal. (8) Piston.
(9) Retaining ring. (10) Circlip.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 10
BAIL08APH154GVA 3
Master Clutch Valve Section
(1) Pulse width modulated (PWM) solenoid. (2) O-ring seal.

(3) O-ring seal. (4) Pressure test port.
(5) Gauze filter, (6) Upper body.
(7) O-ring seals. (8) Lower body.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 11
TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Static description

BSD2247A 1
The semi-powershift transmission is subdivided into speed (1) and range (2) sections providing 6 speed gears in each
of 3 ranges:
– 19 forward X 6 reverse ratios with the optional 50 kph
or 18 forward X 6 reverse ratios on the standard 40 kph
The mechanical components within these transmissions do not differ and the number of gears and therefore the
maximum speed of the tractor is controlled by the electronic transmission control module (TCM)
When the optional creeper gear is fitted, there are:
– 31 forward and 12 reverse ratios on the 50 kph option.
or 30 forward and 12 reverse ratios on the 40 kph option.
The speed section of the semi-powershift transmission is actuated by 5 multi-plate hydraulic clutch packs (A), (B),
(C), (D) and (E), which provide the 6 speeds for each of the three ranges. The 18 gears are obtained by using the
following combinations of speed clutches and range synchronisers:
Range Synchronisers
Speed Clutches
L M H R
A/C 1 7 13 R1
B/C 2 8 14 R2
A/D 3 9 15 R3
B/D 4 10 16 R4
A/E 5 11 17 R5
B/E 6 12 18 R6
The range section consists of 3 forward and 1 reverse set of constant mesh gears, each electro-hydraulically selected
giving low (L) medium (M) and high (H) ranges as well as reverse (R)
Clutch design allows shifting from one speed into another when the tractor is moving. Clutches are operated by the
control oil from the respective solenoid valves located into the master clutch valve assembly attached to the right-hand
side of the transmission housing.
The range gears are operated by two hydraulic cylinders acting on two synchronisers. Hydraulic cylinders are actuated
by control oil from the respective solenoid valves located into the control valve assembly attached to the right-hand
side of the transmission housing.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 12
When driving the tractor, the speed gears and ranges are selected using the controls (2), (3) and (4) on the right side
of the operator's seat and displayed in the panel (1).
The upshift button (2) and downshift button (3) are used for shifting through all the speed gears (ratios) within the
same range.
When pressing the upshift/downshift button a signal is sent to the transmission control module which analyses the
signal and responds by energising and de-energising the relevant pulse width modulation solenoid valve (PWM) which
supply oil to the speed clutches.
Signals concerning range changes are also acted on by the transmission control module which powers the relevant
solenoid valve located on the control valve sending oil to the control piston attached to the range selector fork.
To shift from one range into another, press and hold the range button (4) while pressing the appropriate upshift or
downshift button as required. The range can only be changed when either the lowest or highest speed in that range
has been selected. The operator is warned that a range change is required by an audible signal generated by the
transmission control unit.
BAIL08APH139AVA 2
Neutral, forward or reverse direction is selected using the shuttle lever on the left-hand side of the steering column.
The semi-powershift transmission is not fitted with a central clutch on the engine flywheel. Consequently, the clutch
pedal should not be pressed for speed or range shifting.
However the clutch pedal must be used when changing a range, when under a draft load.
The clutch pedal should be used when stopping the tractor, connecting implements and operating the tractor in re-
stricted areas.
BAIL08APH138AVA 3
Typical examples for oil flow during engagement of the clutches, lubrication of the transmission components and
power flows through both the speed and range gears are shown on the following pages:
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 13
BSD2261A 4
Semi-Powershift Transmission Oil Flow with 1st Gear Forward Engaged
Pressure oil Trapped oil
Lubrication pressure oil
When the 1st gear or ratio is selected using the control buttons, (2) or (3) as shown in figure 2, the solenoid valves
direct oil from the hydraulic pump to clutches (A) and (C), respectively.
Oil reaches the pistons (1) and (3) and moves them against the force of the Belleville springs (2) and (4), respectively
and compresses the two clutches (A) and (C). The 1st gear or ratio is engaged.
If the clutch pedal is pressed, the solenoid valves (6) and (8) stop sending oil to the clutches (A) and (C) and conse-
quently pistons (1) and (3) are pushed away from the clutch discs by the action of the Belleville springs ( (2) and (4).
clutches are then released.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 14
BSD2261B 5
Semi-Powershift Transmission Oil Flow with 6th Gear Forward Engaged
Pressure oil Trapped oil
Lubrication pressure oil
When the 6th gear or ratio is selected using the control buttons, (2) or (3) as shown in figure 2, the solenoid valves
direct oil from the hydraulic pump to clutches (B) and (E), respectively.
Oil reaches the pistons (2) and (4) and moves them against the force of the Belleville springs (1) and (3), respectively
and compresses the two clutches (B) and (E). The 6th gear or ratio is engaged.
If the clutch pedal is pressed, the solenoid valves (7) and (10) stop sending oil to the clutches (B) and (E) and conse-
quently pistons (2) and (4) are pushed away from the clutch discs by the action of the Belleville springs (1) and (3).
clutches are then released.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 15
BSD2247B 6
Power Flow 1st Gear Medium Range-Forward
(A) and (C) Clutches Engaged
(A) Clutch A (B) Clutch B

(C) Clutch C (D) Clutch D
(E) Clutch E (H) High range clutch
(L) Low range clutch (R) Reverse range clutch
(M) Medium range clutch
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 16
BSD2247C 7
Power Flow 2nd Gear Medium Range-Forward
(B) and (C) Clutches Engaged

84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 17
BSD2247D 8
Power Flow 2nd Gear Medium Range-Reverse
(B) and (C) Clutches Engaged

NOTE: Reverse gears are only available in Medium Range.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 18
BAIL08APH152GVB 9
Control Valve Components
(1) Low range solenoid (2) Reverse range solenoid

(3) Medium range solenoid (4) High range solenoid
(5) 4WD solenoid (6) PTO brake solenoid
(7) PTO solenoid (8) Differential lock solenoid
(9) Accumulator
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 19
BAIL08APH153GVA 10
Master Clutch Valve Components
(A) Clutch A solenoid (B) Clutch B solenoid

(C) Clutch C solenoid (D) Clutch D solenoid
(E) Clutch E solenoid
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 20
TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Remove the transmission, for further information refer to TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Remove (C.20.D).
WARNING
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing -
safety goggles, gloves and shoes.
B026
1. Install the transmission housing onto the rotary stand

290090 using brackets 293971 (1) and 293972 (2)
respectively.
23458 1
2. Remove the hydraulic line between the master clutch

valve and the transmission housing.
BAIL08APH014AVA 2
3. Remove the hydraulic line between the master clutch

valve and the transmission control valve.
BAIL08APH015AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 21
4. Remove the master clutch valve.
BAIL08APH018AVA 4
5. Remove the discharge fitting.
BAIL08APH002AVA 5
6. Remove the control valve, for further information re-

fer to Control valve - Remove (C.20.D).
7. Remove the potentiometers.
BAIL08APH003AVA 6
8. Remove the sensors.
BAIL08APH004AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 22
9. Remove the transmission cover.
BAIL08APH013AVB 8
10. Remove the clutch and gear master clutch, for further
information refer to Clutch and gear Master clutch
- Remove (C.20.D).
11. Remove the gear and synchroniser, for further infor-
mation, refer to Gear and synchroniser - Remove
(C.20.D).
12. Remove the oil delivery tubes.
BAIL08APH075AVA 9
13. Remove the front cover plate.
BAIL08APH076AVA 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 23
14. Remove the drive gear and bearing.

NOTE: To assist removal, it may be necessary to drift out
the bearing from behind.
BAIL08APH077AVA 11
15. Remove the circlip retaining the gears onto the input
shaft.
BAIL08APH078AVA 12
16. Slide out the gear, thrust washer and sleeve.
BAIL08APH079AVA 13
17. Slide out the input shaft with the bearings from the
opposite end of the transmission housing. Retrieve
the gears.
BAIL08APH080AVA 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 24
18. Install special tool 293808 (1) onto the output shaft.
Insert a wrench (2) to hold the shaft in position. In-
stall special tool 293805 (3) to the transmission hous-
ing and tighten the special tool screw to support the
wrench.
BAIL08APH081AVB 15
19. Unstake and remove the nut, retrieve the spacer and
the thrust washer.
BAIL08APH082AVA 16
20. Using a suitable puller (1), remove the manifold (2)

and bearing thrust washer (3) from the output shaft.
BAIL08APH083AVC 17
21. Remove special tool 293805, the wrench and special

tool 293808 from the rear end of the transmission.
22. Remove the output shaft seals and, using a suitable
aluminium drift and a hammer, partially remove the
output shaft.
BAIL08APH084AVA 18
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 25
23. Turn the transmission housing upright, withdraw the

output shaft and retrieve the clutches, gears and
bearings.
BAIL08APH123AVA 19
24. Remove the lubrication oil fitting (2) and retrieve the
inner bush.
23491 20
25. Remove the fitting from the housing and slide out the
lubrication line from the inside of the transmission
housing.
BAIL08APH085AVA 21
26. Remove the drive shaft retaining plate.
BAIL08APH086AVA 22
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 26
27. Remove the circlip retaining the drive shaft. Using a

suitable aluminium drift and a hammer, remove the
drive shaft.
BAIL08APH087AVA 23
Next operation:
Assemble the transmission, for further information refer to TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Assemble (C.20.D).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 27
TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Assemble

Prior operation:
Disassemble the transmission, for further information refer to TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Disassemble
(C.20.D).
1. Install the drive shaft into the transmission housing.

Install the circlip to retain the drive shaft.
BAIL08APH087AVA 1
2. Install the drive shaft retaining plate.
BAIL08APH086AVA 2
3. Install the lubrication line into the transmission hous-

ing and install the fitting.
BAIL08APH085AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 28
4. Install the inner bush and the lubrication oil fitting (2).
23491 4
5. Carry out the driven gear bearing adjustment check,

for further information refer to TRANSMISSION
Semi-Powershift - Adjust (C.20.D).
6. Turn the transmission housing upright.
BAIL08APH127AVA 5
7. Install the gears, bearings and clutches (C), (D) and

(E) into the transmission housing.
NOTE: While installing clutches C, D, and E, take care to
align the reference marks (1).
BAIL08APH128AVB 6
8. Install the output shaft into the transmission housing.

NOTE: While installing the output shaft into the transmis-
sion housing, take care to align the reference marks.
BAIL08APH129AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 29
9. Install the output shaft seals and thrust washer onto

the output shaft.
BAIL08APH084AVA 8
10. Install special tool. 293808 (1) onto the output shaft.
Insert a wrench (2) to hold the shaft in position. In-
stall special tool 293805 (3) to the transmission hous-
ing and tighten the special tool screw to support the
wrench.
BAIL08APH081AVB 9
11. Using special tool 293869 (1), install the front bear-
ing.
BAIL08APH142AVB 10
12. Install the manifold, bearing thrust washer and

loosely install the retaining nut onto the output shaft.
BAIL08APH145AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 30
13. After installing the components of the output shaft,

temporarily install the front cover.
BAIL08APH076AVA 12
14. Install the oil delivery tubes.
BAIL08APH075AVA 13
15. Blow compressed air into the oil delivery tubes and
check for correct operation of the clutches C, D, and
E.
BAIL08APH140AVA 14
16. After the test in step 15, remove the oil delivery tubes
and remove the front cover.
17. Carry out the input shaft end play adjustment check,
for further information refer to TRANSMISSION
Semi-Powershift - Adjust (C.20.D).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 31
18. Partially install the input shaft with the bearings into
the transmission housing.
BAIL08APH080AVB 15
19. Install the gear, thrust washer and sleeve while fully
installing the input shaft.
BAIL08APH079AVB 16
20. Install the circlip to retain the gears on the input shaft.
BAIL08APH078AVA 17
21. Install the drive gear and bearing.
BAIL08APH077AVA 18
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 32
22. Install the front cover plate.

Tighten the retaining bolts to 23 Nm (17.0 lb ft).
BAIL08APH076AVA 19
23. Install the oil delivery tubes.
BAIL08APH075AVA 20
24. After installing the front cover and tightening retain-

ing bolts, carry out the test in step 15 to check that
there are no leaks from the manifold.
25. Tighten the retaining nut and stake over the edges of
the nut.
Tighten to 490 Nm (361.4 lb ft).
BAIL08APH082AVA 21
26. Install the gear and synchroniser, for further infor-

mation, refer to Gear and synchroniser - Install
(C.20.D).
27. Install the clutch and gear master clutch, for further
information refer to Clutch and gear Master clutch
- Install (C.20.D).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 33
28. Thoroughly clean the mating surfaces and apply a 2

mm bead of sealant following the pattern shown in
figure 33.
Install the transmission cover.
BAIL08APH013AVB 22
29. Install the sensors.
BAIL08APH004AVA 23
30. Install the potentiometers.
BAIL08APH003AVA 24
31. Install the control valve, for further information refer

to Control valve - Install (C.20.D).
32. Install the discharge fitting.
BAIL08APH002AVA 25
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 34

mm bead of sealant.
Install the master clutch valve.
BAIL08APH018AVA 26
34. Install the hydraulic line between the master clutch

valve and the transmission control valve.
BAIL08APH015AVA 27
35. Install the hydraulic line between the master clutch

valve and the transmission housing.
BAIL08APH014AVA 28
36. Remove special tool 293805, the wrench and special

tool 293808 from the rear end of the transmission.
37. Using a suitable bearing heater, heat the input shaft
bearing.
BAIL08APH136AVB 29
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 35
WARNING
Use insulated gloves or mittens when working with hot parts. Failure to comply may result in minor or mod-
erate injury.
47-41B
38. Install the bearing (3) onto the input shaft using spe-
cial tool 50060 (2). Using special tool 50013 (1), keep
the bearing correctly seated against the gear during
cooling.
23841 30
39. Using a suitable bearing heater, heat the output shaft

bearing.
BAIL08APH136AVB 31
WARNING
Use insulated gloves or mittens when working with hot parts. Failure to comply may result in minor or mod-
erate injury.
47-41B
40. Install the bearing (1) onto the output shaft using spe-
cial tool 50061 (2). Using special tool 50018 (3), keep
the bearing correctly seated against the gear during
cooling.
23842 32
41. Remove special tools 50060 ( (2), Fig. 30) and 50061
( (2), Fig. 32) when the bearings ( (3), Fig. 30) and (
(1), Fig. 32) have completely cooled down.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 36
42. Carry out the input and output shaft taper bear-
ing adjustment check, for further information refer
to TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Adjust
(C.20.D).
43. Pattern for application of sealant during installation
of: the transmission cover.
25843 33
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 37
Install the transmission, for further information refer to TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Install (C.20.D).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 38
TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Adjust

WARNING
Always use suitable tools to align holes. DO NOT USE HAND OR FINGERS.
B020
Input shaft end play adjustment

1. Place the transmission input shaft (1) on a bench,
slide on the gear (6), spacer (5), a 3.5 mm test shim
(4), gear (3). Lock the assembly with the circlip (2).
Settle the assembly. Using a feeler gauge (7), mea-
sure the end play between the circlip (2) and the gear
(3).
Shim to be assembled is given by the measured di-
mension plus the test shim minus the specified end
play. (See the following example).
BAIL08APH125AVA 1
2. Example:
Feeler gauge reading = 0.90 mm
Test shim = 3.50 mm
Specified end play = 0 - 0.15 mm
Shim to be assembled = 0.90 + 3.50 - 0.10 = 4.30
mm.
NOTE: Available adjust shims are detailed in the Specifica-
tions table, for additional information refer to TRANSMIS-
SION Semi-Powershift - General specification (C.20.D).
3. Remove the circlip (1), withdraw the gear (2) and test
shim (3). Add shim as previously calculated, install
gear (2) and lock the assembly with the circlip (1).
Settle the assembly. Using a feeler gauge (4) check
that the end play is to specification.
BAIL08APH126AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 39
Driven gear bearing adjustment

4. Assemble the 'C' clutch hub to the special tool
297614, complete with bearings, spacer and original
shim. Tighten the bolt of the special tool to 140 Nm.
BSB0320A 3
5. Wrap a length of string around the smaller of the two

gears and attach to a suitable spring balance. Mea-
sure the rolling resistance of the bearings during ro-
tation, not at the point where rotation begins.
The rolling resistance should equate to 0.5 - 0.8 Kg
on the spring balance. If outside the specification,
install a thinner shim to increase the resistance or
install a thicker shim to reduce the resistance.
BSB0323A 4
Input and output shaft taper bearing adjustment

6. Install the cover (2) without the adjust shim. Install
special tool 50013 (1) (part of special tool 292176)
onto the input shaft.
BAIL08APH135AVB 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 40
7. Screw special tool 292176 (2) onto special tool

50013 (3).
Place a dial test indicator (1) with the stylus touching
the bearing inner race. Turn the shafts to settle the
bearing rollers, reset the dial test indicator (1) to zero,
making sure that the assembly is bottoming.
Through the lever of special tool 292176 (2) bring the
assembly to touch the cover (4) and read the travel
(L) on the dial test indicator (1).
Adjust shim to be added is given by:
(S) = (L) - ( 0 - 0.06 mm)
where:
(S) = Test shim.
(L) = Travel reading. BAIL08APH134AVB 6
0 - 0.06 mm = Input shaft bearing end play.
8. Dismantle special tool 292176 and special tool
50013. Remove the cover (4) as shown in figure
6, assemble the shim as previously found, reinstall
the cover (4) as shown in figure 6 and special tool
292176.
9. Repeat step 7 to check that the end play is to spec-
ification 0 - 0.06 mm.
10. Remove special tools (1), (2) and (3) as shown in
figure 6 and special tool 50013.
11. Remove the output shaft lubrication plug.
BAIL08APH132AVA 7
12. Install special tool 50013 (1) (part of special tool

292176) onto the output shaft.
BAIL08APH148AVA 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 41
13. Install cover (1) with a test shim (Sp). Screw special
tool 292176 (3) onto special tool 50013 (4).
Place a dial test indicator (2) with the stylus touching
the bearing inner race. Turn the shafts to settle the
bearing rollers, reset the dial test indicator (2) to zero,
making sure that the assembly is bottoming.
Through the lever of special tool 292176 (3) bring the
assembly to touch the cover (1) and read the travel
(H) on the dial test indicator (2).
Adjust shim to be added is given by:
(S1) = (H) + (Sp) - ( 0 - 0.06 mm)
where:
(S1) = Adjust shim.
(Sp) = Test shim. BAIL08APH133AVB 9
(H) = Travel reading.
0 - 0.06 mm = Output shaft bearing end play.
14. Dismantle special tools (3) and (4) as shown in fig-
ure 9. Remove the cover (1) as shown in figure 9,
change the test shim (Sp) with the adjust shim (S1),
reinstall the cover (1) as shown in figure 9 and spe-
cial tools (3) and (4) as shown in figure 9. Repeat
step 13 to check that the end play is to specification,
0 - 0.06 mm.
15. Remove special tools (2), (3) and (4) as shown in
figure 9 and special tool 50013.
16. Install the output shaft lubrication plug.
BAIL08APH132AVA 10
17. Remove the cover.
BAIL08APH105AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 42
TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Pressure test

1. Transmission Clutches, A,B,C,D,E, F1, F2, F3, F4

and R
Where
F1 = Slow Range
F2 = Medium Range
F3 = Fast Range
F4 = 19th Gear ( 50 Km/h models only)
BAIL07APH189AVA 1
2. Prepare the tractor for pressure testing:

(iii) Start and drive the tractor to warm the transmis-
sion oil to a minimum operating temperature of 65 °C
( 145 °F).
(i) Ensure the hand brake is fully applied.
(ii) Install the diagnostic test switch, special tool
380000843 in the tractor diagnostic panel connector,
refer to Figure 1.
BAIL07APH190AVB 2
3. Install suitable pressure gauges ( 0 - 40 bar, 0 - 600

lbf.in2) with the appropriate quick release couplers,
ten if available, into each of the clutch pressure test
points.
1. Pressure gauge, 380000552
2. Quick release adaptor, 380000543
3. Hose 380000545
4. Adaptor (as required) 380000544.
TA6021002_744 3
4. The test ports for the A, B, C, D and E clutches are

located on the right-hand side of the transmission.
BAIL07APH322AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 43
5. Mounted on top of the Range Control Valve assembly

located on the right hand side of the transmission are
the following test ports (cab floor shown removed for
clarity).
Slow Range Test Port (1).
Reverse Range Test Port (2).
Medium Range Test Port (3).
BAIL07APH323AVA 5
6. Remove the plug from the Slow Range Test Port (1).
Install banjo 380000572 for easier access, with quick
release fitting 380000492.
BAIL07APH325AVA 6
7. Remove the plugs from the Reverse Range Test Port

(2) and the Medium Range Test Port (3), refer to Fig-
ure 5. Insert fittings (4) 380000493 with quick release
adaptors (5) 380000492.
BAIL07APH326AVA 7
8. Mounted on the underside of the Range Control

Valve assembly located on the right hand side of the
transmission is the Fast Range Test Port. Remove
the plug from the Fast Range Test Port. Insert
fitting (1) 380000493 with quick release adaptor (2)
380000492.
BAIL07APH327AVB 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 44
9. On the 50 Km/h tractor model, the clutch test point

is located on the 19th gear dump solenoid manifold.
Install the hose and gauge directly to the factory fitted
quick release fitting.
NOTE: To complete this test the tractor must be in motion
with the 19th gear engaged and operative. Once 19th is
engaged the gauge will show the pressure once back in
18th gear no pressure will register.
BAIL07APH195AVA 9
10. Start the engine and enter H7 Channel 4, refer to

Control module Universal controller - H7 - Ve-
hicle test modes (A.50.A). Press the clutch pedal
and move the shuttle lever into forward. Release
the clutch. The instrument cluster display will show
À24', indicating that clutch À' solenoid will be ener-
gised.
11. To energise the solenoid press and hold the down-
shift button and observe the pressure reading on the
gauge which should be 18±1 bar ( 261±15 lbf/in2).
NOTE: The clutch pedal should not be depressed before
energising the solenoid. Depressing the clutch pedal be-
fore energising the solenoid may prevent pressure being
applied.
NOTE: The 19th gear solenoid is not a PWM valve and
should indicate a slightly greater pressure of 19±1 bar (
275±15 lbf/in2).
BAIS06CCM304AVA 10
12. The pressure can be controlled with the clutch pedal.

When the pedal is depressed the two digits will
change to a number 0-20 indicating the approximate
pressure in bars, as long as the clutch pedal is
correctly calibrated. With the pedal fully released
`24' will be displayed indicating Full Pressure. With
the pedal raised less than 30% the pressure applied
will be zero.
BAIL06CCM477AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 45
13. To select other clutches (except 19th gear), repeat-

edly press the upshift button and then depress the
downshift button to energise the solenoid.
If all gauges read low, suspect a fault in the low
pressure hydraulic system, refer to PRIMARY
HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Pressure test
(A.10.A).
NOTE: To test 19th gear clutch, the tractor must be in mo-
tion with the 19th gear engaged and operative. Once 19th
is engaged the gauge will show the pressure once back in
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 46
TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Remove

Prior operation:
Remove the cab, for further information refer to Cab - Remove (E.34.A)
Prior operation:
Remove the fuel tank, for further information refer to Fuel tank - Remove (B.20.A)
1. Remove the drain plug and drain the oil into a suit-
able container.
Reinstall the drain plug and tighten to 68 - 82 Nm
(50.2 - 60.5 lb ft).
BAIL07APH288AVA 1
2. Disconnect the wiring harness electrical connectors

and detach the wiring harness from the transmission
and reposition it on the rear axle.
3. Remove the hydraulic oil pump filter housing shield.
BAIL07APH296AVA 2
4. Remove the hydraulic oil pump filter housing drain

plug.
NOTE: Place a suitable container under the oil filter hous-
ing to collect the hydraulic oil.
BAIL07APH297AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 47
5. Disconnect the hydraulic oil pipes from the hydraulic

oil pump and hydraulic oil pump filter housing.
BAIL07APH298AVA 4
6. Loosen the clamp and disconnect the hose (1).

Disconnect the electrical connectors from the hy-
draulic oil pump filter housing (2).
BAIL07APH299AVA 5
7. Remove the retaining bolts from the elbow joint on

the hydraulic oil pump filter housing and the retaining
bolt on the rear axle housing.
BAIL07APH300AVA 6
8. Remove the hydraulic oil pump filter housing.
BAIL07APH301AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 48
9. Detach the hydraulic oil pipe clamp.
BAIL07APH332AVA 8
10. Disconnect and detach the hydraulic oil pipes.
BAIL07APH331AVA 9
11. Disconnect the steering hydraulic oil supply and re-

turn pipes.
BAIL07APH333AVA 10
12. Disconnect the brake pipes and the hydraulic oil pipe.
BAIL07APH334AVB 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 49
13. Remove the hydraulic oil pipe
BAIL07APH335AVA 12
14. Disconnect the hydraulic oil pipes (1) and detach the
bracket (2).
BAIL07APH336AVA 13
15. Disconnect the hydraulic oil pipe.
BAIL07APH337AVA 14
16. Disconnect the pneumatic supply line (1) and detach

the pneumatic pipe bracket (2).
BAIL07APH338AVA 15
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 50
17. Remove the fuel tank rear support bracket.
BAIL07APH339BVA 16
18. Position the splitting gear rails (1) MS2700C-1 under

the vehicle.
Install the wheeled part of the splitting gear (2)
MS2700C-2, (4) MS2700C-4 and (5) MS2700-3/33
under the transmission.
Install the static part of the splitting gear (3)
MS2700C-2, and (4) MS2700C-4 under the rear
axle.
BAIL07APH346FVA 17
19. Support the weight of the transmission with the jack

(1) MS2700C-4 and clamp the transmission with the
special tool (2) MS2700-3/33.
BAIL07APH344AVA 18
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 51
20. Bolt the static part of the splitting gear to the rear axle.
BAIL07APH345AVA 19
BAIL07APH347AVA 20
22. Remove the transmission to rear axle lower right-

hand retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH341AVA 21
23. Remove the transmission to rear axle upper right-

hand retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH342AVA 22
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 52
24. Remove the transmission to rear axle upper retaining

bolts.
BAIL07APH343AVA 23
25. Remove the transmission to rear axle left-hand re-

taining bolts.
BAIL07APH340BVA 24
26. Disconnect the transmission from the rear axle.
BAIL07APH348AVA 25
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 53
27. Remove the left-hand side cab mounting frame re-

taining bolts.
BAIL07APH350AVA 26
28. Remove the right-hand side cab mounting frame re-

taining bolts and remove the cab mounting frame.
BAIL07APH351AVA 27
Next operation:
Disconnect the engine from the transmission, for further information refer to ENGINE - Disconnect (B.10.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 54
TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Install

Prior operation:
Connect the engine to the transmission. For further information refer to ENGINE - Connect (B.10.A).
1. Install the cab mounting bracket and tighten the right-

hand side retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH351AVA 1
2. Install the left-hand side cab mounting bracket retain-

ing bolts.
BAIL07APH350AVA 2
3. Before connecting the transmission housing to the

rear axle housing, thoroughly clean and degrease
the mating surfaces and apply a bead of liquid gasket
of approximately 2 mm of diameter.
4. Align the transmission to the rear axle housing.
5. Connect the transmission to the rear axle.
BAIL07APH348AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 55
6. Install the transmission to rear axle housing left-hand

retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH340BVA 4
7. Install the transmission to rear axle housing upper

retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH343AVA 5
8. Install the transmission to rear axle upper right-hand

retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH342AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 56
9. Install the transmission to rear axle lower right-hand

retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH341AVA 7
10. Remove the splitting gear.
BAIL07APH346FVB 8
11. Install the fuel tank rear support bracket.
BAIL07APH339BVA 9
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 57
12. Connect the pneumatic supply line (1) and attach the
pneumatic pipe bracket (2).
BAIL07APH338AVA 10
13. Connect the hydraulic oil pipe.
BAIL07APH337AVA 11
14. Install the hydraulic oil pipe retaining bracket (2) and
connect the hydraulic oil pipes (1).
BAIL07APH336AVA 12
15. Install the hydraulic oil pipe.
BAIL07APH335AVA 13
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 58
16. Connect the brake pipes and the hydraulic oil pipe.
BAIL07APH334AVB 14
17. Connect the steering hydraulic oil supply and return

pipes.
BAIL07APH333AVA 15
18. Install and connect the differential lock pipes.
BAIL07APH331AVA 16
19. Attach the hydraulic oil pipe clamp.
BAIL07APH332AVA 17
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 59
20. Install the hydraulic oil pump filter housing.
BAIL07APH301AVA 18
21. Install the retaining bolts to the elbow joint on the

hydraulic oil pump and the retaining bolt on the axle
housing.
BAIL07APH300AVA 19
22. Connect the hose and tighten the clamp (1).

Connect the electrical connectors to the hydraulic oil
pump filter housing (2).
BAIL07APH299AVA 20
23. Connect the hydraulic oil pipes to the hydraulic oil

pump and hydraulic oil filter housing.
BAIL07APH298AVA 21
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 60
24. Install the hydraulic oil pump filter housing drain plug.
BAIL07APH297AVA 22
25. Install the hydraulic oil pump filter housing shield.
BAIL07APH296AVA 23
26. Position the wiring harness onto the transmission

and connect the wiring harness electrical connectors.
27. Fill the transmission with oil.
Next operation:
Install the fuel tank, for further information refer to Fuel tank - Install (B.20.A)
Next operation:
Install the cab, for further information refer to Cab - Install (E.34.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 61
Control valve - Remove

Prior operation:
DANGER
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Make sure that
units or parts are supported by suitable slings or hooks. Make sure that no-one is in the vicinity of the load
to be lifted. Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.
B012

face.
the front support. These prevent articulation of the
axle.
BAIL07APH285AVA 1

BTB0281A 2
5. Remove the right-hand rear wheel.
BAIL07APH364AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 62
6. Disconnect all the electrical connectors from the

range clutch solenoids and the transmission oil
temperature sensor.
NOTE: Before disconnecting the electrical connectors from
the range clutch solenoids, mark each electrical connector
and respective solenoid to assist reassembly and avoid re-
versal of connections.
BAIL08APH020AVA 4
7. Remove the hydraulic oil pipe between the control

valve and the master clutch valve.
BAIL08APH017AVA 5
8. Remove the upper hydraulic oil pipe.
BAIL08APH088AVA 6
9. Disconnect the brake pipes at the bracket.
BAIL08APH089AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 63
10. Detach the bracket from the control valve housing

and position it to one side.
BAIL08APH090AVA 8
11. Disconnect the hydraulic oil pipes.
BAIL08APH092AVA 9
12. Remove the accumulator.
BAIL08APH093AVA 10
BAIL08APH094AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 64
14. Remove the hydraulic oil pipe from between the hy-
draulic oil pump and the rear of the control valve.
BAIL08APH095AVA 12
15. Disconnect the hydraulic oil pipes from the control

valve.
BAIL08APH096AVA 13
16. Disconnect the hydraulic oil pipes from the control

valve.
BAIL08APH097AVA 14
BAIL08APH098AVA 15
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 65
18. Disconnect the electrical connectors from the range

synchroniser solenoids.
the range synchroniser solenoids, mark each electrical
connector and respective solenoid to assist reassembly
and avoid reversal of connections.
BAIL08APH101AVA 16
19. Disconnect the electrical connectors from the control

valve switches.
NOTE: Before disconnecting the connectors from the con-
trol valve switches, mark each connector and respective
switch to assist reassembly and avoid reversal of connec-
tions.
BAIL08APH102AVA 17
20. Disconnect the electrical connectors from the differ-

ential lock solenoid and PTO solenoid.
BAIL08APH103AVA 18
BAIL08APH099AVA 19
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 66
22. Remove the hydraulic oil pipe from the hydraulic oil
filter housing.
BAIL08APH100AVA 20
23. Using a suitable hoist, remove the control valve.
BAIL08APH053AVA 21
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 67
Control valve - Install

DANGER
B012

mm bead of sealant following the pattern shown in
the figure 22.
2. Using a suitable hoist, install the control valve.
Tighten the retaining bolts to 54 Nm (40 lb ft).
BAIL08APH053AVA 1
3. Install the hydraulic oil pipe to the hydraulic oil filter

housing.
BAIL08APH100AVA 2
BAIL08APH099AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 68
5. Connect the electrical connectors to the differential

lock solenoid and PTO solenoid.
BAIL08APH103AVA 4
6. Connect the electrical connectors to the control valve

switches.
BAIL08APH102AVA 5
7. Connect the electrical connectors to the range syn-

chroniser solenoids.
BAIL08APH101AVA 6
8. Connect the hydraulic oil pipe
BAIL08APH098AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 69
9. Connect the hydraulic oil pipes to the control valve.
BAIL08APH097AVA 8
10. Connect the hydraulic oil pipes to the control valve.
BAIL08APH096AVA 9
11. Install the hydraulic oil pipe between the hydraulic oil
pump and the rear of the control valve.
BAIL08APH095AVA 10
BAIL08APH094AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 70
13. Install the accumulator.
BAIL08APH093AVA 12
14. Connect the hydraulic oil pipes.
BAIL08APH092AVA 13
15. Attach the bracket to the control valve housing.

BAIL08APH090AVA 14
16. Connect the brake pipes at the bracket.
BAIL08APH089AVA 15
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 71
17. Install the upper hydraulic oil pipe.
BAIL08APH088AVA 16
18. Install the hydraulic oil pipe between the control valve
and the master clutch valve.
BAIL08APH017AVA 17
19. Connect all the electrical connectors to the range

clutch solenoids and the transmission oil tempera-
ture sensor.
BAIL08APH020AVA 18
20. Install the right-hand rear wheel.

Tighten the retaining nuts, for further information re-
fer to Rear wheel - Torque (D.50.C).
BAIL07APH364AVA 19
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 72
21. Raise the rear of the tractor and remove the two axle
stands (1) under the final drive cases.
BTB0281A 20
22. Lower the tractor.

axle and the front support.
BAIL07APH285AVA 21
24. Remove the wheel stops from the front wheels.

25. Pattern for application of sealant during installation
of the control valve.
25843 22
Next operation:
Connect the battery, for further information refer to Battery - Connect (A.30.A).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 73
Control valve - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Remove the control valve, for further information refer to Control valve - Remove (C.20.D).
1. Remove the range synchroniser drive pistons hous-

ing.
BAIL08APH055AVA 1
2. Remove the circlip.
BAIL08APH058AVA 2
3. Remove the retaining cap.
BAIL08APH059AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 74
4. Remove the circlip.
BAIL08APH060AVA 4
5. Remove the piston and ring.
BAIL08APH061AVA 5
6. Using a suitable punch, release the inner retaining

ring.
BAIL08APH062AVA 6
7. Remove the inner piston.
BAIL08APH063AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 75
8. Remove and discard the four O-ring seals.

For further information, refer to TRANSMISSION
Semi-Powershift - Sectional view (C.20.D).
BAIL08APH064AVC 8
9. Repeat steps 2 to 8 to disassemble the remaining

piston.
Next operation:
Assemble the control valve, for further information refer to Control valve - Assemble (C.20.D).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 76
Control valve Master clutch valve - Remove

Prior operation:
WARNING
B026

face.
axle.
BAIL07APH285AVA 1

BTB0281A 2
BAIL07APH364AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 77

range clutch solenoids and the transmission oil
temperature sensor.
BAIL08APH020AVA 4
7. Disconnect the hydraulic oil pipe from the upper

union on the master clutch valve.
BAIL08APH016AVA 5
8. Remove the hydraulic oil pipe between the control

valve and the master clutch valve.
BAIL08APH017AVA 6
9. Remove the master clutch valve.
BAIL08APH018AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 78
Control valve Master clutch valve - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Remove the master clutch valve, for further information refer to Control valve Master clutch valve - Remove (C.20.D)
1. Remove the range clutch solenoids retaining

bracket.
BAIL08APH032AVA 1
2. Remove the range clutch solenoids.
BAIL08APH031AVA 2
3. Remove the pressure test ports.
BAIL08APH030AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 79
4. Remove and discard the O-ring seals from the pres-

sure test ports.
BAIL08APH029AVA 4
5. Remove both hydraulic line connectors from the

master clutch valve.
BAIL08APH028AVA 5
6. Remove the retaining bolts and separate both parts

of the master clutch valve.
BAIL08APH027AVA 6
7. Remove and discard the O-ring seals from the upper

hydraulic line connector.
BAIL08APH026AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 80
8. Remove and discard the O-ring seals from the lower

hydraulic line connector.
BAIL08APH025AVA 8
Next operation:
Assemble the master clutch valve, for further information refer to Control valve Master clutch valve - Assemble
(C.20.D)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 81
Control valve - Assemble

Prior operation:
Disassemble the control valve, for further information refer to Control valve - Disassemble (C.20.D).
1. Install four new O-ring seals.

For further information, refer to TRANSMISSION
Semi-Powershift - Sectional view (C.20.D).
NOTE: Wait 15 minutes before installing the piston into
the bore.
BAIL08APH064AVC 1
2. Install the inner piston.
BAIL08APH065AVA 2
3. Install the inner retaining ring.
BAIL08APH066AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 82
4. Install the piston and ring.
BAIL08APH061AVA 4
5. Install the circlip.
BAIL08APH060AVA 5
6. Install the retaining cap.
BAIL08APH059AVA 6
7. Install the circlip.
BAIL08APH058AVA 7
8. Repeat steps 1 to 7 to assemble the remaining piston

(if disassembled).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 83
9. Install the range synchroniser drive pistons housing.
BAIL08APH055AVA 8
Next operation:
Install the control valve, for further information refer to Control valve - Install (C.20.D).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 84
Control valve Master clutch valve - Install

Prior operation:
Remove the master clutch valve, for further information refer to Control valve Master clutch valve - Remove
(C.20.D).
WARNING
B026

mm bead of sealant.
Install the master clutch valve.
BAIL08APH018AVA 1
2. Install the hydraulic oil pipe between the control valve

and the master clutch valve.
BAIL08APH017AVA 2
3. Connect the hydraulic oil pipe to the upper union on

the master clutch valve.
BAIL08APH016AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 85

clutch solenoids and the transmission oil tempera-
ture sensor.
BAIL08APH020AVA 4

BAIL07APH364AVA 5

stands (1).
NOTE: If detached during removal, reattach the lift rods to
the lower links.
BTB0281A 6

BAIL07APH285AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 86
Next operation:
Connect the battery, for further information, refer to Battery - Connect (A.30.A).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 87
Control valve Master clutch valve - Assemble

Prior operation:
Disassemble the master clutch valve, for further information refer to Control valve Master clutch valve - Disassem-
ble (C.20.D)
1. Thoroughly clean the mating surfaces and install a

new gasket.
BAIL08APH024AVA 1
2. Install new O-ring seals on the lower hydraulic line

connector.
BAIL08APH025AVA 2
3. Install new O-ring seals on the upper hydraulic line

connector.
BAIL08APH026AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 88
4. Install both parts of the master clutch valve together.
BAIL08APH027AVA 4
5. Install both hydraulic line connectors to the master

clutch valve.
BAIL08APH028AVA 5
6. Install new O-ring seals on the pressure test ports.
BAIL08APH029AVA 6
7. Install the pressure test ports.
BAIL08APH030AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 89
8. Install the range clutch solenoids.
BAIL08APH031AVA 8
9. Install the range clutch solenoids retaining bracket.
BAIL08APH032AVA 9
Next operation:
Install the master clutch valve, for further information refer to Control valve Master clutch valve - Install (C.20.D)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 90
Gear and synchroniser - Remove

Prior operation:
Remove the transmission, for further information, refer to TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Remove (C.20.D)
1. Remove the cover and retrieve the shims behind.
BAIL08APH105AVA 1
2. Using a plastic hammer engage the medium/reverse

synchroniser with the medium gear.
BAIL08APH104AVA 2
3. Unstake the output shaft locknut.
BAIL08APH106AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 91
4. Install special tool 295049 (1) onto the transmission

housing, loosen the output shaft locknut using spe-
cial tool 293343 (2).
NOTICE: The output shaft locknut has a left-hand thread.
BAIL08APH107AVB 4
5. Return the medium/reverse synchroniser to the neu-

tral position.
6. Remove the output and input shaft bearing cap.
BAIL08APH108AVA 5
7. Using puller special tool 291051 (1) and suitable in-

serts, remove the medium range driven gear (2),
bearing and bush.
BAIL08APH109AVB 6
8. Using a suitable puller (1) and suitable inserts, re-

move the medium range drive gear (2), bearing and
bush.
BAIL08APH110AVB 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 92
9. Remove the blanking plugs and retrieve the springs

and actuating balls.
BAIL08APH111AVA 8
10. Remove the medium and reverse control fork locking

pins.
BAIL08APH112AVA 9
11. Remove the split pins and clevis pins. Slide out the
selector rails and retrieve the range selector fork.
Retrieve the interlock plunger located in the trans-
mission housing between the selector rails.
BAIL08APH113AVB 10
12. Remove the medium and reverse gear control fork

and synchroniser.
BAIL08APH114AVB 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 93
13. Remove the reverse driven gear, bushing and thrust

washer.
BAIL08APH115AVA 12
14. Remove the reverse drive gear.
BAIL08APH116AVA 13
15. Remove the reverse idler gear shaft setscrew.
BAIL08APH117AVA 14
16. Using a suitable m10 x 1.25 adaptor and a slide puller

(if necessary), remove the reverse idler gear shaft,
reverse idler gear and spacer.
BAIL08APH118AVA 15
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 94
17. Remove the low range driven gear.
BAIL08APH119AVA 16
18. Remove the low and high range control fork, syn-
chroniser and output shaft.
BAIL08APH120AVB 17
19. Remove the input shaft.
BAIL08APH121AVA 18
20. Remove the position sensor control forks. Retrieve

bushings and seals from the outside of the transmis-
sion housing.
BAIL08APH122AVA 19
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 95
Gear and synchroniser - Install

1. Install the position sensor control forks. Install the

bushings and seals from the outside of the transmis-
sion housing.
BAIL08APH122AVA 1
2. Install the input shaft.
BAIL08APH121AVA 2
3. Install the low and high range control fork, synchro-

niser and output shaft.
BAIL08APH120AVB 3
4. Install the low range driven gear.
BAIL08APH119AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 96
5. Install the spacer, reverse idler gear and the reverse

idler gear shaft.
BAIL08APH141AVA 5
6. Install the reverse drive gear.
BAIL08APH116AVA 6
7. Install the reverse driven gear, bushing and thrust

washer.
BAIL08APH115AVA 7
8. Install the reverse idler gear shaft setscrew.
BAIL08APH117AVA 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 97
9. Install the medium and reverse gear control fork and

synchroniser.
BAIL08APH114AVB 9
10. Install the lower selector rail, clevis pin and split pin.
BAIL08APH146AVA 10
11. Install the interlock plunger into the transmission

housing between the selector rails.
BAIL08APH137AVA 11
12. Install the upper selector rail, clevis pin and split pin.
BAIL08APH147AVA 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 98
13. Install the medium and reverse control fork locking

pins.
BAIL08APH112AVA 13
14. Install the actuating balls, springs and blanking

plugs.
BAIL08APH111AVA 14
15. Install the medium range drive gear and bush.
BAIL08APH144AVA 15
16. Install the medium range driven gear and bush.
BAIL08APH143AVA 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 99
17. Install the output and input shaft bearing cap.

Tighten the retaining bolts to 49 Nm (36.1 lb ft)
BAIL08APH108AVA 17
18. Using a plastic hammer engage the medium/reverse

synchroniser with the medium gear.
BAIL08APH104AVA 18
19. Carry out the input and output shaft taper bearing ad-
justment, for further information refer to TRANSMIS-
SION Semi-Powershift - Adjust (C.20.D)
20. Install special tool 295049 (1) onto the transmission
housing, tighten the output shaft locknut using spe-
cial tool 293343 (2) .
Tighten the retaining nut to 294 Nm (216.8 lb ft)
NOTICE: The output shaft locknut has a left-hand thread.
BAIL08APH107AVC 19
21. Return the medium/reverse synchroniser to the neu-

tral position.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 100
22. Stake the output shaft locknut.
BAIL08APH106AVA 20
23. Install the cover and the shims calculated in step 19.
BAIL08APH105AVA 21
Next operation:
Assemble the transmission, for further information refer to TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Assemble (C.20.D).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 101
Clutch and gear Master clutch - Remove

Prior operation:
Remove the transmission, for further information, refer to TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Remove (C.20.D)
1. Remove the bolts that retain the clutch A cover to the

transmission housing.
BAIL08APH005AVA 1
2. Insert three bolts into the threaded holes and screw

them in until detaching the cover along with clutch A
from the transmission housing.
BAIL08APH006AVA 2
3. Remove the circlip and the clutch housing end plate.
BAIL08APH007AVC 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 102
4. Remove the clutch drive and driven discs, centering

springs and locating pin (if fitted).
BAIL08APH008AVB 4
5. Install special tool 295021 (1) to the clutch B housing.

Using the special tool (2), compress the Belleville
springs.
BAIL08APH067AVB 5
6. Remove the retaining ring. Slowly and carefully re-

lease the pressure on the special tool and remove
the special tools from the B clutch housing.
BAIL08APH068AVA 6
7. Remove the Belleville springs.
BAIL08APH069AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 103
8. Remove the retaining ring.
BAIL08APH070AVA 8
9. Using compressed air in the inlet port, detach the

piston from the clutch B housing.
BAIL08APH071AVA 9
10. Remove the piston from the clutch B housing.
BAIL08APH072AVA 10
11. Remove and discard the piston seal.
BAIL08APH073AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 104
12. Remove the clutch B housing from the transmission

housing.
BAIL08APH074AVA 12
Next operation:
Install the master clutch, for further information, refer to Clutch and gear Master clutch - Install (C.20.D)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 105
Clutch and gear Master clutch - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Remove the master clutch, for further information, refer to Clutch and gear Master clutch - Remove (C.20.D)
1. Remove the master clutch housing circlip.
BAIL08APH009AVA 1
2. Remove the hub.
BAIL08APH011AVA 2
3. Remove the clutch drive and driven discs, centering

springs and locating pin .
BAIL08APH012AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 106
4. Remove and discard the master clutch housing seal.
BAIL08APH010AVA 4
5. Remove the inner circlip from the master clutch hous-

ing and withdraw clutch A from the housing.
BAIL08APH044AVA 5
6. Install special tool 295021 (1) to the clutch A housing.

springs.
BAIL08APH045AVB 6

the special tools from the A clutch housing.
BAIL08APH046AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 107
BAIL08APH047AVA 8
9. Using compressed air in the inlet port, remove the

piston from the clutch A housing.
BAIL08APH048AVA 9
10. Remove and discard the piston seal.
BAIL08APH049AVA 10
11. Remove the outer circlip from the master clutch

housing.
BAIL08APH050AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 108
12. Remove the bearing from the master clutch housing.
BAIL08APH051AVA 12
Next operation:
Assemble the master clutch, for further information, refer to Clutch and gear Master clutch - Assemble (C.20.D)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 109
Clutch and gear Speed clutch - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Remove the speed clutch, for further information, refer to TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Disassemble (C.20.D)
1. Remove the speed clutch housing circlip.
BAIL08APH037AVA 1
2. Remove the speed clutch housing end plate and the

clutch drive and driven discs.
BAIL08APH038AVA 2
3. Install special tool 295021 (1) to the speed clutch

housing. Using the special tool (2), compress the
Belleville springs.
BAIL08APH039AVB 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 110

the special tools from the speed clutch housing.
BAIL08APH040AVA 4
BAIL08APH041AVA 5

piston from the speed clutch housing.
BAIL08APH042AVA 6
7. Remove and discard the piston seals.
BAIL08APH043AVA 7
8. Repeat steps 1 to 7 to disassemble clutches D and

E.
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 111
Assemble the speed clutch, for further information, refer to Clutch and gear Speed clutch - Assemble (C.20.D)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 112
Clutch and gear Master clutch - Assemble

1. Install the bearing into the master clutch housing.
BAIL08APH051AVA 1
2. Install the outer circlip into the master clutch housing.

NOTE: When reinstalling the circlip (1) into the master
clutch housing, make sure that the oil leak-off hole (2) is
exactly in the middle of the circlip ends.
BAIL08APH050AVB 2
3. Install a new piston seal.
BAIL08APH049AVA 3
4. Install the piston into the clutch A housing.
BAIL08APH130AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 113
5. Install the Belleville springs.
BAIL08APH047AVA 5
6. Install special tool 295021 (1) to the clutch A housing.

springs.
BAIL08APH045AVB 6
7. Install the retaining ring. Slowly and carefully release

the pressure on the special tool and remove the spe-
cial tools from the A clutch housing.
BAIL08APH046AVA 7
8. Install clutch A into the master clutch housing and

install the inner circlip.
BAIL08APH044AVA 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 114
9. Install a new master clutch housing seal.
BAIL08APH010AVA 9
10. When installing the centering springs in step 11,

make sure that:
the open ends of the springs (1) are all aligned with
the same tooth in the clutch housing
the ends of the springs are oriented towards the pis-
ton (2)
the locating pin (3) fits into the groove
BAIL08APH157FVB 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 115
11. Install the clutch drive and driven discs, centering

springs and the locating pin.
BAIL08APH012AVA 11
12. Install the hub.
BAIL08APH011AVA 12
13. Install the master clutch housing circlip.
BAIL08APH009AVA 13
Next operation:
Install the master clutch, for further information, refer to Clutch and gear Master clutch - Install (C.20.D)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 116
Clutch and gear Speed clutch - Assemble

Prior operation:
Disassemble the speed clutch, for further information refer to Clutch and gear Speed clutch - Disassemble (C.20.D)
1. Install new piston seals.
BAIL08APH043AVA 1
2. Install the piston into the speed clutch housing.
BAIL08APH124AVA 2
BAIL08APH041AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 117
4. Install special tool 295021 (1) to the speed clutch

Belleville springs.
BAIL08APH039AVB 4

cial tools from the speed clutch housing.
BAIL08APH040AVA 5
6. Install the clutch drive and driven discs and the speed
clutch housing end plate.
BAIL08APH038AVA 6
7. Install the speed clutch housing circlip.
BAIL08APH037AVA 7
8. Repeat steps 1 to 7 to assemble clutches D and E.
Next operation:
Install the speed clutch, for further information, refer to TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Assemble (C.20.D)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 118
Clutch and gear Master clutch - Install

Prior operation:
Remove the master clutch, for further information refer to Clutch and gear Master clutch - Remove (C.20.D)
1. Install the clutch B housing into the transmission

housing.
BAIL08APH074AVA 1
2. Install a new piston seal.
BAIL08APH073AVA 2
3. Install the piston into the clutch B housing.
BAIL08APH072AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 119
4. Install the retaining ring.
BAIL08APH070AVA 4
BAIL08APH069AVA 5
6. Install special tool 380000291 (1) to the clutch B

Belleville springs.
BAIL08APH067AVB 6

cial tools from the B clutch housing.
BAIL08APH068AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 120
8. Install the clutch drive and driven discs, centering

springs and locating pin (if fitted).
BAIL08APH008AVB 8
9. Install the clutch housing end plate and retaining cir-

clip.
BAIL08APH007AVC 9
10. Install clutch A into the transmission housing.
BAIL08APH005AVA 10
Next operation:
Install the transmission, for further information refer to TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Install (C.20.D)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 121
Electrical control Range clutch solenoid - Remove

Prior operation:
WARNING
B026

face.
axle.
BAIL07APH285AVA 1

BTB0281A 2
BAIL07APH364AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 122

range clutch solenoids.
BAIL08APH019AVA 4
7. Remove the range clutch solenoids retaining

bracket.
BAIL08APH021AVA 5
8. Remove the range clutch solenoid(s).
BAIL08APH022AVA 6
9. Remove and discard the range clutch solenoid

O-ring seals.
BAIL08APH023AVA 7
Next operation:
Install the range clutch solenoid, for further information refer to Electrical control Range clutch solenoid - Install
(C.20.D)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 123
Electrical control Range clutch solenoid - Install

Prior operation:
Remove the master clutch valve solenoid, for further information refer to Electrical control Range clutch solenoid
- Remove (C.20.D)
WARNING
B026
1. Install new range clutch solenoid O-ring seals.
BAIL08APH023AVA 1
2. Install the range clutch solenoid(s).
BAIL08APH022AVB 2
3. Install the range clutch solenoids retaining bracket.
BAIL08APH021AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 124

clutch solenoids.
BAIL08APH019AVA 4

BAIL07APH364AVA 5

stands (1).
the lower links.
BTB0281A 6

BAIL07APH285AVA 7
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 125
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 126
Electrical control Range synchroniser solenoid - Remove

Prior operation:
1. WARNING
Avoid injury!
Handle all parts carefully. Do not place
your hands or fingers between parts. Use
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
as indicated in this manual, including
protective goggles, gloves, and safety
footwear.
serious injury.
W0208A
Make sure that the vehicle is parked on a level sur-

face.
axle.
BAIL07APH285AVA 1

BTB0281A 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 127
5. WARNING
Heavy parts!
The wheels are very heavy. Handle with
care. Make sure that the wheels, when
stored, cannot fall over and cause injury.
serious injury.
W0403A
BAIL10CVT507AVA 3
6. Disconnect the electrical connector from the range

synchroniser solenoid(s).
BAIL08APH036AVB 4
7. Remove the range synchroniser solenoids retaining

bracket.
BAIL08APH035AVA 5
8. Remove the range synchroniser solenoid(s).
BAIL08APH034AVB 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 128
9. Remove and discard the range synchroniser sole-

noid O-ring seals.
BAIL08APH033AVA 7
Next operation:
Install the range synchroniser solenoid, for further information refer to Electrical control Range synchroniser sole-
noid - Install (C.20.D).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 129
Electrical control Range synchroniser solenoid - Install

Prior operation:
Remove the range synchroniser solenoid, for further information refer to Electrical control Range synchroniser
solenoid - Remove (C.20.D).
1. WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
serious injury.
W0208A
Install new range synchroniser solenoid O-ring seals.

BAIL08APH033AVA 1
2. Install the range synchroniser solenoid(s).
BAIL08APH034AVC 2
3. Install the range synchroniser solenoids retaining

bracket.
BAIL08APH035AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 130
4. Connect the electrical connector to the range syn-

chroniser solenoid(s).
BAIL08APH036AVB 4
5. WARNING
Heavy parts!
The wheels are very heavy. Handle with
care. Make sure that the wheels, when
stored, cannot fall over and cause injury.
serious injury.
W0403A
Install the right-hand rear wheel.

BAIL10CVT507AVA 5
6. Raise the rear of the tractor and remove the two axle
stands (1) under the final drive cases.
BTB0281A 6
7. Lower the tractor.

BAIL07APH285AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 131
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 132
Index

Clutch and gear Master clutch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Clutch and gear Master clutch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Clutch and gear Master clutch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Clutch and gear Master clutch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Clutch and gear Speed clutch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Clutch and gear Speed clutch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Control valve - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Control valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Control valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Control valve Master clutch valve - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Control valve Master clutch valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Control valve Master clutch valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Control valve Master clutch valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Electrical control Range clutch solenoid - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Electrical control Range clutch solenoid - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Electrical control Range synchroniser solenoid - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Electrical control Range synchroniser solenoid - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Gear and synchroniser - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Gear and synchroniser - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 133
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.D / 134
TRANSMISSION Powershift - 20.E
T7.170 Power Command

84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
TRANSMISSION Powershift
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T7.170 Power Command, T7.185 Power Command, T7.200 Power Command, T7.210 Power Command
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
SERVICE
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Leakage test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Housing
Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 2
TRANSMISSION, DRIVE AND PTO OUT - TRANSMISSION Powershift
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Torque

Tightening Torques
lbf.ft NM
Bolts, transmission housing M14 150 200 Nm
Bolts, transmission housing M16 220 295 Nm
BSD2225A 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 3
BRI4101C 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 4
BSB0240A 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 5
BRJ4961B 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 6
TRANSMISSION Powershift - General specification

Transmission 17/18/19 forward and 6 reverse gears, controlled

by nine hydraulically engaged clutches via
processor driven PWM valves
Number of driven discs-Clutch A 5
Gear type helical toothed, constant mesh
- Reduction ratios:
Forward 1 (F1) (62/28) : (53/14) = 1 : 8.383
Forward 2 (F2) (65/28) : (51/41) = 1 : 2.888
Forward 3 (F3) 1
Speed shift controls by two buttons located on the control lever
Transmission lubrication Via the main hydraulic pump
- Thickness of driven discs - Clutch A mm 2.65 - 2.75
Number of drive discs - Clutch A 5
- Thickness of drive discs - Clutch A mm 1.80 - 2.00
Multi-pack clutch A thickness under a mm 23.5 - 23.7
load of 163 kg ( 1600 N)
Number of Belleville springs - Clutch A 7
- Free spring length - Clutch A mm 32
- Compressed spring length under a mm 23
load of 215 kg ( 2108 N)
Number of driven discs-Fast Clutch 10

Number of driven discs-Clutches D-E 6
Number of driven discs-Clutch C 8
Number of driven discs-Clutch B 5
- Thickness of driven discs - Clutch B mm 2.65 - 2.75
Number of drive discs - Clutch B 5
- Thickness of drive discs - Clutch B mm 1.80 - 2.00
Multi-pack clutch B thickness under a load of mm 23.5 - 23.7
163 kg ( 1600 N)
Number of Belleville springs - Clutch B 7
- Free spring length - Clutch B mm 32
- Compressed spring length under a load of mm 23
215 kg ( 2108 N)
- Thickness of driven discs - Clutch C mm 2.70 - 2.80
Number of drive discs - Clutch C 8
- Thickness of drive discs - Clutch C mm 1.5-1.7
Multi-pack clutch C thickness under a load of mm 26.2 - 26.4
163 kg ( 1600 N)
Number of Belleville springs - Clutch C 8
- Free spring length - Clutch C mm 54.7
- Compressed spring length under a load of mm 46
182 kg ( 1784 N)
- Thickness of driven discs - Clutches D-E mm 2.70 - 2.80
Number of drive discs - Clutches D-E 6
- Thickness of drive discs - Clutches D-E mm 1.5-1.7
Multi-pack clutches D-E thickness under a mm 26.2 - 26.4
load of 163 kg ( 1600 N)
Number of Belleville springs - Clutches D-E 6
- Free spring length - Clutches D-E mm 4.1
- Compressed spring length under a load of mm 3.22
182 kg ( 1784 N)
- Thickness of driven discs - Fast Clutch mm 2.70 - 2.80
Number of drive discs - Fast Clutch 10
- Thickness of drive discs - Fast Clutch mm 1.5-1.7
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 7
Multi-pack Fast clutch thickness under a load mm 42.9-43.1

of 163 kg ( 1600 N)
Number of Belleville springs - Fast Clutch 8
- Free spring length - Fast Clutch mm 38.4
- Compressed spring length under a load of mm 24.4
4820 N
Number of driven discs - Slow Clutch 14

Number of driven discs - Clutches 12
Medium & Reverse
PTO drive shaft (7) diameter at the mm 31.950 - 31.975
bushing
- Thickness of driven discs - Slow Clutch mm 2.40 - 2.50
Number of drive discs - Slow Clutch 14
- Thickness of drive discs - Slow Clutch mm 1.5-1.7
Multi-pack Slow clutch thickness under mm 55.9-56.1
a load of 163 kg ( 1600 N)
Number of Belleville springs - Slow 12
Clutch
- Free spring length - Slow Clutch mm 57.6
- Compressed spring length under a mm 36.6
load of 4820 N
- Thickness of driven discs - Clutches mm 2.70 - 2.80
Medium & Reverse
Number of drive discs - Clutches 12
Medium & Reverse
- Thickness of drive discs - Clutches mm 1.5-1.7
Medium & Reverse
Multi-pack clutches Medium & Reverse mm 51.5-51.7
thickness under a load of 163 kg ( 1600
N)
Number of Belleville springs - Clutches 12
Medium & Reverse
- Free spring length - Clutches Medium mm 57.6
& Reverse
- Compressed spring length under a mm 36.6
load of 4820
Press-fit bush inner diameter mm 31.990 - 32.085 ( ° )
PTO drive shaft to bushes clearance mm 0.015 - 0.135
Medium Clutch Bearing Shims (rolling mm 8.900 - 9.650 in 0.025 steps
resistance adjustment)
`C' Clutch Bearing Shims (rolling 9.800 - 10.700 in 0.025 steps
resistance adjustment) mm
Upper speed shaft assembly shims mm 3.80 - 4.80 in 0.05 steps
Output shaft and Medium clutch mm 1.50 - 3.40 in 0.05 steps
assembly endfloat shims
Transmission output shaft thrust washer mm 3.95 - 4.00
Low pressure regulation valve spring
- Free spring length mm 127
- Compressed spring length under a mm 107.4-101.2
load of 278 - 304 N ( 28.4 - 31 kg)
Low pressure setting bar (kg/cm2) 16.7 - 17.6 (1.7 - 1.8)
Lubrication pressure regulation valve
spring :
- Free spring length mm 35.5
- Compressed spring length under a mm 26-25
load of 37 - 41 N ( 3.8 - 4.2 kg)
Lubrication pressure bar (kg/cm2) 3.0-3.7 (29.5-36.5)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 8
(°) Final dimension to be obtained without grinding
SPECIFICATIONS - CREEPER GEARS
Type epicyclic spur gear set

- Reduction ratio: 20 : (20+100) = 1:6
Control type Hydraulically operated linkage via solenoid.
Creeper housing and driven gear thrust mm 1.465 to1.535
washer thickness
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Special tools

NOTE: The operations described in this section can only be carried out with the ESSENTIAL tools indicated by an
(X). To work safely and efficiently and obtain the best results, it is also necessary to use the recommended specific
tools listed below and certain other tools, which are to be made according to the drawings included in this manual.
Part No. Description Previous No.

380000301 Rotary stand 290090
380000543 Quick release coupler 291924
380000458 Range input and output shaft end 292176
play test tool
(use with 380000568)
380000459 Output Shaft Socket 65 mm 293343
380000291 Clutch Piston Return Spring 295021
Compressor
380000843 (X) Diagnostic switch
380000489 Limp Home Harness 295045
380000568 Range input and output shaft bearing 297396
adjustment tool.
380000569 Tractor separation stand 297471
380000495 Transmission end casing lifting hook 297612
(Qty 3).
380000496 Medium clutch shaft adaptor 297613
380000497 (X) Medium and ’C’ clutch hub bearing 297614 (X)
setting tool
380000498 Manifold bush removal tool 297615
380000499 Transmission overhaul brackets 297616 (use with stand tool
(use with stand tool no. 380000301) no.290090 )
380000403 Lifting Brackets
Tool to be fabricated for input and output shaft bearing assembly (Mark tool with no. 50108 - Dimensions in mm).
Fabricate tool using UNI C40 material.
25291_71 1
Alignment pins to be fabricated for engine and speed clutch/transmission housing removal/installation (Mark tool with
no. 50117 - Dimensions in mm).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 9
25292_72 2
Adapter to be fabricated for reverse idler gear pin removal (Mark tool with no. 50143 - Dimensions in mm).
25280_73 3
Transmission Locking Tool
(Manufacture locally)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 10
BTB0144B 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 11
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Sectional view

POWER COMMAND TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 13
1. Input shaft seal

2. Flywheel
3. Flywheel to transmission damper
4. Clutch housing cover
5. Clutch 'A'
6. Clutch 'B'
7. Top shaft adjustment shim
8. Reverse clutch driven gear (meshes with medium
clutch driven gear)
9. Reverse (R) clutch
10. Transmission end housing
11. Slow speed idler gear
12. Power Take Off driveshaft
13. Transmission output shaft
14. Output shaft endfloat adjustment shims
15. Slow (S) range clutch
16. Medium range clutch assembly, endfloat adjustment
shims
17. Medium clutch hub bearing preload shims
18. Medium (M) range clutch
19. Medium clutch driven gear (meshes with reverse
clutch driven gear)
20. Clutch 'E'
21. Clutches 'C' and 'D'
22. Clutch 'C' hub bearing preload shims
23. Four wheel drive shaft
24. Lube oil transfer tube
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 14
BRI3765B 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 15
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 16
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Dynamic description

The Power Command transmission is an electronically-controlled full powershift transmission of the latest design.
Depending on the legal requirements in the user's country, the following transmission versions are available:
50 km/h 19 forward and 6 reverse gears plus optional 10 x 6

creeper range.
creeper range.
creeper range.
NOTICE: Before towing the tractor, ensure that the selector control for the creeper range (where fitted) is in the OFF
position. If possible, let the engine run at idling speed, so that the lubrication of the transmission is further guaranteed.
NOTICE: Tractors with Power Command transmission, a full powershift transmission, cannot be tow started and must
not under any circumstances be towed for long distances. At the most, they may be pulled to the edge of the field or
onto a trailer or lorry. When towing the tractor, the speed must not be more than 5 Km/h ( 3.1 MPH) with the engine
switched off or 10 Km/h ( 6.2 MPH) with the engine running.
Powershift control lever
The Power Command transmission is switched with a Powershift control and two push buttons mounted thereon. The
push buttons make it possible to upshift and downshift the gears while driving and under load, even during work such
as ploughing, etc.
All gears can be individually engaged using the upshift button (2) or downshift button (1). A digital display (3) on the
Powershift control lever indicates the currently engaged gear. You do not need to depress the clutch pedal to operate
the upshift and downshift button.
BRI4087G 1
The full powershift transmission is switched with a Powershift control and two push buttons mounted thereon. The
push buttons make it possible to upshift and downshift the gears while driving and under load, even during work such
as ploughing, etc.
All gears can be individually engaged using the upshift button or downshift button . A digital display on the control
panel indicates the currently engaged gear. You do not need to depress the clutch pedal to operate the upshift and
downshift button
.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 17
BAIL09CCM077AVA 2
BRJ5008B 3
BRL6070A 4
The armrest position switch is located on the inside of the right hand armrest.
Shuttle lever
The shuttle lever on the left of the steering wheel is used to select the direction of travel. The lever is spring-loaded
to prevent inadvertent movement of the tractor. It is not necessary to depress the clutch pedal when operating the
shuttle lever.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 18
SS09D120 5
Models with SideWinder™
1. Forward 2. Reverse
3. Rest or Neutral with button (B) depressed 4. Pre-engage Park Brake
5. Engage Park Brake
NOTE: If you put the shuttle lever on forward or reverse travel when the handbrake is applied, an alarm sounds. In
addition, forwards and reverse travel can only be engaged when the driver is sitting on the driver's seat and either:-
depresses and then releases the clutch pedal, while the shuttle lever is in the Neutral position,
or
the handbrake is released and the shuttle lever is in Neutral.
NOTE: When stopping the tractor, it is sensible to switch the shuttle lever to Neutral before switching off the engine.
NOTE: Prevent the tractor rolling away inadvertently. Always put the shuttle lever into Neutral, switch the engine off
and apply the parking brake, before you get out of the tractor. The transmission cannot prevent the tractor from rolling
when the engine is shut off.
NOTE: At low temperatures, upshifting and downshifting is limited to the lower gears, until the transmission oil has
warmed up to 10 ° C ( 50 ° F). If upshifting is limited, this is indicated by the warning 'CL' being displayed on the digital
transmission display.
NOTE: If you work at temperatures below - 18 ° C ( 0 ° F) and the transmission oil is still cold, you should not use the
shuttle switch until the oil has warmed up sufficiently.
Clutch pedal
There is a clutch pedal (1) but it is not needed for changing gear and direction of travel.
The clutch pedal is required only for positioning the tractor to attach equipment or if operating in confined spaces,
when the low ratios do not provide a slow enough speed to give precise control, despite low engine speed.
BRJ4901B 6
NOTE: If the tractor is stationary for longer than 30 seconds with the engine running and selector controls in Neutral,
the clutch must be fully depressed to engage the transmission again.
NOTICE: To avoid premature wear, do not use the clutch pedal as a footrest.
Driving the tractor
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 19
To start the engine, put the shuttle lever in Neutral and depress the clutch pedal. The LCD on the instrument panel
will display 'N'. This will be repeated in the transmission display by a frame surrounding the 'N' (for Neutral) symbol.
The figure '7' will also appear in the transmission display. (When the tractor is initially started, the transmission will
automatically select 7th gear.)
BRI4011A 7
NOTE: Neutral start switches prevent operation of the starter motor before the shuttle lever is in neutral and the clutch
pedal depressed.
To switch to forward travel, with the engine running at minimum speed, pull the shuttle lever against the slight spring
pressure towards the steering wheel and then press it up. The frame around the 'N' will move up to enclose the
forward travel symbol. Each time the shuttle lever is operated, the frame will move to highlight the forward travel,
neutral or or reverse travel symbol.
SS09D120 8
1. Forward 2. Reverse
After the tractor moves off, use the upshift button (2) or downshift button (1), as described above, to select the desired
gear. An example of a display is shown in position (3), where you can see that the upper tractor symbol stands
for Forwards and the number '10' indicates that 10th gear is selected. The LCD segment for 10th gear will also be
displayed.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 20
BRI4087F 9
After the tractor moves off, use the upshift button or downshift button , as described above, to select the desired gear.
The upper tractor symbol will be displayed in the control panel. The LCD segment for 10th gear will also be displayed
BAIL09CCM077AVA 10
NOTE: A lower or higher gear may also be selected before pulling away. If a gear higher than 12th gear is selected,
the electronic control still engages 12th gear, as this is the highest gear permitted for pulling away from stationary. If,
for example, 15th gear is selected before pulling away, the 15th gear segment will flash and the 12th gear segment will
be lit steady. The tractor will pull away in 12th gear and change up to the selected gear as soon as engine load, engine
speed and road speed permit it. The segments for 13th and 14th gears will appear, as these gears are automatically
selected. As soon as the required gear is engaged, then the 15th gear segment will stop flashing and become steady
.
To reverse the direction of travel, reduce engine speed, pull the shuttle lever (1) toward the steering wheel, then move
it down.
SS09D120 11
1.Forward 2. Reverse
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 21
NOTE: When changing from forward to reverse travel, the nearest available gear will be selected. As there are six
ratios available in reverse, the ground speed in reverse gear may be different to the speed in the selected forward
gear.
If you are travelling in a high gear, for example forward F15, and move the shuttle lever to the reverse position, the
transmission will select the highest available ratio in reverse (R6).
If you then move the shuttle lever control to forward, gear F12 is engaged and the F12 segment is displayed on the
display.
BRI4012A 12
In the unlikely event of a fault in the electronic transmission control, the fault symbol (1) or the warning light lights up
and a four-digit error code (2) is displayed in the dot matrix display in the instrument cluster. The transmission error
codes begin with the number '2'.
The code indicates the tractor circuit or sensor in which the fault lies and the type of fault, e. g. an open circuit, short
circuit, etc. See the list of error codes, .
.
There are several error codes that require an action from the driver, which are also displayed on the dot matrix display:
Error code Require action

P Parking brake or Park lock on, release to move the tractor.
CP Depress clutch pedal to enable transmission to re-engage (restore drive).
N Move the shuttle lever to Neutral.
CREEPER GEARS
(where fitted)
For operations requiring extra low ground speeds, a reduction gear set (creeper gears) is available. This reduction
gear set is installed in the main transmission housing and has a reduction ratio of 6:1.
With the reduction gears, an additional 10 forward and 6 reverse creeper gear ratios are provided. The creeper gears
have the effect of reducing the ratios within the main transmission to provide very low operating speeds.
Engaging the creeper gears

NOTICE: Creeper gears make very low ground speeds possible. The greatly increased torque produced by the re-
duction should not be used to apply excessive draft loads to the tractor.
The creeper gears are selected using the following procedure:

Downshift to 1st gear and, with the engine running depress and hold the clutch and brake pedals. Depress and hold
the downshift button until the transmission shifts to 10th gear in the creeper range. The symbol for the creeper speeds
will appear in the transmission display.
Release the downshift button and the clutch and brake pedals. The appropriate creeper speed can now be selected
using the upshift and downshift buttons.
To reengage the standard gear ratios, upshift to 10th creeper speed and depress/hold the clutch and brake pedals.
Hold down the transmission upshift button until 1st gear is engaged, the creeper symbol will disappear from the dis-
play.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 22
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Prior to servicing the full powershift transmission, it is necessary to remove the transmission housing following the
procedure detailed in Housing - Disconnect (C.20.E) .
1. WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
serious injury.
W0208A
Fix the transmission housing on the rotary stand tool

380000301 using front (1) and rear (2) brackets, tools
380000499 and the locating pin supplied with brack- BTB0046B 1
ets, which locates in transmission drain plug hole.

2. Remove the top cover, (1) and the 3 oil transfer tubes
and “O" rings.
BRJ5224A 2
3. Remove the “A" clutch supply pipe (1) and the PWM
valve manifold (2).
BRJ5224A 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 23
4. Remove the 2 speed sensors.
BRJ5271B 4
5. Remove Reverse, Medium, Fast and Slow range

pressure test couplers, (Medium range test coupler
at bottom of transmission ).
6. Remove “A" clutch supply coupling and tube from
A/B clutch housing.
BRB0249A 5
7. Remove Reverse clutch circlip from end cap and re-

move the cap using an 10x 1.5 mm coarse threaded
bolt screwed into the end of it.
BRB0250A 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 24
8. Insert a suitable tool through the speed sensor orifice

to lock the Reverse shaft. Unlock tabs on the nut at
the front end of the Reverse shaft and unscrew the
nut using a 55 mm socket.
BSI7705AA 7
9. With the transmission still in the horizontal position,

remove the A/B clutch housing.
BTB0035A 8
10. Remove the circlip retaining the B clutch, clutch

plates and remove the plates from the housing.
BTB0036A 9
11. Using special tool No 380000291 to compress the

belleville washers, remove the circlip and washers
from the B clutch housing.
BTB0037A 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 25
12. Withdraw the clutch piston assembly using two M5

screws placed in the piston.
BSD2143A 11
13. Remove the retaining ring (1)and withdraw the clutch

B housing.
NOTE: Before removing the 'B' clutch housing check for
excessive movement and wear at the rear of the housing.
23380 12
14. Remove the oil manifold.
BRB0265A 13
15. Remove the 4 oil supply tubes and “O" rings from
behind the manifold.
BRB0266A 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 26
16. Remove the speed section upper front shaft.
BRB0269A 15
17. Remove the circlip from the front end of the upper
speed shaft.
NOTE: Check the circlip for wear. Excessive wear may
cause the upper shaft endfloat to be higher than specified.
Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift - Adjust (C.20.E).
1b0o2004095000 16
18. Remove the gear, shim and spacer from the upper
speed shaft.
BRB0271A 17
19. Ensure that the transmission is still locked using the

special tool in the reverse clutch speed sensor hole.
BSI7705AA 18
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 27
20. Release the tabs on nut at the front end of the lower
speed shaft and unscrew the nut using a 60 mm
socket. Remove the holding tool.
NOTE: It is not necessary to loosen this nut if this section
of the transmission does not require disassembly.
BRB0289A 19
21. Remove the belleville washer, clutch manifold, the

2 “O"-rings from the end of the shaft and the shaft
support bearing.
BRB0276A_818 20
22. Rotate the transmission so that the rear end is at the

top. Remove the 8 transmission end plate screws
and end plate.
BRB0252A 21
23. Unlock tabs on the nut at the rear end of the Fast/
slow range shaft and unscrew, lock the transmission
with the locking tool inserted through the mid-speed
sensor hole. Remove the nut using either special tool
380000459 or a 65 mm socket.
Remove shims from the end of the shaft.
NOTE: The nut has a left hand thread.
BTB0039A 22
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 28
24. Remove the circlip and shims from the rear end of
the Medium range shaft.
BRB0254A 23
25. Remove end casing bolts and lift off the end casing
using the three special lifting hooks, , spaced equally
around the end casing.
BTB0040A 24
26. Remove the four wheel drive shaft cassette seal (1)
located in the front of the transmission.
Remove the outer retaining circlip (2). The four
wheel drive shaft can then be removed from the
front.
BSD2194A 25
27. Install the gear locking tool through the reverse

speed sensor hole. Unlock the tabs on the nut at the
rear end of the Medium range shaft and loosen the
nut using a 70 mm socket.
BRB0256A 26
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 29
28. Remove the oil splash plate baffle.
BRB0257A 27
29. Install the lifting adaptor tool, 380000496, into the

medium clutch assembly.
BTB0043B 28
30. Fit the special lifting hooks to the end of the 3 range
shafts, using M14x1.5 bolts to secure.
BRB0258B 29
31. Remove Fast / Slow shaft assembly.
BTB0044A 30
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 30
32. Remove the circlip from the fast clutch hub and re-
move the hub.
BRB0260A 31
33. Remove the Reverse shaft assembly.
BTB0042A 32
34. Remove the Medium range shaft assembly.
BTB0040A_93 33
35. Remove the oil supply pipes for Fast and Slow
clutches and the lubrication pipe.
BRB0264A 34
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 31
36. Remove the transmission upper speed shaft bearing

retainer.
BSD2191A 35
37. Knock the upper speed shaft out from the front of
the transmission and remove from the rear. Lift the
cluster gear out from the top of the transmission.
BRB0273A 36
38. Withdraw the lower shaft from the rear of the trans-
mission.
BRB0277A 37
39. Rotate the transmission to position the rear upper-

most and remove the washer from the lower shaft
support.
BRB0278A 38
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 32
40. Remove the “E" clutch pack
BRB0279A 39
41. Remove the “D" clutch output hub and gear.
BRB0280A 40
42. Remove the “C/D" clutch assembly and remove the

clutch bearing shim and spacer.
BRB0281A 41
43. Unscrew the lubrication relief valve nut from the front
of the transmission and remove the valve and pipe.
Note location of the 2 copper washers.
BRB0282A_94 42
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 33
44. Remove the lubrication pipes and T piece.
BRB0283A 43
45. Remove the lower oil baffle plate.
BRB0284A 44
46. Remove the fuel tank cross-over tube retaining bolt

on the right hand side of the transmission and re-
move the tube.
BRB0285A 45
Next operation:
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Assemble (C.20.E)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 34
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Assemble

Prior operation:
Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift - Adjust (C.20.E)
1. WARNING
Heavy objects!
serious injury.
W0398A
Apply petroleum jelly to the contact surfaces be-

tween the fuel cross pipe and the transmission
casing and install the pipe from the right side of the
transmission. Secure with the retaining bolt. BRB0285A 1
2. Install the lower splash plate with the 4 Allen key bolts
and spacers using , ( New Holland Thread lock and
Seal adhesive Part No.82995773 ) on the bolts.
BRB0284A 2
3. Replace the lubrication pipes and Tee-piece.
BRB0283A 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 35
4. Install the lubrication relief valve and tighten the nut

to 68 - 84 Nm. Ensure copper washers are correctly
located either side of the tube.
BRB0286A 4
5. Rotate the transmission so that rear is uppermost.

With the front bearing shim and spacer removed, in-
stall the C/D clutch assembly (including “C" clutch
gear cluster) into the transmission ensuring that the
oilway alignment marking on the clutch is visible.
NOTE: Prior to installation of the C/D clutch assembly it
is necessary to check that the taper bearing rolling resis-
tance is within specification, as described in TRANSMIS-
SION Powershift - Overhaul (C.20.E).
BRB0281A_803 5
6. Install the “D" clutch output hub and gear.
BRB0280A_783 6
7. Install the “E" clutch pack ensuring that the oilway

marking is in line with those on the C/D clutch as-
sembly.
BRB0287A 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 36
8. Carefully push the lower speed shaft down through

the clutch packs ensuring that the marking hole is in
line with the markings on the clutch packs.
BRB0288A 8
9. Rotate the transmission to the horizontal position

and install the upper speed shaft from the rear of
the transmission, pushing it through the gear cluster
which is inserted through the top of the transmission.
NOTE: Prior to installation of the upper shaft it is neces-
sary to check that the upper shaft component end play
is within specification, as described in TRANSMISSION
Powershift - Adjust (C.20.E).
BRB0273A 9
10. Install the spacer, shims and gear and retain with the
circlip, through the front of the transmission.
BRB0271A_807 10
11. Install the upper speed shaft bearing retaining plate,

using the two lower bolts only at this stage, at the
rear of the transmission. Tighten the bolts to 22-25
Nm.
NOTE: Use New Holland thread lock and seal adhesive,
Part No.82995773, on the bolts.
BRB0272A 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 37
12. Rotate the transmission to the vertical position and

install the oil supply pipes for Fast & Slow clutches
and lubrication pipe.
BRB0264A 12
13. Install Medium range shaft assembly

NOTE: Prior to installation of the medium clutch assem-
bly it is necessary to check that the taper bearing rolling
resistance is within specification, as described in TRANS-
MISSION Powershift - Overhaul (C.20.E).
BTB0040A_93 13
14. Install Reverse shaft assembly.
BTB0042A 14
15. Install Fast clutch hub and refit circlip.
BRB0260A 15
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 38
16. Install Fast / Slow shaft assembly and remove the

lifting eyes from the three shafts.
BTB0044A 16
17. Install splash plate baffle.
BRB0257A 17
18. Lock the transmission with the special locking tool

located in the reverse speed sensor hole. Replace
the nut at the rear end of the Medium range shaft
and tighten to 467 - 515 Nm using a 70 mm socket.
Lock tabs on nut.
BRB0256A 18
19. Clean mating faces of end case and transmission

case and apply silicone sealant. Use Vaseline to
hold the clutch manifold slip rings in position and us-
ing guide dowels, lower the end case into position.
Tighten end case bolts to 187-210 Nm.
BTB0040A 19
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 39
20. Install Fast/Slow end bearing race and replace the

Fast / Slow range shaft end nut and tighten to 500
Nm, using either special tool 380000459 or a 65 mm
socket. Use the special locking tool in the medium
speed sensor hole.
NOTE: The nut has a left hand thread.
BTB0039A 20
21. Install Medium range end bearing race and spacer.
BRB0291A 21
22. Lock the transmission with the special locking tool

located in the reverse speed sensor hole.
BSI7705AA 22
23. Install spacer, shims and bearing in C clutch gear

cluster and fit shaft support bearing ensuring inner
race is fitted first followed by outer race. Fit the
washer with the chamfer facing towards the mani-
fold.
NOTE: Take care not to damage the brown plastic bearing
ring when refitting.
BRB0289A_105 23
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 40
24. Replace the 2 O-rings on the end of the lower speed

shaft and apply petroleum jelly to the shaft.
Push the manifold back onto the shaft, gently tapping
with a rubber faced hammer if necessary. Replace
the belleville washer ensuring the outer edge is in
contact with the manifold and inner edge in contact
with the nut.
BRB0276A_818 24
25. Replace the nut and tighten to 467 - 515 Nm using a

60 mm socket. Form tabs on nut to prevent loosen-
ing. Remove special locking tool.
BRB0289A_819 25
26. Install speed section upper front shaft.
BRB0269A_820 26
27. Install 4 x oil supply tubes and "O" rings from behind
manifold and install the manifold. Tighten the mani-
fold bolts to 24 Nm.
BRB0266A 27
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 41
28. Install B clutch components ensuring that the slip ring

joints are in line with each other and that petroleum
jelly is applied to help hold them in position.
NOTE: To avoid damaging the slip rings, the joints should
be lined up with the area of the manifold where there is no
oil gallery before the clutch is pushed into position.
BTB0045A 28
29. Clean the mating faces of the A/B clutch housing and
apply silicone sealant. Install the oil transfer tube
from the lube relief valve.
BRB0290A 29
30. Install the A/B clutch housing and tighten the bolts to
21 - 26 Nm.
BTB0035A 30
31. At this stage it is advisable to test the A,B,C,D and E

clutch packs using compressed air. Refer to TRANS-
MISSION Powershift - Leakage test (C.20.E)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 42
32. Rotate the transmission into the horizontal position.

Insert a suitable tool through the speed sensor orifice
to lock the Reverse shaft. Tighten Reverse shaft end
nut to 467 - 515 Nm using a 55 mm socket. Lock tabs
on the nut. Install Reverse clutch assembly end cap
and fit circlip.
BSI7705AA 31
33. Install “A" clutch supply coupling and tube from A/B
clutch housing.
BRB0249A 32
34. Install Reverse, Medium, Fast and Slow range pres-

sure test couplers.
35. Install 2 x speed sensors
BRJ5271B 33
36. Install the “A" clutch supply pipe (1) and the PWM
valve manifold (2).
BRJ5224A 34
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 43
37. Install 3 oil transfer tubes and “O" rings
BRB0244A 35
38. Install top cover and tighten bolts to 50 Nm.
BRJ5224A 36
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 44
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Pressure test

1. Transmission Clutches, A,B,C,D,E, F1, F2, F3, F4

and R
Where
F1 = Slow Range
F2 = Medium Range
F3 = Fast Range
F4 = 19th Gear ( 50 Km/h models only).
BAIL07APH189AVA 1
2. Prepare the tractor for pressure testing:

(iii) Start and drive the tractor to warm the transmis-
sion oil to a minimum operating temperature of 65 °C
( 145 °F).
(i) Ensure the handbrake is fully applied.
(ii) Install the diagnostic test switch, special tool
380000843 in the tractor diagnostic panel connector,
refer to Figure 1.
BAIL07APH190AVB 2
3. Install suitable pressure gauges ( 0 - 40 bar, 0 - 600

lbf.in2) with the appropriate quick release couplers,
ten if available, into each of the clutch pressure test
points.
1. Pressure gauge, 380000552
2. Quick release adaptor, 380000543
3. Hose, 380000545
4. Adaptor (as required) 380000544
TA6021002_744 3
4. The test ports for the A, B, C, D and E clutches are

located on the right-hand side of the transmission.
BAIL07APH191AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 45
5. Mounted on the left-hand side of the transmission is

the Medium Range Test Port.
On some tractors it will be necessary to remove the
existing quick release fitting and install the adaptor,
380000579 for easier access. Refit quick release
fitting into adaptor. Fit gauge, 380000552 0 - 40 bar
( 0 - 600 lbf.in2) with hose, 380000545 and quick
release coupler 380000543.
BAIL07APH192AVA 5
6. Mounted on right-hand side of the transmission is the

Reverse Range Test Port.
BAIL07APH193AVA 6
7. Mounted on the top of the transmission is the Slow

Range Test Port (1) and the Fast Range Test Port (2)
(cab floor shown removed for clarity).
BAIL07APH194AVA 7
8. On the 50 Km/h tractor model, the clutch test point

is located on the 19th gear dump solenoid manifold.
Install the hose and gauge directly to the factory fitted
quick release fitting.
NOTE: To complete this test the tractor must be in motion
with the 19th gear engaged and operative. Once 19th is
engaged the gauge will show the pressure once back in
BAIL07APH195AVA 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 46
9. Start the engine and enter H7 Channel 4, refer to

Control module Universal controller - H7 - Ve-
hicle test modes (A.50.A). Press the clutch pedal
and move the shuttle lever into forward. Release
the clutch. The instrument cluster display will show
À24', indicating that clutch À' solenoid will be ener-
gised.
BAIL06CCM475AVA 9
10. To energise the solenoid press and hold the down-

shift button and observe the pressure reading on the
gauge which should be 18±1 bar ( 261±15 lbf/in2).
NOTE: The clutch pedal should not be depressed before
energising the solenoid. Depressing the clutch pedal be-
fore energising the solenoid may prevent pressure being
applied.
NOTE: The 19th gear solenoid is not a PWM valve and
should indicate a slightly greater pressure of 19±1 bar (
275±15 lbf/in2).
BAIS06CCM304AVA 10
11. The pressure can be controlled with the clutch pedal.

When the pedal is depressed the two digits will
change to a number 0-20 indicating the approximate
pressure in bars, as long as the clutch pedal is
correctly calibrated. With the pedal fully released
`24' will be displayed indicating Full Pressure. With
the pedal raised less than 30% the pressure applied
will be zero.
BAIL06CCM477AVA 11
12. To select other clutches (except 19th gear), repeat-

edly press the upshift button and then depress the
downshift button to energise the solenoid.
If all gauges read low, suspect a fault in the low
pressure hydraulic system, refer to PRIMARY
HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Pressure test
(A.10.A).
NOTE: To test 19th gear clutch, the tractor must be in mo-
tion with the 19th gear engaged and operative. Once 19th
is engaged the gauge will show the pressure once back in
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 47
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Overhaul

Prior operation:
Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift - Disassemble (C.20.E).
CLUTCH 'A'
1. Remove the retaining ring (1), the bearing inner lock
ring and retrieve the hubs of the clutches A and B
along with the bearing and clutch A discs and cen-
tering springs.
23387_794 1
2. Remove seal (3).
23388_98 2
3. Remove the inner (5) circlip from the outside of clutch

A, withdraw clutch A from the cover. Remove the
outer circlip (4)to retrieve the bearing.
23389_99 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 48
4. Position tool no. 295021 (2) and puller tool no.

292651 (1) having a length of 300 mm and com-
plete with extraction brackets no. 292655 having a
length of 300 mm on clutch A (5), turn the tool bolt
to compress the clutch release Belleville springs
and remove the retaining ring. Disassemble tool
no. 295021 (2) and puller (1) and retrieve Belleville
springs.
23390_795 4
5. Place the clutch A housing on the cover (2), blow

compressed air into the control oil inlet hole and re-
move the piston (1).
The piston seals should be carefully removed using a
small screwdriver. Install new seals onto the piston,
using fingers only. To install the piston, apply a gen-
erous coating of petroleum jelly to the piston seals
and housing bore and using a suitable adaptor over
the piston, press the piston into the housing. Ensure
that the piston remains square to the housing bore
during installation.
NOTE: It is recommended that the outer piston seals are
compressed after installation onto the piston using suitable
shim steel and a jubilee clip and then placed in a freezer
23391_101 5
overnight prior to installing into the clutch housing.
Belleville spring installation

6. Stack the Belleville springs on a flat surface.
7. Slide over a suitable piston ring compression tool and
tighten the tool to align the springs, (1).
BSI7707A 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 49
8. Where fitted, the Belleville washer mounting rings

must be seated on all four mounting lands, (1). When
fitted, the mounting ring should just be able to rotate
relative to the piston. This is to ensure the force from
the springs act concentrically on the clutch piston.
NOTE: The reverse clutch has a specific mounting ring.
The ring must be fitted with the lubrication grooves facing
the Belleville springs.
BSI7708A 7
9. Place belleville spring stack complete with compres-

sion tool over the shaft (2).
10. Using special tool 295021 (1) , compress the springs
and fit the retaining ring and snap ring.
NOTE: An extension is required when performing this pro-
cedure on the slow clutch.
11. Release the piston ring compression tool.
12. Carefully release the compression on the Belleville
springs.
BSI7709A 8
13. Using a suitable straight edge check the alignment

of the Belleville springs on three sides.
BSI7710A 9
14. If it is necessary to reinstall the D/E clutch shaft bear-

ings Reference (5 and 7) 18. Ensure that the bear-
ings are fitted with the recess groove located on the
outer edge against the snap ring, (6) 18.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 50
15. When measuring the end float on the Fast/Slow and

medium output shafts, using special tool 292176, a
suitable tube may be added to the handle to aid lever-
age. Whilst doing this tap the output shaft with a soft
faced mallet to ensure that the full end float is mea-
sured.
16. Ensure that when reassembling the medium clutch
the lubrication shield (1), is orientated with the lip
facing away from the clutch pack.
BSI7711A 10
17. When reassembling Clutch A into the cover ensure

that the outer circlip does not interfere with the lubri-
cation oil drain hole, (1).
BSI7712A 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 51
BSB0308A 12
Clutch ’A’ Assembly
1 Seal 2 Bearing Outer Circlip

3 Housing Shaft Circlip 4 Bearing
5 Bearing Inner Circlip 6 Sealing Rings
7 Clutch Housing 8 Piston
9 Piston, Inner and Outer Seals 10 Dished Washers, 7 off
11 Circlip Cup 12 Circlip
13 Steel Drive Plate, 5 off 14 Friction Plate, 5 off
15 Plate separator spring, 5 off 16 Hub
17 Washer 18 Bearing
19 Circlip 20 Circlip
21 Hub 22 Circlip
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 52
BSB0309A 13
Clutch ’B’ Assembly
1 Circlip 2 End Drive Plate

3 Friction Plate, 5 off 4 Plate Separator Spring, 5 off
5 Steel Drive Plate, 5 off 6 Sealing Rings
7 Housing 8 Piston, Inner and Outer Seals
9 Piston 10 Dished Washers, 7 off
11 Circlip Cup 12 Circlip
18. Note: Piston seal replacement and the procedure
for disassembling and reassembling the multi plate
clutches is the same for each clutch. Refer to the
clutch 'A' disassembly and the exploded view of the
relevant clutch.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 53
BSB0310A 14
Clutch ’C’ Assembly
1 Circlip 2 Circlip Cup

3 Dished Washers, 8 off 4 Flat Washer
5 Piston, Inner and Outer Seals 6 Piston
7 Housing 8 Clutch Plates, 8 off each
9 End Plate 10 Circlip
11 Hub 12 Bearing
13 Spacer 14 Bearing pre-load Shim
15 Bearing
relevant clutch.
Clutch 'C' Hub Taper Bearing Adjustment

20. Assemble the 'C' clutch hub to the special tool,
297614, complete with bearings, spacer and original
shim. Tighten the bolt of the special tool to 140 Nm.
BSB0320A_796 15
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 54
21. Wrap a length of string around the smaller of the two

gears and attach to a suitable spring balance. Mea-
sure the rolling resistance of the bearings during ro-
tation, not at the point where rotation begins.
on the spring balance. If outside the specification
BSB0323A_797 16
BSB0312A_798 17
Clutch ’D’ Assembly
1 Clutch Plates, 6 off each 2 End Plate

3 Circlip 4 Hub
5 Bearing 6 Circlip
7 Bearing 8 Circlip
9 Circlip Cup 10 Dished Washers, 6 off
11 Flat Washer 12 Piston, Inner and Outer Seals
13 Piston 14 Housing
22. The bearing, item (7), can only be installed one way
as there is a groove to locate the circlip, item (6).
NOTE: Piston seal replacement and the procedure for dis-
assembling and reassembling the multi plate clutches is the
same for each clutch. Refer to the clutch 'A' disassembly
and the exploded view of the relevant clutch.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 55
BSB0312A_799 18
Clutch ’E’ Assembly
1 Clutch Plates, 6 off each 2 End Plate

3 Circlip 4 Hub
5 Bearing 6 Circlip
7 Bearing 8 Circlip
9 Circlip Cup 10 Dished Washers, 6 off
11 Flat Washer 12 Piston, Inner and Outer Seals
13 Piston 14 Housing
23. The bearing, item (7), can only be installed one way
as there is a groove to locate the circlip, item (6).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 56
BSB0316A_800 19
Fast (F3) Clutch Assembly
1 Circlip 2 End Plate

3 Clutch Plates 4 Hub (retained to top shaft)
5 Housing 6 Piston
7 Piston, Inner and Outer Seals 8 Flat Washer
9 Dished Washers, 8 off 10 Circlip Cup
11 Circlip 12 Bearing
relevant clutch.
End Bearing (item 12) Removal

25. In order to remove the dished washers and piston it
is necessary to remove the end bearing.
BTB0133A 20
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 57
BRI3761B 21

relevant clutch.

BRI3764B 22
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 58
BRI3762B 23

relevant clutch.

BTB0137A 24
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 59
Medium Clutch Hub Taper Bearing Adjustment

30. Assemble the Medium clutch hub to the special tool,
No. 297614 , complete with bearings, spacer and
original shim. Tighten the bolt of the special tool to
140 Nm.
BSB0319A 25
31. Wrap a length of string around the gear and attach to

a suitable spring balance. Measure the rolling resis-
tance of the bearings during rotation, not at the point
where rotation begins.
on the spring balance. If outside the specification
BSB0318A 26
BSB0314A 27
Reverse Clutch Assembly
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 60
1 Sealing Rings 2 Housing

3 Piston 4 Piston, Inner and Outer Seals
5 Flat Washer 6 Dished Washers, 12 off
7 Circlip 8 Circlip Cup
9 End Plate Circlips 10 End Plate
11 Shaft 12 Bearing
13 Chamfered Washer (Chamfer towards hub) 14 Spacer
15 Oil Baffle Washer 16 Bearing
17 Spacer 18 Hub
19 Seal 20 Bearing
21 Washer 22 Clutch Plates, 12 off each
32. During the disassembly of the reverse clutch it is nec-
essary to remove the circlip from the end of the shaft.
(1).
BSI7706A 28
Next operation:
Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift - Assemble (C.20.E).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 61
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Leakage test

1. At this stage it is advisable to test the A,B,C,D and E

clutch packs using compressed air.
Obtain from parts two, 5162184, tubes and two,
5135733, Ò' rings. Obtain locally a valve and
gauge.
BTB0035A 1
2. Also obtain locally, suitable fittings to connect into

the workshop air line hose. Assemble the valve and
gauge with fittings to connect into the workshop air
line and to have a fitting after the gauge to allow
connection of the tubes. Braze/weld onto the straight
ends of the 5162184 tubes fittings to connect into the
valve and gauge assembly.
On one of the tubes cut off the end to provide a
straight tube, clean the end to provide a smooth,
chamfered finish. This tube is used to test the À'
clutch, Figure 2.
BTB0134B 2
3. To test the clutches, Figure 3, ensure the valve is

closed and install the valve, gauge and tube onto the
air line. Locate the tube into the relevant clutch test
port. Quickly open and close the valve and observe
the drop off in pressure on the gauge and listen to
the escaping air.
A good clutch will see a smooth and continuous drop
off of pressure on the gauge. A clutch with poor seal-
ing will show an immediate drop in pressure when the
air is turned off and the sound of escaping air will also
be heard.
BTB0136B 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 62
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Adjust

WARNING
B020
Transmission Upper Speed Shaft End Float Adjustment

1. Proceed as follows:
Place the transmission input shaft (1) on a bench,
slide on the gear (6), spacer (5), a 3.5 mm test shim
(4), gear (3). Lock the assembly with a circlip (2).
Settle the assembly. Using a feeler gauge (7), mea-
sure the end play between the circlip (2) and gear
(3).
Shim to be installed is given by the measured dimen-
sion plus the test shim minus the specified end play.
Example:
Gauge reading:= 0.90 mm
Test shim:= 3.50 mm
Specified end play= 0 - 0.15 mm
Shim (8) to be installed: = 0.90 + 3.50 - 0.10 = 4.30
mm. 23500_95 1
NOTE: Available adjust shims are detailed on TRANSMIS-

SION Powershift - General specification (C.20.E).
2. Remove circlip (2), withdraw the gear (3) and test
shim (4). Add shim (8) as previously found, gear (3)
and lock the assembly with the circlip (2).
Settle the assembly. Using a feeler gauge (7) check
that end play is to specification.
23501_96 2
Output Shaft (fast/slow) End Float Adjustment

3. Insert test shims until they are flush with the ma-
chined face of the casing. Measure the test shim
pack (Sp). Install end plate and tighten bolts to the
specified torque, ensuring that the belleville washers
have their outer edge against the end plate.
BTB0065A 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 63
4. Rotate the transmission several times using the spe-

cial tool in the end of the Medium range shaft. Be-
tween turns tap the end of the output shaft with a
rubber faced hammer to ensure the shaft is fully set-
tled in the transmission.
BTB0064A 4
5. Install the special tool, 297396 (3), over the out-

put shaft, with the double ended threaded bar (2),
screwed into the output shaft. Attach the lever as-
sembly, tool 292176 (1), to the threaded bar. Posi-
tion a suitable DTI gauge onto the end housing with
the stylus on the face of the output shaft nut. Ensure
the operating arm of the DTI is as vertical as possible
and zero the gauge.
Lift the output shaft using special tool 292176 . The
DTI reading should be between 0.04 - 0.09 mm
which is the endfloat on the shaft.
BTB0061B 5
6. Calculate the shim required:-

S1 = H + Sp - ( 0.065 mm)
Where:
S1 = Final shim size
Sp = Test/initial shim
H = DTI travel reading
0.065 mm = Mid range of endfloat specification
7. Recheck endfloat until within specification. Torque
end plate bolts to 35 Nm ( 26 lbf.ft).
Medium Range Shaft End Float Adjustment

8. Install test shims and circlip on rear end of the
Medium range shaft. Measure the test shim pack
(Sp).
Rotate the transmission several times using the spe-
cial tool in the end of the Medium range shaft. Be-
tween turns tap the end of the special tool in the
medium range shaft with a rubber faced hammer to
ensure the shaft is fully settled in the transmission.
BRB0254A 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 64
9. Install the special tool, 297396 over the special tool

installed in the medium range shaft, with the double
ended threaded bar screwed into the medium shaft
tool. Attach the lever assembly, tool 292176 , to the
threaded bar. Position a suitable DTI gauge onto the
end housing with the stylus on the lower face of the
tool installed into the medium range shaft. Ensure
the operating arm of the DTI is as vertical as possible
and zero the gauge.
BTB0062A 7
10. Lift the medium range shaft using special tool 292176
. The DTI reading should be between 0.04 - 0.09 mm
which is the endfloat on the shaft.
Calculate the shim required:-
S1 = H + Sp - ( 0.065 mm)
Where:
S1 = Final shim size
Sp = Test/initial shim
H = DTI travel reading
0.065 mm = Mid range of endfloat specification
Recheck endfloat until within specification.
BTB0063A 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 65
Housing - Disconnect
1. Information in development.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 66
Housing - Connect
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 67
Index

Housing - Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Housing - Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
TRANSMISSION Powershift - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Leakage test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.E / 68
TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) - 20.G
T7.170 AutoCommand
T7.185 AutoCommand
T7.200 AutoCommand
T7.210 AutoCommand
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)

Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Hydrostat
FUNCTIONAL DATA

Dynamic description (Auto Command transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Dynamic description “Electronic park lock” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Functional diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Exploded view (Transmission input) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Exploded view (Transmission output) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Exploded view (Solenoid valves, sensors, hydraulic lines) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Control valve
Overview (Safety valve) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Overview (Solenoid valves) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Hydrostat
Sensing system
System pressure sensor - Overview (p1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 2
Charge pressure sensor - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Charge pressure sensor - Overview (Hydrostat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Pressure sensor - Overview (Clutch A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Pressure sensor - Overview (Clutch B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Temperature sensor - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Speed sensor - Overview (Ring gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Position sensor - Overview (F2/R1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Overview (Fly wheel torque sensor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

SERVICE

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Accumulator
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Control valve
Replace (Safety valve, clutch "A", clutch "B") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Replace (Shift cylinder) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Valve block
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Hydrostat
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Summing planetary gear

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Clutch
Remove (A and B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Disassemble (A and B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Assemble (A and B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Install (A and B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Gear and synchroniser

Remove (F2/R1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Disassemble (F2/R1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Assemble (F2/R1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Install (F2/R1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Remove (Reverse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Install (Reverse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Fork and shift rail

Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Sensing system
System pressure sensor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Pressure sensor - Replace (Clutch A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Pressure sensor - Replace (Clutch B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Temperature sensor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Speed sensor - Replace (Ring gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Charge pressure sensor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Charge pressure sensor - Replace (Hydrostat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Position sensor - Replace (F2/R1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Replace (Fly wheel torque sensor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 4
TRANSMISSION, DRIVE AND PTO OUT - TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) -

General specification
TRANSMISSION RATIO FOR THE MECHANICAL

GEARS
F1 (forwards) 1 : 1.625
F2 (forwards) 1 : 1.696
R1 (reverse) 1 : 1.148
TRANSMISSION SPEEDS
Nominal input speed 2100 RPM
Output shaft speed in forwards 40 km/h (24.9 mph) 0 - 3800 RPM
Output shaft speed in forwards 50 km/h (31.1 mph) 0 - 4760 RPM
Output shaft speed in reverse 20 km/h (12.4 mph) 0 - 1900 RPM
TRANSMISSION RATIO FOR THE HYDROSTAT
Input 1: 1
Output 1 : 1.192
CLUTCHES
Construction wet disc clutch
Actuation Electro-hydraulic (proportionally controlled)
Clutch A (number of discs) 9
Clutch B (number of discs) 11
Disc thickness (each) 2.2 mm (0.09 in)
Wear limit 1.8 mm (0.07 in)
MAXIMUM PERMITTED OPERATING ANGLE
Tractor tilting rearwards 35 °
Tractor tilting forwards 35 °
Tractor tilting leftwards 35 °
Tractor tilting rightwards 35 °
SYNCHRONISATION
Wear limit - synchroniser rings 1 mm (0.04 in)
(measured between synchroniser ring and cone)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 5
Hydrostat
HYDROSTAT PUMP
Construction Axial piston pump with variable
displacements that is able to shift
direction
Control Electro-hydraulic solenoid valve
(proportionally controlled)
Maximum displacements 145 cm³
Minimum displacements 0 cm³
Direction of rotation (as seen when looking at pump shaft) right
Number of pistons 9
Maximum viscosity of the transmission oil at connection G ** 1000 cSt
Minimum viscosity of the transmission oil at connection G ** 10 cSt
"Nominal" feed pressure from system pressure pump at connection G ** 22 bar (319 psi)
"Minimum" feed pressure from system pressure pump at connection G ** 18 bar (261 psi)
"Maximum" feed pressure from system pressure pump at connection G ** 50 bar (725 psi)
Maximum oil flow at connection G ** at "nominal" feed pressure, an oil 34 l/min (9 US gpm)
viscosity of 10 cSt, nominal flushing oil volume, maximum flow rate, 1000
RPM pump speed and a high pressure of 450 bar (6525 psi)
HYDROSTAT, ENGINE
Construction Axial piston motor bent axis fixed
displacement (engine operation and
pump operation)
Maximum displacements 107 cm³/rev (6.5 in³/rev)
Direction of rotation (as seen when looking at engine shaft) Left and right
Number of pistons 7
RELIEF VALVE
Opening pressure 440 bar (6380 psi)
Setting value for pressure relief valve 145 l/min (38.3 US gpm) at
480 bar (6960 psi) (∆p)
FLUSHING VALVE
Opening pressure 14 bar +/- 1 (203 psi +/- 14.5)
Oil flow at connection G ** for flushing at 200 bar (2900 psi) 26 - 29 l/min (6.9 - 7.7 US gpm)
SOLENOID VALVE, HYDROSTAT
Nominal (clocked) supply 12 V +/- 20 %
Clock frequency 1000 Hz
Resistance of the coil at 20 °C (68 °F) 5,5 Ω +/- 0.4
Insulating resistance > 100 k Ω
Maximum current 1,35 A
**) Feed pressure - input

Special tools
List of the special tools required for the work steps in this section:
Tool number Name / Use

(X) 380200085 Installer for fitting the cassette seal ring - drive shaft, front wheel drive
(X) 380200176 Hydrostat- Unit Bracket
(X) 380200177 Assembling Sleeve - Disk Spring Clutch A/B
(X) 380200178 Bush Installer P.T.O. shaft
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 6
Tool number Name / Use

(X) 380200179 Needle Bearing Installer - Planet Carrier
(X) 380200180 Form Sleeve Set - Piston Gasket
(X) 380200181 Form Sleeve - Piston Sealing (shift cylinder - synchroniser)
List of commercially available tools that can be obtained from specialized stores:
Name Use
"Pivotable" assembly block To dismantle and reassemble the transmission
Socket (key width 60 mm) For hexagon nut
Ring bolt, M14x1.5 For removing / installing clutch A/B
ATTENTION: The assembly block must be licensed for a minimum bearing load of 800 kg (1764 lb)!
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 7
Tools that can be produced in the workshop:
Name Use
Adapter plate (Figure 1) To clamp the transmission onto the assembly block
Mounting bolts M16x1.5 x 100 (Figure 2) To guide the summing planetary cover and the hydrostat
Adapter plate that can be made by the workshop to clamp the transmission onto a commercially available pivotable
assembly block.
The symbol shows the center of the pivotable assembly block support.
Material: S235JR in accordance with DIN 10025
SS11A087 1
SS11A010 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 8
Hydrostat - General specification

Pump specifications
Displacement 0 - 145 cm³/rev (0 - 8.8 in³/rev)
Number of pistons 9
Maximum torque at pump shaft (maximum 5 s) 775 Nm (571.6 lb ft)
Hydrostatic unit drive ratio 1:1
Hydrostatic pump rotation direction as viewed from clockwise
(pump) shaft drive end
Minimum engine speed 800 RPM
Maximum engine speed 2400 RPM
Minimum continuous pump speed 700 RPM
Maximum continuous pump speed 2400 RPM
Control signal specification

Control signal operating range 400 - 1200 mA
Maximum current 1350 mA
Coil resistance at 25 °C (77 °F) ambient temperature 5.5 ±6% Ω
Base frequency PWM 1k Hz
Motor specifications
Displacement 107 cm³/rev (6.5 in³/rev)
Number of pistons 7
Maximum torque at motor shaft (maximum 5 s) 820 Nm (604.8 lb ft)
Maximum continuous motor speed 3250 RPM
Boost flow conditions

Nominal pressure 22 bar (319 psi)
Minimum pressure (full function) 18 bar (261 psi)
Maximum pressure 50 bar (725 psi)
Maximum boost flow at nominal boost pressure, oil 36 l/min (9.5 US gpm)
viscosity 10 cSt. nominal flush flow, maximum pump
displacement, pump speed at 1000 RPM high pressure
450 bar (6525 psi).
Relief valve setting

Relief valve setting 145 l/min (38.3 US gpm) @ 480 bar (6960 psi)
Crack differential pressure 440 bar (6380 psi)
Maximum continuous operating time (valve opened) 5s
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 9
TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) - Static

description
General description of the transmission

The CVT transmission is a hydro-mechanical, electronically controlled continuously variable transmission. It com-
prises 2 forwards and 1 reverse gear which are shifted via the synchroniser unit F2/R1 (1). In the summing planetary
gear (2) the mechanical (combustion engine) (3) and hydro-static driving power (hydro motor) (4) are coupled. As a
result of the change in direction of rotation and the speed from zero to max. speed at the hydro motor, the output
speed of the summing planetary gear is continuously adjusted. The driving power of the transmission is delivered to
the pinion of the differential gear according to the change-over from the synchroniser unit F2/R1 and the closure of
clutch (A) or clutch (B).
A 40 km/h (24.85 mph) ECO transmission is provided as the standard transmission, and a ECO transmission with
35 km/h (21.75 mph) and 50 km/h (31.07 mph) are optionally available.
Some of the main advantages of the CVT transmission are:

• Variable transmission ratios instead of fixed gears.
• Engine speed and vehicle speed are decoupled. This allows the engine and power transmission to work as
efficiently as possible according to the current conditions of use (e.g. with partial loads).
• Constant PTO speed with continuously adjustable operating speed.
• A stationary control mode ("POWER ZERO") is available.
SS10E009 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 10
Swivel angle diagram for the hydrostat

The following two diagrams illustrate the relationship between the swivel angle of the swash plate in the hydrostat
and the travelling speed with 700/70R38 tyres (rolling radius 925 mm (36.42 in)) and at a rated engine speed of 2100
RPM.
SS10E010 2
Relationship of the swivel angle to the travelling speed for the models T7.170 AutoCommand, T7.185
AutoCommand
Clutch (B) closed Clutch (A) closed
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 11
SS10F105 3
Relationship of the swivel angle to the travelling speed for the models T7.200 AutoCommand, T7.210
AutoCommand
Clutch (B) closed Clutch (A) closed
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 12
Summing planetary gear

The summing planetary gear is a "four shaft planetary gear drive" with two input shafts and two output shafts. The
sun gear (2) and the ring gear (1) are in a figurative sense the two input shafts.
The planetary carrier (6) and the sun gear (5) are each permanently attached to an output shaft. The ring gear (1)
is powered directly by the hydro motor via the spur gear (4). The sun gear (2) is powered directly by the combustion
engine. The driving power (3) is transferred from the three twin planetary gears to the relevant output shaft either via
the planetary carrier (6) or via the sun gear (5).
Two forwards and one reverse gear can be continuously realised with the aid of the summing planetary gear's two
output shafts in connection with the downstream synchronisers and clutches. As a result all of the requirements such
as a high degree of tractive force, high final speed, the necessary transmission spread and an excellent degree of
efficiency are attained.
SS10E021 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 13
Summing planetary gear - functional principle

The job of the summing planetary gear is to overlay the mechanical input speed (engine) with the hydraulic input
speed (hydrostat) such that a stepless output speed is achieved at the output of the summing planetary gear. The
following diagrams illustrate the functional principle of the summing planetary gear in three situations:
• Stationary control mode ("power zero")

• Travelling with 100 % mechanical power.
• Travelling with max. proportion of hydrostatic power.
For reasons of simplicity a constant engine speed of 1500 RPM is given in the illustrations. The resulting output
speeds always relate to the planetary gear (6).
• Stationary control mode (A)

The speed of the sun gear (2) is 1500 RPM. The rotational direction of the ring gear (1) is opposite to that of the
sun gear and is brought to 1626 RPM by the hydro motor. At this speed ratio for the sun gear (2) and ring gear
(1) the planetary gear (6) (output shaft with gear wheel F1/R1) on the summing planetary gear comes to a halt.
• Percentage of mechanical power is 100 % (B)
The speed of the sun gear (2) is 1500 RPM. The swivel angle of the swash plate in the hydrostatic displacement
pump is 0 °, which causes the ring gear to come to a halt. At this speed ratio the planetary carrier (6) has a
speed of 780 RPM.
• Max. proportion of hydrostatic power (C)
The speed of the sun gear (2) is 1500 RPM. The direction of rotation of the ring gear is the same as for the sun
gear and is brought to 1472 RPM by the hydro motor. At this speed ratio the planetary carrier (6) (output shaft
with gear wheel F1/R1) has attained a speed of 1478 RPM and the clutch (A) can be switched for F2.
SS10E022 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 14

Dynamic description (Auto Command transmission)
Displays showing transmission controls
SS09D119 1
1 Display showing the set “reverse” travelling speed 2 Direction of travel display, tractor symbol with arrow
( N = neutral, P = park lock)
3 Cruising ranges, forwards ( F1, F2, F3/R1, R2, R3) 4 Transmission mode ( A = automatic mode,
M = manual mode, C = cruise control mode, symbol
for PTO mode)
5 Display showing the selected "forwards" range 6 Bar graph for the selected range
7 Travelling speed km/h (mp/h)
The display for the continuously variable transmission is located in the left part of the armrest display. (Transmission
display) When using this transmission the driver does not need to select any gears, but does however need to specify
nominal speeds (ranges) (5) for the vehicle which are shown in the transmission display. In this section the details of
the selection options are described.
The direction of travel is indicated by a tractor symbol (2) and an arrow (forwards/reverse). An arrow that is shown
continuously indicates that the vehicle is moving in the direction indicated. A flashing arrow indicates the selected
direction. Both can also be shown at the same time, e.g. if the vehicle is travelling in one direction at high speed and
the "shuttle lever" is placed in the opposite direction. In this case the arrow points in the current direction of travel and
the flashing one indicates the pre-selected direction of travel.
When the vehicle has changed direction of travel the flashing arrow changes into an arrow that is shown permanently.
In stationary control mode (powered zero) (transmission is engaged, but vehicle is stationary) the selected direction
of travel is indicated by a flashing arrow. If the transmission is in the neutral position (transmission is not engaged),
the tractor symbol and the arrow are replaced by an " N". When "Park lock" is set, a " P" is shown.
Start up
With the "Shuttle lever" in "Park position" (5) or in the start position (4) (Figure 2), completely depress the clutch pedal
and start the engine. The starter motor is only activated when both of the prerequisites are fulfilled. The speed ranges
can be set prior to start-up. The clutch pedal can be released either before or after selecting the direction of travel,
depending on whether the start-up is to be slow or automatic.
NOTICE: When a direction of travel has been selected and the clutch pedal is actuated the transmission is not in
stationary control mode (powered zero) and the tractor can roll freely.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 15
Shuttle lever
The initial selection of forwards or reverse travel is made using the "shuttle lever" (A) which is located on the left
side of the steering wheel column. It is not necessary to actuate the clutch pedal when selecting a direction of travel.
Pull the "shuttle lever" out of the rest position (3) or park position (5) towards the steering wheel against a light spring
pressure and then move it away from the driver to select the Forwards direction of travel (1), or move the lever towards
the driver to select the Reverse direction of travel (2). "Forwards" (1) or "Reverse" (2) are shown on the transmission
display respectively.
If the clutch pedal has already been released, selecting "Forwards" or "Reverse" can cause the tractor to move (also
depending on the status of the transmission). The lever positions "Forwards" and "Reverse" have not clicked into
place. If the lever is released, it automatically returns to the rest position (3). This is not "neutral". "Neutral" is activated
by pressing the neutral button (B) on the "shuttle lever" when all of the necessary criteria have been fulfilled. Which
are as follows:
• The tractor is moving or stationary, the direction of travel has been selected and the driver is seated in the
driver’s seat.
• The park lock is engaged, the driver is seated in the driver's seat, the shuttle lever is in the rest position (3) and
the two brakes pedals are pressed. The corresponding position on the transmission display then shows " N".
NOTICE: If the "NEUTRAL" position is selected the transmission is not engaged and the tractor can roll freely.
SS09D120 2
A Shuttle lever B Neutral button

1 Forwards 2 Reverse
3 Rest position ("powered zero") 4 Start position (without park lock engaged)
5 Park lock
NOTE: When the tractor is started up or whenever the tractor determines that the driver has left the seat for more
than five seconds (criteria: clutch pedal released, brake pedal not actuated, vehicle is not moving), the park lock
automatically engages itself. For this reason no direction of travel, Forwards or Reverse travel can be selected. ("Cp"
appears in the transmission display)
This lock remains in place until either:
• the clutch pedal is actuated and released again and the driver is seated in the seat.
• the clutch pedal is actuated, then "Forwards" or "Reverse" is selected and the clutch pedal is released.
NOTE: If the transmission is in the neutral position or the park position and the "shuttle lever" is moved to "Forwards"
or "Reverse" at the same time as the handbrake is actuated, the transmission remains in the neutral position or in the
park position. The handbrake must be released (this will be indicated to the driver) before the shuttle lever can be
used to select a direction of travel.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 16
After having selected a direction of travel using the shuttle lever, the change in direction of travel can be selected
using either the "shuttle lever", the multi-function lever together with the "DEAD-MAN" pushbutton or using the "shuttle
button" on the travel lever. This is also permitted when travelling at maximum speed. The clutch pedal should be used
for this.
If the driver attempts to actuate the "shuttle lever" when he is not sitting in the seat, the tractor becomes slower until
the stationary control mode (powered zero) is reached. The tractor remains stationary until "Forwards", "Reverse" is
selected, and in order to do this the following prerequisites must also been met. These are that the driver is seated in
the seat and uses the clutch pedal to drive off or presses the clutch pedal once. If the vehicle is in stationary control
mode (powered zero) for 5 s, the park lock is activated. The park position is a secure position. If the "shuttle lever"
is moved to this position the park lock is activated. If the tractor moves while the lever is being moved into the park
position the transmission ratio is reduced until the vehicle is stationary. After this the park lock is activated.
The park lock can be released by selecting "Forwards" (1) or "Reverse" (2) on the shuttle lever or by pressing the two
brake pedals and the neutral button (B).
ATTENTION: To prevent the tractor from moving unintentionally, always actuate the handbrake before switching off
the engine and leaving the tractor.
Clutch pedal
There is a clutch pedal, but it is not needed for shifting gears or changing the direction of travel. The clutch pedal
is only needed for starting the tractor. If necessary it may also be required as a support when positioning if auxiliary
implements are attached or if narrow points require precise control.
If the tractor is on a very slippery surface (ice/snow) and starts slipping, the clutch pedal can be used to interrupt the
power flow in order to stabilise the tractor again. If the clutch pedal is completely depressed the powerflow from the
transmission to the two clutches A/B is completely interrupted.
NOTE: If during an intermittent check the seat switch determines that the driver has left the seat, the clutch pedal
must be actuated and released again before a direction of travel can be selected again.
NOTICE: To prevent premature wear of the clutches do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 17
Travel lever with control button

The travel lever is the main operating component for controlling the Auto Command transmission. It allows the op-
erator to select and adjust one of three travelling speed ranges. It also allows you to accelerate/slow the tractor
proportionally and to change the direction of travel. On the travel lever there is a pushbutton for controlling the trans-
mission and for actuating the electronic hitch control, two electrical auxiliary control units, Autoguidance and the
headland management control system.
SS09D121 3
1 “Forwards / Reverse" pushbutton 2 Pushbutton "+ / -" for changing the travelling speed
ranges F1, F2, F3, R1, R2, R3
3 Thumbwheel for adjusting the "travelling speed 4 Travel lever used to continuously adjust the
range" (nominal value 1, 2 or 3) travelling speed/transmission ratio and change the
direction of travel (due to spring in neutral position)
5 Pushbutton for rapid "Raise/Lower" of the rear 6 "Cruise control" button
hitch (EDC)
7 Headland turn system "HTS" pushbutton 8 Pushbutton, "Autoguidance"
9 Pushbutton for actuating two electro-hydraulic 10 "Shift" pushbutton (float position F1, F2 / R1, R2)
auxiliary control valves (EDC)
11 "Dead-man" pushbutton
"FORWARDS / REVERSE" PUSHBUTTON (1)

To change the direction of travel the pushbutton with the opposite direction of travel must be actuated. It is not pos-
sible to drive off using these buttons. This can only be done using the "shuttle lever" on the steering column. The
pushbuttons are also used for other control functions for driving operation.
"TRAVELLING SPEED RANGES" PUSHBUTTON (2)

The driver uses the pushbuttons (+/-) to change between the three travelling speed ranges (3 for Forwards and 3
for Reverse). Use the button (+) to change to a higher range and the button (-) to change to a lower range. The
confirmation about the range selected and its set nominal value takes place via the transmission display (5) (Figure
1).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 18
ADJUSTING THE TRAVELLING SPEED RANGES (NOMINAL VALUE) (3)

The thumbwheel (3) is used to adjust a speed range. The ranges can be adjusted to any required speeds and can
also be the same if so desired. There is however a logic to ensure that each higher range is allocated at least the
same or a higher speed than the previous one. (e.g. F2 ≥ F1) This means that if F1 is set higher than the nominal
value of F2, F2 is automatically increased too. If the nominal value of F3 has been attained and the driver further
increases the value for F1, all three speeds are simultaneously increased.
Increments within the different speed ranges in km/h:

From 0.03 to 0.10 in steps of 0.01 km/h
From 15.0 to 50.0* in steps of 1.00 km/h
Increments within the different speed ranges in mph:

From 0.02 to 0.10 in steps of 0.01 mph
From 15.0 to 31.0* in steps of 1.00 mph
* or the maximum permitted highest speed of each respective sales market.
Nominal speeds can be set in the same way for reverse travel also. The maximum speed for reverse travel is 15 km/h
(9.32 mph). The nominal speed can be changed more quickly by rotating the thumbwheel quickly. The thumbwheel
reacts at the speed at which it is rotated. When rotated slowly the speed increments will change more slowly. When
rotated quickly the speed increments will change faster.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 19
TRAVEL LEVER
The Auto Command travel lever has two main functions. It is used to adjust the forward and reverse tractor speed
and to change the direction of travel. The travel lever (4) movement is momentary, it will automatically return to the
rest position when released but the tractor will continue to travel in the selected direction at the set speed. The bar
graph (6) (Figure 1) shows the current status of the selected speed range.
SS09D122 4
Move the lever forward against spring pressure to select the "Forwards" direction of travel, or move it rearwards to
select the "Reverse" direction of travel. Operation of the travel lever is progressive: the further the lever is moved
from the rest position the greater the acceleration will be. Moving the lever to the full extent of its travel will accelerate
the tractor to the target speed for the current range. If the lever is moved only a short distance from the rest position
the tractor will accelerate slowly and achieve a slow travelling speed. Moving the lever further leads to a faster rate
of acceleration and a higher speed. To decelerate the tractor, move the travel lever in the opposite direction to which
the tractor is currently travelling.
By moving the lever a short distance within the gate, the tractor will decelerate slowly. When the desired tractor speed
is reached allow the lever to return to the rest position. The tractor will maintain the selected speed. For maximum
deceleration move the lever as far as it will go in the opposite direction to the direction of travel and hold it in that
position. The tractor will slow down quickly in accordance with the selected acceleration/deceleration rate. (See also
description of acceleration/deceleration rate) When the desired speed has been reached, allow the lever to return to
the rest position. When moving the lever to the maximum deceleration position, the front axle drive is automatically
engaged to enhance the surface contact. To bring the tractor to a complete stop, continue to hold the lever in the
maximum deceleration position until the tractor has come to a halt. Then allow the lever to return to the rest position.
To engage drive again, move the travel lever from the rest position to the desired direction of travel.
If the travelling speed is being controlled by the foot pedal, it is possible to transfer control to the travel lever in the
following way. Maintain pressure on the foot pedal and move the travel lever in the direction of travel until the tractor
is felt to respond to the lever movement. Hold the lever in that position and release the foot pedal. Allow the lever to
return to the rest position. The tractor will maintain its current speed. There are a number of additional switches and
buttons on the travel lever that are used to control the Auto Command functions. For this reason the travel lever is
also called the multi-function lever.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 20
CONTROL ELEMENTS THAT DO NOT AFFECT ANY TRANSMISSION FUNCTIONS
Pushbutton for rapid Raise/Lower of the rear hitch (5), Pushbutton for actuating two electro-hydraulic auxiliary control
valves (9), pushbutton for the headland turn system "HTS" (7) pushbutton for Autoguidance
"Cruise control" pushbutton (6)

Cruise mode button C. This pushbutton engages/disengages the cruise mode. This button can also be used to set
the cruise speed. The confirmation about the transmission mode selected takes place via the transmission display
(4) (Figure 1). For an exact operation description see Cruise Mode.
"DEAD-MAN" PUSHBUTTON (11)

Pushbutton for activating the change in direction of travel and for driving off using the travel lever. If the tractor has
been stopped for more than two seconds, depress and hold the button (11) (Figure 3) while changing the direction of
travel using the travel lever or driving off in the selected direction of travel. If the tractor has been stationary for less
than two seconds it is not necessary to depress the (11) button on the travel lever to change the direction of travel or
to drive off.
NOTE: If the tractor remains stationary for more than two seconds you must depress and hold the dead-man button
when moving the travel lever to engage the drive. If the tractor is stopped for more than 45 s the park lock will
automatically engage and the direction of travel selection using the travel lever or "Forwards/Reverse" pushbutton is
deactivated. You must use the shuttle lever to reactivate the drive.
Accelerator pedal
With an Auto Command transmission you can use the accelerator pedal to control either the engine speed and/or
the travelling speed. In Auto and Cruise modes, the accelerator pedal is used to control tractor ground speed but not
engine speed. In Manual mode and the neutral position the pedal functions as a conventional throttle pedal. Fully
depress the pedal to obtain the target speed for the currently selected speed range. In Auto Command and Cruise
modes the pedal can be lightly pressed to slowly move the tractor forwards. This is especially useful for positioning
the tractor in order to attach implements or other equipment.
The accelerator pedal can also be used to increase tractor speed above that set using the travel lever providing that
the set speed is below the maximum value for the selected range. Depressing the accelerator pedal above the value
set by the travel lever will override travel lever operation and the tractor will slow to a stop when the pedal is released.
NOTE: The automatic 4WD engagement feature for improved surface contact is available when using the travel lever
but cannot be used with the accelerator pedal. The accelerator pedal may be used independently of the hand throttle
or travel lever to control the travelling speed.
NOTE: When the accelerator pedal is released the travelling speed is reduced to that set by the hand throttle (Manual
mode) or the travel lever (Auto and Cruise modes). When the transmission is in neutral or in manual mode, or when
the shuttle lever is in the park position, the foot pedal operates as a conventional foot throttle to control engine speed.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 21
Hand throttle
With the Auto Command transmission you can adjust the engine speed via two controls. The hand throttle is used
to set the engine speed at the desired level. Move the lever forward to increase engine speed, move it rearwards to
decrease the speed.
SS09D123 5
The engine droop control is used to set the limit on the amount of load which can be imposed on the engine (lugging)
before the transmission compensates by altering the ratio to reduce the load. This limit can be set to promote good
fuel economy or to keep the engine operating in a specific power/torque band. If the load on the control is set is too
high, the engine cannot sustain the rpm required to maintain the wheel speed.
When setting the load limit, the driver should always take into account additional weight on the tractor including the
implement or attachment, and the current operating conditions. In Auto, Cruise and P.T.O. modes the operation of
both controls can be combined to maintain a specific speed or power level at which the engine is to be operated.
Either control can be used to set the lowest rpm (in the low rev range).
NOTE: Both controls may be used independently of the foot throttle to control engine speed.
NOTICE: It is always advisable to return the hand throttle to the idle/off position when using the foot throttle for road
transport applications.
If the load on the tractor increases to a level where performance cannot be maintained at the current speed control
settings, the engine will attempt to compensate, within the set limits, for the additional load. Should the load be too
great for the engine to overcome, then the transmission ratio will change to reduce the load.
During operation it may be necessary to make fine adjustments to both controls until the engine speed remains within
the required economy/power band. By continually matching engine speed to transmission ratio, Auto Command is
able to maintain a constant travelling speed. For further information, see also Engine droop (PTO mode)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 22
Transmission modes
Four operating modes are available with the Auto Command transmission:
• Manual mode
• Auto mode
• Cruise mode
• PTO mode
NOTE: When activated, the corresponding symbol for the mode selected appears in the transmission display.
Manual mode
In manual mode, the driver has full control over the transmission ratio and engine speed. In this mode the engine
speed is controlled using the foot pedal and the hand throttle as for conventional tractors. Press the switch (1) to
engage the manual mode.
SS09D124 6
The speed range selected by the driver will remain activated until manually changed. The engine speed is also main-
tained at the current setting until changed by the driver. However, should the engine speed fall below 1000 RPM the
transmission will automatically adjust the transmission ratio to prevent the engine from stalling. In manual mode, the
final speed for each range as set by the driver can only be achieved at a nominal engine speed of 2100 RPM.
For example, if a target speed of 5 km/h (3.11 mph) has been set for range F1, this speed can only be achieved at
an engine speed of 2100 RPM. If the transmission is operating at 50 % of the final speed, selecting another range will
have no effect on this setting; the transmission will still maintain 50 % of the final speed. This means that if the target
speed for the new range is higher or lower than that of the previous range, the travelling speed will change.
NOTE: In this mode the function that compensates for fluctuations in engine power (engine droop) cannot be used.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 23
Auto mode
As a rule the Auto mode is used for transportation but also in field operation when the engine transmission manage-
ment is expected to ensure optimisation of tractor performance and fuel consumption. In Auto mode, tractor speed
is controlled either by the accelerator pedal (2) or the travel lever (1). The hand throttle (3) can be used to set the
minimum engine speed.
SS09D125 7
Moving the accelerator pedal or travel lever has a direct effect on the target speed for each range. Fully depressing
the pedal or moving the lever to the full extent of its travel will provide 100 % of the target speed to the current range.
During operation, the Auto Command transmission will always try to optimise engine speed within the constraints of
the hand throttle setting. To achieve this, the engine transmission management varies the transmission ratio in order
to maintain both the travelling speed and engine speed as close as possible to the set levels. In Auto mode, it is
possible to set the speed in range F1 (or F2 and F3) to the maximum permitted speed of the tractor. This allows the
engine transmission management to control the speed totally automatically based on the position of the accelerator
pedal or the travel lever. The accelerator pedal travel is divided into two zones. From the rest position (pedal in the
uppermost position) to the mid-point of pedal travel ( 50 % of final speed) the pedal acts as an accelerator/decelerator
in the normal way. When the pedal is depressed beyond mid-point the tractor will continue to accelerate as the pedal
is depressed.
When the desired speed has been reached the pedal can be eased back to the mid-point. This will reduce engine
speed but the travelling speed will be maintained. Providing the pedal is not allowed to return above the mid-point,
the travelling speed remains constant. If the pedal is allowed to return above the mid-point the tractor will begin to
decelerate. If the speed has been set using the travel lever and then the accelerator pedal is depressed to increase
this speed, the travel lever is disabled and control of the travelling speed is transferred to the accelerator pedal.
Releasing the pedal will slow the tractor to a stop.
It is possible to transfer the speed control from the accelerator pedal to the travel lever while the tractor is in motion.
Hold the accelerator pedal to maintain the desired tractor speed then push the travel lever as far as it will go for the
relevant direction of travel and back to the rest position. If travelling forward move the lever forward, if in reverse move
the lever rearwards. If you wish to further increase the tractor speed, hold the travel lever in the full speed position
for more than one second. The tractor will accelerate. When the desired speed is reached, allow the travel lever to
return to the rest position.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 24
Engine droop control

The engine droop control (compensation for fluctuations in engine power) (1) is used to maintain the optimum engine
speed selected by the driver in order to provide either a certain level of power or good economy.
SS09D126 8
By monitoring the load on the engine, engine droop control attempts to maintain the most optimum engine speed
for the task at hand. If additional loads are imposed on the engine, engine droop control automatically adjusts the
transmission ratio to help reduce the load. When engine droop control is activated a warning light illuminates in the
top left-hand side of the transmission display. A pop-up also appears in the main display for three seconds to confirm
that droop control has been activated.
By turning the droop control knob fully anti-clockwise the engine attempts to operate at, or slightly below, the full load
torque curve. Any additional load will be counteracted by a change of transmission ratio. Turning the engine droop
control knob completely to the right results in a wider variation of engine speed but the transmission ratio remains at
a more consistent level.
Cruise mode
Cruise mode is an extension of the Auto mode. For Cruise to operate the transmission must be in Auto mode. Cruise
mode allows the driver to set a constant travelling speed which is maintained by changing the engine speed and the
transmission ratio.
By continuously monitoring engine and transmission loads, Cruise attempts to provide a constant travelling speed
combined with good fuel economy. In Cruise mode the hand throttle is used to set the minimum engine speed. En-
gine speeds above this are controlled automatically. Momentarily depressing the Cruise control button (6) (Figure 3)
causes the tractor to accelerate to the final speed set for the current range. To maintain the present travelling speed
(not the target speed of a range) the button must be pressed for longer than one second. Cruise will engage and the
current travelling speed is maintained. The target speed for the selected range is updated to match the current speed.
Even when the Cruise mode is activated the driver can increase or decrease the target speed at any time using the
thumbwheel (1). The new travelling speed overrides the current setting to become the new target speed.
When Cruise is activated the accelerator pedal can be used to temporarily override the speed setting by up to 10 km/h
(6.21 mph). This will not affect the current speed setting unless the speed has been increased by more than 10 km/h
(6.21 mph). Release the pedal and the speed will return to the original setting. In Auto and Cruise modes the tractor
can be accelerated from rest by holding the shuttle lever in the direction of travel and simultaneously pressing the
Cruise button for more than half a second. Once moving, release the button and the tractor will continue to accelerate
to the target speed for the current range. Alternatively, the tractor can be moved from rest using the accelerator
pedal or the travel lever. When the speed is above 1 km/h (0.621 mph), press the Cruise button and the tractor will
accelerate to the target speed.
Cancelling Cruise mode

To cancel Cruise mode and return to pedal operation carry out the following procedure. This applies to both forward
and reverse directions. Depressing the Cruise button will cancel Cruise mode. However, if you wish to maintain
travelling speed, press the accelerator pedal then press/release the Cruise button. Alternatively, move the travel
lever to the full extent of its travel and allow it to return to the rest position.
The Cruise mode is cancelled but the tractor will maintain its speed. To slow the tractor, move the travel lever as far
as it will go in the opposite direction to the direction of travel and hold the lever. The tractor will start to decelerate.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 25
The Cruise mode may also be cancelled by depressing the brake pedals or by applying the handbrake or park lock.
Operating the exhaust brake will also cancel the Cruise mode.
PTO mode (engine droop control)

(compensation for fluctuations in engine power)
The PTO mode can only be activated in the Auto or Cruise modes and is shown by a symbol in the transmission
display (4) (Figure 1) as soon as the front or rear PTO is switched on.
It is designed to maintain a relatively constant engine speed when using the PTO. In the PTO mode the amount of
load applied to the engine is continually monitored. Should the load increase to a point where the engine speed is at
risk of falling below the hand throttle setting, the engine droop control will make adjustments to the transmission ratio
to offset the additional load. When engine droop control is activated a warning light illuminates in the top left-hand
side of the transmission display.
A pop-up also appears in the main display for three seconds to confirm that droop control has been activated. Turning
the engine droop control knob (1) (Figure 8) completely to the left causes the engine to attempt to operate in the range
of (or slightly below) the full load torque curve. Any additional load will be counteracted by a change of transmission
ratio. Turning the engine droop control knob completely to the right results in a wider variation of engine speed but
the transmission ratio remains at a more consistent level.
NOTE: In the "constant engine speed control mode" the control algorithm switches to controlling the engine speed
based on the torque (instead of speed fluctuation control). As a result the gear transmission ratio is changed as
required while the engine speed is held constant.
Stationary control mode (powered zero)

The CVT transmission is able to pause in a stationary position when a gear is engaged (by selecting the direction of
travel, F1 or R1). This stops the tractor on a slope without having to actuate the brakes. The stationary control mode
is attained simply by releasing the accelerator pedal and fully pulling back the travel lever until the tractor comes to
a halt.
If the transmission remains in stationary control mode for 45 seconds the park lock is automatically activated and the
gears shift into neutral. To re-select a direction of travel the "shuttle lever" must be used. The control logic is such
that the park lock is switched on and off in stationary control mode, as a result of which the vehicle cannot roll freely. -
see TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) - Dynamic description “Electronic park lock”
(C.20.G).
Acceleration/deceleration rates
The acceleration/deceleration rate control allows the driver to choose the rate at which the tractor will accelerate/
decelerate when the travel lever is moved or the accelerator pedal is pressed. To change the rate of acceleration,
depress the switch (1). Each time the switch is pressed the light display (LED) changes. With a single light illuminated
the acceleration/deceleration rate is at the minimum setting, and with three lights illuminated the rate of acceleration/
deceleration is at the maximum setting. The functionality of the acceleration/deceleration control is the same for all
transmission modes.
SS09D127 9
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 26
NOTE: Where the rate of acceleration is limited by the amount of engine power available, selecting a higher rate will
not increase the performance. Check to ensure that the setting for the permitted engine droop (see description of
engine droop controller) is not affecting the acceleration rate.
ATTENTION: When the ground is slippery (snow on road surface, dirty road surface, gravel road, etc) you must select
a low acceleration rate/deceleration rate. (one LED or a maximum of two LEDs)
Brake logic
If both brake pedals are pressed, the gear transmission ratio is automatically adjusted in order to decrease the trav-
elling speed. The gear transmission ratio increases at a greater rate if the pedals are pressed more firmly. If the
engine is not providing any braking power the clutch pressure is decreased based on the engine load and the gear
transmission ratio.
In this way the brake can easily override the clutch if the gear transmission ratio does not change quickly enough.
Then the clutch pressure is lowered until the clutch has disengaged. As a result a more even change-over from
driving to braking is achieved. When the brakes are released the control returns to the normal condition. A logic
against stalling the engine opens the clutch in the event of a full application of the brake in order to prevent a death.
As for tractors with powershift transmission the all-wheel drive is activated when the brake is actuated.
Trailer safety braking

In certain situations, e.g. when travelling with a trailer on a slope, you may want to actuate only the brakes of the trailer
without activating the brakes of the tractor at the same time. If the "Forwards" direction (when travelling forwards)
pushbutton on the travel lever is pressed and held, the brake pedals can be actuated without activating the tractor's
brake control function at the same time.
The brake pedals must be actuated within 5 s of pressing the "Forwards" direction of travel pushbutton. Otherwise
the control function continues using the normal logic. This logic is only ever used if the accelerator pedal has been
released in order to actuate the brake. The same control logic applies to the reverse direction of travel in connection
with the "Reverse" direction of travel pushbutton. The normal control logic is resumed when the pushbutton is released
while braking.
Provided that the "Forwards" direction of travel pushbutton continues to be depressed, the driver likewise has a period
of 5 s between releasing the brake and re-actuating the accelerator pedal before the vehicle decelerates.
Aligning the speed

Always, when the wheels turn and the transmission is in the neutral position or the clutch is fully depressed, the gear
transmission ratio is automatically adjusted in order to align the current engine speed with the wheel speed.
If the transmission clutch has re-engaged, the control system continues with normal control via the transmission ratio.
The speed selection ranges shown do not change.
Protective devices
The tractor offers a multitude of controls to protect against damage. The following situations can lead to automatic
reactions from the vehicle:
ENGINE OVERSPEED.
The gear transmission ratio is automatically increased if the engine speed exceeds 2375 RPM.
EXCESS PRESSURE IN HYDROSTAT.

The gear transmission ratio is automatically reduced if the hydrostat unit is overloaded.
LOW TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE.

When operating in low temperatures, upshifting may be restricted to the lower gears until the transmission oil tem-
perature reaches 10 °C (50 °F). Restricted upshifting will be accompanied by a warning symbol appearing in the
transmission display. If the transmission oil has not yet reached operating temperature you should avoid shuttle op-
erations as far as practicable.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 27
SS09D128 10
WARMING UP THE AUTO COMMAND TRANSMISSION

The tractor's transmission needs oil to operate and for lubrication. In extremely cold conditions it is important the oil is
warmed before operating the tractor. Depending on the temperature, there are two stages to the warm up procedure,
both of which are fully automated. In the initial stage when the transmission oil temperature is below -15 °C (5 °F),
the drive is disabled and the warning symbol appears in the transmission display. This is accompanied by an audible
alarm. In addition, during the initial warm-up period the engine speed is restricted; the minimum engine speed is set at
1100 RPM. Depending on the transmission oil temperature the maximum engine speed is also limited to the following.
With oil temperatures between -20 °C (-4 °F) and -10 °C (14 °F) the maximum engine speed is limited to 1300 RPM.
For every degree above -10 °C (14 °F) the engine speed is increased by 100 RPM. When the transmission oil has
heated sufficiently to allow drive engagement, the warning symbol disappears from the transmission display and the
full range of engine speeds becomes available. At an oil temperature of -20 °C (-4 °F) it takes approximately 5 min
for the oil to be warmed sufficiently for the drive to be engaged. During this period any attempt to engage the drive
is ignored and the warm-up procedure continues.
LOW SYSTEM PRESSURE

If the system pressure becomes too low the engine speed can be automatically increased to up to 1300 RPM in order
to increase the hydraulic flow.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 28

Dynamic description “Electronic park lock”
Engaging and releasing

The electronic park lock is a standard component of the Auto Command transmission. The system functions in par-
allel with the handbrake which has been installed as a homologated device for parking and as an additional braking
mechanism. To engage the park lock the "shuttle lever" (A) must be moved into the park position (5).
The park lock is automatically engaged if the vehicle pauses more than 45 s in the stationary control mode (powered
zero). If the driver leaves the driver’s seat the park lock is engaged after only 5 s or the starter switch is moved to the
"Off" position.
SS09D120 1
A Shuttle lever B Neutral button

1 Forwards 2 Reverse
3 Rest position ("powered zero") 4 Start position (without park lock engaged)
5 Park position
The electronic park lock can be released in several ways:

• Normal release of the park lock:
To release the park lock, actuate the brake pedal and press the neutral switch (A) and move the "shuttle lever"
(B) into the position (3). This disengages the park lock.
• Automatic release of the park lock:
Move the "shuttle lever" (A) into the direction of travel position (1) or (2). The power train engages. In the
process the stationary control mode (powered-zero) controls the transmission such that releasing the park lock
does not cause the tractor to move unintentionally.
• Slowly driving off using the clutch pedal:
With the clutch pedal depressed, move the "shuttle lever" (A) into the direction of travel position (1) or (2). The
park lock is released and the vehicle remains in the rest position until the clutch pedal is released.
NOTE: When a direction of travel has been selected and the clutch pedal is actuated the transmission is never in sta-
tionary control mode (powered zero) and as a result the transmission is disengaged until the clutch pedal is released.
The tractor can roll away if it is on an uneven surface.
NOTE: As soon as the park lock is engaged the indicator lamp lights up (1) (Figure 2).
NOTE: In the normal operation mode the travelling speed must be less than 0.5 km/h (0.311 mph) to be able to
engage the park lock. If the ignition switch is turned off when the vehicle is moving the park lock is applied using
dynamic braking effort. To increase the service life of the brake and to ensure safe operation, it is recommended that
the ignition switch be turned off only when the vehicle is stationary and the park lock is engaged.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 29
Park lock - indicator lamps on the instrument panel (ADIC)
SS09D129 2
The indicator lamp (1) has two functions. It shows either the status of the park lock or the status of the handbrake.
When the ignition switch is switched on the lamp flashes while the park lock is being engaged or released. When the
ignition switch is switched off the lamp flashes continuously to indicate that neither the park lock nor the handbrake
is engaged. The indicator lamp (2) is used to indicate a general malfunction of the park lock. There could be a fault
related to the park lock, or the function for automatic engagement when the ignition switch is switched off could be
blocked.
Automatic engagement of the park lock when the ignition switch is switched off
When the tractor recognises that the ignition switch has been switched off, the park lock is automatically engaged.
If there is a delay in the complete activation of the park lock (more than 2 s), the indicator lamp begins to flash (2)
(Figure 2) and a buzzer sounds. This switches off as soon as the park lock is completely engaged. Every movement
of the "shuttle lever" after switching off the ignition switch has no effect and the park lock remains engaged.
Blocking the "automatic engagement" function of the park lock
SS09D130 3
For towing the vehicle you must deactivate the function for "automatic engagement" of the park lock when the ignition
switch is switched off. To do this the following procedure must be carried out prior to switching off the ignition switch:
The park lock must be in the released position. The "shuttle lever" must be pushed downwards out of the rest position
(3) (Figure 1) into the (4) position and held for at least 3 s while pressing both brake pedals at the same time. This
disengages the automatic engagement of the park lock. The indicator lamp (2) (Figure 2) becomes active and a
warning symbol appears in the display - see Figure 3. The driver must switch the ignition to the “OFF” position prior
to releasing the brake pedals otherwise the lock will be lifted again.
NOTE: If the park lock is already engaged when the ignition switch is switched off, this procedure will not release it.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 30
Initialising the park lock
SS09D131 4
If initial configuration of the park lock is required, such as after an interruption in the power supply, the park lock may
still show a status of "not initialised" when the power supply resumes. The same condition can arise after manually
releasing the park lock. The symbol "Initialisation required" (1) (Figure 4) shows the driver that he/she should reestab-
lish the function of the park lock by performing the initial configuration procedure.
To do this you must actuate the brake pedal and press the neutral switch (B) (Figure 1 and move the "shuttle lever"
into the (3) position. When doing so the handbrake must be released and the tractor must be stationary. After this
the driver is requested to engage the park lock. The symbol on the display panel changes to (2) and the driver must
move the "shuttle lever" into the park position. When the park lock is fully engaged again the procedure is complete
and the park lock is fully functional.
Trailer brakes (pneumatic or hydraulic)

The trailer brake is controlled in the same way by both the park lock and the handbrake.
Releasing the park lock in the event of an interruption in the power supply
In the event of a disruption as a result of which the park lock cannot be electronically released, it can be manually
released. A crank that is attached to the handbrake lever is to be used for this. Remove the tool from the retainer.
Locate the park lock on the rear left panel of the cab and remove the two protective rubber caps. (one inside and one
outside) Insert the crankshaft and ensure that the shaft has been fully inserted into the receptacle by moving it back
and forth slightly. Turn the small crank handle in a clockwise direction to release the park lock. Stop when it becomes
more difficult to turn the crank handle. A completely engaged park lock requires approximately 150 turns to release it.
NOTE: In an emergency it is possible to move the tractor even if the park brake is engaged. We recommend doing
this only in an emergency and where possible to release it manually instead. In such a situation the vehicle speed is
limited to 2 km/h (1.243 mph).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 31

Sectional view
Parts
A Clutch A B Clutch B
1 Hydrostat 2 Hydrostat pump shaft
(fixed, driven by engine) (fixed, connected with sun gear (3))
3 Sun gear 4 Planetary carrier
(input, summing planetary gear)
5 Spur gear driven by oil motor 6 Planetary gear (double wheel 3x)
7 Ring gear 8 Sun gear
(output, summing planetary gear F2)
9 Hollow shaft 10 Gear wheel, F1
(output, summing planetary gear F1/R1)
11 Synchroniser unit F2/R1 12 Gear wheel, R1
13 Gear wheel, F2 14 Output shaft
(fixed, connected with pinion)
15 PTO shaft 16 All-wheel drive shaft
(drive for all hydraulic pumps)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 32
SS10G005 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 33
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 34

Functional diagram
The following diagrams show the power flow of the transmission in the individual mechanical gears and in the station-
ary control ( Powered-zero) and neutral position / park position operating modes.
Colour coding
Direct drive from the diesel engine Hydrostat motor and summing gear ring gear
Summing gear planetary gear and thus fixed driven Summing gear sun gear and thus fixed driven gear
gear wheels wheels
Power flow Transmission output shaft
SS10J078 1
Neutral position
In the neutral position and the park position the transmission is not engaged. No mechanical gear is engaged and the
clutches (A) / (B) are open.
If the tractor rolls off inadvertently in the neutral position or if it is shifted into the neutral position while the tractor is
in motion, the speed differences arising as a result are equalised by the hydrostat. This means that the relevant gear
can be shifted into at any time at the synchronous speed, thus engaging the power unit.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 35
SS10J079- 2
Stationary control mode ( Powered-zero)

This diagram shows the stationary control ( Powered-zero) at the gear level (F1). The clutch (B) is closed. (Transmis-
sion is engaged) The transmission control holds the tractor in a stationary position via the hydrostat. The stationary
control mode is possible in gears (F1) and (R1). This depends on which direction of travel is selected.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 36
SS10J080 3
Gear level F1
The power train from the summing planetary gear / planetary carrier via the gear wheel pair (F1) to clutch (B) is
engaged. The swivel angle of the swash plate in the hydrostat is adjusted in the direction of the positive swivel angle
(+) in order to increase the travelling speed.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 37
SS10J081 4
Preparation for changing gears from F1 to F2

The gear (F2) is engaged during acceleration at a defined swivel angle, shortly before the shift point (F1) - (F2) is
reached.
This creates the pre-conditions for closing clutch (A) and opening clutch (B) when the synchronous speed is reached.
This ensures that the power train engages via gear (F2) without any interruption of traction.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 38
SS10J082 5
Gear level F2
The gear (F2) is engaged. The power train from the summing planetary gear / sun gear via the gear wheel pair (F2),
the synchronous shifting (F2) to clutch (A) is engaged.
The swivel angle of the swash plate in the hydrostat is adjusted in the direction of the negative swivel angle (-) in order
to increase the travelling speed.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 39
SS10J083 6
Gear level R1
The gear (R1) is engaged. The power train from the summing planetary gear / planetary carrier via the gear wheel
pair (change in direction of rotation) to the synchronous shifting (R1) and clutch (A) is engaged.
The swivel angle of the swash plate in the hydrostat is adjusted in the direction of the positive swivel angle (+) in order
to increase the travelling speed.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 40
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 41

Exploded view (Transmission input)
Parts
1 Hydrostat 2 Screw
3 Screw 4 Clip
5 Solenoid valve, hydrostat 6 Charge pressure sensor, hydrostat
7 O-ring 8 Pipe
9 Screw 10 O-ring
11 O-ring 12 Shaft
13 Circlip 14 Bearing
15 Dowel pin 16 Gear
17 Circlip 18 Dowel pin
19 Needle bearing 20 Circlip
21 Screw 22 Cover
23 Bearing 24 Circlip
25 Circlip 26 Ring gear carrier
27 Ring gear 28 Sheet ring
29 Circlip 30 Sun gear
31 Ring 32 Planetary carrier
33 Bush 34 Circlip
35 Sleeve shaft 36 Bearing bush
37 Ball 38 Restrictor
39 Needle bearing 40 Planetary gear
41 Pin 42 Thrust washer
43 Bearing 44 Circlip
45 Circlip 46 Screw
47 Bracket 48 Screw
49 Connector 50 Housing
51 Speed sensor, ring gear 52 Screw
53 O-ring 54 Torque sensor, fly wheel
55 Screw
57 Thrust ring 58 Screw
59 Cover 60 Circlip
61 O-ring 62 Connecting piece
63 O-ring
65 Circlip 66 Needle bearing
67 Bearing 68 Sleeve shaft
69 Bearing 70 Shim
71 Circlip 72 Gear
73 Pin 74 Spacer ring
75 Bearing 76 Gear
77 Circlip
79 Bearing bolt 80 Cover
81 Screw 82 O-ring
83 Plug 84 Circlip
85 Bearing 86 Cover
87 Dowel pin 88 Screw
89 Oil feed 90 Piston rings
91 Nut 92 Shaft
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 42
SS10N005 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 43
TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) - Exploded

view (Transmission output)
Components
86 Cover 101 Nut
102 Bearing 103 Washer
104 Bearing 105 Gear
106 Washer 107 Circlip
108 Circlip 109 End plate
110 Separator spring 111 Lining disc
112 Steel washer 114 Circlip
115 L-ring 116 Belleville spring washer
117 Washer 118 Piston
119 Piston Ring 120 Piston Ring
123 Shaft 124 Piston Ring
125 Piston Ring 126 Piston
127 Washer 128 Belleville spring washer
129 L-ring 130 Circlip
131 Steel washer 132 Lining disc
133 Separator spring 134 End plate
135 Circlip 136 Washer
137 Needle bearing 138 Inner disc support
139 Needle bearing 140 Spacer
141 Gear 142 Synchroniser unit
143 Gear 144 Needle bearing
145 Socket 146 Circlip
147 Needle bearing 148 Circlip
149 Washer 150 Circlip
151 Bearing 152 O-ring
153 Oil feed bushing 154 Seal ring
155 Nut 161 Control rod.
162 Shift fork 163 Pin
164 Nut 165 Pin
166 Spring 167 Seal washer
169 Bolt 170 Sensor
171 Bolt 172 Bolt
173 Cover 174 O-ring
175 Bolt 176 Washer
177 Solenoid 178 Bracket
179 Nut 180 Bolt
181 O-ring 182 O-ring
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 44
SS10F219 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 45
TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) - Exploded

view (Solenoid valves, sensors, hydraulic lines)
Components
201 O-ring 202 Circlip
203 Hydraulic line 204 Circlip
205 O-ring 206 Hydraulic line
207 Hydraulic line 208 Hydraulic line
209 Hydraulic line 210 Bolt
213 union 214 O-ring
215 Circlip 216 Cover
217 Seal ring 218 Seal ring
219 Piston 220 Seal ring
221 Seal ring 222 Bolt
223 Bolt 224 Housing
225 Spool 226 Circlip
227 Shims 228 Spring
229 Spring 230 PLUG
231 Filter 232 Bolt
235 Charging pressure sensor, transmission 236 Temperature sensor, transmission
237 O-ring 238 Bolt
239 Valve block 240 O-ring
241 Pressure sensor, clutch A 242 O-ring
243 Pressure sensor, clutch B 244 O-ring
245 Accumulator 246 Solenoid valve, clutch A
247 Solenoid valve, clutch B 248 Solenoid valve, safety
249 O-rings 250 Solenoid valve, shift cylinder R1
251 Solenoid valve, shift cylinder F2 252 Bracket
253 Bracket 254 Bolt
255 cap 256 Connecting piece
257 O-ring 258 Bolt
259 O-ring 260 Pressure sensor, system pressure
261 Dowel pin 262 Seal
263 Dowel pin 264 Filter head
265 O-ring 266 Blanking plugs
267 Blanking plugs 268 Restrictor
269 Blanking plugs 270 Blanking plugs
271 Blanking plugs 272 Blanking plugs
273 Blanking plugs 274 Bolt
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 46
SS10F220 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 47
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 48
Control valve - Overview (Safety valve)

SS10H016 1 SS08J028 2
Safety valve (Y-034)

Valve switching behaviour On / Off
Rated voltage 12 V
Resistance of the coil at 20 °C (68 °F) 7.3 Ω +/- 5 %
Insulating resistance >100 k Ω
Current max. 1.35 A
Tightening torque 6 - 8 Nm (4.4 - 5.9 lb ft)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 49
Control valve - Overview (Solenoid valves)

SS10F201 1 SS08J028 2
PWM solenoid valves F2 (Y-026), R1 (Y-033), coupling A (Y-025) and B (Y-024)

Valve switching behaviour Proportional (PWM)
Rated voltage supply (clocked) 12 V
Clock frequency 100 Hz
Voltage (measured using digital multimeter) 7.5 V
Resistance of the coil at 20 °C (68 °F) 9.9 Ω +/- 5 %
Current consumption 100 - 750 mA
Power consumption 14 W
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 50
Hydrostat - Static description

SS10E132 1
The hydrostatic unit consists of an electrically controlled variable displacement pump and a fixed displacement motor
within a common housing, as well as a solenoid valve and pressure relief and flushing valves. The entire assembly
is located inside a flywheel housing that is centred using centring pins and fitted into the transmission housing from
the front. This hydrostatic unit fitted inside the flywheel housing is a very compact and easily accessible unit.
Pump
The pump is an electrically controlled variable displacement pump and is of the swash plate type. The oil flow of the
pump can be negative (direction of motor operation) or, in particular operating conditions, positive (direction of motor
operation) - see Hydrostat - General specification (C.20.G).
Controlling the pump displacement volume

The pump displacement volume is controlled by a single-acting electrical control. The control must be centred in the
middle. This means that in the absence of feeding pressure the pump displacement is zero - see Hydrostat - General
specification (C.20.G).
Motor
The motor is a fixed displacement motor. The direction of rotation of the motors can be negative (anti-clockwise) or
positive (clockwise).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 51
Feed line
The hydrostatic unit has a feed port to enable replacement of oil lost as a result of being flushed or leaked out of the
closed oil circuit. This port also provides the swash plate adjustment valve with pressure oil. The pressure on the low
pressure side of the hydrostat is specified by the feed pressure. The flow ratios of the feed circuit are illustrated - see
Hydrostat - General specification (C.20.G).
High-pressure relief valve

These valves protect the hydrostatic unit from overpressure. As soon as the pressure exceeds the set value the
valves open a connection between the high-pressure and low-pressure side of the circuit - see Hydrostat - General
specification (C.20.G).
Flushing
To maintain the temperature in the hydrostatic unit at a constant level, a certain amount of oil from the closed circuit is
steadily replaced with oil from the feed line. The flushing valve flushes out a fixed amount of oil from the low pressure
side of the circuit and channels it directly to tank.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 52
Hydrostat - Hydraulic schema

SS10E131 1
1 Variable displacement pump 2 Hydrostatic control valve

3 Swash plate adjustment 4 Pressure relief valve 480 bar (6960 psi)
5 Pressure relief valve 480 bar (6960 psi) 6 Flush valve slide
7 Pressure relief valve 14 bar (203 psi) 8 Hydromotor for continuously adjustable
transmission
9 Pressure connection 22 bar (319 psi) 10 Pressure sensor feeding pressure
(X1) Control pressure connection (MA) High-pressure manometer connection

(X2) Control pressure connection (MB) High-pressure manometer connection
(U) Flushing oil port (M1) Connection for pressure sensor
(T) Connection to tank (transmission)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 53
Sensing system System pressure sensor - Overview (p1)

SS10H012 1 SS08J031 2
System pressure sensor (B-036)

Measuring range 0 - 40 bar (0 - 580 psi)
PIN A (voltage supply) Ground
PIN B (voltage supply) 5V
PIN C (signal)
at 0 bar (0 psi) 0.5 V
at 22 bar (319 psi) 2.7 V
at 40 bar (580 psi) 4.5 V
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 54
Sensing system Charge pressure sensor - Overview

SS10H013 1 SS08J031 2
Feed pressure sensor (B-039)

PIN C (signal)
at 22 bar (319 psi) 2.7 V
at 40 bar (580 psi) 4.5 V
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 55
Sensing system Charge pressure sensor - Overview (Hydrostat)

SS10H015 1 SS08J031 2
Feed pressure sensor, hydrostat (B-041)

PIN C (signal)
at 22 bar (319 psi) 2.7 V
at 40 bar (580 psi) 4.5 V
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 56
Sensing system Pressure sensor - Overview (Clutch A)

SS10F199 1 SS08J031 2
Pressure sensor, clutch A (B-031)

PIN C (signal)
at 22 bar (319 psi) 2.7 V
at 40 bar (580 psi) 4.5 V
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 57
Sensing system Pressure sensor - Overview (Clutch B)

SS10H011 1 SS08J031 2
Pressure sensor, clutch B (B-032)

PIN C (signal)
at 22 bar (319 psi) 2.7 V
at 40 bar (580 psi) 4.5 V
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 58
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Overview

SS10H014 1 SS08J030 2
Temperature sensor, transmission oil (B-029)

Version PTC
Measuring range -50 - 200 °C (-58 - 392 °F)
Rated voltage 5V
Signal voltage at 15 °C (59 °F) 3.3 V
Insulating resistance > 100 k Ω
Resistance at 25 °C (77 °F) 1097.34 Ω +/- 1 %
Resistance at 100 °C (212 °F) 1385 Ω +/- 1 %
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 59
Sensing system Speed sensor - Overview (Ring gear)

SS10F193 1 SS08J034 2
Speed sensor, ring gear (B-022)

Sensor version Active Hall sensor
PIN 2 (voltage supply) 12 V
PIN 1 (signal) Switches between 2 V and 4 V
working temperature -40 - 115 °C (-40 - 239 °F)
Air gap (sensor - measuring wheel) 1.9 mm (0.07 in)
Sensor check (not possible with multimeter) EST or oscilloscope
Signal form for speed sensor, ring gear (B-022) (B-022)
SS10F191 3
Signal form (1) when sun gear rotates in opposite direction (engine).
Signal form (2) when sun gear rotates in same direction (engine).
NOTE: The frequency depends on the engine and hydrostat speed.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 60
Sensing system Position sensor - Overview (F2/R1)

SS10F188 1 SS10F204 2
Position sensor, synchroniser unit F2/R1 (B-044)

Sensor version Hall
PIN 1 (voltage supply) Ground
PIN 2 (signal) in shift position F2 approx. 4 V
PIN 2 (signal) in shift position R1 approx. 1 V
PIN 3 (power supply) 5V
PIN 4 (signal) in shift position F2 approx. 1 V
PIN 4 (signal) in shift position R1 approx. 4 V
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 61
Sensing system - Overview (Fly wheel torque sensor)

SS10F203 1 SS10F202 2
Fly wheel torque sensor (B-035)

Sensor version Hall
PIN 1 (supply) 12 V
PIN 2 (signal) Switches between 1.0 V +/- 0.2 V and 5.9 V +/- 0.4 V
PIN 3 (supply) Ground
Air gap (sensor - measuring wheel) 1.3 mm (0.05 in) +/- 0.2 mm (0.01
in)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 62

Remove
Prior operation:
Disconnect the transmission from the rear axle, for further information refer to TRANSMISSION Continuously Vari-
able Transmission (CVT) - Disconnect (C.20.G)
1. WARNING
Heavy objects!
serious injury.
W0398A
2. Detach the brake pipe bracket.
BAIL11CCM139AVA 1
3. Disconnect the filter blocked (1), A clutch (2) trans-

mission oil temperature (3), and B clutch (4) sender
electrical connectors.
BAIL11CCM140AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 63
4. Disconnect the synchroniser electrical connectors.
BAIL11CCM141AVA 3
5. Disconnect the F2–R1 synchroniser and transmis-

sion oil temperature electrical connectors.
BAIL11CCM142AVA 4
6. Disconnect the ring speed sensor electrical connec-

tor.
BAIL11CCM143AVA 5
7. Disconnect the wiring harness electrical connectors.
BAIL11CCM144AVA 6
Next operation:
Disconnect the engine from the transmission, for further information refer to ENGINE - Disconnect (B.10.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 64
TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) - Install

Prior operation:
Connect the engine to the transmission, for further information refer to ENGINE - Connect (B.10.A)
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
1. Connect the wiring harness electrical connectors.
BAIL11CCM144AVA 1
2. Connect the ring speed sensor electrical connector.
BAIL11CCM143AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 65
3. Connect the F2–R1 synchroniser and transmission

oil temperature electrical connectors.
BAIL11CCM142AVA 3
4. Connect the synchroniser electrical connectors.
BAIL11CCM141AVA 4
5. Connect the filter blocked (1), A clutch (2) transmis-

sion oil temperature (3), and B clutch (4) sender elec-
trical connectors.
BAIL11CCM140AVA 5
6. Attach the brake pipe bracket.
BAIL11CCM139AVA 6
Next operation:
Connect the transmission to the rear axle, for further information refer to TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable
Transmission (CVT) - Connect (C.20.G)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 66
Accumulator - Replace
WARNING
Pressurized system!
Before attempting any service procedure, it is your responsibility to know the number of accumulators
on the machine, and the correct procedure for releasing the pressure of each accumulator.
W0136A
TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) - Exploded view (Solenoid valves, sensors, hy-
draulic lines) (C.20.G)
Prior operation:
Remove the rear right wheel - see Rear wheel - Remove (D.50.C).
Removal
1. Loosen the screws and remove the cover.
SS11C153 1
NOTE: Thoroughly clean the area around the accumulator.

2. WARNING
Pressurized system!
The accumulator contains highly pressur-
ized nitrogen gas. If the accumulator sys-
tem does not function correctly, replace
the accumulator. DO NOT attempt to re-
pair the accumulator.
serious injury.
W0290A
Remove the accumulator (245).
SS11C136 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 67
Assembly
3. Fit the new accumulator (245) with a new O-ring
(244) and tighten to 63 - 72 Nm (46.5 - 53.1 lb ft).
NOTE: Grease the O-ring with industrial vaseline.
SS11C136 3
4. Fit the cover, insert the screws and tighten.
SS11C153 4
Next operation:
Fit the rear right wheel - see Rear wheel - Install (D.50.C).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 68
Control valve - Replace (Safety valve, clutch "A", clutch "B")

Prior operation:
Removal
SS11C153 1
NOTE: Thoroughly clean the area around the solenoid valves.

2. If necessary mark the electrical connectors and re-
move them.
SS11C133 2
3. Remove the screws (274) and the support (262).

Remove the faulty solenoid valve.
(246) Solenoid valve, clutch A
(247) Solenoid valve, clutch B
(248) Solenoid valve, safety
SS11C134 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 69
Assembly
4. Fit the respective solenoid valve with new O-rings
(249). Fit the support (253), insert the screws (254)
and tighten to 6 - 8 Nm (4.4 - 5.9 lb ft).
NOTE: Grease the O-rings with industrial vaseline.
NOTE: Fit the solenoid valves so that the electrical con-
nection is vertical or turned max. 45 ° to the left.
SS10F209 4
5. Reconnect the electrical connectors, assigning them

correctly.
SS11C133 5
SS11C153 6
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 70
Control valve - Replace (Shift cylinder)

Prior operation:
Removal
SS11C153 1
NOTE: Thoroughly clean the area around the solenoid valves.

move them.
SS10F211 2
3. Remove the screws (254) and the support (253).

Remove the faulty solenoid valve.
(250) Solenoid valve, shift cylinder R1
(251) Solenoid valve, shift cylinder F2
SS10F212 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 71
Assembly
4. Fit the respective solenoid valve with new O-rings
(249). Fit the support (253), insert the screws (254)
NOTE: Fit the solenoid valves so that the electrical con-
nection is vertical or turned max. 45 ° to the right.
SS10F213 4
5. Reconnect the electrical connectors, assigning them

correctly.
SS10F211 5
SS11C153 6
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 72
Valve block - Remove

Prior operation:
Remove the auxiliary fuel tank - see Fuel tank - Remove (B.20.A).
NOTE: If the transmission has been removed, work steps 1 to 2 are not necessary.
1. Remove the screws and take off the cover.
SS11C153 1
2. Mark the electrical connectors and remove them.

Remove the hydraulic lines.
SS11C146 2
3. Remove the bubble reservoir (245).
SS10F056 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 73
4. Unscrew the screws (238), (258) and remove the

valve block (239).
SS10F064 4
5. Remove the connecting pieces (213). Remove the

seal ring (205) from the supply line (203).
SS10F065 5
NOTE: Close all oil channels for cleaning.

NOTE: Thoroughly clean and inspect all parts for wear or damage and replace if necessary. Remove any sealant
residue from the sealing surfaces.
Next operation:
Valve block - Install (C.20.G)
Valve block - Disassemble (C.20.G)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 74
Valve block - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Valve block - Remove (C.20.G)
1. Unscrew the screws (232) and remove the filter head

(264) with filter from the valve block.
SS10F171 1
Shift cylinder F2/R1

2. Remove the screw (210) and pull the tube line (209)
out of the housing. Remove the screws (222) and
(223). Lift the housing (224) off the valve block (239)
and remove.
SS10F221 2
3. Release the circlip (215) and press out the piston

(219) together with the cover (216).
SS10F222 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 75
4. Remove the seal ring (220) and the O-rings (217),

(218), (221) and (265) from the piston, cover and
switch cylinder.
SS10F174 4
Lubricating oil valve

5. WARNING
Spring under tension!
Compressed springs have potentially
dangerous stored energy. Always assem-
ble and disassemble properly.
serious injury.
W0356A
Open the plug screw (230), remove spring (228) and

(229), slider (225) and adjusting shims (227).
SS10F175 5
NOTE: Thoroughly clean and inspect all parts for wear or damage and replace if necessary.
Next operation:
Valve block - Assemble (C.20.G)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 76
Valve block - Assemble

Prior operation:
Valve block - Disassemble (C.20.G)
NOTE: All components must be oiled prior to assembly.

NOTE: If the plugs were removed from the housing/cover, spray them with LOCTITE® 243 and screw them in.
Lubrication oil valve:

1. Fit the circlip (226). Insert the adjusting shims (226)
that were removed during disassembly into the slider
(225). Fit the slider (225) and check for freedom of
movement.
SS10F176 1
2. Fit the springs (228) and (229) with the plug screw
(230). To do this, the springs must be pressed to-
gether with a suitable aid.
SS10F175 2
Shift cylinder F2/R1:

3. CAUTION
Burn hazard!
Always wear heat-resistant protective
gloves when handling heated parts.
Failure to comply could result in minor or
moderate injury.
C0047A
Fit the O-ring (265) in the groove on the piston (219).

Warm the seal ring (220) in approx. 60 °C (140 °F)
hot oil and fit it on the piston. Then push the sizing
sleeve 380200181 over the piston and place it in the
freezer for at least 3 hours at -18 °C (-0.4 °F).
SS10F177 3
NOTICE: Do not expand or bend the seal ring too much
during assembly.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 77
4. Fit a new O-ring (221) into the housing (224). Fit

new O-rings (217) and (218) into the cover (216).
Carefully push the piston (219) by hand into the shift
cylinder.
SS11C105 4
5. Inser the cover (216) until the stop and fit the circlip
(215).
SS10F173 5
Leakage test for the shift cylinder

6. CAUTION
Eye injury hazard!
Wear protective goggles when using
compressed air.
moderate injury.
C0035A
Using a suitable air pistol, place both pressure chan-

nels under approx. 10 bar (145 psi) pressure; the
piston must move in the process.
SS10F178 6
7. Insert the dowel pins (261) and fit a new seal (262)
on the valve block (239).
SS10F179 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 78
8. Fit the housing (224) on the valve block (239). Spray

the screws (222) and (223) with LOCTITE® 243, fit
them and tighten to 51 - 57 Nm (37.6 - 42.0 lb ft). Fit
the piping (209) with new O-rings (211) and (212).
Spray the screw (210) with LOCTITE® 243, fit it and
tighten to 20 - 25 Nm (14.8 - 18.4 lb ft).
SS10F221 8
9. Fit the filter head (264) with new O-rings (233). Insert
the screws (232) and tighten to 20 - 25 Nm (14.8 -
18.4 lb ft).
SS10F171 9
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 79
Valve block - Install

TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) - Exploded view (Transmission output) (C.20.G)
Prior operation:
Valve block - Remove (C.20.G)
Valve block - Assemble (C.20.G)
NOTE: If the plugs were removed from the housing/cover, spray them with LOCTITE® 243 and screw them in.
1. Push the piston (219) inside the shift cylinder until
the stop. Insert the dowel pins (263).
SS10F172 1
2. Move the shift fork (162) into the shift position F2

(forwards). Fit a new O-ring (205) on the supply
hose (203). Fit all connecting pieces (213) with new
O-rings (214) inside the housing.
SS10F224 2
3. Grease the sealing surfaces and evenly apply

LOCTITE® 5205 to the sealing surface of the valve
block.
NOTE: Wen applying the LOCTITE® , ensure that the oil
holes remain unblocked.
4. Insert the valve block (239) with the pistons (219) for
the shift cylinder inside the shift fork (162) and place
onto the dowel pins. Spray the screws (238) and
(258) with LOCTITE® 243, fit them and tighten evenly
to 51 - 57 Nm (37.6 - 42.0 lb ft).
SS10F064 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 80
5. Fit the bubble reservoir (245) with a new O-ring (244)

SS10F056 4
NOTE: If the transmission has been removed, work steps 6 to 7 are not necessary.
6. Connect the electrical connectors. Fit the hydraulic
lines.
SS11C146 5
SS11C153 6
Next operation:
Fit the auxiliary fuel tank - see Fuel tank - Install (B.20.A).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 81
Hydrostat - Remove
WARNING
Heavy objects!
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment with adequate capacity. Always support
units or parts with suitable slings or hooks. Make sure the work area is clear of all bystanders.
W0398A
TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) - Exploded view (Transmission input) (C.20.G)
Prior operation:
ENGINE - Disconnect (for vehicles with suspended front axle refer to Engine Remove) (B.10.A)
1. Unscrew the screw (55) and remove the torque sen-

sor for the flywheel (54). Unscrew the screws (48) for
the cable feedthrough (49) and remove the bracket.
SS10F093 1
2. Open the cable ties, disconnect the plug-in connec-

tions and remove the cable.
SS10F094 2
3. Unscrew the screws (9) and the nut for the line (8).
NOTE: Close the open line ends with plugs.
SS10F095 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 82
4. Fit the special tool 380200176 to the hydrostat (1)

using three screws M10x30. Twist the lift tab (A)
to position (II) and secure with the clamping screw
(B). Ensure that the tip of the clamping screw (B) is
seated in the recess (C) in the pipe. Use a suitable
hoisting device to suspend the hydrostat.
SS10F096 4
SS10F180 5
5. Remove the four screws (2).

NOTE: Two technicians are required to remove the hydro-
stat.
SS10F097 6
6. Push out the hydrostat from the transmission casing,

place it in a suitable location and protect it from dirt.
SS10F098 7
Next operation:
Hydrostat - Install (C.20.G)
Summing planetary gear - Remove (C.20.G)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 83
Hydrostat - Install
WARNING
Heavy objects!
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment with adequate capacity. Always support
units or parts with suitable slings or hooks. Make sure the work area is clear of all bystanders.
W0398A
Prior operation:
Hydrostat - Remove (C.20.G)
1. Insert the dowel pins (15) inside the cover (22). Fit a
new O-ring (11) on the hydrostat.
NOTE: Grease the O-ring using industrial Vaseline.
SS10F162 1
2. Fit the stud bolts M16x1.5x100 at the position pic-

tured.
SS10F163 2
3. Fit the special tool 380200176 to the hydrostat (1)

using three screws M10x30.
Twist the lift tab (A) to position (I) and secure with the
clamping screw (B). Ensure that the tip of the clamp-
ing screw (B) is seated in the recess (C) in the pipe.
Use a suitable hoisting device to raise the hydrostat.
Place the hydrostat inside the transmission casing
and place it inside the housing.
SS10F181 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 84
4. Now twist the lift tab (A) to position (II) and secure
with the clamping screw (B). Raise the hydrostat and
place it on the guide bolts; rotate the hydrostat's input
shaft to guide the hydrostat's output shafts into the
toothing and continue until the stop.
NOTE: When inserting the hydrostat ensure that the flange
surfaces of the gear and the hydrostat are parallel to each
other.
NOTE: Two technicians are required to fit the hydrostat.
SS10F180 4
5. Insert the screws (2) and tighten evenly and in turns

to 195 - 215 Nm (144 - 159 lb ft).
SS10F097 5
6. Fit a new O-ring (10) on the line (8). Spray the screws
(9) with LOCTITE® 243, insert and tighten to 9 - 13 Nm
(6.6 - 9.6 lb ft). Tighten the nuts for the line (8) to 48
- 52 Nm (35.4 - 38.4 lb ft).
NOTE: Remove the plugs from the line ends.
SS10F095 6
7. Connect the electrical connectors. Lay the line and

secure with a cable tie.
SS10F094 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 85
8. Feed the cable through the opening, fit the bracket

(47), spray the screws (48) with LOCTITE® 243, insert
and tighten to 6 - 8 Nm (4.4 - 5.9 lb ft). Fit the torque
sensor for the flywheel (54), spray the screw (55) with
LOCTITE® 243, insert and tighten to 6 - 8 Nm (4.4 -
5.9 lb ft).
SS10F093 8
Next operation:
ENGINE - Connect (for vehicles with suspended front axle refer to Engine Install) (B.10.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 86
Summing planetary gear - Remove

Prior operation:
Hydrostat - Remove (C.20.G)
1. Unscrew the screw (52) and remove the speed sen-

sor for the ring gear (51). Remove the bolts (46).
SS10F099 1
2. Unscrew the screws (21) and remove the cover (22).
SS10F100 2
3. Remove the sun gear (30).
SS10F106 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 87
4. Release the circlip (34) and remove the planetary

gear (32).
SS10F107 4
Next operation:
Summing planetary gear - Disassemble (C.20.G)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 88
Summing planetary gear - Disassemble

Prior operation:
1. Pull out the sleeves (33) using a suitable slide ham-

mer puller (M5) and remove the ring (31).
SS10F108 1
2. Release the circlips (44). Push out the bearing bolts

(41) and remove planetary gears (40).
SS10F109 2
3. Drive out the needle bearings (39) using a suitable

extractor.
SS10F110 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 89
4. Release the circlips (45) and remove the bearings

(43).
SS10F111 4
Cover, summing planetary gear

5. Release the circlip (29) and remove together with the
cover plate (28). Remove the ring gear (27) and the
ring gear carrier from the cover (22).
SS10F113 5
6. Remove the bearing (23) from the cover (22).
SS10F114 6
7. Remove the bearing (23) and the circlip (24) from the
ring gear carrier (26).
SS10F115 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 90
8. Release the circlip (25) and remove the ring gear (27)
from the ring gear carrier.
SS10F116 8
9. Release the circlip (17), pull out the shaft (12) and
remove the gear wheel (16).
SS10F117 9
10. Release the circlip (20) and pull out the bearing (19).
SS10F118 10
11. Release the circlip (13) and remove the bearing from
the cover (14).
SS10F119 11
Next operation:
Summing planetary gear - Assemble (C.20.G)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 91
Summing planetary gear - Assemble

Prior operation:
Summing planetary gear - Disassemble (C.20.G)
NOTE: All parts must be oiled prior to assembly.

1. Fit the bearings (43) onto the bearing bolts (41) and
insert the circlips (45).
SS10F111 1
2. Insert the needle bearing (39) using the drift

380200179.
NOTE: The drift 380200179 must be seated against the
planetary carrier (32) in order to ensure that there is a gap
between the needle bearing 0.2 mm (0.01 in) and the thrust
washer (42).
SS10F136 2
3. Insert the planetary gears (40) with thrust washers

(42) into the planetary carrier (32).
SS10F137 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 92
4. Place the circlip (34) between the planetary gears

(40). Push the bearing bolts (41) together with the
anti-twist device (ball) (37) into the recess inside the
planetary gears (40) and insert the circlips (44).
SS10F112 4
NOTE: Prior to fitting the bearing bolts check whether the

anti-twist device (ball) is fitted to each bearing bolt.
SS10F138 5
5. Place the ring (31) on the planetary carrier and align

it. Insert the new sleeves (33) until the stop using a
suitable drift.
SS10H018 6
Cover, summing planetary gear

NOTE: When a new cover (22) is fitted, the thrust ring (57)
must be pressed in.
SS10F122 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 93
6. Insert the circlip (13) into the cover and press apart
using suitable pliers. Fit the bearing (14) and insert
the circlip (13).
SS10F119 8
7. Insert the bearing (19) into the cover using a suitable

drift and insert the circlip (20).
SS10F118 9
8. Place the gear wheel (16) and the circlip (17) inside.
Push in the shaft (12) and insert the circlip (17).
NOTE: The gear wheel must be fitted with the collar facing
the cover.
SS10F120 10
9. Fit the ring gear (27) onto the ring gear carrier (26)
and insert the circlips (25).
SS10F116 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 94
10. Insert the circlip (24) and fit the bearings (23) inside
the ring gear carrier (26).
SS10F115 12
11. Fit the ring gear carrier (26) onto the cover (22).
Place the cover plate (28) inside and insert the cir-
clip (29).
SS10F113 13
Next operation:
Summing planetary gear - Install (C.20.G)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 95
Summing planetary gear - Install

Prior operation:
Summing planetary gear - Assemble (C.20.G)
1. Align the planetary gears (40) and fit the planetary

carrier. Insert the circlip (34).
NOTE: When the transmission is completely disassem-
bled, the ring gear (35) can also be fitted after the summing
planetary carrier.
SS10F158 1
2. Fit the sun gear (30).
SS10F106 2
3. Fit a new O-ring (201).

SS10F159 3
4. Degrease the sealing surfaces and apply LOCTITE®

5205.
NOTE: Fit the dowel pins (18) if the housing (50) or the
cover (22) has been replaced.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 96
5. Screw two stud bolts (X) M16x1.5x100 into the hous-

ing. Stud bolts - see TRANSMISSION Continu-
ously Variable Transmission (CVT) - Special tools
(C.20.G).
SS10F160 4
6. Fit the cover (22), insert the screws (21) and tighten
to 51 - 58 Nm (37.6 - 42.8 lb ft). Remove the stud
bolts.
SS10F100 5
7. Insert the screws (46) and tighten to 51 - 58 Nm (37.6

- 42.8 lb ft). Fit the speed sensor for the ring gear
(51) together with a new O- ring (53), spray the screw
(52) with LOCTITE® 243, insert and tighten to 6 - 8 Nm
(4.4 - 5.9 lb ft).
SS10F099 6
Next operation:
Hydrostat - Install (C.20.G)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 97
Clutch - Remove (A and B)

Prior operation:
Gear and synchroniser - Remove (Reverse) (C.20.G)
1. Remove the sleeve shaft (35). Loosen and unscrew

the nut (101).
SS10F126 1
2. Use a suitable extractor to pull the bearing bush (36)

out of the sleeve shaft (35).
SS10F140 2
3. Unscrew the screws (58) and remove together with

the cover (59).
SS10F127 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 98
4. Remove the circlip (60).
SS10F128 4
5. Turn the transmission.

Screw a ring bolt M14x1.5 into the transmission out-
put shaft (123). Lift both shafts out of the transmis-
sion using a hoisting device.
NOTE: When lifting out the shafts, ensure that the shafts
do not get jammed.
SS10F129 5
6. Use a suitable extractor to pull off the bearing (67).

Remove the circlip (65) and take out the needle bear-
ing (66).
SS10F130 6
7. Remove the circlip (71), and take out the washer (70)
and the bearing (69).
SS10F131 7
NOTE: Check the pipelines in the transmission housing for damage and ensure they are secure. Replace the pipelines
if necessary.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 99
Next operation:
Clutch - Disassemble (A and B) (C.20.G)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 100
Clutch - Disassemble (A and B)

Prior operation:
Clutch - Remove (A and B) (C.20.G)
1. Unscrew the loosened nut (101).
SS10F132 1
2. Pull off the bearing (102) together with the gear wheel
(inner disc support) (105).
SS10F133 2
3. Remove the bearings (104) using a suitable drift.
SS10F134 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 101
Clutch B
4. WARNING
serious injury.
W0356A
Pre-load the Belleville washers (116) using the spe-

cial tool 380200177 until the circlip (114) can be re-
moved.
SS10F135 4
5. Press down the end plate (109) of the disc pack using
a suitable pipe (X) and remove the circlip (108).
SS10F141 5
6. Remove the complete disc pack and Belleville wash-

ers.
7. Turn two M5 screws inside the piston (118) and pull
out the piston with the screws. Remove the piston
rings (119), (120) and O-rings (181), (182).
NOTE: The piston seals always consist of a piston ring and
an O-ring.
SS10F142 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 102
Clutch A
8. WARNING
serious injury.
W0356A
Pre-load the Belleville washers (128) using the spe-

cial tool 380200177 until the circlip (129) can be re-
moved.
SS10F143 7
9. Press down the end plate (134) of the disc pack using
a suitable pipe (X) and remove the circlip (135).
SS10F144 8
10. Remove the complete disc pack and Belleville wash-

ers.
11. Turn two M6 screws inside the piston (126) and pull
out the piston with the screws. Remove the piston
rings (124), (125) and O-rings (183), (184).
NOTE: The piston seals always consist of a piston ring and
an O-ring.
SS10F145 9
Next operation:
Clutch - Assemble (A and B) (C.20.G)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 103
Clutch - Assemble (A and B)

Prior operation:
Clutch - Disassemble (A and B) (C.20.G)

1. Place the new piston rings and the O-rings in warm
oil and fit them onto the pistons (118), (126).
NOTE: The piston seal always consists of a piston ring and
an O-ring.
NOTICE: Do not stretch or bend the rings too much during
assembly.
SS10F146 1
2. Push the pistons (118) and (126) into the sizing

sleeves 380200180 and place in the freezer for 4
hours at -18 °C (-0.4 °F).
SS11C103 2
3. Carefully fit the pistons (118) and (126) by hand.

NOTE: Grease the seal rings with industrial vaseline.
NOTE: Check that the 3 plugs are securely fitted inside the
clutch shaft.
4. Install the washer (117) and the Belleville spring
washers (116) as illustrated in the diagram.
SS10F207 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 104
5. WARNING
serious injury.
W0356A
Pre-load the Belleville washers using the special tool

380200177. Fit the L-ring (115) and the circlip (114).
SS10F148 4
6. Install the washer (127) and the Belleville spring

washers (128) as illustrated in the diagram.
SS10F152 5
7. WARNING
serious injury.
W0356A
Pre-load the Belleville washers using the special tool

380200177. Fit the L-ring (129) and the circlip (130).
SS10F149 6
Sealing function check for piston rings for clutch "A" and clutch "B".
8. CAUTION
Eye injury hazard!
compressed air.
moderate injury.
C0035A
Using a suitable air pistol, place both pressure chan-

nels under approx. 10 bar (145 psi) pressure; the
pistons must move in the process.
NOTE: A leak tightness of one hundred percent cannot
be expected as the pressure medium used can leak air SS10F150 7
considerably more easily than oil.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 105
9. Before fitting the disc packs the degree of wear of

the friction plates must be checked. If the wear limit
is 1.8 mm (0.07 in) close to being reached the plates
must be replaced.
Clutch B
10. Alternately fit the separator plates (112) and the fric-
tion plates (111) and the separating springs (110).
Commence with a separator plate on piston (118),
see Figure 8.
NOTE: If new friction plates are being used they must be
placed in transmission oil for at least 30 min.
SS10F151 8
11. Fit the end plate (109) of the disc pack. Use a suit-
able pipe (X) to press down the end plate and insert
the circlip (108).
SS10F141 9
Clutch A
12. Alternately fit the separator plates (131) and the fric-
tion plates (132) and the separating springs (133).
Commence with a separator plate on piston (126),
see Figure 10.
NOTE: If new friction plates are being used they must be
placed in transmission oil for at least 30 min.
SS10F153 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 106
13. Fit the end plate (134) of the disc pack. Use a suit-
able pipe (X) to press down the end plate and insert
the circlip (135).
SS10F144 11
14. Fit the bearing (104) with spacer (106) and circlip
(107).
SS10F154 12
15. Fit the gear wheel (inner disc support) (105) by con-
tinuous rotation.
16. Fit the ring (103) and the bearing (102) using a suit-
able drift.
SS10F156 13
17. Screw the nut (101) onto the shaft until the stop.
NOTE: The nut is later tightened to torque.
SS10F132 14
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 107
Clutch - Install (A and B) (C.20.G)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 108
Clutch - Install (A and B)

Prior operation:
Clutch - Assemble (A and B) (C.20.G)

1. Fit the bearing (69) and the washer (70). Insert the
circlip (71). Rotate the sleeve shaft (68) by 180 °.
SS10F131 1
2. Fit the needle bearing (66) and insert the circlip (65).
Fit the bearing (67) using a suitable drift with the
groove facing upwards.
SS10F130 2
3. Lift both shafts (123) and (68) into the transmission

using a hoist and place together in the bearing bores.
NOTICE: Do not twist the shafts when inserting them.
SS10F129 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 109
4. Turn the transmission.

Insert the circlip (60).
SS10F128 4
5. Fit the cover (59), spray the screws (58) with

LOCTITE® 243, screw them in and tighten to 27 - 36
Nm (19.9 - 26.6 lb ft).
SS10F127 5
6. Fit the bearing bush (36) using the special tool

380200178 into the sleeve shaft (35).
SS10F157 6
7. Insert the sleeve shaft (35). Block the shafts and

tighten the nuts (101) to 343 Nm (253 lb ft) and se-
cure.
SS10F126 7
Next operation:
Gear and synchroniser - Install (Reverse) (C.20.G)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 110
Gear and synchroniser - Remove (F2/R1)

Prior operation:
Remove the transmission - see TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) - Remove (C.20.G).
Remove the valve block - see Valve block - Remove (C.20.G).
1. For dismantling, the transmission must be mounted

on a commercially available pivotable assembly
block. To this end an adaptor plate (which must be
made by the workshop) is fitted to the left side of the
transmission housing. Adaptor plate - see TRANS-
MISSION Continuously Variable Transmission
(CVT) - Special tools (C.20.G).
NOTICE: The assembly block must be licensed for a bear-
ing load of at least 550 kg (1213 lb).
SS10F083 1
2. Remove the tee fitting.
SS10F057 2
3. Pull out the connecting piece (62) using a screw

M14x1.5.
SS10F058 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 111
4. Unscrew the two nuts (91) and (155) and remove.

Unscrew the nuts (164) for the shift rod and remove.
NOTE: The nut (155) has a left-hand thread.
SS10F059 4
5. Unscrew the screws (88) and lift off the cover (86)
using two levers evenly.
SS10F060 5
6. Remove the covering plate (149) and the circlip (2

parts) (148). Remove the gear wheel (72).
SS10F061 6
7. Unscrew the screws (172) and remove the cover

(173) together with the sensor.
Unscrew the screw (169) and remove together with
spring (166) and pin (165).
SS10F062 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 112
8. Unscrew the screws (180) and remove the magnet

(177) with the bracket.
SS10F063 8
9. Remove the shift unit (shift rod, selector shaft, inner

disc support) as one.
SS10F066 9
Next operation:
Gear and synchroniser - Disassemble (F2/R1) (C.20.G)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 113
Gear and synchroniser - Disassemble (F2/R1)

Prior operation:
Gear and synchroniser - Remove (F2/R1) (C.20.G)
1. Remove the shift fork (162) and the shift rod (163)
from the synchroniser unit.
SS10F067 1
2. Remove the circlip (146). Remove the gear wheel

(143) together with needle bearing and bearing bush.
SS10F068 2
3. Remove the synchroniser unit (142).
SS10F069 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 114
4. Remove the gear wheel (141) together with needle

bearings and spacer ring.
SS10F070 4
5. Take the needle bearing (137) out of the inner disc

support.
SS10F071 5
6. Pull the oil feed sleeves (89) and (153) out of the
cover (86).
SS10F081 6
7. Remove the circlips (84) and (150) as well as the

bearings (85) and (151).
SS10F082 7
NOTE: Clean the components, carefully check for wear and damage and replace if required.
Next operation:
Gear and synchroniser - Assemble (F2/R1) (C.20.G)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 115
Gear and synchroniser - Assemble (F2/R1)

Prior operation:
Gear and synchroniser - Disassemble (F2/R1) (C.20.G)

1. Push the needle bearing (139) and the spacer (140)
onto the inner disc support (138).
SS11C104 1
2. Prior the assembling the synchroniser unit, check the

unit for wear or discolouration. If the wear limit of the
synchroniser rings is 1 mm (0.04 in) close to being
reached, the synchroniser unit must be replaced.
SS08J091 2
3. Fit the gear wheel (141) and the synchroniser unit

(142).
SS10F073 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 116
4. Push the needle bearing (144) onto the bushing

(145).
SS10F074 4
5. Fit the gear wheel (143) with the pre-assembled

bushing (145) and insert the circlip (146). Insert the
needle bearing (147).
SS10F076 5
6. Place the needle bearing (137) inside the inner disc

support (138) and fit the shift fork (162) with the shift
rod (163).
SS10F075 6
NOTE: The gear wheels (141) and (143) must have mini-
mal axial play if fitted correctly.
SS10F077 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 117
7. Place the bearings (85) and (151) inside the cover

(86) and insert the circlips (84) and (150).
NOTE: If the cover (86) is replaced, check that all plugs
(83) are fitted. Spray the plugs with LOCTITE® 243 and fit
them.
SS10F082 8
Next operation:
Gear and synchroniser - Install (F2/R1) (C.20.G)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 118
Gear and synchroniser - Install (F2/R1)

Prior operation:
Gear and synchroniser - Assemble (F2/R1) (C.20.G)
1. Snap the twist-proof washer (136) into place on the

transmission output shaft (123) using industrial vase-
line.
SS10F079 1
2. Fit the pre-assembled shift unit (shift rod (161), shift

fork (162), inner disc support (138)) at the same time.
SS10F066 2
3. Insert the circlip (2 parts) (148) and fit the covering

plate (149) using industrial vaseline. Fit the gear
wheel (72) onto the sleeve shaft (35).
SS10F061 3
NOTE: There must be a noticeable axial clearance for the

inner disc support (138) on the output shaft (123).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 119
4. Insert the new O-rings (82).

SS11C102 4
5. Fit the cover (86), insert the screws (88) and tighten
to 140 - 155 Nm (103 - 114 lb ft).
NOTE: Insert the dowel pins (87) prior to fitting the cover.
SS10F084 5
6. Fit new seal rings (90).

NOTE: Grease the seal rings with industrial vaseline.
SS10F205 6
7. Fit new seal rings (154) and O-rings (152).

NOTE: Grease the O-rings and seal rings with industrial
vaseline.
SS10F206 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 120
8. Fit the oil feed bushings (89) and (153) inside the
cover (86).
NOTICE: Fit the oil feed bushings manually so that the seal
rings are not damaged.
SS10F085 8
9. Fit the nut (91) and tighten to 490 Nm (361 lb ft).

Fit the nut (155) and tighten to 343 Nm (253 lb ft).
NOTE: When tightening the nuts, engage the reverse gear
and block the shafts with a rag.
SS10F086 9
Check the seal rings for leak tightness at the oil feed bushing
10. CAUTION
Eye injury hazard!
compressed air.
moderate injury.
C0035A
To do this, fit two couplers (213) with new O-rings

(214). Fill the channels with oil to ensure a better
seal. Using a suitable air pistol, place both pressure
channels under approx. 10 bar (145 psi) pressure;
the pistons must move in the process.
SS10F087 10
NOTE: A leak tightness of one hundred percent cannot
be expected as the pressure medium used can leak air
considerably more easily than oil.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 121
11. With the magnet (177) with bracket, spray the screws
(180) with LOCTITE® 243, insert and tighten to 6 - 8
Nm (4.4 - 5.9 lb ft).
SS10F063 11
12. Fit the screw (169) with a new seal washer (167),
spring (166) and pin (165) and tighten to 100 - 120
Nm (73.8 - 88.5 lb ft). Fit the sensor including the
cover (173) and a new O-ring (174). Spray the
screws (172) with LOCTITE® 243, insert and tighten
to 6 - 8 Nm (4.4 - 5.9 lb ft).
SS10F062 12
13. Adjust the selector shaft (161) - see Fork and shift
rail - Adjust (C.20.G).
14. Fit new O-rings (61) and (63) on the coupler (62).
Insert the coupler with the aid of a screw M14x1.5.
SS10F058 13
15. Fit the tee connector with new O-rings.

SS10F057 14
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 122

Fit the transmission - see TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) - Install (C.20.G).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 123
Gear and synchroniser - Remove (Reverse)

Prior operation:
Gear and synchroniser - Remove (F2/R1) (C.20.G)
1. Unscrew the screws (81). Lift off the cover (80) with
two screws and remove.
SS10F123 1
2. Drive out the bolts (73) using a suitable drift. Pull out
the bearing pin (79) and remove the gear wheel (76)
with the bearing.
SS10F124 2
3. Pull the bearing (75) out of the gear wheel (76) using
a suitable puller.
SS10F125 3
Next operation:
Gear and synchroniser - Install (Reverse) (C.20.G)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 124
Gear and synchroniser - Install (Reverse)

Prior operation:
Gear and synchroniser - Remove (Reverse) (C.20.G)

1. Insert the circlip (77) into the gear wheel (76). Fit the
bearing (75) into the gear wheel using a suitable drift.
SS10F125 1
2. Fit the pre-assembled gear wheel (76) with spacer

ring (74) and bearing pin (79) into the gear housing.
Insert the pin (73) from the outside until the stop.
SS10F124 2
3. Clean the sealing faces, spray the sealing face of

the cover (80) with LOCTITE® 5205 and fit the cover.
Insert the screws (81) and tighten to 25 - 30 Nm (18.4
- 22.1 lb ft).
SS10H017 3
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 125
Fork and shift rail - Adjust

Prior operation:
1. Shift the shift rod (161) to the forward position R1.

Use a lever to push the shift rod forwards and hold it
there.
SS10F088 1
2. Fit the first nut (164) until it rests in place and draw a
mark. Turn the nut 180 ° clockwise.
SS10F089 2
3. Fit the second nut (164) and tighten to 100 - 120 Nm

(73.8 - 88.5 lb ft) taking care not to turn the first nut.
SS10F090 3
NOTE: Move the synchroniser to the forwards and reverse position and check that it shifts easily. In the reverse
position the adjusting nuts must be able to be clearly heard as they hit the cover.
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 126
Sensing system System pressure sensor - Replace

NOTE: Turn off the engine, turn the starter switch to the "OFF" position and apply the parking brake. Secure the
tractor to prevent it from rolling and switch off the main battery switch.
Removal
NOTE: Thoroughly clean the area around the sensor.
1. Remove the electrical connector from the sensor.
SS11C132 1
2. Remove the sensor (260).
Assembly
3. Fit the sensor (260) with a new ‘O’ ring (259) and
tighten to 20 - 25 Nm (14.8 - 18.4 lb ft).
SS10F217 2
4. Reconnect the electrical connector.
SS11C132 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 127
Sensing system Pressure sensor - Replace (Clutch A)

Prior operation:
Removal
NOTE: Thoroughly clean the area around the sensor (coupling A).
move them.
SS10F200 1
Assembly
3. Fit the sensor (241) with O-ring (240) and tighten to
20 - 25 Nm (14.8 - 18.4 lb ft).
SS10F215 2
4. Connect the electrical connectors, assigning them

correctly.
SS10F200 3
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 128
Sensing system Pressure sensor - Replace (Clutch B)

Prior operation:
Removal
NOTE: Thoroughly clean the area around the sensor (coupling B).
move them.
SS10F214 1
Assembly
20 - 25 Nm (14.8 - 18.4 lb ft).
SS10F216 2
4. Connect the electrical connectors, assigning them

correctly.
SS10F214 3
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 129
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Replace

Prior operation:
Removal
NOTE: Thoroughly clean the area around the temperature sensor.
1. Remove the electrical connector from the tempera-
ture sensor.
SS11C135 1
2. Remove the temperature sensor (236).
Assembly
3. Fit the sensor (236) with a new sealing washer (237)
SS10F218 2
SS11C135 3
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 130
Sensing system Speed sensor - Replace (Ring gear)

Prior operation:
Remove the rear right-hand wheel.
Disassembly
1. Remove the electrical connector (51) from the sen-
sor. Unscrew the screws (52) and remove the sen-
sor.
SS10K079 1
Assembly
2. Fit the new sensor (51) with O-ring (53) and tighten
the screw (52) to 6 - 8 Nm (4.4 - 5.9 lb ft). Reconnect
the electrical connector.
SS10F189 2
Next operation:
Fit the rear right-hand wheel.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 131
Sensing system Charge pressure sensor - Replace

Prior operation:
Removal
1. Remove the electrical connector from the sensor.
SS10F184 1
Assembly
20 - 25 Nm (14.8 - 18.4 lb ft).
SS10F210 2
SS10F184 3
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 132
Sensing system Charge pressure sensor - Replace (Hydrostat)

Prior operation:
ENGINE - Disconnect (for vehicles with suspended front axle refer to Engine Remove) (B.10.A)
Disassembly
SS10F091 1
Assembly
3. Fit the sensor (6) with a new ‘O’ ring (7) and tighten
to 20 - 25 Nm (14.8 - 18.4 lb ft).
NOTE: Grease the ‘O’ rings using industrial Vaseline.
SS10F092 2
Next operation:
ENGINE - Connect (for vehicles with suspended front axle refer to Engine Install) (B.10.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 133
Sensing system Position sensor - Replace (F2/R1)

NOTE: Turn the engine, turn the starter switch to the "OFF" position and engage the handbrake. Secure the tractor
to prevent it from rolling and switch off the main battery switch.
Disassembly
1. Disconnect the electrical connector for the sensor
(170) (on the transmission behind the tank), remove
the screws (171) and remove the sensor.
SS10F187 1
Assembly
2. Fit the new sensor (170) and tighten the screws (171)
to 6 - 8 Nm (4.4 - 5.9 lb ft). Reconnect the electrical
connector.
SS10K078 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 134
Sensing system - Replace (Fly wheel torque sensor)

NOTE: Turn the engine, turn the starter switch to the “OFF” position and activate the handbrake. Secure the tractor
to prevent it from rolling and switch off the main battery switch.
Disassembly
1. Disconnect the electrical connector for the sensor
(54) and unscrew the screw (55) and remove the sen-
sor.
SS10F186 1
Assembly
2. Fit the new sensor (54) and tighten the screw (55) to
6 - 8 Nm (4.4 - 5.9 lb ft). Reconnect the electrical
connector.
SS10F186 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 135
Index

TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) - Exploded view (Transmission output) . . . . . . . . . 44
TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) - Exploded view (Solenoid valves, sensors, hydraulic
lines) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Accumulator - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Clutch - Assemble (A and B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Clutch - Disassemble (A and B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Clutch - Install (A and B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Clutch - Remove (A and B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Control valve - Overview (Safety valve) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Control valve - Overview (Solenoid valves) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Control valve - Replace (Safety valve, clutch "A", clutch "B") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Control valve - Replace (Shift cylinder) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Fork and shift rail - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Gear and synchroniser - Assemble (F2/R1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Gear and synchroniser - Disassemble (F2/R1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Gear and synchroniser - Install (F2/R1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Gear and synchroniser - Install (Reverse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Gear and synchroniser - Remove (F2/R1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Gear and synchroniser - Remove (Reverse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Hydrostat - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Hydrostat - Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Hydrostat - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Hydrostat - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Hydrostat - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Sensing system - Overview (Fly wheel torque sensor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Sensing system - Replace (Fly wheel torque sensor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Sensing system Charge pressure sensor - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Sensing system Charge pressure sensor - Overview (Hydrostat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Sensing system Charge pressure sensor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Sensing system Charge pressure sensor - Replace (Hydrostat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Sensing system Position sensor - Overview (F2/R1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Sensing system Position sensor - Replace (F2/R1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 136
Sensing system Pressure sensor - Overview (Clutch A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Sensing system Pressure sensor - Overview (Clutch B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Sensing system Pressure sensor - Replace (Clutch A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Sensing system Pressure sensor - Replace (Clutch B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Sensing system Speed sensor - Overview (Ring gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Sensing system Speed sensor - Replace (Ring gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Sensing system System pressure sensor - Overview (p1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Sensing system System pressure sensor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Summing planetary gear - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Summing planetary gear - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Summing planetary gear - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Summing planetary gear - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) - Dynamic description (Auto Command transmission)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) - Dynamic description “Electronic park lock” . . . . . 29
TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) - Exploded view (Transmission input) . . . . . . . . . . 42
TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) - Functional diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Valve block - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Valve block - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Valve block - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Valve block - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 137
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.20.G / 138
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive - 30.D

84477609A 27/09/2011
C.30.D / 1
Contents
SERVICE
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.30.D / 2
TRANSMISSION, DRIVE AND PTO OUT - ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive - Remove

84477609A 27/09/2011
C.30.D / 3
Index

ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.30.D / 4
REAR PTO Mechanical - 40.B

84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 1
Contents
SERVICE
REAR PTO Mechanical

Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Clutch
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 2
TRANSMISSION, DRIVE AND PTO OUT - REAR PTO Mechanical
REAR PTO Mechanical - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Remove the PTO, for further information refer to Housing - Remove (C.40.C)
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Remove the retaining ring (1) and PTO shaft (2).
BAIL10CCM019AVA 1
2. Remove the tone wheel, where fitted.
BAIL08CVT240AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 3
3. Remove the selector arm.
BAIL10CVT568AVA 3
4. Remove the selector fork tensioning spring.
BAIL10CVT569AVA 4
5. Remove the gear selector pin.
BAIL10CCM017AVA 5
6. Remove the brake piston housing (1) and brake band

(2).
BSE2356A 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 4
7. Remove the snap ring (1) and clutch pack end plate
(2).
BAIL10CCM010AVB 7
8. Remove the spring separators (1), friction plates (2)

and clutch plate separators (3).
BAIL10CCM009AVB 8
9. Remove the hub.
BAIL10CCM008AVA 9
10. Using a suitable dowell (1), lock the gear.

Unstake and loosen the shaft nut (2).
BAIL10CCM024AVA 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 5
11. Remove the support plate retaining bolts.
BAIL08CVT426AVA 11
12. Remove the support plate assembly.
BAIL08CVT426AVB 12
13. Turn the assembly over and place on a suitable

bench. Where required remove PTO clutch Lubrica-
tion valve.
1. Circlip
2. Seat
3. Spring
4, Seat
5. Spool
6. Plug
7. Circlip
BSE2352A 13
14. Remove the circlip (1), spacer (2), sleeve (3) and
gear (4).
BAIL10CCM012AVB 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 6
15. Using suitable pliers expand the snap ring (1) and
remove the support plate (2).
BAIL10CCM011AVA 15
16. Remove the sealing rings.
BSD2331A 16
17. Remove the circlip (1), spacer (2) and gear (3).
BAIL10CCM006AVB 17
18. Using a suitable adjustable bearing puller and hy-

draulic press, remove the bearing.
BAIL10CCM021AVA 18
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 7
19. Using a suitable press remove the snap ring (1),

spacer (2) and belleville washers (3).
1b0o2004106219 19

piston.
BAIL10CCM022AVA 20
21. Inspect the piston seals and replace if necessary.
BSE2355A_391 21
22. Remove the snap ring (2) and oil seal (1) from clutch
hub.
Remove the roller bearing (3) with a slide hammer
and adjustable puller.
BSE2349A 22
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 8
23. Remove the output drive shaft gear retaining nut (1),
bearing (2), spacer (3) and 1000 RPM drive gear (4).
BSE2350A 23
24. Remove the sleeve (1), coupler (2) and selector fork
(3).
BSE2348A 24
25. Remove the drive transfer gear (1) and 540 RPM
drive gear (2).
BAIL10CCM004AVB 25
26. Remove the circlip (1) and shaft assembly (2).
BAIL10CCM003AVB 26
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 9
27. Remove the circlip (1), spacer (2) and bearing (3).
BAIL10CCM002AVB 27
28. Remove the seal.
BAIL10CCM001AVA 28
29. Using a suitable slide hammer remove the upper

bearing (1).
24499_161 29
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 10
BSD2302A 30
PTO Clutch Assembly.
1 End Plate 2 Spring Separator

3 Clutch Plate 4 Clutch Plate Separator
5 Bearing 6 Circlip
7 Spacer 8 Drive Gear 540 rpm
9 Circlip 10 Spacer
11 Drive Gear 1000 rpm 12 Retainer
13 Bearing 14 Sealing Rings (3 off)
17 Washer 18 Belleville Washers
19 Spacer 20 Retaining Ring
21 Hub 22 Retaining Ring
Next operation:
Assemble the PTO, for further information refer to REAR PTO Mechanical - Assemble (C.40.B).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 11
REAR PTO Mechanical - Assemble

Prior operation:
Disassemble the PTO, for further information refer to REAR PTO Mechanical - Disassemble (C.40.B)
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury! BAIL08CVT398AVA 1

ous injury.
W0208A
Install the upper bearing.

1. Install the seal.
BAIL10CCM001AVA 2
2. Install the bearing (1), spacer (2) and circlip (3).
BAIL10CCM002AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 12
3. Install the shaft assembly (1) and circlip (2).
BAIL10CCM003AVA 4
4. Install the 540 RPM drive gear (1) and drive transfer
gear (2).
BAIL10CCM004AVA 5
5. Install the coupler (2), selector fork (3) and sleeve

(1).
BSE2348A 6
6. Install the 1000 RPM drive gear (4), spacer (3), bear-
ing assembly (2) and a new retaining nut (1).
BSE2350A 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 13
7. Using a suitable drift install the roller bearing (3).

Install the oil seal (1) and snap ring (2).
BSE2349A 8
8. Using a suitable press, install the bearing.
BAIL10CCM005AVA 9
9. Install the gear (1), spacer (2) and circlip (3).

NOTE: Make sure the raised edge of the gear faces the
bearing.
BAIL10CCM006AVA 10
10. Install the sealing rings.

NOTE: Check and install new sealing rings if required.
BSD2331A 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 14
11. Install the piston.

NOTE: Check and install new piston seals if required.
BAIL10CCM007AVA 12
12. Install the Belleville washers (3).

Using a suitable press, compress the Belleville wash-
ers (3), install the spacer (2) and snap ring (1).
1b0o2004106219 13
BAIL10CCM008AVA 14
14. Install the clutch plate separators (1), friction plates

(2) and spring separators (3).
BAIL10CCM009AVA 15
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 15
15. Install the clutch pack end plate (1) and snap ring (2).
BAIL10CCM010AVA 16
16. Using suitable pliers expand the snap ring (1), lower
the support plate (2) onto the shaft assembly making
sure each sealing ring is inserted correctly.
Once in position make sure the snap ring is fully en-
gaged into the bearing.
NOTE: Make sure the snap ring (1) is installed into the
support plate before installing the support plate onto the
shaft.
BAIL10CCM011AVA 17
17. Install the gear (1), sleeve (2), spacer (3) and circlip
(4).
BAIL10CCM012AVA 18
18. Install the lubrication valve.

1. Snap ring
2. Seat
3. Spring
4. Seat
5. Spool
6. Plug
7. Snap ring
BSE2352A 19
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 16
19. Install the support plate (1) assembly. Make sure

the selector fork shaft (2) is correctly located in the
support plate.
BAIL10CCM013AVA 20
20. Install the support plate retaining bolts.

Tighten to 88 Nm (65 lb ft).
BAIL10CCM014AVA 21
21. Install the brake band (2) and brake piston housing
(1).
BSE2356A 22
22. Using a suitable dowell (1), lock the gear and tighten
the shaft nut (2).
Stake the retaining nut.
BAIL10CCM016AVA 23
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 17
23. Install the gear selector pin.
BAIL10CCM017AVA 24
24. Install the selector fork tensioning spring.
BAIL10CVT569AVA 25
25. Install the selector arm.
BAIL10CVT568AVA 26
26. Install the tone wheel (where fitted). Tighten the re-
taining bolts to 17 N·m (12.5 lb ft) Use LOCTITE® 246
threadlock .
BAIL08CVT240AVA 27
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 18
27. Install the PTO shaft (1) and retaining ring (2).
NOTE: Make sure the opening in the retaining ring is op-
posite the flat surface on the PTO output shaft.
BAIL10CCM019AVA 28
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 19
BSD2302A 29
PTO Clutch Assembly

5 Bearing 6 Circlip
9 Circlip 10 Spacer
17 Washer 18 Belleville Springs
Next operation:
Adjust the PTO brake band, for further information, refer to PTO brake - Adjust (C.40.C).
Next operation:
Adjust the PTO speed selection, for further information, refer to REAR PTO Mechanical - Adjust (C.40.B).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 20
Next operation:
Install the PTO housing, for further information refer to Housing - Install (C.40.C).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 21
REAR PTO Mechanical - Adjust

1000 RPM Setup
BAIL10CVT587GVC 1
2 Speed Shaft Change PTO - Initial PTO Shaft Set Up - 1000 RPM Position
1. Install the PTO shaft into the housing with the 21
teeth splines to the outside (1).
2. Secure the shaft in place using the PTO shaft retain-
ing ring (2).
NOTE: Make sure that the opening in the retaining ring is
opposite the flat surface on the PTO output shaft.
3. Loosen the locking nut (3) and tighten the adjuster
screw (4) until it just touches the selector fork shaft
(5).
Tighten the adjuster screw by a further 180 - 270 °.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 22
4. Tighten the locking nut to 36 - 59 N·m (27 - 44 lb ft).

NOTE: This adjustment will give a clearance of 0.2 - 0.6
mm between the selector collar and the 1000 RPM gear
(6).
540 RPM Setup
BAIL10CVT587GVA 2
2 Speed Shaft Change PTO - Initial PTO Shaft Set Up - 540 RPM Position
5. Install the PTO shaft into the housing with the 6 teeth
splines to the outside (1).
6. Secure the shaft in place using the PTO shaft retain-
ing ring (2).
NOTE: Make sure that the opening in the retaining ring is opposite the flat surface on the PTO output shaft.
7. Pull the selector arm forward (3).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 23
8. Make sure that the clearance (X) between the selec-

tor arm and the selector pin (4) is between 0.4 - 1.2
mm.
9. If necessary loosen the locking nut (6) and loosen or
tighten the adjuster screw (5) to achieve the correct
clearance.
Tighten the locking nut to 36 - 59 N·m (27 - 44 lb ft).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 24
Clutch - Overhaul
Prior operation:
Remove the PTO, for further information refer to Housing - Remove (C.40.C)
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Remove the retaining ring (1) and PTO shaft (2).
BAIL10CCM019AVA 1
2. Remove the tone wheel, where fitted.
BAIL08CVT240AVA 2
3. Remove the brake piston housing (1) and brake band

(2).
BSE2356A 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 25
4. Remove the snap ring (1) and clutch pack end plate
(2).
BAIL10CCM010AVB 4
5. Remove the spring separators (1), friction plates (2)

and clutch plate separators (3).
BAIL10CCM009AVB 5
6. Remove the hub.
BAIL10CCM008AVA 6
7. Reinstall the snap ring (2).

Using a puller (1) and special tool 50063 (4), (Refer
to REAR PTO HYDRAULIC SPECIAL TOOLS (C.40.C),
compress the belleville washers. Remove the snap
ring (3), the spacer and belleville washers.
BSE2354A 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 26

piston.
BSE2358A 8
9. Inspect the piston seals and replace if necessary.
BSE2355A_391 9
10. Install the piston.
BAIL10CCM007AVA 10
11. Install the Belleville washers (3).

Using a puller (1) and special tool 50063 (4), (Refer
to REAR PTO HYDRAULIC SPECIAL TOOLS (C.40.C),
compress the belleville washers. Install the spacer
and snap ring (3).
BSE2354A 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 27
BAIL10CCM008AVA 12
13. Install the clutch plate separators (1), friction plates

(2) and spring separators (3).
BAIL10CCM009AVA 13
14. Install the clutch pack end plate (1) and snap ring (2).
BAIL10CCM010AVA 14
15. Install the brake band (2) and brake piston housing
(1).
BSE2356A 15
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 28
16. Install the tone wheel. Tighten the retaining bolts to

17 N·m (12.5 lb ft) Use LOCTITE® 246 threadlock.
BAIL08CVT240AVA 16
17. Install the PTO shaft (1) and retaining ring (2).
NOTE: Make sure the opening in the retaining ring is op-
posite the flat surface on the PTO output shaft.
BAIL10CCM019AVA 17
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 29
18. PTO clutch components.
BSD2302A 18
PTO Clutch Assembly.

5 Bearing 6 Circlip
9 Circlip 10 Spacer
17 Washer 18 Belleville Washers
Next operation:
Adjust the PTO brake band, for further information refer to PTO brake - Adjust (C.40.C).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 30
Next operation:
Install the PTO housing, for further information refer to Housing - Install (C.40.C).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 31
Index

Clutch - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
REAR PTO Mechanical - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
REAR PTO Mechanical - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
REAR PTO Mechanical - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.B / 32
REAR PTO Hydraulic - 40.C

84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
REAR PTO Hydraulic

Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA
REAR PTO Hydraulic

Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
SERVICE
REAR PTO Hydraulic

Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Synchroniser command
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
PTO brake
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Housing
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
DIAGNOSTIC
REAR PTO Hydraulic

84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 2
TRANSMISSION, DRIVE AND PTO OUT - REAR PTO Hydraulic
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Torque
BAIL07APH569AVA 1
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Special tools
CAUTION
The operations described in this section can only be carried out with the ESSENTIAL tools indicated by an
(X). To work safely and efficiently and obtain the best results, it is also necessary to use the recommended
specific tools listed below and certain other tools, which are to be made according to the drawings included
in this manual.
B008
List of special tools necessary to perform service operations covered by this section of the Manual:
293997 Clutch drive shaft roller bearing installer (with tool no.
293800)
293993 Clutch drive shaft seal installer (with tool no. 293800)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 3
X 290785 Seal Protector

294000 Cup and shaft bush removal pliers
293800 Attachment (for tools nos. 293993 and 293997)
293998 Clutch shaft cup installer
292927 Slide Hammer
24525 1
PTO hydraulic clutch spring cup tool (Mark tool with no. 50063. Dimensions in mm.)
Fabricate tool using Fe42C material.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 4
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Static description

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Three types of rear PTO system are available, dependent upon vehicle model and country of destination.
a)Two-speed PTO (North America only) with inter-changeable output shafts.
b)Three-speed, shiftable PTO with 540E option (except North America) with inter-changeable output shafts and the
option of fender-mounted switches for stationary PTO work.
c)Three-speed, shiftable PTO with 1000E option (except North America) with inter-changeable output shafts and the
option of fender-mounted switches for stationary PTO work.
The 1000 speed PTO ratio has been changed . This is to match the power curve of the tier 4 tractors where maximum
power is now between 1800 and 1900 rpm. This brings two important benefits.
Lower fuel consumption since the engine is more efficient speed.
Lower noise because of the reduced engine speed.
The 540/1000/1000E speed PTO has been introduced as a new option. 540 or 1000 speed implements with lower
power requirements can be operated at reduced engine revs with the Eco speeds whilst the 1000 speed standard
selection can be used for higher power implements.
The selection of the three speed PTO is available in cab (via a mechanical cable).
The handle inside the cab incorporates a duplicate brake release button. This means the brake release can be oper-
ated at the same time as moving the handle to ease the shift..
A ground drive option on all models allows the PTO to be driven by the wheels. Selectable speeds with this option
are 540/540E/1000.
A lever situated to the operator’s right side disconnects drive from the engine and engages the ground drive system.
Simple service of all major components from the rear of the tractor.
Ergonomic controls simplify the operation of PTO driven machinery and increase productivity.
This PTO is available with APUH, Tow Hooks, roller drawbar or the non-NA swinging drawbar.
The fully independent PTO system features a durable multi plate wet clutch pack that is mounted at the rear of the
tractor. A speed sensor, fitted to all models, displays actual PTO speed on instrument clusters fitted with digital dis-
plays.
For tractors fitted with analogue instrument clusters, the speed sensor activates the PTO over-speed alarm.
Two shafts can be installed into the rear of the tractor, 6 or 21 spline, 35mm (13/8”) in diameter.
To change shafts a retaining circlip is removed, the shafts swapped, and the circlip replaced.
Splines can be cleaned and maintained off the tractor.
For tractors equipped with a NA swinging drawbar the PTO speed is automatically selected by one reversible shaft (
one side 6 spline,other side 21 spline )
Auto-PTO. The Auto PTO function, when selected, provides automatic engagement & disengagement of the rear PTO
when using the three point linkage. Raising the 3 point linkage to a certain level will stop PTO rotation & lowering the
linkage will restart the rotation. The stop/start position is adjustable and will be stored by the system.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 5
The PTO switch (1) is located on the RH armrest console and engagement is achieved by lifting the collar (3) whilst
pressing on the top. A light above the switch (2) will illuminate to alert the operator. Simply depress the control knob
to disengage the PTO.
.
The PTO is automatically disengaged if the engine is stopped.
BRL6111C 1
NOTE: In markets where the PTO speed selection is provided using an interchangeable PTO output shaft, there are
no levers in the cab.
WARNING
Moving parts!
Disengage the Power Take-Off (PTO), turn off the engine, and remove the key. Wait for all movement
to stop before leaving the operator's position. Never adjust, lubricate, clean, or unplug machine with
the engine running.
W0112A
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 6
When engaging the PTO the movement should be decisive in its application. Hesitance or incorrect operation may
cause the PTO to "Time Out". Should this occur a non critical alarm will sound for 4 seconds and the PTO will
become inoperable for 10 seconds. During the 10 seconds "Timed Out" period the display will show a timed out
symbol. When the timed out period is complete the symbol will disappear from the display and normal operation of
the PTO is re-enabled.
BRI4172A 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 7
PTO Anti Stall

PTO anti-stall feature. If when operating with high inertia equipment the PTO is engaged at too low an engine speed,
an Anti Stall feature will automatically disable the PTO start up and a symbol will appear in the cluster.
The system will be disabled until the PTO control is returned to the Off position at which time the Anti Stall symbol will
be extinguished. Re-engage the PTO at a higher engine speed.
BRJ4938A 3
The PTO brake is automatically engaged when the PTO is disengaged. This brake can be released by holding down
a separate switch. The brake will re-engage when the switch is released.
BRL6438B 4
NOTICE: An automatic PTO brake is installed to stop shaft rotation quickly when the PTO is disengaged. To avoid
overstressing the PTO brake, slow down the implement by reducing engine speed before disengaging the PTO. This
is particularly important with implements having a high inertia. Such implements should, ideally, be fitted with an
overrun clutch. To avoid damage to the brake when operating high inertia implements, hold down the switch (1), to
disengage the brake and allow the implement to come to rest naturally.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 8
PTO Speed Changes

Three speed shiftable PTO system allows in the seat changes of PTO speed. shaft speeds. Speed changes should
be made with the PTO disengaged. The handle inside the cab incorporates a duplicate brake release button. This
means the brake release can be operated at the same time as moving the handle to ease the shift.
With the tractor stationary and the PTO control knob in the disengaged position, select the required speed by means
of the range lever. Depress the button (1) lift the spring loaded collar (2) and move the lever to engage the required
PTO speed.
Depressing button (1) automatically releases the PTO brake providing a smoother engagement of the PTO ratio.
BRL6281B 5
NOTICE: Attempting to shift between speeds or from neutral to a speed position while the PTO is engaged will disable
the system. Disconnect the PTO drive by moving the switch to neutral then re-select the required PTO speed.
WARNING
Machine damage can cause accidents!
Always use the recommended Power Take-Off (PTO) speed for the implement. Consult the implement
operator’s manual for the correct speed.
W0335A
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 9
Groundspeed PTO (where fitted)

An option of groundspeed PTO is available in conjunction with 3 speed PTO on all models. A lever situated to the
operator’s right side disconnects drive from the engine and engages the ground drive system. The PTO speed is
directly related to the rotation of the rear wheels rather than engine speed. When ground drive PTO is installed a
second lever (2) is provided. Three ground speed ranges are provided, selected by means of the PTO range lever
(1).
BRL6495B 6
PTO revolutions per wheel revolution for all transmissions.
Output PTO shaft Anticlockwise (viewed from front)

Selected P.T.O. 540 RPM 14.431 output shaft rotation /1 wheel turn
SPS/FPS/CVT
125, 130, 140, 145 hp
Selected P.T.O. 540E RPM 18.379 output shaft rotation /1 wheel turn
Method of operation Manual lever selection: P.T.O. or Ground P.T.O.
Output P.T.O. shaft Anticlockwise (viewed from front)
SPS/FPS/CVT
155, 160, 165 hp
Selected P.T.O. 540E RPM 19.477 output shaft rotation /1 wheel turn
Method of operation Manual lever selection: P.T.O. or Ground P.T.O.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 10
Auto PTO
Auto-PTO. The Auto PTO function, when selected, provides automatic engagement & disengagement of the rear PTO
when using the three point linkage. Raising the 3 point linkage to a certain level will stop PTO rotation & lowering
the linkage will restart the rotation..The stop/start position or height at which this occurs is adjustable and can be
pre-programmed by the operator and will be stored by the system..
This facility provides an automatic starting and stopping of the PTO in relation to the raising or lowering of the lift arms.
To activate the Auto function, engage the PTO as previously described and then depress and hold the switch (1), for
more than one second. The Auto PTO lamp on the switch will illuminate to confirm activation. With the 3 point hitch in
the lowered position and the PTO engaged, the Auto lamp will remain on. Raising the implement will disconnect PTO
drive and cause both PTO and Auto lamps to flash. Lowering the implement will re-engage PTO drive, both lamps
will cease to flash and will remain illuminated. Depressing the Auto PTO switch again will de-activate the function and
the Auto lamp will extinguish.
NOTICE: If the PTO is operating when the Auto function is de-activated, the PTO will continue to rotate until switched
off using the main PTO control.
NOTE: The Auto PTO function is de-activated every time the key start is switched off but the current programmed
on/off values will be stored in the memory.
BRL6146B 7
WARNING
Avoid injury!
Observe ALL precautions listed below when operating Power Take-Off (PTO) driven equipment.
W0435A
To configure the Auto PTO refer to Control module Universal controller - H3 - Configurations and options (A.50.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 11
PTO Soft Start.

The `soft start' facility provides easy start up of heavy, high inertia, PTO driven equipment. Soft start is a fully automatic
system controlled by hall effect speed sensors on the engine and within the PTO driveline.
Soft start `feathers' the PTO clutch engagement to provide a slower, gradual take up of the drive over the first 5
seconds.
BVE0547A 8
PTO Torque Sensor (Engine Power Management).
A PTO under load B PTO without load

1 Engine flywheel torque sensor 2 PTO torque sensor
3 PTO clutch 4 PTO torque sensor tone wheel
5 PTO input shaft 6 Engine flywheel damper
The PTO power management system records the amount of torque being transmitted through the PTO shaft (5) using
two hall effect sensors (1) and (2). One hall effect sensor is located at the engine flywheel damper (6) and the other
is located at the PTO torque sensor tone wheel (4).
The PTO shaft is engineered from high torsional steel and is designed to twist when a load is applied. Under no load
(B) there is no difference (x) between the two sensor positions. Under load (A) the PTO management system detects
the amount of twist by comparing the difference (x) between the two sensor positions. The PTO management system
knows the torque required to twist the PTO shaft a given amount and uses the difference (x) to calculate the torque
produced at the PTO shaft. The PTO management system can then detect an increase in torque and electronically
modify the power curves of the engine management system to provide an increase of up to 25 additional horsepower
to maintain the PTO performance.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 12
EXTERNAL PTO CONTROLS (Where Fitted).

An optional, fender-mounted PTO switch (1), may be installed on the outer surface of both rear fenders to aid align-
ment of the PTO shaft splines with equipment and facilitate stationary PTO operations.
With the engine running, touch the switch momentarily to cause the PTO shaft to index round to align the shaft splines.
If the switch is pressed for less than 5 seconds, the shaft will stop turning when the switch is released.
Press and hold in the switch for more than 5 seconds and the PTO will operate continuously. Press the switch again
to stop the PTO. Alternatively, the PTO may be stopped by means of the in-cab controls, as previously described.
If the PTO is shaft is already turning then pressing either PTO switch will stop the PTO immediately.
NOTE: The warning light, on the armrest, will illuminate when the PTO is engaged, momentarily or permanently.
NOTE: The PTO may be engaged or disengaged from the fender switch, whether the in-cab control is in the on or off
position.
NOTE: Simultaneous operation, within two seconds, of in-cab and external PTO controls will result in an error code
showing. A 10 second delay will also occur before PTO control operation will recommence.
BRL6137B 9
The operator must only activate the external PTO switches (1) while standing to the side of the vehicle (outboard of
the rear tyres). To avoid damage to implement or vehicle, operation of the in-cab and external PTO switches should
not be carried out simultaneously.
WARNING
Entanglement hazard!
Before operating stationary Power Take-Off (PTO) equipment, do the following: apply the parking
brake, place all controls in the neutral position, and block all four wheels.
W0336A
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 13
NOTE: Before using the external PTO switches, make sure that no person or object is in the area of the implement,
3-point linkage or PTO shaft.
Never operate the external switches while standing:
- Directly behind the tractor or tyres.
- Between the lower links.
- On or near the implement.
- Never extend arms, legs, any part of the body or any object into the area near the 3-point linkage, PTO shaft or
implement while operating the external switch.
- Never have an assistant working the opposite set of controls.
- When moving to the opposite set of controls, move around the vehicle or implement.
- Do not cross between the implement and the vehicle.
BRE1727B 10
(Where Fitted).
Rear PTO Overspeed indicator. The speed of the rear PTO is checked every 2 seconds after starting. If the PTO
shaft speed is greater than the selected speed by 17.5 % the lamp will flash to indicate over speed. The flashing
will last 5 seconds after which the lamp will go back to steady state whether the PTO speed has reduced or not.
With CVT vehicles the ERPM is restricted depending upon which ratio is selected so that overspeed cannot occur For
1000E PTO the engine speed is limited to 1850 RPM.
Seat switch warning. If the operator attempts to leave the cab whilst the PTO is operational, an audible alarm is
activated and a warning is displayed on the cluster. No interlocks are activated and the PTO remains operational.
WARNING
Before attaching or detaching equipment or changing the Power Take-Off (PTO) shaft: 1) Apply the
parking brake. 2) Move all controls to neutral and PTO control knob to the disengaged position. 3)
Stop the engine and remove the key. 4) Wait for the PTO shaft to stop turning before leaving the cab.
W0323A
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 14
The rear PTO is controlled by the Central Controller - (U1) located behind the seat.
SS08K142 11
The processor receives input from the PTO ON/OFF switches, (in-cab and fender), PTO speed sensor, brake, soft
start and engine controller. These signals are then used to provide the output signals to the PTO clutch engagement
solenoid, PTO brake solenoid and the PTO ON/OFF overspeed warning lamp.
If the correct conditions are met, i.e., speed parameters and switch engagements then the PTO is allowed to start.
The PTO speed sensor is located below the PTO output shaft.
BAIL07APH545AVA 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 15
Power Management System

. The engines are equipped with a power management system that monitors and boosts engine power when using
the PTO under certain load conditions or using the vehicle in high road gears providing certain criteria are met. As
load on the engine increases the engine power management will provide up to 35 additional horsepower to maintain
vehicle performance by electronically changing the characteristics of the engine power curve which is programmed
into the vehicle and engine control modules.
The indicator light on the instrument panel will illuminate when power management is activated during PTO Opera-
tions.
BAIL07CCM274ASA 13
PTO Brake
The PTO brake and engagement solenoid are housed in the low pressure distribution block on top of the rear axle.
When the PTO is not in use the PTO brake solenoid is energised and the PTO engagement solenoid is de-energised.
SS10G147 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 16
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Dynamic description
BSD2310A 1
PTO CONTROL CLUTCH-DISENGAGED
Lubrication Circuit Oil Return to Reservoir
Lubrication Oil
@ Reduced Flow
1 Clutch Plates 2 Washer

3 Piston 4 Lubrication Valve
5 PTO Output Shaft 6 Bellville Springs
PTO Engaged (initial engagement)

Engagement of the PTO is considered as a two phase operation.
When the PTO is operated the engagement solenoid is energised and the brake solenoid disengaged.
Low pressure hydraulic circuit oil flows from the solenoid and past the end of the lubrication valve to the rear of the
clutch piston. As pressure increases the PTO clutch piston moves forward against the washer (2) and bellville springs
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 17
(6) to compress the clutch plates (1). The action of the piston moving forward increases the gap between the rear
of the washer and the clutch piston housing allowing an increased flow of lubricating oil to the clutch plates. This
increased flow of up to 15 l/min (3.96 US gpm) makes sure that the clutch plates are adequately lubricated during
the initial stages of engagement.
PTO Soft Start

The automatic PTO clutch softstart system ensures the load applied to the PTO is controlled in a predictable manner
without putting undue stresses on the tractor engine, the PTO shaft and the connecting implement. The soft start
feedback system senses engine deceleration and PTO shaft acceleration. Limits for these two parameters are set
in the XCM central controller and if the system detects that either parameter is going above the set threshold limits,
the rise in PTO clutch pressure is held until they return within the preset limit at which time the clutch pressure again
increases to continue engaging the PTO. If the soft start parameters are again exceeded the pressure held process
is repeated until full engagement is achieved. If engagement is not achieved after 5 seconds the clutch pressure is
released and the PTO system is turned off.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 18
BSD2310B 2
PTO CONTROL CLUTCH-INITIAL ENGAGEMENT
Low Pressure Clutch Lubrication Oil

Engagement Oil < 14 bar @ High Flow
(203.00 psi)

84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 19
BSD2310C 3
PTO CONTROL CLUTCH-FINAL ENGAGEMENT
Low Pressure Clutch Lubrication Oil at Low Flow

Engagement Oil > 14 bar
(203.00 psi)
Lubrication Circuit Oil

PTO Engaged (final engagement)

When the pressure applied to the piston approaches 14 bar (203.00 psi) the pressure applied to the end face of the
lubrication valve moves the valve against the spring and reduces the flow of lubricating oil across the valve to the
clutch plates to 2 - 3 l/min (0.53 - 0.79 US gpm).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 20
Less lubrication of the clutch plates is necessary after the initial stage of engagement and this process limits the
demand of the PTO on the lubrication circuit oil which is also used for other circuits on the tractor. The pressure
applied to the rear of the piston will now continue to increases towards 26 bar (377.00 psi) in order to maintain
adequate clutch plate clamping pressure and drive through the clutch to the PTO output shaft.
BSE2359A 4
Low Pressure Circuit Oil
PTO CLUTCH BRAKE

The band type clutch brake operates automatically. It applies when the PTO clutch is being disengaged (braking start)
and stops braking when the clutch is completely engaged.
When working with high inertia implements it is possible to keep the brake disengaged by pressing the switch located
on the right hand console near the PTO control handle. When the PTO clutch is engaged, the brake control oil is
returned to reservoir as the solenoid valve is in the discharge position (de-energised) and consequently there is no
operation of the actuation piston (5) onto the band operating lever (2), the piston (5) being returned by the spring (4).
When the PTO control clutch is being disengaged, the solenoid valve is energised and opens, diverting oil from the
low pressure circuit onto the piston (5). The piston contacts the lever (3) and band (2) is tightened against the housing
(1) to brake the assembly.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 21
PTO Torque Sensor (Engine Power Management)
BVE0547A 5
PTO Torque Sensor (Engine Power Management)
A. PTO under load B. PTO without load

1. Engine flywheel torque sensor 2. PTO torque sensor
3. PTO clutch 4. PTO torque sensor tone wheel
5. PTO input shaft 6. Engine flywheel damper
The PTO power management system records the amount of torque being transmitted through the PTO shaft (5) using
two hall effect sensors (1) and (2). One hall effect sensor is located at the engine flywheel damper (6) and the other
is located at the PTO torque sensor tone wheel (4).
The PTO shaft is engineered from high torsional steel and is designed to twist when a load is applied. Under no load
(B) there is no difference (x) between the two sensor positions. Under load (A) the PTO management system detects
the amount of twist by comparing the difference (x) between the two sensor positions. The PTO management system
knows the torque required to twist the PTO shaft a given amount and uses the difference (x) to calculate the torque
produced at the PTO shaft. The PTO management system can then detect an increase in torque and electronically
modify the power curves of the engine management system to provide an increase of up to 25 additional horsepower
to maintain the PTO performance.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 22
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Sectional view
BSD2325A 1
(540 - 750 - 1000 rpm) PTO Sectional Views
C1. PTO case retaining screws C5. Spring retaining plug

C3. PTO shaft retaining C6. Support bearing retaining
screws
1 Drive discs 2 Driven discs

3 Clutch engagement spring 4 Clutch body
5 Return spring 6 Metal seal rings
7 Drive gear 8 Driven gears
9 Driven gear support bushes 10 Engagement sleeves
11 Driven shaft 12 Seal
13 Seal 14 Drive piston
15 Brake operating piston 16 Brake band
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 23
17 Ò' ring seals 18 Clutch control lines

19 PTO speed selector lever 20 Speed selector fork
NOTE: During installation apply liquid gasket on surfaces marked with an X.
BSD2326A 2
PTO Sectional Views
a. Two-speed PTO sectional b. Two-speed PTO sectional

view ( 540 - 1000 rpm) view ( 540 - 1000 rpm)
with speed selection by
replacement of the splined
output shaft
C1. PTO case retaining bolts C3. PTO shaft retaining nut

3 Clutch engagement spring 4 Clutch body
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 24
5 Return spring 6 Metal seal rings

7 Drive gear 8 Driven gears
9 Driven gear support bushes 10 Engagement sleeves
11 Driven shaft 12 Seal
13 Seal 14 Drive piston
15 Speed selector pin 16 Speed selector lever
17 Speed selector fork 18 Return spring
NOTE: During installation apply liquid gasket on surfaces marked with an X .
24651 3
Transmission Synchronised PTO Sectional View
1 Snap ring 2 Engagement sleeve

3 Snap rings 4 Drive shaft support bearing
5 Trans. synchronised PTO drive shaft 6 Control gear
7 Engine-controlled PTO drive shaft 8 Snap rings
9 Idle gear
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 25
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Housing - Remove (C.40.C)
WARNING
B026
1. Place the power take off (PTO) assembly on a suit-

able clean working surface or stand if available.
2. Remove the brake band and the brake piston hous-
ing.
BAIL07APH492AVA 1
3. Remove the PTO clutch housing end plate circlip.
BAIL07APH493AVA 2
4. Remove the PTO clutch housing end plate and clutch

hub.
BAIL07APH494AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 26
5. Remove the clutch drive and driven discs.
BAIL07APH495AVA 4
6. Install the PTO clutch housing end plate circlip and

install a suitable puller and locally fabricated tool
50063 (1). Compress the Belleville springs and re-
move the retaining ring. Slowly and carefully release
the pressure.
Remove the PTO clutch housing end plate circlip.
BVE0482A 5
BVE0416A 6
8. Use compressed air in the inlet port to remove the

piston from the PTO clutch housing.
BVE0481A 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 27
9. Examine the piston seals and install new seals as

required
BSE2355A_391 8
10. Remove the roll pin (1) from the selector rod and
remove the selector.
BVE0417A 9
11. Remove the PTO selector fork roll pin (1).
BVE0418A 10
12. Remove the PTO selector fork pin (1) and remove
the 1000 RPM PTO selector fork assembly (2).
BVE0419A 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 28
13. Using a suitable bar (1) to lock the PTO output shaft.
Unstake and remove the PTO output shaft retaining
nut.
BVE0420A 12
14. Remove the support plate retaining bolts.
BVE0421A 13
15. Remove the support plate and remove the 1000 RPM
driven gear (1).
BVE0422A 14
16. Remove the bush (1), thrust washer (2), bearing (3),
thrust washer (4), 750 RPM driven gear (5), bush (7),
and the 540/1000 RPM sliding coupler gear (6).
BVE0423A 15
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 29
17. Remove the 540/1000 RPM selector fork and the

sliding coupler.
BVE0424A 16
18. Remove the 540 RPM driven gear from the output
shaft.
BVE0425A 17
19. Remove the spacer ring.
BAIL07APH497AVA 18
20. Remove the PTO output shaft circlip (1)
BVE0426A 19
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 30
21. Remove the PTO output shaft.
BAIL07APH498AVA 20
22. Remove the bearing (1) and the seal (2).
BAIL07APH589AVA 21
23. Remove the roll pin (1), remove selector lever (2) and
remove the selector gate (3).
BVE0431A 22
24. Remove the circlip (4), washer (3) sleeve (2) and the
750 RPM drive gear (1).
BAIL07APH590AVA 23
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 31
25. Expand the snap ring (1) into the housing and re-
move the clutch hub assembly.
BVE0433A 24
26. Remove the sealing rings from the clutch hub shaft.
BVE0434A 25
BVE0435A 26
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 32
28. Remove the washer (1), 750 RPM drive gear (2),
bearing (3) and 1000 RPM drive gear (4).
BVE0436A 27
Next operation:
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Assemble (C.40.C)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 33
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Assemble

Prior operation:
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Disassemble (C.40.C)
WARNING
B026
1. Install the 1000 RPM drive gear (4), bearing (3), 750
RPM drive gear (2), and the washer (1).
NOTE: Install new O-ring seals and sealing washers as
required.
BVE0436A 1
2. Install the circlip (1).
BVE0435A 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 34
3. Install the sealing rings to the clutch hub shaft.
BVE0434A 3
4. Expand the snap ring (1) into the housing and install
the clutch hub assembly.
BVE0433A 4
5. Install the 750 RPM drive gear (1), sleeve (2), washer
(3), and the circlip (4).
BAIL07APH590AVA 5
6. Install the selector gate (3), selector lever (2) and the
roll pin (1).
BVE0431A 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 35
7. Install the seal (2), and the bearing (1).
BAIL07APH589AVA 7
8. Install the PTO output shaft.
BAIL07APH498AVB 8
9. Install the PTO output shaft circlip (1).
BVE0426A 9
10. Install the spacer ring.
BAIL07APH497AVA 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 36
11. Install the 540 RPM driven gear to the output shaft.
BVE0425A 11
12. Install the selector fork and the sliding coupler.
BVE0424A 12
13. Install the 540/1000 RPM sliding coupler gear (6),

bush (7), 1000 RPM driven gear (5), thrust washer
(4), bearing (3) thrust washer (2) and the bush (1).
BVE0423A 13
14. Install the 1000 RPM driven gear (1) and the support
plate.
BVE0422A 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 37
15. Install the support plate retaining bolts. Tighten to

the specified torque value.
BVE0421B 15
16. Using a suitable bar (1) to lock the PTO output shaft.
Install a new PTO output shaft gear retaining nut.
Tighten to the specified torque value and stake the
retaining nut.
BVE0420B 16
17. Install the PTO selector fork and sliding coupler (2)
and install the selector fork pin (1).
BVE0419B 17
18. Install the PTO selector fork roll pin (1).
BVE0418B 18
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 38
19. Install the selector and install the roll pin (1) to the
selector rod.
BVE0417B 19
20. Install the piston to the clutch housing.

Install the Belleville springs.
BVE0416A_392 20
21. Install the PTO clutch housing end plate circlip and
install a suitable puller and locally fabricated tool
50063 (1).
Compress the Belleville springs and install the retain-
ing ring.
Slowly and carefully release the pressure.
Remove the PTO clutch housing end plate circlip
BVE0482A 21
22. Install the clutch drive and driven discs.
BAIL07APH495AVA 22
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 39
23. Install the PTO clutch housing end plate and clutch
hub.
BAIL07APH494AVA 23
24. Install the PTO end plate circlip.
BAIL07APH493AVA 24
25. Install the brake band and the brake piston housing.
BAIL07APH492AVA 25
PTO Brake Band Adjustment

26. Adjust the PTO brake band, for further information,
refer to PTO brake - Adjust (C.40.C)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 40
2 Speed Shaft Change PTO - Initial PTO Shaft Set Up (21 Spline)
27. Position the PTO shaft (1) into the assembly, with the
21 teeth splines to the outside of the assembly.
Secure the PTO shaft into place using the PTO out-
put shaft retaining ring (2).
Loosen locknut (5) and tighten screw (4) until it
touches the rod.
Tighten the screw (4) half to one turn ( 180/360 °),
tighten the locknut (5) to secure.
This should now provide a clearance of 0,2-0,6 mm
between the sliding sleeve and 1000 RPM gear (3).
NOTE: This set up procedure is required to be carried out
to 2 Speed PTO units for both 540 and 1000 RPM shafts,
after an overhaul or strip down of the PTO assembly and
prior to the refit into the vehicle.
BCG0007A 26
28. After installing the PTO output shaft retaining ring

into the seat, rotate the ring to make sure that it is
positioned opposite the flat surface on the PTO out-
put shaft.
BCG0010A 27
2 Speed Shaft Change PTO - Initial PTO Shaft Set Up (6 Spline)

29. Position the PTO shaft (1) into the assembly, with the
6 teeth splines to the outside of the assembly.
Secure the PTO shaft into place using the PTO out-
put shaft retaining ring (2).
Pull lever (4), in the direction of the arrow and check
for the clearance between the actuating pin (3) of
0,4-1,2 mm.
NOTE: This set up procedure is required to be carried out
to 2 Speed PTO units for both 540 and 1000 RPM shafts,
after an overhaul or strip down of the PTO assembly and
prior to the refit into the vehicle.
BCG0006A 28
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 41
30. After installing the PTO output shaft retaining ring

into the seat, rotate the ring to make sure that it is
positioned opposite the flat surface on the PTO out-
put shaft.
BCG0010A 29
Next operation:
Housing - Install (C.40.C)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 42
Synchroniser command - Adjust

ATTENTION: The synchroniser command cable comes pre adjusted from the manufacturer and no adjustment should
be necessary. However after overhaul slight adjustment can be made at the clevis.
BAIL07APH227AVB 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 43
PTO brake - Adjust

PTO Brake Band Adjustment
1. Loosen the locknut (1), tighten the screw (2) to 3 Nm
(2.21 lbft), in order to close the brake band.
2. Loosen the screw (2) and check the brake band
alignment. Adjust if required.
3. Tighten the screw (2) to 1.1 Nm (0.81 lbft)
4. Loosen the screw (2) by two turns and tighten the
locknut (1).
5. Check the brake band alignment and repeat the pro-
cedure if required.
BCG0005A 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 44
Housing - Remove
Prior operation:
Disconnect the battery, for further information refer to Battery - Connect (A.30.A)
WARNING
B026
1. Remove the transmission housing drain plug and

drain the transmission oil into a suitable container.
Install the drain plug and tighten to 68 - 82 Nm ( 50 -
60 lbft).
BAIL07APH288AVA 1
2. Remove the retaining clip (1), pin (2) and remove the
top link (3).
BAIL07APH277AVC 2
3. Remove the electronic draft control (EDC) sensor re-

taining bolts.
BAIL07APH394AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 45
4. Remove the lift link lower retaining pin and slide out
the hinge pin.
BAIL07APH390AVA 4
5. Remove the hinge pin with the EDC sensor and re-
move the lower lift arm.
BAIL07APH395AVA 5
6. Remove the retaining bolt (1), remove the hinge pin

(2) and remove the lift link (3).
BAIL07APH398AVA 6
Vehicles with extending drawbar

7. Remove the split pin (1) and remove the lower retain-
ing pin (2).
BAIL07APH396AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 46
8. Remove the split pin (1), remove the upper retaining

pin (2) and remove the automatic pick-up hitch lift
rod.
BAIL07APH397AVA 8
9. Disconnect the extending drawbar hydraulic supply

and return pipes.
BAIL07APH399AVA 9
10. Support the extending drawbar and remove the re-

taining bolts.
BAIL07APH400AVA 10
11. Remove the extending drawbar assembly.

12. Disconnect the power take off (PTO) speed sensor
electrical connector.
BAIL07APH481AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 47
13. Remove the PTO guard.
BAIL07APH482AVA 12
14. Remove the top central PTO housing retaining bolt.
BAIL07APH483AVA 13
15. Using suitable lifting equipment support the PTO

housing.
BAIL07APH484AVA 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 48
16. Remove the PTO housing.
BAIL07APH485BVA 15
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 49
Housing - Install
Prior operation:
Housing - Remove (C.40.C)
1. Thoroughly clean the mating surfaces and apply a

bead of sealant.
BAIL07APH486BVA 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 50
2. Install the power take off (PTO) housing.
WARNING
Always use suitable tools to align holes. DO NOT USE
HAND OR FINGERS.
B020
BAIL07APH485BVA 2
3. Remove the support from the PTO housing.

BAIL07APH484AVA 3
4. Install the top central PTO housing retaining bolt.

BAIL07APH483AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 51
5. Install the PTO guard.
BAIL07APH482AVA 5
6. Connect the PTO speed sensor electrical connector.
BAIL07APH481AVA 6

7. Install the extending drawbar assembly.
BAIL07APH400AVA 7
8. Connect the extending drawbar hydraulic supply and

return pipes.
BAIL07APH399AVA 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 52
9. Install the automatic pick up hitch lift rod (1), install

the upper retaining pin (2) and install the split pin (3).
BAIL07APH397AVB 9
10. Install the lower retaining pin (1) and install the split
pin (2).
BAIL07APH396AVB 10
All vehicles
11. Install the lift link (1), install the hinge pin (2) and
install the retaining bolt (3).
BAIL07APH398AVB 11
12. Install the hinge pin with the electronic draft control
(EDC) sensor into the lift arm.
BAIL07APH395AVB 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 53
13. Install the lift link lower hinge pin and install the re-
taining pin.
BAIL07APH390AVB 13
14. Install the EDC sensor retaining bolts.

BAIL07APH394AVA 14
15. Locate the top lift link, install the pin (1), and retaining
clip (2).
BAIL07APH277AVD 15
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 54
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Troubleshooting

NOTE: The table below details some possible mechanical/hydraulic faults. The controller will also generate error
codes related to the PTO system. The error codes are prefixed with the number (5) and displayed on the instrument
cluster. (Refer to Control module - Fault code index (A.50.A)
The PTO does not operate Low transmission oil level. Reset correct level.
Blocked oil filter. Replace filter. - Refer to Filter - Replace
(A.10.A)
Faulty hydraulic pump. Repair or replace pump. - Refer to Hy-
draulic pump Variable displacement
pump - Overhaul (A.10.A)
Faulty PTO engagement switch Replace switch.
Lack of power supply to the solenoid valve: Reset electrical connections and replace
detached or damaged connectors, faulty faulty parts.
remote switch.
PTO control solenoid valve stuck open. Repair or replace solenoid valve.
Oil leakage through the seals with conse- Replace damaged seals.
quent pressure drop: manifold or control
plunger seals
The PTO remains Faulty PTO engagement switch. Replace switch.
engaged.
detached or damaged connectors or faulty faulty parts.
remote switch.
PTO control valve stuck open Repair or replace solenoid valve.
The PTO control clutch Faulty brake engagement switch Replace switch.
drags.
detached or damaged connectors or faulty faulty parts.
remote switch.
Brake control valve stuck closed. Repair or replace solenoid valve.
Worn PTO brake Replace brake. Refer to REAR PTO Hy-
draulic - Disassemble (C.40.C).
Difficult to engage ground Tractor is not stationary. Apply parking brake and foot brake pedals
speed PTO before selecting ground speed PTO.
Incorrect selector cable adjustment. Adjust the selector cable.
Damaged selector cable. Replace the selector cable.
Selector shaft lever spring broken. Replace the selector shaft lever spring.
Worn selector fork. Replace the selector fork.
Worn sliding engagement coupler. Replace the sliding engagement coupler.
Sliding engagement coupler is a tight fit on Clean the splines or replace the shaft and
the shaft splines. the sliding engagement coupler.
Engagement teeth worn on the ground Replace the ground speed PTO driveshaft.
speed PTO driveshaft.
Shift rail seized in the axle housing. Remove the shift rail and repair or replace
as necessary.
Rear PTO output shaft rotating.. PTO brake not being applied, repair or re-
place as necessary
PTO clutch oil supply cut off valve. Replace PTO clutch oil supply cut off valve.
Ground speed PTO will Incorrect selector cable adjustment. Adjust the selector cable.
not remain in the engaged
position
Selector shaft lever spring broken. Replace the selector shaft lever spring.
Sliding engagement coupler loose on the Replace the sliding engagement coupler
shaft splines. and/or the shaft.
Ground speed PTO shaft support bearings Replace the shaft support bearings..
worn.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 55

Ground speed PTO (Gpto) Cab selector lever switch open circuit. Replace the cab selector lever switch.
is displayed on the
instrument cluster when
ground speed PTO is
disengeged or not fitted
and engine driven rear
PTO is engaged
Cab selector lever switch electrical circuit Repair or replace the electrical harness.
faulty.
Incorrect ground speed PTO switch adjust- Adjust the ground speed PTO switch.
ment.
Link wire electrical connector faulty. Repair or replace the link wire electrical
connector.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 56
Index

Housing - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Housing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
PTO brake - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Synchroniser command - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 57
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.40.C / 58
FRONT PTO Hydraulic - 42.C

84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
FRONT PTO Hydraulic

Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA
FRONT PTO Hydraulic

Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SERVICE
Shaft
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Gearbox
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Clutch
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Housing
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
DIAGNOSTIC
FRONT PTO Hydraulic

84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 2
TRANSMISSION, DRIVE AND PTO OUT - FRONT PTO Hydraulic
FRONT PTO Hydraulic - Torque
BVF0910B 1
BVF0924B 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 4
FRONT PTO Hydraulic - Exploded view
BAIL10CVT601FVA 1
1. Dowel 2. Housing cover

3. Input shaft cover 4. Housing
5. Cover retaining bolt 6. O-Ring
7. Drain plug 8. Filler plug
9. Seal 10. Tube
11. Bearing 12. PTO drive gear
13. Seal 14. Retainer
15. Seal 16. Bearing
17. Output shaft 18. Bearing
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 5
FRONT PTO Hydraulic - Static description
BAIL10CVT599GVA 1
Front PTO
1. PTO multi-dry plate clutch 2. PTO control valve

3. PTO input shaft 4. Engine crankshaft pulley coupler
5. PTO reduction gearbox
The front PTO is engaged/disengaged by the piston control valve (2). The PTO is driven from the engine crankshaft.
The engine crankshaft pulley coupler (4) transfers drive through the PTO input shaft (3) and into the multi-dry plate
clutch (1). When the PTO is engaged the drive is transferred through the multi-dry plate clutch (1) into the PTO
reduction gearbox (5) to the PTO reduction gearbox output shaft.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 6
FRONT PTO Hydraulic - Dynamic description
BSF4297A 1
Front PTO Operation - Front PTO Disengaged
1. Friction discs and steel plates 2. Clutch release bearing

3. Piston spring 4. Piston
5. Diaphragm spring
Figure Colour Key
A. Return to reservoir
When the front PTO is disengaged, the solenoid valve is disengaged allowing the oil to return to the reservoir. With no
oil pressure acting against the piston (4), the spring (3) pushes the piston (4) out of the housing and pushes the clutch
release bearing (2) into contact with the PTO clutch diaphragm spring (5). When pressure is applied to the diaphragm
spring (5) it releases the force acting on the clutch pressure plate allowing the springs in between the friction discs
and steel plates (1) to expand, allowing the clutch hub to rotate freely within the clutch housing.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 7
BSF4297B 2
Front PTO Operation - Front PTO Engaged
.1 Friction discs and steel plates .2 Clutch release bearing

.3 Spring .4 Piston
.5 Diaphragm spring
Figure Colour Key
A. Low pressure circuit
When the front PTO is engaged, the solenoid valve is energised, allowing oil pressure to be applied to the piston (4).
The oil pressure acting against the piston (4), overcomes the piston spring (3) allowing the piston (4) to retract into
the housing, releasing the clutch release bearing (2) from the force of the diaphragm spring (5). When pressure is
released from the diaphragm spring (5), it increases the force acting on the clutch pressure plate compressing the
springs in between the friction discs and steel plates (1), clamping the friction discs and steel plates (1) together,
locking the clutch hub and the clutch housing together, engaging drive to the output shaft. .
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 8
Shaft - Remove
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Fully raise the front hydraulic lift arms.

Disconnect the battery, for further information refer
to Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A).
BAIL10CVT337AVC 1
2. Remove the lower lift arm retaining pins (1) and re-
move lower lift arms (2).
NOTE: The lengths of the upper and lower pins are differ-
ent.
BAIL10CVT464AVA 2
3. Remove the top link.
BAIL10CVT346AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 9
BAIL10CVT387AVA 4
5. Remove the PTO output shaft cover (1) and the PTO
guard (2).
BAIL10CVT490AVB 5
6. Remove the PTO input shaft cover and O-ring seal.
BAIL10CVT491AVA 6
7. Remove the PTO input shaft plug circlip (1).
BAIL10CVT492AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 10
8. Push the shaft forward to remove the input shaft plug.
BAIL10CVT493AVA 8
9. Retrieve the front PTO input shaft plug.
BVF0913A 9
10. Remove the PTO input shaft.
BAIL10CVT494AVA 10
Next operation:
Remove the housing assembly, for further information refer to Housing - Remove (C.42.C).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 11
Shaft - Install
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Install the PTO input shaft.
BAIL10CVT494AVB 1
2. Check the O-ring seal and replace if necessary. In-

stall the PTO input shaft plug (1).
BVF0913A 2
3. Install the PTO input shaft plug retaining circlip.
BAIL10CVT492AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 12
4. Install the PTO input shaft cover.

Tighten to 34 N·m (24 lb ft).
BAIL10CVT491AVA 4
5. Install the PTO guard (1) and PTO output shaft cover
(2).
BAIL10CVT490AVC 5
BAIL10CVT387AVA 6
7. Install the top link.
BAIL10CVT346AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 13
8. Locate the lower lift arms (1) and install the retaining
pins (2).
BAIL10CVT464AVB 8
9. Connect the battery, for further information refer to

Battery - Connect (A.30.A).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 14
Gearbox - Remove
Prior operation:
Remove the PTO clutch, for further information refer to Clutch - Remove (C.42.C).
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Remove the drain plug (1) and drain the oil into a
suitable container.
Install the drain plug (1) after the oil has drained.
BVF0948A 1
2. Disconnect the PTO speed sensor electrical connec-

tor.
BVF0843A 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 15
3. Remove the PTO speed sensor (1).
BVF0948C 3
4. Remove the front PTO reduction gearbox rear retain-

ing bolt (1).
BVF0927A 4
5. With a suitable jack (1) support the PTO gearbox

housing (2).
BAIL10CVT504AVA 5
6. Remove the front PTO reduction gearbox.
BAIL10CVT505AVA 6
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 16
Disassemble the gearbox, for further information refer to Gearbox - Disassemble (C.42.C).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 17
Gearbox - Disassemble
Prior operation:
Remove the front PTO reduction gearbox, for further information refer to Gearbox - Remove (C.42.C).
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Remove the PTO reduction gearbox front cover re-

taining bolts.
BVF0944A 1
2. Remove the PTO reduction gearbox front cover (1).
BVF0945A 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 18
Front PTO Reduction Gearbox Exploded View.
BAIL10CVT601FVA 3

9. Seal 10. Tube
Next operation:
Assemble the gearbox, for further information refer to Gearbox - Assemble (C.42.C).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 19
Gearbox - Assemble
Prior operation:
Disassemble the gearbox, for further information refer to Gearbox - Disassemble (C.42.C).
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Thoroughly clean and degrease the mating surfaces

and apply a bead of liquid gasket of approximately 2
mm diameter following the pattern shown.
BVF0947A 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 20
Front PTO Reduction Gearbox Exploded View.
BAIL10CVT601FVA 2

9. Seal 10. Tube
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 21
2. Install the PTO reduction gearbox front cover.
BVF0945A 3
3. Install the PTO reduction gearbox front cover retain-

ing bolts.
BVF0944A 4
Next operation:
Install the gearbox, for further information refer to Gearbox - Install (C.42.C).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 22
Gearbox - Install
Prior operation:
Assemble the gearbox, for further information refer to Gearbox - Assemble (C.42.C).
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. With a suitable jack (1) support the front PTO reduc-

tion gearbox housing (2).
BAIL10CVT504AVA 1
2. Install the PTO reduction gearbox and the front re-

taining bolts.
BAIL10CVT505AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 23
3. Install the PTO rear retaining bolt.

Tighten to 85 - 95 N·m (63 - 70 lb ft).
BVF0927A 3
4. Install the PTO speed sensor (1).
BVF0948C 4
5. Connect the PTO speed sensor electrical connector

(1).
BVF0843A 5
6. Remove the refill/level plug (1).
BVF0948B 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 24
7. Fill the PTO reduction gearbox with the correct spec-

ification oil, NEW HOLLAND AMBRA MULTI G 134™
HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION OIL until the oil can be seen
level with the refill/level plug hole.
Install the refill/level plug (1).
BVF0948B 7
Next operation:
Install the front PTO clutch, for further information refer to Clutch - Install (C.42.C).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 25
Clutch - Remove
Prior operation:
Remove the PTO piston housing, for further information refer to Housing - Remove (C.42.C).
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Remove the PTO clutch shaft retaining circlip.
BAIL10CVT502AVA 1
2. Remove the PTO clutch (1).
BVF0926A 2
Next operation:
Disassemble the clutch, for further information refer to Clutch - Disassemble (C.42.C)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 26
Clutch - Disassemble
Prior operation:
Remove the clutch, for further information refer to Clutch - Remove (C.42.C).
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Remove and discard the front PTO clutch shaft

O-ring seal (1).
Remove the retaining bolts (2) and remove the front
PTO clutch shaft (3).
BVF0937A 1
2. Remove the PTO clutch pressure plate.
BVF0938A 2
3. Remove the PTO clutch top plate (1).

Remove the washers (2).
BVF0940A 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 27
4. Remove the friction discs and steel plates from the

PTO clutch.
BVF0941A 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 28
5. Using suitable circlip pliers, remove the clutch hub

circlip (1).
BVF0942A 5
BVF0943A 6
PTO Clutch Assembly Exploded View
1. Circlip 2. PTO clutch plate housing

3. Bearing 4. Circlip
5. Clutch hub
Next operation:
Assemble the clutch, for further information refer to Clutch - Assemble (C.42.C).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 29
Clutch - Assemble
Prior operation:
Disassemble the clutch, for further information refer to Clutch - Disassemble (C.42.C).
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
BVF0943A 1
PTO Clutch Assembly Exploded View
1. Circlip 2. PTO clutch plate housing

5. Clutch hub
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 30
1. Using suitable circlip pliers, install the clutch hub cir-

clip (1).
BVF0942A 2
2. Make sure the steel plates are installed alternately

as indicated.
BVF0939A 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 31
3. Install the friction discs and steel plates into the PTO
clutch.
BVF0941A 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 32
4. Install the washers (2).

Install the PTO clutch top plate (1).
BVF0940A 5
5. Install the PTO clutch pressure plate.

BVF0938B 6
6. Install the PTO clutch shaft.

Install a new front PTO clutch shaft O-ring seal (1).
BVF0937C 7
Next operation:
Install the clutch, for further information refer to Clutch - Install (C.42.C).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 33
Clutch - Install
Prior operation:
Install the gearbox, for further information refer to Gearbox - Install (C.42.C)
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Install the PTO clutch (1).
BVF0926B 1
2. Using suitable circlip pliers, install the PTO clutch

shaft retaining circlip (1).
BAIL10CVT502AVA 2
Next operation:
Install the PTO piston housing, for further information refer to Housing - Install (C.42.C).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 34
Housing - Remove
Prior operation:
Remove the input shaft, for further information refer to Shaft - Remove (C.42.C)
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
NOTE: Depending on whether the hydraulic PTO engagement piston housing assembly and solenoid are operational
or not, this procedure has to be carried out in two different ways, both of which are described here.
ATTENTION: To carry out this procedure the piston spring compression tool supplied with the tractor is required.
BAIL10CVT497AVA 1
Piston Spring Compression Tool
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 35
1. Remove the bonnet retainer catch.
BAIL10CVT467AVA 2

BAIL10CVT468AVA 3
3. Remove the front support cover plate.
BAIL10CVT469AVA 4
If the PTO piston cannot be engaged.

4. Remove the radiator, for further information refer to
Radiator - Remove (B.50.A).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 36
5. Install the piston spring compression tool ( 1) into the

rear of the piston housing.
BAIL10CVT496AVC 5
6. Using special tool 380001198 (1) to stop the piston

rotating, tighten the piston spring compression tool
(2) until the piston spring is fully compressed.
BAIL10CVT496AVD 6
7. Disconnect the hydraulic hoses (1).

Disconnect the solenoid electrical connector (2).
BAIL10CVT496AVB 7
8. Remove the piston housing.
BAIL10CVT495AVA 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 37
If the PTO piston can be engaged

9. With the PTO input shaft removed and the hydraulic
hoses connected to the piston housing, loosen the
piston housing retaining bolts by one turn.
BAIL10CVT495AVA 9
10. WARNING
Always keep hair and clothing away from
moving parts. Do not wear loose clothing,
jewelry, or other items that could entangle
with moving parts and/or levers.
serious injury.
W0445A
Start the engine and engage the front PTO, once

engaged the piston will move and a gap will be seen
between the clutch and the piston housing.
Remove the retaining bolts and detach piston hous- BAIL10CVT496AVA 10
ing.
NOTE: Keep the engine running and the PTO engaged
until step 13.
11. Install the piston spring compression tool into the rear
of the piston housing. This tool keeps the piston
spring compressed.
BAIL10CVT499AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 38
12. Using special tool 380001198 (1) to stop the piston

rotating, tighten the piston spring compression tool
(2) until the spring is fully compressed.
BAIL10CVT496AVD 12
13. Disengage the front PTO and turn the engine off.
Disconnect the hydraulic hoses (1).
Disconnect the solenoid electrical connector (2).
Remove the piston housing.
BAIL10CVT500AVA 13
Next operation:
Remove the clutch, for further information refer to Clutch - Remove (C.42.C).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 39
Housing - Disassemble
Prior operation:
Remove the piston housing, for further information refer to Housing - Remove (C.42.C).
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 40
BAIL10CVT600GVA 1
PTO Piston Housing Exploded View
1. Piston housing assembly 2. Piston housing

3. Bearing cover 4. Clutch release bearing
5. Dust ring 6. Piston oil seal
7. Piston 8. Spring
9. Piston oil seal 10. Circlip
11. Cover 12. Piston spring compression tool
13. Bracket 14. Spring washer
15. Screw 16. Solenoid
17. Plug 18. Bush
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 41
1. Remove the clutch release bearing cover (1) and the

clutch release bearing (2).
BVF0929A 2
2. Rotate the piston housing 180 °.

Using suitable circlip pliers, compress the circlip.
BVF0930A 3
3. Remove the piston and spring assembly (1) from the

piston housing.
BVF0931A 4
4. Remove the solenoid from the piston housing.
BVF0932A 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 42
5. Remove and discard the piston housing dust ring (1)

and piston oil seal (2).
BVF0934A 6
6. Using a suitable vice, clamp the head of the pis-

ton spring compression bolt. Using special tool
380001198 Control Piston Spanner release the
spring tension and remove the piston (1).
Remove and discard the piston oil seal (2).
BVF0935A 7
7. Remove the spring (1) and cover (2).
BVF0936A 8
Next operation:
Assemble the piston housing, for further information refer to Housing - Assemble (C.42.C).
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 43
Housing - Assemble
Prior operation:
Remove the piston housing, for further information refer to Housing - Disassemble (C.42.C)
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 44
BAIL10CVT600GVA 1
PTO Piston Housing Exploded View
1. Piston housing assembly 2. Piston housing

3. Bearing cover 4. Clutch release bearing
5. Dust ring 6. Piston oil seal
7. Piston 8. Spring
9. Piston oil seal 10. Circlip
11. Cover 12. Piston spring compression tool
13. Bracket 14. Spring washer
15. Screw 16. Solenoid
17. Plug 18. Bush
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 45
1. Install the spring (1) and cover (2)
BVF0936A 2
2. Install a new piston oil seal (2).

Install the piston (1).
Using 380001198 Control Piston Spanner, tighten
the piston to fully compress the spring.
BVF0935A 3
3. Install a new dust ring (1) and a new piston oil seal
(2) into the piston housing.
BVF0934A 4
4. Install the solenoid valve.
BVF0932A 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 46
5. Partially install the piston and spring assembly (1).
BVF0931A 6
6. Using suitable circlip pliers, compress the circlip and

fully install the piston into the piston housing.
BVF0930A 7
7. Install the clutch release bearing (2) and the clutch

release bearing cover (1).
BVF0929A 8
Next operation:
Install the piston housing, for further information refer to Housing - Install (C.42.C)
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 47
Housing - Install
Prior operation:
Install the clutch, for further information refer to Clutch - Install (C.42.C).
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
If installing a new PTO control housing

1. Install the PTO control housing.
Tighten the retaining bolts to the specified torque
value. 85 - 95 N·m (63 - 70 lb ft).
BAIL10CVT495AVA 1
2. Connect the hydraulic hoses to the PTO control

housing (1).
Connect the solenoid electrical connector (2).
BAIL10CVT496AVB 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 48
3. With special tool 380001198 (1) engaged, use a 1/2

in square drive tool, remove the piston spring com-
pression tool (2) to release the piston assembly.
BAIL10CVT496AVD 3
4. Store the piston spring compression tool in the vehi-

cle tool box.
BAIL10CVT497AVA 4
5. Install the radiator, for further information refer to Ra-

diator - Install (B.50.A).
If installing the original PTO control housing

6. Connect the hydraulic hoses to the PTO control
housing (1).
Connect the solenoid electrical connector (2).
BAIL10CVT500AVA 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 49
7. WARNING
Always keep hair and clothing away from
moving parts. Do not wear loose clothing,
jewelry, or other items that could entangle
with moving parts and/or levers.
serious injury.
W0445A
Start the engine and engage the front PTO (this will
hold the piston in place allowing the piston spring
compression tool to be removed).
NOTE: Keep the engine running and the PTO engaged at
all times until step 10.
8. Remove the piston spring compression tool.
BAIL10CVT499AVA 6
9. With the engine still running, install the PTO control

housing.
value. 85 - 95 N·m (63 - 70 lb ft).
BAIL10CVT495AVA 7
10. Disengage the front PTO and stop the engine.

11. Store the piston spring compression tool in the vehi-
cle tool box.
BAIL10CVT497AVA 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 50
All vehicles
12. Install the PTO input shaft, for further information re-
fer to Shaft - Install (C.42.C).
13. Install the front support cover plate.
BAIL10CVT469AVA 9
14. Push the charge air cooler and oil cooler assembly
into position (1) and secure (2).
BAIL10CVT468AVB 10
15. Install the bonnet retainer catch.
BAIL10CVT467AVA 11
16. Install the drive belt right hand guard.
BAIL10CVT387AVA 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 51
FRONT PTO Hydraulic - Troubleshooting

Front PTO not engaging Front PTO is not turned on in machine con- Turn the front PTO on in machine configu-
figurations. rations.
Front PTO solenoid valve not energizing. Check the electrical circuit.
Solenoid valve sticking. Replace the solenoid valve.
Front PTO permanently Piston spring broken. Replace the piston spring.
engaged
Solenoid valve sticking. Replace the solenoid valve.
Low power from the front Fault in the low pressure circuit. Pressure test the low pressure circuit.
PTO output shaft
Front PTO piston oil seals leaking. Overhaul the front PTO control housing.
Front PTO multi-dry plate clutch plates Overhaul the front PTO multi-dry plate
worn. clutch.
Front PTO output shaft oil Worn oil seal. Replace the oil seal and check the level of
seal leak oil in the reduction gearbox.
Excessive oil level in the front PTO reduc- Check the oil level.
tion gearbox.
Front PTO bearings Lack of oil in front PTO reduction gearbox. Check the oil level. If low examine the front
overheated/worn PTO reduction gearbox for leaks.
Incorrect specification oil or old oil in the Replace with the correct specification of oil.
front PTO reduction gearbox.
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 52
Index

Clutch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Clutch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Clutch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Clutch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
FRONT PTO Hydraulic - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
FRONT PTO Hydraulic - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
FRONT PTO Hydraulic - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
FRONT PTO Hydraulic - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FRONT PTO Hydraulic - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Gearbox - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Gearbox - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Gearbox - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Gearbox - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Housing - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Housing - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Housing - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Housing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
84477609A 27/09/2011
C.42.C / 53
PRINTED IN FRANCE
84477609A 27/09/2011
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING

84477609A 27/09/2011
D
Contents
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING - D
FRONT AXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.10.A

REAR AXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.12.A

2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.14.C

STEERING Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.20.C

STEERING Autoguidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.20.E

SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.30.C

SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.30.E

PARKING BRAKE Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.32.B

PARKING BRAKE Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.32.D

BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.34.C

84477609A 27/09/2011
D
SUSPENSION Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.40.C
WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.50.C

84477609A 27/09/2011
D
84477609A 27/09/2011
D
FRONT AXLE - 10.A

84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 1
Contents
FRONT AXLE - 10.A
TECHNICAL DATA
FRONT AXLE
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
FUNCTIONAL DATA
FRONT AXLE
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Bevel gear
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Differential lock
Hub
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
SERVICE
FRONT AXLE
Remove (Standard Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Install (Standard Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Remove Supersteer™ axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Install (SuperSteer™ Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Remove (Suspended Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Install Suspended axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Axle shaft
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Differential
Disassemble (Class 3.5 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Disassemble (Class 3+ Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Assemble (Class 3.5 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 2
Backlash (Class 3+ Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Clearance (Class 3+ Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Overhaul (Class 3+ Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Bevel gear
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Install (Class 3+ Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Preload (Class 3+ Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Preload (Class 3+ Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Overhaul (Class 3+ Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Backlash (Class 3.5 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Preload (Suspended/Supersteer™ Class 3+ Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Preload (Suspended/Supersteer™ Class 3.5 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Preload (Standard Class 3.5 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Preload (Standard Class 3+ Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Differential lock
Assemble (Class 3.5 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Assemble (Class 3+ Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Disassemble (Class 3.5 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Disassemble (Class 3+ Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Housing
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Hub
Remove Four Wheel Drive Axle With Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Overhaul Four Wheel Drive Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Preload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Install Four Wheel Drive Axle With Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Support
Preload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Sensing system
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
DIAGNOSTIC
FRONT AXLE
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Differential lock
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 3
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING - FRONT AXLE
FRONT AXLE - Torque
BVE0625A 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 4
BAIL09APH181FVA 2
Suspended Front Axle
BVE0626B 3
Dog Clutch Differential Lock
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 5
BVE0551B 4
Multi-Wet Plate Differential Lock
FRONT AXLE - Special tools

NOTE: The operations described in this section can only be carried out with the essential tools indicated by an (X).
To work safely and efficiently and obtain the best results, it is also necessary to use the recommended specific tools
listed below and certain other tools, which are to be made according to the drawings included in this manual.
List of special tools necessary to carry out the different operations described in this Section.
Tool No. Description Previous No.

380000251 Front axle overhaul stand 293460
X 380000227 Front differential casing 291517
removal - installation hook
380000255 Front axle differential casing 293743
overhaul fixture
X 380000268 Front axle drive pinion nut 293878
spanner
380000257 Front bevel gear pinion 293782
retainer wrench
X 380000248 Pinion Bearing Preload 293391
adjusting tool
X 380000463 Drive pinion bearing 293438
adjustment tool
380001000 Front axle drive pinion 293876
retaining tool
X 380000249 Front axle drive pinion cone 293400
point adjustment gauge
380000270 Front axle hub bearing pulling 293882
aids (two)
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 6
380000548 Front axle planetary reduction 292888

hub alignment pins (M12 x
1.25)
380000265 Front axle swivel pin puller 293857
380000234 Front axle swivel pin bearing 292161
outer race puller
380000235 Front axle bearing rolling 292220
torque test tool
380001143 Front axle-shaft to swivel 293889
housing mounting guide
(Class 3+)
380000240 Front axle differential 292870
engagement oil pressure
test kit
X 380000600 Front axle drive pinion 297132
shimming measurement tool
X 380000269 Front wheel hub bearing ring 293880
nut spanner (Class 3+)
X 380000253 Front axle differential casing 293665
bearing ring nut spanner
X 380001115 SuperSteer™ / Suspended
axle differential pinion bearing
spacer (use with 380000248)
X 380200041 Pinion seal protector installer
for standard 3.5 and 3+ axles
X 380200042 Pinion seal installer for
standard 3.5 and 3+ axles
380200094 Pinion seal installer
for suspended and
SuperSteer™/ 3.5 and
3+ axles
380200095 Pinion seal protector
installer for suspended
and SuperSteer™ 3.5 and 3+
axles
LOCALLY FABRICATED TOOLS
• SuperSteer™ differential vice holding plate

• SuperSteer™ / suspended axle differential casting guide bolts (2 x M16 x 1.5 bolts)
• SuperSteer™ / suspended axle pinion flange holding tool
• Multi wet-plate differential lock depth gauge adaptor plate
Locally Fabricated Tools
BSB0213A 1
Differential Vice Holding Plate (SuperSteer™ Axle)
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 7
BSB0214A 2
Differential Casting Guide Bolts (SuperSteer™ and Suspended Axles)
BSB0215A 3
Differential Pinion Bearing Setting Spacer (SuperSteer™ and Suspended Axles). Also available as a Special
Tool 380001115.
BVE0544A 4
Pinion Flange Holding Tool (SuperSteer™ & Suspended Axle)
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 8
BVE0564A 5
Depth Gauge Adaptor Plate (Multi Wet-Plate Differential Lock)
FRONT AXLE - General specification

SPECIFICATIONS (Class 3+ Axle)
Type steering, stress-supporting, centrally pivoted

Pinion and Crown Wheel - Differential
Pinion to crown wheel reduction ratio 10/34 = 1:3.4
Pinion to crown wheel backlash mm 0.18 - 0.23
Cone point adjustment shims mm 2.5 - 2.6 - 2.7 - 2.8 - 2.9 - 3.0 - 3.1 - 3.2 - 3.3 -
3.4 - 3.5 - 3.6 - 3.7
Pinion bearing adjustment shims mm 2.50 - 2.55 - 2.60 - 2.65 - 2.70 - 2.75 - 2.80 - 2.85
- 2.90 - 2.95 - 3.00 - 3.05 - 3.10 - 3.15 - 3.20 -
3.25 - 3.30 - 3.35 - 3.40 - 3.45 - 3.50 - 3.55 - 3.60
- 3.65 - 3.70 - 3.75 - 3.80 - 3.85 - 3.90 - 3.95 -
4.00 - 4.05 - 4.10 - 4.15 - 4.20 - 4.25 - 4.30 - 4.35
- 4.40 - 4.45 - 4.50 - 4.55 - 4.60 - 4.65 - 4.70 -
4.75 - 4.80
Crown wheel point adjustment shims mm 0.9 - 1.0 - 1.1 - 1.2 - 1.3 - 1.4 - 1.5 - 1.6 - 1.7 -
1.8 - 1.9 - 2.0
Side gear to differential gear backlash mm 0.15
Differential gear thrust washer thickness mm 1.470 - 1.530
Side gear thrust washer thickness mm 1.4 - 1.5 - 1.6 - 1.7 - 1.8 - 1.9 - 2.0 - 2.1 - 2.2
Differential gear pin diameter mm 23.939 - 23.960
Pin bore diameter on differential gears mm 24.040 - 24.061
Pins to seats mounting clearance mm 0.080 - 0.122
Side gear hub diameter mm 43.961 - 44.000
Hub bore diameter on differential casing mm 44.019 - 44.080
Side gears to seats mounting clearance mm 0.019 - 0.119
Differential Lock Assembly (Dog
Clutch)
Free spring length mm approximately. 87
Compressed spring length, under a load of 1888 - mm approximately. 48
2035 N (424.4 - 457.5 lb).
Differential Lock Assembly (Multi
Wet-Plate Clutch)
Drive discs mm 1.75 - 1.855
Drive discs quantity 5
Driven discs mm 2.35 - 2.45
Driven discs quantity 6
Axle-Shafts and Swivel Assemblies
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 9
Outer axle-shaft diameter at the bushings mm 41.975 - 42.000

Press-fit bushing inner diameter mm 42.100 - 42.175 (final dimension without reaming)
Axle-shafts to bushings mounting clearance mm 0.100 - 0.200
Bushings to seats fitting interference mm 0.064 - 0.129
Swivel pin bearing adjust shims mm 0.10 - 0.15 - 0.20 - 0.25 - 0.30
Planetary Reduction Hubs
Reduction ratio 16:(16+68) = 1:5.25
Planet gear thrust washer thickness mm 0.77 - 0.83
SuperSteer™ Swivel Bearing
Torque required to rotate axle when correctly kgm 30 - 32
shimmed
SuperSteer™ swivel bearing shims mm 1.05 - 1.90 in 0.05 increments
Auto 4WD/Difflock
Auto 4WD will disengage if: Wheel speed > 20 km/h.
When speed, 10 km/h and steering angle
exceeds selected value.
When the speed is between 10 - 20 km/h and
the steering angle exceeds the selected value.
Auto Difflock will disengage if: Wheel speed > 15 km/h.
Wheel speed < 10 km/h and steering angle
exceeds the selected value.
Rear hitch switch is pressed (1 second delay).
One brake pedal is pressed (will re-engage when
pedal is released).
Inputs required: Wheel speed sensor/radar.
Steering angle sensor.
Rear hitch fast raise/lower switch.
Brake pedal switches.
Auto 4WD or difflock switch.
SPECIFICATIONS (Class 3.5 Axle)
Type steering, stress-supporting, centrally pivoted

Pinion and Crown Wheel - Differential
Pinion to crown wheel reduction ratio 10/34 = 1:3.4
Pinion to crown wheel backlash mm 0.10 - 0.50
Cone point adjustment shims mm 2.5 - 2.6 - 2.7 - 2.8 - 2.9 - 3.0 - 3.1 - 3.2 - 3.3 -
3.4 - 3.5 - 3.6 - 3.7
Pinion bearing adjustment shims mm 2.50 - 2.55 - 2.60 - 2.65 - 2.70 - 2.75 - 2.80 - 2.85
- 2.90 - 2.95 - 3.00 - 3.05 - 3.10 - 3.15 - 3.20 -
3.25 - 3.30 - 3.35 - 3.40 - 3.45 - 3.50 - 3.55 - 3.60
- 3.65 - 3.70 - 3.75 - 3.80 - 3.85 - 3.90 - 3.95 -
4.00 - 4.05 - 4.10 - 4.15 - 4.20 - 4.25 - 4.30 - 4.35
- 4.40 - 4.45 - 4.50 - 4.55 - 4.60 - 4.65 - 4.70 -
4.75 - 4.80
Crown wheel point adjustment shims mm 0.9 - 1.0 - 1.1 - 1.2 - 1.3 - 1.4 - 1.5 - 1.6 - 1.7 -
1.8 - 1.9 - 2.0
Side gear to differential gear backlash mm 0.15
Differential gear thrust washer thickness mm 1.470 - 1.530
Side gear thrust washer thickness mm 1.4 - 1.5 - 1.6 - 1.7 - 1.8 - 1.9 - 2.0 - 2.1 - 2.2
Differential gear pin diameter mm 23.939 - 23.960
Pin bore diameter on differential gears mm 24.040 - 24.061
Pins to seats mounting clearance mm 0.080 - 0.122
Side gear hub diameter mm 43.961 - 44.000
Hub bore diameter on differential casing mm 44.019 - 44.080
Side gears to seats mounting clearance mm 0.019 - 0.119
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 10
Differential Lock Assembly (Multi

Wet-Plate Clutch)
Drive discs mm 1.75 - 1.855
Drive discs quantity 5
Driven discs mm 2.35 - 2.45
Driven discs quantity 6
Axle-Shafts and Swivel Assemblies
Outer axle-shaft diameter at the bushings mm 41.975 - 42.000
Press-fit bushing inner diameter mm 42.100 - 42.175 (final dimension without reaming)
Axle-shafts to bushings mounting clearance mm 0.100 - 0.200
Bushings to seats fitting interference mm 0.064 - 0.129
Swivel pin bearing adjust shims mm 0.10 - 0.15 - 0.20 - 0.25 - 0.30
Planetary Reduction Hubs
Reduction ratio 16:(16+68) = 1:5.25
Planet gear thrust washer thickness mm 0.77 - 0.83
SuperSteer™ Swivel Bearing
Torque required to rotate axle when correctly kgm 30 - 32
shimmed
SuperSteer™ swivel bearing shims mm 1.05 - 1.90 in 0.05 increments
Auto 4WD/Difflock
Auto 4WD will disengage if: Wheel speed > 20 km/h.
When speed, 10 km/h and steering angle
exceeds selected value.
Auto Difflock will disengage if: Wheel speed > 15 km/h.
Wheel speed < 10 km/h and steering angle
exceeds the selected value.
Rear hitch switch is pressed (1 second delay).
One brake pedal is pressed (will re-engage when
pedal is released).
Inputs required: Wheel speed sensor/radar.
Steering angle sensor.
Rear hitch fast raise/lower switch.
Brake pedal switches.
Auto 4WD or difflock switch.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 11
FRONT AXLE - Sectional view
BAIL09APH184GVA 1
SuperSteer™ Class 3+ Front Axle Cross Section with Wet Clutch
1. Crown wheel 9. Dust cover

2. Bearing 10. Pinion seal
3. Differential casing 11. Pinion
4. Bearing 12. Shim
5. Spacer 13. Clutch pack
6. Bearing 14. Adjuster ring
7. Pinion nut 15. Bearing
8. Pinion flange
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 12
BAIL09APH185GVA 2
Suspended Class 3+ Front Axle Cross Section with Dog Clutch
1. Crown wheel 13. Spring

2. Bearing 14. Thrust washer
3. Differential casing 15. Circlip
4. Bearing 16. Thrust washer
5. Spacer 17. Dog clutch
6. Bearing 18. Piston
7. Pinion nut 19. Bell housing
8. Pinion flange 20. Locking ring
9. Dust cover 21. Dog clutch
10. Pinion seal 22. Circlip
11. Pinion 23. Shim
12. Shim 24. Bearing
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 13
BAIL09APH182GVA 3
Standard Class 3+ Front Axle Cross Section with Limited Slip Differential
1. Crown wheel 9. Circlip

2. Bearing 10. Pinion nut
3. Differential casing 11. Bearing
4. Bearing 12. Shim
5. Pinion 13. Clutch pack
7. Pinion seal 15. Bearing
8. Dust cover
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 14
BAIL09APH183GVA 4
Standard Class 3+ Front Axle Cross Section with Dog Clutch
1. Crown wheel 13. Thrust washer

3. Differential casing 15. Thrust washer
4. Bearing 16. Dog clutch
5. Pinion 17. Piston
6. Bearing 18. Bell housing
7. Pinion seal 19. Locking ring
8. Dust cover 20. Dog clutch
9. Circlip 21. Circlip
10. Pinion nut 22. Shim
11. Shim 23. Bearing
12. Spring
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 15
BAIL08APH171GVA 5
SuperSteer™ Class 3.5 Front Axle Cross Section

4. Bearing 12. Shim
8. Pinion flange
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 16
BAIL08APH170GVA 6
Suspended Class 3.5 Front Axle Cross Section

4. Bearing 12. Shim
8. Pinion flange
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 17
BAIL08APH169GVA 7
Standard Class 3.5 Front Axle Cross Section
1. Crown wheel 9. Circlip

2. Bearing 10. Pinion nut
3. Differential casing 11. Bearing
4. Bearing 12. Shim
5. Pinion 13. Clutch pack
7. Pinion seal 15. Bearing
8. Dust cover
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 18
25814 8
Support Pillars and Planetary Reduction Hub Cross-Sections
1. Front support pillar 6. Rear thrust washer

2. Front support pillar bush 7. Outer axle-shafts
3. Front thrust washer 8. Bushings
4. Rear bush (press-fit into support pillar) 9. Driven gear thrust washers
5. Rear bush (press-fit into pinion support) 10. Swivel pin adjustment shims
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 19
FRONT AXLE - Static description

The tractors are fitted with a centrally pivoted front axle with support pillars and prop shaft parallel to the tractor centre
line.
The differential assembly includes two planet gears. Drive is transferred to the epicyclic reduction gear hubs by means
of maintenance-free universal joints.
The four wheel drive is actuated by a switch on the ICP. The drive for the axle is provided via a clutch unit from the
rear axle which is activated by oil from the low pressure circuit. When the four wheel drive is engaged, a solenoid
is activated to prevent oil flow to the clutch unit which is then free to engage under spring pressure. When the four
wheel drive is disengaged, low pressure circuit oil is used to release the clutch pack. Refer to 2WD-4WD SYSTEM
Hydraulic - Static description (D.14.C) for more detail.
BAIL10CVT603AVA 1
The axle is equipped with a wet multi-plate clutch differential lock controlled by a switch on the ICP. When the switch
is activated low pressure oil is diverted, via a solenoid valve, to the front and rear axles and locks all four wheels
together for conditions where wheel slip may occur.
BAIL10CVT274AVA 2
The four wheel drive and differential lock engagement can be operated in manual mode or auto mode. The auto mode
will automatically engage and disengage the systems depending on operating conditions, such as, wheel speed,
steering angles and hydraulic lift operations (differential lock). The auto mode parameters are set up in the H3 H-Menu
of the U1 Universal controller, refer to Control module Universal controller - H3 - Configurations and options
(A.50.A).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 20
BAIL10CVT031AVB 3
APH06 and APH07 can be built with any option of 3+ or 3.5 front axle. The class 3+ has 290 mmdiameter cylindrical
hubs. The class 3.5 has 362 mm diameter tapered hubs.
BAIL09APH207AVB 4
Class 3+ hub is 290 mm diameter and hub casing is cylindrical.
Class 3+
Axle Type Pinion Shaft Crown Wheel Pinion Nut Torque
Adjustment/Preload
Standard axle with limited Step in pinion shaft 2 x adjusters, preload and Pinion nut 392 N·m (289 lb
slip differential lock backlash ft)
Standard axle with hydraulic Step in pinion shaft Adjusters on RHS shim Pinion nut 392 N·m (289 lb
differential lock (DOG LHS preload and backlash ft)
clutch)
Suspended axle with Spacer on pinion shaft Adjuster on LHS shim RHS 441 N·m (325 lb ft)
hydraulic differential lock preload and backlash
(DOG clutch)
Super-steer axle with Spacer on pinion shaft Spacer on pinion shaft 441 N·m (325 lb ft)
hydraulic differential lock
(wet clutch).
BAIL09APH206AVB 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 21
Class 3.5 hub is 362 mm diameter and hub casing is tapered.
Class 3.5
Axle Type Pinion Shaft Crown Wheel Pinion Nut Torque
Adjustment/Preload
Standard axle with hydraulic Step in pinion shaft Adjuster on LHS for preload Pinion nut 392 N·m (289 lb
differential lock (wet clutch) only ft)
Suspended axle with Spacer on pinion shaft Adjuster on LHS preload 441 N·m (325 lb ft)
hydraulic differential lock only
(DOG clutch)
Super-steer axle with Spacer on pinion shaft Spacer on pinion shaft 441 N·m (325 lb ft)
hydraulic differential lock
(wet clutch).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 22
Bevel gear - Exploded view
BVE0569A 1
Suspended and SuperSteer Front Axle Pinion (Class 3+ Axle) Components (SuperSteer Front Axle Shown)
1 Pinion 2 Pinion depth shim

3 Bearing 4 Spacer
5 Shim 6 O-ring seal
7 Differential casing 8 Pinion nut
9 Pinion flange 10 Dust cover
11 Pinion seal 12 O-ring seal
13 O-ring seal carrier 14 Bearing
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 23
BAIL08APH174GVA 2
Suspended and SuperSteer™ Front Axle Pinion (Class 3.5 Axle) Components (SuperSteer™ Front Axle
Shown)
1. Pinion 7. Pinion nut

3. Spacer 9. Dust cover
4. Differential casing 10. Pinion flange
5. Shim 11. Pinion flange bolt
6. Bearing
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 24
BAIL08APH167GVB 3
Standard Front Axle (Class 3.5 Axle) Components
1. Pinion 6. Pinion nut

3. Differential casing 8. Dust cover
4. Shim 9. Circlip
5. Bearing 10. Coupling
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 25
Differential lock - Dynamic description
BTB0127B 1
Front differential lock disengaged
Trapped oil
Pressure oil
When the differential lock is disengaged, the solenoid valve is in the discharge position (not energised) and therefore
the oil is free to return to sump.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 26
Under these conditions, the helix spring (2) keeps the differential lock dog clutch teeth apart.
When the differential lock switch is activated, the solenoid valve opens and directs oil from the low pressure circuit
into the drive piston (1), where it creates a pressure greater than the spring (2) force and moves the piston, locking
the differential.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 27
Differential lock - Dynamic description
BVE0442A 1
Front differential lock engaged
Trapped oil
Pressure oil
When the differential lock is disengaged, the solenoid valve is in the discharge position (not energised) and the oil (1)
is free to return to the sump.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 28
Under these conditions, the clutch piston (2) and the drive and driven discs remain separated and the differential lock
is disengaged.
When the differential lock switch is activated, the solenoid valve opens and directs oil from the low pressure circuit
into the clutch piston (3) locking the differential plates (4).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 29
Hub - Exploded view
BAIL07APH670GVA 1
1 Spacer 2 Cassette seal

3 Bushing 4 Hub carrier
5 Circlip 6 Bleed nipple
7 Drive gear 8 Sleeve
9 Plate 10 Seals
11 Piston 12 Drive gear
13 Plate 14 Brake disc
15 Drive gear 16 Circlip
17 Carrier
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 30
FRONT AXLE - Remove (Standard Axle)
Prior operation:
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A

weights.
BAIL07APH062AVA 1

weight carrier.
BAIL07APH063AVA 2
3. Raise the front of the vehicle and support with suit-

able axle stands under the front weight carrier.
Remove both front wheels.
BAIL07APH064AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 31
4. Remove both dynamic front fenders (if equipped).
BAIL07APH065AVA 4
5. Support the front axle on axle stands.
BAIL07APH067AVA 5
6. Disconnect the left-hand steering cylinder supply and

return hoses and the differential lock supply hose.
BAIL07APH521AVA 6
7. Disconnect the right-hand steering cylinder supply

and return hoses.
BAIL07APH542AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 32
8. Remove the drive shaft guard rear retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH535AVA 8
9. Remove the drive shaft guard front retaining bolts

and remove the drive shaft guard.
BAIL07APH534AVA 9
10. Disconnect the drive shaft from the front axle.
BAIL07APH543AVA 10
11. Support the front axle using a suitable hoist and re-
move the axle stands from below the front axle.
BAIL07APH079AVB 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 33
12. Remove the front axle rear carrier retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH544AVA 12
13. Remove the front axle front carrier retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH354AVA 13
14. Lower the front axle.
BAIL07APH080AVA 14
15. Remove the front axle from below the vehicle.
BAIL07APH561AVA 15
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 34
FRONT AXLE - Install (Standard Axle)

WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
1. Position the front axle below the vehicle.
BAIL07APH561AVB 1
2. Raise the front axle into position.
BAIL07APH080AVB 2
3. Install the front axle front carrier retaining bolts.

BAIL07APH354AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 35
4. Install the front axle rear carrier retaining bolts.

BAIL07APH544AVA 4
5. Install the drive shaft to the front axle retaining bolts.

BAIL07APH543AVA 5
6. Install the drive shaft guard.
BAIL07APH534AVA 6
7. Install the drive shaft guard rear retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH535AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 36
8. Support the axle on axle stands and disconnect from

the hoist.
BAIL07APH079AVB 8
9. Connect the right-hand steering cylinder supply and

return hoses.
BAIL07APH542AVA 9
10. Connect the left-hand steering cylinder supply and

return hoses and the differential lock supply hose.
BAIL07APH521AVA 10
11. Install both dynamic front fenders (if equipped).
BAIL07APH065AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 37
12. Install both front wheels.

further information refer to Front wheel - Torque
(D.50.C).
BAIL07APH064AVA 12

weights.
BAIL07APH062AVA 13
14. Install the retaining bolts to the front weights.
BAIL07APH063AVA 14
Next operation:
Connect the battery, for further information refer to Battery - Connect (A.30.A).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 38
FRONT AXLE - Remove Supersteer™ axle

Prior operation:
DANGER
B012
1. Using a suitable sling, connect the front weights to a

hoist and remove.
BSB0181A_353 1
2. Remove the front weight carrier.
BVE0312A 2
3. Remove the four-wheel drive shaft guard retaining

bolts.
BAIS06CCM033AVA 3
4. Remove the four-wheel drive shaft guard.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 39
5. Remove the four-wheel drive shaft front retaining

nuts.
NOTE: Support the four-wheel drive shaft.
BAIS06CCM034AVA 4
6. Remove the four-wheel drive shaft.
BAIS06CCM035AVB 5
7. Disconnect the steering cylinder supply and return

hoses and the diff lock supply hose.
BAIL07APH160AVA 6
8. Detach the steering cylinder supply and return hoses

from right-hand side.
BAIL07APH162AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 40
9. Disconnect the steering angle sensor electrical con-

nector.
BAIS06CCM039AVA 8

the front support. These prevent articulation of the of
the axle.
BAIL07APH285AVA 9
11. Raise the front of the vehicle so the front wheels are
off the ground.
Position the splitting kit (1) 297471 underneath the
vehicle and support the engine with the jack (2).
BVE0314A_358 10
12. Remove both front wheels.
BAIL07APH064AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 41
13. Remove the dynamic front fenders (if equipped).
BAIL07APH065AVA 12
14. Attach the front axle to suitable lifting gear.
BAIS06CCM707AVA 13
15. Detach the steering arm from the hub carrier and
reposition. Repeat this step for the right-hand side.
BVE0439A 14
16. Remove the six bolts from the Supersteer™ swivel

lower plate, note the shims on either side.
BAIS06CCM706AVA 15
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 42
17. Remove the front axle.
BVE0315A 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 43
FRONT AXLE - Install (SuperSteer™ Axle)
WARNING
B020
1. Using a spreader bar and suitable slings or chains,

attach the front axle assembly to a moveable over-
head hoist and install the axle.
NOTE: It will be necessary to obtain the correct swivel
bearing pre-load setting for the SuperSteer™ unit (refer to
Support - Preload (D.10.A)).
BVE0315A 1
2. Install the SuperSteer™ swivel lower plate and re-

taining bolts.
BAIS06CCM706AVA 2
3. Attach the steering arm to the stub axle housing. Re-

peat the step for the right-hand side.
BVE0439A 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 44
4. Remove the lifting gear.
BAIS06CCM707AVA 4
5. Install the dynamic front fenders (if equipped).
BAIL07APH065AVA 5
BAIL07APH064AVA 6
7. Remove the splitting kit (1) 297471 and the jack (2)
from underneath the vehicle.
BVE0314A_358 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 45

BAIL07APH285AVA 8
9. Connect the steering angle sensor electrical connec-

tor.
BAIS06CCM039AVA 9
10. Attach the right-hand steering cylinder supply and

return hoses.
BAIL07APH162AVA 10
11. Connect the steering cylinder supply and return

hoses and the diff lock supply hose.
BAIL07APH160AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 46
12. Install the four-wheel drive shaft.

BAIS06CCM035AVB 12
13. Install the four-wheel drive shaft front retaining nuts.

BAIS06CCM034AVA 13
14. Install the four-wheel drive shaft guard retaining

bolts.
BAIS06CCM033AVA 14
15. Install the front weight carrier.

BVE0312A 15
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 47
16. Using a suitable sling and hoist and install the front
weights (if fitted).
BSB0181A_353 16
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 48
FRONT AXLE - Remove (Suspended Axle)
Prior operation:
1. WARNING
Heavy objects!
serious injury.
W0398A

weights.
BAIL07APH062AVA 1

weight carrier.
BAIL07APH063AVA 2
4. Raise and support the front of the vehicle.

BAIL07APH064AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 49
5. Remove both dynamic front fenders (if equipped).
BAIL07APH065AVA 4
6. Release the hydraulic pressure in the suspension

ram by rotating the Allen screw on the valve block
counterclockwise.
BAIL07APH066AVA 5
7. Support the front of the vehicle and front axle on axle

stands.
BAIL07APH067AVA 6
8. Disconnect the steering supply and return hoses and

the diff lock hose.
BAIL07APH068AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 50
9. Clamp the brake reservoir hose.
BAIL07APH069AVA 8
10. Disconnect the brake hose from the front axle.
BAIL07APH070AVA 9
11. Disconnect the steering angle sensor and front axle

potentiometer electrical connectors.
BAIL07APH071AVA 10
12. Remove the front axle potentiometer cover.
BAIL07APH072AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 51
13. Disconnect the front axle potentiometer quick re-

lease clip (1).
Remove the potentiometer retaining bolts (2).
Feed the wiring loom through the tombstone and re-
move the potentiometer.
BAIL07APH073AVA 12
14. Remove the left-hand pivot pin retaining plate (1) and
remove the pin (2).
BAIL07APH074AVA 13
15. Remove the right-hand pivot pin retaining plate (1)

and remove the pin (2).
BAIL07APH075AVA 14
16. Remove the hydraulic pipe clamp bracket.
BAIL07APH078AVA 15
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 52
17. Support the front axle using a suitable hoist and re-
move the axle stands from below the front axle.
BAIL07APH079AVB 16
18. Remove the drive shaft cover plate.
BAIL07APH076AVA 17
19. Remove the drive shaft bearing carrier.
BAIL07APH077AVA 18
20. Release the circlip (1) and drift the sleeve (2) back-
wards.
BAIL07APH081AVA 19
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 53
21. Lower the front axle, while supporting the drive shaft
and suspension arm.
BAIL07APH080AVA 20
22. Remove the front axle from below the vehicle.
BAIL07APH082AVA 21
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 54
FRONT AXLE - Install Suspended axle

WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Locate the front axle while supporting the drive shaft

and suspension arm.
BAIL07APH080AVB 1
2. Support the front axle with axle stands.
BAIL07APH079AVC 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 55
3. Drift the sleeve back onto the drive shaft (1) and in-
stall the circlip (2) .
BAIL07APH081AVB 3
4. Install the drive shaft bearing carrier.

Tighten to 550 N·m (405 lb ft)
BAIL07APH077AVA 4
5. Install the drive shaft cover plate.
BAIL07APH076AVA 5
6. Support the front axle on axle stands and remove the

overhead hoist.
BAIL07APH079AVB 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 56
7. Install the hydraulic pipe clamp bracket.
BAIL07APH078AVA 7
8. Install the right-hand pivot pin (1) and install the re-
taining plate (2).
BAIL07APH075AVB 8
9. Install the left-hand pivot pin (1) and install the retain-
ing plate (2).
BAIL07APH074AVB 9
10. Connect the front axle potentiometer quick release

clip (1).
Install the potentiometer retaining bolts (2).
Feed the wiring loom through the tombstone.
BAIL07APH073AVA 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 57
11. Install the front axle potentiometer cover.
BAIL07APH072AVA 11
12. Connect the steering angle sensor and front axle po-
tentiometer electrical connectors.
BAIL07APH071AVA 12
13. Connect the brake hose from the front axle.
BAIL07APH070AVA 13
14. Remove the clamp from the brake reservoir hose.
BAIL07APH069AVA 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 58
15. Connect the steering supply and return hoses and

the diff lock hose.
BAIL07APH068AVA 15
16. Remove the axle stands from under the axle.
BAIL07APH067AVA 16
17. Tighten the Allen screw on the valve block.
BAIL07APH066AVA 17
18. Install both dynamic front fenders (if equipped).
BAIL07APH065AVA 18
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 59

Tighten to the specified torque, for further information
refer to Front wheel - Torque (D.50.C).
BAIL07APH064AVA 19

weights onto the weight carrier.
BAIL07APH062AVA 20
21. Secure the front weights to the weight carrier.
BAIL07APH063AVA 21
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 60
Axle shaft - Remove

Prior operation:
Remove the hub, for further information refer to Hub - Remove (D.10.A)
1. Remove the axle shaft from the axle housing.
BAIL07APH580AVA 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 61
Axle shaft - Install

1. Install the axle shaft into the axle housing.
BAIL07APH580AVA 1
Next operation:
Install the hub, for further information refer to Hub - Install (D.10.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 62
Differential - Disassemble (Class 3.5 Axle)

Prior operation:
Differential - Remove (D.10.A)
DANGER
B012
WARNING
B026
1. Place the differential assembly on a suitable work-

bench.
Loosen the adjuster ring locking grub screw (1).
Loosen the support caps retaining bolts (2).
BAIL07APH573AVA 1
2. Using special tool 293665 or 380000253, remove the

adjuster ring.
BAIL07APH574AVA 2
3. Remove the retaining bolts and remove the support

caps.
BAIL07APH573AVB 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 63
4. Remove the differential assembly from the differen-

tial housing.
BAIL07APH592AVA 4
5. Remove the spacer (1) and the bearing cup (2).
BAIL07APH593AVA 5
6. Using a suitable vice fitted with soft jaws, secure the

differential assembly.
BAIL07APH576AVA 6
7. Remove the crown wheel retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH594AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 64
8. Using a suitable puller, remove the bearing (1).

Remove the crown wheel (2).
BAIL07APH595AVA 8
9. Remove the thrust washer.
BAIL07APH596AVA 9
10. Remove the sun gear.
BAIL07APH597AVA 10
11. Remove the planet gear shaft locating pin.
BAIL07APH572AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 65
12. Remove the planet gear shaft, planet gears and

thrust washers.
BAIL07APH571AVB 12
BVE0583A 13
Illustration of the differential cage and planet gear assembly layout.
1 Thrust washer 2 Planet gear

3 Planet gear shaft locking pin 4 Planet gear shaft
5 Planet gear 6 Thrust washer
7 Differential cage
Next operation:
Differential - Backlash (D.10.A).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 66
Differential - Disassemble (Class 3+ Axle)

Prior operation:
Disassemble the multi-plate differential lock clutch, for further information refer to Differential lock - Disassemble
(D.10.A).
WARNING
B026
1. Using a suitable puller, remove the clutch pack cover

bearing.
BVE0584A 1
2. Remove the thrust washer (1) and sun gear (2) from
the differential cage (3).
BVE0575A 2
3. Remove the crown wheel from the differential cage.
BVE0580A 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 67
4. Using a suitable puller, remove the crown wheel

bearing.
BVE0587A 4
5. Remove the thrust washer (1) and sun gear (2) from
the differential casing (3).
BVE0570A 5
6. Using a suitable drift, remove the planet gear shaft

locking pin (1) from the differential cage.
BVE0582A 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 68
BVE0583A 7
1. Thrust washer 5. Planet gear

2. Planet gear 6. Thrust washer
3. Planet gear shaft locking pin 7. Differential cage
4. Planet gear shaft
Next operation:
Differential - Assemble (D.10.A).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 69
Differential - Assemble (Class 3.5 Axle)
DANGER
B012
WARNING
B026
BVE0583A 1
Illustration showing the differential cage and planet gear assembly layout.
1. Thrust washer 5. Planet gear

2. Planet gear 6. Thrust washer
3. Planet gear shaft locking pin 7. Differential cage
4. Planet gear shaft
1. Install the planet gear shaft, planet gears and thrust
washers.
BAIL07APH571AVB 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 70
2. Install the planet gear shaft locating pin through the

bolt hole within the differential cage.
BAIL07APH572AVA 3
3. Install the sun gear.
BAIL07APH597AVA 4
4. Install the thrust washer.
BAIL07APH596AVA 5
5. Install the crown wheel (1) and bearing (2).
BAIL07APH595AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 71
6. Install the crown wheel retaining bolts and tighten to

136 Nm (100 lb ft).
BAIL07APH594AVA 7
7. Install the spacer (1) and the bearing cup (2).
BAIL07APH593AVA 8
8. Install the differential assembly into the housing.
BAIL07APH592AVA 9
9. Install the support caps.

Note the locating pin (1) and groove (2) into which it
locates.
BAIL07APH575AVA 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 72
10. Install the support cap retaining bolts finger tight.
BAIL07APH573AVB 11
11. Using special tool 293665 or 380000253, install the

adjuster ring.
BAIL07APH574AVA 12
12. Tighten the support cap retaining bolts to 130 Nm (96

lb ft).
BAIL07APH573AVB 13
13. Adjust the backlash.

For further information refer to Bevel gear - Back-
lash (D.10.A).
14. Tighten the adjuster ring locking grub screw.
BAIL07APH604AVA 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 73
Next operation:
Refer to Differential - Install (D.10.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 74
Differential - Remove
Prior operation:
Remove the front axle, for further information refer to FRONT AXLE - Remove (D.10.A) (suspended axle), FRONT
AXLE - Remove (D.10.A) (Supersteer™ axle), FRONT AXLE - Remove (D.10.A) (standard axle).
Prior operation:
Remove the axle shafts, for further information refer to Axle shaft - Remove (D.10.A).
DANGER
B012
1. Support the front axle on suitable axle stands.

Remove the drain plug (1) and drain the oil into a
suitable container.
Reinstall the drain plug and tighten to 74 Nm (55 lb
ft).
BAIL07APH509AVA 1
2. Using suitable lifting equipment turn the front axle so

that the differential housing is facing upwards.
BAIL07APH584AVA 2
3. Remove the differential housing bolts.
BAIL07APH477AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 75
4. Install a suitable lifting eye bolt (1) to the pinion shaft

.
Attach suitable lifting equipment (2) to the lifting eye
bolt.
BAIL07APH478AVA 4
5. Remove the differential.
BAIL07APH479AVA 5
Next operation:
Differential lock - Disassemble (D.10.A).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 76
Differential - Backlash (Class 3+ Axle)

NOTE: In case of differential assembly overhaul it is necessary to adjust the backlash between the teeth of the planet
pinions and side gears. Proceed as follows:
1. Thoroughly clean the components of the differential
to remove any traces of oil which would otherwise
prevent accurate backlash measurement.
Install the two side gears without thrust washers.
Fit the planet gears complete with thrust washers and
pins and screw the pin retaining bolts in by a few
turns to hold the pins in place.
Position a dial gauge on the differential housing.
Move the left-hand side gear to bring it into full con-
tact with the planet pinion and then push it up against
the differential housing, reading the end float (Gs) on
the dial gauge.
1b0o2004061023 1
2. Repeat the above operations to measure the end

float on the right-hand side gear (Gd).
Therefore the shims to be inserted in the differential
housing are given by:
S (L.H). = Gs - 0.25 mm for the left-hand side gear;
S (L.H). = Gd - 0.25 mm for the right-hand side gear.
Install shims as near as possible to the calculated
value, and, using a dial gauge and following the pro-
cedure described above, check that the end float of
the left and right-hand side gears is approximately
0.25 mm.
1b0o2004061024 2
Next operation:
Bevel gear - Remove (D.10.A).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 77
Differential - Clearance (Class 3+ Axle)

1. The end float required between the sun and planet
gears is 0.25 mm. To calculate the size of thrust
washer required, carry out the following:
2. Using a depth gauge and the locally fabricated depth
gauge adaptor plate, measure against the front of the
sun gear. Do this measurement in two opposite po-
sitions and take a mean calculation of the two read-
ings. This measurement is H1.
BVE0574A 1
3. Carry out the same measurement again but using

only one thrust washer as a test shim. This mea-
surement is H2
4. Determine the thickness of the shim to be installed
as follows:
Remove the thrust washer and measure the thick-
ness. This measurement is S1.
Thrust washer size = (H2 - H1) + S1 - 0.25 mm.
5. Install the new calculated thrust washer (1) and the
sun gear (2) into the differential cage (3).
BVE0570A 2
6. Install the crown wheel onto the differential cage.

value.
BVE0590A 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 78
7. Install two thrust washers (1) and the sun gear (2)
into the differential cage (3).
NOTE: Two thrust washers are required to lock the sun
gear against the planet gears. These can be the original
thrust washer and a new thrust washer or two new thrust
washers.
BVE0576A 4
8. Hand tighten the clutch pack cover retaining bolts.

NOTE: Make sure the clutch pack cover is fitted evenly.
BVE0577A 5

BVE0578A 6

surement is H2.
as follows:
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 79
BVE0575A 7
Next operation:
Assemble the multi-wet plate differential lock clutch (refer to Differential lock - Assemble (D.10.A)).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 80
Differential - Install
Prior operation:
Assemble the differential, for further information refer to Differential - Assemble (D.10.A)
1. Clean and degrease the mating surfaces and apply

a bead of gasket sealer approximately 2 mm wide
along the mating surface as indicated.
NOTE: It is advisable that new seals are installed to avoid
any leakages after assembly.
BAIL07APH488AVA 1
2. Install a suitable lifting eye bolt (1) to the pinion shaft.

Attach suitable lifting equipment (2) to the lifting eye
bolt.
BAIL07APH489AVB 2
3. Install the differential into the axle housing, making

sure that the 2 locating dowels are located correctly.
BAIL07APH479AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 81
4. Install the differential housing securing bolts and

tighten to 137 Nm (101 lb ft).
BAIL07APH477AVA 4
5. Using suitable lifting equipment, reposition the front

axle on the axle stands.
BAIL07APH491AVA 5
Next operation:
Install the axle shafts, for further information refer to Axle shaft - Install (D.10.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 82
Differential - Overhaul (Class 3+ Axle)
WARNING
B026
Pinion Bearing Preload Shimming

1. Remove the pinion bearing from the pinion.
2. Clamp the special tool 293391 (1) in the vice, fit the
inner races of the bearings (2) and (4) and the bear-
ing spacer (3) and secure the nut on the tool.
1b0o2004061029 1
3. Using a depth micrometer, measure distance (H1)

between the upper surface of the tool and the central
threaded pin of the special tool 293391/ 293438 (1).
Disassemble the above parts, lubricate the bearings
with oil and then re-assemble the parts, excluding the
bearing spacer, in the differential housing. Hold the
differential housing in the vice using the special tool
293743.
40-25-26 SHG 2
4. Tighten the nut of special tool 293391/ 293438 (1),

while turning the tool to ensure that the bearings are
seated correctly.
Using a depth micrometer, measure distance (H2).
The thickness of the adjustment shim required is cal-
culated by:
Shim S1 = H2 - H1 + 0.05 mm
If necessary, round the value obtained up to the near-
est 0.05 mm.
Leave the special tool in the differential housing for
pinion depth measurement.
40-25-34 SHG 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 83
Pinion To Crown Wheel Shimming Procedure

5. The pinion to crown wheel shimming procedure cal-
culates the thickness of shims S2, positioned be-
neath the shoulder of the pinion gear to ensure that
the theoretical conical point of the pinion aligns with
the centre of the differential crown wheel.
Pinion Shimming Dimensions

6. H4 Dimension from Pinion Bearing to Centre line of
Differential Casing
H3 115 mm Manufacturers Pinion Dimension ±C
(Correction Factor)
S2 Shim Thickness
The dimension H4 in the calculation of the shim thick-
ness can be determined by using either the pinion
adjustment special tool 293400.
Both procedures are explained as follows.
40-25-42 SHG 4
Pinion Shimming using Pinion Adjustment Special Tool 293400.

7. Install the pinion bearings in differential support
housing and clamp in position using the special
tool 293391/ 293438 as used when determining
thickness of shims for bearing preload.
1. Pinion Measuring Gauge special tool 293400
2. Pinion Bearing Clamp. Use special tool 293391/
293438 or alternative clamp 50048 as shown
3. Pinion Bearings
4. Micrometer (Part of special tool 293400)
17212 5
8. Install the Pinion Setting special tool 293400 com-

plete with bearing cup and adjusting rings. Tighten
bearing caps to 113 Nm ( 83 lbf).
If the special tool 293391 as described in pinion bear-
ing shimming procedure is not available the Bearing
Clamp special tool 50048 may be used to clamp the
bearings.
Adjust the cones of the tool so that the depth microm-
eter tip touches the inner race of the bearing and
measure the dimension (H4).
40-25-39 SHG 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 84
9. Determine the thickness of shims to be installed be-

neath the pinion gear as follows:
Shim thickness S2 = H4 - H3
Where:-
H4 = Dimension measured using pinion micrometer
tool
H3 = 115 mm ±C
115 mm is the nominal manufacturing dimension
from rear face of pinion gear to conical point of
pinion.
C = Manufacturing correction factor stamped on face
of pinion.
Example
H4 = 118.27
C = + 0.1 mm 1b0o2004061030 7
H3 = 115 + 0.1 = 115.1 mm
S2 = H4 - H3 = 118.27 - 115.1
Shim Thickness S2 = 3.17 mm.
Pinion Shimming Using Special Tool 297132.

10. Install bearing caps (less bearing cup) and tighten to
a torque of 113 Nm ( 83 lbf).
Measure internal dimension of bearing bore and call
this dimension A.
1b0o2004061031 8
11. Install pinion bearings in the differential support

housing and clamp in position using the special tool
297132.
Locate the bar gauge, part of special tool 297132,
across bearing bore and measure dimension B.
1. Depth Gauge
2. Bar Gauge - Part Of Special Tool 297132
3. Pinion Shaft Bearings
4. Pinion Setting Gauge - Special Tool 297132
5. Differential Support Casing
NOTE: Tighten the clamp so that the bearing cones can
just be turned by hand.
1b0o2004061032 9
12. Calculate Dimension H4 using the formula H4 = B -

25* + (A/2)
NOTE: *FT 3135 Bar Gauge is 25 mm diameter.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 85
13. Determine the thickness of shims S2 to be installed

beneath the pinion gear as follows:
S2 = H4- H3
Where:-
H4 = Dimension calculated in Step 5 above.
H3 = 115 mm ±C
115 mm is the nominal manufacturing dimension
from the rear face of the pinion gear to the conical
point of the pinion.
C = Manufacturing correction factor stamped on the
face of the pinion.
Example
A = 95 mm
B = 95.77 mm
H4 = B - 25* + (A/2)
H4 = 95.77 - 25* + (95/2)
H4 = 118.27
C = 0.1 mm
H3 = 15 + 0.1 = 115.1
Shim Thickness S2 = 118.27 - 115.1 = 3.17 mm.
Pinion Shim and Bearing Installation
40-25-17 SHG 10
Standard Front Axle Pinion Components
1 Pinion Depth Shim 2 Bearing

3 Bearing Cup 4 Differential Housing
5 Nut 6 Dust Cap
7 Seal 8 Ball Bearing
9 Sleeve 10 Bearing
11 Bearing Cup 12 Shim
13 Shim 14 Spacer
15 Ò' Ring 16 Pinion
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 86
14. Install the pinion depth shim selected in pinion to

crown wheel shimming procedure in this chapter, be-
tween the pinion head and the bearing. Ensure the
chamfer on the shim faces towards the pinion head.
40-25-9 SHG 11
15. Install the pinion bearing onto the pinion.
1b0o2004061033 12
16.
NOTE: The use of a electronic induction heater will assist in
the installation of the bearings without the need for a press.
396 RA-50 13
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 87
Pinion Bearing Preload Rolling Torque

17. The pinion bearing preload is measured as the
torque or force required to rotate the pinion. The
shim selected in the Pinion Bearing preload shim-
ming procedure on instruction 1 ensures that the
correct preload is achieved when the pinion nut is
tightened to a torque of 294 Nm ( 217 lbf. ft).
Install the inner pinion bearing onto the pinion and
locate the pinion into the differential carrier. Hold the
pinion in position with a universal puller.
NOTE: If the special tool required to determine the thick-
ness of preload shim is not available install the same shim
as removed during disassembly.
19094 14
18. Install the spacer and shims onto the pinion shaft.
Lubricate and install the pinion outer bearing.
19095 15
19. Install the sleeve, ball bearing and the pinion nut. Do
not install the O-ring seal, oil seal and dust shield at
this stage.
Tighten the pinion nut to the specified torque value
of 294 Nm ( 217 lbf. ft).
19097 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 88
20. Screw an M12 bolt into end of the pinion shaft or

use the locally fabricated pinion holding tool. Using a
suitable low value torque meter measure the rolling
torque of the pinion A1.
The rolling torque should be 0.5 - 1.0 Nm ( 4.5 - 8.5
lbf in) excluding breakaway torque.
If the values recorded during the adjustment proce-
dure are outside the specification adjust the thick-
ness of shim and recheck bearing preload.
40-25-31 SHG 17
21. When the correct shim thickness has been estab-

lished remove the pinion nut, sleeve and ball and in-
stall the Ò' ring and pinion oil seal.
22. Carefully reinstall the sleeve, ball and pinion nut.
NOTE: Attempting to fit the oil seal with the sleeve installed
may damage the oil seal lip.
23. Tighten the pinion nut to a torque value of 294 Nm (
217 lbf. ft) and bend the locking tab.
Measure and record the pinion and seals rolling
torque A1.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 89
Bevel gear - Remove

Supersteer™ axle and suspended axle
1. Using a locally fabricated pinion flange holding tool,
remove the pinion retaining nut and pinion flange.
BVE0591A 1
2. Remove the dust cover (1), pinion seal (2) and pinion
bearing (3) from the differential casing.
BVE0593A 2
3. Withdraw the pinion shaft (1) from the rear of the

differential casing and remove the spacer.
BVE0592A 3
Next operation:
Bevel gear - Install (D.10.A).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 90
Bevel gear - Install (Class 3+ Axle)
WARNING
B026
Pinion Bearing Preload Shimming

1. Remove the pinion bearing from the pinion.
2. Clamp the special tool 293391 (1) in the vice, fit the
inner races of the bearings (2) and (4)and the bearing
spacer (3) and secure the nut on the special tool.
1b0o2004061029 1
3.
NOTE: The pinion of all the SuperSteer/Suspended front
axles is shorter and special tool 293391 and 293438 re-
quires a spacer, special tool No. 380001115 to be inserted
under the lower bearing (4). The spacer can be manufac-
tured locally using the dimensions shown in FRONT AXLE
- Special tools (D.10.A)
BSB0223A 2
4. Using a depth micrometer, measure the distance

(H1) between the upper surface of the special tool
and the central threaded pin of the special tool
293391/ 293438 (1).
Disassemble the above parts, lubricate the bearings
with oil and then re-assemble the parts, excluding the
bearing spacer, in the differential housing.
40-25-26 SHG 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 91
5. Tighten the nut of the special tool 293391/ 293438

(1), while turning the special tool to ensure that the
bearings are seated correctly.
Install spacer for SuperSteer / Suspended front axle.
Using a depth micrometer, measure distance (H2).
The thickness of the adjustment shim required is cal-
culated by:
Shim S1 = H2 - H1 + 0.05 mm
If necessary, round the value obtained up to the near-
est 0.05 mm.
Leave the special tool in the differential housing for
the pinion depth measurement.
40-25-34 SHG 4
Pinion To Crown Wheel Shimming Procedure

6. The pinion to crown wheel shimming procedure cal-
culates the thickness of shims S2, positioned be-
neath the shoulder of the pinion gear to ensure that
the theoretical conical point of the pinion aligns with
the centre of the differential crown wheel.
Pinion Shimming Dimensions

7. H4 Dimension from Pinion Bearing to Centre line of
Differential Casing
H3 115 mm Manufacturers Pinion Dimension ±C
(Correction Factor) or 122.5 mm ±C for class IV
axles
S2 Shim Thickness
The dimension H4 in the calculation of the shim thick-
ness can be determined using the pinion adjustment
special tool 293400.
Both procedures are explained as follows.
40-25-42 SHG 5
Pinion Shimming using Pinion Adjustment Tool 293400.

8. Install pinion bearings in differential support housing
and clamp in position using special tool 293391/
293438 as used when determining thickness of
shims for bearing preload.
1. Pinion Measuring Gauge special tool 293400
2. Pinion Bearing Clamp. Use special tool 293391/
293438 or alternative clamp 50048 as shown
3. Pinion Bearings
4. Micrometer (Part of special tool 293400 )
17212 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 92
9. Install the Pinion Setting special tool 293400 com-

plete with bearing cup and adjusting rings. Tighten
the bearing caps retaining bolts to the specified
torque value of 113 Nm ( 83 lbf).
If special tool 293391 as described in pinion bear-
ing shimming procedure is not available the Bearing
Clamp special tool 50048 may be used to clamp the
bearings.
Adjust the cones of the special tool so that the depth
micrometer tip touches the inner race of the bearing
and measure the dimension (H4).
BVE0566A 7
10. Determine the thickness of shims to be installed be-

neath the pinion gear as follows:
Shim thickness S2 = H4- H3
Where:-
H4 = Dimension measured using pinion micrometer
tool
H3 = 115 Nm ±C
115 Nm is the nominal manufacturing dimension
from rear face of pinion gear to conical point of
pinion.
C = Manufacturing correction factor stamped on face
of pinion.
Example
H4= 118.27
C = +0.1 mm 1b0o2004061030 8
H3 = 115 + 0.1 = 115.1 mm
S2 = H4 - H3 = 118.27 - 115.1
Shim Thickness S2 = 3.17 mm.
11. Refer to Bevel gear - Exploded view (D.10.A).
12. Install the pinion depth shim selected in pinion to
crown wheel shimming procedure in this chapter, be-
tween the pinion head and the bearing. Ensure the
chamfer on the shim faces towards the pinion head.
40-25-9 SHG 9
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 93
13. Install the pinion bearing onto the pinion.
1b0o2004061033 10
14.
NOTE: The use of a electronic induction heater will assist in
the installation of the bearings without the need for a press.
396 RA-50 11
Pinion Bearing Preload Rolling Torque

15. The pinion bearing preload is measured as the
torque or force required to rotate the pinion. The
shim selected in the Pinion Bearing preload shim-
ming procedure on instruction 1 ensures that the
correct preload is achieved when the pinion nut is
tightened to a torque of 294 Nm ( 217 lbf. ft).
Install the inner pinion bearing onto the pinion and
locate the pinion into the differential carrier. Hold the
pinion in position with a universal puller.
NOTE: If the special tool required to determine the thick-
ness of preload shim is not available install the same shim
as removed during disassembly.
19094 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 94
16. Install the spacer and shims onto the pinion shaft.
Lubricate and install the pinion outer bearing.
NOTE: Do not install the pinion seal and dust cover.
19095 13
17. Install the pinion flange and retaining nut.

Using the locally fabricated pinion flange holding tool.
Tighten the retaining nut to the specified torque value
of 294 Nm ( 217 lbf. ft).
BVE0591A 14
18. Using a suitable low value torque meter measure the

rolling torque of the pinion A1.
The rolling torque should be 0.5 - 1.0 Nm ( 4.5 - 8.5
lbf in) excluding breakaway torque.
19. If the values recorded during the adjustment proce-
dure are outside the specification adjust the thick-
ness of shim and recheck bearing preload.
20. When the correct shim thickness has been estab-
lished, remove the pinion flange retaining nut and the
pinion flange.
Install the dust cover (1), pinion seal (2) and pinion
bearing (3) to the differential casing.
BVE0593A 15
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 95
21. Install the pinion flange and retaining nut.

Using the locally fabricated pinion flange holding tool.
Tighten the retaining nut to the specified torque value
of 294 Nm ( 217 lbf. ft).
Measure and record the pinion and seals rolling
torque A1.
BVE0591A 16
Next operation:
Bevel gear - Backlash (D.10.A).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 96
Bevel gear - Backlash (Class 3+ Axle)

Adjustment of the crown wheel bearings and the backlash between the pinion and crown wheel.
1. Using the locally fabricated flange holding tool, lock

the pinion flange to prevent it from rotating.
2. Measure the backlash between the pinion and crown
wheel using a dial gauge perpendicular to the outer
edge of a tooth on the crown wheel.
Repeat the measurement in a further two positions
120 ° apart and compare the average of the three
values (Gm) with the specification backlash: 0.15 -
0.20 mm.
BVE0567A 1
3. Adjust the left-hand locking ring until the backlash

is between 0.15 mm - 0.20 mm. Rotate the crown
wheel 360 ° between each reading.
BVE0563A 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 97
Bevel gear - Backlash (Class 3+ Axle)

Adjustment of the crown wheel bearings and the backlash between the pinion and crown wheel.
1. Install the differential assembly complete with crown

wheel and inner crown wheel bearing rings in the
differential housing.
24112 1
2. Insert the outer bearing rings in the differential hous-

ing, fit the differential support caps (4), ensuring cor-
rect orientation of the threaded adjustment ring (3),
smooth edge facing outwards.
TAG25017_348 2
3. Tighten the retaining bolt to the specified torque

value of 59 Nm, then slacken the retaining bolts and
re-tighten to a torque of 20 Nm.
1b0o2004061034 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 98
4. Measure the thickness Sp of the adjustment shim

(2) which was previously removed during the axle
overhaul procedure. Refit the shim and circlip (3).
TAG25019_349 4
5. With the bearings lubricated, rotate the crown wheel

and at the same time tighten the threaded adjustment
ring using the special tool 293665 (1) to the specified
torque value of 39 - 59 Nm to take up the axial play
between the components.
1b0o2004061035 5
6. Measure the backlash between pinion and crown

wheel, using a dial gauge perpendicular to the outer
edge of a tooth on the crown wheel.
7. Repeat the measurement in a further two positions
values (Gm) with the specification backlash: 0.15 -
0.20 mm, with an average of 0.18 mm.
If the measured backlash exceeds the specified
value, fit a thinner adjustment shim (2).
The thickness of the adjustment shim to be fitted in
the differential housing is given by:
Shim S = Sp - {(Gm - 0.18 ) x 1.35}
where:
Sp = thickness of test shim installed in the differential
housing. i.e. original shim used as a test shim.
Gm = average backlash measured between the pin-
ion and crown wheel
If the backlash measured is less than the prescribed TAG25019_349 6
value, fit a thicker adjustment shim (2), the value be-
ing given by:
Shim S = Sp + {( 0.18 - Gm) x 1.35}
Recheck the backlash and adjust shim if necessary.
Next operation:
Bevel gear - Preload (D.10.A).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 99
Bevel gear - Preload (Class 3+ Axle)

Multi Wet-Plate Differential Lock
1. The differential bearing preload is checked by mea-
suring the combined rolling torque of the crown wheel
and pinion assembly and comparing it to the pinion
and seals rolling torque value A1 ( Bevel gear - In-
stall (D.10.A)).
Attach a torque meter to the pinion shaft and mea-
sure the rolling torque to rotate the pinion and crown
wheel A2.
19109 1
2. Subtract from the rolling torque reading A2, the pin-

ion and seals rolling torque A1. The difference be-
tween the two values should be 1 - 1.5 Nm ( 9 - 13
lbf in).
3. Adjust the right-hand locking ring until the rolling
torque is within the specification quoted in the pre-
vious step.
4. Rotate the crown wheel and pinion through 360 °.
5. Recheck the backlash, adjust as necessary.
6. Rotate the crown wheel and pinion through 360 °.
7. Recheck the differential bearing preload, adjust as
necessary.
8. Tighten the differential assembly side cap retaining
bolts to the specified torque value.
BVE0588A 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 100
9. Install the locking ring lock tabs.

Using a lifting hoist, remove the differential support
from the tool and remove the special tool 293743
from the vice on the work bench.
BVE0559B 3
Next operation:
Bevel gear - Backlash (D.10.A).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 101
Bevel gear - Preload (Class 3+ Axle)

Dog Clutch Differential Lock
1. The differential bearing preload is checked by mea-
suring the combined rolling torque of the crown wheel
and pinion assembly and comparing it to the pinion
and seals rolling torque value A1 ( Bevel gear - In-
stall (D.10.A)).
Attach a torque meter to the pinion shaft and mea-
sure the rolling torque to rotate the pinion and crown
wheel A2.
19109 1
2. Subtract from the rolling torque reading A2 described

above, the pinion only rolling torque A1.
The difference between the two values should be 1 -
15 Nm, ( 9 - 13 lbf in).
If the rolling torque of the pinion and differential as-
sembly is not to specification adjust the ring òppo-
site' the crown wheel to increase or reduce differen-
tial bearing preload. Recheck the rolling torque as
detailed above.
Refit the lock tabs to secure the adjusting ring(s).
1b0o2004061036 2
3. EXAMPLE
Rolling torque of Pinion and Differential
A2 = 2.1 Nm ( 19 lbf in)
Rolling torque of Pinion
A1 = 0.7 Nm ( 6 lbf in)
Calculated Rolling Torque of Differential
= 2.1 - 0.7 Nm ( 19 - 6 lbf in)
= 1.4 Nm ( 13 lbf in)
Next operation:
Housing - Assemble (D.10.A).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 102
Bevel gear - Overhaul (Class 3+ Axle)

Prior operation:
Differential - Disassemble (D.10.A)

BVE0574A 1

surement is H2
as follows:
BVE0570A 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 103
6. Install the crown wheel onto the differential cage.

BAIL07APH594AVA 3
7. Install two thrust washers (1) and the sun gear (2)
into the differential cage (3).
NOTE: Two thrust washers are required to lock the sun
gear against the planet gears. These can be the original
thrust washer and a new thrust washer or two new thrust
washers.
BVE0576A 4
8. Hand tighten the clutch pack cover retaining bolts.

NOTE: Make sure the clutch pack cover is fitted evenly.
BVE0577A 5

84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 104

BVE0578A 6

surement is H2.
as follows:
BVE0575A 7
Next operation:
. Differential - Assemble (D.10.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 105
Bevel gear - Backlash (Class 3.5 Axle)

1. Using special tool 293876, lock the pinion to prevent
it from rotating.
2. Measure the backlash between the pinion and crown
wheel using a dial gauge (1) perpendicular to the
outer edge of a tooth on the crown wheel.
Repeat the measurement in a further two positions
values with the backlash specification: 0.10 - 0.50
mm.
Using special tool 293665 (2), adjust the locking ring
until the backlash is between 0.10 mm - 0.50 mm.
Rotate the crown wheel 360 ° and repeat the mea-
surement.
BAIL08APH172AVA 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 106
Bevel gear - Preload (Suspended/Supersteer™ Class 3+ Axle)

1. WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
serious injury.
W0208A
Install the pinion position shim (1) the inner bearing

(2) and the spacer (3) onto the pinion shaft. BAIL09APH212AVC 1
Using a suitable depth gauge micrometer, measure
the distance from the top of the pinion shaft to the
spacer to obtain measurement (L).
2. Using a suitable micrometer, measure the thickness
of the pinion nut to obtain measurement (G).
BAIL08APH164AVA 2

of the pinion outer bearing to obtain measurement
(C).
NOTE: Take the measurement of the inner race only.
BAIL08APH165AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 107
4. Install the pinion shaft complete with bearings (C),

spacer and pinion nut (G) into the differential hous-
ing.
NOTE: Do not install the preload adjustment shim at this
stage.
BAIL09APH212AVD 4
5. Slowly tighten the pinion nut until the rolling torque

of the pinion shaft bearings is between 0.49 N·m
(0.3614 lb ft) and 0.98 N·m (0.7228 lb ft).
NOTE: Make sure that the bearings are seated correctly
by turning the pinion shaft during tightening. If the rolling
torque figure is lower than the specified value, tighten the
pinion nut. If the rolling torque figure is higher than the
specified value, loosen the pinion nut.
BAIL08APH162AVA 5
6. Measure the distance between the top of the pinion

shaft and the flat edge of the pinion nut to obtain
measurement (L1).
BAIL09APH212AVE 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 108
7. Using the previously recorded measurements calcu-

late the required thickness of the bearing preload ad-
justment shim to obtain measurement (S).
The bearing preload adjustment shim (1) will be cal-
culated as follows:
(S) = L- L1-C-G +0.05mm.
For information on available shims refer to FRONT
AXLE - General specification (D.10.A).
BAIL09APH212FVB 7
8. Remove the pinion shaft from the differential hous-

ing. Install the correct thickness preload adjustment
shim (1) and reassemble the pinion shaft into the dif-
ferential housing,
Lubricate the bearings.
Apply LOCTITE® 243 to the pinion nut.
BAIL09APH212AVF 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 109
9. Using special tool 380000268 to hold the pinion nut

(1) and special tool 380000257 to rotate the pinion
(2) counter clockwise, tighten the pinion to 441 N·m
(325.3 lb ft).
BAIL08APH166AVA 9
10. Using a suitable torque wrench, check that the rolling

torque of the pinion shaft bearings is between 0.49
N·m (0.3614 lb ft) and 0.98 N·m (0.7228 lb ft).
BAIL08APH162AVA 10
11. Stake the pinion nut.

12. Using special tool 380200095 (1) install the pinion
shaft seal (2).
BAIL08APH175AVA 11

seal shaft protector (2).
BAIL08APH175AVA 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 110
Bevel gear - Preload (Suspended/Supersteer™ Class 3.5 Axle)

1. WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
serious injury.
W0208A
Install the inner bearing (1) and the spacer (2) onto
the pinion shaft. BAIL09APH214AVC 1
Using a suitable depth gauge micrometer, measure
spacer to obtain measurement (L).
BAIL08APH164AVA 2

of the pinion outer bearing to obtain measurement
(C).
BAIL08APH165AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 111
4. Install the pinion shaft complete with bearings (C),

spacer and pinion nut (G) into the differential hous-
ing.
stage.
BAIL09APH214AVD 4

(0.3614 lb ft) and 0.98 N·m (0.7228 lb ft).
BAIL08APH162AVA 5

measurement (L1).
BAIL09APH214AVE 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 112

culated as follows:
(S) = L- L1-C-G +0.05mm.
BAIL09APH214FVC 7

ferential housing,
Apply LOCTITE® 243 to the pinion nut.
BAIL09APH214AVF 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 113
9. Using special tool 380000268 to hold the pinion nut

(1) and special tool 380000257 to rotate the pinion
(2) counter clockwise, tighten the pinion to 441 N·m
(325.3 lb ft).
BAIL08APH166AVA 9

BAIL08APH162AVA 10

shaft seal (2).
BAIL08APH175AVA 11

seal shaft protector (2).
BAIL08APH175AVA 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 114
Bevel gear - Preload (Standard Class 3.5 Axle)

1. Install the inner bearing (1) onto the pinion shaft.
BAIL09APH213AVG 1
2. Using a suitable depth gauge micrometer, measure

shoulder to obtain measurement (L).
BAIL08APH161AVA 2

BAIL08APH164AVA 3

of pinion outer bearing to obtain the measurement
(C).
BAIL08APH165AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 115
5. Install the pinion shaft complete with bearings and

pinion nut into the differential housing.
stage.
BAIL09APH213AVE 5

(0.3614 lb ft) and 0.98 N·m (0.7228 lb ft).
BAIL08APH162AVA 6

measurement (L1).
NOTE: As shown in instruction 5.
BAIL08APH163AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 116

culated as follows:
(S) = L- L1-C-G +0.05mm.
BAIL09APH213FVB 8

ferential housing.
Apply LOCTITE® 243 to the threads of the pinion nut.
BAIL09APH213AVF 9
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 117
10. Using special tool 380000268 (1) to hold the pinion

nut and special tool 380000257 (2) to rotate the pin-
ion counter clockwise, slowly tighten the pinion to
392 N·m (289 lb ft).
BAIL08APH166AVA 10

BAIL08APH162AVA 11

13. Using special tool 380200042 (1), install the pinion
shaft seal (2).
BAIL08APH175AVA 12

shaft seal protector (2).
BAIL08APH176AVA 13
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 118
Bevel gear - Preload (Standard Class 3+ Axle)

1. Install the pinion position shim (1) and the inner bear-
ing (2) onto the pinion shaft.
BAIL09APH211AVG 1
2. Using a suitable depth gauge micrometer, measure

shoulder to obtain measurement (L).
BAIL08APH161AVA 2

BAIL08APH164AVA 3

of pinion outer bearing to obtain the measurement
(C).
BAIL08APH165AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 119
5. Install the pinion shaft complete with bearings (C)

and pinion nut (G) into the differential housing.
stage.
BAIL09APH211AVD 5

(0.3614 lb ft) and 0.98 N·m (0.7228 lb ft).
BAIL08APH162AVA 6

measurement (L1).
BAIL08APH163AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 120

culated as follows:
(S) = L- L1-C-G +0.05mm.
BAIL09APH211FVB 8

ferential housing.
Apply LOCTITE® 243 to the threads of the pinion nut.
BAIL09APH211AVF 9
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 121
10. Using special tool 380000268 (1) to hold the pinion

nut and special tool 380000257 (2) to rotate the pin-
ion counter clockwise, slowly tighten the pinion to
392 N·m (289 lb ft).
BAIL08APH166AVA 10

BAIL08APH162AVA 11

shaft seal (2).
BAIL08APH175AVA 12

shaft seal protector (2).
BAIL08APH176AVA 13
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 122
Differential lock - Assemble (Class 3.5 Axle)

Prior operation:
Differential lock - Disassemble (D.10.A)
WARNING
B026
1. Install the sun gear.
BAIL07APH603AVA 1
2. Install the clutch discs (1) into the differential cage.
BVE0581A 2
BAIL07APH602AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 123
4. Apply transmission oil to the O-ring seals.

Install the clutch piston (1) to the clutch pack cover
(2).
NOTE: Install new O-ring seals as required.
BVE0585A 4
5. Install the clutch pack cover and bearing onto the

differential cage.
BAIL07APH601AVA 5
6. Install the clutch pack cover retaining bolts finger

tight.
BAIL07APH600AVA 6
7. Tighten the crown wheel retaining bolts to 136 Nm

(100 lb ft).
BAIL07APH600AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 124
BAIL07APH599AVA 8
BAIL07APH593AVA 9
10. Install the differential assembly into the housing.
BAIL07APH592AVA 10
11. Install the support caps.

Note the locating pin (1) and groove (2) into which it
locates.
BAIL07APH575AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 125
12. Install the support cap retaining bolts finger tight.
BAIL07APH573AVB 12
13. Using special tool 293665 or 380000253, install the

adjuster ring.
BAIL07APH574AVA 13
14. Tighten the support cap retaining bolts to 130 Nm (96

lb ft).
BAIL07APH573AVB 14
15. Adjust the backlash.

For further information refer to Bevel gear - Back-
lash (D.10.A).
16. Tighten the adjuster ring locking grub screw.
BAIL07APH604AVA 15
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 126
17. Exploded view of components
BAIL08APH168FVA 16
1. Bearing cup 7. Oil seal

2. Bearing 8. Oil manifold
3. Differential housing 9. Oil seal
4. Bearing 10. Shim
5. Bearing cup 11. Locking ring
6. Dust cover 12. O-ring seal
Next operation:
Refer to Differential - Install (D.10.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 127
Differential lock - Assemble (Class 3+ Axle)

Prior operation:
Differential lock - Disassemble (D.10.A)
1. 1. Differential assembly
2. Shim (Backlash)
3. Circlip
4. Dog clutch
5. Lock ring
TAG25019 1
2. 1. Dog clutch
2. Thrust washer
3. Return spring
4. Piston O-ring seal 2
5. Hub
6. Lock ring
7. Circlip
TAG25016 2
Next operation:
Differential - Assemble (D.10.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 128
Differential lock - Disassemble (Class 3.5 Axle)

Prior operation:
Differential - Remove (D.10.A).
1. Place the differential assembly on a suitable work-

bench.
Loosen the adjuster ring locking grub screw (1).
Loosen the support caps retaining bolts (2).
BAIL07APH573AVA 1
2. Using special tool 293665 or 380000253, remove the

adjuster ring.
BAIL07APH574AVA 2
3. Remove the retaining bolts and remove the support

caps.
BAIL07APH573AVB 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 129
4. Remove the differential assembly from the housing.
BAIL07APH592AVA 4
BAIL07APH593AVA 5
BAIL07APH599AVA 6
7. Using a suitable vice fitted with soft jaws, secure the

differential assembly.
Remove the clutch pack cover retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH600AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 130
8. Remove the clutch pack cover from the differential

cage.
BAIL07APH601AVA 8
9. Remove the clutch piston (1) from the clutch pack

cover (2).
BVE0585A 9
BAIL07APH602AVA 10
11. Remove the clutch discs (1) from the differential

cage.
BVE0581A 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 131
12. Remove the sun gear.
BAIL07APH603AVA 12
Next operation:
Differential lock - Assemble (Class 3.5 Axle) (D.10.A).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 132
Differential lock - Disassemble (Class 3+ Axle)

Prior operation:
Differential - Remove (D.10.A)
1. Remove the two bolts securing the external bell

housing (1) of the differential lock, and fit in their
place two bolts with minimum length 70 mm. Grad-
ually remove the four remaining bolts from the
external bell housing of the differential lock so as to
allow the differential lock release spring to gradually
extend.
NOTE: It is necessary to fit two bolts because the nor-
mal bell housing bolts are not sufficiently long to allow the
spring to extend to its full free length.
TAG21017 1
2. Remove the last two 70 mm bolts. Remove the bell

housing (1), the helical spring (2) and the differential
lock piston.
25609 2
3. Remove circlip (2) and remove the differential lock

sleeve.
25610 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 133
4. Remove the circlip securing the differential lock pis-

ton, and retrieve the sliding sleeve with the two thrust
washers.
1b0o2004061021 4
5. Using a suitable drift gently tap the piston out of the

clutch bell housing.
1b0o2004061022 5
6. 1. Differential assembly
2. Shim (Backlash)
3. Circlip
4. Dog clutch
5. Locking ring
TAG25019 6
7. 1. Dog clutch
2. Thrust washer
3. Return spring
4. Piston O-ring seals 2
5. Hub
6. Locking ring
7. Circlip
TAG25016 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 134
Next operation:
Differential lock - Assemble (Class 3+ Axle) (D.10.A).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 135
Housing - Disassemble
Prior operation:
Remove the steering cylinders, for further information refer to Steering cylinder - Remove (D.20.C).
Prior operation:
Remove the differential, for further information refer to Differential - Remove (D.10.A).
1. Remove the brass protection washer from the hub

carrier.
BAIL07APH668AVA 1
2. Remove the cassette seal.
BAIL07APH666AVA 2
3. Remove the brass lubricating bushing.
BAIL07APH667AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 136
Housing - Assemble
1. Using a suitable tool, install the brass lubricating
bushing into the axle housing.
BAIL07APH667AVA 1
2. Using a suitable tool, install the cassette seal.
BAIL07APH666AVA 2
3. Using a suitable tool, install the brass protection

washer.
BAIL07APH668AVA 3
Next operation:
Install the differential, for further information refer to Differential - Install (D.10.A).
Next operation:
Install the steering cylinders, for further information refer to Steering cylinder - Install (D.20.C).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 137
Hub - Remove Four Wheel Drive Axle With Brakes
DANGER
B012

weights.
BAIL07APH062AVA 1

weight carrier.
BAIL07APH063AVA 2

Remove the front wheel.
BAIL07APH064AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 138
4. Remove the dynamic front fender (if equipped).
BAIL07APH065AVA 4
5. Rotate the hub until the drain plug is at the lowest

point. Remove the axle hub drain plug and drain the
hub oil into a suitable container.
ft).
BAIL07APH159AVA 5
6. Remove the hub end plate and the planetary gears

assembly.
BAIL07APH487AVA 6
7. Remove the O-ring seal.
BAIL07APH501AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 139
8. Remove the snap ring.
BAIL07APH154AVA 8
9. Remove the outboard steel brake disc.
BAIL07APH155AVA 9
10. Remove the friction disc.
BAIL07APH156AVA 10
11. Remove the inboard steel brake disc.
BAIL07APH179AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 140
12. Using a suitable lever, gently ease forward the drive

gear (1) and drive shaft (3) by 10 mm.
Then push back the drive gear leaving the drive shaft
forward to reveal the collets. (2).
BAIL07APH178AVA 12
13. Remove the collets. (1)

Remove the drive gear from the shaft. (2).
BAIL07APH158AVA 13
14. Using suitable lifting equipment, support the hub.
BAIL07APH512AVA 14
15. Loosen the upper and lower swivel pin retaining

bolts.
BAIL07APH450AVA 15
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 141

Remove the steering cylinder pivot pin retaining bolt
(2).
Support the steering cylinder.
Remove the pivot pin and retrieve the spacers (3).
BAIL07APH480AVA 16
17. Disconnect the track rod end from the hub.
BAIL07APH470AVA 17
18. Remove the lower swivel pin retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH471AVA 18
19. Remove the lower swivel pin.

NOTE: Note the number of shims removed.
BAIL07APH587AVA 19
NOTE: This step is for the right-hand side only.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 142
20. Remove the potentiometer cover plate (1).

Remove the potentiometer (2).
BRH3254B 20
21. Remove the upper swivel pin.
BAIL07APH472AVA 21
NOTE: When removing the right-hand side upper swivel

pin assembly, take care to avoid damaging the steering
sensor located within the housing.
BAIL07APH475AVA 22
22. Remove the hub assembly .
BAIL07APH591AVA 23
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 143
Hub - Overhaul Four Wheel Drive Axle

STEERING SWIVEL PINS AND BEARINGS - Less Steering Angle Potentiometer
Replacement
Prior operation:
Hub - Remove (D.10.A).
1. In the event that the steering swivel pins prove diffi-

cult to remove, proceed as follows.
Remove the grease nipples and the steering swivel
pin retaining bolts.
Fit the bolts (1) of the special tool 293857 .
Fit the plate (2) of the tool and fix it to the three bolts
with nuts (5).
Fit the central tie bolt (4) screwing it fully into the
grease nipple bore on the pin (6).
Screw in the nut (3) to drive the pin out of its bore.
24596 1
2. Using the extractor special tool 292161 (1) remove

the steering swivel bearings.
Re-install the steering swivel bearings using a suit-
able drift.
1b0o2004061038 2
Steering Swivel Pins and Bearings - With steering angle potentiometer

3. Remove the steering angle potentiometer, refer to
Sensing system - Replace (D.10.A).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 144
4. In the event that the steering swivel pins prove diffi-

cult to remove, remove the 3 steering swivel retaining
bolts. Using suitable pry bars located in the swivel
housing casting slots, carefully lever the swivel pin
from the housing.
BRH3250A 3
5. Remove the swivel housing, refer to Hub - Remove

(D.10.A).
6. Remove the steering angle potentiometer shaft from
the axle housing. Refer to Sensing system - Re-
place (D.10.A).
7. Using the bearing puller attachment of extractor, spe-
cial tool No. 292161 (3) with adaptor tool, 380002489
(2) couple these to special tool 293857 (1) and re-
move the steering swivel bearings.
BRH3404BB 4
8. Install the new steering swivel bearings using a suit-

able drift.
NOTE: Take care when installing the bearings not to dam-
age the special bearing coating.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 145
Hub - Preload
WARNING
B026
1. Apply grease NEW HOLLAND AMBRA GR 75 MD

on the outer races of the bearings and fit the up-
per cover, without the shims, and with special tool
292220 (2) attached. Torque the retaining bolts to
the specified torque value of 130 Nm.
NOTE: To aid installation of the swivel pin, is is recommend
that guide 293889 (1) is installed on the axle shaft.
1b0o2004061039 1
2. Fit the lower cover without shims, lubricate the three

retaining bolts with engine oil.
Gradually, tighten the lower cover bolts equally while
rotating the casing to allow the excess grease to es-
cape.
1b0o2004061040 2
3. Using a torque wrench and special tool 292220 (1),

check that the torque required to rotate the casing
is 15 - 20 Nm. Adjust the three lower bolts until the
correct torque is achieved.
Measure the gap (H) created between the lower
cover and the casing in three places.
1b0o2004061041 3
4. Calculate the average of the three values measured.

The total thickness of the adjustment shims to be
fitted under the lower cover is Shim S3= H - 0.20 mm
.
If necessary, round up the value to the next 0.05 mm.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 146
5. Insert shims under lower swivel cover. Tighten the

retaining bolts to the specified torque value of 113
Nm.
6. After having rotated the casing a few times to allow
the components to bed down, check that the torque
necessary to rotate the casing is 118 - 147 Nm.
If the torque value measured is greater than the spec-
ified value, increase the thickness of the shims, if it
is less than the specified value, reduce the thickness
of the shims.
Remove the special tool 292220 , fit the grease nip-
ples in the upper and lower covers and grease the
assembly.
1b0o2004061042 4
Next operation:
Tie rod - Toe in adjust (D.20.C)
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 147
Hub - Install Four Wheel Drive Axle With Brakes
DANGER
B012
1. Using suitable lifting equipment support the hub.
BAIL07APH512AVA 1
2. Install the hub (1).

Install the upper swivel pin (2).
BAIL07APH605AVA 2
3. Install the upper swivel pin retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH606AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 148
NOTE: When installing the right-hand side upper swivel pin

assembly, take care to avoid damaging the steering sensor
located within the housing.
BAIL07APH475AVA 4
4. Install the lower swivel pin (1) and the shims (2) as
removed.
BAIL07APH587AVA 5
5. Install the lower swivel pin retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH607AVA 6
6. Connect the track rod end to the hub.

BAIL07APH470AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 149
7. Install the steering cylinder pivot pin, making sure

that the spacers (1) are installed as removed.
Install the steering cylinder pivot pin retaining bolt (2).
Install the circlip (3).
BAIL07APH480AVC 8
8. Tighten the upper and lower swivel pin retaining bolts

to 130 Nm (96 lb ft).
BAIL07APH450AVA 9
9. Remove the lifting equipment.
BAIL07APH512AVA 10

10. Install the potentiometer (2).
Install the potentiometer cover plate (1).
BRH3254B 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 150
11. Install the drive gear onto the drive shaft pushing it
fully back.
With the drive gear fully back ease the drive shaft out
10 mm to reveal the groove for the collets.
BAIL07APH504AVA 12
12. Install the collets (1).

Push the drive shaft back so that the drive gear (2)
holds the collets in place.
BAIL07APH158AVA 13
13. Install the inboard steel brake disc.
BAIL07APH179AVA 14
14. Install the friction disc.
BAIL07APH156AVA 15
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 151
15. Install the outboard steel brake disc.
BAIL07APH155AVA 16
16. Install the snap ring.
BAIL07APH154AVA 17
17. Install the O-ring seal.
BAIL07APH501AVA 18
18. Prior to installation of the planetary cover, thoroughly

clean and degrease the mating surfaces and apply a
2 mm bead of flexible sealing gasket.
BAIL07APH507AVA 19
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 152
19. Install the hub end plate and the planetary gears as-
sembly.
BAIL07APH487AVA 20
20. Rotate the hub so that the filler/level plug is in the

horizontal position.
Remove the plug and refill the hub to the level with
oil to the correct specification.
Reinstall the filler/level plug and tighten to 74 Nm (55
lb ft).
BAIL07APH510AVA 21
21. Install the dynamic front fender (if equipped).
BAIL07APH065AVA 22
22. Install the front wheel.

(D.50.C).
BAIL07APH064AVA 23
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 153

weights.
BAIL07APH062AVA 24
BAIL07APH063AVA 25
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 154
Hub - Disassemble
DANGER
B012
1. Using suitable lifting equipment, support the front

weights.
BAIL07APH062AVA 1

weight carrier.
BAIL07APH063AVA 2

Remove the front wheel.
BAIL07APH064AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 155
4. Remove the dynamic front fender (if equipped).
BAIL07APH065AVA 4
5. Rotate the hub until the drain plug is at the lowest

point. Remove the axle hub drain plug and drain the
hub oil into a suitable container.
ft).
BAIL07APH159AVA 5
6. Remove the hub end plate and the planetary gears

assembly.
BAIL07APH487AVA 6
7. Remove the O-ring seal.
BAIL07APH501AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 156
8. Remove the snap ring.
BAIL07APH154AVA 8
9. Remove the outboard steel brake disc.
BAIL07APH155AVA 9
10. Remove the friction disc.
BAIL07APH156AVA 10
11. Remove the inboard steel brake disc.
BAIL07APH179AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 157
12. Using a suitable lever, gently ease forward the drive

gear (1) and drive shaft (3) by 10 mm.
Then push back the drive gear leaving the drive shaft
forward to reveal the collets (2).
BAIL07APH178AVA 12
13. Remove the collets (1).

Remove the drive gear from the shaft (2).
BAIL07APH158AVA 13
14. Remove the retaining bolts (2) from the inner hub.
Remove the retaining ring (1).
BAIL07APH503AVA 14
15. Install 2 bolts, 12 mm x 1.5 x 50 mm long into the

threaded holes in the back plate.
Tighten the bolts and remove the brake carrier.
BAIL07APH448AVA 15
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 158
16. Remove the snap ring (1).

Remove the brake piston (2) from the brake disc car-
rier (3).
BAIL07APH671AVA 16
17. Remove the oil seal (1).

Remove the bearing assembly (2).
BAIL07APH577AVA 17

Using a suitable puller, remove the hub.
BAIL07APH585AVA 18
BAIL07APH579AVA 19
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 159
20. Using a suitable puller, remove the bearing.
BAIL07APH586AVA 20
21. Loosen the upper (1) and lower (2) swivel pin retain-
ing bolts.
BAIL07APH450AVA 21

(2).
Support the steering cylinder.
Remove the pivot pin and retrieve the spacers (3).
BAIL07APH480AVA 22
23. Disconnect the track rod from the hub carrier.
BAIL07APH470AVA 23
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 160
24. Using suitable lifting equipment support the hub car-

rier.
BAIL07APH581AVA 24
25. Remove the lower swivel pin retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH471AVA 25
26. Remove the lower swivel pin (1).

NOTE: Note the number of shims removed (2).
BAIL07APH587AVA 26

27. Remove the potentiometer cover plate (1).
Remove the potentiometer (2).
BRH3254B 27
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 161
28. Remove the upper swivel pin retaining bolts.

Remove the upper swivel pin.
BAIL07APH472AVA 28
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 162

29. When removing the offside upper swivel pin assem-
bly take care to avoid damaging the steering sensor
located in this housing.
BAIL07APH475AVA 29
30. Remove the hub carrier assembly.
BAIL07APH581AVA 30
31. Remove the brass protection washer from the hub

carrier.
BAIL07APH665AVA 31
BAIL07APH666AVA 32
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 163
33. Remove the brass lubricating bushing.
BAIL07APH667AVA 33
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 164
Hub - Assemble
DANGER
B012
All vehicles
1. Using a suitable tool, install the brass lubricating
bushing into hub carrier.
BAIL07APH667AVA 1
2. Using a suitable tool, install the cassette seal.
BAIL07APH666AVA 2
3. Using a suitable tool, install the brass protection

washer.
BAIL07APH665AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 165
4. Using suitable lifting equipment, support the hub car-

rier.
Install the hub carrier assembly.
BAIL07APH581AVA 4
NOTE: When installing the right-hand side upper swivel pin

assembly, take care to avoid damaging the steering sensor
located within the housing.
BAIL07APH475AVA 5
5. Install the upper swivel pin.

Install the upper swivel pin retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH472AVA 6
6. Install the lower swivel pin (1) and the shims (2) as
removed.
BAIL07APH587AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 166
7. Install the lower swivel pin retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH607AVA 8

8. Install the potentiometer (2).
Install the potentiometer cover plate (1).
BRH3254B 9
9. Connect the track rod end to the hub.

BAIL07APH470AVA 10
10. Install the steering cylinder pivot pin, making sure

that the spacers (1) are installed as removed.
BAIL07APH480AVC 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 167
11. Tighten the upper (1) and lower (2) swivel pin retain-
ing bolts to 130 Nm (96 lb ft).
BAIL07APH450AVA 12
Vehicles with front brakes

12. Position the new cassette oil seal onto the special
tool 380200020.
NOTE: Make sure that the oil seal is positioned onto the
special tool with the spiral ring visible.
BSB0232A 13
13. Position the special tool 380202719 around the hub

centre. With the cassette seal on the special tool
380200020, slide the assembly forward over the
splines until the oil seal locates in the housing.
BSB0231A 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 168
14. Using a suitable soft faced hammer and special tool

380200020, install the oil seal into the housing.
BSB0230A 15
15. Install the oil seal (1).

Using a suitable tool, install the bearing assembly (2).
BAIL07APH577AVA 16

Install the hub.
BAIL07APH672AVA 17
17. Install the brake piston (1) into the brake carrier (2)
with new seals.
Install the snap ring (3).
BAIL07APH671AVA 18
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 169
18. Install the brake carrier.
BAIL07APH502AVA 19
19. Install the retaining ring (1).

Install the retaining bolts into the inner hub (2).
BAIL07APH503AVA 20
Vehicles without front brakes

20. Place the hub on a suitable surface. Clean the seat
of the seal thoroughly and position the seal inside the
circumference of the hub. Using special tool number
380200135 install the seal until the top edge of the
tool meets the top surface of the hub.
MDM873A 21
21. Install the hub onto the axle.
BAIL07APH672AVA 22
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 170
22. Install the hub nut.
MDM851A 23
23. Using the special tool 380000269 tighten the hub to

392 N·m (289.1 lb ft) while rotating the hub to make
sure that the bearings are correctly seated.
MDM852A 24
All vehicles
24. Install the drive gear onto the drive shaft pushing it
fully back.
With the drive gear fully back, ease the drive shaft
out 10 mm to reveal the groove for the collets.
BAIL07APH504AVA 25
25. Install the collets. (1).

Push the drive shaft back so that the drive gear (2)
retains the collets.
BAIL07APH158AVA 26
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 171
Vehicles with front brakes

26. Install the inboard steel brake disc.
BAIL07APH179AVA 27
27. Install the friction disc.
BAIL07APH156AVA 28
28. Install the outboard steel brake disc.
BAIL07APH155AVA 29
29. Install the snap ring.
BAIL07APH154AVA 30
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 172
All vehicles
30. Install the O-ring seal.
BAIL07APH501AVA 31
31. Prior to installation of the planetary cover, thoroughly

clean and degrease the mating surfaces and apply a
2 mm bead of flexible sealing gasket.
BAIL07APH507AVA 32
32. Install the hub end plate and the planetary gears as-
sembly.
BAIL07APH487AVA 33
33. Rotate the hub so that the filler/level plug is in the

horizontal position.
Remove the plug and refill the hub to the level with
oil to the correct specification.
Reinstall the filler-level plug and tighten to 74 Nm (55
lb ft).
BAIL07APH510AVA 34
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 173
34. Install the dynamic front fender (if equipped).
BAIL07APH065AVA 35
35. Install the front wheel.

(D.50.C).
BAIL07APH064AVA 36
36. Using suitable lifting equipment, install the front

weights.
BAIL07APH062AVA 37
BAIL07APH063AVA 38
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 174
Support - Preload
Supersteer™ Axle
1. Using suitable lifting equipment, remove the front
weights.
BSB0181A_353 1
2. Using suitable lifting equipment, remove the front

weight carrier.
BVE0312A 2
3. Raise and support the front of the vehicle.

BAIL07APH064AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 175
4. Remove the dynamic fenders (if equipped).
BAIL07APH065AVA 4
5. Attach a suitable tool (1) to the front of the axle using

M24 x 2.0 x 75 mm bolts.
BVE0316A 5
6. Detach the steering arm from the hub.

BVE0439A 6
7. Remove the pivot pin retaining nut. Remove the

steering cylinder pivot pin from the hub and retrieve
the spacers.
BVE0440A 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 176
8. Using a suitable torque wrench, rotate the axle as-

sembly. The correct force to rotate the axle on the
swivel, after initial breakaway, should be between 35
- 38 Kgm.
BVE0317A 8
9. If the force required is incorrect adjust the shims to

obtain the correct value.
Increasing the shim thickness will decrease the force
required to rotate the axle assembly.
NOTE: If the correct value cannot be obtained with equal
size shims on each side, it is acceptable to raise or lower
one side by one shim increment to obtain the correct value.
BVE0318A 9
10. When the correct value is obtained remove the lo-

cally fabricated tool (1).
BVE0316A 10
11. Tighten the SuperSteer swivel lower plate retaining

bolts to 373 Nm (275 lb ft).
BAIS06CCM706AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 177
Sensing system - Replace

1. To replace the potentiometer sensor unit only, re-
move the potentiometer retaining plate (1) and with-
draw the potentiometer (2) from the axle swivel hous-
ing.
BRH3254B 1
2. Refit the potentiometer ensuring that the 'D' drive of

the shaft and potentiometer are correctly aligned.
3. Check the sealing ring of the retaining plate is in good
condition and refit the retaining plate
NOTE: Calibration of the steering angle sensor must then be carried out. Refer to Control module Universal con-
troller - H1 - Calibration procedures (A.50.A).
Potentiometer shaft and wiring replacement

4. With the swivel housing and axle shaft removed, re-
fer to Hub - Remove (D.10.A), carefully remove the
electrical connector from the potentiometer wiring.
Remove the wire retaining plate (1) and pull the po-
tentiometer shaft and wiring up through the top of the
axle housing.
BRH3253B 2
5. Install the new potentiometer shaft (1) and wiring

through the axle hole and locate as shown in Figure
3. Refit the wire retaining plate and ensure the rub-
ber grommet for the wiring is correctly installed into
the housing. Reconnect the wiring to the connector.
BRH3252B 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 178
6. Fit the swivel housing, the adjustment shims, the up-

per and lower pivot pins, ensuring that the upper pin
flange is correctly positioned as shown in Figure 4,
refer to Hub - Remove (D.10.A).
NOTE: Calibration of the steering angle sensor must then
be carried out. Refer to Control module Universal con-
troller - H1 - Calibration procedures (A.50.A).
BRH3251B 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 179
FRONT AXLE - Troubleshooting

Premature tyre wear Incorrect tyre inflation pressure. Inflate the tyres to the correct pressure, re-
fer to values suggested in the Operator's
Manual. Always comply with values speci-
fied by the tyre manufacturer.
Incorrect front wheel toe-in. Adjust the toe-in (refer to Tie rod - Toe in
adjust (D.20.C)).
Poor tractor stability Wrong inflation pressure. Inflate tyres to correct pressure
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 180
Differential lock - Troubleshooting

Differential lock not Rear axle oil level low. Top up to the correct oil level.
engaging.
Blocked oil filter. Replace oil filter.
Faulty hydraulic pump. Overhaul or replace hydraulic pump.
Faulty differential lock switch. Replace differential lock switch.
Power supply not reaching the solenoid Restore electrical connections and replace
valve: detached or damaged electrical faulty parts.
connectors.
Differential lock solenoid valve stuck on dis- Repair or replace differential lock solenoid
charge. valve.
Oil leaks through the seals with consequent Replace faulty seals.
pressure drop (piston or supply line seals).
Multi-wet plate clutch only.
Worn friction plates (multi wet plate clutch). Replace friction plates.
With differential lock Faulty controller. Remove and replace the controller.
engaged in auto function,
the differential lock does
not disengage when
raising lift arms using the
FAST RAISE switch.
With differential lock Faulty brake pedal switch. Replace brake pedal switch.
engaged, the differential
lock does not disengage
when brake pedals are
pressed.
Differential lock not Differential lock solenoid valve stuck on de- Repair or replace differential lock solenoid
disengaging. livery. valve.
Differential unlock spring broken (dog Replace spring.
clutch).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 181
Index
FRONT AXLE - 10.A

Axle shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Axle shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Bevel gear - Backlash (Class 3+ Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Bevel gear - Backlash (Class 3+ Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Bevel gear - Backlash (Class 3.5 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Bevel gear - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Bevel gear - Install (Class 3+ Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Bevel gear - Overhaul (Class 3+ Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Bevel gear - Preload (Class 3+ Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Bevel gear - Preload (Class 3+ Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Bevel gear - Preload (Standard Class 3+ Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Bevel gear - Preload (Standard Class 3.5 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Bevel gear - Preload (Suspended/Supersteer™ Class 3+ Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Bevel gear - Preload (Suspended/Supersteer™ Class 3.5 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Bevel gear - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Differential - Assemble (Class 3.5 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Differential - Backlash (Class 3+ Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Differential - Clearance (Class 3+ Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Differential - Disassemble (Class 3+ Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Differential - Disassemble (Class 3.5 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Differential - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Differential - Overhaul (Class 3+ Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Differential - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Differential lock - Assemble (Class 3+ Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Differential lock - Assemble (Class 3.5 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Differential lock - Disassemble (Class 3+ Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Differential lock - Disassemble (Class 3.5 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Differential lock - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Differential lock - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Differential lock - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
FRONT AXLE - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
FRONT AXLE - Install (Standard Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
FRONT AXLE - Install (SuperSteer™ Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
FRONT AXLE - Install Suspended axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 182
FRONT AXLE - Remove (Standard Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
FRONT AXLE - Remove (Suspended Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
FRONT AXLE - Remove Supersteer™ axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
FRONT AXLE - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
FRONT AXLE - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
FRONT AXLE - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
FRONT AXLE - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FRONT AXLE - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Housing - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Housing - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Hub - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Hub - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Hub - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Hub - Install Four Wheel Drive Axle With Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Hub - Overhaul Four Wheel Drive Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Hub - Preload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Hub - Remove Four Wheel Drive Axle With Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Sensing system - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Support - Preload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 183
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.10.A / 184
REAR AXLE - 12.A

84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 1
Contents
REAR AXLE - 12.A
TECHNICAL DATA
REAR AXLE
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FUNCTIONAL DATA
REAR AXLE
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
SERVICE
REAR AXLE
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Final drive
Housing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Housing - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Reducer, spur gear - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Differential
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Differential lock
Multi plate clutch - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Housing
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
DIAGNOSTIC
REAR AXLE
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 2
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING - REAR AXLE
REAR AXLE - Torque

DESCRIPTION Thread size Torque
Nm lb/ft
Nut, bevel pinion shaft M45 x 1. 5 500 369
Nut, final drive case M14 x 1. 5 200 148
Nut, wheel disc to wheel rim M16 x 1.5 250 184
Nut, steel wheel disc to M18 x 1.5 255 188
wheel hub
Capscrew, wheel hub on M16 x 1.5 294 217
dual wheel axle shaft
Capscrew, RAIL disc on M16 x 1.5 294 217
dual wheel axle shaft
Capscrew, drive wheel shaft M18 x 1.5 88 (*) 65 (*)
Capscrew, crown wheel M10 x 1.25 120 89
and differential caps
Capscrew, crown wheel M14 x 1.5 195 144
Nut, RAIL disc block M20 x 2.5 245 181
Nut, RAIL disc to wheel hub M18 x 1.5 314 232
Nut, weight screw to steel M16 x 1.5 294 217
wheel disc
Attaching screws, wheel M16 x 1.5 211 156
weights
Allen screw, wheel weights M16 x 1.5 186 137
to cast iron disc
(*) see adjustment procedure, for further information, refer to Final drive Shaft - Install (D.12.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 3
BSE2389A 1
REAR AXLE - Special tools

List of special tools necessary to carry out the different operations described in this Section.
290090 Rotary stand
292320 Tractor separation stand
291517 Rear axle housing lifting hook
293972 Front bracket for rear axle overhaul (to be used with
290090)
293973 Rear bracket for rear axle overhaul (to be used with
290090)
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 4
X 293343 Nut wrench for checking pinion rolling torque

293996 Transfer box shaft puller
294168 Pinion ring nut tool
X 293975 Pinion bearing adjustment tool
X 293977 Spacer (to be used with 293975)
380200104 Crown wheel lifting tool
293400 Universal pinion installer
X 293994 Crown wheel-differential lifting hook
292870 Universal differential lock pressure test kit
X 293986 Differential planetary gear adjustment tool
292400 Rear wheel lifting hook.

291221 Differential overhaul stand.
292927 Slide hammer.
X 295026 Spacer and bushing (use with 293975 ).
297471 Tractor splitting kit
X 380000403 Lifting brackets
X 380200108 Dummy shaft (hydraulic pump idler gear bearing pre-load
set-up)
24663 1
Tool to be fabricated to disassemble-assemble the final drives (Mark tool with no. 50091 -
- Dimensions in mm).
Fabricate tool using Aq 42 D. material

1. Make 2 legs in C 40 H&T material
Tool to be fabricated to disassemble-assemble the Bevel Pinion Shaft
• Make from 60 mm socket (remove square drive end).

• Weld suitable rectangular piece of metal to socket (See Fig. 2).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 5
• Use in conjunction with pinion drive coupler and 3/4 in drive socket. (Refer to Housing - Overhaul (D.12.A)).
1b0o2004105982 2
Crown Wheel Removing Tool
REAR AXLE - General specification

Crown Wheel, Pinion and Differential
110-140 hp 155 hp
Pinion and crown wheel ratio: 10/43 11/43
Pinion to crown wheel backlash mm 0.20 to 0.28 0.20 - 0.28
Differential lock control:
Acting through a hydraulically controlled multi-pack clutch
- Multi-plate clutch
in oil bath
- Number of clutch discs:
- Friction discs. n. 7
- Steel discs. n. 7
- Friction disc thickness (each) mm 2.85 to 2.95
- Steel disc thickness (each) mm 1.75 to 1.85
Differential pinion bore diameter mm 28.040 to 28.061
Differential pinion journal diameter mm 27.939 to 27.960
Differential pinion running
mm 0.080 to 0.122
clearance
Side gear hub seat in differential:
- Casing diameter mm 65.0
- Side gear hub diameter mm 63.0
Pinion shaft position adjustment Refer to REAR AXLE - Adjust (D.12.A)
3.0, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4.0, 3.05,
- Shims available mm
3.15, 3.25, 3.35, 3.45, 3.55, 3.65, 3.75, 3.85, 3.95
Pinion bearing adjustment Refer to REAR AXLE - Adjust (D.12.A)
4.40, 4.50, 4.60, 4.70, 4.80, 4.85, 4.90, 4.95, 5.00, 5.05,
5.10, 5.15, 5.20, 5.25, 5.30, 5.35, 5.40, 5.45, 5.50, 5.55,
Pinion bearing shimming mm
5.60, 5.65, 5.70, 5.75, 5.80, 5.85, 5.90, 5.95, 6.00, 6.05,
6.10, 6.15, 6.20, 6.30, 6.40, 6.50, 6.60
Crown wheel bearing and backlash Refer to REAR AXLE - Adjust (D.12.A)
Shims available (Refer to REAR
mm 0.15, 0.20, 0.50
AXLE - Adjust (D.12.A))
Differential gear and pinion
mm 0.20
backlash
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 6
Differential gear thrust washer

2.70, 2.75, 2.80, 2.85, 2.90, 2.95, 3.00, 3.05, 3.10, 3.15,
thickness (Refer to REAR AXLE - mm
3.20, 3.25, 3.30
Adjust (D.12.A)
Differential gear end play (each) mm 0.226 ± 0.302
Differential gear end play
Refer to Differential - Overhaul (D.12.A)
adjustment
Final Drive
Type Epicyclic, with three planetary spur gears
Reduction ratios: 63/12+1 = 6.25 88/14+1 = 7.286
Thickness of planetary gear thrust
mm 1 ± 0.03
washers
Thickness of planetary gear roller
mm 4.90 to 4.95 8.90 to 8.95
bearing spacer
Adjustment of drive wheel shaft
Refer to Final drive Shaft - Install (D.12.A)
tapered roller bearings
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 7
REAR AXLE - Sectional view
BSE2387A 1
Rear Axle Longitudinal Sectional View
1 Bevel pinion shaft 2 Tapered roller bearing

3 Bevel pinion bearing adjusting shim 4 50 Kph Clutch (Where Fitted)
5 Bearing 6 PTO Drive Shaft
7 PTO Clutch 8 Crown Wheel
9 Differential gear hub 10 Differential gear
11 Pinion shaft position shim 12 Four Wheel Drive Clutch
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 8
BSE2468A 2
Rear Axle Cross-Section (with multi-plate clutch differential lock)
1 Differential output half-shaft 2 Differential Support

3 Side gears 4 Differential casing
5 Differential gear Hub 6 Differential Pinion
7 Crown wheel bearing cap 8 Thrust washer
9 Planetary gear bearing spacer 10 Thrust washer
11 Planetary final reduction gears 12 Wheel axle shaft
13 Seal. 14 Seal.
15 Planetary carrier 16 Differential output half-shaft
19 Differential lock control piston 20 Crown Wheel Guard
21 Seal 22 Side Gear End Play Adjuster Rings
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 9
REAR AXLE - Static description

The rear axle assembly transfers drive from the transmission to the epicyclic final drives through a bevel pinion and
crown wheel coupling. The bevel gears are spiral type and are supported by tapered roller bearings.
The differential is fitted with four planetary gears and hydraulic differential lock. The differential lock being of a multi-
plate type.
The epicyclic final reduction gear sets are controlled by the bevel pinion and crown wheel and output the drive through
the final drive-shafts.
On 50 km/h transmissions, the 50 km/h clutch is housed in the rear axle and is located on the power take off (PTO)
drive shaft.
BSD2313A 1
Crown Wheel and Pinion Components
1 Pinion Nut 2 Bearing

3 Four Wheel Drive Gear 4 Parking Brake Disc Hub
5 50 km/h Drive Gear (Where Fitted) 6 Crown Wheel
7 Piston 8 Cover
9 Bolt 10 Driven Disc
11 Lock Plate 12 Differential Casing
13 Shaft and Bevel Pinion 14 Bearing
15 Spacer 16 Brake Discs
17 Shim
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 10
REAR AXLE - Adjust
BSE2389A_140 1
(A) - Pinion shaft pre-load shim. Adjusts the pre-load on the pinion shaft bearings and components.
(B) - Pinion shaft position shim. Adjusts the position of the pinion relative to the crown wheel.
( (C) and (F)) - Left and right hand crown wheel backlash and differential support bearing pre-load shims. Adjusts the hori-
zontal position of the crown wheel relative to the pinion gear. This affects the backlash depending on which side the shims
are fitted. Also affects the pre-load on the differential support bearings, affected by the total shims, (C+F).
( (D) and (E)) - Left and right differential side gear shims. Adjusts pre-load on differential gear assembly.
NOTE: The pinion and differential should be set up in the following order:
1. (D and E) Refer to: Differential lock Multi plate clutch - Overhaul (D.12.A)
2. (B)
3. (A)
4. (C and F)
1. Determining pinion shaft position shim thickness

(Shim (B) figure 1) using special tool number
380000470.
Proceed as follows:
Place pinion rear bearing outer cup into the rear axle
housing less shim.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 11
2. Assemble special tool number 380000470 (1) com-

plete with the bearings into the rear axle housing.
Lock the nut while turning the bearings.
24395 2
3.
BSG6046A 3
4. Assemble universal tool number 380000249 (2) on

crown wheel caps (1) complete with the bearing outer
cups.
Bring the rod of tool number 380000249 (H) to con-
tact bearing inner cup and measure dimension (H1).
Determine correct nominal dimension, H2 (2) be-
tween the crown wheel centre line and pinion base:
H2 = H3 ± C
where:
H3 = 183 mm. Nominal dimension between the
crown wheel centre line and pinion base.
C = Correction factor stamped on the pinion, ex-
pressed in mm and prefixed by + or - if other than
0, to be added to or subtracted from the nominal di-
mension (H3), depending on the sign. BSE2619A 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 12
5. Adjuster shim thickness (S1) is given by:

S1 = H1 - H2
where:
H1 = Depth gauge reading
H2 = Correct nominal dimension between crown
wheel centre line and pinion base.
If necessary, round up the value (S1) to the next 0.05
mm.
Examples:
- Depth gauge reading: H1 = 186.2 mm
- Nominal dimension between crown wheel centre
line and pinion base: H3 = 183 mm
Example 1:
- Correction factor: C = + 0.1 mm
- Correct nominal dimension: H2 = 183 + 0.1 = 183.1
mm
- Adjuster shim thickness
- S1 = 186.2- 183.1 = 3.1 mm
Example 2:
- Correction factor: C = - 0.1 mm
- Correct nominal dimension: H2 = 183- 0.1 = 182.9
mm
- Adjuster shim thickness:
- S1 = 186.2 - 182.9 = 3.3 mm
Example 3:
- Correction factor C = 0 mm
- Correct nominal dimension: H2 = H3 = 183 mm
- S1 Adjuster shim thickness:
- S1 = 186.2 - 183= 3.2 mm
6. Remove universal tool number 380000249.
7. Determining pinion shaft pre-load shim thickness
(Shim (A) figure 1) of the pinion shaft tapered roller
bearings using special tool number 380000470.
Proceed as follows:
1. Using a depth gauge, measure dimension (H6)
between the end of tool number 380000470 (1) and
the end of the inner screw.
2. Remove tool number 380000470 from the rear
axle housing.
24397 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 13
8. Fix tool number 380000470 into a vice, assemble all

parts onto it including a test shim (P) .
Screw in the tool nut to lock the tool and using a depth
gauge measure dimension (H7) between the tool end
and end of the inner screw.
Adjuster shim thickness (S2) is given by:
S2 = H6 + P + S1 - H7 +0.2
where:
P = Test shim
S1 = Pinion shaft position adjustment shim, as found
in the previous paragraph.
0.2 mm = Increase necessary to compensate for
bearing increased preload deriving from tightening of
the pinion shaft locknut BAIL07APH633AVB 6
If necessary, round up the value (S2) to the next 0.05
mm
Example
- Pinion shaft position adjustment shim, found in the
previous paragraph: S1 = 1.8 mm
- Depth gauge reading: H6 = 13.60 mm
Test shim P = 2 mm
Depth gauge reading H7 = 12.10 mm
Adjuster shim thickness.
S2 = 13.60+2+1.8-12.1+0.2 = 5.5 mm
9. Adjustment of crown wheel bearing pre-load and
crown wheel to pinion backlash, shims (C+F), Figure
1
Proceed as follows:
1. Assemble the rear bearing outer cup (1) and shim
(S1) as in previous adjustments. .
24387_141 7
10. Assemble pinion (1) complete with all components

and respective bearing adjuster shims as found dur-
ing previous adjustments. If necessary, hold the pin-
ion in place using a suitable tool.
NOTE: Pinion bearing shims are listed in REAR AXLE -
General specification (D.12.A).
24399 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 14
11. Using a suitable tool, hold the pinion nut steady.

Using a suitable tool and 3/4 in drive socket, rotate
the pinion counterclockwise to install the nut.
Tighten the pinion nut to 500 Nm (369 lb ft), while
turning the pinion shaft to settle the bearings. Re-
move the pinion tool.
Check if the rolling torque necessary to turn the pin-
ion shaft is 1.0 - 2.0 Nm (0.7 - 1.5 lb ft) by measuring
it at the end of the shaft using the suitable tool (1) and
torque wrench tool number 380000506.
Stake the new pinion nut.
NOTE: Decrease the bearing adjustment shim pack if the
rolling torque is lower than specified, or increase it if higher.
BAIL07APH657AVA 9
12. Assemble the crown wheel and differential assembly

to the rear axle housing, insert the right-hand cap
complete with a test shim and secure with three bolts.
Tighten the bolts to 54 Nm (40 lb ft).
BSE2621A 10
13. Measure left-hand cap thickness (D1).
BSE2620A 11
14. Assemble the left-hand cap without adjuster shims

using three lubricated bolts (1) arranged at 120 °.
Tighten alternatively and gradually the three bolts (1)
to 6 - 9 Nm (4 - 7 lb ft) while turning the crown wheel
to settle the bearings.
BSE2515A_143 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 15
15. Using a depth gauge, measure dimension (D) at the

two recesses in the left-hand cap. Calculate the av-
erage of the two readings.
The total shim pack (S) to be inserted beneath the
right-hand and left-hand caps is given by:
S = D2-D1+A+0.3
where:
A = Test shim = 1.5 mm
D1 = left-hand cap thickness, in mm.
D2 = Dimension measured at 18, in mm.
0.3 mm = Increase necessary to diminish the bearing
preload deriving from the bolts.
If necessary, round up the value (S) to the next 0.05
mm.
24404 13
16. Using a dial gauge, measure the backlash (G) be-

tween the crown wheel and pinion teeth (take three
measurements at 120 ° and take the average of the
readings).
Normal crown wheel to pinion backlash is 0.20 - 0.28
mm, with an average of 0.24 mm
To compensate for possible backlash values higher
or lower than specified, consider the 1:1.34 ratio ex-
isting between normal backlash and corresponding
crown wheel end displacement.
Therefore, the end displacement (Z) necessary to
restore specified backlash is:
Z = (G - 0.24) x 1.34
Adjustment shim packs (Sd and Ss) to be inserted
on the right-hand and left-hand caps are given by: 24405 14
Sd = A Z
Ss = S - Sd
where:
S = Total shim pack value
Z = Crown wheel end displacement, found above.
A = Test shim = 1.5 mm
17. Assemble the shim packs determined above on the
caps and tighten the bolts to the specified torque.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 16
18. Check if the rolling torque necessary to turn the

crown wheel and pinion assembly is:
Rp + ( 1.25 - 2.0 Nm (11.1 - 17.7 lb in) by measuring
it at the end of the pinion shaft using the wrench
tool number 380000459 (1) and torque wrench tool
number 380000506 (2).
where:
Rp = Rolling torque measured for the pinion only
Example:
- Measurement of left-hand cap thickness (D1) =
14.00 mm
- Test shim A = 1.5 mm
- Measurement of clearance of D2 between left-hand
cap and its seat on the rear axle housing
14.15 mm; 14.25 mm. 24400 15
D2 = Mean value (14.15 + 14.25):2 = 14.20 mm
- Total adjuster shim thickness
S = 14.20-14.00 + 1.5 + 0.3 = 2.00 mm
- Measured backlash: 0.13 mm; 0.12 mm; 0.14 mm
G = Mean value = (0.13 + 0.12 + 0.14): 3 = 0.13 mm
- End displacement (Z) necessary to restore speci-
fied backlash.
Z = (0.13 - 0.24) x 1.34= - 0.11 x 1.34 = - 0.15
- Adjuster shim thickness to be inserted on the right-
hand cap is:
Sd = 1.5 - 0.15 = 1.35 mm
- Adjuster shim thickness to be inserted on left-hand
cap is: Ss = 2.00 - 135 = 0.65 mm
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 17
Hydraulic Pump Idler Gear Bearing Pre-Load Set-Up

NOTE: If a new hydraulic pump idler gear or bearings are installed, this set-up must be carried out in order to set the
correct pre-load on the taper roller bearings to obtain a maximum rolling torque of 0.1 - 0.3 N·m ( 160 - 500 g).
19. It is necessary to calculate the thickness of the
spacer (7), (refer to figure 16) with the hydraulic
pump idler gear out of the rear axle to obtain the
correct bearing pre-load. The spacer is available in
various sizes between 11.80 - 12.20 mm in steps of
0.025 mm.
.
BAIL09APH179FVA 16
1. Hydraulic pump idler gear shaft retaining bolt 2. Locking tab

3. Retaining plug 4. Hydraulic pump idler gear shaft
5. Taper roller bearing(s) 6. Hydraulic pump idler gear
7. Spacer 8. Spacer
9. Locking tab retaining bolt
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 18
BAIL09APH178FVA 17
1. Special tool 380200108 2. Taper roller bearing cup

3. Taper roller bearing 4. Spacer
5. Hydraulic pump idler gear 6. Taper roller bearing
7. Taper roller bearing cup 8. Washer
9. Retaining bolt
20. Clamp the special tool 380200108 (1) as shown in
figure 17 into a vice or similar holding equipment.
21. Install the taper roller bearing cups (2) and (7) into
the hydraulic pump idler gear (5) as shown in figure
17.
22. Install the taper roller bearing (3) onto the special tool
380200108 (1) as shown in figure 17.
23. Install spacer (4) onto the special tool 380200108 (1)
as shown in figure 17.
24. Install the hydraulic pump idler gear (5) onto the spe-
cial tool 380200108 (1) as shown in figure 17.
25. Install the taper roller bearing (6) into the hydraulic
pump idler gear (5) as shown in figure 17.
26. Install washer (8) (locally sourced) as shown in figure
17.
27. Tighten bolt (9) as shown in figure 17 to a torque
of 30 N·m (22.1 lb ft), while rotating the hydraulic
pump idler gear to avoid damage to the bearing(s)
by excessive axial load.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 19
28. Using a spring balance, measure the rolling torque.

If the rolling torque is lower than 0.1 N·m ( 160 g), re-
move the spacer and select a spacer one step thin-
ner.
If the rolling torque is greater than 0.3 N·m ( 500
g), remove the spacer and select a spacer one step
thicker.
BAIL09APH180AVA 18
29. Repeat steps 23 to 28 until the rolling torque is in the

range of 0.1 - 0.3 N·m ( 160 - 500 g).
30. Remove the parts from the special tool 380200108
and install the hydraulic pump idler gear, taper roller
bearings and cups, calculated spacer, hydraulic
pump idler gear shaft and rear spacer into the rear
axle housing.
31. Install the hydraulic pump idler gear retaining plug
and tighten to 30 Nm (22 lb ft).
BAIL07APH703AVA 19
32. Install the hydraulic pump idler gear retaining

bracket.
BAIL07APH656AVA 20
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 20
REAR AXLE - Remove
Prior operation:
Disconnect the rear axle from the transmission housing, for further information refer to Housing - Disconnect (C.20.E)
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
1. Remove the electronic draft control (EDC) sensor re-

taining bolts.
BAIL07APH394AVA 1
2. Remove the lift link lower retaining pin and slide out
the hinge pin.
BAIL07APH390AVA 2
3. Remove the hinge pin with the EDCsensor and re-

move the lower lift arm.
BAIL07APH395AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 21
4. Remove the retaining bolt (1), remove the hinge pin

(2) and remove the lift link (3).
BAIL07APH398AVA 4

5. Remove the split pin (1) and remove the lower retain-
ing pin (2).
BAIL07APH396AVA 5
6. Remove the split pin (1), remove the upper retaining

pin (2) and remove the automatic pick up hitch lift rod.
BAIL07APH397AVA 6
7. Disconnect the extending drawbar hydraulic supply

and return pipes.
BAIL07APH399AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 22
8. Support the extending drawbar and remove the re-

taining bolts.
BAIL07APH400AVA 8
9. Remove the extending drawbar assembly.
Next operation:
Remove the rear PTO, for further information refer to Housing - Remove (C.40.C)
Next operation:
Remove the stack valve, for further information refer to Stack valve - Remove (A.10.C)
Next operation:
Remove the final drive housing, for further information refer to Final drive Housing - Remove (D.12.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 23
REAR AXLE - Install

Prior operation:
Install the final drive housing, for further information refer to Final drive Housing - Install (D.12.A)
Prior operation:
Install the stack valve, for further information refer to Stack valve - Install (A.10.C)
Prior operation:
Install the rear PTO, for further information refer to Housing - Install (C.40.C)
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A

1. Install the extending drawbar assembly.
BAIL07APH400AVA 1
2. Tighten the retaining bolts.

3. Connect the extending drawbar hydraulic supply and
return pipes.
BAIL07APH399AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 24
4. Install the automatic pick up hitch lift rod (1), install

the upper retaining pin (2) and install the split pin (3).
BAIL07APH397AVB 3
5. Install the lower retaining pin (1) and install the split
pin (2).
BAIL07APH396AVB 4
All vehicles
6. Install the lift link (1), install the hinge pin (2) and
install the retaining bolt (3).
BAIL07APH398AVB 5
7. Install the hinge pin with the electronic draft control

(EDC) sensor into the lift arm.
BAIL07APH395AVB 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 25
8. Install the lift link lower hinge pin and install the re-
taining pin.
BAIL07APH390AVB 7
9. Install the EDC sensor retaining bolts.

BAIL07APH394AVA 8
Next operation:
Connect the rear axle to the transmission housing, for further information refer to Housing - Connect (C.20.E)
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 26
Final drive Housing - Remove

Prior operation:
Disconnect the battery , for further information refer to Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A)
Prior operation:
Vehicles with pneumatic trailer brakes remove the relevant air tank, for further information refer to Air reservoir -
Remove (A.20.A).
Prior operation:
Vehicles with pneumatic trailer brakes remove the relief valve (if required), for further information refer to Relief valve
- Remove (A.20.A).
Prior operation:
Remove the fuel tank (if required), for further information refer to Fuel tank - Remove (B.20.A)
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
NOTE: This procedure details removal of the left-hand final drive housing, removal for the right-hand is similar.
All Vehicles
1. Remove the transmission housing drain plug and
drain the transmission oil into a suitable container.
Install the drain plug and tighten to 68 - 82 Nm ( 50 -
60 lbft).
BAIL07APH288AVA 1
2. Remove the lower arm sway limiter bracket.
BAIL07APH391AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 27
3. Support the three-point hitch lift ram.
BAIL07APH406AVA 3
4. Remove the lift ram bracket from the final drive hous-
ing.
BAIL07APH407AVA 4
5. Raise and support the cab.
Vehicles with Cab Suspension

6. Disconnect the cab suspension check strap.
Remove the circlip (1) and remove the cab suspen-
sion check strap retaining pin (2).
BAIL07APH278AVA 5
7. Remove the right-hand side retaining nut and bolt

from the panhard rod.
NOTE: This step is only necessary when removing the right
hand final drive housing.
BAIL07APH280AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 28
8. Remove the cab support from the final drive housing.
BAIS06CCM123AVA 7
9. Remove the cab suspension damper.
BAIL07APH408AVA 8
10. Remove the cab damper mounting bracket.
BAIL07APH409AVA 9
Vehicles with Standard Cab

11. Remove the cab retaining nut.
BAIL07APH367AVA 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 29
12. Remove the cab support from the final drive housing.
BAIS06CCM123AVA 11
All Vehicles
13. Install special tools, lifting bracket 380001113 with
adaptor studs 38020004 and attach to suitable lifting
equipment.
BAIL07APH410AVA 12
14. Remove the remaining final drive housing retaining

nuts.
Remove the final drive assembly together with the
half shaft
BAIL07APH411AVA 13
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 30
Final drive Housing - Install

NOTE: This procedure details removal of the left-hand final drive housing, removal for the right-hand is similar.
All Vehicles
1. To aid installation of the housing install the drive
shaft.
BAIL07APH417AVB 1
2. Thoroughly clean the mating surfaces and apply a

bead of sealant.
BAIL07APH417AVA 2
3. Install the final drive housing.
BAIL07APH411AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 31
4. Remove the lifting bracket.
BAIL07APH410AVA 4
Vehicles with Standard Cab

5. Install the cab support to the final drive housing.
BAIS06CCM123AVA 5
6. Install the cab retaining nut.

BAIL07APH367AVA 6

7. Install the cab damper mounting bracket.
BAIL07APH409AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 32
8. Install the cab suspension damper.

BAIL07APH408AVA 8
9. Install the cab support to the final drive housing.

BAIS06CCM123AVA 9
10. Install the right-hand side retaining nut and bolt to the
panhard rod.
NOTE: This step is only necessary when installing the right
hand final drive housing.
BAIL07APH280AVA 10
All Vehicles
11. Install the lift ram bracket to the final drive housing.
BAIL07APH407AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 33
12. Remove the support from the three-point hitch lift

ram.
BAIL07APH406AVA 12
13. Install the lower arm sway limiter bracket.
BAIL07APH391AVA 13
Next operation:
Next operation:
Vehicles with pneumatic trailer brakes install the relevant air tank, for further information refer to Air reservoir - Install
(A.20.A).
Next operation:
Vehicles with pneumatic trailer brakes install the relief valve (if required), for further information refer to Relief valve
- Install (A.20.A).
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 34
Final drive Reducer, spur gear - Overhaul

Prior operation:
Final drive Shaft - Remove (D.12.A)
1. Remove the retaining ring.
1b0o2004106106 1
2. Slide out the pivot pins and recover the gears com-
plete with the needle bearings.
Remove the thrust washer (1).
24621 2
3. Check all components for wear.

4. Install a new thrust washer (1) on the driven gear
holder.
Install new gears and needle bearings where neces-
sary.
Install the gears complete with the needle bearings
and slide in the pivot pins.
24621 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 35
1b0o2004106106 4
Next operation:
Final drive Shaft - Install (D.12.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 36
Final drive Shaft - Remove

Prior operation:
Final drive Housing - Remove (D.12.A)
1. Position the final drive housing on a rotary stand.
24608_544 1
2. Remove the locking plate (1) by slightly turning it if

necessary.
24609_545 2
3. Loosen the bolt attaching the planetary carrier (1) to

the drive shaft.
24610_546 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 37
4. Remove the planetary gear carrier.
BAIL07APH698AVA 4
BAIL07APH697AVA 5
6. Using a suitable puller, remove the drive shaft.
1b0o2004108874 6
Next operation:
Final drive Shaft - Install (D.12.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 38
Final drive Shaft - Install

Prior operation:
Final drive Shaft - Remove (D.12.A)
1. Install the drive shaft into the final drive housing.

BAIL07APH697AVA 1
3. Install the planetary gear carrier.
BAIL07APH698AVA 2
4. Turn the drive shaft by hand and check that it turns

freely.
Tighten the drive shaft bolt to 196 Nm (145 lb ft) while
turning the drive shaft to settle the assembly.
Loosen the drive shaft bolt and then tighten it again
to 88 Nm (65 lb ft) while turning the drive shaft to
settle the bearings correctly.
24610_553 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 39
5. Install the locking plate (1) and lock it by screwing the

bolt in or out until reaching the next notch.
NOTE: Screw the bolt in or out to a maximum angular vari-
ation of 15 °.
24609_545 4
6. Using the grease nipple, fill the inner recess with

grease NEW HOLLAND AMBRA GR 75 MD (several
grease gun strokes are needed).
24619 5
7. Remove the final drive housing from the rotary stand.
24608_544 6
Next operation:
Final drive Housing - Install (D.12.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 40
Differential - Overhaul
1. Remove the crown wheel retaining nuts and bolts.
BAIL07APH636AVA 1
2. Remove the differential housing from the crown

wheel.
BAIL07APH637AVA 2
3. Remove the side gear (1) from the differential hous-

ing.
24408 3
4. Remove the locking pins (1) of the differential gear

pivot pins.
24409 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 41
5. Slide out the pivot pins (2) and recover the differential
gears (1) from both sides.
NOTE: Keep the pivot pin and side gear matched as they
are removed.
24410 5
6. Withdraw the pivot pin (2), and recover the pivot pin
holder (1) and side gears.
24411 6
7. Using a suitable puller, remove the differential hous-

ing bearing.
BAIL07APH643AVA 7
8. Using a suitable tool, install the differential housing

bearing.
9. Side gear end float adjustment (Shims A and B Refer
to REAR AXLE - Adjust (D.12.A)
Assemble side gears, pivot pins and retaining pins.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 42
10. Place the side gear (3) complete with a test shim (2)
on tool number 293986 (1)
NOTE: Adjust the left-hand side carrier end float as indi-
cated for the right-hand side gear.
24415_530 8
11. Assemble the side gear and attached tool number

293986 on the differential casing, place the crown
wheel above it and fix the crown wheel with three
bolts (1). Turn the assembly to settle.
24416_531 9
12. Place a dial test indicator gauge with the stylus on

the tool screw (1), press the tool and set gauge to
zero.
24417_532 10
13. Pull the tool (1) upwards and read the travel (H) on
the gauge.
Adjuster ring thickness to be inserted on the right-
hand side gear is given by:
Rd = (B + H) - 0,05 - 0.30
where:
Rd = Adjustment shim to be inserted on the right-
hand side gear.
B = Test shim = 3.00 mm
H = Travel measured using the gauge
0.05 mm = Half end play of differential gears in rela-
tion to their pivot pins
0.30 mm = Specified side gear end play.
24418 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 43
14. Example:
- Travel measured using the gauge H = 0.50 mm
- Test shim B = 3.00 mm
- Thickness of the ring to be inserted on the right-
hand side gear is
Rd = (3.00 + 0.50) - 0.05 - 0.30 = 3.15 mm
15. Once determined the shim packs for the left-hand
and right-hand side gears, reassemble the whole
unit.
16. Install the crown wheel retaining nuts and bolts and
BAIL07APH636AVA 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 44
Differential lock Multi plate clutch - Overhaul

1. Using suitable feeler gauges, check the clearance
between the multi-wet plate clutch friction and steel
discs. If the clearance is not between 1.35 - 3.1 mm
(0.05 - 0.12 in), install new multi-wet plate clutch fric-
tion and steel discs.
BVE0498A 1
2. Remove the crown wheel retaining nuts and bolts.
BAIL07APH636AVA 2
3. Remove the differential housing from the crown

wheel.
BAIL07APH637AVA 3
4. Remove the differential lock piston.
BAIL07APH639AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 45
5. Remove the crown wheel by pushing the clutch hous-

ing downwards.
BAIL07APH640AVA 5
6. Remove the clutch discs.
BAIL07APH641AVA 6
7. Remove the hub.
BAIL07APH642AVA 7
8. Using a suitable puller, remove the clutch housing

bearing.
BAIL07APH644AVA 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 46
9. Remove the differential lock piston oil seal.
BAIL07APH638AVA 9
10. Lubricate all components with NEW HOLLAND

AMBRA MULTI G 134™ HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION
OIL oil.
11. Install the differential lock piston oil seal.
BAIL07APH638AVA 10
12. Using a suitable tool, install the clutch housing bear-

ing.
BAIL07APH642AVB 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 47
14. Install the clutch discs.
BAIL07APH641AVB 12
15. Install the crown wheel by pulling the clutch housing

upwards.
BAIL07APH640AVB 13
16. Install the differential lock piston.
BAIL07APH639AVB 14
17. Install the differential housing to the crown wheel.
BAIL07APH637AVB 15
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 48
18. Install the crown wheel retaining nuts and bolts and
BAIL07APH636AVA 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 49
Differential lock - Overhaul

1. With the assembly removed from the rear axle hous-
ing, proceed as follows. Place the assembly (1) on a
clean bench.
24419 1
2. Act on the piston (1) to release the retaining ring.
24420 2
3. Remove the retaining ring (1).
24421 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 50
4. Withdraw the lock control unit (1) from its housing.
24422 4
24423 5
6. Disassemble the unit, inspect all components and

seals, install new parts as necessary.
Reinstall all the components of the differential lock
control unit observing the following:
- Reassembly follows the disassembly procedure in
reverse.
- Lubricate all necessary parts with NEW HOLLAND
AMBRA MULTI G 134™ HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION OIL
oil.
24424 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 51
Housing - Overhaul
Prior operation:
Disconnect the rear axle from the transmission, for further information, refer to TRANSMISSION Continuously Vari-
able Transmission (CVT) - Disconnect (C.20.G)
Prior operation:
Remove the four-wheel drive clutch, for further information, refer to Clutch - Remove (D.14.C).
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
1. Remove the parking brake control assembly.

NOTE: For vehicles fitted with a suspended front axle, re-
move the suspension control valve, for further information
refer to Control valve - Remove (D.40.C)
BAIL07APH289AVA 1
2. Remove the crown wheel shield.
BAIL11CCM138AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 52
3. Remove the crown wheel shield support bracket.
BAIL11CCM198AVA 3
4. Locate special tool 380200104 under the crown

wheel teeth (1) and lock in position (2).
BAIL11CCM196AVA 4
5. Remove the crown wheel support cap retaining bolts.

BAIL07APH651AVA 5
6. Install two of the retaining bolts into the blind holes

and tighten until the support cap and shims are re-
moved.
BAIL07APH652AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 53
7. Remove the crown wheel and differential assembly.
BAIL11CCM197AVA 7
8. Unstake the crushed nut.

Using a suitable tool, hold the pinion nut steady.
Using a suitable tool and 3/4 in drive socket, rotate
the pinion clockwise to remove the nut.
NOTE: For further information, refer to REAR AXLE - Spe-
cial tools (D.12.A).
BAIL07APH658AVA 8
9. Using a universal puller, partially withdraw the bevel

pinion.
Disassemble the universal puller and remove front
bearing.
BAIL07APH659AVA 9
10. Slide out the pinion and recover the inner parts
through the parking brake compartment.
BSE2461A 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 54
11. Using a suitable hydraulic press, remove the pinion

bearing.
BAIL07APH629AVA 11
12. Using a suitable driver tool, remove the pinion rear

bearing cup from the rear axle housing, and recover
the adjustment shim (if equipped).
BAIL07APH631AVA 12
13. Using a suitable driver tool, remove the pinion front

bearing cup from the rear axle housing, and recover
the adjustment shim (if equipped).
BAIL07APH632AVA 13
14. Remove the 50 km/h clutch (if equipped), for fur-

ther information, refer to ADDITIONAL REDUCERS
Overdrive - Remove (C.30.D).
15. Install the pinion and bearing cups, carry out the
procedures and adjustments as detailed in: REAR
AXLE - Adjust (D.12.A).
16. Install the crown wheel and differential assembly,
carry out the procedures adjustments as detailed in:
REAR AXLE - Adjust (D.12.A).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 55
17. Before installing the parking brake control assembly

unit to the rear axle housing, thoroughly clean and
degrease mating surfaces and apply a bead of liquid
gasket of approximately 2 mm of diameter following
pattern shown.
BAIL07APH401AVA 14
18. Using special tool 380200014, align the brake discs

on the pinion shaft.
BAIL07APH290AVA 15
19. Install the special tool 380200014, between the

brake pads.
BAIL07APH352AVA 16
20. Position the parking brake assembly complete with

the special tool 380200014, between the brake discs
on the pinion shaft. Remove the special tool while
installing the parking brake assembly.
BAIL07APH353AVA 17
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 56
21. Tighten the retaining bolts to 49 Nm ( 36 lb ft).
BAIL07APH289AVA 18
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 57
REAR AXLE - Troubleshooting

Noisy rear axle when the Pinion and/or crown wheel bearing incor- Remove the rear axle housing and adjust
vehicle is moving, and rect adjustment the pinion and crown wheel bearings cor-
also with the transmission rectly
in neutral (not originating
from final drives)
Excessive wear or incorrectly adjusted sun Remove the differential, install new parts
and planetary gears where necessary and adjust the differential
gear backlash
Excess differential side gears to half-shaft Remove the differential, install new parts
spline backlash where necessary and adjust the differential
gear backlash
Noisy rear axle with the Excessive pinion to crown wheel backlash Remove the rear axle housing and adjust
vehicle under load and the pinion and crown wheel bearings cor-
upon release rectly
Defective internal rear axle component(s) Remove the rear axle housing, install new
parts where necessary and adjust the dif-
ferential gear backlash
Noisy rear axle and Insufficient pinion and/or crown wheel Remove the rear axle housing and adjust
over-heating backlash the pinion and crown wheel bearings cor-
rectly
Noisy final drive(s) when Final drive shaft bearing incorrectly ad- Remove the final drive housing and adjust
the vehicle is moving and justed the bearing(s)
also with the transmission
in neutral
Defective internal final drive component(s) Remove the final drive housing and install
new parts where necessary
Excess final drive shaft to final drive spline Remove the final drive housing and install
backlash new parts where necessary
Differential lock not Low rear axle oil level Top up to correct level
engaging.
Blocked oil filter Install a new oil filter
Defective hydraulic pump Overhaul or install a new hydraulic pump
Faulty differential lock switch Install a new switch
Power supply not reaching solenoid valve: Repair the electrical connection. Overhaul
detached or damaged connectors, defec- or install a new solenoid valve or remote
tive solenoid valve or remote switch switch
Differential lock control solenoid valve Overhaul or install a new solenoid valve
stuck on discharge
Oil leaks through the seals with consequent Install new seal(s) where necessary
pressure drop: cylinder piston oil supply
line seal(s)
Differential lock not Faulty differential lock/unlock switch Install a new switch
disengaging
Power supply not reaching solenoid valve: Repair the electrical connection. Overhaul
detached or damaged connectors, defec- or install a new solenoid valve or remote
tive solenoid valve or remote switch switch
Differential lock control solenoid valve Overhaul or install a new solenoid valve
stuck on delivery.
Oil leaks through the seals with consequent Install new seal(s) where necessary
pressure drop: cylinder piston oil supply
line seal(s)
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 58

With differential lock Faulty differential lock switch (connected to Install a new differential lock switch.
engaged and control the Fast Raise switch).
switch on automatic
mode, the differential lock
does not disengage when
raising lift arms using the
Fast Raise switch.
With differential lock Faulty differential lock switch (connected Install a new differential lock switch.
engaged, the differential to the brake pressure switches/foot pedal
lock does not disengage switches).
when the brake pedals are
pressed.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 59
Index
REAR AXLE - 12.A

Differential - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Differential lock - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Differential lock Multi plate clutch - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Final drive Housing - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Final drive Housing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Final drive Reducer, spur gear - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Final drive Shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Final drive Shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Housing - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
REAR AXLE - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
REAR AXLE - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
REAR AXLE - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
REAR AXLE - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
REAR AXLE - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
REAR AXLE - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
REAR AXLE - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
REAR AXLE - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
REAR AXLE - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.12.A / 60
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - 14.C

84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic

Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Shaft
Clutch
FUNCTIONAL DATA

Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Clutch
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
SERVICE
Hydraulic line
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Shaft
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Remove (Suspended axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Install (Suspended axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Remove (All wheel drive shaft, transmission casing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Install (All wheel drive shaft, transmission casing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Install (drive shaft, transmission casing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Clutch
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 2
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Remove - 4WD Clutch removal without splitting the transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Install 4WD Clutch Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
DIAGNOSTIC

84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 3
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - Torque
BAIL07APH615GVA 1
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - Special tools

293996 Transfer box drive shaft puller (M8x1.25) adapter
292927 380000549 Slide Hammer
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 4
Shaft - General specification

Front Sleeve Positioning Adjust Ring mm 1-1.2-1.5-1.8-2-2.2-2.5-3-3.3-3.7-4-4.3
Shims ( 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic -
Sectional view (D.14.C))
Front Sleeve End-Play (L) mm 1.2÷1.7
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 5
Clutch - General specification

FWD ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC CLUTCH SPECIFICATIONS
Clutch Friction Discs 9
Clutch Steel Discs 8
Clutch Driven Disc Thickness mm 1.7 - 1.8
Clutch Drive Disc Thickness mm 1.5 - 1.55
Free Belleville Spring Height (one) mm 9.35 - 9.8
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 6
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - Sectional view
BSE2393A 1
FWD Electro-Hydraulic Clutch Sectional Views
1 Drive Gear 2 Rear Axle Pinion

3 Sleeve 4 Nut
5 Belleville Spring 6 Piston Assembly
7 Spacer 8 Clutch Plates and Separators (8 off each)
11 Shims 12 Retaining Ring
13 Driven Gear
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 7
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - Static description

The front wheel drive is engaged by means of the switch located on the ICP.
BAIL10CVT603AVA 1
When front wheel drive is selected the FWD solenoid valve (1) in the low pressure distributor valve block on top of
the rear axle is in the discharge position (de-energised).
The oil within the control piston (4) Figure 3 is open to sump through the FWD solenoid valve.
BSD2177B 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 8
BSD2246A 3
Lubrication oil Exhaust oil
FWD ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC CLUTCH (FWD ENGAGED)
The four wheel drive transfer system comprises of an electro hydraulic transfer clutch located in the bottom of the rear
axle transmission housing and driven by a gear (1) mounted on the rear axle pinion (2).
The clutch output shaft transfers drive to the front axle by means of a shaft (6) running through the transmission and
an external drive shaft connected to the front axle.
The Belleville spring (3), compresses the multi-pack clutch (5) and drive from the rear axle pinion is transferred through
the clutch to the front axle via the driveshaft.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 9
BSD2246B 4
Lubrication oil
Lubrication oil Pressure oil
FWD ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC CLUTCH (FWD DISENGAGED)
When the switch located on the ICP panel is pressed, the solenoid valve opens and lets the oil flow from the pump
to the face of the control piston (4).
The pressure oil applied to the face of the piston moves the piston body against the action of the Belleville spring (3)
and releases the spring pressure applied to the clutch plates (5).
Under these conditions, the clutch plates (4) are not compressed and the clutch shaft (6) can rotate freely preventing
the transfer of drive to the front axle.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 10
Clutch - Sectional view
BVF0811A 1
Four Wheel Drive Multi-Wet Plate Clutch Sectional View
1 Collets and retaining collar 2 Belleville washer

3 Drive gear 4 Pinion shaft
5 Annular sealing rings 6 Oil supply manifold
7 Oil supply manifold retaining pin 8 Driven gear
9 Friction and steel plates 10 Control piston
11 Drive shaft
H = 0.8 - 1.1 mm release travel
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 11
Clutch - Dynamic description
BVF0905A 1
Four Wheel Drive Multi-Wet Plate Clutch (Engaged)
1 Belleville washer 2 Control piston

3 Drive gear 4 Driven gear
5 Friction and steel plates 6 Drive shaft
Figure Colour Key
A. Return to reservoir
B. Lubrication
The four wheel drive clutch solenoid is de-energized and the Belleville washer (1) applies a force to the control piston
(2) which compresses the friction and steel plates (5). Drive is transferred from the drive gear (3) mounted on the rear
axle pinion to the driven gear (4) and through the clutch to the front axle via the drive shaft (6).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 12
BVF0905B 2
Four Wheel Drive Multi-Wet Plate Clutch (Disengaged)
1 Belleville washer 2 Control piston

3 Drive gear 4 Driven gear
5 Friction and steel plates 6 Drive shaft
Figure Colour Key
A. Lubrication
B. Low pressure circuit
The four wheel drive clutch solenoid is energized, supplying oil from the low pressure circuit to the face of the control
piston (2).
The oil pressure applied to the face of the control piston (2) moves the control piston (2) against the force applied
from the Belleville washer (1). This releases the force applied by the Belleville washer (1) from the friction and steel
plates (5).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 13
The driven gear (4) can now rotate freely without transferring the drive through the clutch to the drive shaft (6). Lubri-
cation oil will be supplied through the friction and steel plates (5).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 14
Hydraulic line - Remove

Prior operation:
Remove the four wheel drive clutch (refer to Clutch - Remove (D.14.C)).
Remove the power take-off (PTO) housing (refer to Housing - Remove (C.40.C).
1. Remove the O-ring (2) and the oil supply manifold

retaining pin (1).
BVF0886A 1
2. Using a suitable punch, remove the oil supply mani-

fold (1) and the bearing (2).
BVF0887A 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 15
Hydraulic line - Install

1. Install new O-rings (1) onto the oil supply manifold.
BVF0891A 1
2. Install the oil supply manifold (2) and the bearing (1)
into the rear axle housing.
NOTE: Make sure the hole (4) in the oil supply manifold is
aligned with the hole (3) in the rear axle housing.
BVF0888A 2
3. Install the oil supply manifold retaining pin (1) and a

new O-ring (2).
BVF0886A 3
Next operation:
Install the power take-off (PTO) housing (refer to Housing - Install (C.40.C).
Install the four wheel drive clutch (refer to Clutch - Install (D.14.C)).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 16
Shaft - Remove
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A

1. Remove the four wheel driveshaft guard (1).
BVE0871A 1
2. Expand the retaining circlip (1) and slide the sleeve

(2) and circlip along the drive shaft.
BAIL10CVT606AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 17
3. Remove the four wheel driveshaft central support.
BVE0486A_336 3
4. Remove the drive shaft.
BAIS06CCM035AVB 4
Vehicles with Super Steer™ front axle

5. Remove the drive shaft guard left-hand retaining
bolts.
NOTE: Repeat step for the right-hand side.
BAIS06CCM033AVA 5
6. Disconnect the drive shaft from the front axle.

NOTE: Support the drive shaft.
BAIL07APH543AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 18
7. Remove the drive shaft.
BAIS06CCM035AVB 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 19
Shaft - Overhaul
Prior operation:
Remove the drive shaft, for further information refer to Shaft - Remove (D.14.C) (suspended axle), Shaft - Remove
(D.14.C) (Supersteer™ axle), Shaft - Remove (D.14.C) (standard axle).
1. Using suitable circlip pliers, remove the circlips.
BAIL07APH527AVA 1
2. Using a suitable copper mallet, repeatedly strike

down on the yoke carrier until the cup moves up-
wards.
BAIL07APH528AVA 2
3. Rotate the drive shaft 180 ° and repeat the previous

step.
4. Remove the yoke from the drive shaft.
5. Repeat the procedure to remove the yoke from the
flange.
6. Install the needle roller bearings and seals into the
new cups.
BAIL07APH529AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 20
7. Partially slide the new cups into both sides of the

yoke carrier.
BAIL07APH530AVA 4
NOTE: Make sure that the needle roller bearings do not become displaced when the yoke is inserted.
8. Insert the yoke into the yoke carrier.
Using suitable spacers and a vice (or a suitable hy-
draulic press), push the cups into the yoke carrier
until the circlip groove is visible.
BAIL07APH532AVB 5
9. Repeat the procedure to install the flange to the yoke.

10. Using suitable circlip pliers, install the circlips.
BAIL07APH527AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 21
Shaft - Install
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
All vehicles
1. Install the drive shaft to the transmission.
BAIS06CCM035AVB 1

2. Install the four wheel driveshaft central support.
BVE0486A_336 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 22
3. Slide the sleeve (1) forward and install the retaining

circlip (2).
BAIL10CVT606AVB 3
4. Install the four wheel driveshaft guard (1).
BVE0871A 4
Vehicles with Super Steer™ front axle

5. Connect the drive shaft to the front axle.
BAIL07APH543AVA 5
6. Install the drive-shaft guard left hand retaining bolts.

BAIS06CCM033AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 23

7. Install the drive shaft guard and drive shaft guard
front retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH534AVA 7
8. Install the drive shaft guard rear retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH535AVA 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 24
Shaft - Remove (Suspended axle)

Prior operation:
Remove the front axle, for further information refer to FRONT AXLE - Remove (D.10.A)
1. Support the front axle on suitable axle stands.
BAIL07APH522AVA 1
2. Remove the suspension arm retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH523AVA 2
3. Using suitable lifting equipment, support the suspen-

sion arm.
BAIL07APH524AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 25
4. Remove the suspension arm.
BAIL07APH525AVA 4
5. Remove the drive shaft retaining bolts and remove

the drive shaft.
BAIL07APH526AVA 5
6. Remove the outer dust shield.
BAIL09CVT510AVA 6
7. Remove the inner dust shield.
BAIL09CVT509AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 26
8. Remove the shaft retaining circlips.
BAIL09CVT507AVA 8
9. Remove the shaft and bearing from the housing.
BAIL09CVT505AVA 9
10. Remove the circlip
BAIL09CVT504AVA 10
11. Remove the bearing.
BAIL09CVT499AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 27
12. Using special tool 380200107 remove the retaining

nut.
BAIL09CVT508AVA 12
13. Remove the bearing carrier.
BAIL09CVT502AVA 13
14. Remove the support housing.
BAIL09CVT501AVA 14
15. Remove the bearing retaining ring.
BAIL09CVT500AVA 15
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 28
16. Remove the bearing.
BAIL09CVT497AVA 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 29
Shaft - Install (Suspended axle)

1. Install the bearing.
BAIL09CVT497AVA 1
BAIL09CVT500AVA 2
3. Locate the support housing.
BAIL09CVT501AVA 3
4. Locate the bearing carrier.
BAIL09CVT502AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 30
5. Install a new retaining nut.
BAIL09CVT503AVA 5
6. Using special tool 380200107 tighten to 300 - 350

N·m (220 - 258 lb ft).
NOTE: Make sure there is no end float.
BAIL09CVT508AVA 6
7. Stake the retaining nut in a minimum of two places.
BAIL09CVT503AVB 7
8. Install the four blanking plugs.
BAIL09CVT503AVC 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 31
9. Install the bearing onto the shaft.
BAIL09CVT499AVA 9
10. Install the bearing retaining circlip.
BAIL09CVT504AVA 10
11. Install the shaft into the housing.
BAIL09CVT505AVA 11
12. Install the shaft retaining circlips.
BAIL09CVT507AVA 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 32
13. Install the inner dust shield.
BAIL09CVT509AVA 13
14. Install the outer dust shield.
BAIL09CVT510AVA 14
15. Install the drive shaft to the front axle.

BAIL07APH526AVA 15
16. Install the suspension arm.
BAIL07APH525AVB 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 33
17. Support the suspension arm on suitable axle stands

and remove the lifting equipment from the suspen-
sion arm.
BAIL07APH524AVA 17
18. Install the suspension arm retaining bolts.

BAIL07APH523AVA 18
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 34
Shaft - Remove (All wheel drive shaft, transmission casing)

Prior operation:
Vehicles with standard front axle or Supersteer™ axle - see Shaft - Remove (D.14.C).
Vehicles with suspended front axle - see FRONT AXLE - Remove (Suspended Axle) (D.10.A).
Vehicles with standard axle or SuperSteer™ axle

1. Loosen and unscrew the nut . Pull off the flange
together with the spacer.
SS08H174 1

2. Pull off the connecting sleeve and remove the snap
ring.
SS08G107 2
All vehicles
3. WARNING
Burn hazard!
Be very careful to avoid contact with hot
fluids. If fluid is extremely hot, allow it
to cool to a moderately warm temperature
before proceeding.
serious injury.
W0362A
Remove the drain plugs (1) and drain the transmis-

sion oil.
NOTE: The container must hold at least 68 l (18.0 US gal). SS10F196 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 35
4. Remove the screws and take off the cover.
SS08G322 4
5. Remove the seal.

NOTE: The seal is destroyed during removal.
6. Remove the outer snap ring and pull out the shaft
together with the bearing in a forwards direction.
SS08G118 5
7. Remove the snap rings and remove the bearing from

the shaft.
SS08H016 6
Next operation:
Shaft - Install (All wheel drive shaft, transmission casing) (D.14.C)
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 36
Shaft - Install (All wheel drive shaft, transmission casing)

Prior operation:
Shaft - Remove (All wheel drive shaft, transmission casing) (D.14.C)
1. Fit the circlips and the bearing onto the shaft.
SS08H016 1
2. Fit the shaft together with the bearing into the casing
and insert the outer snap ring.
SS08G118 2
3. Insert the new seal ring using the drift 380200085

until the drift is at the stop - see Fig. 4.
SS08H030 3
NOTE: The seal ring may only be fitted using drift

380200085, otherwise it can be destroyed.
SS08J128 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 37
4. Fit the cover, insert the screws and tighten to 48.5

Nm (35.8 lb ft).
SS08G322 5
5. Fit the drain screws (1) with new seal rings and
tighten.
SS10F196 6
6. Top up transmission oil. Oil type and oil quantity -

see Consumables () and Capacities ().
SS10F194 7

7. Install the snap ring and slide the connecting sleeve
onto the shaft.
SS08G107 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 38
Vehicles with standard axle or SuperSteer™ axle

8. Push the spacer and the flange onto the shaft.
Tighten and lock the nut.
SS08H174 9
Next operation:
Vehicles with standard front axle or Supersteer™ axle - see Shaft - Install (D.14.C).
Vehicles with suspended front axle - see FRONT AXLE - Install Suspended axle (D.10.A).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 39
Shaft - Install (drive shaft, transmission casing)

Prior operation:
Remove the drive shaft, for further information, refer to Shaft - Remove (All wheel drive shaft, transmission cas-
ing) (D.14.C).
1. Install the snap rings and the bearing onto the shaft.
SS08H016 1
2. Install the shaft and bearing into the casing and insert
the outer snap ring.
SS08G118 2
3. Insert the new cassette seal ring using the Special

Tool 380200085 until the Special Tool reaches the
stop - see figure 9.
SS08H030 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 40
NOTE: The cassette seal ring may only be fitted using the
Special Tool 380200085, otherwise the cassette seal ring
may be damaged.
SS08J128 4
4. Install the cover and tighten the bolts to 48.5 Nm

(35.8 lb ft).
SS08G322 5
5. Install a new seal ring to the drain plug (X) and

tighten.
SS08H175 6
6. Top up the transmission oil. The specifications and

the oil quantity can be found in the Operators Manual.
SS08J127 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 41

7. Install the snap ring and slide the connecting sleeve
onto the shaft.
SS08G107 8
Vehicles with standard axle or Supersteer™ axle

8. Push the spacer and the flange onto the shaft.
Tighten and lock the nut.
SS08H174 9
Next operation:
Vehicles with standard axle or Supersteer™ axle install the 4WD drive shaft, for further information refer to Shaft -
Install (D.14.C)
Next operation:
Vehicles with suspended front axle install the front axle, for futher information refer to FRONT AXLE - Install Sus-
pended axle (D.10.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 42
Clutch - Remove
Prior operation:
Housing - Disconnect (C.20.E)
WARNING
B026
1. Remove the rear axle bottom cover.

Retrieve the dowel and O-ring seal that drops with
the cover.
NOTE: Prepare for some oil loss when the bottom cover is
removed.
BAIL07APH538AVA 1
2. Release the locking tabs and remove the clutch inner

guard.
BAIL07APH541AVA 2
3. Remove the sliding sleeve from the clutch drive shaft.
BAIL07APH546AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 43
4. Remove the clutch drive shaft retaining ring (1) and

shims (2).
BSD2307A 4
5. Using a slide hammer (1) 292927 and an adaptor (2)

293996 partially withdraw the clutch drive shaft (3).
BSD2249A 5
ATTENTION: When the drive shaft is moved forward the clutch will need to be supported.
6. Retrieve the bearing cap (1) and using a suitable
jack, support the clutch housing. Completely remove
the clutch drive shaft (2).
BSD2250A 6
7. Using a suitable jack, remove the clutch assembly

from beneath the rear axle.
BAIL07APH609AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 44
Clutch - Install
WARNING
B026
1. Using a suitable jack, install the clutch assembly from

beneath the rear axle.
BAIL07APH609AVA 1
2. Install the clutch drive shaft (2). Install the bearing

cap (1),
BSD2250A 2
3. Using a slide hammer (1) 292927 and an adaptor (2)

293996 install the clutch drive shaft (3).
BSD2249A 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 45
4. Install the original shims (2) and the clutch drive shaft
retaining ring (1).
BSD2307A 4
5. Using a dial test indicator gauge and a suitable M8

x 1.25 threaded adaptor screwed into the end of the
drive shaft, push and pull the shaft to measure the
end float.
The end float should be 0.05 mm. If away from spec-
ification, add or remove shims accordingly as per the
previous step.
BSE2396A 5
6. Install the sliding sleeve onto the clutch drive shaft.
BAIL07APH546AVB 6
7. Install the clutch inner guard and bend the locking

tabs over the bolt heads.
BAIL07APH541AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 46
8. Thoroughly clean and degrease the rear axle hous-

ing and the rear axle bottom cover mating surfaces.
Apply gasket sealant 82995771 to the pattern shown.
24059_115 8
9. Install the dowel and O-ring seal.

Install the rear axle bottom cover.
Tighten the bolts to 47 Nm.
BAIL07APH538AVA 9
Next operation:
Housing - Connect (C.20.E)
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 47
Clutch - Disassemble
Prior operation:
Remove the 4WD clutch, for further information refer to Clutch - Remove (D.14.C).
1. Using special tool 380000984 and a suitable hy-

draulic press, compress the Belleville washers (1)
and remove the retaining collets (2).
BAIL11CCM183AVA 1
2. Release the pressure in the hydraulic press and re-

move the special tool.
3. Remove the collar.
BAIL07APH550AVA 2
4. Remove the Belleville washers.
BAIL11CCM184AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 48
5. Rotate the clutch assembly 180 °.

Remove the driven gear.
BAIL11CCM185AVA 4
6. Using suitable circlip pliers, remove the circlip.
BAIL07APH553AVA 5
7. Remove the end plate.
BAIL07APH554AVA 6
8. Remove the clutch friction and steel plates.
BAIL07APH555AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 49
9. Remove the pressure plate.
BAIL07APH556AVA 8
10. Remove the piston from the oil seal carrier.

NOTE: Apply pressure evenly to the piston.
BAIL07APH557AVA 9
11. Using a suitable hydraulic press, remove the shaft

from the oil seal carrier.
BAIL07APH558AVA 10
12. Remove the oil seal from the shaft.
BAIL07APH559AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 50
13. Remove the oil seal from the carrier.
BAIL07APH560AVA 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 51
Clutch - Assemble
1. Using special tool 380000984 (1) and a suitable hy-
draulic press, install the oil seal carrier (2) onto the
shaft.
BVF0976A 1
2. Install new oil seals onto the carrier.
BAIL07APH560AVA 2
3. Install the piston (1) onto the oil seal carrier (2).
NOTE: Apply pressure evenly to the piston to avoid dam-
age to the oil seals.
BVF0977A 3
4. Rotate the clutch assembly . 180 °

Install the pressure plate.
BAIL07APH556AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 52
5. Install the clutch friction and steel plates.
BAIL07APH555AVB 5
6. Install the end plate.
BAIL07APH554AVA 6
7. Using suitable circlip pliers, install the circlip.
BAIL07APH553AVA 7
8. Install the driven gear.
BAIL11CCM185AVA 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 53
9. Rotate the clutch assembly 180 °.

Install the Belleville washers.
BAIL11CCM184AVA 9
10. Install the collar.
BAIL07APH550AVA 10
11. Using special tool 380000984 and a suitable hy-

draulic press, compress the Belleville washers (1)
and install the retaining collets (2).
BAIL11CCM183AVA 11
12. Release the pressure in the hydraulic press and re-

move the special tool.
NOTE: For this type of clutch, there is no special set-up procedure when assembling the clutch pack.
Next operation:
Install the 4WD clutch, for further information refer to Clutch - Install (D.14.C)
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 54
Clutch - Remove - 4WD Clutch removal without splitting the

transmission
ATTENTION: The 4wd clutch can be removed from the tractor through the bottom of the transmission without having
to disconnect the transmission. However there are parts of the procedure which are quite difficult and extra care
needs to be taken during these parts.
1. Disconnect the front axle drive shaft from the trans-
mission so that the internal 4wd shaft can be easily
accessed and removed.
BAIL10CCM155ASA 1
2. Remove the drain plug (1) and drain the transmission

oil. It is also advised to remove the drain plug (2) in
the rear axle sump ensure that all of the oil is drained.
NOTE: The container must hold at least 84 l.of oil.
BAIL10CCM179ASA 2
3. Remove draw bar assembly.
BAIL08CVT177AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 55
4. Remove rear PTO housing
BSD2300A 4
5. The rear of the 4wd clutch shaft can now be ac-

cessed.
BAIL10CCM156ASA 5
6. Remove the rear axle sump.
BAIL08CVT394AVA 6
7. Remove inner clutch guard.
BAIL08CVT322AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 56
8. Clutch guard removed.
BAIL10CCM158ASA 8
9. Remove the bolts and take off the cover on the front
of the transmission, so that the cassette seal of the
internal 4wd shaft can be accessed.
BAIL10CCM180ASB 9
10. Remove the cassette seal ring.

NOTE: The cassette seal ring is destroyed during removal
BAIL10CCM159ASA 10
11. Remove the snap ring and pull out the 4wd shaft.
NOTE: Whilst removing this shaft extra care needs to be
taken in order for the connection tube to stay on the 4wd
clutch shaft.
ATTENTION: If this connection tube is dropped into the
transmission housing then the transmission will have to be
disconnected to retrieve it.
BAIL10CCM168ASA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 57
BAIL10CCM174ASB 12
Figure 12 shows the layout of the transmission. When re-

moving shaft (15), ensure that the connection tube, circled,
stays with the 4wd clutch (11) and does not get dropped
into the gear box.
Figure 13 shows the connection tube through the bottom
of the transmission. It is advised that one person holds the
connection tube in place whilst the other removes the shaft.
BAIL10CCM160ASA 13
12. Carefully remove the connection collar out of the

transmission (Figure 14 collar removed from shaft).
BAIL10CCM161ASA 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 58
13. Carefully remove the retaining clip (1) and shims (2)
from the front of the 4wd clutch shaft.
NOTE: Illustration shows transmission removed for clarity.
BSD2307A 15
14. Using a bar through the rear of the transmission

housing, onto the rear of the 4wd clutch shaft. Par-
tially withdraw the 4wd clutch drive shaft (2). This
will release the front bearing outer race. Remove
the bearing outer race (1). It is advised that one
person supports the 4wd clutch with one hand, whilst
holding and then removing the bearing outer race
with the other. The second person can then partially
withdraw the 4wd clutch shaft using the bar through
the rear of the transmission (through where the PTO
housing was).
BSD2250A 16
15. The 4wd clutch is now ready to be removed.
BAIL10CCM176ASA 17
16. Support the 4wd clutch and slide the 4wd clutch shaft
forward so it is out of the clutch.
BAIL10CCM177ASB 18
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 59
17. Lower the clutch out of the transmission housing.
BAIL10CCM175ASB 19
18. The 4wd clutch shaft can now be removed rearward

through where the clutch was.
BAIL10CCM178ASA 20
19. Remove the rear bearing out of the transmission.
BAIL10CCM164ASA 21
20. At this stage it is possible to remove the 4wd clutch

manifold. In order to remove the 4wd clutch manifold
remove retaining pin (1) and the O‐ring (2).
Using a suitable punch, remove the oil supply mani-
fold (1) and the bearing (2)
BAIL08CVT388AVB 22
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 60
21. Using a suitable punch, remove the oil supply mani-

fold (1) and the bearing (2)
BVF0887A 23
22. Rebuild or replace the 4wd clutch as necessary, for

further information refer to Clutch - Disassemble
(D.14.C).
BAIL10CCM165ASA 24
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 61
Clutch - Install 4WD Clutch Installation Procedure

Prior operation:
When not disconnecting the transmission the bearing outer casing is difficult to access and therefore a special tool
figure 1 needs to be manufactured to aid installing the front bearing outer casing back into the transmission housing.
The parts are shown below.
BAIL10CCM193ASB 1
The tool comprises three parts (A), (B) and (C) and figures 2, 3 and 4show the specifications to make
each part.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 62
BAIL10CCM190ASA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 63
BAIL10CCM191ASA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 64
BAIL10CCM192ASA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 65
1. Install the oil supply manifold (1) into the rear axle
housing.
NOTE: Make sure hole (4) in the oil supply manifold is
aligned with the hole (2) in the rear axle housing.
It is recommended that petroleum jelly is used to hold the
seals in place, and also to aid assembly.
BAIL10CCM181ASA 5
2. Install the oil supply manifold retaining pin (1) and a

new O‐ring (2)
The petroleum jelly can be used to hold the pin in
position.
BAIL08CVT388AVB 6
3. Install the rear bearing into the housing. The use of

petroleum jelly can help the bearing stay in position
while installing the 4wd clutch.
BAIL10CCM164ASA 7
4. Put the 4wd clutch shaft into the transmission hous-

ing. Use petroleum jelly on the seals to hold them in
place and aid assembly.
BAIL10CCM178ASA 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 66
5. Lift the 4wd clutch into the correct position. It may

help to support the clutch on a trolley jack.
BAIL10CCM175ASA 9
6. Slide the 4wd clutch shaft back through the clutch to

hold it in position
BAIL10CCM177ASA 10
7. Clutch Installed.
BAIL10CCM163ASA 11
8. Install the front bearing outer casing (1), and fully

install the 4wd clutch shaft.
The following steps show how to use the locally man-
ufactured special tool assembled in the prior instruc-
tion.
BSD2250A 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 67
9. With the 4wd clutch installed back into the transmis-

sion, offer the bearing outer casing back into position.
Put the bearing outer casing back into position. If the
casing does not go fully into its position then the lo-
cally manufactured tool will have to be used to gently
knock the outer casing into its position.
BAIL10CCM182ASA 13
10. Install part A and then part B through the bottom of

the transmission onto the 4wd clutch shaft. Install
part A first so that it sits against the bearing outer
casing as shown. Then install Part B, onto the shaft
to sit against part A.
BAIL10CCM184ASB 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 68
11. Install part C through the front of the transmission,

into part B, as shown below. A copper face mallet
can then be used to gently knock the end of part C,
in order to tap the bearing outer casing into position.
Once in position the tool can be removed and the
correct shims and retaining clip put into place.
BAIL10CCM185ASA 15
12. Install the shims (2) that were removed and the re-
taining clip (1). Please ensure that the retaining clip
is seated correctly.
BSD2307A 16
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 69
13. Using a dial test indicator (DTI) gauge, measure the

end float of the 4wd clutch shaft.
BAIL10CCM169ASA 17
It is recommended to set up the DTI gauge as shown above

on the end of the shaft. Set up the DTI to one side of the
shaft so that there is enough room to get a small pry bar
onto the other side to move the shaft. The shaft can be
moved forward from the rear of the transmission with a bar
and prised back with a small pry bar.
BAIL10CCM170ASA 18
Measure the end float by pushing the shaft fully forward,

then setting up the DTI with preload, and gently prying the
shaft back. The end float should be 0.05 mm. If away
from specification, add or remove shims accordingly as per
figure 12.
BAIL10CCM186ASB 19
14. Carefully install the connection collar back onto the

4wd clutch shaft.
BAIL10CCM160ASA 20
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 70
15. Install the 4wd shaft (15) back into the housing. It is
easier if one person installs it from the front, and a
second person guides it into the connection collar.
BAIL10CCM189ASB 21
16. Install the snap ring. Please ensure that this is

seated correctly.
BAIL10CCM168ASA 22
17. Insert the new cassette seal ring. It is recommended

to use the drift 380200085 until the drift is at the stop.
NOTE: If the drift 380200085 is not used the cassette seal
can be damaged and destroyed.
BAIL10CCM171ASA 23
BAIL10CCM167ASA 24
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 71
BAIL10CCM187ASB 25
18. Fit the cover, insert the bolts and tighten to 48.5 N·m
BAIL10CCM180ASB 26
19. Install the 4wd clutch inner guard.
BAIL08CVT322AVA 27
20. Ensure oil supply manifold retaining pin (1) and O

ring seal (2) are in the correct position
NOTE: It may be easier to put the O‐ring into position in
the rear axle sump.
BAIL08CVT388AVB 28
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 72
21. Retaining pin installed.
BAIL10CCM166ASA 29
22. Thoroughly clean and degrease the rear axle sump

mating surfaces. Apply gasket sealant Loctite® 574
to the rear axle sump in the pattern shown.
24059 30
23. Install the rear axle sump. Tighten the bolts to 47

N·m (35 lb ft).
BAIL08CVT394AVA 31
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 73
24. Thoroughly clean the mating faces of the PTO casing

and rear axle housing, and apply a bead of sealant
(gasket sealant Loctite® 574) as shown below.
BAIL07APH486BVA 32
25. Install the PTO case back onto the rear axle housing.
Tighten retaining bolts to 211 N·m (155 lb ft).
BAIL08CVT182BVA 33
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 74
26. Install drawbar assembly.
BAIL08CVT177AVB 34
27. Reconnect the front axle (note pictures are for sus-
pended axle).
BAIL07APH077AVA 35
28. Install the drive shaft bearing carrier, and tighten to

550 N·m (405 lb ft). Drift the sleeve back onto the
drive shaft (1) and install the circlip (2).
BAIL07APH081AVB 36
29. Ensure all drain plugs are back in position and refill
transmission with 84 l (18.5 UK gal) of Ambra Multi
G NH410B oil.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 75
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - Troubleshooting

NOTE: If the front wheel drive is not functioning correctly, check for any electronic error codes which may be stored.
These are defined by the error code range of 6001 to 7000. To retrieve error codes and review appropriate fault
finding diagnostic charts refer to the relevant chapter in the electrical systems section .
Four wheel drive does not Four wheel drive engagement switch faulty. Replace the four wheel drive engagement
engage switch.
Four wheel drive control solenoid valve Repair or replace solenoid valve.
stuck open.
Worn clutch discs. Replace the clutch discs.
Incorrectly set multi-wet plate clutch re- Adjust the release travel.
lease travel.
Four wheel drive does not Low transmission oil. Refill to the correct oil level.
disengage
Faulty low pressure circuit. Pressure test the low pressure circuit (refer
to pressure testing in the hydraulic systems
section PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER
SYSTEM - Pressure test (A.10.A)).
Faulty four wheel drive engagement circuit. Check the circuit.
Four wheel drive control solenoid valve Repair or replace the solenoid valve.
stuck closed.
Oil leaks through the oil seals with con- Replace faulty oil seals.
sequent pressure drop: hub, piston, and
transfer box shaft oil seals.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 76
Index

2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Clutch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Clutch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Clutch - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Clutch - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Clutch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Clutch - Install 4WD Clutch Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Clutch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Clutch - Remove - 4WD Clutch removal without splitting the transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Clutch - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Hydraulic line - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Hydraulic line - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Shaft - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Shaft - Install (All wheel drive shaft, transmission casing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Shaft - Install (Suspended axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Shaft - Install (drive shaft, transmission casing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Shaft - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Shaft - Remove (All wheel drive shaft, transmission casing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Shaft - Remove (Suspended axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 77
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.14.C / 78
STEERING Hydraulic - 20.C

84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.C / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Fast steer system

Control valve - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Fast steer system

SERVICE
Command
Remove Steering Wheel - Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Remove Steering Wheel with Fast Steer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Install Steering Wheel - Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Install Steering Wheel with Fast Steer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Steering cylinder
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Fast steer system
Control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Tie rod
Toe in adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.C / 2
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING - STEERING Hydraulic
Fast steer system Control valve - Torque
BAIL06CCM069FSA 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.C / 3
Fast steer system - Static description

The optional Fast Steer system is designed to provide fast steering response when required i.e. when operating with
a front loader.
From the straight ahead position, Fast Steer will provide full right or left hand steering lock with plus or minus 8 °
movement of the steering wheel.
To activate Fast Steer , depress the isolator switch (1) Figure . 1
The green warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate indicating that the system is active.
BAIL08CVT106ASA 1
NOTE: For Fast Steer function the tractor speed must not exceed 10 km/h 6.2 mph
To operate Fast Steer, depress and hold the centre ring (1) Figure 2 on the steering wheel, to disengage, release the
ring. .
BAIL06CCM072ASA 2
With the Fast Steer centre ring depressed, the yellow warning light (2), Figure 3 will illuminate on the instrument panel.
It will extinguish when the centre ring is released.
BAIL06CCM073ASA 3
Fast Steer will only function if all the following conditions are met:
• The isolator switch is in the ON position
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.C / 4
• The speed of the tractor does not exceed 10 km/h 6.2 mph
• The Centre ring (1) Figure 2 is held down.
• The warning light on the instrument panel is illuminated (1) . Figure 3
Fast Steer will automatically disengage if a fault occurs or one of the above conditions are not applied. Should Fast
Steer automatically disengage, an audible warning will sound and an error code will be appear in the Dot Matrix
Display.
To reactivate the Fast Steer function, turn off the isolator switch (1) Figure . 1, ensure the tractor speed is below 10
km/h 6.2 mph, and turn the switch on again.
NOTICE: To promote safe operation of Fast Steer , it is advised that the operator become familiar with the system
before operating in the field.
NOTE: In cold oil temperature conditions it is advisable to turn steering from lock to lock before engaging the Fast
Steer System.
The Fast Steer controller is located on the right hand side underneath the instrument console. The module (2) is
connected to the Fast Steer valve via a harness (1) See Figure 4.
BAIL06CCM123ASA 4
A proximity sensor (1) is located on the steering column. This senses the magnetic field strength change as the metal
in the plate of the inner steering wheel ring moves away or closer to the sensor.
BAIL06CCM075ASA 5
The valve (1) is coupled to the steering motor (2).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.C / 5
BAIL07APH352ASA 6
The Fast Steer valve is connected electronically to the controller by a harness . When the system is enabled the
controller powers a pilot valve solenoid (1) . The position of the split valve spool is checked by the sensor (LVDT -
linear variable differential transformer) (2) to verify that the spool is not stuck in such a manner that would allow the
Fast Steer to be active or operate in an unsafe condition.
The construction of the LVDT consists of three coils which make up the static transformer and a movable inner iron
core. One of the coils is the primary coil and the other two are secondary coils. When the iron core slides through
the transformer, a certain number of coils are affected by the proximity of the sliding core and thus generate a unique
output to the controller.
BAIL06CCM076ASA 7
After the operator has enabled Fast Steer operation and the diagnostic program has not encountered any faults , the
Fast Steer controller powers a pilot valve solenoid attached to a change valve on the Fast Steer valve. this directs
the oil flow from the steering motor directly to the distributor spool and split valve. When the steering wheel is turned
the trapped oil in the steering motor now acts as pilot pressure to move the distributor valve, connecting the pump
directly to the steering cylinders. The increased flow of oil to the steering cylinders provides an accelerated steering
action. When the steering ring is released the Fast Steer controller disengages the solenoid and the oil flow reverts
to the conventional steering motor operation.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.C / 6
Command - Remove Steering Wheel - Standard

NOTE: Make sure that the road wheels are in the straight ahead position.
NOTE: Lock the steering column in the down position.
1. Remove the steering wheel centre cap.
BAIL07APH451AVA 1
2. Remove the steering wheel boss.
BAIL07APH452AVA 2
3. Loosen the steering wheel retaining nut.
BAIL07APH453AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.C / 7
4. Install special tool 380200134 (1).
BAIL10CVT427AVB 4
5. Tighten the special tool bolt (1) to release the steer-

ing wheel from the steering column.
Remove the special tool and remove the steering
wheel (2).
BAIL10CVT427AVE 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.C / 8
Command - Remove Steering Wheel with Fast Steer

NOTE: Make sure that the road wheels are in the straight ahead position.
NOTE: Lock the steering column in the down position.
1. Remove steering wheel centre cap.
BAIL07APH515AVB 1
2. Remove the steering wheel boss.
BAIL07APH516AVA 2
3. Remove the rubber grommet.
BAIL07APH517AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.C / 9
4. Remove the steering wheel retaining nut.
BAIL07APH562AVA 4
5. Install special tool 380200133.
BAIL10CVT435AVA 5
6. Tighten the special tool bolt (1) to release the steer-

ing wheel from the steering column.
Remove the special tool and remove the steering
wheel (2).
BAIL10CVT435AVB 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.C / 10
Command - Install Steering Wheel - Standard

1. Install the steering wheel onto the steering column
shaft.
BAIL07APH454AVA 1
2. Install the steering wheel retaining nut.

BAIL07APH453AVA 2
3. Install the steering wheel boss.
BAIL07APH452AVA 3
4. Install the steering wheel centre cap.
BAIL07APH451AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.C / 11
Command - Install Steering Wheel with Fast Steer

1. Install the steering wheel onto the steering column
shaft.
BAIL07APH563AVA 1
2. Install the steering wheel retaining nut.

BAIL07APH562AVA 2
3. Install the rubber grommet.
BAIL07APH517AVA 3
4. Install the steering wheel boss.
BAIL07APH516AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.C / 12
5. Install the steering wheel centre cap.
BAIL07APH515AVB 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.C / 13
Steering cylinder - Remove
DANGER
B012
All vehicles
weights.
BAIL07APH062AVA 1

weight carrier.
BAIL07APH063AVA 2

Vehicles with Supersteer™ front axle

4. Release the hydraulic pressure in the suspension
ram by rotating the Allen screw on the valve block
counterclockwise.
BAIL07APH066AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.C / 14
All vehicles
5. Using a suitable jack, raise the opposite side of the
front axle to the cylinder that you are removing to aid
access to the inner pivot pin.
6. Disconnect the steering supply and return hoses
from the steering cylinder.
BAIL07APH537AVA 4
7. Remove the retaining bolt from the inner pivot pin.
BAIL07APH539AVA 5
8. Remove the inner pivot pin.
BAIL07APH540AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.C / 15

(2).
Support the steering cylinder. Remove the pivot pin
and remove the steering cylinder.
Retrieve the spacers (3).
BAIL07APH480AVB 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.C / 16
Steering cylinder - Install

All vehicles
1. Install the steering cylinder and the pivot pin, making
sure that the spacers (1) are installed as removed.
.
BAIL07APH480AVC 1
2. Install the inner pivot pin.
BAIL07APH540AVB 2
3. Install the retaining bolt to the inner pivot pin.
BAIL07APH539AVA 3
4. Connect the steering supply and return hoses to the

steering cylinder.
BAIL07APH537AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.C / 17
5. Remove the jack from under the front axle.
Vehicles with Supersteer™ front axle

6. Tighten the Allen screw on the valve block.
BAIL07APH066AVA 5
All vehicles
7. Raise the front of the vehicle and remove the axle
stands from under the front weight carrier.
weights onto the weight carrier.
BAIL07APH062AVA 6
9. Tighten the front weights.
BAIL07APH063AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.C / 18
Fast steer system Control valve - Remove

1. DANGER
Unexpected movement!
Make sure parking brake is applied. Se-
cure machine with wheel chocks.
Failure to comply will result in death or
serious injury.
D0013A
Position the tractor on a hard level surface and apply

the parking brake.
2. To gain access to the fast steer valve.
Disconnect the negative cable from the battery and
insulate. Refer to: Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A)
Raise the engine hood
Remove the steering column console
3. Move the processor harness out of the way
4. Undo the brake reservoir and move to one side. (Do
not disconnect hose)
5. Disconnect the four supply/return tubes and Ò' ring
seals from the control valve (1) and cap the ends of
the tubes.
BAIL07APH352ASA 1
6. Disconnect the wiring to the solenoid (1) and the

LVDT (2) sensor.
BAIL06CCM076ASA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.C / 19
7. Remove the two hexagon headed socket bolts on the

control valve with an 8 mm hexagon wrench.
BAIL06CCM081ASA 3
8. WARNING
Heavy object!
lift the component.
serious injury.
W0086A
Remove the control valve assembly from the front of

the cab through the engine compartment.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.C / 20
Fast steer system - Install

1. Install valve to steering motor and tighten retaining
bolts to 48 Nm (35.4 lb ft).
BAIL06CCM081ASA 1
2. Connect the wiring harness to the solenoid (1) and

the LVDT sensor (2).
BAIL06CCM076ASA 2
3. Connect the hoses to the valve connectors. Connect

the filter fitting to the valve body and tighten to 60
Nm (44.3 lb ft) . Hold the fitting and connect the inlet
filter (1) to the fitting and tighten to 80 Nm (59.0 lb
ft). Connect feed hose.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.C / 21
Tie rod - Toe in adjust

When travelling forward in a straight path, the wheels of four-wheel drive tractors must be parallel to the longitudinal
axis of the tractor, alternatively a slight toe-in of the front wheels is permissible up to a maximum of 3 mm as measured
at the edges of the wheel rims.
To check the exact value of the toe-in setting of four-wheel drive tractors, proceed as follows.
1. Inflate the front tyres to the specified pressure.

2. Position the steering at half-lock with a straight-edge
along the longitudinal axis of the tractor.
3. Check that the wheels are parallel to the longitudinal
axis of the tractor.
4. Measure the distance (1) between the front inside
edges of the wheel rims, at the height of the wheel
hub centers.
5. Turn both front wheels through 180 ° then measure,
again at the height of the wheel hub centers, the dis-
tance (2) between the rear inside edges of the wheel
rims, checking that this new measurement is equal
to or greater than the distance (1) by a maximum of
± 3 mm. The rotation of the wheels through 180 °
is necessary to eliminate the effect on the measure-
ment of any wear of the rims.
1b0o2004061043 1
6. If it is necessary to correct the wheel alignment, re-

move nut (2) and pull the track rod end (1) out of its
housing. Slacken off locknut (3) and screw the track
rod end (1) in or out to increase or decrease the dis-
tance (2, fig. 1).
Install the track rod end (1) in its housing and
re-check alignment as described in points 4 and 5.
After having adjusted the alignment to within the
prescribed limits, tighten locknut (3) to the specified
torque value of 180 Nm ( 183 kgm) and nut (2) to
100 Nm ( 10.2 kgm).
NOTE: Self-locking nut (2) must be renewed each time it
is removed or partially unscrewed.
24667 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.C / 22
Index

Command - Install Steering Wheel - Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Command - Install Steering Wheel with Fast Steer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Command - Remove Steering Wheel - Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Command - Remove Steering Wheel with Fast Steer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Fast steer system - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Fast steer system - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Fast steer system Control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Fast steer system Control valve - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Steering cylinder - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Steering cylinder - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Tie rod - Toe in adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.C / 23
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.C / 24
STEERING Autoguidance - 20.E

84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.E / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
STEERING Autoguidance
Static description Auto guidance system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Dynamic description Autoguidance system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Hydraulic schema Autoguidance system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
SERVICE
Control valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.E / 2
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING - STEERING Autoguidance
STEERING Autoguidance - Static description Auto guidance system
The auto guidance system components are as follows:

Auto guidance valve Assembly
Steering Cylinders
Manual Steering Motor
The system is fed from either a fixed displacement pump with priority flow divider, or from an axial piston pump with
a priority valve.
The steering motor is similar to the unit used in a conventional steering system except the ports are configured to
directly interface with the auto guidance valve and the unit is of the non reactive type. The steering motor is con-
nected to the supply and tank lines in parallel with the auto guidance valve. The work ports of the steering motor are
connected to the steering cylinders at all times. If there is manual intervention through the steering motor, the unit will
override the auto guidance system and will return full control to the operator. When the auto guidance system is not
in use , the auto guidance directional control valve is hydraulically isolated from the manual steering system by an
isolation valve in the supply line and check valves in the steering work ports.
Inlet Filter
The inlet filter (1) is a 100 mesh stainless steel screen designed to prevent particle contamination of the other auto
guidance components.
BAIL08CVT096ASA 1
Auto guidance valve assembly

The valve assembly consists of an aluminium manifold body in which the various hydraulic components are mounted.
The manifold is mounted directly to the steering motor. All the hydraulic hose connections are made via the auto
guidance valve manifold.
BAIL08CVT019ASA 2
1.Return to tank 2.Left steering cylinder supply hose

3.Right Steering cylinder supply hose 4.Pressure feed
5.Solenoid 6.Valve manifold
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.E / 3
Controls
The auto guidance master switch is located on the `C` pillar on the right hand side of the cab. This switch energises
the system ready for use.
BAIL08CVT046ASA 3
The auto guidance activation switch is located on the integrated control panel. This is used in conjunction with the
Intellisteer ™ System and display screen.
BAIL08CVT095ASA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.E / 4
STEERING Autoguidance - Dynamic description Autoguidance

system
BAIL08CVT094FSA 1
Auto guidance system schematic
1. Steering cylinders 2. Autoguidance valve assembly

3. Lock valves 4. Pilot line shuttle valve
5. Directional control valve 6. Relief valve 185 - 190 bar (2682.5 - 2755.0 psi)
7. Load sensing pilot operated shuttle valve 8. Load sensing line
9. Pressure sensor 10. Pressure feed
11. Pressure sensor 12. Isolation valve
13. Relief valve 185 - 190 bar (2682.5 - 2755.0 psi) 14. Shock relief valves 220 - 240 bar (3190.0 - 3480.0
psi)
15. Steering control unit 190 bar (2755.0 psi)
Autoguidance valve assembly (2)

The valve assembly consists of an aluminium manifold body in which the various hydraulic components are mounted.
The manifold is mounted directly to the steering motor. All the hydraulic hose connections are made via the auto
guidance valve manifold.
Hydraulic isolation valve (12)

This two way two position solenoid operated OFF-ON valve controls the flow of oil to the auto guidance directional
control valve (2). The auto guidance hydraulic isolation valve is spring biased to block flow supplied by the pump,
while allowing free flow in the opposite direction. When the auto guidance is engaged in auto mode , the solenoid is
energised and allows free flow from the pump to auto guidance directional control, but restricts flow in the opposite
direction.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.E / 5
Load sense pilot operated shuttle valve (7)

The load sense pilot operated shuttle valve is a pilot operated two position spool valve (spring biased). In the neutral
position the valve enables the steering dynamic load sensing signal to flow to the steering control unit from the priority
valve . During normal steering operation the valve is maintained in the neutral position by the oil pressure of the
dynamic load sensing line and a mechanical spring acting on the end of the valve spool.
In auto guidance mode, when the auto guidance directional control valve is energised, pilot oil from the left or right
steer ports (via the shuttle valve) acts on the opposite end of the shuttle valve spool. When sufficient pressure is raised
in the pilot line the spool moves into the second (active) position. The steering dynamic load sensing signal can then
flow from the variable displacement pump via the priority valve to the auto guidance directional control valve. If the
hydraulic isolation solenoid is not energised it is not possible for the shuttle valve to move into the second (active)
position, as the auto guidance directional control valve will be hydraulically isolated.
AutoGuidance directional control valve (5)

This valve is a three position (left turn, neutral, right turn) four way proportional valve. The valve is spring biased to the
neutral position and is actuated by two opposing pulse width modulated (PWM) solenoids. While in the spring biased
neutral state, the left and right steer ports of the auto guidance directional control (5) and the compensator pilot line
are connected to the tank line . The high pressure line is disconnected from the left and right steer ports, ensuring
steering control is provided manually from the steering control unit . A signal from the auto guidance controller to
either PWM solenoid counteracts the spring bias and allows flow from the high pressure supply to the corresponding
steering cylinder port. Simultaneously the opposite steering cylinder port is connected to the tank return. This valve
is only activated while the auto guidance is engaged and an active turning command is being issued.
Pilot line shuttle valve (4)

This two position shuttle check valve isolates work port pressure from the left and right turn ports of the auto guidance
directional control valve (5) and relays the higher of the two pressures for use in the pilot line to the load sense pilot
operated shuttle valve circuit.
Lock valves (3)

The lock valves in the work ports of the auto guidance directional control valve are used to isolate the steering pres-
sures of the steering control unit from the directional control valve when the vehicle is operated in manual steer mode.
Auto guidance relief valve (6)

This relief valve is employed to limit the maximum differential pressure to 185 - 190 bar (2682.5 - 2755.0 psi) between
the P and T ports of the auto guidance valve assembly. This valve is only used when the auto guidance directional
control valve is controlling the left or right steering cylinders.
PX Pressure sensor (11)

This pressure sensor ensures steering priority resides with the steering control unit when input from the steering con-
trol is sensed. The pressure sensor monitors the pressure in the supply line to the steering control unit. If the pressure
rises above a preset threshold, representing a manual steering input, the auto guidance system is disengaged. Fur-
thermore, the auto guidance system cannot be reengaged until the PX pressure sensor output is below the specified
threshold.
Steering control unit (15)

The manually operated steering control unit meters steering flow to the steering cylinders from the variable displace-
ment pump. When the steering wheel is turned, the pressure signal is passed through the load sense line to the priority
valve and on to the variable displacement pump. The oil demand required by the steering control unit is matched by
the variable displacement pump. The oil is metered to the vehicle steering rams via the L or R steering ports, thus
giving a change in vehicle direction. If hydraulic power is lost, for example, in the event of an engine or pump failure,
the steering control unit acts as a hand-powered pump and will provide manual steering control. This unit is identical
to that which is used in non auto guidance tractors apart from the following points. A port-face arrangement is used
to interface with the auto guidance valve. The steering unit is of the non reactive type and therefore includes shock
relief valves. (14).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.E / 6
Shock relief valves (11)

These valves are used to protect the system from over pressurisation (relief at 220 - 240 bar (3190.0 - 3480.0 psi))
due to external forces applied to the steering wheels of the tractor.
Steering control unit relief valve (13)

The relief valve within the Steering Control Unit is used to limit the maximum differential system pressure to 185 - 190
bar (2682.5 - 2755.0 psi), between ports P and T.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.E / 7
STEERING Autoguidance - Hydraulic schema Autoguidance system
BAIL08CVT094FSA 1
Auto guidance system schematic
1. Steering cylinders 2. Autoguidance valve assembly

3. Lock valves 4. Pilot line shuttle valve
5. Directional control valve 6. Relief valve 185 - 190 bar (2682.5 - 2755.0 psi)
7. Load sensing pilot operated shuttle valve 8. Load sensing line
9. Pressure sensor 10. Pressure feed
11. Pressure sensor 12. Isolation valve
13. Relief valve 185 - 190 bar (2682.5 - 2755.0 psi) 14. Shock relief valves 220 - 240 bar (3190.0 - 3480.0
psi)
15. Steering control unit 190 bar (2755.0 psi)
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.E / 8

Prior operation:
1. Disconnect the electrical connectors from the

solenoids. Remove the pressure feed hose from the
inlet filter (1). Undo and remove the inlet filter (1).
NOTE: Drain oil from hoses into a suitable container
BAIL08CVT096ASA 1
2. Remove left (1) and right (2) steering cylinder supply

hoses from the valve connectors.
BAIL08CVT049ASA 2
3. Remove hose from the return port (1).
BAIL08CVT097ASA 3
4. Undo nut (2) and remove load sensing hose (1).
BAIL08CVT052ASA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.E / 9
5. Undo and remove the hexagon headed retaining

screws (1) and remove the control valve from the
steering motor.
BAIL08CVT051ASA 5
WARNING
The component is heavy. ALWAYS use a hoist or get assistance to lift the component. Failure to comply
could result in serious injury or death.
M944
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.E / 10

1. Install valve to steering motor. Insert the hexagon
headed retaining screws and tighten to 48 Nm (35.4
lb ft)
BAIL08CVT051ASA 1
WARNING
The component is heavy. ALWAYS use a hoist or get assistance to lift the component. Failure to comply
could result in serious injury or death.
M944
2. Connect the load sensing hose (1) and tighten nut

(2) .
BAIL08CVT052ASA 2
3. Connect the left (1)and right (2) steering supply

hoses
BAIL08CVT049ASA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.E / 11
4. Connect the filter fitting to the valve body and tighten

to 60 Nm (44.3 lb ft) . Hold the fitting and connect
the inlet filter (1) to the fitting and tighten to 80 Nm
(59.0 lb ft). Connect feed hose.
BAIL08CVT096ASA 4
Next operation:
Battery - Connect (A.30.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.E / 12
Index

Control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
STEERING Autoguidance - Dynamic description Autoguidance system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
STEERING Autoguidance - Hydraulic schema Autoguidance system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
STEERING Autoguidance - Static description Auto guidance system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.E / 13
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.20.E / 14
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - 30.C

84477609A 27/09/2011
D.30.C / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic

Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA

Master cylinder
SERVICE

Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.30.C / 2
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING - SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Special tools

List of special tools necessary to carry out service operations covered by this section of the Workshop Manual:
380200014 Parking brake alignment tool. (5 disc)
295027 Cab Lifting Tool
292888 Alignment Pins
380001113 Final Drive Housing Removal Tool
380200096 Extended bolts for heavy duty rear axle. To be used
with 380001113
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - General specification

Type:
- Service Brakes Lubricated wet disc acting on differential axle shafts. Single disc with light
duty rear axle, twin disc with heavy duty rear axle.
- Parking Brake Wet discs acting on pinion gear shaft
Controls:
- Service Brakes Hydraulic, independent pedals (or latched for joint operation)
- Parking Brake Mechanical through a hand lever, and electronic park lock (EPL) operated
by motor
Brake Oil Specification: Oil From Transmission
Service Brake Disc Material resin/graphite
Static service Brake Disc Material steel
Parking Brake Disc Material steel
Parking Brake Lining Material sintered or organic conglomerate
Disc Thickness:
- Service Brakes 10 mm, min 8.6 mm
Service Brake Self Adjusters Free 0.49 - 0.59 mm
Play
Permissible Wear 0.7 mm per face
- Parking Brake 5 mm
Parking Brake Lining Thickness:
- Side 3.1 - 3.4 mm
- Intermediate 4.2 - 4.5 mm
Control Pedal Adjustment see Command - Adjust (D.30.C)
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.30.C / 3
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Static description
BAIL07APH355GVA 1
CONTROL CIRCUIT
All tractors are fitted with rear wheel brakes whilst others are fitted with additional front brakes. This description
describes both options.
The service brakes are foot-operated by two pendulum style pedals (3) mounted side by side. On tractors fitted with
rear wheel braking only, the left pedal operates the left side brake and the right pedal operates the right side brake.
When the brake pedals are latched together, pressing either pedal applies the brakes evenly.
When four wheel braking is fitted, pressing the brake pedals individually operates the rear brakes independently but
does not apply the front brakes. When the brake pedals are latched together full four-wheel braking is available.
A cast iron twin cylinder master cylinder (7) is mounted on the front face of the cab firewall. The master cylinders are
supplied with oil from the low pressure oil circuit.
The master cylinders are interconnected to provide balanced braking, compensating for any unevenly worn brake
discs.
Hydraulic pressure is applied directly to the rear brakes (4) from the respective master cylinder when the brake pedals
are operated. In addition, hydraulic pressure is supplied to a 'Logic Valve' (5) which enables the air operated trailer
brakes to function when both brake pedals have been operated together.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.30.C / 4
Tractors fitted with front brakes have a 'front brake valve' (6) fitted in the hydraulic supply line to the master cylinder.
The front brake valve supplies hydraulic pressure to the front brakes (1) in proportion to the effort being applied to the
brake pedals. The front brake valve is connected directly to the left hand front brake from where an inter-connecting
pipe carries the pressure to the right hand front brake.
On two wheel braked tractors the brake system hydraulic level is maintained by a remotely mounted hydraulic oil
resevior (2) mounted high on the right hand side of the engine bay.
NOTE: The brake oil used is from the tractor low pressure circuit, and under no circumstances should a universal oil,
i.e., DOT 4 type, be used.
FRONT SERVICE BRAKES

The front service brakes are hydraulically operated wet disc type. They are located in the final drive cases of the front
axle and are splined to the differential output axle shafts.
REAR SERVICE BRAKES

The rear service brakes are hydraulically operated wet disc type. They are located between the rear axle housing
and final drive cases and are splined to the differential output axle shafts.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.30.C / 5
Master cylinder - Dynamic description
BSE2382B 1
POWER BRAKES. Brakes Off
Low Pressure Oil 20 - 24 Reservoir/Sump Oil

bar
Low pressure oil enters the valve at port A and is prevented from flowing through port `B' by the actuator piston (1).
Oil behind the actuator piston (1), booster piston (2) and in the master cylinder area (3) are open to the reservoir at
port È'.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.30.C / 6
POWER BRAKE OPERATION
BSE2382C 2
POWER BRAKES. Brakes Applying
Master Cylinder Pressure Reservoir/Sump Oil

Oil
Low Pressure Oil 20 - 24
bar
The actuator piston (1) moves inside the boost piston (2) and uncovers port `B'. Low pressure oil enters the valve at
port À' and flows through port `B' but is prevented from flowing to sump by port `C' which is closed by the actuator
piston. The pressure begins to act on the back of the booster piston (2), assisting pedal pressure to the master
cylinder. Port `D' also closes and the master cylinder pressure (3) begins to increase and oil flows to the brakes at
port `F'.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.30.C / 7
BSE2382D 3
POWER BRAKES. Brakes Applied

Oil
Low Pressure Oil 20 - 24
bar
The actuator piston (1) stops moving inside the boost piston (2) but the booster piston continues to move until ports
`B' and `C' are balanced. Port `D' is also closed and the master cylinder (3) maintains braking pressure to the brakes
at port `F'.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.30.C / 8
BSE2382E 4
POWER BRAKES. Brakes Manually Applied ( ENGINE OFF)

Oil
Because the engine is not running there is no low pressure oil entering the valve at port À'. As the pedal is depressed
the actuator piston (1) moves inside the booster piston (2) until it makes mechanical contact. Mechanical pressure is
transferred to the booster piston (2) and therefore the master cylinder (3) and the brake pressure at port `F' increases
with no boosting pressure because the engine is not running.
Bleeding / System Top Up
Depressing the pedal exhausts oil through the various bleed nipples. As the pedal pressure is released a partial
vacuum is created in the master cylinder area, causing the top up valve in the centre of the booster valve to open.
This allows reservoir/sump oil to top up the master cylinder area in preparation for the next downward stroke of the
pedal.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.30.C / 9
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Overhaul

Prior operation:
Remove the final drive housing, for further information refer to Final drive Housing - Remove (D.12.A).
Vehicles With Light Duty Rear Axle

1. Remove the brake piston from the rear axle housing.
BAIL09APH220BVC 1
2. Inspect the O-ring seal in the rear axle housing for

wear or damage and replace if necessary.
BAIL09APH221AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.30.C / 10
3. Measure the protrusion of the three piston anti-ro-

tation dowels from the rear axle housing (X), which
must not exceed 11 mm.
NOTICE: If the dowel protrudes in excess of 11 mm the
piston will not reinstall correctly, causing excessive brake
wear and overheating.
BAIL09APH222AVA 3
4. Inspect the O-ring seal on the piston for wear or dam-

age and replace if necessary.
BAIL09APH223AVA 4
5. If a new piston is being installed, install the three

collets (1) and retaining bolts (2) into the rear of the
piston.
BAIL09APH227AVA 5
6. Measure the clearance between the retaining bolts

and the collets (Z) which must be 0.35 - 0.45 mm.
BAIL09APH224AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.30.C / 11
7. Loosen the relevant bleed nipple (right-hand side

shown).
BAIL11CCM195AVA 7
8. Install the piston into the rear axle housing.

NOTICE: Soak the piston assembly in transmission oil be-
fore installation.
BAIL09APH220BVC 8
9. Measure the distance between the outer face of the

piston and the mating surface of the rear axle hous-
ing (P).
NOTICE: If measurement (P) is less than 11 mm the piston
has not seated correctly.
BAIL09APH225AVA 9
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.30.C / 12
10. Tighten the relevant bleed nipple (right-hand side

shown).
BAIL11CCM195AVA 10
Vehicles With Heavy Duty Rear Axle

11. Disconnect the brake lubrication supply pipe (1) and
loosen the bleed nipple (2).
BAIL10CVT576AVB 11
12. Remove the EDC ram lower pin retaining bolt.
BAIL10CVT575AVA 12
13. Using a suitable slide hammer (1) remove the EDC

ram lower pin (2).
BAIL10CVT586AVA 13
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.30.C / 13
14. Using suitable lifting brackets support the final drive

inner housing with suitable lifting equipment.
BAIL10CVT574AVA 14
15. Remove the final drive inner housing.
BAIL10CVT574AVB 15
16. Remove the outer friction disc.
BAIL10CVT573AVA 16
17. Remove the intermediate steel disc.
BAIL10CVT572AVA 17
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.30.C / 14
18. Remove the inner friction disc.
BAIL10CVT571AVA 18
19. Remove the brake piston.
BAIL10CVT570AVA 19
20. Inspect all components for wear or damage and re-

place as necessary. For acceptable wear informa-
tion refer to SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - General
specification (D.30.C).
21. Measure the clearance between the retaining bolts
and the collets (Z) which must be 0.49 - 0.59 mm.
BAIL10CVT605AVA 20
22. Lubricate the rubber seals with transmission oil and

install the brake piston.
BAIL10CVT570AVA 21
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.30.C / 15
23. Install the inner friction disc.
BAIL10CVT571AVA 22
24. Install the intermediate steel disc.
BAIL10CVT572AVA 23
25. Install the outer friction disc into the inner final drive
housing.
BAIL10CVT573AVA 24
26. Thoroughly clean and degrease the mating surfaces,

apply a bead of sealant and install the inner final drive
housing.
BAIL10CVT574AVB 25
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.30.C / 16
27. Remove the lifting brackets.
BAIL10CVT574AVA 26
28. Install the EDC ram lower pin.
BAIL10CVT575AVB 27
29. Connect the brake lubrication supply pipe (1) and

tighten the bleed nipple (2).
BAIL10CVT576AVB 28
Next operation:
Install the final drive housing, for further information refer to Final drive Housing - Install (D.12.A).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.30.C / 17
Index

Master cylinder - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.30.C / 18
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic - 30.E

84477609A 27/09/2011
D.30.E / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic

Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA

DIAGNOSTIC

84477609A 27/09/2011
D.30.E / 2
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING - SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic - Torque
BAIS06CCM719AVA 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.30.E / 3
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic - General specification

Air Compressor:
Location Left-hand side of engine.
Drive Belt driven from crankshaft
Type Single cylinder air cooled
Speed 3,000 rev/min
Lubrication Pressure fed from engine
Bore / Stroke 75 mm x 36 mm
Displacement 159 cm3
Operating Pressure 18 bar ( 261 lbf.in2) Maximum
System Operating Pressure 7.8 - 8.3 bar ( 113 - 120 lbf.in2)
Unload (relief) Valve Setting 12 bar 174 lbf.in2)
Low Pressure Warning Switch Operates at, 4.5 - 5.0 bar ( 65 - 73 lbf.in2)
Pressure Sender Pressure (bars) 0 2 6 10

Ohms 10 52 124 184
Maintenance
Drain Reservoir Tanks Daily
Compressor Drive Belt Tension Every 300 hours
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.30.E / 4
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic - Static description

There are four versions of the air trailer brake available.
These can be easily identified by the coupler configuration at the rear of the cab.
Universal
A generally accepted air brake providing a dual line system available with either in-line fittings or side mounting type
couplers depending upon national requirements.
Universal with Side mounting couplers.
BAIS06CCM675AVA 1
Universal with Push on couplers.
BAIL07APH152AVA 2
“German"
An air brake system designed in accordance with German TUV specifications providing both single and dual line
operation.
SM-32 3
“Italian"
An air brake system designed to meet Italian legislation and providing dual line operation.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.30.E / 5
BRD1023B 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.30.E / 6
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic - Dynamic description
BAIL10CVT637FVC 1
Air Brake Schematic Diagram - 'Universal Type'
A. To Parking Brake Switch ( 12 V off) B. If Fitted

C. To Tractor Brakes
1. Air Compressor 2. Filter Drier with Unloader Valve ( 11 bar)
3. Silencer 4. Air Reservoir ( 15 l)
5. Air Reservoir Drain Valve 6. Dual Line Control Valve
7. Solenoid Valve 8. Adjustable Pressure Regulator
9. Control Line Coupler - Yellow 10. Supply Line Coupler - Red
11. Pressure Gauge in Instrument Cluster 12. Low Pressure Warning Lamp
13. Pressure Sensor 14. Hydraulic Brake Master Cylinder
15. Logic Valve 16. Double Check Valve
17. Quick Release Valve 18. Pressure Regulator ( 8 bar)
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.30.E / 7
BAIL10CVT636FVC 2
Air Brake Schematic Diagram - 'Italian Type'

5. Air Reservoir Drain Valve 6. Dual Line Control Valve
7. Solenoid Valve 8. Adjustable Pressure Regulator
13. Logic Valve 14. Dual Coupler
15. Double Check Valve 16. Quick Release Valve
17. Pressure Regulator ( 8 bar)
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.30.E / 8
BAIL10CVT638FVC 3
Air Brake Schematic Diagram - 'German Type'

5. Air Reservoir Drain Valve 6. Single Line Control Valve
7. Dual Line Control Valve 8. Solenoid Valve
9. Adjustable Pressure Regulator 10. Single Line Coupler - Black
11. Control Line Coupler - Yellow 12. Supply Line Coupler - Red
17. Logic Valve 18. Double Check Valve
19. Quick Release Valve 20. Pressure Regulator ( 8 bar)
Trailer Brake Operation

The system consists of a dual line control circuit and an optional single line circuit to accommodate the majority of
commercially available trailer braking systems.
Pneumatic pressure is supplied by the air compressor to the air reservoir via the filter drier/unloader valve. The un-
loader valve maintains reservoir pressure at 11 bar and incorporates a safety relief valve which opens at 17.5 bar to
prevent system overpressure.
The filter drier removes moisture from the air and periodically exhausts it to atmosphere via the unloader valve. The
filter drier also incorporates a heater which automatically operates when the ambient temperature drops below a
preset level.
Air pressure leaving the reservoir is limited to 8.0 bar by a pressure regulator.
When both brake pedals are initially applied, the brake pedal switches are in their normally open position de-energising
the supply to the normally open dual line control valve solenoid supplying air pressure to the control spool of the dual
line control valve, allowing partial trailer braking prior to tractor braking.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.30.E / 9
As both brake pedals are further applied, increased hydraulic pressure to the dual line control valve proportionally
increases pneumatic pressure to the yellow control line to a maximum pressure of 8.0 bar. The hydraulic logic valve
only allows trailer braking under dual pedal operation.
Air pressure to the red supply line is taken directly after the 8.0 bar regulator valve.
System pressure is displayed on the instrument cluster, and a warning light illuminates when pressure drops below 5
bar.
The optional single line control valve is operated by the yellow outlet from the dual line control valve. Single line
control pressure supplied to the trailer via the black line, limited to 5.5 bar, operates inversely to the dual control line,
therefore brake pedals released 5.5 bar control, brake pedals fully applied 0 bar control.
When the parking brake is applied the control solenoid supplies full trailer brake pressure to the yellow control line via
a double check valve. If the electrical supply is interrupted at any time for example fuse/relay failure or the engine is
turned off, trailer braking is automatically applied.
The yellow control line incorporates a quick release valve prior to the trailer coupler, allowing simultaneous release of
the trailer brakes with the tractor brakes, avoiding any drag from the trailer.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.30.E / 10
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic - Troubleshooting

System pressure too high Faulty unload valve Remove valve clean/replace.
(exceeds 12 bar +/- 2)
Delay in trailer brake Dual line solenoid failed closed or perma- Disconnect wiring to solenoid. If brakes
operation nently energised. operate normally inspect wiring for short to
+12 v. If still a delay in operation after wire
disconnection replace solenoid assembly.
Faulty brake switch
Instrument cluster light System pressure below 4.5/3.5 bar. Compressor drive belt broken
illuminates when system Check system for leaks
is running. Unload valve failed, stuck open
Compressor fault
Reservoir drain tap faulty
Faulty switch or switch wiring Disconnect wiring to switch. If light extin-
guishes replace switch. If light remains illu-
minated check wiring for short to earth.
Trailer brakes not Air in hydraulic braking system Bleed brakes. Refer to SERVICE BRAKE
functioning (system Hydraulic - Bleed (D.30.C)
air pressure okay)
Faulty pilot valve Disconnect supply line to control valve from
pilot valve assembly. Operate the brakes,
if oil is expelled, pilot valve is okay. If no oil
expelled remove and inspect pilot valve.
Control valve faulty Repair/replace as required
System pressure too high Faulty Relief valve Remove valve clean/replace. refer to Re-
(exceeds 12 bar +/- 2) lief valve - Remove (A.20.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.30.E / 11
Index

SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.30.E / 12
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical - 32.B

84477609A 27/09/2011
D.32.B / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Mechanical linkage
Travel adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Brake
Overhaul Park Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.32.B / 2
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING - PARKING BRAKE Mechanical
Mechanical linkage - Travel adjust

1. Adjustment of the parking brake control lever travel
should be performed each time the parking brake is
serviced or repaired and when the idle travel of the
lever is excessive.
Proceed as follows:
1. Block front wheels using suitable means.
2. Jack up the tractor rear end using a suitable
means until the wheels are slightly off the ground.
3. Raise the parking brake control lever to the third
notch on the quadrant.
4. Release the locknut (2) and screw in the adjust
screw (1) until the wheels lock.
5. Lower the parking brake control lever and ensure
that the wheels can rotate freely.
6. Apply the parking brake several times to check 1b0o2004106451 1
that the assembly does not get blocked or operate
abnormally.
7. Tighten the locknut (2) and lower the tractor.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.32.B / 3
Brake - Overhaul Park Brake

Prior operation:
Remove the main fuel tank, for further information refer to Fuel tank - Remove (B.20.A)
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
1. Remove the drain plug and drain the transmission oil

into a suitable container. Install the drain plug once
the oil has drained.
BAIL07APH288AVA 1
2. Remove the split pin and the clevis pin (1) from the
parking brake lever. Detach the parking brake cable.
(2).
BAIL08CVT253AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.32.B / 4
3. Remove the speed clip and the clevis pin (1) from the
EPL lever (if fitted) and detach the EPL cable (2).
BAIL08CVT318AVA 3
4. Remove the parking brake control assembly.
BAIL07APH289AVA 4
5. Disassemble the parking brake assembly and re-

move the friction pads.
BAIL07APH402AVA 5
6. Disassemble the lever assembly to replace the seal.

- Check lever and shaft are marked (to aid assembly).
- Loosen lever clamp bolt.
- Remove lever, spring.
- Remove shaft.
- Remove washer and seal.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.32.B / 5
7. On re-assembly
- Install shaft.
- Install new seal with washer.
- Install spring and shaft ensuring alignment of as-
sembly marks.
BAIL07APH403AVA 6
8. Before installing the parking brake control assembly

unit to the rear axle housing, thoroughly clean and
degrease mating surfaces and apply a bead of liquid
gasket of approximately 2 mm of diameter following
pattern shown.
BAIL07APH401AVA 7
9. Using special tool 380200014, align the brake discs

on the pinion shaft.
BAIL07APH290AVA 8
10. Install the special tool 380200014, between the

brake pads.
BAIL07APH352AVA 9
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.32.B / 6
11. Position the parking brake assembly complete with

the special tool 380200014, between the brake discs
on the pinion shaft. Remove the special tool while
installing the parking brake assembly.
BAIL07APH353AVA 10
12. Tighten the retaining bolts to 49 Nm ( 36 lb ft).
BAIL07APH289AVA 11
13. Attach the EPL cable (2) and install the clevis pin and
speed clip (1).
BAIL08CVT318AVA 12
14. Attach the parking brake cable (2) and intall the clevis
pin and split pin (1).
BAIL08CVT253AVA 13
Next operation:
Adjust the parking brake, for further information refer to Mechanical linkage - Travel adjust (D.32.B)
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.32.B / 7
Next operation:
Next operation:
Calibrate the EPL, for further information refer to Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H1 -
Calibration procedures (A.50.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.32.B / 8
Index

Brake - Overhaul Park Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Mechanical linkage - Travel adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.32.B / 9
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.32.B / 10
PARKING BRAKE Electronic - 32.D

84477609A 27/09/2011
D.32.D / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
PARKING BRAKE Electronic

SERVICE
PARKING BRAKE Electronic

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.32.D / 2
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING - PARKING BRAKE Electronic
PARKING BRAKE Electronic - Dynamic description

The Electronic Park Lock (EPL) system works in parallel with the mechanical parking brake which remains fitted as
the homologated parking and secondary brake device.
BAIL10CVT456AVA 1
Shuttle lever positions (as viewed from the left-hand cab steps)
1 (F) Forward (momentary position) 3 (F) Reverse (momentary position)

4 Rest position (stable position) 6 Park position / EPL engaged (latched position)
To engage the EPL, the shuttle lever has to be moved into the park position, i.e. down and forward - position (6). For
CVT, the EPL will also automatically engage if the vehicle is stationary with the engine running and the driveline is
engaged (power-zero mode) for more than 45 seconds, EPL will be applied and then the driveline will be disengaged.
The EPL can be disengaged in one of three ways:
1. Auto Take Off (ATO) - Move the shuttle lever into drive position 1 or 3. Driveline will be engaged and EPL
released, the take off management will modulate the transmission and EPL to prevent free-wheeling.
2. Inching - Move the shuttle lever into drive position 1 or 3 with the clutch depressed, the EPL will disengage and
the vehicle will stay in neutral until the clutch is released.
NOTE: Whilst in neutral, the vehicle will be able to free wheel.
3. Disengage EPL - To disengage the EPL, move the shuttle lever into position (4) while keeping the brakes as
well as the neutral button on the side of the shuttle lever depressed.
NOTE: If the brakes are released at this point the vehicle will free wheel.
There are two lamps on the instrument cluster that will illuminate in association with the EPL.
BAIL10CVT457AVA 2
The park indication lamp (1) has a dual functionality, indicating that either the EPL or the parking brake is engaged.
During keystart on, the lamp flashing indicates the EPL is releasing. If, at keystart off, if the lamp flashes for 10s
accompanied by a buzzer, it indicates that the EPL and parking brake are not applied.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.32.D / 3
The EPL status lamp (2) is used to indicate a malfunction of the EPL. This could indicate a fault with EPL or the
inhibition of the EPL auto apply at the following keystart off.
EPL Auto Apply

At keystart off the EPL is automatically engaged. If there is a delay of more than two seconds before the EPL is fully
applied, a buzzer will sound and the park indication lamp will flash until the EPL is fully engaged.
After keystart off, no movement of the shuttle lever will release the EPL.
EPL Apply Inhibit at Key Off

If the vehicle needs to be towed it is possible to prevent the EPL from engaging at key off.
Hold the shuttle lever in position (5), while pressing both brake pedals for at least three seconds. The cluster will
illuminate the EPL failure lamp, see figure 3.
BAIL10CVT458AVA 3
Figure 3
To activate the EPL inhibit function, keystart off while still depressing the brake pedals and holding the shuttle lever.
If either the brake pedals or shuttle lever are released before keystart off, the process is cancelled and the EPL will
engage normally.
NOTE: In the event of EPL already engaged at keystart off, it wouldn’t be released if the auto apply inhibit had been
chosen.
NOT_INIT Procedure
In the event of first configuration of EPL, after a power failure or after a manual release, the EPL may be, once the
supply voltage is set again, in an undefined state called NOT_INIT and an icon will be displayed on the instrument
cluster, see figure 4.
BAIL10CVT459AVA 4
Figure 4
To reset the EPL auto apply function, place the shuttle lever in position (4) (rest), press and hold the neutral button
and both brake pedals with the parking brake applied and the vehicle stationary. The icon on the instrument cluster
will be updated, see figure 5. Place the shuttle lever in position (6) (park).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.32.D / 4
BAIL10CVT460AVA 5
Figure 5
Once the EPL is fully applied, the procedure will be complete and full functionality will be restored.
Trailer Brakes
Trailer brakes are managed by the EPL in the same way as they are with the parking brake. If either the EPL or
parking brake are applied , the trailer brakes are applied.
Release in the Event of Power Failure

In case of a failure & EPL cannot be released electronically, the EPL can be manually released using a winder mech-
anism which is clipped to the parking brake lever in the cab. Remove the tool from the retaining clips. Locate the
EPL on the back of the cab and remove the two rubber protection caps one external and one internal. Insert the
manual release tool and slightly rotating it clockwise/couterclockwise make sure that the internal shaft slides into the
receptacle on the tool end. Rotate the small handle on the other end of the tool clockwise to release EPL. Stop when
the load on the handle raises slightly; a fully applied EPL will take about 150 revolutions to release.
In an emergency, it is possible to drive the tractor against the park brake. It is recommended that this is only for
emergency use and manual release should be used when possible, for this reason, the vehicle speed will be limited
to 2 km/h in this situation.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.32.D / 5
PARKING BRAKE Electronic - Remove

1. Make sure the vehicle is parked on a level surface.
front support. These prevent articulation of the axle.
BAIL08CVT112AVA 1
4. Raise the rear of the vehicle and place two suitable

BTB0281A 2
5. Remove the rear left wheel.
BAIL10CVT461AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.32.D / 6
6. Remove the electronic park lock (EPL) cover.
BAIL08CVT334AVA 4
7. Disconnect the EPL electrical connector (1) and de-

tach the EPL from the cab (2).
BAIL08CVT251AVA 5
8. Remove the split pin and the clevis pin (1) from the
parking brake lever. Detach the parking brake cable
(2).
BAIL08CVT253AVA 6
9. Remove the speed clip and the clevis pin (1) from the
EPL lever (if fitted) and detach the EPL cable (2).
BAIL08CVT318AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.32.D / 7
PARKING BRAKE Electronic - Install

1. Attach the EPL cable (2) and install the clevis pin and
speed clip (1).
BAIL08CVT318AVA 1
2. Attach the parking brake cable (2) and install the cle-
vis pin and split pin (1).
BAIL08CVT253AVA 2
3. Install the EPL (2) and connect the EPL electrical

connector (1).
BAIL08CVT251AVA 3
4. Install the EPL cover.
BAIL08CVT334AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.32.D / 8
5. Install the rear left-hand wheel.

Tighten to specified torque, for further information re-
BAIL10CVT461AVA 5
6. Raise the rear of the vehicle and remove the axle

stands (1).
the lower links.
BTB0281A 6

BAIL08CVT112AVA 7
Next operation:
Calibrate the EPL, for further information refer to Control module Electronic park lock (EPL) controller - H1 -
Calibration procedures (A.50.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.32.D / 9
PARKING BRAKE Electronic - Adjust

NOTICE: Manual adjustment of the EPL should only be carried out if the brake pads / brake discs have been renewed.
NOTE: The manual park brake should be correctly adjusted prior to adjusting the EPL.
1. Disengage the EPL, using either of the methods de-
scribed below:
2. Electronically:
• Turn the ignition on.
• Move the shuttle lever to position 5 whilst de-
pressing both the shuttle lever neutral button
and both brake pedals for more than 3 sec-
onds.
• The EPL and park brake warning lamps will be
illuminated on the cluster.
• Turn the ignition off and the EPL will remain
disengaged.
BAIL08CVT421AVA 1
3. Mechanically:
• Using the special tool supplied in the cab, re-
move the EPL cover and manually disengage
the EPL.
4. Block the front wheels, raise the rear wheels just
clear of the ground.
5. Apply a force of 250 - 350 Nm (184 - 258 lb ft) five
times at the end of the EPL lever (1).
6. Adjust the EPL as follows:
• Release the locking nut (3).
• Apply a force of 250 - 350 Nm (184 - 258 lb ft)
and under load adjust the bolt (4) to achieve a
measurement 174 - 176 mm between point (2)
and the front bracket installed as shown (X).
• Tighten the locking nut (3) and recheck the
measurement (X).
BAIL08CVT410AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.32.D / 10
Index

PARKING BRAKE Electronic - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
PARKING BRAKE Electronic - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
PARKING BRAKE Electronic - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
PARKING BRAKE Electronic - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.32.D / 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.32.D / 12
BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic - 34.C

84477609A 27/09/2011
D.34.C / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic

Trailer brake valve
External view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
DIAGNOSTIC
BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic

Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Trailer brake valve
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.34.C / 2
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING - BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic
BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic - Static description

Tractors may be fitted with a hydraulically operated trailer brake valve which operates the trailer brakes whenever the
brake system is activated by depressing the foot brake pedal.
Oil flows from the hydraulic pump through the priority valve manifold and into the trailer brake valve and then returns to
the priority valve manifold. The position of the trailer brake valve in the circuit makes sure that the trailer brake circuit
has priority flow over the remote valves and other hydraulic high pressure circuits. Trailer braking is proportional to the
effort on the foot brake pedal. Feedback is provided by the trailer brake valve to give a sense of feel to the operator
which aids precise braking.
BAIL07APH664GVB 1
1. Logic Head
2. Pipe to coupler
3. Pressure Switch (Italian Trailer Brake only)
4. Trailer Brake Valve
5. Trailer Brake Valve Supply Line
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.34.C / 3
Trailer brake valve - Dynamic description

Italian Trailer Brake Valve - Engine Running Brakes Not Applied
To release the trailer braking mechanism a pressure of 11 - 12 bar ( 160 - 174 -lbf/in2) is required at the trailer brake
coupling whenever the handbrake is released while the engine is running and the footbrake is not being applied.
This pressure is controlled by the oil discharge valve (6) which is attached to the trailer brake return to reservoir port
(R).
Oil from the implement pump flows to the trailer brake valve (7) port `P'. When the brakes are not applied a small flow
of oil returns to reservoir through port (R) with the remaining flow passing from port (P) to the implement valves and
hydraulic lift through port N.
The 11 - 12 bar pressure created by the oil discharge valve flows from the trailer brake line (B), through the solenoid
valves (4 and 5) to the trailer brake coupler (12).
This pressure is sufficient to overcome spring (13) of the Italian brake actuating mechanism. As the spring is com-
pressed, spring (14) retracts the actuating pin to disengage the braking mechanism on the trailer.
NOTE: At engine start-up the trailer brake indicator light (6) will remain illuminated until the 11 bar pressure necessary
to disengage the braking mechanism has been created. To reduce the time necessary to reach trailer brake release
pressure depress the brake pedal with the parking brake lever in the off position.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.34.C / 4
BTB0232A 1
Italian Trailer Brake Valve Schematic- Engine Running Brakes Not Applied
Pump Pressure Brake Pedal Pressure
Trailer Brake Release Pressure ( 11 Return to Reservoir

bar)
1 Parking Brake 2 Parking Brake Switch

3 Relay 4 Discharge Solenoid
5 Delivery Solenoid 6 11 bar Pressure Regulating Valve
7 Trailer Brake Valve 8 Low Pressure Switch
9 Hydraulic Pump 10 Brake Pedal and Master Cylinder
11 Implement Valves and Hydraulic Lift 12 Trailer Brake Coupler
13 Spring 14 Spring
15 Trailer Brake Engaged Warning Lamp Switch 16 Trailer Brake Engaged Warning Lamp
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.34.C / 5
Italian Trailer Brake Valve - Engine Running Brakes Applied

When the tractor brake pedal is depressed the control of oil flow through the trailer brake valve (7) is the same as
described for tractors with the standard trailer brake system, refer to Trailer brake valve - Dynamic description
(D.34.C) and the outlet pressure through port ‘B’ will be 12 - 150 bar( 174 - 2180 lbf/in 2) depending on the pressure
applied to the brake pedal.
The delivery solenoid (5) is open and the discharge solenoid (4) is closed. Oil exiting port `B' flows through the Òpen'
delivery solenoid valve (5) to the trailer brake coupler (12).
When a trailer is connected to the coupler the pressure passing through the coupling to the trailer braking mechanism
overcomes the spring force ( (13) and (14)) and moves the actuating pin forward to apply the brakes on the trailer.
BTB0233A 2
Italian Trailer Brake Valve Schematic- Engine Running Brakes Applied
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.34.C / 6
Pump Pressure Brake Pedal Pressure
Trailer Braking Pressure 11 bar) Return to Reservoir

13 Spring 14 Spring
Italian Trailer Brake Valve - Engine Stopped or Running but with Low Hydraulic Pump Flow.
When the engine has stopped or the output from the hydraulic implement pump is very low the pressure switch (8)
closes. With the switch closed the current energizes the relay (3). The relay closes and current reaches and energizes
the solenoid valves (4) and (5). The delivery solenoid (5) is now closed and discharge solenoid (4) is open. In this
condition the oil in the trailer brake line discharges to reservoir through solenoid (4). Their is now insufficient pressure
to overcome the spring (13) and therefore the actuating pin moves forward to apply the brakes. Low pressure in the
trailer brake line causes the switch (15) to close and illuminate the warning lamp (16).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.34.C / 7
BTB0230A 3
Italian Trailer Brake Valve Schematic- Engine Stopped or Running With Low Hydraulic Pump Flow
Pump Pressure (Less than 10 bar) Return to Reservoir
Brake Pedal Pressure

13 Spring 14 Spring
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.34.C / 8
Italian Trailer Brake Valve - Engine Running and Parking Brake Applied
When the parking brake is applied the switch (2) is closed. With the switch closed the current energizes the relay (3).
The relay closes and current reaches and energizes the solenoid valves (4) and (5).
The delivery solenoid valve (5) is now closed and discharge solenoid valve (4) is open. The 11 bar pressure oil at
port `B' is blocked by delivery solenoid valve (5) and the pressure in the trailer brake coupler line is discharged to
reservoir through discharge solenoid valve (4).
Because there is insufficient pressure to overcome spring (13) the actuating pin is pushed forward to apply the brakes.
The low pressure in the trailer brake coupler line causes the trailer brake warning lamp switch (15) to close and the
in cab warning lamp will illuminate.
NOTE: After applying the parking brake, wait approximately 10 seconds before stopping the engine. This will allow
complete discharge of the oil pressure in the trailer brake line to obtain full application of the trailer brakes.
BTB0231A 4
Italian Trailer Brake Valve Schematic- Engine Running and Parking Brake Applied
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.34.C / 9
Pump Pressure Zero Brake Pedal Pressure
Release Pressure 11 bar) Return to Reservoir

13 Spring 14 Spring
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.34.C / 10
Trailer brake valve - Hydraulic schema
BSE2533A 1
Trailer Brake Circuit
1 Trailer Brake Valve 2 Braking Pressure

3 Load Sense Line 4 Variable Displacement Hydraulic Pump
5 Remote Valves 6 Trailer Brakes
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.34.C / 11
Trailer brake valve - External view
BAIL07APH664GVB 1
1. Trailer Brake Control Valve Logic Head

2. Pipe To Coupler
3. Pressure Switch (Italian Trailer Brakes Only)
4. Trailer Brake Valve
5. Trailer Brake Valve Supply line
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.34.C / 12
BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic - Testing

NOTE: Trailer Brakes Not Working
1 Condition Result Action
Has all air been bled from trailer YES NO
brakes Action Bleed trailer brakes refer to SER-
Go to test 2 VICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Bleed
(D.30.C)
Pressure test trailer brakes. YES
Fault confirmed? Action
Go to test 3
Is hydraulic lift working satisfacto- YES NO
rily? Test maximum system pressure Action Go to test 5
at remote valve coupler. Go to test 4
Pressure 2900 - 3000 lbf/in2 ( 200 -
207 bar)?
Operate and hold remote valve to YES NO
generate maximum system pressure Action Replace trailer brake valve
and at the same time operate tractor Go to test 6
brakes
Trailer brake valve functions cor-
rectly?
Adjust flow/pressure compensating NO
valve Go to test 7
Fault cleared?
Examine shuttle valve in load sens- YES
ing line between trailer brake and Action
pressure/flow compensating valve Clean/replace shuttle valve to trailer
Valve sticking? brake valve
Examine flow/pressure compensat- NO
ing valve for sticking Disassemble variable flow pump and
Fault cleared? check swash plate piston for sticking
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.34.C / 13
Trailer brake valve - Troubleshooting

Trailer brake Trailer brake disengagement pressure Test/Replace valve.
disengagement pressure valve incorrectly adjusted.
= 0 - 11 bar ( 0 - 160 lbf/in2)
Trailer brake Faulty parking brake engaged switch. Test/Replace switch.
disengagement pressure
does not zero when
parking brake is applied.
Faulty parking brake indicator circuit relay. Test/Replace relay.
Discharge solenoid valve faulty or stuck Test/Repair or replace solenoid valve.
closed.
Trailer brake Trailer brake circuit safety switch adjust- Replace switch.
disengagement pressure ment exceeding rated value 2.5 - 3.5 bar
is permanently zeroed ( 36 - 51 lbf/in2).
when operating the levers
described in PRIMARY
HYDRAULIC POWER
SYSTEM - Pressure test
(A.10.A).
Switches ( PRIMARY HYDRAULIC Move switches to correct positions or re-
POWER SYSTEM - Pressure test verse power supply cables.
(A.10.A)) reversed in the specified po-
sitions or with exchanged power supply
cables.
Correct trailer brake Faulty trailer brake engaged indicator Test/Replace switch.
disengagement pressure switch.
but light indicator item
(22), is on.
Excess pressure peaks Oil leaks from hydraulic system. Locate leaks and repair.
are observed when
applying the brake pedals
for 10 seconds.
Solenoid valve leak. Replace solenoid valve.
Trailer brake auxiliary valve leaks. Replace trailer brake auxiliary valve.
Pressure higher or lower Faulty trailer braking auxiliary valve pres- Replace trailer braking auxiliary valve.
than specified. sure regulating valve.
Faulty hydraulic pump. Replace pump.
Trailer brake Faulty indicator lamp. Test/Replace lamp.
disengagement pressure
not correct but light
indicator is off.
Faulty trailer brake engaged indicator Test/Replace switch.
switch.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.34.C / 14
Index

BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Trailer brake valve - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Trailer brake valve - External view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Trailer brake valve - Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Trailer brake valve - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.34.C / 15
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.34.C / 16
SUSPENSION Hydraulic - 40.C

84477609A 27/09/2011
D.40.C / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
SUSPENSION Hydraulic
Control valve
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
External view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
SERVICE
Control valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.40.C / 2
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING - SUSPENSION Hydraulic
SUSPENSION Hydraulic - Static description
BAIL10CVT036FAB 1
Front Suspension System
1 Panhard rod 2 Suspension/damping cylinder

3 Suspension arm 4 Pump feed tube
5 Load sensing tube 6 Control valve assembly (Refer to SUSPENSION
Hydraulic - External view (D.40.C)
7 Accumulator 8 Rod feed tube
9 Return to tank tube 10 Piston feed tube
INTRODUCTION
Front Suspension is an optional electronically controlled hydraulic suspension feature fitted to the front axle which
allows the axle to raise and lower to absorb shock loads and maintain the tractor in a level plane when variations in
weight are applied to the front wheels.
The system reduces pitching, keeps the front wheels in contact with the ground and improves stability during fast
road speeds when ground conditions could make the tractor unstable. This is especially important where the tractor
is operating with minimal front axle loads while transporting heavy 3 point hitch implements.
The suspension is automatically engaged each time the tractor is started however when the tractor is stationary or
travelling at less than 1.5 km/h (0.93 mph) the system is automatically "Locked Out'' for safe mounting of implements
or ballast.
At speeds between 1.5 - 12 km/h (0.93 - 7.46 mph) the operator can turn the suspension off using the switch (Figure
2). This is ideal for instances where accurate depth control is required with implements mounted on the front linkage
or for grading with a front loader.
At speeds above 12 km/h (7.46 mph) the system is automatically engaged.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.40.C / 3
BAIL07APH339ASA 2
BRL6105A 3
The control valve assembly and accumulator which supplies oil to the suspension/damping system is located on the
Left-hand side of the transmission.
BAIL10CVT051AAB 4
The microprocessor which electronically controls the hydraulic control valve is located behind the operators seat ,
Figure 5.
BAIL10CVT297AVA 5
To assist in diagnosing faults and achieving optimum performance the microprocessor has an inbuilt self diagnostic
facility and electronic calibration procedure.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.40.C / 4
All information regarding error codes and calibration data is displayed on the electronic instrument cluster.
Full details on error codes and calibration procedures are described in (error codes) and (calibration procedures)
Refer to Control module Universal controller - H1 - Calibration procedures (A.50.A).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.40.C / 5
SUSPENSION Hydraulic - Dynamic description

Hydraulic Control System
The hydraulic control system incorporates a Ride Control System and a Levelling System.
The “Ride Control System" controls the suspension damping and absorbs shock loads from the front axle when the
tractor is being driven over rough surfaces.
The “Levelling System" controls the height of the front axle in order to ensure` that the tractor operates on a level
plane in relationship to the front axle by compensating for:-
The addition or removal of weight from the tractor.

Loss of cylinder oil to the reservoir through the system relief valve due to shock pressures above
210 bar in the system.
Internal or external system leakage.
BTB0457A 1
1 Front Support 2 Hydraulic Cylinder

3 Axle 4 Axle Pivot Point
5 Potentiometer 6 Pivot Arm (Panhard Rod)
7 Fulcrum Point
The suspension system connects the axle (3) to the tractor front support (1) through a pivot arm (4) referred to as a
“Panhard Rod" and the single hydraulic cylinder (2).
Whenever the front axle is subjected to shock loads, vibration or front end weight changes the Panhard rod pivots
about the fulcrum point (7) while at the same time the axle oscillates about the pivot point (4). This movement causes
the front axle to move up or down in relation to the tractor front support.
The vertical movement of the axle in relation to the front support is measured by the potentiometer (5) which transmits
a signal to the controlling microprocessor.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.40.C / 6
Dependant on the shock loading subjected to the system and the amount of vertical axle movement detected by the
microprocessor the hydraulic system responds to absorb the shock loads and adjust the vertical position of the axle
so that the tractor continues to operate on a level plane.
The potentiometer (5) measures the vertical position of the front axle in relation to the front support and is linked to
the microprocessor. Whenever the microprocessor detects that the vertical height of the axle in relation to the front
support is away from the operating parameters set within the software in the microprocessor, hydraulic oil is directed
through the control valve to the hydraulic cylinder to adjust the height of the axle accordingly.
NOTE: Ride control and the levelling system only operate when the suspension is switched on and the tractor is being
driven at speeds above 1.5 kph.
Operation of the system for various working situations is described in this section.
The location of those specific components referenced in the circuit diagrams which are externally visible on the control
valve are shown in Control valve - External view (D.40.C) . The schematic view is shown below (Figure 2).
BAIL07APH371FSA 2
1.Raise Coil 2.Lower Orifice

3.Lower Coil 4.Lockout Coil #3
5.Lockout Coil #4 6.Rebound Discpack
7.Suspension Cylinder 8.Compression Discpack
9.Accumulator 10.Manual Override Screw
11.Relief Valve 12.Raise Orifice
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.40.C / 7
Operation Mode Function

Suspension Lockout Mode used during loader work
Transition Mode Slow opening of coils (4) and (5) to ensure smooth transition between
lockout and suspension mode
Suspension Raise Operates coils (1), (4) and (5)
Holds Mid-Point Holds position when engine switched off (See note below)
Suspension Lower Operates coils (3), (4) and (5)
NOTE: There is an allowable rate of leakdown >90 minutes
Suspension Lockout
BAIL07APH381FSA 3
When the suspension is in lockout mode the check valve in (5) prevents oil flowing to the accumulator.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.40.C / 8
Transition Mode
BAIL07APH377FSA 4
Slow opening of coil (4) allows oil from the rod side of the cylinder to the piston chamber and the accumulator. If (5)
is energised the slow opening of this coil allows oil to flow to the piston side of the cylinder , (as in the suspension
raise mode).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.40.C / 9
Hold Mid Point
BAIL07APH379FSA 5
When the axle is returning to its mid position , oil from the accumulator flows from the piston end via the check valve
(8). Displaced oil from the cylinder piston side is stopped by the lower coil (3), the relief valve (11) and the manual
override screw (10) .
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.40.C / 10
Suspension Raise
BAIL07APH378FSA 6
When the suspension system is ÒN' and tractor speed is above 1.5 kmh the raise solenoid (1) and the lockout valves
(4) and (5) are energised to allow oil flow through the valves and then on to the piston side of the cylinder. The speed
of raising is controlled by orifice (12). Oil also flows into the accumulator.
If the suspension has lowered due to addition of weight or some other reason , the potentiometer senses the height
change and the suspension controller sends a signal to the raise solenoid to raise the suspension accordingly..
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.40.C / 11
Suspension Lower (Electrical)
BAIL07APH380FSA 7
When the suspension is required to be lowered, the lower solenoid (3) is energised and also lockout valves (4) and
(5). This allows oils to flow from the piston end of the cylinder and the accumulator through the lowering solenoid and
then to tank. At the same time oil also feeds into the rod end of the cylinder.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.40.C / 12
Suspension Lower (Manual)
BAIL07APH382FSA 8
If any maintenance is required the suspension will need to be manually lowered by unscrewing the manual override
screw (10). This allows oil feed back from the accumulator (9) and the cylinder (7) and return to tank.
Suspension Control System Switched OFF

When the suspension system is ÒFF' (Speed under 1.5 km/h), the raise valve (1) and lower valve (3) are de-ener-
gised as are the lockout valves (4) and (5). Oil is then trapped in the circuit .
If excessive pressure above 210 bar occurs in the system in this state the system relief valve (11) will open.
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.40.C / 13
Control valve - Sectional view
BAIL07APH341GSA 1
1. Raise Coil 2. Lower Coil

3. Relief Valve 4. Lockout Coil #3
5. Lockout Coil #4 6. Compression Discpack
7. Rebound Discpack 8. Manual Override Screw
9. Lower Orifice 10. Raise Orifice
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.40.C / 14
Control valve - Hydraulic schema
BAIL07APH371FSA 1
1. Raise Coil 2. Lower Orifice

3. Lower Coil 4. Lockout Coil #3
5. Lockout Coil #4 6. Rebound Discpack
7. Suspension Cylinder 8. Compression Discpack
9. Accumulator 10. Manual Overide Screw
11. Relief Valve 12. Raise Orifice
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.40.C / 15
Control valve - External view
BAIL10CVT051AAB 1
Front suspension control valve
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.40.C / 16

Prior operation:
Remove the left hand fuel tank, for further information refer to Fuel tank - Remove (B.20.A)
NOTICE: Always depressurise the suspension system before carrying out any maintenance on the components
1. To depressurise the system loosen the manual over-
ride screw (1). The suspension will lower.
BAIL11CCM145AVA 1
ATTENTION: Always tighten the screw to 7 Nm (5 lb ft) before operating the system
2. Disconnect the suspension control valve electrical
connectors.
BAIL11APH291AVA 2
3. Disconnect the suspension control valve pressure

supply pipe and the pressure return pipe.
BAIL11CCM159AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.40.C / 17
4. Disconnect the suspension control valve pressure re-

turn pipe, load sense pressure pipe and the valve
supply pressure pipe.
BAIL11APH287AVA 4
5. Remove the suspension control valve.
BAIL11APH288AVA 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.40.C / 18
Control valve - Overhaul

Prior operation:
Control valve - Remove (D.40.C)
1. Remove coils from manifold and check for contami-

nation and wear.
2. Check spool for contamination. Clear contamination
and make sure spool is free to move by placing the
spool between the fingers and compressing the as-
sembly. Replace coil body if unable to clear contam-
ination and make spool move freely.
BAIL07APH338ASA 1
3. If spool is sticking replace coil

4. Check relief valve and replace if required.
5. Check manifold for damage and replace if required.
Next operation:
Install the control valve, for further information refer to Control valve - Install (D.40.C).
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.40.C / 19

1. WARNING
Heavy object!
ALWAYS use adequate lifting equipment
(heavy-duty hoist, loader, or forklift) to lift
the component.
serious injury.
W0101A
Install the suspension control valve.
BAIL11APH288AVA 1
2. Connect the suspension control valve pressure sup-

ply pipe, load sense pressure pipe and the valve re-
turn pressure pipe.
BAIL11APH287AVA 2
3. Connect the suspension control valve pressure sup-

ply pipe and the pressure return pipe.
BAIL11CCM159AVA 3
4. Connect the suspension control valve electrical con-

nectors.
BAIL11APH291AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.40.C / 20
5. If a new suspension control valve has been fitted

make sure that the manual overide screw it tight.
Tighten to 7 N·m (5 lb ft)
BAIL11CCM145AVA 5
Next operation:
Install the left hand fuel tank, for further information refer to Fuel tank - Install (B.20.A)
Next operation:
Calibrate the front suspension, for further information refer to Control module Universal controller - H1 - Calibra-
tion procedures (A.50.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.40.C / 21
Index

Control valve - External view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Control valve - Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Control valve - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Control valve - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
SUSPENSION Hydraulic - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
SUSPENSION Hydraulic - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.40.C / 22
WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels - 50.C

84477609A 27/09/2011
D.50.C / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Front wheel
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.50.C / 2
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING - WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels
Front wheel - Torque

Description Bolt/Nut Torque - Nm Bolt/Nut Torque - lb.ft
Front 2WD Fixed Wheel Assembly
Steel disc to Hub 314 232
Front 4WD Manual Adjust Wheel assembly
Steel Disc To Hub 211 155
Power Adjust Wheel Assembly
Cast Disc To Hub 294 217
Cast Disc To Rim 250 184
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.50.C / 3
Index

Front wheel - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.50.C / 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
D.50.C / 5
PRINTED IN FRANCE
84477609A 27/09/2011
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
FRAME AND CAB

84477609A 27/09/2011
E
Contents
FRAME AND CAB - E
FRAME Primary frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.10.B

SHIELD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.20.A
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.32.A

USER PLATFORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.34.A

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.40.D

84477609A 27/09/2011
E
FRAME AND CAB - E
FRAME Primary frame - 10.B

84477609A 27/09/2011
E.10.B / 1
Contents
FRAME AND CAB - E
TECHNICAL DATA
Front
Torque (Front support) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Front
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Clearance (Front support) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.10.B / 2
FRAME AND CAB - FRAME Primary frame
Front - Torque (Front support)

Standard axle
SS09F106 1
Suspended axle and supersteer™ axle
SS09F107 2
(A) screw 650 Nm (479 lb ft)

(B) stud bolt 240 Nm (177 lb ft)
(B) nut 480 Nm (354 lb ft)
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.10.B / 3
Front - Remove
Prior operation:
Remove the front axle, for further information refer to FRONT AXLE - Remove (D.10.A)
Prior operation:
Remove the radiator, for further information refer to Radiator - Remove (B.50.A)
WARNING
B012
1. Position the splitting gear (1) MS2700C-1 (2)

MS2700C-2 (3) MS2700C-4 under the engine.
Raise and support the front of the tractor with the
splitting gear. Once supported safely, remove the
axle stands from under the front weight carrier.
BAIL08CVT050AVA 1
2. Using suitable slings or chains attach the front and

rear of the front support assembly to an overhead
hoist.
WARNING
Always ensure the support is adequately supported
and will remain stable when seperated from the engine.
Failure to provide adequate support may cause the as-
sembly to be unstable with possible personal injury if
the support tips forwards or backwards.
B017
BAIL08CVT053AVA 2
3. Disconnect the accelerometer electrical connector.
BAIL08CVT051AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.10.B / 4
4. Detach the accelerometer wiring harness and feed

the wiring harness through the front support.
BAIL08CVT052AVA 4
5. Disconnect the front suspension electrical connec-

tors.
BAIL08CVT055AVA 5
6. Disconnect the front suspension hydraulic hoses.

NOTE: Make a note of the position of the hoses to aid in-
stallation.
NOTE: Cap all open connections to prevent contamination
of the system.
BAIL08CVT056AVA 6
7. Remove the front lower retaining nuts.
BAIL08CVT054AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.10.B / 5
8. Remove the front left-hand upper retaining nuts.
BAIL07APH087AVA 8
9. Remove the front right-hand upper retaining nuts.
BAIL07APH088AVA 9
10. Remove the front support.
BAIL08CVT053AVA 10
11. Support the assembly on axle stands at front and rear

of the support.
12. Identify for use during installation the two shims po-
sitioned between the engine sump and front support.
BSD2230A 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.10.B / 6
Front - Install
1. Make sure the shims removed during disassembly
are re-positioned in the same location as when re-
moved.
NOTE: If a new front end or engine sump have been in-
stalled, it is necessary to recalculate the shim thickness to
be installed. For further information refer to Front - Clear-
ance (E.10.B).
BSD2230A 1
2. Using suitable slings or chains install the front sup-

port to the engine.
BAIL08CVT053AVA 2
3. Install the front right-hand upper retaining nuts.

BAIL07APH088AVA 3
4. Install the front left-hand upper retaining nuts.

BAIL07APH087AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.10.B / 7
5. Install the front support lower retaining nuts.

Tighten to 450 Nm (330 lb in).
BAIL08CVT054AVA 5
6. Remove the slings or chains from the front support

assembly.
BAIL08CVT053AVA 6
7. Connect the front suspension hydraulic hoses to their

noted positions
BAIL08CVT056AVA 7
8. Connect the front suspension electrical connectors.
BAIL08CVT055AVA 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.10.B / 8
9. Feed the accelerometer wiring harness through the

front support.
Attach the wiring harness to the front support.
BAIL08CVT052AVA 9
10. Connect the accelerometer electrical connector.
BAIL08CVT051AVA 10
11. Support the front of the vehicle under the front weight
carrier. Once supported safely, remove the splitting
gear from under the engine.
BAIL08CVT050AVA 11
Next operation:
Install the radiator, for further information refer to Radiator - Install (B.50.A)
Next operation:
Install the front axle, for further information refer to FRONT AXLE - Install (D.10.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.10.B / 9
Front - Clearance (Front support)

1. Install a 4.5 mm (0.18 in) yellow shim (1) part number
82026240 onto each of the engine mounting studs.
BVE0402A_7 1
2. Align the front support to the engine and install the

four upper retaining bolts.
Tighten to the specified torque value - see Front -
Torque (Front support) (E.10.B).
3. Using feeler gauges measure space between each
shim and the front support.
Add feeler gauge dimension to the 4.5 mm (0.18 in)
shim thickness already installed and select the ap-
propriate shim(s) from the following list.
BVE0411A 2
Colour Code Shim Thickness Part Number

Yellow 4.5 mm (0.18 in) 82026240
Green 4.8 mm (0.19 in) 82026241
Red 5.1 mm (0.20 in) 82026242
Blue 5.4 mm (0.21 in) 82026243
White 5.7 mm (0.22 in) 82026244
Black 6.0 mm (0.24 in) 82026245
Pink 6.3 mm (0.25 in) 82026246
Light Blue 6.6 mm (0.26 in) 82026247
Gold 6.9 mm (0.27 in) 82026248
Time 7.2 mm (0.28 in) 82026249
Orange 7.5 mm (0.30 in) 82026250
Blue/Grey 7.8 mm (0.31 in) 82026251
4. Separate the front support from the engine and re-

place the 4.5 mm (0.18 in) shims with shims of cal-
culated thickness.
5. Reinstall the front support and tighten the retaining
bolts to specified torque value - see Front - Torque
(Front support) (E.10.B).
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.10.B / 10
Index
FRAME AND CAB - E

Front - Clearance (Front support) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Front - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Front - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Front - Torque (Front support) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.10.B / 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.10.B / 12
FRAME AND CAB - E
SHIELD - 20.A

84477609A 27/09/2011
E.20.A / 1
Contents
FRAME AND CAB - E
SHIELD - 20.A
SERVICE
Engine hood
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.20.A / 2
FRAME AND CAB - SHIELD
Engine hood - Remove

1. Open the hood.
2. Disconnect the headlamp electrical connectors (1),
remove the headlamp retaining screws (2) and re-
move both headlight units.
NOTE: Repeat this operation on both sides of the vehicle.
BAIL07APH208BVA 1
3. Release the hood check strap from the retaining

bracket and fully open the hood.
BAIL07APH404AVA 2
4. Feed suitable straps through the headlamp apertures

and support the front of the hood on a suitable hoist.
BAIL07APH209AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.20.A / 3
5. Disconnect the hood wiring harness electrical con-

nector.
BAIL07APH283AVA 4
6. Disconnect the lower ends of the hood support struts.
BAIL07APH039AVA 5
7. Feed suitable straps through the rear of the hood and

support the hood on a suitable hoist.
BAIL07APH210AVA 6
8. Remove the two hood retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH211AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.20.A / 4
9. Using a suitable hoist, remove the hood.
BAIL07APH212AVA 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.20.A / 5
Engine hood - Install

1. Using a suitable hoist, lower the hood onto the vehi-
cle.
BAIL07APH212AVA 1
2. Install the two hood retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH211AVA 2
3. Release the rear of the hood from the hoist.
BAIL07APH210AVA 3
4. Connect the lower ends of the hood support struts.
BAIL07APH039AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.20.A / 6
5. Connect the hood wiring harness electrical connec-

tor.
BAIL07APH283AVA 5
6. Partially lower the hood and secure the hood check

strap to the retaining bracket.
BAIL07APH404AVA 6
7. Remove the straps from the headlamp apertures.
BAIL07APH209AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.20.A / 7
8. Connect the headlamp electrical connectors (1), in-

stall both headlamp units and tighten the headlamp
retaining screws (2).
NOTE: Repeat this operation on both sides of the vehicle.
BAIL07APH208BVA 8
9. Close the hood.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.20.A / 8
Engine hood - Install

1. Using a suitable hoist, lower the hood onto the vehi-
cle.
BAIL07APH384AVA 1
2. Install the two hood retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH211AVA 2
3. Release the rear of the hood from the hoist.
BAIL07APH385AVA 3
4. Connect the lower ends of the hood support struts.
BAIL07APH282AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.20.A / 9
5. Connect the hood wiring harness electrical connec-

tor.
BAIL07APH283AVA 5
6. Partially lower the hood and secure the hood check

strap to the retaining bracket.
BAIL07APH404AVA 6
7. Remove the straps from around the hood latch.
BAIL07APH284AVA 7
8. Close the hood.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.20.A / 10
Index
FRAME AND CAB - E
SHIELD - 20.A
Engine hood - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Engine hood - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Engine hood - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.20.A / 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.20.A / 12
FRAME AND CAB - E
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT - 32.A

84477609A 27/09/2011
E.32.A / 1
Contents
FRAME AND CAB - E
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Instrument panel
Analogue-digital instrument cluster - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Analogue-digital instrument cluster - Dynamic description (Acoustic and visual warnings) . . . . . . . . . . . 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.32.A / 2
FRAME AND CAB - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT
Instrument panel Analogue-digital instrument cluster - Static

description
NOTICE: For tractors with IntelliView monitors some of the displays and setting procedures vary. You can find further
information about this in the operating instructions for the IntelliView monitor.
The combi-instrument (ADIC) is offered in two versions:

• Basic combi-instrument
• Combi-instrument with additional keypad
SS10K027 1
The combi-instrument contains the following displays and operating elements:

1. Engine speed display 2. Fuel display
3. Engine temperature displays 4. Indicator light field (left)
5. Indicator light field (right) 6. Dot matrix display (DMD)
7. Liquid crystal display for travelling speed (LCD) 8. Central liquid crystal display for various functions
(LCD)
9. Liquid crystal display for DEF/AdBlue fuel display 10. Pushbutton (dimmer)
(LCD)
11. Pushbutton (h) H-menu navigation 12. Pushbutton (m) H-menu navigation
13. Additional keypad 14. Acoustic warning device (positioned on the reverse
of the combi-instrument)
NOTE: Any operations, functions or applications that are not described in the repair manual can be found in the
operating instructions.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.32.A / 3
ANALOGUE DISPLAYS
Engine speed display

The engine speed (1) is displayed in revolutions per
minute x100. The temperature sensor in the cylinder
head delivers an analogue signal to the engine control
device (EDC).
The analogue signal is digitalised within the engine con-
trol device and sent to the combi-instrument via a CAN
message. The combi-instrument’s electronics converts
the digital signal into an analogue pointer movement via
a step motor.
SS10K028 2
Coolant temperature gauge

The temperature display (1) indicates the temperature of
the engine coolant. The temperature sensor in the cylin-
der head delivers an analogue signal to the engine control
device (EDC). The analogue signal is digitalised within the
engine control device and sent to the combi-instrument via
a CAN message.
The combi-instrument’s electronics converts the digital
signal into an analogue pointer movement via a step
motor with an accuracy of ± ± 2 % .
SS10K029 3
Display range +40 - +120 °C (104 - 248 °F)

blue field (A) +40 - +60 °C (104 - 140 °F)
green field (B) +62 - +108 °C (143.6 - 226.4 °F)
red field (C) +109 - +120 °C (228.2 - 248 °F)
SS10K030 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.32.A / 4
Fuel level gauge

The fuel level gauge (1) indicates the total level of the fuel
tank(s) and works only when the starter switch is switched
on. If the quantity of fuel in the fuel tank falls below a
critical value (> 215 Ω +/- 5 Ω) the yellow warning light (2)
illuminates in the display.
The fuel tank sensor in the fuel tank delivers an ana-
logue signal directly to the combi-instrument; the pointer
is moved via a step motor with an accuracy of ± 2 %.
SS10K031 5
SS10K032 6
INDICATOR AND WARNING LIGHTS

The coloured lights provide operating information or give warning of system malfunction. When an indicator light
illuminates it may be accompanied by a warning symbol appearing, messages on the dot matrix display (DMD) and
an acoustic alarm.
NOTE: Directly after switching on the starter switch the electrical equipment performs a self-diagnosis and all of the
indicator and warning lights briefly light up.
Signal
Symbol Description
CAN Ground +12V
Left flashing indicator light. The indicator light flashes together
with the tractor's left turn signal. An intermittent warning signal is
*A-062
heard when the turn signal is not switched off after 60 s (for moving
tractor) or after 5 min (for stationary tractor).
Turn signal indicator lamp for trailer 1. The indicator light flashes
together with the tractor’s or trailer’s turn signals , if a trailer is *A-062
attached.
Turn signal indicator lamp for trailer 2. The indicator light flashes
together with the tractor’s or trailer’s turn signals , if a second trailer *A-062
is attached.
Right turn signal indicator light. The indicator light flashes together
with the tractor's right turn signal. An intermittent warning signal is
*A-062
heard when the turn signal is not switched off after 60 s (for moving
tractor) or after 5 min (for stationary tractor).
Main beam headlights. The indicator light illuminates when the main
*K-029
beam headlights are switched on.
Parking lights. The indicator light illuminates after the tractor lights
*K-004
are switched on.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.32.A / 5
Signal
Symbol Description
CAN Ground +12V
Fuel tank reserve. The indicator light illuminates when the fuel tank
ADIC
reserve is reached.
Alternator indicator light. The light illuminates when the alternator is

*G-002
no longer charging while the engine is running.
Fast Steer System (FSS). The green indicator light indicates that
FSS
Quick Turn is activated (On/Off switch ON).
Front axle suspension. The light indicates that the front axle UCM
suspension is in the locked position. (Suspension deactivated) ACM
All wheel drive. The indicator light illuminates when the all wheel
drive function is activated. UCM
Note: In the 'Automatic all wheel drive' mode this light flashes when TCM
the all wheel drive function has been automatically deactivated.
Fast Steer System (FSS). The yellow indicator light indicates that
the Quick Turn function has been activated by pressing the steering FSS
wheel ring.
Differential lock. The indicator light indicates that the differential

lock has been activated. UCM
Note: In 'Automatic differential lock' mode this indicator light flashes TCM
when the differential lock is automatically deactivated.
“Forwards” direction of travel. The control light illuminates when the
UCM
tractor is moving forwards and flashes when the direction of travel
TCM
is pre-selected.
“Reverse” direction of travel. The control light illuminates when the
UCM
tractor is moving in reverse and flashes when the direction of travel
TCM
is pre-selected.
"Neutral" gear. The indicator light illuminates when the transmission UCM
is not engaged. TCM
Constant engine speed (CES). The light illuminates when CES is UCM
activated. TCM
Engine power management. The light illuminates when the increase UCM
engine power function is activated. TCM
Exhaust brake. This indicator light illuminates when the exhaust

UCM
brake is actuated.
Heating flange. The light illuminates when the engine's cold starting
EDC
aid is activated.
Automatic front PTO function. The indicator light illuminates when

the automatic front PTO function is switched on. The indicator light UCM
flashes each time the attached implement is lifted off and the PTO ACM
is switched off.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.32.A / 6
Signal
Symbol Description
CAN Ground +12V
Automatic rear PTO function. The indicator light illuminates when
the automatic rear PTO function is switched on. The indicator light
flashes each time the attached implement is lifted off and the PTO UCM
is switched off. When the attached implement is lowered to the TCM
work position and the PTO is switched on, the light ceases to flash
and remains on.
Parking brake/Electrical park brake (EPL). The light illuminates
when the ignition is switched on and the parking brake/ EPL is
applied. If the driver switches off the starter switch or leaves the
EPL *S-030
driver’s seat without applying the handbrake/ EPL, a warning
symbol is shown on the DMDDMD display and flashes, a warning
signal sounds for 10 s or until the handbrake is engaged.
TRAILER BRAKE (ITALY). If the warning light illuminates, this
indicates that the oil pressure in the hydraulic trailer brake
equipment is too low < 10 bar (145 psi). Stop the tractor and
ascertain the cause.
*S-027
NOTE: Even if the handbrake/ EPL is engaged, the light will
*S-053
illuminate as there is also no pressure in the trailer brake circuit.
AIR BRAKE SYSTEMS. When illuminated the light indicates that
the pressure in the air brake system has fallen under 4.5 bar (65.3
psi). Stop the tractor and ascertain the cause.
Engine oil pressure. The light illuminates when the engine oil
pressure has fallen below the safe limit value while the engine EDC
is running.
Brake fluid supply/ EPL. The light illuminates when there is too little
*S-029
brake fluid in the supply container or an EPL error occurs.
Red Stop light. If the Stop light is illuminated you must immediately
stop the tractor and ascertain the cause. As confirmation that a
ADIC
malfunction has been recorded a warning symbol is shown in the
DMD display.
Brake pedal not blocked. When illuminated the indicator light
*S-020
indicates that the brake pedals are not blocked (Japan only).
Yellow warning light. In addition to this warning light lighting up, a
warning symbol is shown in the DMD display. Stop the tractor and ADIC
ascertain the cause.
* Labelling of components in circuit diagram.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.32.A / 7
Dot matrix display (DMD) and liquid crystal displays (LCD)

The Analogue Digital Instrument (ADIC) contains three liquid crystal displays (LCD) and one dot matrix display (DMD)
which provide a comprehensive range of operating information. The displays can be configured in the SETUP MENU
such that the information is shown in various units, km/h or MPH.
Liquid crystal display for travelling speed (LCD)

The travelling speed display is used exclusively for the
showing the travelling speed in kilometers per hours
(km/h) or miles per hour (MPH).
SS10K033 7
Liquid crystal display for DEF/AdBlue fuel display (LCD)

The DEF/AdBlue LCD display shows only the symbol for
AdBlue and the tank content of 0 - 100 %.
SS10K034 8
Central liquid crystal display for various functions (LCD)

In the central display the following displays can be
called up by pressing the various function buttons on the
additional keypad or with the Cal/Set switch:
• Rear PTO speeds
• Front PTO speeds
(If equipped)
• Position of the rear hitch
• Position of the front hitch
(If equipped)
• Wheel slip. (If equipped)
SS10K035 9
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.32.A / 8
Dot matrix display (DMD)

When calling up calibrations, programme details, error
codes or if a visual warning is shown, the entire dot ma-
trix display is used to show these details - see Instrument
panel Analogue-digital instrument cluster - Dynamic
description (Acoustic and visual warnings) (E.32.A).
SS10K036 10
Button functions for the additional keypad

The additional keypad comprises 16 buttons that the driver uses to call up, control and programme the various tractor
functions and screen masks on the dot matrix display (DMD) and central LCD. The buttons 5, 6, 10 and 11 are used
for configuring and programming numerous functions on the additional keypad.
BRE1455B 11
1. Operating hours button:

Press this button to display the engine hours on the dot matrix display (DMD).
2. Odometer button:
The odometer shows the distance covered in kilometres or miles - depending on the unit selected for the trav-
elling speed - on the display (DMD). There are two odometers available:
Counter number 1
Counter number 2
3. Engine oil pressure button:
Depress this button to display the engine oil pressure bar graph on the display (DMD).
4. Service interval display button:
The button for the service interval display calls up two different levels of notification, called "HEAVY" and "LIGHT".
5. Menu/Enter button:
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.32.A / 9
Depress this button to select the configuration and programming modes.

6. Upwards and value entry button:
Press this button several times to scroll upwards through a menu on the display (DMD) or change the value of
a number.
7. PTO speed button:
Depress once to display the speed of the rear PTO on the central LCD. Press the button again and hold for 3
seconds to show the speed of the front PTO (if fitted).
8. Wheel slip button:
The wheel slip is shown as a two-digit percentage (%) (only with radar).
9. Lift height button:
Press the button once to display the rear hitch position or hold for 3 seconds to show the front hitch position (if
fitted). The display will show a figure between '0' (fully lowered) and '100' (maximum raised position).
10. Exit/Cancel button:
Use this button to Exit or cancel the configuration and programming modes.
11. Downwards and number selection button:
Use this button several times to scroll downwards through a menu or select another number in the display
(DMD).
12. Battery voltage button:
If this button is pressed when the engine is running the battery symbol and the battery voltage is shown as a
numerical value on the display (DMD).
13. Air pressure of the trailer brake equipment button:
Depress this button to show the bar graph of the trailer brake equipment air pressure on the display (DMD).
14. Total area button:
The total area worked is displayed in either hectares or acres - depending on the unit selected for the travelling
speed - on the display (DMD).
15. Area/hour button:
Press this button to show the area/hour symbol, together with a forecast of the area that will be worked in one
hour if the current rate of work is continued, on the display (DMD).
NOTE: If the optional radar is not installed, the area per hour is calculated using the axle speed, and due to the
wheel slip may therefore be inaccurate.
16. Function display for the auxiliary control units (EHR):
A bar graph on the display shows the flow through each valve as a percentage (%), the direction of cylinder
movement (extend or retract) and the number of the respective valve R1,R2, R3, R4; R5, FR1,FR2, FR3, FR4.
NOTE: For all other operating and function description please use the operating instructions.
Abbreviations
TCM Transmission controller (Transmission Control Module)
ACM Auxiliary controller (Auxiliary Control Module)
UCM Transmission and auxiliary controller (Universal Control Module)
ADIC Instrument ( Analog Digital Instrument Cluster)
EDC Engine controller (Electronic Diesel Control)
ARU Armrest sidewinder ( Arm Rest Unit)
FSS Quick turn controller (Fast Steer System)
SCR Exhaust reduction controller (Selective Catalytic Reduction)
ATC Automatic climate control controller (Automatic Temperature Control)
EPL Electronic park brake (Electronic Park Lock)
ESPTO Electrical PTO switching (Elektric Shiftable PTO)
EHR Electrical auxiliary control units (Electronic Hydraulic Remote)
DMD Dot matrix display (Dot Matrix Display)
CES Constant engine speed ( Constant Engine System)
Intel- Monitor (monitor on the armrest)
liView
LCD Liquid crystal display (Liquid Crystal Display)
CAN Vehicle BUS system (Controller Area Network)
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.32.A / 10
Instrument panel Analogue-digital instrument cluster - Dynamic

description (Acoustic and visual warnings)
ACOUSTIC WARNINGS
In addition to warning light illuminating an acoustic signal can be switched on. Depending on the severity of the
malfunction, one of the following alarms may be heard.
Critical warning signal

A sustained intermittent warning signal (see table of signal tones) sounds and the red warning light (1) illuminates.
The tractor must be stopped immediately. The warning signal sounds until the malfunction is remedied or the engine
is switched off.
Non-critical warning signal

A sustained intermittent warning signal (see table of
acoustic signals) sounds for 3 s and the amber warning
light (2) illuminates. A failure or error has occurred but the
driver may continue work. The fault should be rectified
as soon as possible.
SS10K042 1
Safety and general warning signal

A continuous warning signal sounds if the driver attempts to carry out an impermissible action such as driving the
tractor with the park brake engaged (see table of acoustic signals).
Action required for warning signal

Two short warning signals sound in turn for 1 s (see table of acoustic signals) to inform the driver that a certain action
is required. The acoustic warning signal sounds only once.
Parking light warning signal

A short pulse warning signal sounds (see table of acoustic signals) when the parking lights are switched on when the
engine is turned off.
Acoustic signal buttons

Each time a button in the button field is pressed an acoustic signal sounds (see table of acoustic signals). This function
can be deactivated if necessary.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.32.A / 11
Acoustic signals
Action Safety/ Acoustic
Non-critical Critical Parking light
required General signal
As long as
As long as the the situation
error is active remains
Length 3s 1s 4s
or for a limited unchanged or
period for a limited
period
1 brief signal
200 ms On
100 ms On for each press
200 ms Off Permanent
Signal type for 100 ms Off 250 ms On 200 ms On of the button
200 ms On signal
1s 100 ms On 250 ms Off 800 ms Off
200 ms Off ( 1000 ms)
700 ms Off
200 ms On
Frequency
- 2.5 Hz 2 Hz - 1 Hz
(period)
Pulse repetition - 50 % 50 % 100 % 20 %
VISUAL WARNING
Error codes and warning symbols

The tractor's highly developed electronics records the occurrence of a malfunction or an error in the important func-
tional areas of engine, transmission, brakes, front axle, electric system and hydraulics. If a malfunction or an error
occurs the respective symbol and the error code are shown on the dot matrix display (DMD).
NOTE: All of the warning symbols are explained in the annex.
Critical and non-critical warning symbols

In addition to the error codes described above the dis-
plays also show warning symbols. These symbols are ac-
companied by a red (1) warning light illuminating for criti-
cal malfunctions or an amber (2) warning light illuminating
for non-critical malfunctions. The symbols for the critical
malfunctions and the red warning lights (1) remain on the
display until the tractor is stopped and the malfunction is
remedied.
For non-critical malfunctions symbols can appear to-
gether with the amber light (2) before the display shows
the previous work screen again. The amber warning
light will continue to illuminate. If the malfunction is not
present for a longer period of time, however, the amber
warning light goes out. The error code is no longer shown SS10K043 2
and is saved in the error memory. Non-critical warnings
that are active but are not shown on the display can be
called up in the SETUP MENU as follows.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.32.A / 12
With the starter switch turned on, depress and hold the
Enter key (3). The words SETUP MENU appears on the
dot matrix display; release the Enter key.
Briefly tap the key (4) until the symbol (5) for a non-critical
warning appears. Now press the Enter key (3) again in
order to display the error.
SS10K044 3
If there is more than one error present, the individual sym-

bols are shown with the associated error code one after
the other on the display.
After the error symbols have been displayed, the display
switches back to the active warning symbol (5) by default.
Press the Exit/Cancel key (6) to return to the original dis-
play.
All error messages should be remedied as soon as pos-
sible.
SS10K045 4
Warning and advisory symbols

The dot matrix display (DMD) can show a large number
of different advisory/warning symbols. The symbols can
be categorised into four main groups:
System error
1. System error symbols refer to an electrical or me-
chanical malfunction in one or more of the tractor's
main components. In addition, in some cases a four
or five digit error code is shown.
SS10K046 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.32.A / 13
Warning
2. Warning symbols advise of a fault that is critical to
the operation of the tractor. Stop the tractor as soon
as possible, ascertain the cause and remedy the
fault.
SS10K047 6
Advisory symbol
3. Advisory symbols indicate faults that are not detri-
mental to the operation of the tractor, but should not
be ignored. Take appropriate action where neces-
sary.
SS10K048 7
Maintenance
4. Maintenance symbols indicate to the driver condi-
tions relating to the basic functions of the tractor,
such as water in fuel, air filter soiled etc.
SS10K049 8
Brake
Symbol on Indicator Warning Acoustic
Cause Signal
display light light warning
Handbrake engaged while
+ 12 V *S-030 (handbrake
Safety vehicle
switch)
> 1 km/h (0.6 mph) moving.
flashes
Driver leaves driver's seat + 12 V *S-030 (handbrake

- Safety
without applying handbrake. switch)
Attempting to drive off using

+ 12 V *S-030 (handbrake
- Action required shuttle lever with handbrake
switch)
applied.
The warning is triggered:
- - Safety Handbrake not engaged and *S-030
starter switch in "off" position.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.32.A / 14

Cause Signal
Electrical park brake (EPL)
is not engaged. Request
to engage park brake
- see TRANSMISSION
- - Action required CAN message from EPL
Continuously Variable
Transmission (CVT)
- Dynamic description
(C.20.G)
Electrical park brake (EPL) is
- - Action required not disengaged. Request to CAN message from EPL
disengage park brake.
The automatic engagement of

CAN message from UCM
Non-critical the EPL was deactivated for
CAN message from TCM
towing the tractor.
illuminates
Pressure in air brake
Switch in sensor *B-040
container:
switches to ground < 5.4
< 5.4 bar (78.3 psi) warning
bar (78.3 psi). ( *B-040
"on"
Non-critical pressure sensor for air
flashes 4 > 6 bar (87 psi) warnung "off".
brake system) ground
s/ Or equipped with hydr. trailer
*S-027 ( *S-027 brake line
illuminates brake, Italy version: hydraulic
pressure switch 1/2)
pressure < 10 bar (145 psi)
Brake fluid too low: + 12 V *S-029

- - Tractor moving > 2 min ( *S-029 switch, brake fluid
flashes 4
Tractor stationary > 5 s level)
s/
illuminates
Hydraulic pressure for brake
force amplification too low:
+ 12 V *S-008
This warning is displayed if
Critical ( *S-008 switch, exhaust
the engine is running and the
brake)
flashes pressure is < 15 bar (217.5
psi).
-
Hydraulic pressure for brake
force amplification too low:
+ 12 V *S-008
This warning is displayed if the
- ( *S-008 switch, exhaust
engine is turned off and the
brake)
flashes pressure is < 15 bar (217.5
psi).
Transmission
Cause Signal
Transmission oil too cold.
Heat transmission oil -
CAN message from
see TRANSMISSION
UCM
- - Action required Continuously Variable
CAN message from
Transmission (CVT) -
TCM
Dynamic description
(C.20.G)
Driver's seat switch was
CAN message from
disengaged for more than
UCM
- - Action required 5 s and driver attempts to
CAN message from
select a direction of travel.
TCM
Press clutch pedal once.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.32.A / 15

Cause Signal
CAN message from
Direction of travel selected.
UCM
- - Action required Request to shift into
CAN message from
Neutral.
TCM
Non-critical CAN message from

Engine is overrevved by a
flashes UCM
- heavy trailer on a sloped
CAN message from
Critical road.
TCM
flashes
With the PTO switched
off, a smaller speed was
switched to a higher speed,
CAN message from
or from "N" to "1000",
UCM
- - - "1000E". (Symbol and
CAN message from
switching procedure is
TCM
activated when PTO is
switched on). (Only with
ESPTO)
With the PTO switched
off, a higher speed was
switched to a lower
CAN message from
speed, or from "N" to
UCM
- - - "540E", "540".((Symbol
CAN message from
and switching procedure
TCM
is activated when PTO is
switched on). (Only with
ESPTO)
CAN message from
With the PTO switched off,
UCM
- - - any speed was switched to
CAN message from
"N". (Only with ESPTO)
TCM
This symbol shows that CAN message from
the switching procedure UCM
- - -
was successful. (Only with CAN message from
ESPTO) TCM
Impermissible switching
procedure. With the PTO CAN message from
switched on, an attempt UCM
- - -
was made to select another CAN message from
speed or "N". (Only with TCM
ESPTO)
CAN message from
An error has occurred in the UCM
- - -
ESPTO. (Only with ESPTO) CAN message from
TCM
After an error occurs in
the ESPTO, the driver is CAN message from
requested to shift the PTO UCM
- - Action required
speed selection switch to CAN message from
the "Neutral" position. (Only TCM
with ESPTO)
CAN message from
Rear PTO engaged, driver UCM
- - Safety
not present. CAN message from
TCM
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.32.A / 16

Cause Signal
CAN message from
Front PTO engaged, driver UCM
- - Safety
not present. CAN message from
TCM
Operating error for PTO:
(Time exceeded, within 2 s CAN message from
PTO switch in the cab and UCM
- Non-critical
on fender was actuated) CAN message from
flashes After 10 s normal function TCM
is possible again
PTO Anti-Stall: (Engine
stalling protection) Engine CAN message from
speed too low when PTO UCM
switched on with heavy CAN message from
- Non-critical
attached implements or TCM
flashes change switch-off speed. (Symbol 4 s then back
(Symbol 4 s then back to to normal screen)
normal screen)
CAN message from
Wheel slip exceeds set limit UCM
- Non-critical
value. CAN message from
flashes 4 s/
TCM
illuminates
The charge pressure for the CAN message from
axial piston pump < 0.8 bar UCM
- Critical
(11.6 psi) longer than CAN message from
flashes 5 s. TCM
Suction filter for hydraulic Ground *S-028
oil blocked: Oil temperature ( *S-028 switch for
- -
> 40 °C (104 °F) soiled hydraulic oil filter
flashes 4 s/
Underpressure > 473 mbar underpressure)
illuminates
Filter for hydrostat feed
pump blocked: (only for
T7.170-210) oil temperature
> 40 °C (104 °F)
- - *B100 pressure sensor
Pressure > 27 bar (391.5
flashes 4 s/
psi)
illuminates
> 10 s. < 25 bar (362.5 psi)
alarm off.
Filter for vane pump
blocked: (only for
T7.220-270) oil temperature
*B100 pressure sensor,
> 40 °C (104 °F) pressure >
vane pump
flashes 4 s/ 27 bar (391.5 psi) > 10 s.
illuminates < 25 bar (362.5 psi) alarm
off.
Transmission oil pressure CAN message from
too low: Automatic engine UCM
- Critical
shutdown function is CAN message from
flashes deactivated (NO). TCM
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.32.A / 17

Cause Signal
Transmission oil pressure
too low:
Automatic engine shutdown
CAN message from
function is activated and
UCM
- Critical shuts down in 5 s or 30
CAN message from
s - see Control module
flashes TCM
Instrument controller -
H3 - Configurations and
options (A.50.A)
Hydraulic oil pressure for
CAN message from
hydrostat too low (only
UCM
- Critical T7.170-210): Automatic
CAN message from
engine shutdown function
flashes TCM
is deactivated (NO).
Hydraulic oil pressure
for hydrostat too low:
CAN message from
UCM
- Critical shuts down in 5 s or 30
CAN message from
s - see Control module
flashes TCM
options (A.50.A)
CAN message from

Transmission oil UCM
- -
temperature is high CAN message from
flashes 4 s/
TCM
illuminates
Transmission oil
CAN message from
temperature too high:
UCM
- Critical Automatic engine shutdown
CAN message from
function is deactivated
flashes TCM
(NO).
Transmission oil
temperature too high:
CAN message from
function is activated
UCM
- Critical and shuts down in 5 s
CAN message from
- see Control module
flashes TCM
options (A.50.A)
Steering
Cause Signal
Servo-steering pressure
too low: Servo-steering
*S-086 servo-steering
- Critical pressure < 11 bar (159.5
pressure switch
flashes/ psi). (Only with CCLS
illuminates steering system)
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.32.A / 18
Engine
Cause Signal
Critical engine faults have
CAN message from
- Critical occurred, engine is shut
EDC
flashes down.
A different performance
class was identified
CAN message from
between the engine
UCM
- Critical controller and the
CAN message from
transmission controller,
flashes TCM
engine is shut down after
approx. 30 s. .
Ground *S-022
Air filter blocked:
- - ( *S-022 Air filter
Underpressure > 75 mbar
flashes 4 s/ underpressure switch)
illuminates
The water in fuel filter

CAN message from
- Non-critical sensor has recognised > 5
EDC
flashes 4 s/ s water.
illuminates
Engine oil pressure too low:
Automatic engine shutdown CAN message from
Critical
function is deactivated EDC
flashes (NO).
Engine oil pressure too low:
shuts down in 5 s or 30 CAN message from
Critical
s - see Control module EDC
flashes Instrument controller -
options (A.50.A)
Engine coolant temperature
too high: Automatic engine CAN message from
- Critical
shutdown function is EDC
flashes deactivated (NO).
Engine coolant temperature
too high: Automatic engine
shutdown function is
activated and shuts
CAN message from
- Critical down in 5 s or 30 s -
EDC
see Control module
flashes
options (A.50.A)
SCR system
NOTE: Every time a SCR error message is shown in the display the error code and the symbol with text are shown
alternately. The bar graph for the DEF/AdBlue supply also starts to flash.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.32.A / 19

Cause Signal
DEF/AdBlue supply is
< 10 % (MY2010):
-
No reduction in the engine
performance
- CAN message
flashes 4 s/ DEF/AdBlue supply is
illuminates < 10 % (MY2011):
Non-critical
Reduction in the engine
performance.
< 5 % (MY2010):
performance.
- Non-critical CAN message
flashes 4 s/ DEF/AdBlue supply is
illuminates < 5 % (MY2011):
Further reduction in the
engine performance.
< 2.5 % (MY2010):
performance.
- Critical CAN message
flashes/ DEF/AdBlue supply is <
illuminates 2.5 % (MY2011): Further
reduction in the engine
performance.
DEF/AdBlue Tank is empty
(MY2010): Reduced engine
flashes/ performance and "Engine
illuminates STOP" then activated.

(MY2011): Maximum
reduction in engine
flashes/
performance.
illuminates
(MY2010): Engine runs
idle, timer shows the
remaining time until the
automatic engine shutdown
function is activated.
- DEF/AdBlue Tank is empty
Critical CAN message
(MY2011): Engine has
flashes been switched off by driver
and restarted (emergency
restart). Timer shows the
DEF/AdBlue bad quality
(MY2010):
flashes 4 s/
performance.
illuminates
(MY2011):
flashes 4 s/
performance.
illuminates
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.32.A / 20

Cause Signal
(MY2010): Reduction in the
engine performance.
- Critical 4 s DEF/AdBlue bad quality CAN message
flashes 4 s/ (MY2011): Further
illuminates reduction in the engine
performance.
(MY2010): Reduced engine
performance and "Engine
flashes STOP" then activated.
(MY2011): Maximum
reduction in engine
flashes performance.
(MY2010): Engine runs
idle, timer shows the
- DEF/AdBlue bad quality
Critical CAN message
(MY2011): Engine has
flashes been switched off by driver
and restarted (emergency
restart). Timer shows the
An SCR error has been
recognised (MY2010):
-
performance.
- CAN message
flashes 4 s/ An SCR error has been
illuminates recognised (MY2011):
Non-critical
performance.
flashes 4 s/
performance.
illuminates
Reduction in engine
performance (time limit).
flashes recognised (MY2011):
Reduction in engine
performance (time limit).
Maximum reduction in
flashes engine performance.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.32.A / 21

Cause Signal
Engine runs idle, timer
- Critical shows the remaining CAN message
flashes time until the automatic
is activated.
Engine has been switched
off by driver and restarted
- Critical (emergency restart). Timer CAN message
flashes shows the remaining
time until the automatic
is activated.
(MY2011) Exhaust
temperature too low.
flashes 4 s/
illuminates
(MY2011) Exhaust system

test in process.
flashes 4 s/
illuminates
(MY2011) Engine restart

- CAN message
necessary.
flashes 4 s/
illuminates
Charging system
Cause Signal
Battery voltage > 16 V

- - D+ from alternator *G2
longer than 5 s
flashes 4 s/
illuminates
D+ voltage is < 9 V für mehr
- - D+ from alternator *G2
als 5 s with engine running.
Battery voltage < 9.8 V:

- Non-critical With starter switch "on", D+ from alternator *G2
flashes 4 s/ battery voltage > 9.8 V
illuminates
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.32.A / 22
Auxiliary control units

Cause Signal
Front auxiliary control unit
1 not working as oil flow CAN message from
too low (priority pre-set). UCM
- Non-critical
Or operating lever not CAN message from
flashes 4 s/
in Neutral position when TCM
illuminates
tractor restarted.
Rear auxiliary control unit
1 not working as oil flow CAN message from
too low (priority pre-set). UCM
- Non-critical
Or operating lever not CAN message from
flashes 4 s/
in Neutral position when TCM
illuminates
tractor restarted.
CAN BUS system

Cause Signal
A new CAN-BUS
participant has been
recognised and is included
- Non-critical CAN-BUS
in the participant list the
flashes 4 s/
next time the starter switch
illuminates
is switched "off / on".
A new CAN-BUS
participant was recognised
and included when the
starter switch was switched
"on". "Clear net config"
in the H menu "H8" for
the ADIC can be used
- - CAN-BUS
to delete non-existent
illuminates participants from the list
- see Control module
Instrument controller - H8
- Clear stored calibration
(A.50.A)
Network malfunction,
ADIC has no connection
- Non-critical CAN-BUS
for longer than 30 s to
flashes 4 s/
CAN-BUS.
illuminates
Service
Cause Signal
Heavy service (HEAVY)
required in 10 operating
- - ADIC
hours when shown for the
flashes 4 s/
first time.
illuminates
Light service (LIGHT)
required in 2 operating
- - - ADIC
hours when shown for the
first time.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.32.A / 23
Lighting system
Cause Signal
Turn signal "on", tractor
- - General *A-062
moves after 30 s. or tractor
stationary after 5 min.
Parking light "on" and
- - Parking light *S-021
starter switch in "off"
position.
* Labelling of components in circuit diagram.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.32.A / 24
Error code display symbols
Engine error has occurred. (Symbol with error code 3000)
Transmission error has occurred. (Symbol with error code 2000)
Rear hitch error (EDC) has occurred. (Symbol with error code 1000)
Front hitch error has occurred. (Symbol with error code 9000)
Suspended front axle error has occurred. (Symbol with error code 10000)
Auxiliary control units error (EHR) has occurred. (Symbol with error code 4000)
Auxiliary control units error, front (FEHR) has occurred. (Symbol with error code 4500)
All wheel error (4WD) has occurred. (Symbol with error code 6000)
PTO error (PTO) has occurred. (Symbol with error code 5000)
Front PTO error (FPTO) has occurred. (Symbol with error code 8000)
Differential lock error has occurred. (Symbol with error code 7000)
13_ _ _ Universal controller error (UCM) has occurred. (Only error code 13000 is displayed)
19_ _ _ SCR error (DEF/AdBlue) has occurred. (Symbol with error code 19000)
18_ _ _ Armrest error (ARU) has occurred. (Only error code 18000 is displayed)
Quick Steer error has occurred. (Symbol with error code 15000)
14_ _ _ Instrument error (ADIC) has occurred. (Symbol with error code 14000)
Air conditioner error (ATC) has occurred. (Symbol with error code 16000)
Electrical park brake error (EPL) has occurred. (Symbol with error code 12000)
Abbreviations:
TCM Transmission controller ( Transmission Control Module)
ACM Auxiliary controller ( Auxiliary Control Module)
UCM Transmission and auxiliary controller ( Universal Control Module)
ADIC Instrument ( Analog Digital Instrument Cluster)
EDC Engine controller ( Electronic Diesel Control)
ARU Armrest ( Arm Rest Unit)
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.32.A / 25
FSS Quick turn controller ( Fast Steer System)

SCR Exhaust reduction controller ( Selective Catalytic Reduction)
ATC Automatic climate control controller ( Automatic Temperature Control)
EPL Electronic park brake ( Electronic Park Lock)
ESPTO Electrical PTO switching ( Electric Shift able PTO)
DMD Dot matrix display ( Dot Matrix Display)
CES Constant engine speed ( Constant Engine System)
PTO PTO ( Power Take Off))
CAN Vehicle BUS system ( Controller Area Network)
MY2010 Valid for tractors manufactured in 2010
MY2011 Valid for tractors manufactured in 2011
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.32.A / 26
Index
FRAME AND CAB - E

Instrument panel Analogue-digital instrument cluster - Dynamic description (Acoustic and visual warnings) . . . 11
Instrument panel Analogue-digital instrument cluster - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.32.A / 27
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.32.A / 28
FRAME AND CAB - E
USER PLATFORM - 34.A

84477609A 27/09/2011
E.34.A / 1
Contents
FRAME AND CAB - E
SERVICE
Cab
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.34.A / 2
FRAME AND CAB - USER PLATFORM
Cab - Install
Prior operation:
Cab - Remove (E.34.A).
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
All Vehicles
1. Install the cab using the cab lifting bracket 295027.
NOTE: Make sure that all cables and hydraulic hoses are
not trapped.
BAIS06CCM138AVA 1
2. Install the front left-hand cab mounting bolts.

BAIL07APH221AVA 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.34.A / 3
3. Install the front right-hand cab mounting bolts.

NOTE: Make sure that all cables and hydraulic hoses are
free from obstruction.
BAIL07APH222AVA 3
Tractors with Standard Cab

4. Install the left-hand side cab rear mounting nut while
holding the bolt in the cab frame.
Tighten to 380 Nm ( 280 lb ft).
NOTE: Repeat this step for both sides of the tractor.
BAIL07APH367AVA 4

5. Install the upper left-hand rear damper/spring as-
sembly bolt.
BAIL07APH292AVA 5
6. Install the panhard rod.

Install the right-hand side panhard rod retaining nut
and bolt.
BAIL07APH280AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.34.A / 4
7. Install the left-hand side panhard rod retaining nut

and bolt.
BAIL07APH281AVA 7
8. Install the cab check strap, cab check strap retaining

pin (1) and the circlip (2).
BAIL07APH278AVB 8
All Vehicles
9. Remove the cab lifting bracket 295027.
BAIL07APH362AVA 9
10. Install the grommets in the cab roof that cover the
access points for the cab lifting tool.
BAIL07APH368AVA 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.34.A / 5
11. Install the cab roof panel.

Install the 8 retaining screws.
BAIL07APH223AVA 11
12. Install the license plate.
BAIL07APH226AVA 12
13. Connect the license plate lamp electrical connectors.
BAIL07APH225AVA 13
14. Install the licence plate lamps.
BAIL07APH224AVA 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.34.A / 6
15. Install the two retaining screws from either side of the
roof lights.
NOTE: Repeat this step for both sides front and rear.
BAIS06CCM392AVA 15
16. Remove the A/C assembly from the cab and reposi-
tion it on the engine.
Install the A/C compressor retaining bolts (1). Sup-
port the A/C condenser (2). Install the A/C pipe
clamp (3).
BAIL07APH101AVB 16
17. Position the condenser, secure with the pivot bolt and
lock the over-centre catches.
BAIL07APH366AVA 17
18. Connect the A/C low pressure switch.
BAIL07APH008AVB 18
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.34.A / 7
19. Connect the A/C compressor magnetic clutch elec-

trical connector.
BAIL07APH102AVA 19
20. Install the A/C drive belt around the pulleys.
BAIL07APH241AVB 20
21. Tension the A/C drive belt adjuster (1) and tighten the
locknut (2).
BAIL07APH024AVB 21
22. Tighten the A/C compressor drive belt tensioner re-

taining bolts.
BAIL07APH241AVC 22
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.34.A / 8

23. Install the left-hand belt guard.
BAIL07APH017AVA 23

24. Install the left-hand drive belt guard.
BAIL07APH022AVA 24
All Vehicles
25. Install the charge air cooler outlet pipe. Connect the
charge air cooler to intake manifold outlet pipe.
BAIL07APH042AVA 25
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.34.A / 9
26. Connect the charge air cooler outlet hose (1), and
retaining clamp (3).
Connect the receiver/drier retaining bracket (2) to the
radiator housing.
BAIL07APH359AVA 26
27. Connect the steering pump hydraulic hoses to the

steering pump.
BAIL07APH293AVA 27
28. Install the heater hose clamp to the cab front mount.
BAIL07APH220AVA 28
29. Install the cab floor mat.
BAIL07APH389AVA 29
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.34.A / 10
30. Attach the parking brake cable.
BAIL07APH219AVA 30
31. Install the clevis pin and the split pin to the parking
brake lever.
BAIL07APH218AVA 31
32. Install the power take off (PTO) range lever cable to
the PTO.
BAIL07APH227AVA 32
33. Install the rear mechanical hitch cable to the rear

hitch.
BAIL07APH217AVA 33
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.34.A / 11
34. Attach the mechanical remote valve cables to the re-

mote valves (1). Install the mechanical remote valve
cable lock nuts (2).
BAIL07APH216AVB 34
35. Install the mechanical remote valve cable clamps.
BAIL07APH215AVA 35
36. Attach the brake pipes to the underside of the cab.
BAIL07APH214AVA 36
37. Connect the earth strap to the cab.
BAIL07APH213AVA 37
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.34.A / 12
38. Connect the cab electrical connectors.
BAIL07APH058AVA 38
39. Connect the heater return hose.
BAIL07APH125AVA 39

BAIL07APH021AVA 40
41. Connect the brake master cylinder pipe and hose

connections.
BAIL07APH237AVA 41
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.34.A / 13
42. Remove the clamp from the brake master cylinder

reservoir hose.
BAIL07APH069AVA 42
43. Using a suitable sling install the exhaust muffler to

the exhaust.
BAIL07APH112AVA 43
44. Tighten the air cleaner aspirator pipe (1) and exhaust
clamp (2).
BAIL07APH054AVA 44
45. Install both rear wheels.

Tighten to 250 Nm ( 184 lb ft.
BAIL07APH363AVA 45
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.34.A / 14
stands (1).
the lower links.
BTB0281A 46

BAIL07APH285AVA 47
Next operation:
Fill the engine coolant system, for further information, refer to ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Filling (B.50.A).
Next operation:
Bleed the brake system, for further information, refer to SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Bleed SERVICE BRAKE Hy-
draulic - Bleed (D.30.C).
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.34.A / 15
Index
FRAME AND CAB - E

Cab - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.34.A / 16
FRAME AND CAB - E
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

- 40.D

84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 1
Contents
FRAME AND CAB - E
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - 40.D
TECHNICAL DATA

Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
FUNCTIONAL DATA

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T7.170 AutoCommand Standard Climate Control, T7.185 AutoCommand Standard Climate Control, T7.200
AutoCommand Standard Climate Control, T7.210 AutoCommand Standard Climate Control, T7.170 Range Command
Standard Climate Control, T7.170 Power Command Standard Climate Control, T7.185 Range Command Standard
Climate Control, T7.185 Power Command Standard Climate Control, T7.200 Range Command Standard Climate Control,
T7.200 Power Command Standard Climate Control, T7.210 Range Command Standard Climate Control, T7.210 Power
Command Standard Climate Control
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
T7.170 AutoCommand Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T7.185 AutoCommand Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T7.200
AutoCommand Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T7.210 AutoCommand Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T7.170 Range
Command Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T7.170 Power Command Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T7.185 Range
Command Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T7.210 Power Command Auto Temperature Control (ATC)
Compressor
Magnetic clutch - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Electrical control
Temperature control potentiometer - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Sensing system
Overview (High pressure/low pressure switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Low pressure switch - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 2
Temperature sensor - Overview (Cabin Temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Temperature sensor - Overview (Outlet temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Temperature sensor - Overview (Outside temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Evaporator temperature sensor - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

SERVICE

Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Decontaminating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Discharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Evacuate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Leakage test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Remove (Heating and air conditioning unit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Install (Heating and air conditioning unit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Command
Switch - Replace (Modes of operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Switch - Replace (Blower speed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Heater valve
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Air filter
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Compressor
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Magnetic clutch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Magnetic clutch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Shaft seal - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Cylinder head - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Cylinder head - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Condenser
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Evaporator
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Expansion valve
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Heater
Water valve actuator - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Receiver/drier
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Cooler
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Ventilation system
Motor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Blower speed drive - Replace (Voltage divider) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Blower speed drive - Replace (Voltage regulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Electrical control
Temperature control potentiometer - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Electronic HVAC control

Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 4
Electrical test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Sensing system
Replace (High pressure/low pressure switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Low pressure switch - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Temperature sensor - Replace (Cab temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Temperature sensor - Replace (Outlet temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Temperature sensor - Replace (Outside temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Evaporator temperature sensor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Evaporator temperature sensor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

DIAGNOSTIC

84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 5
FRAME AND CAB - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

- General specification
Refrigerant specifications R134A
Refrigerant filling 900 g (31.75 oz)
Refrigerator oil specifications PAG type SP10 (ISO 46 viscosity)
Refrigerant oil filling quantity (air conditioner and system) 186 - 228 cm³ (11.4 - 13.9 in³)
Air conditioner compressor Sanden SD7H15
Manufacturer and type
At an ambient temperature of 22 - 49 °C (72 - 120 °F) the cooling power is approx. 4.5 kW.
NOTE: The actual cooling power depends on the setting made by the driver.

- Torque
Cylinder head screws of the air conditioning compressor 24.5-26.5 Nm ( 18-19.5 lbf.ft)
Retaining screw of the compressor clutch front plate 11.0-14.0 Nm ( 8-10 lbf.ft)
Retaining screws of the air conditioning compressor 20.5-25.5 Nm ( 15-19 lbf.ft)

- Special tools
Certified Refrigerant Recover, Recycling and Recharge Equipment suitable for the type of refrigerant gas used on
tractor are required when servicing air conditioning systems.
This special equipment is available through recognised suppliers of air conditioning equipment. Refer to the Tool
supplier for details on the latest equipment available for servicing the air conditioning system.
Vacuum/charge Portable system 380000558

Recovery/recharge Portable system 380000315
Evaporator and condenser cleaner 380000312
Electronic Gas Leak Detector 380000314
Manifold Gauge Set (Where required) 380000239
COMPRESSOR TOOLS: Sanden SDH715 Kit 380000333
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 6

- Overview
T7.170 AutoCommand Standard Climate Control, T7.185 AutoCommand Standard Climate Control, T7.200 AutoCommand Standard Climate Control,
T7.210 AutoCommand Standard Climate Control, T7.170 Range Command Standard Climate Control, T7.170 Power Command Standard Climate
Control, T7.185 Range Command Standard Climate Control, T7.185 Power Command Standard Climate Control, T7.200 Range Command Standard
Climate Control, T7.200 Power Command Standard Climate Control, T7.210 Range Command Standard Climate Control, T7.210 Power Command
Standard Climate Control
SS11E035 1
1. Compressor 2. High pressure - low pressure switch

3. Condenser 4. Receiver/ drier
5. Heating valve 6. Evaporator temperature sensor
7. Low pressure switch 8. Voltage divider
9. Blower motor 10. Blower speed switch
11. Heating regulator 12. Air conditioner "ON / OFF" switch
13. Air conditioner connecting lines
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 7

- Overview
T7.170 AutoCommand Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T7.185 AutoCommand Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T7.200 AutoCommand Auto
Temperature Control (ATC), T7.210 AutoCommand Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T7.170 Range Command Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T7.170
Power Command Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T7.185 Range Command Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T7.185 Power Command Auto Temperature
Control (ATC), T7.200 Range Command Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T7.200 Power Command Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T7.210 Range
SS11E036 1
1. Compressor 2. High pressure-low pressure switch

3. Condenser 4. Receiver/ drier
5. Heating and air conditioning unit - see figure 2 6. Blower box - see figure 3
7. Blower speed switch 8. Temperature control potentiometer
9. Operating mode switch 10. Air conditioner connecting lines
11. Control unit (ATC)
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 8
SS08E001 2
Heating and air conditioning unit

12. Evaporator 13. Heating cooler
14. Outlet temperature sensor 15. Evaporator temperature sensor
16. Low pressure switch 17. Heating valve (ATC)
SS08E002 3
Blower box
18. Blower motor 19. Voltage regulator
20. Outside temperature sensor 21. Cab temperature sensor
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 9

The ATC control unit is a control unit with a control cycle that obtains data from various sources and issues com-
mands to other devices. The control parameter of the system is the inner temperature of the cab. The driver selects
the desired cab temperature with the help of the temperature control potentiometer. The control unit controls the
compressor, the heating valve and the blower speed in order to reach or maintain the desired value.
The control unit receives information from the following switches and sensors:
• The modes of operation switch in the positions "ECON", "OFF" and "MAX DEF" supplies information about the
desired system operating mode: Economy mode, air conditioner switched off or dehumidify/defrost.
• The cab temperature sensor, which is located in the return line of the air circulation filter, sends the current cab
temperature.
• The temperature desired by the driver and that which is set by the temperature control potentiometer is the
desired value.
• The outlet temperature sensor in the heating air conditioning unit sends the current cooling or heating temper-
ature.
• The low pressure switch sends information if abnormal system pressures occur on the low pressure side in the
evaporator.
• The high pressure/low pressure switch sends information if abnormal system pressures occur on the high pres-
sure side.
• The blower speed switch sends information relevant to the setting selected by the driver. The settings are "OFF"
and "A" (automatic) or speed levels Ι-ΙΙΙ. If the driver has left the "A" position, the blower speed determined by
the controller is overridden by the driver’s selection.
• The temperature control potentiometer sends the desired temperature (°F/°C) to the control unit.
In order to realize the heating/cooling functions the control unit controls the following output devices:
• The compressor clutch via the clutch relay: The control unit determines whether the compressor is switched on
or off in order to attain the desired cooling value in the cab.
• In the case of the heating valve the valve opening is varied in order to attain the desired temperature value in
the cab.
• The blower speed is set via the blower speed switch: The conditioned air is delivered from the heating and air
conditioning unit at a speed which is proportional to the difference between the existing cab temperature and
the desired value.
• The display on the instrument cluster shows information for any error codes that may have occurred.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 10
Control elements
SS08D105 1
Blower speed switch (1) Selecting the blower speed Position "0": Blower switched off
manually overrides the Position "A": Blower speed is automatically controlled
selection made by the by the controller.
control unit. Position "I": Slow blower speed
Position "II": Middle blower speed
Position "III": Fast blower speed
Operating mode switch (2) Determines the operating Position "ECON": Air conditioner is switched off
mode. Position "Middle": Air conditioner is switched on
Position "MAX DEF": Dehumidifier/defroster mode
Temperature control Determines the desired Position "LO": Maximum cooling power temperature
potentiometer (3) value of the cab temperature. range position 18-28. Desired cab temperature in °C/°F.
Position "HI": Maximum heating power
"AUTOMATIC" control mode

The automatic mode is selected by moving the blower speed switch (1) to position "A" automatic and the operating
mode switch (2) to the middle position. Use the temperature control potentiometer (3) to set the desired temperature.
In this mode the system attempts to maintain the desired temperature value selected by the driver (from 16 °C ( 61
°F) to 32 °C ( 90 °F) using the temperature control (ATC) and in order to do this varies the air temperature and the
blower speed.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 11
"MANUAL" control mode

The manual mode can be selected by moving the blower speed switch (1) to the position "I, II or III" and using the
temperature control potentiometer (3) to set the desired temperature. The blower speed is varied to reach the set
value and then remains constant. In this case the system attempts to attain the desired temperature in the cab simply
by changing the air temperature and the blower speed selected by the driver remains unchanged. If you would like
to return to the automatic control mode switch the blower speed switch (1) to position "A" (automatic).
You can set the maximum cooling power by setting the temperature control potentiometer (3) to "LO" (turn all the way
to the left). The air conditioner works at maximum cooling power in this mode.
The blower can be switched on in two ways:

• Turn the blower speed switch (1) to position “A”. In this operating mode the blower is set to maximum speed.
• The blower speed is set manually to position "I, II or III".
You can set the maximum heating power by setting the temperature control potentiometer (3) to "HI" (turn all the way
to the right). The heating system works at maximum power in this mode.
The blower can be switched on in two ways:

• Turn the blower speed switch (1) to position “A”. In this operating mode the blower is set to maximum speed.
• The blower speed is set manually to position "I, II or III".
"ECONOMY" air conditioner mode.

The economy mode can be selected by moving the operating mode switch (2) to the position "ECON" (left position)
and moving the blower speed switch (1) to position "A". Use the temperature control potentiometer (3) to set the
desired temperature. If the outside temperature is low the air conditioner does not have to be running in order to
maintain a constant cab temperature. In this mode the unit attempts to keep the desired value constant by regulating
the heating valve and the blower speed. If the outside air temperature rises above the desired value selected, (cab
temperature) the air conditioner must be switched on in order to attain the desired value.
"MAX DEF" mode.

The purpose of the "MAX DEF" mode is to remove moisture that collects on the windows of the cab in the form of fog
or ice. Use the operating mode switch (2) to select the "MAX DEF" position and move the blower speed switch (1) to
position "A". In this mode the heating system and the air conditioner are running; the blower runs at maximum speed.
The blower speed can also be set manually. If this mode is used to defrost the windows, the temperature control
potentiometer (3) should be turned to the "HI" position. In this position an air outlet temperature is attained which is
as high as possible when the air conditioner is running in order to defrost the windows. If the windows are heavily
fogged with moisture it is not necessary to change the set temperature (desired value) using the temperature control
potentiometer (3). In order to exit the "MAX DEF" mode and enter another operating mode. Move the operating mode
switch (2) to the middle position (air conditioner "ON") or to the "ECON" position (air conditioner "OFF")
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 12
Summary of automatic operation

The operating mode switch (2) is in the middle position, and the blower speed switch (1) is in position "A"
(automatic). No error codes active.
Temperature criteria The control unit only reacts when there is a difference of 1 °C ( 2 °F) between the
desired value and the temperature recorded by the cab sensor. Then the compressor is
switched on and the heating valve is opened. The driver can therefore also adjust the
temperature a degree cooler or warmer than originally selected to ensure a pleasant
environment in the cab.
Blower speed The difference between the cab temperature and the Then the control unit sets
desired value is... the blower speed to...
≤ 1 °C ( 2 °F) 25 %
> 1 °C ( 2 °F) but ≤ 2 °C ( 4 °F) 35 %*
> 2 °C ( 4 °F) but ≤ 6 °C ( 3 °F) 45 %*
> 3 °C ( 6 °F) but ≤ 4 °C ( 8 °F) 55 %*
> 4 °C ( 8 °F) but ≤ 5 °C ( 10 °F) 65 %*
> 5 °C ( 10 °F) but ≤ 6 °C ( 12 °F) 75 %*
> 6 °C ( 12 °F) 100 %*
Switching the compressor The compressor clutch is activated or deactivated by the control unit in order to attain
clutch on and off. or maintain the desired temperature value in the cab.
Heating valve The heating valve is opened or closed by the control unit in order to attain or maintain
the desired temperature value in the cab.
Manual regulation of • Blower level remains at the level selected by the driver.
blower speed position "I, II The temperature continues to be regulated automatically but the control unit cannot
•
or III" change the selected blower speed in order to attain the desired temperature value.
• You can restore the fully automatic mode by moving the blower speed switch (1)
to position "A" (automatic).
Maximum cooling is • Blower speed 100 %
selected "LO" The clutch is only deactivated when the frost setting 0 °C ( 32 °F) on the evaporator
•
temperature sensor is attained. It is reactivated when the recorded temperature
increases to 3 °C ( 37 °F).
• If the temperature regulator is taken out of the maximum range for "LO", the system
returns to automatic regulation of the compressor and the blower.
Maximum heating is • Blower speed 100 %
selected "HI" The heating valve is completely open.
•
• If the temperature control potentiometer is adjusted from the maximum range for
"HI", the system returns to automatic regulation of the heating valve and the blower
speed.
Exception * When the heating function is selected the blower retains the speed level 25 % until
the temperature recorded at the evaporator exceeds 12,8 °C ( 55 °F).
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 13
Summary of "MAX DEF" dehumidifier/defroster operation

The operating mode switch (2) is in the position "MAX DEF", and the blower speed switch (1) is in position "A"
(automatic). No error codes active.
Temperature criteria The control unit only reacts when there is a difference of 1 °C ( 2 °F) between the
desired value and the temperature recorded by the cab temperature sensor. Then the
compressor is switched on and the heating valve is opened. The driver can therefore
also adjust the temperature a degree cooler or warmer than originally selected to
ensure a pleasant environment in the cab.
Blower speed The difference between the cab temperature and the Then the control unit sets
desired value is... the blower speed to...
≤ 1 °C ( 2 °F) 25 %
> 1 °C ( 2 °F) but ≤ 2 °C ( 4 °F) 35 %
> 2 °C ( 4 °F) but ≤ 6 °C ( 3 °F) 45 %
> 3 °C ( 6 °F) but ≤ 4 °C ( 8 °F) 55 %
> 4 °C ( 8 °F) but ≤ 5 °C ( 10 °F) 65 %
> 5 °C ( 10 °F) but ≤ 6 °C ( 12 °F) 75 %
> 6 °C ( 12 °F) 100 %
Switching the compressor ** The compressor is permanently on to eliminate moisture from the cab. The clutch is
clutch on and off. only deactivated when the frost setting 0 °C ( 32 °F) on the evaporator temperature
sensor is attained. It is reactivated when the recorded temperature increases to 3 °C
( 37 °F).
Heating valve The heating valve is opened or closed by the control unit in order to attain or maintain
the desired temperature value in the cab.
Manual regulation of • Blower level remains at the level selected by the driver.
blower speed position "I, II The temperature continues to be regulated automatically but the control unit cannot
•
or III" change the selected blower speed in order to attain the desired temperature value.
• You can restore the standard air conditioning operation mode by shifting the oper-
ating mode switch (2) to the middle position.
Maximum cooling is Using the system in this manner makes little sense as the compressor runs
selected "LO" continuously. The temperature control potentiometer should be in the heating range to
attain good dehumidifying or defrosting performance in the cab.
Maximum heating is • Blower speed 100 %
selected "HI" The heating valve is completely open.
•
• If the temperature control potentiometer is adjusted from the maximum range for
"HI", the system returns to automatic regulation of the heating valve and the blower
speed.
Exception ** On very cold days the compressor does switch on until the temperature at the
evaporator temperature sensor exceeds 0 °C ( 32 °F).
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 14

The following examples show typical low and high pressure gauge readings obtained when performance testing the
air conditioning system with an ambient temperature of 35 °C (95 °F) .
The recommended corrective action is based on a similar fault as identified in the performance test diagnosis charts.
PERFORMANCE TEST EXAMPLE 1
1 High Side Low

2 High Side Hand Valve Closed
3 High Side Hose Connected to High Side Service
Connector
4 Not Used
5 Low Side Hose Connected to Low Side Service
Connector
6 Low Side Hand Valve Closed
7 Low Side Low
SS11E025 1
PROBLEM:
Little or no cooling.
CAUSE:
Refrigerant slightly low.
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure too low. Gauge should read 1 - 2 bar (15 - 29 psi).
High side pressure too low. Gauge should read 16 - 18 bar (232 - 261 psi).
Evaporator air not cold.
CORRECTIVE PROCEDURES
1. Leak test the system.

2. Repair leaks. (Discharge and recover the refrigerant from the system; replace lines or components).
3. Check compressor oil to ensure no loss.
4. Evacuate the system.
5. Charge the system.
6. Performance test the system.
DIAGNOSIS: System refrigerant is low. May be caused by a small leak

NOTE: Test procedure based upon ambient temperature of 35 °C (95 °F). For proper high side gauge reading for other
ambient temperatures, refer to the pressure temperature chart ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and
air-conditioning - Service instruction (E.40.D).
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 15
1 High Side Low

Connector
4 Not Used
Connector
7 Low Side Low
SS11E026 2
PROBLEM:
Insufficient cooling.
CAUSE:
Refrigerant excessively low.
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure very low.
Gauge should read 1 - 2 bar (15 - 29 psi)
High side pressure too low.
Gauge should read 16 - 18 bar (232 - 261 psi).
Evaporator air warm.
Low pressure switch cutting out
1. Leak test the system.

2. Discharge and recover the refrigerant from the system.
3. Repair leaks.
DIAGNOSIS: System refrigerant is extremely low. A serious leak is indicated.

84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 16
1 High Side Normal

Connector
4 Not Used
Connector
7 Low Side Low
SS11E027 3
PROBLEM:
CAUSE:
Air in system.
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure reading does not change when compressor cycles “on" and “off".
High side pressure slightly high or slightly low. Gauge should read 16 - 18 bar (232 - 261 psi).
1. Leak test the system. Give special attention to the compressor seal area.
3. Repair leaks.
4. Replace the receiver/dryer.
DIAGNOSIS: Air or moisture in system. System not fully charged.

84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 17
1 High Side Low

Connector
4 Not Used
Connector
7 Low Side High
SS11E028 4
PROBLEM:
CAUSE:
Compressor malfunction.
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure too high. Gauge should read 1 - 2 bar (15 - 29 psi).
High side pressure too low. Gauge should read 16 - 18 bar (232 - 261 psi) .
1. Replace the compressor.
DIAGNOSIS: Internal leak in compressor caused by worn or scored pistons, rings, or cylinders .
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 18
1 High Side High

Connector
4 Not Used
Connector
7 Low Side High
SS11E029 5
PROBLEM:
Insufficient or no cooling. Engine overheats in some cases.
CAUSE:
Condenser not functioning properly.
CONDITIONS*
High side pressure too high. Gauge should read 16 - 18 bar (232 - 261 psi).
Liquid line hot.
High pressure switch cutting out.
1. Check belt. Loose or worn drive belts could cause excessive pressures in the compressor head.
2. Look for clogged passages between the condenser fins and coil, or other obstructions that could reduce con-
denser airflow.
3. If engine is overheating replace engine thermostat and radiator pressure cap.
At this point, operate the system and check its performance. If still unsatisfactory, proceed as follows:

2. Remove the condenser and clean and flush it to ensure a free flow of refrigerant. Or, if the condenser appears
to be unduly dirty or plugged, replace it.
4. Evacuate the system, and recharge it with the correct quantity of refrigerant.
DIAGNOSIS: Lack of cooling caused by pressure that is too high on the high side, resulting from improper operation
of condenser. (Refrigerant charge may be normal or excessive).
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 19
1 High Side Normal

Connector
4 Not Used
Connector
7 Low Side Normal
SS11E030 6
PROBLEM:
Insufficient or no cooling.
CAUSE:
Large amount of air in system.
CONDITIONS*
Evaporator air not cool.

DIAGNOSIS: Air in system. This, and the moisture in the air, is contaminating the refrigerant, causing the system to
operate improperly.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 20
1 High Side High

Connector
4 Not Used
Connector
7 Low Side High
SS11E031 7
PROBLEM:
Insufficient or no cooling.
CAUSE:
Improper operation of thermostatic expansion valve (stuck open)
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure too high. gauge should read 1 - 2 bar (15 - 29 psi).
Evaporator and suction hose (to compressor) surfaces show considerable moisture.
1. Check for sticking expansion valve as follows:

Operate the system at maximum cooling.
Check the low side gauge. The pressure should drop slowly.
2. If the test indicates that the expansion valve is defective, proceed as follows:
Discharge and recover the refrigerant from the system.
Replace the expansion valve.
Evacuate the system.
Charge the system.
Performance test the system.
DIAGNOSIS: Thermostatic expansion valve is allowing too much refrigerant to flow through the evaporator coils.
Valve may be stuck open.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 21
1 High Side Low

Connector
4 Not Used
Connector
7 Low Side Low
SS11E032 8
PROBLEM:
CAUSE:
Improper operation of thermostatic expansion valve (stuck closed).
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure too low (zero or vacuum). Gauge should read 1 - 2 bar (15 - 29 psi).
High side pressure low. Gauge should read 16 - 18 bar (232 - 261 psi).
Evaporator air cool, but not sufficiently cold.
Evaporator inlet pipe surface shows considerable moisture or frost.
Low pressure switch cutting out.
1. Place finger on expansion valve to evaporator tube. If too cold to touch, proceed as follows:
Operate the system at maximum cooling.
Check the low side gauge. The pressure should drop slowly.
2. If the procedure outlined in Step 1 shows that the expansion valve is defective, proceed as follows:
Discharge system
Replace expansion valve
Evacuate the system.
Charge the system.
Performance test the system.
DIAGNOSIS: Expansion valve is not permitting a sufficient flow of refrigerant. May be caused by valve stuck in re-
stricted or closed position.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 22
1 High Side Low

Connector
4 Not Used
Connector
7 Low Side Low
SS11E033 9
PROBLEM:
CAUSE:
Restriction in high side of system.
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure too low. Gauge should read 1 - 2 bar (15 - 29 psi).
High side pressure too low. Gauge should read 16 - 18 bar (232 - 261 psi).
NOTE: A normal or high reading of the high side pressure gauge under these conditions indicates the system is
overcharged or the condenser or receiver/dryer is too small.
Evaporator only slightly cool.

Liquid line and receiver/dryer are cool to touch and show frost or considerable moisture.

2. Replace the liquid lines, receiver/dryer, or other obstructed components.
DIAGNOSIS: Restriction in the liquid line and/or receiver/dryer resulting in a “starved" evaporator (compressor moving
refrigerant from the evaporator faster than it can enter).
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 23
1 High Side Normal

Connector
4 Not Used
Connector
7 Low Side Gauge Compressor Cycles on at 2.3 bar
(33.4 psi) Compressor Cycles off at 1.9 bar (27.6
psi).
SS11E034 10
PROBLEM:
Compressor cycles (cuts in and out) too rapidly.
CAUSE:
Thermostatic switch defective.
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure readings too high during both “on" and “off" compressor cycles and between cycles. Readings
should be:
0.8 - 1 bar (11.6 - 14.5 psi) - cycle "off"
2.5 - 2.7 bar (36.3 - 39.2 psi) 2.5 - 2.7 bar - cycle "on"
1.7 - 1.9 bar (24.7 - 27.6 psi) - between cycles
High side pressure normal. Gauge should read 16 - 18 bar (232 - 261 psi).
1. Stop the engine and shut off A/C system.

2. Replace thermostatic switch with switch of same type.
3. Make sure the switch's temperature sensor is installed in the same position and depth (in evaporator core) as
previous.
DIAGNOSIS: Defective thermostatic switch.

84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 24

- Static description
The function of the air conditioning system is to improve the operator's comfort by cooling the air temperature inside
the cab and reducing the humidity level.
This temperature control is achieved by absorbing the heat within the cab into a refrigerant and then allowing the heat
absorbed by the refrigerant to be transferred to the outside air.
In order to achieve this heat transfer the following principals of heat generation and transfer are applied within the air
conditioning system.
1. When two bodies of different temperature come together heat is transferred from one to another. On air condi-
tioning systems an evaporator is used to hold the low temperature refrigerant which absorbs the heat from the
air within the cab.
60-50-001 1
2. When a gas is pressurised the temperature of the gas will rise. In air conditioning systems the increase in
pressure is achieved using a compressor.
60-50-002 2
3. When a gas is cooled it will condense into a liquid. In the air conditioning system a condenser is used to cool
the gas and the resulting liquid is stored in a receiver dryer.
60-50-003 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 25
4. When a liquid is atomized through an orifice, the temperature of the resultant vapour will drop. The low tem-
perature of the atomized liquid will then absorb heat from its surroundings. On air conditioning systems the
refrigerant is atomized using an expansion valve.
60-50-004 4
It can now be seen that the principal components of an air conditioning system are:
• Refrigerant
• Evaporator
• Compressor
• Condenser
• Receiver/Dryer
• Expansion Valve
Figure 5, uses the examples above to illustrate the air conditioning cycle.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 26
SS11D388 5
Air Conditioning Principal of Operation
1. Expansion Valve - Atomizes Liquid Refrigerant Before 2. Evaporator- Absorbs Heat From Air In Cab
Passing to Evaporator
3. Compressor - Compresses and Raises Temperature 4. Condenser, Evaporator and Dryer - Converts
Of Refrigerant Gas Refrigerant from Gas to a Liquid
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 27
1b0o2004061086 6
Air Conditioning Flow Diagram
Figure 6, shows in schematic form the flow of refrigerant through the five major components of an air conditioning
system.
Refrigerant is drawn into the compressor as a cool, low pressure vapor which is compressed and then pumped out
as a hot, high pressure vapor to the condenser.
As the hot, high pressure vapor passes through the condenser core it gives off heat to the cooler outside air, being
drawn past the fins by the engine cooling fan.
By giving off heat to the outside air, the vapor is condensed to a liquid which moves under high pressure to the receiver
dryer where it is stored until released to the evaporator by the temperature sensing expansion valve.
As liquid refrigerant passes through the metered orifice in the expansion valve the refrigerant changes from a high
pressure liquid to a low pressure atomized liquid with a lower temperature.
This low pressure, low temperature, atomized liquid enters the evaporator coils and absorbs heat from the cab warm
air blown across the coils and fins by the cab blower motor. The refrigerant now changes from a cold low pressure
atomized liquid to a warm low pressure vapor and leaves the evaporator outlet, moving to the suction (low pressure)
side of the compressor to repeat the cycle.
As this heat loss is taking place, moisture (humidity) in the cab air will condense on the outside of the evaporator and
drain off as water through the drain hoses attached to the evaporator drain pan, thereby reducing the humidity level
of the cab.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 28
Refrigerant
To achieve the absorption and the release of heat which is, in essence, the function of an air conditioning system,
requires the use of a suitable “refrigerant" - a liquid that has a relatively low temperature boiling point, plus certain
desirable safety and stability features.
The refrigerant used in the air conditioning system is refrigerant R-134a.
NOTE: To help protect the environment, legislation has been introduced in most territories banning the release into
the atmosphere of refrigerants, including R134a. All service procedures contained in this manual can be carried out
without the need to release refrigerant into the atmosphere.
In order to prevent the incorrect type of refrigerant being charged to the system the service valves fitted to the trac-
tor and necessary to connect up refrigerant recovery, evacuation and recycling/recharging equipment will be of two
different sizes as recognised and specified by the air conditioning industry.
NOTICE: R-134a refrigerant is not compatible with R-12 refrigerant.
R-134a refrigerant is stable at all operating temperatures and able to absorb great quantities of heat.
The boiling point of R-134a is - 22 °C (- 15 °F) at atmospheric pressure.
If the pressure is increased, R-134a will readily vaporize to absorb heat at temperatures between - 11.7 °C ( 11 °F)
at 1.9 bar (27.6 psi) and 0 °C (32 °F) at 2.9 bar (42.1 psi) in the evaporator.
At higher pressures, R-134a will condense and give off heat at temperatures between 48 °C (118 °F) at 12.4 bar
(179.8 psi) and 58 °C (136 °F) at 15.85 bar (229.83 psi) in the condenser.
Compressor
TA6050007 7
Typical Air Conditioning Refrigerant Compressor
1. Electro- magnetic Clutch 2. Clutch Bearing

3. Cam Rotor 4. Wobble Plate
5. Piston 6. Suction Chamber
7. Discharge Chamber 8. Cylinder Head
9. Static Gear
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 29
The tractor air conditioning unit compressor is mounted on the front of the engine and is belt driven by the crankshaft
pulley.
The compressor separates the low and high pressure sides of the system and is basically a pump which has two
functions:
(1) To raise the refrigerant temperature by compression to a higher degree of temperature than the ambient (outside
air) temperature.
(2) To circulate the required volume of refrigerant through the system.
The refrigerant compressor is a seven cylinder wobble plate unit housed in a die cast aluminium housing.
Drive to the wobble plate is from the pulley, through the electro magnetic clutch to the main driveshaft. Attached to
the driveshaft is a cam rotor which oscillates the wobble plate. The wobble plate is prevented from rotating by a static
gear engaging with teeth formed in the face of the plate. The seven pistons are connected to the wobble plate by
rods located in ball sockets.
Refrigerant is drawn in on the downward stroke of a piston through the reed valves located either end of the cylin-
der assembly. Refrigerant enters the cylinder assembly through a gallery in the outer circumference of the cylinder
assembly.
The upwards stroke of the piston compresses the refrigerant and expels it through another reed valve into an inner
gallery in the cylinder assembly and out into the refrigerant circuit.
The compressor is lubricated with a Polyalklene Glycol (PAG) oil. This oil is totally miscible with the refrigerant and is
carried around the refrigerant circuit.
The compressor is activated by an electromagnetic clutch which functions to engage or disengage the compressor
as required in the operation of the air conditioning system.
The clutch is primarily activated by the:
• Temperature cycling control switch

• Combined high/low pressure cut- out switch
• Low pressure cut- out switch
Low Pressure Cut- out Switch

The low pressure switch (1), Figure 8, is in the evaporator outlet line and is located under a lid in the evaporator
housing under the rear floor.
The purpose of the switch is to shut off the compressor pump in the event of low pressure in the refrigerant system.
Low refrigerant pressure may occur due to a faulty expansion valve, icing up of the expansion valve orifice or refrig-
erant loss. Low refrigerant pressure may result in damage to the compressor pump.
The low pressure switch is factory set and cannot be adjusted.
BTB0437A_509 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 30
Combined High/Low Pressure Cut- out Switch

The combined high/low pressure switch, Figure 9, is located in the condenser inlet line from the compressor. The
switch shuts off the compressor pump in the event of a restriction in the high pressure line or excessively low pressure
due to lack of refrigerant in the system.
Loss of refrigerant in the system will result in insufficient cooling and lubrication and continuous operation will cause
damage to the compressor pump.
BAIS06CCM701AVA 9
System Pressure Relief Valve

A relief valve is located at the discharge port on the compressor, Figure 10. This allows the system refrigerant to
be discharged into the engine bay (atmosphere) instead of in the cab, if the system pressure became such that a
hose might fail in the cab and cause injury to the operator. This secondary safety feature will only operate in extreme
conditions, for example, if the high pressure cut out switch were to fail, or in the event of an engine fire.
BAIL07APH374AVA 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 31
Condenser and Receiver Dryer

The condenser, located at the front of the tractor, Figure 11, consists of a number of turns of continuous coil mounted
in a series of thin cooling fins to provide a maximum of heat transfer in a minimum amount of space.
The condenser receives the hot, high pressure refrigerant vapour from the compressor. The hot vapour passes
through the condenser coils. Cooling air is pulled through the condenser by the engine cooling fan.
BAIL07APH373AVA 11
Heat moves from the hot refrigerant vapour into the cooler outside air flowing across the condenser coils and fins.
When the refrigerant vapour reaches the pressure and temperature that will induce a change of state, a large quantity
of heat is transferred to the outside air and the refrigerant changes to a high pressure warm liquid.
The warm liquid refrigerant continues onto the receiver/drier where it is filtered and desiccated, to remove any mois-
ture, before passing through an outlet line to the thermostatic expansion valve.
SS11D407 12
The receiver/dryer, Figure 12 stores the liquid refrigerant, to be sure that a steady flow to the thermostatic expansion
valve is maintained under widely different operating conditions.
The drier section contains a desiccant (Molecular sieve) to absorb any moisture within the system and a filter prevents
the entry of foreign particles.
NOTE: Any moisture in the air conditioning system is extremely harmful. Moisture not absorbed by the dehydrator
will circulate with the refrigerant and droplets may collect and freeze in the thermostatic expansion valve orifice. This
action will block the refrigerant flow and stop the cooling action. Moisture will also react with refrigerant R-134a and
the lubricant to form a corrosive acid.
The desiccant can only absorb a limited amount of moisture before reaching saturation point. Because of this, after
any system component replacement or repairs requiring entry into the system, the receiver/dryer should be replaced.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 32
Expansion Valve
The expansion valve (1) Figure 13, is located next to the evaporator, in the pressure line leading from the receiver/
dryer and performs the following functions:
BTB0438A 13
• METERING ACTION - A metered orifice changes the liquid refrigerant from a high pressure low temperature
liquid to a low pressure, lower temperature atomized liquid.
• CONTROLLING ACTION - The valve responds to changes in the cooling requirements. When increased cooling
is required, the valve opens to increase the refrigerant flow and when less cooling is required the valve closes
and decreases the refrigerant flow.
• MODULATING ACTION - A thermostatically controlled valve within the expansion valve body controls the vol-
ume of liquid refrigerant passing through the orifice and makes sure the refrigerant is fully vaporized within the
evaporator. Liquid refrigerant would damage the compressor reed valves or freeze the pistons.
Expansion Valve - Operation

All of the needed temperature sensing and pressure sensing functions are consolidated into this basic unit and no
external tubes are required for these purposes.
The refrigerant from the condenser and receiver dryer enters the thermostatic expansion valve as a high pressure
warm liquid. Upon passing through the ball and spring controlled metering orifice, the pressure and temperature
of the refrigerant is reduced and the refrigerant leaves the thermostatic expansion valve as a low pressure, lower
temperature atomized liquid.
The atomized liquid now passes through the evaporator where it absorbs heat before returning via the expansion
valve to the compressor as a warm Low pressure vapour.
There are two refrigerant passages in the valve. One passage is in the refrigerant line from the condenser to the
evaporator and contains the ball and spring type orifice valve. The other passage is in the refrigerant line from the
evaporator to the compressor and contains the valve's temperature sensing element.
Liquid refrigerant flow from the condenser and receiver dryer is controlled by a push-rod forcing the orifice valve ball
off its seat and the spring exerting pressure on the ball to keep it on its seat.
During stabilized (vehicle shutdown) conditions, the pressure on the bottom of the expansion valve diaphragm rises
above the pressure on the top of the diaphragm allowing the valve spring to close the orifice.
When the system is started, the pressure on the bottom of the diaphragm drops rapidly, allowing the orifice to open
and meter atomized liquid refrigerant to the evaporator where it begins to vaporize.
Suction from the compressor draws the vaporized refrigerant out of the evaporator and back through a gallery in the
top of the valve which passes the temperature sensor.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 33
60-50-014 14
The temperature sensor reacts to variations in refrigerant gas pressure returning from the evaporator. When heat from
the passenger compartment is absorbed by the refrigerant the pressure of the gas increases causing a differential
pressure above and below the temperature sensor diaphragm. The diaphragm reacts to this pressure differential
and a push rod forces the ball in the expansion valve orifice further off its seat. This reaction allows an increase in
the atomized refrigerant to flow through the valve, to the evaporator, so that more heat can be absorbed by the air
conditioning system.
Similarly when the temperature of the gas returning from the evaporator decreases the pressure of the gas decreases.
This causes the diaphragm to react accordingly and allow the ball in the orifice to move closer towards its seat thus
reducing the flow of refrigerant through the valve to the evaporator.
BTB0435A 15
Evaporator
The evaporator, (2) Figure 15, is located under the rear seat floor and consists of a number of turns of continuous
coils mounted in a series of thin cooling fins to provide a maximum of heat transfer in a minimum amount of space.
Low temperature refrigerant in the evaporator absorbs heat from the hotter air in the operator's compartment, thereby
cooling the air.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 34
Blower Fan
The blower fan, (1) Figure 15, draws warm air from outside the cab through the intake filters, Figure 16 and forces it
across the evaporator before entering the cab through louvered vents.
The blower motor is controlled by a four-speed switch (1), Figure 17. The switch uses a variable resistor to change
the fan speed.
The coldest air will be obtained at the slowest fan speed but the greatest cooling capacity is obtained at the highest
fan speed.
BTB0449_512 16
BTB0422A_513 17
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 35
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Overview
SS08E006 1 SS08E007 2
Location: on left side of engine
Nominal voltage 12 V
Pull-in voltage min. 7,5 V
Power consumption 3,6 - 4,2 A
Power output 43 W
Resistance 2,9 - 3,6 Ω
Coupling gap 0.4 - 0.8 mm ( 0.016 - 0.031 in)
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 36
Electrical control Temperature control potentiometer - Overview

SS08E030 1 SS08E031 2
Position: On the left C-pillar
Characteristic curve linear

resistance 0 - 10 k Ω ± 10 %
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 37
Sensing system - Overview (High pressure/low pressure switch)
SS11D404 1 SS11D402 2
Location: on left side of engine
High pressure switch

Contact (PIN 1-2) Normally closed contact
On (switch closed) 20 ±2 bar ( 290 lbf/in2)
Off (switch open) 28 ±2 bar ( 406 lbf/in2)
Current max. 5A
Low pressure switch

Contact (PIN 1-2) Normally open contact
On (switch closed) 2.6 ±0.1 bar ( 37 ±1.5 lbf/in2)
Off (switch open) 1.8 ±0.5 bar ( 26 ±7 lbf/in2)
Current max. 5A
Medium pressure switch

Contact (PIN 3-4) Normally open contact
On (switch closed) 18 ±1 bar ( 261 lbf/in2)
Off (switch open) 15 ±1 bar ( 217 lbf/in2)
Current max. 1A
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 38
Sensing system Low pressure switch - Overview
SS08E016 1 SS08E009 2
Position: Under the driver’s seat in the heating air
conditioning unit
Contact Make contact

On (switch closed) 1.5 bar (21.8 psi)
Off (switch open) 0.4 bar (5.8 psi)
Current max. 5A
Temperature range -30 - (+120) °C (-22 - (+248) °F)
Tightening torque 5 - 7 Nm (44.25 - 61.96 lb in)
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 39
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Overview (Cabin

Temperature)
SS08E027 1 SS08E029 2
Location: Behind the driver’s seat in blower box
Model NTC
Temperature Resistance
-10 °C (14.0 °F) 16120 Ω
0 °C (32.0 °F) 9399 Ω
10 °C (50.0 °F) 5658 Ω
15 °C (59.0 °F) 4441 Ω
20 °C (68.0 °F) 3511 Ω
25 °C (77.0 °F) 2795 Ω
30 °C (86.0 °F) 2240 Ω
40 °C (104.0 °F) 1465 Ω
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 40
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Overview (Outlet

temperature)
SS08E025 1 SS08E026 2
Position: Under the driver’s seat in the heating and air
conditioning unit
System type NTC
-10 °C (14.0 °F) 22120 Ω
0 °C (32.0 °F) 13061 Ω
10 °C (50.0 °F) 7962 Ω
15 °C (59.0 °F) 6286 Ω
20 °C (68.0 °F) 4997 Ω
25 °C (77.0 °F) 4000 Ω
30 °C (86.0 °F) 3222 Ω
40 °C (104.0 °F) 2130 Ω
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 41
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Overview (Outside

temperature)
SS08E013 1 SS08E014 2
Position: Behind the driver’s seat in blower box
System type NTC
-10 °C (14.0 °F) 22120 Ω
0 °C (32.0 °F) 13061 Ω
10 °C (50.0 °F) 7962 Ω
15 °C (59.0 °F) 6286 Ω
20 °C (68.0 °F) 4997 Ω
25 °C (77.0 °F) 4000 Ω
30 °C (86.0 °F) 3222 Ω
40 °C (104.0 °F) 2130 Ω
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 42
Sensing system Evaporator temperature sensor - Overview

SS08E010 1 SS08E012 2
Position: Under the driver’s seat in the heating air
conditioning unit
System type NTC
0 °C (32.0 °F) 66000 Ω
4.44 °C (40.0 °F) 52625 Ω
10 °C (50.0 °F) 40011 Ω
15.56 °C (60.0 °F) 30713 Ω
21.11 °C (70.0 °F) 23791 Ω
25 °C (77.0 °F) 20000 Ω
30.56 °C (87.0 °F) 15736 Ω
36.11 °C (97.0 °F) 12475 Ω
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 43

- Service instruction
WARNING
Avoid injury!
Avoid breathing A/C refrigerant, lubricant vapor or mist. If accidental system discharge occurs, ven-
tilate the work area before resuming service.
W1000A
WARNING
Explosion hazard!
Air-conditioning refrigerant boils at -12 °C (10 °F)!
-NEVER expose any part of the air-conditioning system to a direct flame or excessive heat.
-NEVER disconnect or disassemble any part of the air-conditioning system.
Discharging refrigerant gas into the atmosphere is illegal in many countries.
W0340A
WARNING
Escaping refrigerant may cause frostbite!
Always wear protective goggles when handling refrigerant. If you get refrigerant in your eye, immedi-
ately flush your eyes with water for 15 minutes. Seek medical assistance immediately.
W0339A
All servicing of the air conditioning system must be undertaken by a qualified refrigeration specialist using appropriate
test devices, including a leak detector for R 134a refrigerant.
Impurities are prevented from entering the system as follows:
Ensure that all tools, measurement devices, hoses and spare parts are stored in a perfectly clean and dry place and
ensure that the refrigerant used is permitted for use in the system.
Clean all hoses and fittings prior to removal. Seal all openings with plugs or screw caps after removal.
When filling the system with refrigerant oil, only open the oil container just before use and then close it again straight
away. It is very important that you ensure the oil cannot absorb any humidity.
General troubleshooting
1. Always undertake general troubleshooting before
carrying out a functional check of the system.
Leave the engine to run for 10 minutes 1000 - 1200
rev/min with the air conditioning system set to maxi-
mum cooling and the blower set to the highest speed
setting.
2. Close the heating system shutoff valve behind the
intake manifold (if fitted).
3. Check that the fan motor works at all speed levels.
4. Check that the compressor coupling is actuated
when you press the air conditioner system switch.
You can hear the coupling shifting by way of a click-
ing noise. If the coupling does not work it may be
that the pressure switches on the intake and pres-
sure side are faulty or the electro-magnetic coupling
of the cooling compressor is not working.
5. Check whether the motor cooler ventilator is drawing
in cold air through the condenser.
6. Check the belt tension of the cooling compressor
drive belt.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 44
7. Check that the condenser is clean inside and out and

allows an unobstructed flow of air.
8. Ensure that the cab air filter is clean and not blocked.
9. Check whether the evaporator blades are stuck or
heavily soiled.
SS11E015 1
Connection of pressure gauge battery to vehicle
1. Suction side pressure gauge 2. Pressure side pressure gauge

3. Shut- off valve 4. Hose to pressure side connection valve
5. Centre hose (not in use) 6. Hose to suction side connection valve
7. Shut- off valve 8. Suction side connection valve (low pressure part)
9. Pressure side connection valve (high pressure part)
Approximate display value of the high pressure gauge

Temperature of ambient air Display value of the high pressure gauge
15 °C (59 °F) 9.5 bar (138 psi)
20 °C (68 °F) 13 bar (189 psi)
25 °C (77 °F) 15 bar (218 psi)
30 °C (86 °F) 18 bar (261 psi)
35 °C (95 °F) 20 bar (290 psi)
40 °C (104 °F) 22 bar (319 psi)
45 °C (113 °F) 23 bar (334 psi)
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 45
Checking the function of the air conditioning system

10. The pressure gauge battery is the most important
tool when checking and performing maintenance on
the air conditioning system.
If the workshop has a modern automatic suction,
evacuation, recycling and filling device the pressure
gauges are already installed inside them.
The following instructions for checking the function
of the air conditioning system apply to the pressure
gauge battery shown in the diagram. The system
check using a suction and filling device with pressure
gauges fitted basically follows the same process.
When using such devices, always note the operating
instructions provided by the manufacturer.
11. Notes for accident prevention
In the closed valves the refrigerant flows around the
valve stems to the pressure gauges. As a result,
after connecting the pressure battery the pressure is
shown by both pressure gauges.
NEVER screw open the manual shutoff valve on the
PRESSURE SIDE while the system is in operation.
ALWAYS screw open the manual shutoff valve on
the SUCTION SIDE when the refrigerant is being
topped up.
NOTE: Always ensure that the manual shutoff valves are
screwed shut during all of the testing steps (clockwise, to
the stop).
12. Connection of pressure gauge battery to vehicle
Always ensure that the manual shutoff valves of the
pressure gauge battery are screwed shut (clockwise,
to the stop).
13. Connect the hose of the high pressure gauge (usu-
ally red) to the pressure side shutoff valve, and the
hose of the low pressure gauge (usually blue) to the
suction side connection valve at the vehicle, see the
diagram. Ensure that the hose fittings have been
perfectly tightened.
NOTE: Prior to connecting the pressure gauge battery
determine the assignment of the connections for the high
pressure gauge (pressure side) and the low pressure
gauge (suction side). The pressure side connection valve
always sits in the line from the cooling compressor to the
condenser.
14. The connection valves for the high pressure and
low pressure sides on the vehicle are spring-loaded
valves and open automatically when the pressure
testing hose is connected.
The connection valves are closed with a protective
cap. Remove this cap prior to connecting the pres-
sure gauge and fit it again when the servicing of the
vehicle is complete.
NOTE: A suitable pressure pin must be inserted into the
pressure testing pipe to actuate this type of valve.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 46
Testing procedure
15. After connecting the pressure gauge battery - and
before the functional test is able to be carried out
- shift the system into a stable operating state as
follows:
Check again whether the manual shutoff valves on
the suction and pressure sides of the pressure gauge
battery are completely screwed shut.
16. Actuate the parking brake and check that the trans-
mission is in neutral and all windows and doors of the
driver cab are shut.
17. Run the engine at 1000 - 1200 rev/min.
18. Switch OFF the temperature switch of the heating
system.
19. Switch the temperature stabilisation function of the
air conditioning system to maximum cooling and
switch the fan motor to the highest speed setting for
10 minutes.
20. Check that the low pressure gauge shows approxi-
mately 0.28 - 2.48 bar (4.1 - 36 psi).
21. Read the high pressure gauge and compare the dis-
play value with the values in the pressure/tempera-
ture table provided above.
22. Compare the temperature of the air-conditioned air
flowing out of the air vents into the cab with the tem-
perature of the intake air at the cab air filters outside
the cab.
If the system is functioning properly the air-condi-
tioned air flowing into the cab should be 6 - 9 °C (43
- 48 °F) cooler than the outside air that is drawn in.
23. If you determine as a result that the system is not
functioning properly, proceed with troubleshooting
using the troubleshooting tables and the examples
in ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation
and air-conditioning - Troubleshooting (E.40.D)
and remedy as required.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 47

- Service instruction
DANGER
Avoid injury!
Observe ALL precautions listed below when servicing the air-conditioning system and handling re-
frigerant.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
D0043A
NOTE: Do not allow refrigerant to escape into the atmosphere.

1. Refrigerant must be handled with care in order to
AVOID HAZARDS.
Undue direct contact with liquid refrigerant can pro-
duce freezing of skin and eyes.
Keep the refrigerant container and air conditioning
system away from flame or heat sources, the re-
sulting pressure increase can cause the container or
system to explode.
If in direct contact with open flames or heated metal
surfaces, the refrigerant will decompose and pro-
duce products that are toxic and acidic.
Make sure to comply with the following indications
and simple precautions to avoid any risk of injury:
Never discharge refrigerant into the atmosphere.
When servicing air conditioning units a certified re-
frigerant recovery unit operated by a certified techni-
cian must be used.
2. When discharging the refrigerant in the system make
sure you are operating in well-ventilated premises
with good air circulation and far away from open
flames.
3. When charging and discharging the system always
wear goggles and take suitable precautions to pro-
tect the face in general and the eyes in particular,
from accidental spillage of the refrigerant fluid.
4. The oil and refrigerant mixture inside the air condi-
tioning system is pressurized. Consequently, never
loosen fittings or tamper with lines unless the system
has been properly discharged.
5. Before loosening any connection, cover the fitting in
question with a cloth and wear gloves and goggles in
order to prevent refrigerant from reaching the skin or
eyes.
6. In the event of an accident, proceed as follows:
If the refrigerant has reached the eyes, wash them
immediately with copious amounts of sterilised water
or mains pressure tap water and transfer to hospital
for immediate medical help.
If the refrigerant has touched the skin, wash with cold
water and transfer to hospital for immediate medical
help.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 48

- Overhaul
NOTE: Before disconnecting components in the air conditioning system the refrigerant gas must be discharged and
recovered using a certified recovery system. Refer to ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-
conditioning - Discharging (E.40.D). Do Not discharge the gas into the atmosphere
During a system overhaul it is necessary to drain any re-
frigerant oil that has collected in the component being re-
placed into a clean calibrated container.
The same volume of clean refrigerant oil being removed
from the replaced component must then be added to the
new item before being installed onto the tractor.
Upon completion of the repair, evacuate, recharge, leak
test and performance test the system must be checked to
ensure correct operation.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 49

- Decontaminating
Air conditioning systems may occasionally become contaminated with solid particles. This contamination may be the
result of allowing dirt to enter the system while it was open, from aluminum corrosion or sludge, or from disintegrated
compressor reed plates. Contamination of this nature can result in plugged evaporators, condensers and expansion
valves.
1. Contaminated systems must be flushed with a spe-

cial flushing solvent to remove the unwanted mate-
rial. Prior to flushing, the system must be discharged
as described in ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heat-
ing, ventilation and air-conditioning - Discharg-
ing (E.40.D).
Each individual component must be flushed after dis-
connecting every hose fitting.
The compressor and expansion valve can not be
flushed, therefore, the compressor should be disas-
sembled and cleaned or replaced and the expansion
valve should be replaced. When flushing the system
always replace the receiver/drier.
Manifold Gauge Set (Fig. 1 )
1. High Side Gauge 60-50-032 1
2. High Side Shut off Valve
3. High Side hose
4. Centre Service hose
5. Low Side hose
6. Low Side Shut off Valve
7. Low Side Gauge
2. Re-assemble and evacuate the system to remove air
and moisture as described in ENVIRONMENT CON-
TROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning -
Evacuate (E.40.D).
NOTE: Never use any solvent for flushing an air condition-
ing system other than a special flush solvent made specif-
ically for air conditioning systems. Always follow the man-
ufacturer's recommendations and directions for using the
flushing equipment and solvent.
60-50-033 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 50

- Discharging
WARNING
Avoid chemical burns!
Wear protective goggles and non-permeable gloves when working with the fluorescent dye and leak
testing an air-conditioning system.
W0918A
NOTE: Legislation bans the release of refrigerant into the atmosphere.

1. Whenever overhauling the air conditioning (A/C) sys-
tem or performing other tasks which require the A/C
system to be dismantled, it is necessary to discharge
the refrigerant gas before commencing repair.
Before dismantling an A/C system for repairs, you
must discharge and recover the refrigerant using a
certified recovery unit in accordance with the manu-
facturers instructions.
Figure 1 shows a combined refrigerant recovery,
evacuation and recycling/charging station. This
equipment removes R-134a refrigerant from the A/C
system, recycles and recharges all in one hook up.
The unit is designed to be used with the manifold
gauge set built into the control panel. BAIL07APH231GVA 1
2. Other recovery systems are available where the

manifold gauges are not an integral part of the
machine. When this type of equipment is used a
separate manifold gauge set must be used.
The following is a summary of the steps for discharg-
ing the system using a recovery/recycling unit.
NOTE: Always follow the manufactures instructions when
operating recovery equipment.
3. Run the vehicle's A/C system for a few minutes.
4. Set up the recovery unit following the manufacturer's
instructions. Make sure that the units red (high side)
hose is connected to the high side fitting (1) and the
blue (low side) hose to the low side fitting (2).
NOTE: If a unit requiring the manifold gauge set is be-
ing used, the low and high sides of the manifold set are
connected to the low and high sides of the A/C system.
The hose from the recovery unit is then connected to the
manifold centre port. Refer to ENVIRONMENT CONTROL
Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Decontami-
nating (E.40.D).
SS11E042 2
5. To recover refrigerant, open both high and low side

valves on the control panel or the valves on the mani-
fold gauge set if being used, refer to ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-condition-
ing - Decontaminating (E.40.D).
6. Open the valves labeled “gas" and “liquid" on the re-
covery unit refrigerant tank, ENVIRONMENT CON-
Decontaminating (E.40.D).
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 51
7. Operate the recovery system in accordance with the

manufacturers instructions.
The compressor will shut off automatically when the
recovery is complete.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 52

- Evacuate
NOTICE: A system in which the refrigerant has been recovered to facilitate repairs, must be evacuated before new
refrigerant is installed.
NOTE: Air and moisture are removed by evacuating the system using a vacuum pump.
The automatic recycling, recharge and evacuation stations or evacuating and charging stations available throughout
the air conditioning industry incorporate a vacuum pump within the assembly. If this type of equipment is not available
a separate vacuum pump and manifold gauge set must be used.
As the system is evacuated the boiling point of any moisture within the system is similarly lowered. As the vacuum
increases the boiling reduces to below that of the ambient temperate and the moisture is subsequently boiled away.
The relationship of system vacuum to the boiling temperature at which the water vapor is removed from the system
is as follows:
NOTE: For every 1000 feet ( 305 m) above sea level, the vacuum gauge reading must be corrected by adding 1 (
2.54 cm) of mercury to compensate for the change in atmospheric pressure.
NOTICE: Be sure the system is completely discharged as refrigerant will damage the vacuum pump.
60-50-030 1
System Vacuum Temperature

In Cm. of °F °C
Mercury Mercury
28.0 71.0 100 37
28.9 73.4 80 27
29.4 74.6 60 16
29.7 75.4 40 5
29.8 75.7 20 -7
29.9 75.9 0 -18
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 53
1. If the manifold gauge set is being used connect

the low and high sides of the manifold to the low
and high sides of the tractor air conditioning system
as described for discharging the system in ENVI-
RONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and
air-conditioning - Discharging (E.40.D).
Connect the manifold centre hose to the vacuum
pump suction port as per the manufacturers instruc-
tions.
Fully open both the low and high side gauge shutoff
valves.
2. If a combined recovery/evacuation unit is to be used
attach the unit to the air conditioning system in ac-
cordance with the manufacturers instructions. Be
sure to read all installation and operating instructions
carefully before starting the unit.
3. After starting the evacuation cycle, note the low side
gauge to be sure the system pulls down into a vac-
uum.
4. Time the evacuation for a minimum of 20 minutes
from the point when lowest vacuum is attained.
5. When the low side gauge attains the lowest steady
vacuum, stop the evacuation process.
NOTE: The vacuum pump achieves ultimate vacuum with
the vented exhaust valve closed.
6. Check the system by closing the gauge shut-off
valves, turning the vacuum pump off and noting the
low side gauge reading. A loss of more than 2 in ( 5
cm) of vacuum in 5 minutes indicates either a leak
or moisture in the system.
7. If the gauge needle remains stationary and the vac-
uum is maintained for 3 - 5 minutes, close both the
high and low side manifold hand valves, turn off and
disconnect the center hose from the pump. The sys-
tem is now ready for charging.
8. If a leak is detected, charge the system with ap-
proximately 400 g (14.1 oz) of refrigerant, see EN-
VIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and
air-conditioning - Charging (E.40.D) and identify
leak using a leak detector.
9. Once the leak is located discharge and recover the
refrigerant in the system, repair the leak, then repeat
the evacuation procedure.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 54

- Charging
NOTE: Make sure that there are no leaks in the air conditioning (A/C) system and that the A/C system has been fully
evacuated. Observe all safety recommendations when handling refrigerant R-134a - see ENVIRONMENT CONTROL
Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Service instruction (E.40.D).
1. Make sure that the charging unit is correctly con-
nected to the vehicle A/C system in accordance with
the manufacturers instructions.
High Side Service Valve (1)
Low Side Service Valve (2)
SS11E042 1
2. If a charging unit, in conjunction with the manifold

gauge set is used, open the high and low side hand
valves on the manifold.
3. Charge the A/C system with the corresponding filling
quantity of refrigerant - see ENVIRONMENT CON-
General specification (E.40.D).
4. If the charging rate becomes very slow close the high
side valve, start the engine and set the engine speed
to idle. Turn the A/C ON so that the compressor
can pull the remainder of the refrigerant into the A/C
system.
5. If the refrigerant charge will not completely transfer
to the A/C system, recover and recharge the A/C
system.
6. Close the high and low side valves on the units con-
trol panel, or manifold gauge set if being used and
test the A/C system as detailed in Performance Test-
ing The Air Conditioning System on ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-condition-
ing - Service instruction (E.40.D).
NOTE: After charging an A/C system use the following start
up procedure to make sure that the lubricating oil is prop-
erly dispersed around the A/C system:
7. Make sure that the A/C system is switched OFF.
8. Start the engine and bring the engine speed down to
idle.
9. Turn the A/C ON and allow the system to operate for
at least one minute before increasing engine speed.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 55

- Leakage test
WARNING
Avoid injury!
Avoid breathing A/C refrigerant, lubricant vapor or mist. If accidental system discharge occurs, ven-
tilate the work area before resuming service.
W1000A
To perform a leak test if refrigerant leakage is suspected, use an electronic leak detector, Figure 1 and follow the
manufacturer’s instructions.
Electronic leak detectors use flashing lights or sound to alert the operator to a leak. If the leak detector’s sensitivity is
adjustable, be sure you calibrate the detector according to the manufacturer’s instructions before use.
When using a leak detector, keep in mind that a very slight amount of leakage in the compressor pulley area is normal
and does not necessarily indicate a repair is required.
When a leak is located, follow these steps.

• Discharge the system using a certified refriger-
ant recovery system.
• Repair the leak.
• Evacuate the system.
• Partially charge system with 400 g (14.1 oz) of
refrigerant.
• Check system for leaks.
• Fully charge the system.
60-50-029 1
Always check the system for leaks as a final test after evac-
uating and before recharging. Refer to ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning -
Evacuate (E.40.D).
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 56

- Remove (Heating and air conditioning unit)
Prior operation:
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Discharging (E.40.D)
1. Turn the starter switch to the “OFF” position.

Disconnect the electrical plug connection for the
driver’s seat and the armrest.
BAIS06CCM369AVA 1
2. Unscrew the retaining screws of the driver’s seat.

Remove the driver’s seat.
BAIS06CCM370AVA 2
3. Take the floor mats out of the cab to obtain access to

the front and rear floor plates.
BTB0434 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 57
4. Remove the rear floor plate.
BAIS06CCM371AVA 4
5. Remove the front floor plate.
BTB0445 5
6. Remove the front air ducts.
BAIS06CCM372AVA 6
7. Remove the lower side air ducts.
BAIS06CCM373AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 58
8. Remove the exhaust duct from the front side of the

heating and air conditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM374AVA 8
9. Remove the air circulation grating.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 9
10. Remove the air circulation filter element.
BAIS06CCM377AVA 10
11. Remove the cover next to the fan box.
BTB0427 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 59
12. Unscrew the retaining screws of the fan box.
BAIS06CCM378AVA 12
13. Remove the electrical connector of the fan motor and

remove the fan box.
BAIS06CCM379AVA 13
14. Ensure that the vehicle is standing on even ground.

15. Place chocks under the front wheels.
16. Drive timber wedges between the front axle and front
axle bearing block. The wedges prevent the front
axle from swinging.
BAIL07APH285AVA 14
17. Raise the rear of the vehicle and place two suitable
support frames (1) under the end drive housing.
NOTE: Remove the supports if required.
BTB0281A 15
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 60
18. Remove the rear left wheel.
BAIL10CVT461AVA 16
19. Attach peristaltic devices to the feed and return lines

of the heating cooler.
BAIL07APH421AVA 17
20. Remove the hoses of the cab heating system (1) and
the air conditioner lines (2).
ATTENTION: Risk of burns due to hot coolant.
SS08D111 18
21. Remove the cover plate from the heating and air con-
ditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 19
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 61
22. Standard air conditioner design:

Remove the electrical connector (1).
Unclip the Bowden cable of the heating regulator (2).
BAIS06CCM384AVA 20
Automatic air conditioner (ATC) design:

Remove the electrical connector (3) from the heating and
air conditioning unit.
SS08D112 21
23. Remove the heating and air conditioning unit to-

gether with the rear air ducts.
BAIS06CCM375AVA 22
Next operation:
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Install (Heating and air conditioning
unit) (E.40.D)
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 62

- Install (Heating and air conditioning unit)
Prior operation:
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Remove (Heating and air conditioning
unit) (E.40.D)
1. Attach the rear air duct to the heating and air condi-
tioning unit.
2. Install the heating and air conditioning unit together
with the rear air duct.
BAIS06CCM375AVA 1
3. Connect the hoses of the cab heating system (1) and

the air conditioner lines (2).
SS08D111 2
4. Remove the peristaltic devices from the heating

hoses.
BAIL07APH421AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 63
5. Mount the rear left wheel and tighten the wheel nuts
to the specified torque - see Rear wheel - Torque
(D.50.C).
BAIL10CVT461AVA 4
6. Raise the rear of the vehicle and remove the support

frames (1).
NOTE: If the supports have been removed, fit them again.
BTB0281A 5
7. Remove the timber wedges from between the front

axle and front axle bearing block.
BAIL07APH285AVA 6
8. Remove the wedges from the front wheels.

9. Attach the exhaust duct to the front side of the heat-
ing and air conditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM374AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 64
10. Attach the lower side air ducts.
BAIS06CCM373AVA 8
11. Attach the front air ducts.
BAIS06CCM372AVB 9
12. Install the front floor plate.
BTB0445 10

Connect the electrical connector (1).
Fit the Bowden cable of the heating regulator (2).
BAIS06CCM384AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 65

Connect the electrical connector (3) of the heating and air
conditioning unit.
SS08D112 12
14. Attach the cover plate to the top of the heating and
air conditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 13
15. Insert the blower box and screw in the blower box
retaining screws.
BAIS06CCM378AVA 14
16. Fit the air circulation filter element.
BAIS06CCM377AVA 15
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 66
17. Attach the air circulation grating.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 16
18. Connect the electrical connector to the fan motor.
BAIS06CCM379AVA 17
19. Attach the cover.
BTB0427 18
20. Install the rear floor plate.
BAIS06CCM371AVA 19
21. Fit the front and rear cab floor mats.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 67
22. Install the driver’s seat.

Screw in the retaining bolts.
BAIS06CCM370AVA 20
23. Connect the electrical plug connection for the driver’s

seat and the armrest.
BAIS06CCM369AVA 21
Next operation:
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Evacuate (E.40.D)
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Charging (E.40.D)
Compressor - Filling (E.40.D)
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Filling (B.50.A)
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 68
Command Switch - Replace (Modes of operation)

Remove the facing.
SS08D010 1

Remove the plug at the switch.
Replace the switch (1).
SS08D013 2

Remove the plug at the switch.
Replace the switch (1).
SS08D012 3
3. Insert the plug at the switch (1).

4. Install the facing.
SS08D010 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 69
Command Switch - Replace (Blower speed)

Remove the facing.
SS08D010 1

Remove the turning knob (1) and unscrew the cap
nut located behind it.
Disconnect the plug connection.
Replace the switch.
SS08D103 2

Remove the turning knob (1) and unscrew the cap nut lo-
cated behind it.
Replace the switch.
SS08D104 3
3. Tighten the cap nut and fit the turning knob (1).
Connect the connector.
4. Re-install the facing.
SS08D010 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 70
Heater valve - Replace

Prior operation:
Remove the heating and air conditioning unit - see ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-condi-
tioning - Remove (E.40.D). To do this, carry out only Step 1 and Step 4 and Steps 14 to 19.
NOTE: You do not need to drain off the refrigerant in order to replace the heat valve.
Removal
1. Pull off the cab heating hoses (1).
SS08D110 1
ditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 2
3. Carefully move the evaporator temperature sensor

(2) to the right. Remove the actuating cable (3).
Remove the hose clamps (4) and take out the heat
valve.
SS08D018 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 71
Assembly
4. Insert the heat valve. Fit the hose clamps (4). Fit the
actuating cable (3). Carefully move the evaporator
temperature sensor (2) to the correct position.
SS08D018 4
5. Mount the cover plate of the heating and air condi-

tioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 5
6. Fit the cab heating hoses (1).
SS08D110 6
Next operation:
Install the heating and air conditioning unit - see ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-condi-
tioning - Install (E.40.D). To do this, carry out only Step 4 and Step 8 and Steps 20 to 23.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 72
Air filter - Cleaning

Before servicing the filters, switch off the blower and close
the roof hatch, all windows and one door. Slam the final
door and the resulting back pressure will dislodge most of
the loose dirt from the underside of the filters.
1. Remove filter elements. The fresh air filters, Figure
1, have a prefilter element fitted that is designed to
catch most of the dust/chaff. This prefilter is part of
the filter and should be pulled out from the underside
and cleaned first, then pushed back in.
The recirculation filter, Figure 2 is fitted with a pull
tab. This should be used to remove the filter. The
filter pleats should never be used to remove the filter
as damage will result.
Blow the dust from the upper surface through the el-
ement to the underside. Clean by blowing with com-
pressed air not exceeding 2 bar (29 psi) . Hold the
nozzle at least 30 cm (12 in) from the element to pre-
vent damage to the pleats.
Care should be taken when using compressed air as BTB0449 1
this may damage to the filter.
BTB0426_505 2
2. Clean all filter chambers with a damp, lint free cloth.

Replace the filter elements with the rubber seal up-
permost and re-install the covers.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 73
Compressor - Remove
Prior operation:
Discharge the air conditioning system, for further information refer to ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventila-
tion and air-conditioning - Discharging (E.40.D)
Prior operation:
Remove the air conditioning drive belt, for further information refer to Fan and drive Belt - Remove (B.50.A)
1. Disconnect the compressor electrical connector.
BAIL07APH102AVA 1
2. Disconnect the compressor supply and return pipes.

NOTE: Cap and plug all fittings to prevent any dirt entering
the system.
BAIL07APH023AVA 2
3. Remove the compressor.
BAIL07APH026AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 74
4. Drain the refrigerant oil from the compressor into a

clean calibrated container. Measure and record the
quantity of oil as this information is required during
installation.
NOTE: It is necessary to rotate the compressor drive shaft
several times to completely expel all the oil.
BAIL07APH274AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 75
Compressor - Install
Prior operation:
Refill the compressor with new oil, for further information refer to Compressor - Filling (E.40.D)
1. Install the compressor.

Tighten to 40 - 51 Nm ( 29 - 38 lbf.ft).
BAIL07APH026AVA 1
2. Connect the compressor supply and return pipes.
BAIL07APH023AVA 2
3. Connect the compressor electrical connector.
BAIL07APH102AVA 3
4. Install the air conditioning drive belt, fir further infor-

mation refer to Fan and drive Belt - Install (B.50.A).
5. Evacuate and recharge the air conditioning sys-
tem, for further information refer to ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-con-
ditioning - Evacuate (E.40.D) ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-condi-
tioning - Charging (E.40.D)
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 76
6. After charging an air conditioning system, use the fol-

lowing start up procedure to make sure that the lubri-
cating oil is properly dispersed around the system:
Make sure that the air conditioning is switched OFF.
Start the engine and bring the speed down to idle.
Turn the air conditioning ON and allow the system
to operate for at least five minutes before increasing
engine speed.
NOTE: It is recommended that a new receiver/drier assem-
bly is installed after any system component replacement or
any repair that requires entry into the system.
Next operation:
Re-check the level of oil in the system, for further information refer to Compressor - Filling (E.40.D)
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 77
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Disassemble

380000333 Air conditioning compressor toolkit
Prior operation:
Compressor - Remove (E.40.D)
1. Clamp the compressor into a vice with protective

jaws.
NOTICE: Do not position clamp at housing circumference.
2. Remove the three screws and take the cover off of
the coupling.
BAIL07APH427AVA 1
3. Attach the special tool (211-153/1, 211-153/2) to se-

cure the coupling plate. Unscrew the locknut from
the compressor shaft.
BAIL07APH428AVC 2
4. Place the special tool (211-153/6) onto the end of the

compressor shaft.
Fit special tool (2) (211-153/3, 211-153/4) inside
special tool (1) (211-153/1) and pull off the coupling
plate.
NOTE: From .....→ the coupling plate is fixed on the com-
pressor shaft with a woodruff key.
BAIL07APH428AVB 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 78
5. Remove and dispose of the dust protection ring for

the bearing.
BAIL07APH429AVA 4
6. Remove belt pulley bearing's circlip.
BAIL07APH430AVA 5
7. Remove the adjusting shims.
BAIL07APH431AVA 6
8. Place the special tool (1) (211-153/6) onto the end of

the compressor shaft.
Place the belt pulley chuck tool (2) (211-153/5) inside
the groove.
Mount the pullers (3) (211-153/1, 211-153/2) and (4)
(211-153/3, 211-153/4).
Pull off the coupling’s belt pulley.
BAIL07APH432AVB 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 79
9. Check the belt pulley bearing for wear and replace if

needed.
BAIL07APH433AVA 8
10. Remove cable clamp.
BAIL07APH434AVA 9
11. Remove circlip and remove exciter winding.
BAIL07APH435AVA 10
Next operation:
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Assemble (E.40.D)
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 80
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Assemble

Prior operation:
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Disassemble (E.40.D)
1. Fit the exciter winding.

Secure the exciter winding using the circlip.
NOTE: The nose of the exciter winding must be seated in
the hole of the compressor housing.
BAIL07APH435AVA 1
2. Fit cable clamp.
BAIL07APH434AVA 2
3. Use the special tool (1) (211-153/7) to drive the belt

pulley bearing and the belt pulley (2) onto the hub of
the compressor.
BAIL07APH440AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 81
4. Insert bearing's circlip.
BAIL07APH430AVA 4
5. Place shims on compressor shaft.
BAIL07APH431AVA 5
6. Insert a new dust protection ring.
BAIL07APH429AVA 6
7. Attach coupling plate.

Attach the special tool (211-153/1, 211-153/2) to se-
cure the coupling plate. Screw the locknut onto the
drive shaft and tighten to 18 Nm (13 lb in).
NOTE: From .....→ pay attention to the woodruff key.
BAIL07APH428AVC 7
8. Measure the gap between the front plate of the cou-

pling and belt pulley. The gap must be the same over
the entire area and measure 0.4 - 0.8 mm (0.0157 -
0.0315 in) .
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 82
9. If the gap size is not achieved, adjusting shims must

be added or removed until the prescribed gap size is
achieved.
NOTE: New shims are available in sizes 1.00, 0.50 - 0.13
mm, ( 0.040, 0.020 - 0.005 in).
BAIL07APH431AVA 8
10. Attach the cover to the coupling plate and fit the
screws.
BAIL07APH427AVA 9
Next operation:
Compressor - Install (E.40.D)
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 83
Compressor Shaft seal - Replace

Prior operation:
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Disassemble (E.40.D) Step 1 to step 5
Removal
1. Remove and dispose of the felt ring.
BAIL07APH437AVA 1
2. Remove sealing ring circlip.
BAIL07APH438AVA 2
3. Mount the assembly/disassembly tool for sealing

rings (1) (211-154); remove and dispose of the
sealing ring.
NOTE: From .....→ it is not possible to use the assem-
bly/disassembly tool (1) (211-154). (changed sealing ring)
Remove the sealing ring with a proper tool.
BAIL07APH439AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 84
Installation
4. Thoroughly clean seal groove in hub. A lint-free cloth
must be used.
5. Spray a new sealing ring with fresh refrigerator oil.
Use the assembly/disassembly tool for sealing rings
(1) (211-154) to fit the new sealing ring.
NOTE: From .....→ use the assembly/disassembly tool
(211-155) to fit the sealing ring. (changed sealing ring)
BAIL07APH439AVA 4
6. Fit sealing ring circlip.
BAIL07APH438AVA 5
7. Insert a new felt ring.
BAIL07APH437AVA 6
Next operation:
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Assemble (E.40.D) Step 5 to step 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 85
Compressor Cylinder head - Disassemble

Prior operation:
1. Clamp the compressor into a vice with haw protec-

tors.
NOTICE: Do not clamp the compressor on the circumfer-
ence of the housing.
2. Remove the cylinder head bolts. Remove the cylin-
der head.
BAIL07APH441AVA 1
3. Remove the plate valve from the cylinder block and

check for damage.
BAIL07APH442AVA 2
4. Remove the seals from the plate valve.
BAIL07APH443AVA 3
Next operation:
Compressor Cylinder head - Assemble (E.40.D)
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 86
Compressor Cylinder head - Assemble

Prior operation:
Compressor Cylinder head - Disassemble (E.40.D)
1. Clean the cylinder block using a lint-free cloth.
BAIL07APH444AVA 1
2. Moisten the new seals with fresh refrigerator oil and

attach to the plate valve.
3. When installing the plate valve, ensure that the dowel
pins are seated correctly in the cylinder block.
BAIL07APH442AVA 2
4. Insert the cylinder head bolts and tighten in the se-

quence shown. At the first pass, tighten the bolts with
20 Nm (14.8 lb ft). Then tighten with the final torque
of 32 Nm (23.6 lb ft).
BAIL07APH441AVB 3
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 87
Compressor - Filling
The oil level of the air conditioning compressor must be checked after removing a component of the air conditioner or
if a leaky spot is suspected.
Use the following process to check that the correct level of oil has been filled.
1. Start the engine and leave to idle. Switch on the air

conditioner and let air conditioning compressor run
for 10 min.
Siphon the refrigerant out of the equipment - see EN-
VIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and
air-conditioning - Discharging (E.40.D).
2. Carefully remove the oil filling plug. Turn the cap
nut of the fitting to allow the oil dip stick (1) that is
provided in the parts set 380000333 to be completely
inserted.
Pull out the dip stick and count the notches that have
been touched by oil. The oil level is sufficient if 5 - 7
notches are wet.
Top up oil at the filling closure or siphon off oil until
the specified level has been reached.
Ensure that the filling opening and the filling closure
sealing ring are totally clean and undamaged. Then
screw in the screw plug again. Tighten to 15 - 25 Nm
( 11 - 18 lbf.ft).
1b0o2004061087 1
3. Oil is contained in the components of the air condi-

tioner.
After replacing system components, oil must be
added to the system to compensate for the amount
of oil that was removed with the components.
Some typical oil levels for the individual parts are pro-
vided in the table below. It is however recommended
as a rule to measure the oil level as described above
to have an exact level for installing new components.
BAIL07APH419AVA 2
Item Typical oil level

Evaporator 2.0 fl.oz. 60 cm³
Condenser 1.0 fl.oz. 30 cm³
Filter drier 0.5 fl.oz. 15 cm³
Hoses 0.3 fl.oz. 10 cm³
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 88
Condenser - Replace
Prior operation:
Removal
1. Unscrew the screws from the lines. Unscrew the
screw (1) and remove the lines and the mounting.
NOTE: Close all openings to prevent impurities from enter-
ing the unit.
SS11D393 1
2. Unscrew the nut of the hinge pin and pull out the
hinge pin. Unscrew the tension locks and lift out the
condenser.
SS11D398 2
3. Check the condenser cooling fins for damage and

blockages.
Check the condenser for signs of leakage. The con-
denser must be replaced if damaged or leaking.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 89
Assembly
4. If the condenser needs to be replaced, drain the re-
frigerator oil into a clean measuring container. Mea-
sure the quantity of oil and add the same quantity
of new refrigerator oil into the new condenser - see
Compressor - Filling (E.40.D).
5. Install the condensor into position. Push in the hinge
pin, fit the nut and tighten. Close the tension locks.
SS11D398 3
6. Position the lines and screw in the screws. Fit the

line mounting and screw in the screw (1).
SS11D393 4
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 90
Evaporator - Replace
Prior operation:
tioning - Remove (E.40.D).
Removal
1. Remove the mounting screws from the rear air duct;
and remove the air duct. Remove the four retaining
clips from the housing and remove the top part of the
housing.
BAIL07APH422AVA 1

Remove the evaporator temperature sensor (1).
Take out the evaporator (2).
SS08D026 2
Automatic air conditioner (ATC) version:

Remove the evaporator temperature sensor (3). Take out
the evaporator (2).
SS08D027 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 91
Assembly
Insert the evaporator (2). Fit the evaporator temper-
ature sensor (1).
SS08D026 4

Insert the evaporator (2). Fit the evaporator temperature
sensor (3).
SS08D027 5
4. Fit the top part of the housing.

Attach the four retaining clips to the housing. Place
the rear air duct and screw in the mounting screws.
BAIL07APH422AVA 6
Next operation:
tioning - Install (E.40.D).
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 92
Expansion valve - Replace

Prior operation:
Removal
1. Remove the four retaining clips on the housing and
lift out the evaporator to gain access to the expansion
valve.
BAIL07APH422AVA 1
2. Loosen the socket head screw on the inlet/outlet fit-

ting at the expansion valve and remove the fitting.
BTB0452 2
3. Remove the expansion valve and the O-rings (1).
BTB0453 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 93
Assembly
4. Mount new O-rings (1), lubricate with refrigerator oil
and install the expansion valve.
BTB0453 4
5. Screw in the socket head screw and use it to fasten

the inlet/outlet fitting at the expansion valve.
BTB0452 5
6. Insert the evaporator in its housing and attach the

four retaining clips.
BAIL07APH422AVB 6
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 94
Heater Water valve actuator - Replace

Prior operation:
tioning - Remove (E.40.D). To do this, carry out only Step 1 and Step 4 and Steps 14 to 19.
NOTE: You do not need to drain off the refrigerant in order to replace the heat valve.
Removal
1. Pull off the cab heating hoses (1).
SS08D110 1
ditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 2
3. Remove the connector from the electric heat valve

(2). Remove the mounting screws (3) and take out
the heat valve.
NOTE: The actuator motor can be removed by itself or
along with the heat valve, as required.
SS08D020 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 95
Assembly
4. Fit the heat valve using the mounting screws (3). At-
tach the connector to the electric heat valve (2).
SS08D020 4

tioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 5
6. Fit the cab heating hoses (1).
SS08D110 6
Next operation:
tioning - Install (E.40.D). To do this, carry out only Step 4 and Step 8 and Steps 20 to 23.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 96
Receiver/drier - Replace
The fluid reservoir with drying element should always be changed if there are signs of moisture in the unit.
It must also be changed after the refrigerant has been siphoned out of the unit and the hose fittings have been dis-
connected.
Prior operation:
Removal
1. Open the connections at the drier. Remove the
mounting screw (1) and take out the drier.
NOTE: Use protective caps to close the open connections
to prevent impurities from entering the unit.
SS11D392 1
Assembly
2. When the drier is changed, drain the refrigerator oil
into a clean measuring container. Measure the quan-
tity of oil and add the same quantity of new refrigera-
tor oil into the new drier - for oil quantities see Com-
pressor - Filling (E.40.D).
3. Remove the protective caps from the connections.
Attach the drier to the mounting and do not tighten
the clamping screw (1). Connect the feed and return
lines to the drier and tighten.
Tighten the clamping screw.
SS11D392 2
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 97
Cooler - Replace
Prior operation:
Removal
1. Remove the mounting screws from the rear air duct;
and remove the air duct.
Remove the four retaining clips from the housing and
take off the top part of the housing.
BAIL07APH422AVA 1

Remove the heat valve (1). Remove the heater radi-
ator (2).
SS08D017 2

Remove the air outlet temperature sensor (3) and the elec-
tric heat valve (4). Remove the heater radiator (5).
SS08D016 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 98
Assembly
Install the heater radiator (2). Fit the heat valve (1).
SS08D017 4

Install the heater radiator (5). Fit the air outlet temperature
sensor (3) and the electric heat valve (4).
SS08D016 5
4. Fit the top part of the housing again. Attach the four
retaining clips to the housing. Place the rear air duct
and screw in the mounting screws.
BAIL07APH422AVA 6
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 99
Ventilation system Motor - Replace

Removal
Remove the air circulation grating.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 1
BAIS06CCM377AVA 2
3. Remove the cover next to the fan housing.
BTB0427 3
4. Unscrew the retaining screws of the fan housing.
BAIS06CCM378AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 100
5. Remove the electrical connector of the fan motor.

Remove the fan motor housing.
BAIS06CCM379AVA 5
6. To obtain access to the fan motor, remove the 6 re-

taining clips which are used to join the two halves of
the fan housing.
BTB0451 6
7. Unscrew the retaining screw of the fan and pull the

fan out of the housing.
BTB0455 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 101
Assembly
8. Place the fan in the back half of the housing and
secure using the retaining screw.
BTB0455 8
9. Assembly the two halves of the fan motor housing

and secure it using the 6 retaining clips.
BTB0451 9
10. Attach the electrical connector of the fan motor and

install the fan motor housing.
BAIS06CCM379AVA 10
11. Screw in the retaining screws of the fan housing.
BAIS06CCM378AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 102
12. Attach the cover next to the fan housing.
BTB0427 12
13. Fit the air circulation filter element.
BAIS06CCM377AVA 13
14. Attach the air circulation grating and secure using the
two retaining screws.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 103
Ventilation system Blower speed drive - Replace (Voltage divider)

Removal
BAIS06CCM376AVA 1
BAIS06CCM377AVA 2
3. Unscrew the retaining screws, disconnect the con-

nector and remove the voltage divider.
SS08D014 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 104
Assembly
4. Fit the voltage divider.
Tighten the retaining screws and connect the con-
nector.
SS08D014 4
5. Insert the air circulation filter element again.
BAIS06CCM377AVA 5
6. Re-fit the air circulation grating.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 105
Ventilation system Blower speed drive - Replace (Voltage regulator)

Removal
BAIS06CCM376AVA 1
BAIS06CCM377AVA 2
3. Unscrew the retaining screws, disconnect the con-

nector and remove the voltage regulator.
SS08D015 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 106
Assembly
4. Fit the voltage regulator.
Tighten the retaining screws and connect the con-
nector.
SS08D015 4
BAIS06CCM377AVA 5
6. Re-fit the air circulation grating.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 107
Electrical control Temperature control potentiometer - Replace


Remove the facing.
SS08D010 1
2. Remove the turning knob (1) and unscrew the cap

nut located behind it.
Replace the potentiometer.
SS08D102 2
3. Tighten the cap nut and fit the turning knob (1).
4. Re-install the facing.
SS08D010 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 108
Electronic HVAC control - Replace

Removal
Disassemble the repository on the left side.
BAIS06CCM336AVA 1
2. Remove the seat cushion from the passenger seat.
BAIS06CCM337AVA 2
3. Remove the passenger seat.

Remove the retaining plate.
BAIS06CCM344AVA 3
4. Disassemble the air outlet on the left side.
BAIS06CCM347AVA 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 109
5. Remove the side covering on the left.
BAIS06CCM348AVA 5
6. Remove the connector tab (1) and pull out the con-
nector (2).
BAIS06CCM349AVA 6
7. Remove the climate controller.
BAIS06CCM350AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 110
Assembly
8. Install the climate controller.
BAIS06CCM350AVA 8
9. Connect the electrical connector (2) and attach the

tab (1).
BAIS06CCM349AVA 9
10. Attach the side covering on the left.
BAIS06CCM348AVA 10
11. Fit the air outlet on the left side.
BAIS06CCM347AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 111
12. Fit the retaining plate.

Install the passenger seat.
BAIS06CCM344AVA 12
13. Place the seat cushion on the passenger seat.
BAIS06CCM337AVA 13
14. Fit the repository on the left side.
BAIS06CCM336AVA 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 112
Electronic HVAC control - Electrical test

SS08F003 1 SS08F004 2
BEHIND THE CAB SIDE COVERING ON THE LEFT
Pin Description Function Normal Notes

Signal
1 CAN Low Provides CAN communication to the vehicle 2,3 V
2 CAN High 2,6 V
3 Water Valve Signal Provides control signal to Full Cold (LO) 11,2 V Blower switch in
water valve position "0, A, I, II, III"
Middle ( 74 °F) 4,6 V Blower switch in
Full Hot (HI) 2,1 V position "A, I, II, III"
4 Actuator Power Provides feed back from actuator power supply V bat
Water Valve
5 Blower Signal Output to the Blower Control Speed switch "0" 11 V constant
Module Speed switch "A" 6 - 1,1 V variable
Speed switch "I" 5,8 V constant
Speed switch "II" 3,7 V
Speed switch "III" 1,1 V
6 Power supply from Provides feed back from V bat V bat
relay actuator current power
15 Clutch Relay Output to drive AC Clutch "ON" V bat
relay "OFF" 0V
17 Battery (+) Input Power from vehicle V bat V bat
18 Ground Input Ground from vehicle Ground
21 Cabin Temperature Input from Cabin 0 °C (32.0 °F) ~ 3,87 V 9399 Ω ± 2,5 %
Temperature Sensor 15 °C (59.00 °F) ~ 3,09 V 4441 Ω ± 2,5 %
20 °C (68.00 °F) ~ 2,81 V 3511 Ω ± 2,5 %
30 °C (86.00 °F) ~ 2,25 V 2240 Ω ± 2,5 %
22 Outlet Temperature Input from Outlet 0 °C (32.0 °F) ~ 3,56 V 13,06 k Ω ± 2,5 %
Temperature Sensor 15 °C (59.00 °F) ~ 2,64 V 6,28 k Ω ± 2,5 %
20 °C (68.00 °F) ~ 2,32 V 4,99 k Ω ± 2,5 %
30 °C (86.00 °F) ~ 1,76 V 3,22 k Ω ± 2,5 %
23 Evaporator Input from Evaporator 0 °C (32.0 °F) ~ 3,43 V 66 k Ω ± 2,5 %
Temperature Temperature Sensor 15 °C (59.00 °F) ~ 2,51 V 30,7 k Ω ± 2,5 %
20 °C (68.00 °F) ~ 2,20 V 23,7 k Ω ± 2,5 %
30 °C (86.00 °F) ~ 1,72 V 15,7 k Ω ± 2,5 %
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 113
Pin Description Function Normal Notes

Signal
24 Outside Input from Outside 0 °C (32.0 °F) ~ 3,56 V 13,06 k Ω ± 2,5 %
Temperature Temperature Sensor 15 °C (59.00 °F) ~ 2,64 V 6,28 k Ω ± 2,5 %
20 °C (68.00 °F) ~ 2,32 V 4,99 k Ω ± 2,5 %
30 °C (86.00 °F) ~ 1,76 V 3,22 k Ω ± 2,5 %
25 Manual/Defrost Input from Max Defrost Selected V bat
Switch Otherwise 0,4 V
26 Econ Input from Econ Switch Selected V bat
Otherwise 0,4 V
27 Blower Auto Auto Position of Blower Selected 0,2 V
Switch Otherwise 5V
28 Blower Low "I" Low Position of Blower Selected 0,2 V
Switch "I" Otherwise 5V
29 Temperature Set Input from Temperature Set Low 15 °C (59.00 °F) 0,25 V 10 k Ω ± 10 %
potentiometer point Pot Med 25 °C ( 74 °F) 2,27 V
High 32 °C (89.60 °F) 3,17 V
30 Blower Medium "II" Medium Position of Blower Selected 0,2 V
Switch "II" Otherwise 5V
31 Blower High "III" High Position of Blower Selected 0,2 V
Switch "III" Otherwise 5V
33 High Pressure (+) (+) Input from High Pressure Closed 2,8 V
Switch Open 3,1 V
34 High Pressure (-) (-) Input from High Pressure Closed 2,8 V
Switch Open 2,5 V
35 Low Pressure (+) (+) Input from Low Pressure Closed 2,8 V
Switch Open 3,1 V
36 Low Pressure (-) (-) Input from Low Pressure Closed 2,8 V
Switch Open 2,5 V
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 114
Sensing system - Replace (High pressure/low pressure switch)

NOTE: You do not need to drain off the refrigerant in order to replace the pressure switch.
1. Turn the starter switch to the "OFF" position.
Disconnect the connector.
Unscrew the switch from the self-closing valve.
SS11D401 1
2. Screw in the pressure switch.

Connect the connector to the pressure switch.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 115
Sensing system Low pressure switch - Replace

Prior operation:
unit) (E.40.D) Step 1 to step 4
NOTE: The system does not have to be emptied in order to replace the low pressure switch.
ditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 1
2. Disconnect the electrical connector and replace the

low pressure switch (1).
Plug the electrical connector into the low pressure
switch.
SS08E003 2
3. Re-fit the cover plate to the heating and air condition-

ing unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 3
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 116
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Replace (Cab temperature)

Removal
BAIS06CCM376AVA 1
BAIS06CCM377AVA 2
3. Open the catch and take out the sensor. Disconnect

the plug connection.
SS08D019 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 117
Assembly
4. Connect the connector. Push the sensor inside and
close the catch.
SS08D019 4
5. Insert the air circulation filter element.
BAIS06CCM377AVA 5
6. Fit the air circulation grating.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 118
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Replace (Outlet temperature)

Prior operation:
NOTE: The refrigerant does not have to be siphoned out of the unit in order to replace the air outlet temperature
sensor.
1. Disconnect the connector and replace the air outlet
temperature sensor.
SS08D025 1
Next operation:
unit) (E.40.D) Step 9 to step 12 and step 20 to step 23
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 119
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Replace (Outside

temperature)
Removal
BAIS06CCM376AVA 1
BAIS06CCM377AVA 2
3. Disconnect the plug connection.

Remove the sensor.
SS08D024 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 120
Assembly
4. Fit the sensor.
SS08D024 4
BAIS06CCM377AVA 5
6. Fit the air circulation grating.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 121
Sensing system Evaporator temperature sensor - Replace

Prior operation:
NOTE: The refrigerant does not have to be siphoned out of the unit in order to replace the evaporator temperature
sensor.
1. Unscrew the retaining screws. Remove the cover
plate for the evaporator temperature sensor (1) on
the heating and air conditioning unit. Take the evap-
orator temperature sensor out of the evaporator.
SS08D030 1
2. Pull out the plug connection and disconnect it.

Replace the evaporator temperature sensor (1).
SS08D101 2
3. Connect the connector.

Push the evaporator temperature sensor into the
evaporator.
Fit the cover plate for the evaporator temperature
sensor on the heating and air conditioning unit.
SS08D109 3
Next operation:
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 122
Sensing system Evaporator temperature sensor - Replace

Prior operation:
tioning - Remove (E.40.D). To do this, carry out only Step 1 and Step 4.
NOTE: You do not need to drain off the refrigerant in order to replace the evaporator temperature sensor.
Removal
ditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 1
2. Unscrew the mounting screws. Remove the cover

plate for the evaporator temperature sensor (1) from
the heating and air conditioning unit.
SS08D029 2
3. Take the evaporator temperature sensor out of the

evaporator. Disconnect the connector.
SS08D028 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 123
Assembly
4. Push the evaporator temperature sensor into the
evaporator. Connect the connector.
NOTICE: Carefully push the sensor tube into the evapora-
tor, checking that it does not bend.
SS08D028 4
5. Mount the cover plate for the evaporator temperature

sensor (1) on the heating and air conditioning unit
and tighten the screws.
SS08D029 5

tioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 6
Next operation:
tioning - Install (E.40.D). To do this, carry out only Steps 20 to 23.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 124

- Troubleshooting
Evaporator air not cold Low refrigerant charge. Perform leak tests and repair
Gauge reading :- Evacuate system
Low Pressure - Low Charge system, re-test system
High Pressure - Low
(Refer to example
ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air-conditioning -
Dynamic description
(E.40.D)).
Evaporator air not cold Expansion valve allowing too much refrig- Check expansion valve as follows:
Gauge reading :- erant to flow through the evaporator Set for Maximum cooling.
Low Pressure - High Low pressure gauge should drop slowly
High Pressure - High If expansion valve is defective:
(Refer to example Discharge System
ENVIRONMENT Replace Expansion Valve
CONTROL Heating, Evacuate System
ventilation and Charge System
air-conditioning - Re-test
Dynamic description
(E.40.D)).
Evaporator air not cold Internal leak in compressor. (reed valves, Discharge the system
Gauge reading :- gasket, worn or scored piston rings or cylin- Replace the compressor
Low Pressure - High der) Evacuate the system
High Pressure - Low Charge the system
(Refer to example Re-test
ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air-conditioning -
Dynamic description
(E.40.D)).
Evaporator air warm Extremely low refrigerant charge. Perform leak tests and repair
Gauge reading :- Evacuate system
Low Pressure - Low Charge system, re-test system
High Pressure - Low
(Refer to example
ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air-conditioning -
Dynamic description
(E.40.D)).
Evaporator air warm Improper operation of condenser Inspect for dirty condenser restricting air
Gauge reading :- flow and cooling.
Low Pressure - High Check operation of condenser cooling fans.
High Pressure - High Repair or replace as needed.
(Refer to example Check for overcharge as follows:
ENVIRONMENT Stop the engine.
CONTROL Heating, Recover and recycle the charge using cor-
ventilation and rect recovery equipment.
air-conditioning - Recharge the system with the correct quan-
Dynamic description tity of refrigerant, replacing any lost lubri-
(E.40.D)). cant.
Recheck performance of air conditioning
system.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 125

Evaporator air cool but Expansion valve not permitting sufficient (1). Check expansion valve as follows:
not sufficiently cold. flow. Set at max. cooling. Low pressure gauge
Gauge reading :- should drop slowly.
Low Pressure - Low (2). If expansion valve is defective:-
High Pressure - Low Discharge system.
(Refer to example Replace expansion valve.
ENVIRONMENT Evacuate system.
CONTROL Heating, Charge system.
ventilation and Re-test.
air-conditioning -
Dynamic description
(E.40.D)).
Insufficient cooling Restriction in liquid line Discharge the system
Gauge reading :- Replace the receiver/drier
Low Pressure - Low Inspect all lines and tubing from compres-
High Pressure - High sor outlet to expansion valve.
(Refer to example Replace if needed.
ENVIRONMENT Evacuate the system
CONTROL Heating, Charge the system
ventilation and Re-test
air-conditioning -
Dynamic description
(E.40.D))
Insufficient cooling Low System low on charge Air or moisture Perform leak test
pressure reading does not present in system Discharge system
fluctuate with changes Repair leaks
in temperature control Replace receiver/drier
switch (pressure should Check oil level
drop until compressor Evacuate system
cycles) Evaporator air not Charge the system
cold. Re-test
Gauge reading :-
Low Pressure - Normal
High Pressure - Normal
(Refer to example
ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air-conditioning -
Dynamic description
(E.40.D))
Low pressure switch Stuck valve (1). Check expansion valve as follows:
cutting out Set at max. cooling. Low pressure gauge
Gauge reading :- should drop slowly.
Low Pressure - Low (2). If expansion valve is defective:-
High Pressure - Low Discharge system.
(Refer to example Replace expansion valve.
ENVIRONMENT Evacuate system.
CONTROL Heating, Charge system.
ventilation and Re-test.
air-conditioning -
Dynamic description
(E.40.D))
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 126

Expansion valve (1). Check expansion valve as follows:
to evaporator tube Set at max. cooling. Low pressure gauge
shows considerable should drop slowly.
condensation or frost. (2). If expansion valve is defective:-
Gauge reading :- Discharge system.
Low Pressure - Low Replace expansion valve.
High Pressure - Low Evacuate system.
(Refer to example Charge system.
ENVIRONMENT Re-test.
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air-conditioning -
Dynamic description
(E.40.D))
Too cold to touch (1). Check expansion valve as follows:
Gauge reading :- Set at max. cooling. Low pressure gauge
Low Pressure - Low should drop slowly.
High Pressure - Low (2). If expansion valve is defective:-
(Refer to example Discharge system.
ENVIRONMENT Replace expansion valve.
CONTROL Heating, Evacuate system.
ventilation and Charge system.
air-conditioning - Re-test.
Dynamic description
(E.40.D))
Liquid line hot (condenser Overcharged with refrigerant Inspect for dirty condenser restricting air
outlet to expansion valve flow and cooling.
tube) Check operation of condenser cooling fans.
Gauge reading :- Repair or replace as needed.
Low Pressure - High Check for overcharge as follows:
High Pressure - High Stop the engine.
(Refer to example Recover and recycle the charge using cor-
ENVIRONMENT rect recovery equipment.
CONTROL Heating, Recharge the system with the correct quan-
ventilation and tity of refrigerant, replacing any lost lubri-
air-conditioning - cant.
Dynamic description Recheck performance of air conditioning
(E.40.D)) system.
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 127

High pressure switch Air in system Inspect for dirty condenser restricting air
cutting out flow and cooling.
Gauge reading :- Check operation of condenser cooling fans.
Low Pressure - High Repair or replace as needed.
High Pressure - High Check for overcharge as follows:
(Refer to example Stop the engine.
ENVIRONMENT Recover and recycle the charge using cor-
CONTROL Heating, rect recovery equipment.
ventilation and Recharge the system with the correct quan-
air-conditioning - tity of refrigerant, replacing any lost lubri-
Dynamic description cant.
(E.40.D)) Recheck performance of air conditioning
system.
Compressor cycles “on" Defective temperature control (thermo- Stop engine and shut off A/C
and “off" too frequently static) switch Replace temperature control switch
Gauge reading :- Re-test system and check compressor cy-
Low Pressure - High cling
High Pressure - Normal
(Refer to example
ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air-conditioning -
Dynamic description
(E.40.D))
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 128
Index
FRAME AND CAB - E
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - 40.D

Air filter - Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Command Switch - Replace (Blower speed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Command Switch - Replace (Modes of operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Compressor - Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Compressor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Compressor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Compressor Cylinder head - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Compressor Cylinder head - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Compressor Shaft seal - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Condenser - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Cooler - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Decontaminating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Discharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
AutoCommand Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T7.210 AutoCommand Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T7.170 Range Command
Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T7.170 Power Command Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T7.185 Range Command Auto
Temperature Control (ATC), T7.185 Power Command Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T7.200 Range Command Auto Temperature
Control (ATC), T7.200 Power Command Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T7.210 Range Command Auto Temperature Control
(ATC), T7.210 Power Command Auto Temperature Control (ATC)
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Evacuate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Install (Heating and air conditioning unit) 63
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Leakage test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T7.170 AutoCommand Standard Climate Control, T7.185 AutoCommand Standard Climate Control, T7.200 AutoCommand Standard
Climate Control, T7.210 AutoCommand Standard Climate Control, T7.170 Range Command Standard Climate Control, T7.170
Power Command Standard Climate Control, T7.185 Range Command Standard Climate Control, T7.185 Power Command Standard
Climate Control, T7.200 Range Command Standard Climate Control, T7.200 Power Command Standard Climate Control, T7.210
Range Command Standard Climate Control, T7.210 Power Command Standard Climate Control
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 129
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Remove (Heating and air conditioning unit)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Electrical control Temperature control potentiometer - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Electrical control Temperature control potentiometer - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Electronic HVAC control - Electrical test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Electronic HVAC control - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Evaporator - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Expansion valve - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Heater Water valve actuator - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Heater valve - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Receiver/drier - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Sensing system - Overview (High pressure/low pressure switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Sensing system - Replace (High pressure/low pressure switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Sensing system Evaporator temperature sensor - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Sensing system Evaporator temperature sensor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 130
Sensing system Evaporator temperature sensor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Sensing system Low pressure switch - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Sensing system Low pressure switch - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Overview (Cabin Temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Overview (Outlet temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Overview (Outside temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Replace (Cab temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Replace (Outlet temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Replace (Outside temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Ventilation system Blower speed drive - Replace (Voltage divider) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Ventilation system Blower speed drive - Replace (Voltage regulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Ventilation system Motor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
84477609A 27/09/2011
E.40.D / 131
PRINTED IN FRANCE
84477609A 27/09/2011
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
HITCH AND WORKING TOOL

84477609A 27/09/2011
H
Contents
HITCH AND WORKING TOOL - H
HITCH Front hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H.10.B

HITCH Rear hitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H.10.C

HITCH Electronic draft control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H.10.D

84477609A 27/09/2011
H
HITCH Front hitch - 10.B

84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
HITCH Front hitch

SERVICE
HITCH Front hitch

Remove - SuperSteer™ Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Control valve
Install - SuperSteer™ Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Cylinder
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Support
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
DIAGNOSTIC
HITCH Front hitch

84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 2
HITCH AND WORKING TOOL - HITCH Front hitch
HITCH Front hitch - Static description

NOTE: The three point front hitch is an option which may be fitted during manufacture, or as a dealer installed acces-
sory. Whichever option is fitted the principles of operation described here apply to both.
WARNING
Extreme care must be exercised when adjusting and checking hitch and control linkage when the
engine is running and when linkage is hydraulic or mechanical load. Study the linkage and hitch
travel. Keep the hands, arms, legs, and feet out of the travel arc of the hitch and linkage.
W0116A
BAIL10CVT337AVB 1
The front hitch consists of an adjustable top link (1) a pair of folding lower links (2) and two large double action cylinders
(3). The top link and lower links have open claw ends that permit rapid coupling and uncoupling of implements. The
claws are equipped with self-locking latches to make sure that there is positive retention of the 3 point hitch to the
implement. The two large double-action cylinders provide maximum lifting power throughout the entire lifting range.
The front hitch may be operated by using the electronic rear remote or mid-mount valves (if fitted).
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 3
For applications where the front linkage is not required, the links can be folded up against the front of the tractor to
reduce its overall length and increase transport safety.
BAIL10CVT357AVA 2
A height limiter allows the operator to set a maximum lift height of the hitch. Control of the height limiter is by a rotary
control (1) on the armrest console.
Depending on the options fitted you may also be able to control the lower limit (2) and the drop rate (3). The lower
limit controls the minimum working position according with the height limit setting. The drop rate setting adjusts the
hitch lowering speed, (oil flow in extend operations only). The raising speed cannot be adjusted.
BAIL10CVT338AVC 3
Turn the control knob (1) fully clockwise for maximum height or counterclockwise to reduce the height. When the
control knob is fully counterclockwise, the limit control is switched off. The drop rate setting (3) (where fitted) adjusts
the hitch lowering speed, (oil flow in extend operations only). Raising speed cannot be adjusted.
.
BAIL10CVT338AVB 4
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 4
Having set the required maximum hitch height on the rotary control, the height of the hitch will be shown in the display
(1) as a percentage (%) ranging from 0 (fully lowered) to 99 (fully raised).
BRI4173B 5
NOTE: The lift height limit can be affected by the oil flow in the hydraulic system. If the lift height limit was set with a
low engine and hydraulic pump speed, it may reach a higher setting when the engine speed rises.
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 5
A colour display (where fitted) will offer the possibility to store optimum settings for a certain implement and working
conditions which can be recalled and the front hitch controls adjusted to match them.
BAIL10CVT339AVA 6
BAIL10CVT374AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 6
The rear remote valves may be used to operate the front hitch using the control lever (1) or the joystick (if fitted). As
a factory fitted option the hitch will always be valve number 1 if either rear remote or mid-mount valves are used.
.
BRL6126B 8
With the hitch connected to valve number 1:
Move the lever backwards (R) to raise the hitch.

Move the lever forward to (N) to stop movement, the hitch will remain at this height.
Move the lever to (L) to lower the hitch.
With the lever in (F), the float position is selected allowing the attached implement to follow the ground contours.
Valve number 1 is programmed to operate with the hitch height limiter.
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 7
Front hitch fast raise/lower activations are carried out by a switch (1) on the multifunction handle. A fast raise maneu-
ver will bring the front linkage to the position set by the height limit control. A fast lower maneuver will bring the front
linkage to the position set by the lower limit control (where fitted).
BAIL10CVT589AVA 9
Position control can also be achieved by using the pod located on the armrest.
BAIL09CCM079AVB 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 8
Where a front hitch is supplied as a factory option, the vehicle will be fitted with a joystick and mid-mount valves. The
joystick (1) can be used to control the front hitch using the rear remote or mid-mount valves.
Valve number 1 will be used to operate the hitch with the front height limiter as previously described.
BRL6116B 11
NOTE: Operation of the joystick is disabled if the operator leaves the seat and at key-off.
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 9
Vehicles equipped with both rear remote and mid-mount valves, the joystick can be used to operate either valve
assembly. A selector switch (1) on the armrest console allows the operator to switch joystick control between mid-
mount and rear remote valves. Repeated pressing of the switch will cycle between the mid-mount and rear remote
valves. A light in the switch indicates the current valve selection (Figure 13).
BAIL10CVT340AVB 12
NOTE: Before switching joystick operation between rear remote and mid-mount valves or vice versa, make sure that
all remote valve levers are in the neutral position.
To operate the front hitch using the rear remote valves and joystick, depress the switch, the rear remote valve indicator
lamp (1) will start to flash.
After five seconds, the rear indicator lamp will stop flashing and remain on, confirming control of the rear remote valves
has been reactivated. Operation of the front hitch is now controlled by the joystick through the rear remote valves.
Repeating the process will change control to the mid-mount valves.
BAIL10CVT340AVC 13
NOTE: Switching the joystick from mid-mount to rear remote valve operation will automatically disable the rear remote
levers.
NOTICE: At key-off, joystick operation is deactivated. When the joystick is deactivated the warning lights in the front
and rear selector switch will flash. The joystick will be reactivated when the operator is in the seat with the engine
running for more than three seconds.
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 10
Both the rear remote and mid-mount valves offer the following functions when operated by the joystick:
Remote Valve 1: Move the joystick backwards or forward to select Raise (R), Neutral (N), Lower (L) and Float (F)
on the front hitch.
Remote Valve 2: Move the joystick Left or Right to provide oil flow through the front couplers (if fitted).
BRL6119C 14
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 11
Where valves 3 and 4 are fitted the joystick functions for the mid-mount and rear mount valves are as follows:
Remote Valve 3: Depress and hold the button (1) and move the joystick backwards or forwards to operate Raise,
Neutral, Lower and Float.
Remote Valve 4: Depress and hold the button (1) and move the joystick left or right to operate Raise, Neutral and
Lower.
BRL6116C 15
NOTE: Button (1) is the only button to have any functionality when the joystick is used to operate the front hitch.
NOTE: The joystick should not be used for hydraulic motor operation.
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 12
Move the joystick backwards to position (R) to raise the hitch, when the maximum height set by the height limiter is
reached the hitch will stop.
Move the joystick forward to position (L) to fully lower the hitch at a controlled rate.
Move the joystick fully forward to position (F) float, this will allow the hitch to lower under its own weight. Float can also
be used to allow the lift cylinder to extend or retract freely allowing an implement to follow the contours of the ground.
The joystick can also be moved laterally (R) and (L) to provide oil for equipment connected to the optional connectors.
By moving the joystick diagonally two cylinders may be operated simultaneously.
BRL6119C 16
NOTE: Always use the float position to lower a single acting cylinder. The lower position is for double acting cylinders
only.
NOTE: With the joystick operating the rear remote valves, the float position for valves 2 and 4 (lateral movement of
the joystick) is not available.
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 13
Two auxiliary connectors with 1/2 in female couplings may be fitted to the front hitch frame. These will provide a
double acting hydraulic service for equipment mounted on the front 3 point hitch. When operated by the joystick
lateral movement of the joystick (left or right) will provide pressurized oil at the couplings.
BAIL10CVT341AVA 17
NOTE: The front couplers have a flip-up cover included. When the front couplers are not in use make sure that the
flip-up covers are closed over the valves to prevent dust or debris entering the hydraulic system.
NOTE: Before disconnecting hoses from the front couplers, any residual pressure in the hydraulic lines must be re-
leased.
External controls are available as an optional extra, mounted on the left-hand side of the hitch.
BAIL10CVT342AVA 18
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 14
Two selector levers (1) are mounted on the front of the hitch assembly, making it possible to change the front hitch
between single-action mode, double-action mode or a fixed working height.
BAIL07CCM295ASA 19
Lever positions:
When both levers are facing downwards the hitch is active.
If both levers are horizontal then the hitch is locked in position.
If the levers are perpendicular the hitch can be raised, but lowered by the mounted equipment's dead weight.
In addition, when using the mid-mounts or electronic rear remote valves, hitch movement can be prevented by press-
ing the hydraulic transport lock switch (located on the right-hand “C” pillar).
BAIL10CVT591AVA 20
NOTE: If the operator is using the front hitch with the standard joystick, valves can be individually locked out using
the encoder / colour display.
This central controller processes information from the front hitch height potentiometer, through connector X395 to
regulate height limit settings and provide percentage (%) height references to the instrument cluster.
SS08K192 21
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 15
HITCH Front hitch - Remove - SuperSteer™ Axle

WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Fully lower the front hydraulic lift arms.
BAIL10CVT521AVA 1
2. Disconnect the battery, for further information refer

to Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A)
3. Remove the retaining pins (1) and remove the lower
lift arms (2).
BAIL10CVT521AVB 2
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 16
BAIL10CVT440AVB 3
5. Disconnect the front hitch potentiometer electrical

connector.
BAIL10CVT536AVA 4
6. Disconnect the front hitch remote switch electrical

connectors.
BAIL10CVT537AVA 5
7. Disconnect the front hitch hydraulic hoses.

NOTE: Make a note of the hose connections to aid instal-
lation.
BAIL10CVT538AVA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 17

hitch.
BAIL10CVT539AVA 7
9. Remove the hitch retaining bolts.

NOTE: Repeat step for the right-hand side.
BAIL10CVT540AVA 8
10. Remove the front hitch assembly.

NOTE: Carefully feed the hydraulic and electrical connec-
tors through the housing when removing.
BAIL10CVT541AVA 9
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 18
Control valve - Remove - SuperSteer™ Axle

WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
BAIL10CVT521AVA 1

3. Remove the retaining pins (1) and remove lower lift
arms (2).
BAIL10CVT521AVB 2
BAIL10CVT440AVB 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 19
5. Remove the towing eye.
BAIL10CVT542AVB 4
6. Remove the valve block cover.
BAIL10CVT543AVA 5
7. Disconnect the valve block upper hoses.
BAIL10CVT544AVB 6
8. Disconnect the valve block side and lower hydraulic

pipes.
BAIL10CVT545AVB 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 20
9. Remove the valve block.
BAIL10CVT546AVA 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 21
Control valve - Install - SuperSteer™ Axle

WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Install the valve block.
BAIL10CVT546AVA 1
2. Connect the valve block side and lower hydraulic

pipes.
BAIL10CVT545AVB 2
3. Connect the valve block upper hoses.
BAIL10CVT544AVB 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 22
4. Install the valve cover.
BAIL10CVT543AVA 4
5. Install the towing eye.
BAIL10CVT542AVB 5
BAIL10CVT440AVB 6
pins (2).
BAIL10CVT521AVC 7

9. Operate the front hitch and check for leaks.
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 23
Cylinder - Remove - SuperSteer™ Axle

WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
BAIL10CVT521AVA 1

3. Remove the retaining pins (1) and remove lower lift
arms (2).
BAIL10CVT521AVB 2
BAIL10CVT440AVB 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 24
5. Remove the cylinder lower pin retaining grub screws.
BAIL10CVT524AVA 4
6. Support the lower frame (1) and remove the lift ram
lower retaining pins (2).
BAIL10CVT525AVA 5
7. Disconnect the lift ram lower hydraulic hose straight

connector (1) and banjo fitting (2) and washers.
BAIL10CVT530AVA 6
8. Disconnect the lift ram upper hydraulic hose.
BAIL10CVT531AVB 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 25
9. Remove the lift ram upper pin retaining grub screw.
BAIL10CVT448AVB 8
10. Support the lift ram.

Using special tool 380001099 (1) remove the lift ram
top securing pin (2).
BAIL10CVT533AVA 9
11. Remove the lift ram.

If required, repeat the procedure for the right-hand
side.
BAIL10CVT531AVC 10
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 26
Cylinder - Install - SuperSteer™ Axle

WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Locate the lift ram.
BAIL10CVT531AVC 1
2. Install the lift ram upper retaining pin (1).

Install the grub screw (2).
BAIL10CVT448AVA 2
3. Connect the lift ram upper hydraulic hose.
BAIL10CVT531AVB 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 27
4. Connect the lift ram lower hydraulic hose straight

connector (1) and banjo fitting (2) with washers.
BAIL10CVT530AVA 4
5. Install the lift ram lower retaining pins (1).

Remove the jack (2).
NOTE: Make sure the detents in the retaining pins are
aligned with the grub screws.
BAIL10CVT525AVB 5
6. Install the retaining grub screws.

Install the plastic plugs.
BAIL10CVT524AVA 6
BAIL10CVT440AVB 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 28
pins (2).
BAIL10CVT521AVC 8
9. Connect the battery , for further information refer to

Operate the front hitch and check for leaks.
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 29
Cylinder - Remove
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Fully raise the front hitch.
BAIL10CVT463AVA 1

move the lower lift arms (2).
ent.
BAIL10CVT464AVA 2
BAIL10CVT346AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 30
BAIL10CVT387AVA 4
6. Remove the bonnet retainer catch.
BAIL10CVT467AVA 5

BAIL10CVT468AVA 6
8. Remove the front support cover plate.
BAIL10CVT469AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 31
9. Using a suitable jack (1) support the lower frame.

Remove the lift ram lower pin retaining nuts (2).
BAIL10CVT470AVA 8
10. Remove the lift ram lower pins (1), and spacers (2).
Lower the jack allowing the frame to swing back.
NOTE: Note the position of the spacers when removing to
aid installation.
BAIL10CVT471AVB 9
11. Disconnect the lift ram lower hydraulic hoses.
BAIL10CVT353AVA 10
12. Remove the lift ram upper pin retaining grub screw.
BAIL10CVT476AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 32
13. Support the lift ram.

Using special tool 380001099 (1) remove the lift ram
upper retaining pin (2).
BAIL10CVT477AVA 12
14. Disconnect the lift ram upper hydraulic hose.

Remove the lift ram.
BAIL10CVT478AVA 13
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 33
Cylinder - Install
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Connect the lift ram upper hydraulic hose.

Locate the lift ram.
BAIL10CVT478AVA 1
2. Install the lift ram upper retaining pin.
BAIL10CVT485AVA 2
3. Install the lift ram upper pin retaining grub screw.
BAIL10CVT476AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 34
4. Connect the lift ram lower hydraulic hoses.
BAIL10CVT353AVA 4
5. Raise the jack to align the lower frame with the lift
rams.
Install the lift ram lower pins (1) and spacers (2) as
noted on removal.
BAIL10CVT471AVB 5
6. Install the lift ram lower pin retaining nuts (1).

BAIL10CVT470AVB 6
7. Install the front support cover plate.
BAIL10CVT469AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 35
8. Lift and push back the charge air cooler and oil cooler
assembly (1) and secure with the clip (2).
BAIL10CVT468AVB 8
9. Install the bonnet retainer catch.
BAIL10CVT467AVA 9
BAIL10CVT387AVA 10
BAIL10CVT346AVA 11
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 36
pins (2).
BAIL10CVT464AVB 12

84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 37
Support - Remove - SuperSteer™ Axle

WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
BAIL10CVT521AVA 1

3. Remove the retaining pins (1) and remove the lower
lift arms (2).
BAIL10CVT521AVB 2
BAIL10CVT440AVB 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 38
5. Remove the cylinder lower pin retaining grub screws.
BAIL10CVT524AVA 4
6. Using a suitable jack (1) support the lower frame and

remove the lift ram lower retaining pins (2).
BAIL10CVT525AVA 5
7. Remove the lower frame rear pivot pin retaining bolt

(1) and washer (2).
BAIL10CVT526AVA 6
8. Remove the lower frame rear pivot pin.
BAIL10CVT527AVC 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 39
9. Remove the lower frame.
BAIL10CVT528AVA 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 40
Support - Install - SuperSteer™ Axle

WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Locate the lower frame.
BAIL10CVT528AVA 1
2. Install the lower frame rear pivot pin.

NOTE: Make sure that the pivot pin locates over the anti-
rotation dowel.
BAIL10CVT527AVC 2
3. Install the lower frame rear pivot pin washer (1) and
retaining bolt (2).
BAIL10CVT526AVB 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 41
4. Install the lift ram lower retaining pins (1) and remove
the jack (2).
NOTE: Make sure that the detents in the retaining pins are
aligned with the grub screws.
BAIL10CVT525AVB 4
5. Install the retaining grub screws.
BAIL10CVT524AVA 5
BAIL10CVT440AVB 6
pins (2).
BAIL10CVT521AVC 7

84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 42
Support - Remove
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Fully raise the front hitch.
BAIL10CVT463AVA 1

move the lower lift arms (2).
ent.
BAIL10CVT464AVA 2
BAIL10CVT346AVA 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 43
5. Using a suitable jack (1) support the lower frame.

Remove the lift ram lower pin retaining nuts (2).
BAIL10CVT470AVA 4
6. Remove the lift ram lower pins (1), and spacers (2).
Lower the jack allowing the frame to swing back.
NOTE: Note the position of the spacers when removing to
aid installation.
BAIL10CVT471AVB 5
7. Disconnect the front hitch potentiometer electrical

connector.
BAIL10CVT344AVA 6
8. Remove the potentiometer.
BAIL10CVT348AVB 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 44
9. Remove lower frame left-hand pivot pin (1).

Remove the shims (2).
Repeat step for the right-hand side.
NOTE: Note the position of the shims when removing to
aid installation.
BAIL10CVT483AVB 8
10. Remove the lower frame
BAIL10CVT473AVA 9
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 45
Support - Install
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Locate the lower frame.
BAIL10CVT473AVB 1
2. Install the lower frame left-hand pivot pin (1).

Install the shims (2) as noted on removal.
Repeat step for the right-hand side.
BAIL10CVT483AVB 2
3. Install the front hitch potentiometer.
BAIL10CVT348AVB 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 46
4. Connect the front hitch potentiometer electrical con-

nector.
BAIL10CVT344AVA 4
5. Raise the jack to align the lower frame with the lift
rams.
Install the lift ram lower pins (1) and spacers (2) as
noted on removal.
BAIL10CVT471AVB 5
6. Install the lift ram lower pin retaining nuts (1).

BAIL10CVT470AVB 6
BAIL10CVT346AVA 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 47
pins (2).
BAIL10CVT464AVB 8

84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 48
HITCH Front hitch - Troubleshooting

Front hydraulic lift not Diverter valve not open. Open the diverter valve.
raising
Height limit control incorrectly set. Adjust the height limit control to the re-
quired setting.
Front hydraulic lift arm position sensing po- Replace the potentiometer.
tentiometer damaged.
Front hydraulic lift will not Front hydraulic lift cylinder oil seals leaking. Overhaul the front hydraulic lift cylinders.
raise heavy loads
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 49
Index

Control valve - Install - SuperSteer™ Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Control valve - Remove - SuperSteer™ Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Cylinder - Install - SuperSteer™ Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Cylinder - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Cylinder - Remove - SuperSteer™ Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Cylinder - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
HITCH Front hitch - Remove - SuperSteer™ Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
HITCH Front hitch - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
HITCH Front hitch - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Support - Install - SuperSteer™ Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Support - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Support - Remove - SuperSteer™ Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Support - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.B / 50
HITCH Rear hitch - 10.C

84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.C / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Top link
Exploded view Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Top link
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Remove Right Hand Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Install Right Hand Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Overhaul Right hand Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.C / 2
HITCH AND WORKING TOOL - HITCH Rear hitch
Top link - Exploded view Control Valve
BAIL07APH393FSA 1
Hydraulic operated Top Link and Right Hand Link Control Valve Components
1.Plug 2.Hexagon headed socket screws

3.Spool valve 4.Plug
5.Connector 6.Seal
7.O-Ring 8.Couplers
9.Solenoid 10.Hose connectors
11.Spring
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.C / 3
Top link - Hydraulic schema
BAIL07APH394FSA 1
Hydraulic Adjustable Right Hand and Top link Schematic
1.Top Link Cylinder 2.Right Hand Lift Cylinder

3.Low Pressure Feed 4.Check Valve
5.Solenoid Valve 6.Spool Valve
When the remote valve lever is operated without the button being depressed the right hand cylinder (2) functions in
the same way as in a normal system. High pressure oil is fed through ports (A) and (B) , flows across the spool (6)
and in and out of the couplers (E) and (F) .
If the button on the remote lever is depressed the solenoid (5) is activated. This allows low pressure oil to move the
spool (6) across overcoming the spring pressure and allowing oil from high pressure ports (A) and (B) to flow through
ports (C) and (D) to the top link cylinder (1).
When the cylinders have been adjusted to the desired length they are locked in position by the lock out valves located
on each cylinder.
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.C / 4
Top link - Static description

Hydraulic adjustment of both top link and right hand lift rod is available (where fitted). This system allows hydraulic
implement adjustment with out the loss of any remote service.
BTB0056B 1
The cylinders are connected to a solenoid valve block (1) by hydraulic hoses using remote couplings and hose con-
nectors.
BAIL07APH388ASA 2
The right hand link is connected to the remote valve couplers which are integral with the solenoid block.
BAIL07APH389ASA 3
The top link is connected the solenoid block by hose connectors.
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.C / 5
BAIL07APH390ASA 4
The solenoid block is situated on top of the remote valve stack and is fed low pressure oil via a hose (1) connected
to the low pressure feed pipe. The return oil is fed back to tank by a hose located on top of the solenoid block.
BAIL07APH391ASA 5
To lengthen the right hand lift rod and move the lower link downwards, pull No. 4 remote control valve lever (2) towards
you. Push the lever away from you, past the neutral position to retract the cylinder and shorten the right hand lift rod.
To lengthen the top link, depress and hold in the button (1) on No. 4 remote control valve lever and pull the lever
towards you. Push the lever away from you, past the neutral position to retract the cylinder and shorten the top link
assembly.
BAIL07APH392ASA 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.C / 6
Top link - Remove

Prior operation:
1. Disconnect the oil lines and drain the oil into a suit-
able container
2. Support the cylinder with appropriate lifting equip-
ment . Remove the retaining clip and pull out the
retaining pin.
3. Lift out the cylinder.
BAIL07APH395ASA 1
WARNING
B012
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.C / 7
Top link - Overhaul

Prior operation:
Top link - Remove (H.10.C)
1. Unscrew the cylinder end cap (1) using the appropri-

ate tool.
2. Withdraw the piston and rod from tube assembly.
3. Inspect bore of cylinder and replace if scored..
4. Check and replace seals (2) if required.
5. Reassemble cylinder and tighten end cap (1) to 400
Nm (295.02 lb ft)
BAIL07APH396ASA 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.C / 8
Top link - Install

1. Locate the clevis hole of the top link with the hole in
the bracket on the rear axle.
WARNING
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting
equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Make sure
that units or parts are supported by suitable slings
or hooks. Make sure that no-one is in the vicinity of
the load to be lifted. Failure to comply could result in
serious injury or death.
B012
2. Slide the pin (1) through the hole and secure with the
BAIL07APH395ASA 1
retaining clip.
3. Reattach the oil supply hoses.
BAIL07APH390ASA 2
4. Lock into position using the locking handle.
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.C / 9
Top link - Remove Right Hand Link
WARNING
B012
WARNING
B026
1. Disconnect the oil lines from the right hand link as-
sembly and drain the oil into a suitable container.
2. Remove the linch pin from the link retaining pin lo-
cated at the bottom of the right hand link.
3. Using suitable lifting equipment, support the lower
link and remove the lower retaining pin.
4. Remove the right hand link upper retaining pin retain-
ing bolt. (2)
Using suitable lifting equipment, support the right
hand link. Remove the retaining pin (1) and remove
the right hand link.
BAIL09CCM094AVA 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.C / 10
Top link - Install Right Hand Link
WARNING
B012
WARNING
B012
1. Using suitable lifting equipment lift the right hand link

cylinder assembly into position.
2. Align the upper clevis with the lift arm hole and install
the retaining pin (1).
3. Install the retaining pin retaining bolt (2) and tighten
to 45 N·m (33.2 lb ft)
BAIL09CCM094AVA 1
4. Align the lower clevis pin with the lower link hole.
Install the retaining pin and secure with the linch pin.
5. Connect the oil lines to the cylinder assembly.
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.C / 11
Top link - Overhaul Right hand Link

1. Remove the cylinder end cap (1).
2. Remove the piston and rod from the cylinder assem-
bly.
3. Inspect the bore of the cylinder and replace if scored.
4. Check and replace the seals (2) as required.
5. Assemble the cylinder.
Tighten to 400 N·m (295.0 lb ft)
BAIL09CCM095AVA 1
Next operation:
Install the right hand link, for further information refer to Top link - Install (H.10.C)
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.C / 12
Index

Top link - Exploded view Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Top link - Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Top link - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Top link - Install Right Hand Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Top link - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Top link - Overhaul Right hand Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Top link - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Top link - Remove Right Hand Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Top link - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.C / 13
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.C / 14
HITCH Electronic draft control - 10.D

84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.D / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
HITCH Electronic draft control

SERVICE
Control valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.D / 2
HITCH AND WORKING TOOL - HITCH Electronic draft control
HITCH Electronic draft control - Static description

One method of providing a more constant depth control is to take advantage of the fact that draft loading increases
with implement depth. If a fixed implement draft is maintained a fixed implement depth will result, providing the tractor
speed and type of soil being worked remain constant.
The hydraulic lift electronic draft control system provides a means of accurately controlling implement draft and soil
penetration depth on fully or semi mounted implements.
The principle of electronic draft control, is to sense draft variations through two load sensing pins in the lower links and
using a microprocessor translate these variations into electrical signals for controlling the draft loading and working
depth of an implement.
The smoothness and accuracy provided during operation gives this system a clear advantage over conventional me-
chanical systems.
In addition to providing draft control, it is also necessary to provide a system where the hydraulic links can be main-
tained at a position relative to the tractor regardless of draft forces on the implement. This method of maintaining the
implement position is called position control.
COMPONENTS
Hydraulic Lift Assembly and Control Valve
The hydraulic lift Electronic Draft Control valve (EDC valve) (1) is a stack type proportional solenoid operated valve
mounted with the remote control valves at the rear of the tractor.
The valve responds to pulse width modulated signals from the microprocessor to direct pump pressure oil to and from
the hydraulic lift cylinders in direct proportion to the degree of lift required.
BAIL10CCM010AAB 1
Hydraulic Pump
Oil flow to the electronic draft control system is provided by the Load Sensing Variable Displacement piston pump (1)
which adjusts output according to hydraulic circuit demand.
Figure 2, Variable Displacement Piston Pump.
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.D / 3
BAIL10CVT037AAB 2
Electronic Draft Control (EDC) Processor
The processor is the management system for the electronic draft control hydraulic lift assembly.
The processor is housed in a protective casing and connected to the electrical harness via multi-pin connectors. The
processor contains no serviceable parts and requires direct replacement when faulty.
1b0o2004061064 3
The processor is located behind the panel to the rear of the operators seat
The processor converts electronic signals from the operator controls, lift arm position sensing potentiometer and lower
link load sensing pins to operate the pulse width modulating valve and raise/lower the hydraulic lift.
The processor also has a self diagnostic capability which detects when the system is not functioning correctly. When
this occurs an error code is generated and held in the processor memory so they may be retrieved when diagnosing
faults on the tractor.
BAIL09CCM091AVA 4
Load Sensing Pins
The load sensing pins (1) sense draft variations applied by an implement on the lower links.
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.D / 4
The pins react to draft shear forces in the horizontal plane but not forces due to the weight of the implement.
BSE3778A 5
Each load sensing pin consists of a hollow metal tube (1) containing a circuit board (4) and load sensing core (2).
Within the core material are three wire coils (3) supported by metal rods. The coils are energised by the 8.5 volt
supply and create a stable pattern of magnetic flux within the core.
The outer casing of the pin is made from a metal with unique electromagnetic properties. When the metal is subjected
to a shear force, which is centred on the wasted section (5) of the pin, the natural magnetism of the pin casing changes,
which distorts the magnetic flux pattern of the core and is transformed into an electrical output signal. This signal which
is proportional to the draft load acting on the implement is then received by the processor.
TIA35195 6
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.D / 5

Prior operation:
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Remove (A.10.C)
1. Remove the EDC valve (1) being careful not to dis-

lodge the spring located on the load sensing valve
BAIL10CCM010AAB 1
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.D / 6

1. Before installing the EDC valve ensure the load sens-
ing valve and spring (1) and all seals are in position.
BSE3847A 1
2. Install the EDC valve over the tierods.
BAIL10CCM010AAB 2
Next operation:
Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Install (A.10.C)
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.D / 7
Index

Control valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
HITCH Electronic draft control - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.D / 8
84477609A 27/09/2011
H.10.D / 9
PRINTED IN FRANCE
84477609A 27/09/2011
EN
SPECIAL TOOL INDEX
Genuine IU PAGE
380000573 [Tee Adapter, 9/16 PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Test Using DATAR A.10.A / 40
ORFS (female) x 9/16ORFS Equipment
(male) x 7/16 UNF (female)]
380000573 [Tee Adapter, 9/16 PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Test Using DATAR A.10.A / 43
ORFS (female) x 9/16ORFS Equipment
(male) x 7/16 UNF (female)]
380002720 [Load Check Valve Remote control valve - Disassemble A.10.B / 42
Remover and Installer]
380002720 [Load Check Valve Remote control valve - Assemble A.10.B / 48
Remover and Installer]
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Control module - Configure H-Menu Overview A.50.A / 11
Switch]
Switch]
Switch]
Switch]
Switch]
Switch]
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Control module Universal controller - H1 - Calibration procedures A.50.A / 182
Switch]
Switch]
Switch]
Switch]
Switch]
Switch]
Switch]
Switch]
Switch]
Switch]
Switch]
Switch]
Switch]
Switch]
Switch]
Switch]
Switch]
Switch]
27/09/2011
11
Genuine IU PAGE
Switch]
Switch]
Switch]
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Control module Steering controller - H1 - Calibration procedures A.50.A / 448
Switch]
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Control module Electronic park lock A.50.A / 469
Switch]
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Control module Central Control Unit - H1 - Calibration procedures A.50.A / 513
Switch] Without Sidewinder
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Control module Auxiliary A.50.A / 629
Switch]
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Control module Auxiliary A.50.A / 631
Switch]
290090 [Rotary Stand] TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Disassemble C.20.D / 21
293971 [Transmission TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Disassemble C.20.D / 21
Overhaul Adapter Bracket]
293972 [Front Bracket for TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Disassemble C.20.D / 21
Rear Axle Overhaul]
293808 [Output Shaft TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Disassemble C.20.D / 25
Retaining Tool]
293805 [Input Shaft Bearing TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Disassemble C.20.D / 25
Puller]
293805 [Input Shaft Bearing TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Disassemble C.20.D / 25
Puller]
293808 [Output Shaft TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Disassemble C.20.D / 25
Retaining Tool]
293808 [Output Shaft TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Assemble C.20.D / 30
Retaining Tool]
293805 [Input Shaft Bearing TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Assemble C.20.D / 30
Puller]
293869 [Output Shaft Bearing TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Assemble C.20.D / 30
Installer]
293805 [Input Shaft Bearing TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Assemble C.20.D / 35
Puller]
293808 [Output Shaft TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Assemble C.20.D / 35
Retaining Tool]
297614 [Medium and "C" TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Adjust C.20.D / 40
Clutch Hub Bearing Setting
Tool]
292176 [Range Input And TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Adjust C.20.D / 40
Output Shaft End Play Test
Tool]
Tool]
Tool]
27/09/2011
12
Genuine IU PAGE
Tool]
Tool]
Tool]
Tool]
Tool]
380000843 [Diagnostic Test TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Pressure test C.20.D / 43
Switch]
380000552 [Pressure Gauge TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Pressure test C.20.D / 43
0 - 40 Bar]
380000543 [Hydraulic Test TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Pressure test C.20.D / 43
Quick Release Coupler
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
380000545 [Pressure Gauge TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Pressure test C.20.D / 43
Hose]
380000544 [Adaptor 1/8 TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Pressure test C.20.D / 43
NPT Fitting to Attach Hose
380000545 to Gauge]
380000492 [7/16 UNF Male TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Pressure test C.20.D / 44
Quick Release Adapter]
380000493 [Adapter M10 TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Pressure test C.20.D / 44
x 1 (External) x 7/16 UNF
(Internal)]
380000493 [Adapter M10 TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Pressure test C.20.D / 44
x 1 (External) x 7/16 UNF
(Internal)]
295049 [Range Gear Output Gear and synchroniser - Remove C.20.D / 92
Shaft Retaining Tool]
293343 [Output Shaft Socket Gear and synchroniser - Remove C.20.D / 92
(65mm)]
295049 [Range Gear Output Gear and synchroniser - Install C.20.D / 100
Shaft Retaining Tool]
293343 [Output Shaft Socket Gear and synchroniser - Install C.20.D / 100
(65mm)]
295021 [Clutch Spring Clutch and gear Master clutch - Remove C.20.D / 103
Compressor]
295021 [Clutch Spring Clutch and gear Master clutch - Disassemble C.20.D / 107
Compressor]
295021 [Clutch Spring Clutch and gear Speed clutch - Disassemble C.20.D / 110
Compressor]
295021 [Clutch Spring Clutch and gear Master clutch - Assemble C.20.D / 114
Compressor]
295021 [Clutch Spring Clutch and gear Speed clutch - Assemble C.20.D / 118
Compressor]
380000291 [Clutch Piston Clutch and gear Master clutch - Install C.20.D / 120
Return Spring Compressor]
380000301 [Rotating Engine TRANSMISSION Powershift - Special tools C.20.E / 9
Stand]
27/09/2011
13
Genuine IU PAGE
380000543 [Hydraulic Test TRANSMISSION Powershift - Special tools C.20.E / 9
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
380000458 [Range Input And TRANSMISSION Powershift - Special tools C.20.E / 9
Tool]
380000459 [Output Shaft TRANSMISSION Powershift - Special tools C.20.E / 9
Socket (65mm)]
380000291 [Clutch Piston TRANSMISSION Powershift - Special tools C.20.E / 9
380000843 [Diagnostic Test TRANSMISSION Powershift - Special tools C.20.E / 9
Switch]
380000489 [Limp Home TRANSMISSION Powershift - Special tools C.20.E / 9
Harness]
380000568 [Transmission TRANSMISSION Powershift - Special tools C.20.E / 9
input and output shaft bearing
adjustment tool]
380000569 [Tractor TRANSMISSION Powershift - Special tools C.20.E / 9
Separation Stand]
380000495 [Lifting Brackets] TRANSMISSION Powershift - Special tools C.20.E / 9
380000496 [Medium Clutch TRANSMISSION Powershift - Special tools C.20.E / 9
Shaft Adapter]
380000497 [Medium and "C" TRANSMISSION Powershift - Special tools C.20.E / 9
Tool]
380000498 [Manifold Bushing TRANSMISSION Powershift - Special tools C.20.E / 9
Removal Tool]
380000499 [Transmission TRANSMISSION Powershift - Special tools C.20.E / 9
Overhaul Brackets (use with
rotary stand no. 380000301)]
380000301 [Rotating Engine TRANSMISSION Powershift - Special tools C.20.E / 9
Stand]
380000403 [Lifting Brackets TRANSMISSION Powershift - Special tools C.20.E / 9
(Set of Two)]
380000301 [Rotating Engine TRANSMISSION Powershift - Disassemble C.20.E / 23
Stand]
380000499 [Transmission TRANSMISSION Powershift - Disassemble C.20.E / 23
Overhaul Brackets (use with
rotary stand no. 380000301)]
380000291 [Clutch Piston TRANSMISSION Powershift - Disassemble C.20.E / 25
380000459 [Output Shaft TRANSMISSION Powershift - Disassemble C.20.E / 28
Socket (65mm)]
380000496 [Medium Clutch TRANSMISSION Powershift - Disassemble C.20.E / 30
Shaft Adapter]
380000459 [Output Shaft TRANSMISSION Powershift - Assemble C.20.E / 40
Socket (65mm)]
380000843 [Diagnostic Test TRANSMISSION Powershift - Pressure test C.20.E / 45
Switch]
380000552 [Pressure Gauge TRANSMISSION Powershift - Pressure test C.20.E / 45
0 - 40 Bar]
380000543 [Hydraulic Test TRANSMISSION Powershift - Pressure test C.20.E / 45
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
Hose]
380000544 [Adaptor 1/8 TRANSMISSION Powershift - Pressure test C.20.E / 45
NPT Fitting to Attach Hose
380000545 to Gauge]
380000579 [Adapter M14 TRANSMISSION Powershift - Pressure test C.20.E / 46
Banjo x M14 x 1.5p (Female)]
27/09/2011
14
Genuine IU PAGE
0 - 40 Bar]
Hose]
380000543 [Hydraulic Test TRANSMISSION Powershift - Pressure test C.20.E / 46
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
295021 [Clutch Spring TRANSMISSION Powershift - Overhaul C.20.E / 49
Compressor]
292651 [Puller] TRANSMISSION Powershift - Overhaul C.20.E / 49
Compressor]
Compressor]
292176 [Range Input And TRANSMISSION Powershift - Overhaul C.20.E / 51
Tool]
297614 [Medium and "C" TRANSMISSION Powershift - Overhaul C.20.E / 54
Tool]
297614 [Medium and "C" TRANSMISSION Powershift - Overhaul C.20.E / 60
Tool]
297396 [Transmission TRANSMISSION Powershift - Adjust C.20.E / 64
input/output shaft bearing
adjustment tool]
292176 [Range Input And TRANSMISSION Powershift - Adjust C.20.E / 64
Tool]
Tool]
297396 [Transmission TRANSMISSION Powershift - Adjust C.20.E / 65
input/output shaft bearing
adjustment tool]
Tool]
Tool]
380200085 [Seal Installer (for TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission C.20.G / 6
fitting the cassette seal ring -
drive shaft, front wheel drive)]
380200176 [Bracket for TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission C.20.G / 6
Hydrostat-Unit]
380200177 [Assembling TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission C.20.G / 6
Sleeve - Disk Spring Clutch
A/B]
380200178 [Bush Installer - TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission C.20.G / 6
P.T.O. Shaft]
380200179 [Needle Bearing TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission C.20.G / 7
Installer - Planet Carrier]
380200180 [Form sleeve Set - TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission C.20.G / 7
Piston Gasket (Clutch A & B)]
380200181 [Form Sleeve - TRANSMISSION Continuously Variable Transmission C.20.G / 7
Piston Sealing (shift cylinder -
synchroniser)]
380200181 [Form Sleeve - Valve block - Assemble C.20.G / 77
Piston Sealing (shift cylinder -
synchroniser)]
27/09/2011
15
Genuine IU PAGE
380200176 [Bracket for Hydrostat - Remove C.20.G / 83
Hydrostat-Unit]
380200176 [Bracket for Hydrostat - Install C.20.G / 84
Hydrostat-Unit]
380200179 [Needle Bearing Summing planetary gear - Assemble C.20.G / 92
380200179 [Needle Bearing Summing planetary gear - Assemble C.20.G / 92
380200177 [Assembling Clutch - Disassemble C.20.G / 102
A/B]
380200177 [Assembling Clutch - Disassemble C.20.G / 103
A/B]
380200180 [Form sleeve Set - Clutch - Assemble C.20.G / 104
Piston Gasket (Clutch A & B)]
380200177 [Assembling Clutch - Assemble C.20.G / 105
A/B]
380200177 [Assembling Clutch - Assemble C.20.G / 105
A/B]
380200178 [Bush Installer - Clutch - Install C.20.G / 110
P.T.O. Shaft]
293997 [PTO Clutch Drive REAR PTO Hydraulic - Special tools C.40.C / 3
Shaft Roller Bearing Installer]
293800 [Handgrip Attachment REAR PTO Hydraulic - Special tools C.40.C / 3
For Tools 293993 And 293997]
293993 [PTO Clutch drive REAR PTO Hydraulic - Special tools C.40.C / 3
shaft seal installer]
For Tools 293993 And 293997]
290785 [PTO Clutch Drum REAR PTO Hydraulic - Special tools C.40.C / 4
Seal Mounting Protector]
For Tools 293993 And 293997]
293993 [PTO Clutch drive REAR PTO Hydraulic - Special tools C.40.C / 4
shaft seal installer]
293997 [PTO Clutch Drive REAR PTO Hydraulic - Special tools C.40.C / 4
Shaft Roller Bearing Installer]
293998 [Clutch shaft cup REAR PTO Hydraulic - Special tools C.40.C / 4
installer]
292927 [Slide Hammer] REAR PTO Hydraulic - Special tools C.40.C / 4
380001198 [Piston Rotation Housing - Disassemble C.42.C / 43
Prevention Wrench]
380001198 [Piston Rotation Housing - Assemble C.42.C / 46
Prevention Wrench]
380000251 [Front Axle FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 6
Overhaul Stand]
293460 [Front Axle Overhaul FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 6
Stand]
380000227 [Axle Housing And FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 6
Differential Unit Lifting Hook]
291517 [Axle Housing And FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 6
Differential Casing Overhaul
Support]
293743 [Front Axle Differential FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 6
Overhaul Support Stand]
380000268 [Front Axle Drive FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 6
Pinion Nut Spanner]
27/09/2011
16
Genuine IU PAGE
Pinion Nut Wrench]
380000257 [Bevel Gear FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 6
Pinion Splined Retainer Deep
Socket]
380000248 [Pinion Bearing FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 6
Preload Adjustment Tool]
Preload Adjusting Tool]
380000463 [Adjuster For Axle FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 6
Bevel Pinion Bearings]
293438 [Adjuster For Axle FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 6
Pinion Retainer]
293876 [Bevel Pinion Slotted FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 6
Retainer (Class 3 Axles)]
380000249 [Universal Pinion FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 6
Installation Tool Kit]
293400 [Universal Pinion FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 6
380000270 [Wheel Hub Inner FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 6
Race Bearing Pull Grips]
293882 [Wheel Hub Inner FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 6
Race Bearing Pull Grip]
Planetary Reduction Hub
Alignment Pins (M12 x 1.25)]
292888 [Alignment Pins - M12 FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 7
x 1.25]
380000265 [Front Axle Swivel FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 7
Pin Puller]
293857 [Front Axle Bearing FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 7
Remover]
380000234 [Front Axle Swivel FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 7
Pin Bearing Outer Race Puller]
292161 [Front Axle Swivel Pin FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 7
Bearing Outer Race Puller]
380000235 [Bearing Rolling FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 7
Torque Test Tool]
292220 [Swivel Housing FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 7
Bearing Torque Check
Adapter]
380001143 [Front Axle Shaft FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 7
to Swivel Housing Mounting
Guide (Class 3)]
293889 [Front Axle Shaft to FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 7
Swivel Housing Mounting
Guide (Class 3)]
380000240 [Hydraulic FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 7
Pressure Test Kit]
Drive Pinion Shimming
Measurement Tool]
Measurement Tool]
380000269 [Wheel Hub FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 7
Bearing Ring Nut Spanner]
293880 [Wheel Hub Bearing FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 7
Ring Nut Spanner And Socket
(Class 3 Axles)]
27/09/2011
17
Genuine IU PAGE
380000253 [Differential FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 7
Casing Bearing Ring Nut
Spanner]
293665 [Front Axle Differntial FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 7
Carrier Slotted Bearing Nut
Wrench]
380001115 [SuperSteer™ / FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 7
Suspended Axle Differential
Pinion Bearing Spacer]
Preload Adjustment Tool]
380200041 [Differential Pinion FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 7
Shaft Oil Seal Protection
Shield Installer]
380200042 [Differential Pinion FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 7
Shaft Oil Seal Installer]
380200094 [Standard Axle FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 7
Pinion Shaft Seal Installer (85
x 37 x 15)]
380200095 [Standard Axle FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 7
Pinion Seal Protector Installer
(85 x 37)]
380001115 [SuperSteer™ / FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 8
297471 [Tractor Separation FRONT AXLE - Remove Supersteer™ axle D.10.A / 41
Stand]
297471 [Tractor Separation FRONT AXLE - Install D.10.A / 45
Stand]
293665 [Front Axle Differntial Differential - Disassemble D.10.A / 63
Wrench]
380000253 [Differential Differential - Disassemble D.10.A / 63
Spanner]
293665 [Front Axle Differntial Differential - Assemble D.10.A / 73
Wrench]
380000253 [Differential Differential - Assemble D.10.A / 73
Spanner]
293391 [Pinion Bearing Differential - Overhaul D.10.A / 83
293438 [Adjuster For Axle Differential - Overhaul D.10.A / 83
293743 [Front Axle Differential Differential - Overhaul D.10.A / 83
293400 [Universal Pinion Differential - Overhaul D.10.A / 84
27/09/2011
18
Genuine IU PAGE
297132 [Front Axle Differential - Overhaul D.10.A / 85
Measurement Tool]
Measurement Tool]
Measurement Tool]
Measurement Tool]
Measurement Tool]
293391 [Pinion Bearing Bevel gear - Install D.10.A / 91
293438 [Adjuster For Axle Bevel gear - Install D.10.A / 91
380001115 [SuperSteer™ / Bevel gear - Install D.10.A / 91
293400 [Universal Pinion Bevel gear - Install D.10.A / 92
27/09/2011
19
Genuine IU PAGE
293665 [Front Axle Differntial Bevel gear - Backlash D.10.A / 99
Wrench]
293743 [Front Axle Differential Bevel gear - Preload D.10.A / 101
293876 [Bevel Pinion Slotted Bevel gear - Backlash D.10.A / 106
Retainer (Class 3 Axles)]
293665 [Front Axle Differntial Bevel gear - Backlash D.10.A / 106
Wrench]
380200095 [Standard Axle Bevel gear - Preload D.10.A / 110
(85 x 37)]
x 37 x 15)]
(85 x 37)]
x 37 x 15)]
380000268 [Front Axle Drive Bevel gear - Preload D.10.A / 118
Pinion Nut Spanner]
380000257 [Bevel Gear Bevel gear - Preload D.10.A / 118
Socket]
380200042 [Differential Pinion Bevel gear - Preload D.10.A / 118
Shield Installer]
380000268 [Front Axle Drive Bevel gear - Preload D.10.A / 122
Pinion Nut Spanner]
380000257 [Bevel Gear Bevel gear - Preload D.10.A / 122
Socket]
Shield Installer]
293665 [Front Axle Differntial Differential lock - Assemble D.10.A / 126
Wrench]
380000253 [Differential Differential lock - Assemble D.10.A / 126
Spanner]
293665 [Front Axle Differntial Differential lock - Disassemble D.10.A / 129
Wrench]
380000253 [Differential Differential lock - Disassemble D.10.A / 129
Spanner]
293857 [Front Axle Bearing Hub - Overhaul Four Wheel Drive Axle D.10.A / 144
Remover]
292161 [Front Axle Swivel Pin Hub - Overhaul Four Wheel Drive Axle D.10.A / 144
292161 [Front Axle Swivel Pin Hub - Overhaul Four Wheel Drive Axle D.10.A / 145
27/09/2011
20
Genuine IU PAGE
380002489 [Bearing Extractor] Hub - Overhaul Four Wheel Drive Axle D.10.A / 145
293857 [Front Axle Bearing Hub - Overhaul Four Wheel Drive Axle D.10.A / 145
Remover]
292220 [Swivel Housing Hub - Preload D.10.A / 146
Adapter]
293889 [Front Axle Shaft to Hub - Preload D.10.A / 146
Swivel Housing Mounting
Guide (Class 3)]
Adapter]
Adapter]
380200020 [Adapter Sleeve] Hub - Assemble D.10.A / 168
380200135 [Front Axle Hub Hub - Assemble D.10.A / 170
Seal Installer]
380000269 [Wheel Hub Hub - Assemble D.10.A / 171
Bearing Ring Nut Spanner]
290090 [Rotary Stand] REAR AXLE - Special tools D.12.A / 4
292320 [Tractor Splitting REAR AXLE - Special tools D.12.A / 4
Stand]
291517 [Axle Housing And REAR AXLE - Special tools D.12.A / 4
293972 [Front Bracket for REAR AXLE - Special tools D.12.A / 4
Rear Axle Overhaul]
293973 [Rear Bracket for Rear REAR AXLE - Special tools D.12.A / 4
Axle Overhaul]
293343 [Output Shaft Socket REAR AXLE - Special tools D.12.A / 5
(65mm)]
293996 [Transfer box shaft REAR AXLE - Special tools D.12.A / 5
puller]
294168 [Pinion ring nut socket] REAR AXLE - Special tools D.12.A / 5
293975 [Pinion Bearing REAR AXLE - Special tools D.12.A / 5
Adjustment Tool]
293977 [Spacer] REAR AXLE - Special tools D.12.A / 5
Adjustment Tool]
380200104 [Rear Axle REAR AXLE - Special tools D.12.A / 5
Differential Removal Bracket]
293400 [Universal Pinion REAR AXLE - Special tools D.12.A / 5
293994 [Crownwheel REAR AXLE - Special tools D.12.A / 5
Differential Lifting Hook]
293986 [Differential Planetary REAR AXLE - Special tools D.12.A / 5
Gear Adjustment Tool]
292400 [Rear Wheel Lifting REAR AXLE - Special tools D.12.A / 5
Hook]
291221 [Differential Overhaul REAR AXLE - Special tools D.12.A / 5
Stand]
292927 [Slide Hammer] REAR AXLE - Special tools D.12.A / 5
295026 [Spacer And Bushing] REAR AXLE - Special tools D.12.A / 5
Adjustment Tool]
297471 [Tractor Separation REAR AXLE - Special tools D.12.A / 5
Stand]
27/09/2011
21
Genuine IU PAGE
380000403 [Lifting Brackets REAR AXLE - Special tools D.12.A / 5
(Set of Two)]
380200108 [Bearing Pump REAR AXLE - Special tools D.12.A / 5
Hydraulic Clutch Adjuster]
380000470 [Pinion Bearing REAR AXLE - Adjust D.12.A / 11
Adjustment Tool]
Adjustment Tool]
380000249 [Universal Pinion REAR AXLE - Adjust D.12.A / 12
Adjustment Tool]
Adjustment Tool]
Adjustment Tool]
Adjustment Tool]
380000506 [Pinion Nut Torque REAR AXLE - Adjust D.12.A / 15
Wrench]
380000459 [Output Shaft REAR AXLE - Adjust D.12.A / 17
Socket (65mm)]
380000506 [Pinion Nut Torque REAR AXLE - Adjust D.12.A / 17
Wrench]
380200108 [Bearing Pump REAR AXLE - Adjust D.12.A / 19
380001113 [Final Drive Final drive Housing - Remove D.12.A / 30
Housing Lifting Bracket]
38020004 [Adapter Studs] Final drive Housing - Remove D.12.A / 30
293986 [Differential Planetary Differential - Overhaul D.12.A / 43
293986 [Differential Planetary Differential - Overhaul D.12.A / 43
380200104 [Rear Axle Housing - Overhaul D.12.A / 53
Differential Removal Bracket]
380200014 [Parking Brake Housing - Overhaul D.12.A / 56
Disc Alignment Tool (5 disc)]
293996 [Transfer box shaft 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - Special tools D.14.C / 4
puller]
292927 [Slide Hammer] 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - Special tools D.14.C / 4
380000549 [Slide Hammer] 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - Special tools D.14.C / 4
380200107 [FWD shaft nut Shaft - Remove D.14.C / 28
wrench]
27/09/2011
22
Genuine IU PAGE
380200107 [FWD shaft nut Shaft - Install D.14.C / 31
wrench]
380200085 [Seal Installer (for Shaft - Install D.14.C / 37
292927 [Slide Hammer] Clutch - Remove D.14.C / 44
293996 [Transfer box shaft Clutch - Remove D.14.C / 44
puller]
292927 [Slide Hammer] Clutch - Install D.14.C / 45
293996 [Transfer box shaft Clutch - Install D.14.C / 45
puller]
380000984 [Clutch Spring Clutch - Disassemble D.14.C / 48
Compressor And Pin Spanner]
380000984 [Clutch Spring Clutch - Assemble D.14.C / 52
380000984 [Clutch Spring Clutch - Assemble D.14.C / 54
380200085 [Seal Installer (for Clutch - Install 4WD Clutch Installation Procedure D.14.C / 71
380200085 [Seal Installer (for Clutch - Install 4WD Clutch Installation Procedure D.14.C / 71
380200134 [Steering Wheel Command - Remove Steering Wheel - Standard D.20.C / 8
Puller (Standard wheel)]
380200133 [Steering Wheel Command - Remove Steering Wheel with Fast Steer D.20.C / 10
puller (Fast Steer / Turn Assist
wheels)]
380200014 [Parking Brake SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Special tools D.30.C / 3
295027 [Cab Lifting Tool] SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Special tools D.30.C / 3
292888 [Alignment Pins - M12 SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Special tools D.30.C / 3
x 1.25]
380001113 [Final Drive SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Special tools D.30.C / 3
380200096 [Rear Axle Lift SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Special tools D.30.C / 3
Bracket Bolts]
380001113 [Final Drive SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Special tools D.30.C / 3
295027 [Cab Lifting Tool] Cab - Install E.34.A / 3
295027 [Cab Lifting Tool] Cab - Install E.34.A / 5
380000558 [ Vacuum / Charge ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and E.40.D / 6
Portable System] air-conditioning - Special tools
380000315 [Recovery ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and E.40.D / 6
And Rrecharge Portable air-conditioning - Special tools
System (For Discharging
And Recovering Of The
Refrigerant)]
380000312 [Evaporator And ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and E.40.D / 6
Condenser Cleaner] air-conditioning - Special tools
27/09/2011
23
Genuine IU PAGE
380000314 [Electronic Gas ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and E.40.D / 6
Leakage Detector (R12 and air-conditioning - Special tools
R134a)]
380000239 [Manifold Gauge ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and E.40.D / 6
Set (High And Low Pressure)] air-conditioning - Special tools
380000333 [Sanden / Sankio ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and E.40.D / 6
Compressor Overload Kit] air-conditioning - Special tools
380000333 [Sanden / Sankio Compressor Magnetic clutch - Disassemble E.40.D / 78
Compressor Overload Kit]
380000333 [Sanden / Sankio Compressor Magnetic clutch - Assemble E.40.D / 81
380000333 [Sanden / Sankio Compressor Shaft seal - Replace E.40.D / 84
380000333 [Sanden / Sankio Compressor - Filling E.40.D / 88
380001099 [Fuel Injector Cylinder - Remove H.10.B / 33
Extractor]
Kit IU PAGE
292870 [Hydraulic Pressure FRONT AXLE - Special tools D.10.A / 7
Test Kit]
292870 [Hydraulic Pressure REAR AXLE - Special tools D.12.A / 5
Test Kit]
27/09/2011
24
27/09/2011
25
PRINTED IN FRANCE
84477609A 27/09/2011
EN

T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range-Power Command, T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Auto Command - 84477609A-Linked PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range-Power Command, T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Auto Command - 84477609A-Linked PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

7)6:-')Ý1%29%0

T7.170 AutoCommand , T7.170 Power Command , T7.170 Range Command ,

SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.12.A

ENGINE AND PTO IN ................................................................... B

TRANSMISSION, DRIVE AND PTO OUT ........................................ C

ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.30.D

FRONT PTO Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.42.C

AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING................................................. D

STEERING Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.20.C

STEERING Autoguidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.20.E

SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.30.C

SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.30.E

SUSPENSION Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.40.C

WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.50.C

FRAME AND CAB ........................................................................ E

HITCH AND WORKING TOOL ....................................................... H

No reproduction, though partial of text and illustrations allowed.

That information could be:

How to Use this Manual

Each Chapter is divided into four Information types:

This manual contains the following Sections:

ENGINE - Dynamic description (B.10.A)

ENGINE - General specification (B.10.A)

ENGINE - Remove (B.10.A)

ENGINE - Troubleshooting (B.10.A)

Information Units and Information Search

Example information unit Stack valve - Sectional View (A.10.A.18)

Page Header and Footer

The page footer will contain the following references:

Foreword Ecology and the Environment

FAILURE TO FOLLOW DANGER, WARNING, AND CAUTION MESSAGES COULD RESULT

SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR FLUID POWER SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS - HY-

• Keep bystanders away.

Hydraulic systems and fuel injection systems

Wheels and Tires

Removal and Re-fitting

ROTATING SHAFT SEALS

PROTECTING THE ELECTRONIC/ ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS DURING CHARGING OR WELD-

To avoid damage to the electronic/electrical systems, always observe the following:

By using these tools, Repair Personnel will benefit from:

Consumables Lubrications and Coolants

Biodegradable Transmission and Hydraulic Oil

Sulphur Content Oil Change Period

Total Hardness Chloride Sulphate

Using Plain water

Lubrications and Coolant Specifications

Regarding filling quantity - see Capacities ()

UNIT T7.170 AC T7.185 AC T7.200 AC T7.210 AC

T7.170 AutoCommand , T7.170 Power Command , T7.170 Range Command ,

HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL,

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.10.A

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.10.C

SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.12.A

HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.14.A

PNEUMATIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.20.A

ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.30.A

ELECTRONIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.50.A

FAULT CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.50.A

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - 10.A

T7.170 AutoCommand , T7.170 Power Command , T7.170 Range Command ,

HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - 10.A

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM